Loading...
07/21/2016Thursday, July 21, 2016 6:00 PM City of Clearwater City Hall 112 S. Osceola Avenue Clearwater, FL 33756 Council Chambers City Council Meeting Agenda Council Meeting Only Week July 21, 2016City Council Meeting Agenda Welcome. We are glad to have you join us. If you wish to speak, please wait to be recognized, then state your name and address. Persons speaking before the City Council shall be limited to three (3) minutes unless otherwise noted under Public Hearings. For other than Citizens to be heard regarding items not on the Agenda, a spokesperson for a group may speak for three (3) minutes plus an additional minute for each person in the audience that waives their right to speak, up to a maximum of ten (10) minutes. Prior to the item being presented, please obtain the needed form to designate a spokesperson from the City Clerk (right-hand side of dais). Up to thirty minutes of public comment will be allowed for an agenda item. No person shall speak more than once on the same subject unless granted permission by the City Council. The City of Clearwater strongly supports and fully complies with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). Please advise us at least 48 hours prior to the meeting if you require special accommodations at 727-562-4090. Assisted Listening Devices are available . Kindly refrain from using cell phones and other electronic devices during the meeting. 1. Call to Order 2. Invocation 3. Pledge of Allegiance 4. Special recognitions and Presentations (Proclamations, service awards, or other special recognitions. Presentations by governmental agencies or groups providing formal updates to Council will be limited to ten minutes.) 4.1 July Service Awards 4.2 2016 Advanced Institute for Elected Municipal Officials Certificate awarded to Vice Mayor Jonson 5. Approval of Minutes 5.1 Approve the minutes of the June 16, 2016 City Council Meeting as submitted in written summation by the City Clerk. 6. Citizens to be heard re items not on the agenda Public Hearings - Not before 6:00 PM 7. Administrative Public Hearings - Presentation of issues by City staff - Statement of case by applicant or representative (5 min.) - Council questions - Comments in support or opposition (3 min. per speaker or 10 min maximum as spokesperson for others that have waived their time) - Council questions - Final rebuttal by applicant or representative (5 min.) - Council disposition Page 2 City of Clearwater Printed on 7/19/2016 July 21, 2016City Council Meeting Agenda 7.1 Approve the City of Clearwater’s Fiscal Year 2017-2020 Four-Year Consolidated Plan (Consolidated Plan) and Fiscal Year 2017 Annual Action Plan to implement the goals and objectives set forth in the Plan, as required by HUD, and authorize the City to enter into agreements with organizations approved for funding. 8. Second Readings - Public Hearing 8.1 Adopt Ordinance 8895-16 on second reading, amending the future land use plan element of the Comprehensive Plan of the city to designate the land use for certain real property whose post office address is 3400 Gulf-to-Bay Boulevard, Clearwater, Florida 33759, as Institutional (I), Commercial General (CG), Preservation (P), Recreation/Open Space (R/OS), Residential Low (RL), and Water/Drainage Feature. 8.2 Adopt Ordinance 8896-16 on second reading, amending the Zoning Atlas of the city by zoning certain real property whose post office address is 3400 Gulf-to-Bay Boulevard, Clearwater, Florida 33759, as Institutional (I), Commercial (C), Preservation (P), Low Density Residential (LDR), and Open Space/Recreation (OS/R). 9. City Manager Reports 9.1 Adopt a tentative millage rate of 5.1550 mills for fiscal year 2016/17 and set public hearing dates on the budget for September 15, 2016 and September 29, 2016, to be held no earlier than 6:00 p.m. 9.2 Approve Banking Services Agreement with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. for a three-year period ending September 30, 2019, for not-to-exceed amount of $375,000, with the option for two two-year renewals and authorize the appropriate officials to execute same. 9.3 Approve a proposal from Construction Manager at Risk J. Kokolakis Contracting, Inc. of Tarpon Springs, Florida in the amount of $1,785,005.66 to construct the Sherwood Yard Street Sweeping Facility, approve Engineer of Record Supplemental Work Order 3 to Geosyntec in the amount of $18,415.00 for Final Site Layout Modifications and Construction Phase Services, and authorize appropriate officials to execute same. 9.4 Disband the Enterprise Zone Development Agency. 10. City Attorney Reports 11. Closing comments by Councilmembers (limited to 3 minutes) Page 3 City of Clearwater Printed on 7/19/2016 July 21, 2016City Council Meeting Agenda 12. Closing Comments by Mayor 13. Adjourn Page 4 City of Clearwater Printed on 7/19/2016 Cover Memo City of Clearwater City Hall 112 S. Osceola Avenue Clearwater, FL 33756 File Number: ID#16-2548 Agenda Date: 7/21/2016 Status: Agenda ReadyVersion: 1 File Type: Special recognitions and Presentations (Proclamations, service awards, or other special recognitions. Presentations by government agencies or groups providing formal updates to Council will be limited to ten minutes.) In Control: City Council Agenda Number: 4.1 SUBJECT/RECOMMENDATION: July Service Awards SUMMARY: 5 Years of Service Sean Hailey Police 10 Years of Service Jared Barden Information Technology Stephanie Gilmore Official Records and Legislative Services William Peterson Finance/Risk Christopher Hubbard Parks and Recreation Lynne Marchitello Parks and Recreation 15 Years of Service Lance Kielich Solid Waste/General Services Richard Ross Public Utilities Brian Rogers Police Christopher Ziermann Police Scott Durivou Police Scott O’Hare Police Craig Tower General Services Brian Matherly Public Utilities Darrell Goodin Parks and Recreation Patrick Pothier Parks and Recreation Modesto Gonzalez Engineering/Traffic 20 Years of Service Paul Wassen Solid Waste Page 1 City of Clearwater Printed on 7/19/2016 File Number: ID#16-2548 Jonathan Walser Police Benjamin Coccia Planning and Development Services Anthony Monte Police Ricky Hess Engineering/Stormwater 25 Years of Service Teresa Phillips Utility Customer Service Eric Gandy Police Robert Quinn Fire 30 Years of Service Curtis Walser Public Utilities Page 2 City of Clearwater Printed on 7/19/2016 Cover Memo City of Clearwater City Hall 112 S. Osceola Avenue Clearwater, FL 33756 File Number: ID#16-2553 Agenda Date: 7/21/2016 Status: Agenda ReadyVersion: 1 File Type: Special recognitions and Presentations (Proclamations, service awards, or other special recognitions. Presentations by government agencies or groups providing formal updates to Council will be limited to ten minutes.) In Control: City Council Agenda Number: 4.2 SUBJECT/RECOMMENDATION: 2016 Advanced Institute for Elected Municipal Officials Certificate awarded to Vice Mayor Jonson SUMMARY: APPROPRIATION CODE AND AMOUNT: USE OF RESERVE FUNDS: Page 1 City of Clearwater Printed on 7/19/2016 Cover Memo City of Clearwater City Hall 112 S. Osceola Avenue Clearwater, FL 33756 File Number: ID#16-2557 Agenda Date: 7/21/2016 Status: Agenda ReadyVersion: 1 File Type: MinutesIn Control: City Council Agenda Number: 5.1 SUBJECT/RECOMMENDATION: Approve the minutes of the June 16, 2016 City Council Meeting as submitted in written summation by the City Clerk. SUMMARY: APPROPRIATION CODE AND AMOUNT: USE OF RESERVE FUNDS: Page 1 City of Clearwater Printed on 7/19/2016 City Council Meeting Minutes June 16, 2016 City of Clearwater City Hall 112 S. Osceola Avenue Clearwater, FL 33756 Meeting Minutes Thursday, June 16, 2016 6:00 PM Council Chambers City Council Page 1 City of Clearwater Draft City Council Meeting Minutes June 16, 2016 Roll Call Present: 5 - Mayor George N. Cretekos, Vice Mayor Bill Jonson, Councilmember Doreen Caudell, Councilmember Bob Cundiff and Councilmember Hoyt Hamilton Also Present: William B. Horne II – City Manager, Pamela K. Akin - City Attorney, Rosemarie Call - City Clerk, and Nicole Sprague – Official Records and Legislative Services Coordinator To provide continuity for research, items are listed in agenda order although not necessarily discussed in that order. Unapproved 1. Call to Order – Mayor Cretekos The meeting was called to order at 6:00 p.m. at City Hall. 2. Invocation – Pastor Steve Kreloff from Lakeside Community Chapel 3. Pledge of Allegiance – Councilmember Caudell 4. Special recognitions and Presentations (Proclamations, service awards, or other special recognitions. Presentations by governmental agencies or groups providing formal updates to Council will be limited to ten minutes.) – Given. 4.1 June Service Awards One service award was presented a city employee. The June 2016 Employee of the Month Award was presented to Amber Meagher, Police. 4.2 Check presentation from Clearwater Little League - Mike Woodall, President Mr. Woodall presented a $25,000-check for the expenditures to build new batting cages. He thanked Council and staff for their continued support and assistance. 4.3 Check presentation from Clearwater for Youth - Michele Smith, Youth Board of Trustees Ms. Smith presented the City with a $25,000-check to match the funds raised by the Clearwater Little League to build the batting cages. Page 2 City of Clearwater Draft City Council Meeting Minutes June 16, 2016 4.4 Prestigious American Gas Association (AGA) Bronze Award of Merit - Chuck Warrington, Managing Director/Executive Officer Clearwater Gas System Mike Deegan Awarded Prestigious American Gas Association (AGA) Bronze Award of Merit for his many years of Distinguished Service to the Natural Gas Industry. 4.5 Trophy Presentation for the Season 2 Basketball Champions - Dave Wilson, Parks & Recreation 5. Approval of Minutes 5.1 Approve the minutes of the June 1, 2016 City Council Meeting as submitted in written summation by the City Clerk. Vice Mayor Jonson moved to approve the minutes of the June 1, 2016 City Council Meeting as submitted in written summation by the City Clerk. The motion was duly seconded and carried unanimously. 6. Citizens to be heard re items not on the agenda San Hadard said he was a St. Petersburg College Public Administration student who's Capstone Project focused on creating a program to provide three daily essential meals to Northern Mali primary school children. The project would focus on one school, with hopes of expanding to other schools. David Harbeitner supported the City's decision to follow Pinellas County's anti-fracking ordinance. Jay Keys and Laura White opposed the one-way pair traffic configuration proposed on Coronado Drive? and Hamden ? and expressed concerns with how the increased commercial vehicular traffic would negatively impact the residential area. 7. Consent Agenda – Approved as submitted. 7.1 Approve settlement of workers’ compensation claims 14000052 and 15000029, for payment of $60,000.00 inclusive and authorize the appropriate officials to execute Page 3 City of Clearwater Draft City Council Meeting Minutes June 16, 2016 same. (consent) 7.2 Approve one-year blanket purchase contracts for citywide t-shirt purchases (non-embroidered) to designated vendors, for the annual amount of $75,000.00, including two one-year renewal terms at the City’s option, and authorize the appropriate officials to execute same. (consent) 7.3 Accept a Natural Gas Easement over, under, across and through a portion of the Belleview Biltmore Country Club, conveyed by Belleview Biltmore Country Club Corp, a Florida Corporation, given in consideration of receipt of $1.00 and the benefits to be derived there from. (consent) 7.4 Approve an increase to the Blanket Purchase Order BR510631 in the amount of $220,000.00, to Unum Life Insurance Group, for life insurance premiums, for the period June 2016 through December 2016, and authorize the appropriate officials to execute same. (consent) 7.5 Approve blanket purchase orders (contracts) to Blue Jays Baseball Club (Blue Jays) and Philadelphia Phillies Baseball Club (Phillies) for renting of Florida Auto Exchange Stadium and Bright House Networks Field in the amount of $40,000 each, to accommodate Sport Tourism tournaments held at these venues as a sole source, with two one-year renewal terms at the City's option, and authorize the appropriate officials to execute same. (consent) 7.6 Approve a purchase order (contract) to Construction Manager at Risk Keystone Excavators, Inc. of Oldsmar, Florida in the amount of $300,085.50, which includes a 10% contingency, for site work and construction of a pier and boardwalk associated with the Marina District Boardwalk at the Papaya Street Entry Node; increase CIP 315-93639 Marina District Boardwalk and Entry Nodes by $150,000, increasing the budget from $606,510 to $756,510, to be funded by the transfer of $150,000 from general fund reserves at third quarter; and authorize the appropriate officials to execute same. (consent) 7.7 Approve First Amendment to Revocable License Agreement with All Around Amusements, LLC (AAA) to provide additional entertainment concessions at Pier 60 Park, increase AAA license fee from $52,500 to $102,500 per year, extend option to renew Agreement by two additional years from four to six, and authorize the appropriate officials to execute same. (consent) 7.8 Approve modifications to Purchase Order ST 112388 to Omega Sign Service Corporation of Odessa, Florida, in order to allow Omega to complete contractual obligations to construct scoreboards and decorative signs at Carpenter Complex and Jack Russell Stadium. (consent) 7.9 Approve blanket purchase order to Pyrotechnico of New Castle, PA for $95,000 to Page 4 City of Clearwater Draft City Council Meeting Minutes June 16, 2016 provide fireworks displays for special events, most notably the Fourth of July Ceremony (RFP 1-15), one one-year renewal terms at the City's option, and authorize the appropriate officials to execute same. (consent) 7.10 Approve a proposal by Construction Manager at Risk Certus Builders of Tampa, Florida, in the amount of $149,635.95 for the renovation and construction of restrooms at Jack Russell Stadium located at 800 Phillies Drive and authorize the appropriate officials to execute same. (consent) 7.11 Authorize the Chief of Police to sign a Memorandum of Understanding with the Panama City Police Department for the use of the Electronic License and Vehicle Information System (ELVIS) and Interface system as well as the use of the TraCS electronic Traffic Crash reporting system, operated and maintained by the Florida State University. (consent) 7.12 Approve Engineer of Record (EOR) Supplemental 3 Work Order to McKim and Creed in the amount of $126,700 for Inflow and Infiltration Flow Reduction Project (15-0004-UT) and authorize the appropriate officials to execute same. (consent) 7.13 Award a Purchase Order (Contract) to Evoqua Water Technologies LCC of Waukesha, WI, for the East Water Reclamation Facilities Clarifiers 1 and 2 replacement of mechanical equipment in the amount of $225,874, which is the lowest responsible bid received in accordance with the plans and specifications, and authorize the appropriate officials to execute same. (consent) 7.14 Approve the Pinellas County Emergency Medical Services Continuing Medical Education Agreement with the City of Clearwater effective October 1, 2015 through September 30, 2017 and authorize the appropriate officials to execute same. (consent) 7.15 Approve the Design and Construction agreement with St. Petersburg College for an amount not to exceed $5,664,639 for a Joint Use Library to be built on the Clearwater Campus of St. Petersburg College, replacing the existing East Branch Library of the Clearwater Public Library System, and authorize the appropriate officials to execute same. (consent) 7.16 Approve the Operating Agreement with St. Petersburg College for the ongoing operation of the Joint Use Library to be built on the Clearwater Campus of St. Petersburg College, replacing the existing East Branch Library of the Clearwater Public Library System, and authorize the appropriate officials to execute same. (consent) 7.17 Approve Department of Environmental Protection (DEP) Agreement: MV192 for CVA15-760 for Clean Vessel Act Grant Program funding for the operation, maintenance and repair of the Clearwater Beach Marina pump out vessel and authorize the appropriate officials to execute same. (consent) Page 5 City of Clearwater Draft City Council Meeting Minutes June 16, 2016 7.18 Approve a Blanket Purchase Order to SNF Polydyne Inc., of Riceboro, GA, in the annual amount of $450,000.00 with the option for two, one-year term extensions for Polymer Services effective July 1, 2016, and authorize the appropriate officials to execute the same. (consent) 7.19 Reappoint Michael Potts to the Neighborhood and Affordable Housing Advisory Board (NAHAB) as the citizen who is actively engaged in the residential home building industry in connection with affordable housing with term to expire June 30, 2020. (consent) 7.20 Designate Councilmember Doreen Caudell as the City’s official voting delegate at the Florida League of Cities’ Annual Conference, August 18-20, 2016. (consent) Councilmember Caudell moved to approve the Consent Agenda as submitted and authorize the appropriate officials to execute same. The motion was duly seconded and carried unanimously. Public Hearings - Not before 6:00 PM 8. Administrative Public Hearings 8.1 Continued from 6/1/16: Approve the 2016 Affordable Housing Inventory List pursuant to requirements of Chapter 166.0451, Florida Statutes and adopt Resolution 16-14. The 2006 Legislature amended Chapter 166, Florida Statutes, adding Section 166.0451 entitled "Disposition of municipal property for affordable housing." The state statute includes that the governing body of each municipality must review the proposed affordable housing inventory list at a public hearing, and may revise the list at the conclusion of the hearing. Following the public hearing, the local governing body must adopt a resolution that includes an inventory list of such property deemed appropriate for affordable housing development. On June 6, 2013, the City Council adopted Resolution 13-10, the 2013 Affordable Housing Inventory to identify only two city-owned parcels of land appropriate for use as affordable housing. The City has acquired five additional parcels of land making it a total of seven parcels to which it has title as appropriate for use as affordable housing. Section (1) of the statutory amendment requires that every three years each municipality prepare an inventory list of all real property within its jurisdiction to which the municipality holds fee simple title that is appropriate for use as Page 6 City of Clearwater Draft City Council Meeting Minutes June 16, 2016 affordable housing. Therefore, the 2016 Affordable Housing Inventory List includes the address and legal description of each property, and specifies whether the property is vacant or improved. Councilmember Cundiff moved to approve the 2016 Affordable Housing Inventory List pursuant to requirements of Chapter 166.0451, Florida Statutes. The motion was duly seconded and carried unanimously. Resolution 16-14 was presented and read by title only. Councilmember Hamilton moved to adopt Resolution 16-14. The motion was duly seconded and upon roll call, the vote was: Ayes: 5 - Mayor Cretekos, Vice Mayor Jonson, Councilmember Caudell, Councilmember Cundiff and Councilmember Hamilton 8.2 Approve the annexation, initial Future Land Use Map designation of Residential Low (RL) and initial Zoning Atlas designation of Low Medium Density Residential (LMDR) District for 2191 Bell Cheer Drive and 2130 Pleasant Parkway, and pass Ordinances 8901-16, 8902-16 and 8903-16 on first reading. (ANX2016-04013) These voluntary annexation petitions involve two parcels of land totaling 0.667 acres. Both parcels are occupied by single family dwellings and are located generally south of Druid Road, east of South Hercules Avenue, west of South Belcher Road and north of Lakeview Road. The applicants are requesting annexation in order to receive solid waste service from the City and will be connected to the city sanitary sewer as part of the Belcher Area Sanitary Sewer System Extension Project. The properties are contiguous to existing city limits along at least one property boundary. It is proposed that the properties be assigned a Future Land Use Map designation of Residential Low (RL) and a Zoning Atlas designation of Low Medium Density Residential (LMDR). The Planning and Development Department determined that the proposed annexations are consistent with the provisions of Clearwater Community Development Code Section 4-604.E as follows: • The properties currently receive water service from Pinellas County. Collection of solid waste will be provided to the properties by the City. The applicants have paid the City’s sewer impact fee in full, and will be connected to the City sanitary sewer system by the contractor soon. The properties are located within Police District II and service will be administered through the district headquarters located at 2851 North McMullen Booth Road. Fire and emergency medical services will be provided to this property by Station 49 located at 565 Sky Harbor Drive. The City has adequate capacity to serve these properties with sanitary sewer, solid waste, police, fire and EMS service. Water service will Page 7 City of Clearwater Draft City Council Meeting Minutes June 16, 2016 continue to be provided by the County. The proposed annexations will not have an adverse effect on public facilities and their levels of service; and • The proposed annexations are consistent with and promote the following objectives and policy of the Clearwater Comprehensive Plan: Objective A.6.4 Due to the built-out character of the City of Clearwater, compact urban development within the urban service area shall be promoted through application of the Clearwater Community Development Code. Objective A.7.2 Diversify and expand the City’s tax base through the annexation of a variety of land uses located within the Clearwater Planning Area. Policy A.7.2.3 Continue to process voluntary annexations for single-family residential properties upon request. • The proposed Residential Low (RL) Future Land Use Map category is consistent with the current Countywide Plan designation of these properties. This designation primarily permits residential uses at a density of 5 units per acre. The proposed zoning district to be assigned to the properties is Low Medium Density Residential (LMDR). The uses of the subject properties are consistent with the uses allowed in the District and the properties exceed the District’s minimum dimensional requirements. The proposed annexations are therefore consistent with the Countywide Plan and the City’s Comprehensive Plan and Community Development Code; and • The properties proposed for annexation are contiguous to existing city limits along at least one property boundary. Therefore, the annexations are consistent with Florida Statutes Chapter 171.044. Vice Mayor Jonson moved to approve the annexation, initial Future Land Use Map designation of Residential Low (RL) and initial Zoning Atlas designation of Low Medium Density Residential (LMDR) District for 2191 Bell Cheer Drive and 2130 Pleasant Parkway. The motion was duly seconded and carried unanimously. Ordinance 8901-16 was presented and read by title only. Councilmember Caudell moved to pass Ordinance 8901-16 on first reading. The motion was duly seconded and upon roll call, the vote was: Ayes: 5 - Mayor Cretekos, Vice Mayor Jonson, Councilmember Caudell, Councilmember Cundiff and Councilmember Hamilton Page 8 City of Clearwater Draft City Council Meeting Minutes June 16, 2016 Ordinance 8902-16 was presented and read by title only. Councilmember Cundiff moved to pass Ordinance 8902-16 on first reading. The motion was duly seconded and upon roll call, the vote was: Ayes: 5 - Mayor Cretekos, Vice Mayor Jonson, Councilmember Caudell, Councilmember Cundiff and Councilmember Hamilton Ordinance 8903-16 was presented and read by title only. Councilmember Hamilton moved to pass Ordinance 8903-16 on first reading. The motion was duly seconded and upon roll call, the vote was: Ayes: 5 - Mayor Cretekos, Vice Mayor Jonson, Councilmember Caudell, Councilmember Cundiff and Councilmember Hamilton 8.3 Approve the annexation, initial Future Land Use Map designation of Residential Low (RL) and initial Zoning Atlas designation of Low Medium Density Residential (LMDR) District for 1739 El Trinidad Drive East and pass Ordinances 8904-16, 8905-16 and 8906-16 on first reading. (ANX2016-04014) This voluntary annexation petition involves a 0.161-acre property consisting of one parcel of land occupied by a single family dwelling. It is located on the east side of El Trinidad Drive East approximately 570 feet north of SR 590. The applicant is requesting annexation in order to receive sanitary sewer and solid waste service from the City. The property is located within an enclave and is contiguous to existing City boundaries to the west and east. It is proposed that the property be assigned a Future Land Use Map designation of Residential Low (RL) and a Zoning Atlas designation of Low Medium Density Residential (LMDR). The Planning and Development Department determined that the proposed annexation is consistent with the provisions of Clearwater Community Development Code Section 4-604.E as follows: • The property currently receives water service from Pinellas County. The closest sewer line is located in the adjacent El Trinidad Drive East right-of-way. The applicant has paid the City’s sewer impact and assessment fees and is aware of the additional costs to extend city sewer service to this property. Collection of solid waste will be provided to the property by the City. The property is located within Police District III and service will be administered through the district headquarters located at 2851 North McMullen Booth Road. Fire and emergency medical services will be provided to this property by Station 48 located at 1700 North Belcher Road. Water service will continue to be provided by Pinellas County. The City has adequate capacity to serve the property with sanitary sewer, solid waste, police, fire and EMS service. The proposed annexation will not have an adverse effect on public Page 9 City of Clearwater Draft City Council Meeting Minutes June 16, 2016 facilities and their levels of service; and • The proposed annexation is consistent with and promotes the following objectives and policy of the Clearwater Comprehensive Plan: Objective A.6.4 Due to the built-out character of the City of Clearwater, compact urban development within the urban service area shall be promoted through application of the Clearwater Community Development Code. Objective A.7.2 Diversify and expand the City’s tax base through the annexation of a variety of land uses located within the Clearwater Planning Area. Policy A.7.2.3 Continue to process voluntary annexations for single-family residential properties upon request. • The proposed Residential Low (RL) Future Land Use Map category is consistent with the current Countywide Plan designation of this property. This designation primarily permits residential uses at a density of 5 units per acre. The proposed zoning district to be assigned to the property is the Low Medium Density Residential (LMDR) District. The use of the subject property is consistent with the uses allowed in the Low Medium Density Residential (LMDR) District and the property exceeds the District’s minimum dimensional requirements. The proposed annexation is therefore consistent with the Countywide Plan and the City’s Comprehensive Plan and Community Development Code; and • The property proposed for annexation is contiguous to existing city limits to the west and east; therefore, the annexations are consistent with Florida Statutes Chapter 171.044. Vice Mayor Jonson moved to approve the annexation, initial Future Land Use Map designation of Residential Low (RL) and initial Zoning Atlas designation of Low Medium Density Residential (LMDR) District for 1739 El Trinidad Drive East. The motion was duly seconded and carried unanimously. Ordinance 8904-16 was presented and read by title only. Councilmember Caudell moved to pass Ordinance 8904-16 on first reading. The motion was duly seconded and upon roll call, the vote was: Ayes: 5 - Mayor Cretekos, Vice Mayor Jonson, Councilmember Caudell, Councilmember Cundiff and Councilmember Hamilton Ordinance 8905-16 was presented and read by title only. Page 10 City of Clearwater Draft City Council Meeting Minutes June 16, 2016 Councilmember Cundiff moved to pass Ordinance 8905-16 on first reading. The motion was duly seconded and upon roll call, the vote was: Ayes: 5 - Mayor Cretekos, Vice Mayor Jonson, Councilmember Caudell, Councilmember Cundiff and Councilmember Hamilton Ordinance 8906-16 was presented and read by title only. Councilmember Hamilton moved to pass Ordinance 8906-16 on first reading. The motion was duly seconded and upon roll call, the vote was: Ayes: 5 - Mayor Cretekos, Vice Mayor Jonson, Councilmember Caudell, Councilmember Cundiff and Councilmember Hamilton 8.4 Approve the annexation, initial Future Land Use Map designation of Residential Low (RL), and initial Zoning Atlas designation of Low Medium Density Residential (LMDR) District for 1321 Springdale Street, and pass Ordinances 8907-16, 8908-16, and 8909-16 on first reading. (ANX2016-04015) This voluntary annexation petition involves a 0.178-acre property consisting of one parcel of land occupied by a single family dwelling. It is located on the south side of Springdale Street approximately 338 feet east of North Betty Lane. The applicant is requesting annexation in order to receive solid waste service from the City. The property is located within an enclave and is contiguous to existing city boundaries to the north, east, west, and south. It is proposed that the property be assigned a Future Land Use Map designation of Residential Low (RL) and a Zoning Atlas designation of Low Medium Density Residential (LMDR). The Planning and Development Department determined that the proposed annexation is consistent with the provisions of Clearwater Community Development Code Section 4-604.E as follows: • The property currently receives water and sanitary sewer service from the City. Collection of solid waste will be provided to the property by the City of Clearwater. The property is located within Police District II and service will be administered through the district headquarters located at 645 Pierce Street. Fire and emergency medical services will be provided to the property by Station 51 located at 1720 Overbrook Avenue. Water and sanitary sewer service will continue to be provided by the City. The City has adequate capacity to serve the property with solid waste, police, fire and EMS service. The proposed annexation will not have an adverse effect on public facilities and their levels of service; and • The proposed annexation is consistent with and promotes the following objectives and policy of the Clearwater Comprehensive Plan: Page 11 City of Clearwater Draft City Council Meeting Minutes June 16, 2016 Objective A.6.4 Due to the built-out character of the City of Clearwater, compact urban development within the urban service area shall be promoted through application of the Clearwater Community Development Code. Objective A.7.2 Diversify and expand the City’s tax base through the annexation of a variety of land uses located within the Clearwater Planning Area. Policy A.7.2.3 Continue to process voluntary annexations for single-family residential properties upon request. • The proposed Residential Low (RL) Future Land Use Map category is consistent with the current Countywide Plan designation of this property. This designation primarily permits residential uses at a density of 5 units per acre. The proposed zoning district to be assigned to the property is the Low Medium Density Residential (LMDR) District. The use of the subject property is consistent with the uses allowed in the Low Medium Density Residential (LMDR) District and the property exceeds the District’s minimum dimensional requirements. The proposed annexation is consistent with the Countywide Plan and the City’s Comprehensive Plan and Community Development Code; and • The property proposed for annexation is contiguous to existing city limits to the north, east, west, and south; therefore, the annexation is consistent with Florida Statutes Chapter 171.044. Vice Mayor Jonson moved to approve the annexation, initial Future Land Use Map designation of Residential Low (RL), and initial Zoning Atlas designation of Low Medium Density Residential (LMDR) District for 1321 Springdale Street. The motion was duly seconded and carried unanimously. Ordinance 8907-16 was presented and read by title only. Councilmember Caudell moved to pass Ordinance 8907-16 on first reading. The motion was duly seconded and upon roll call, the vote was: Ayes: 5 - Mayor Cretekos, Vice Mayor Jonson, Councilmember Caudell, Councilmember Cundiff and Councilmember Hamilton Ordinance 8908-16 was presented and read by title only. Councilmember Cundiff moved to pass Ordinance 8908-16 on first reading. The motion was duly seconded and upon roll call, the vote was: Page 12 City of Clearwater Draft City Council Meeting Minutes June 16, 2016 Ayes: 5 - Mayor Cretekos, Vice Mayor Jonson, Councilmember Caudell, Councilmember Cundiff and Councilmember Hamilton Ordinance 8909-16 was presented and read by title only. Councilmember Hamilton moved to pass Ordinance 8909-16 on first reading. The motion was duly seconded and upon roll call, the vote was: Ayes: 5 - Mayor Cretekos, Vice Mayor Jonson, Councilmember Caudell, Councilmember Cundiff and Councilmember Hamilton 8.5 Approve the annexation, initial Future Land Use Map designation of Residential Low (RL) and initial Zoning Atlas designation of Low Medium Density Residential (LMDR) District for 1300 Fairfield Drive; and pass Ordinances 8910-16, 8911-16 and 8912-16 on first reading. (ANX2016-04016) This voluntary annexation petition involves a 0.238-acre property consisting of one parcel of land occupied by a single-family dwelling. It is located on the southwest corner of Lakeview Road and Fairfield Drive. The applicant is requesting this annexation in order to receive sanitary sewer and solid waste service from the City. The property is contiguous to existing city boundaries to the north and east. It is proposed that the property be assigned a Future Land Use Map designation of Residential Low (RL) and a Zoning Atlas designation of Low Medium Density Residential (LMDR). The Planning and Development Department determined that the proposed annexation is consistent with the provisions of Clearwater Community Development Code Section 4-604.E as follows: • The property currently receives water service from the City. The closest sanitary sewer line is located in the adjacent Lakeview Road right-of-way. The applicant has paid the City's sewer impact and assessment fees and is aware of the additional costs to extend City sewer service to this property. Collection of solid waste will be provided to the property by the City of Clearwater. The property is located within Police District III and service will be administered through the district headquarters located at 2851 North McMullen Booth Road. Fire and emergency medical services will be provided to the property by Station 47 located at 1460 Lakeview Road. The City has adequate capacity to serve the property with sanitary sewer, solid waste, police, fire and EMS service. The proposed annexation will not have an adverse effect on public facilities and their levels of service; and • The proposed annexation is consistent with and promotes the following objectives and policy of the Clearwater Comprehensive Plan: Objective A.6.4 Due to the built-out character of the City of Clearwater, compact urban development within the urban Page 13 City of Clearwater Draft City Council Meeting Minutes June 16, 2016 service area shall be promoted through application of the Clearwater Community Development Code. Objective A.7.2 Diversify and expand the City’s tax base through the annexation of a variety of land uses located within the Clearwater Planning Area. Policy A.7.2.3 Continue to process voluntary annexations for single-family residential properties upon request. • The proposed Residential Low (RL) Future Land Use Map category is consistent with the current Countywide Plan designation of this property. This designation primarily permits residential uses at a density of 5 units per acre. The proposed zoning district to be assigned to the property is Low Medium Density Residential (LMDR). The use of the subject property is consistent with the uses allowed in the District and the property exceeds the District’s minimum dimensional requirements. The proposed annexation is therefore consistent with the Countywide Plan and the City’s Comprehensive Plan and Community Development Code; and • The property proposed for annexation is contiguous to existing city limits to the north and east; therefore, the annexation is consistent with Florida Statutes Chapter 171.044. Vice Mayor Jonson moved to approve the annexation, initial Future Land Use Map designation of Residential Low (RL) and initial Zoning Atlas designation of Low Medium Density Residential (LMDR) District for 1300 Fairfield Drive. The motion was duly seconded and carried unanimously. Ordinance 8910-16 was presented and read by title only. Councilmember Caudell moved to pass Ordinance 8910-16 on first reading. The motion was duly seconded and upon roll call, the vote was: Ayes: 5 - Mayor Cretekos, Vice Mayor Jonson, Councilmember Caudell, Councilmember Cundiff and Councilmember Hamilton Ordinance 8911-16 was presented and read by title only. Councilmember Cundiff moved to pass Ordinance 8911-16 on first reading. The motion was duly seconded and upon roll call, the vote was: Ayes: 5 - Mayor Cretekos, Vice Mayor Jonson, Councilmember Caudell, Councilmember Cundiff and Councilmember Hamilton Ordinance 8912-16 was presented and read by title only. Page 14 City of Clearwater Draft City Council Meeting Minutes June 16, 2016 Councilmember Hamilton moved to pass Ordinance 8912-16 on first reading. The motion was duly seconded and upon roll call, the vote was: Ayes: 5 - Mayor Cretekos, Vice Mayor Jonson, Councilmember Caudell, Councilmember Cundiff and Councilmember Hamilton 9. Second Readings - Public Hearing 9.1 Adopt Ordinance 8856-16 on second reading, annexing certain real properties whose post office addresses are 1217 Sheridan Road, 1234 Sunset Point Road, and 1904 Coles Road, all within Clearwater, Florida 33755, together with certain Rights-of-Way of Coles Road, Sheridan Road, and Sunset Point Road, into the corporate limits of the city and redefining the boundary lines of the city to include said additions. Ordinance 8856-16 was presented and read by title only. Vice Mayor Jonson moved to adopt Ordinance 8856-16 on second and final reading. The motion was duly seconded and upon roll call, the vote was: Ayes: 5 - Mayor Cretekos, Vice Mayor Jonson, Councilmember Caudell, Councilmember Cundiff and Councilmember Hamilton 9.2 Adopt Ordinance 8857-16 on second reading, amending the future land use plan element of the Comprehensive Plan of the city to designate the land use for certain real properties whose post office addresses are 1217 Sheridan Road, 1234 Sunset Point Road, and 1904 Coles Road, all within Clearwater, Florida 33755, upon annexation into the City of Clearwater, as Residential Urban (RU). Ordinance 8857-16 was presented and read by title only. Councilmember Caudell moved to adopt Ordinance 8857-16 on second and final reading. The motion was duly seconded and upon roll call, the vote was: Ayes: 5 - Mayor Cretekos, Vice Mayor Jonson, Councilmember Caudell, Councilmember Cundiff and Councilmember Hamilton 9.3 Adopt Ordinance 8858-16 on second reading, amending the Zoning Atlas of the city by zoning certain real properties whose post office addresses are 1217 Sheridan Road, 1234 Sunset Point Road, and 1904 Coles Road, all within Clearwater, Florida 33755, upon annexation into the City of Clearwater, as Low Medium Density Residential (LMDR). Page 15 City of Clearwater Draft City Council Meeting Minutes June 16, 2016 Ordinance 8858-16 was presented and read by title only. Councilmember Cundiff moved to adopt Ordinance 8858-16 on second and final reading. The motion was duly seconded and upon roll call, the vote was: Ayes: 5 - Mayor Cretekos, Vice Mayor Jonson, Councilmember Caudell, Councilmember Cundiff and Councilmember Hamilton 9.4 Adopt Ordinance 8859-16 on second reading, annexing certain real properties whose post office addresses are 1909 and 1910 Coles Road, all within Clearwater, Florida 33755, together with certain Rights-of-Way of Coles Road, into the corporate limits of the city and redefining the boundary lines of the city to include said additions. Ordinance 8859-16 was presented and read by title only. Councilmember Hamilton moved to adopt Ordinance 8859-16 on second and final reading. The motion was duly seconded and upon roll call, the vote was: Ayes: 5 - Mayor Cretekos, Vice Mayor Jonson, Councilmember Caudell, Councilmember Cundiff and Councilmember Hamilton 9.5 Adopt Ordinance 8860-16 on second reading, amending the future land use plan element of the Comprehensive Plan of the city to designate the land use for certain real properties whose post office addresses are 1909 and 1910 Coles Road, all within Clearwater, Florida 33755, upon annexation into the City of Clearwater, as Residential Urban (RU). Ordinance 8860-16 was presented and read by title only. Vice Mayor Jonson moved to adopt Ordinance 8860-16 on second and final reading. The motion was duly seconded and upon roll call, the vote was: Ayes: 5 - Mayor Cretekos, Vice Mayor Jonson, Councilmember Caudell, Councilmember Cundiff and Councilmember Hamilton 9.6 Adopt Ordinance 8861-16 on second reading, amending the Zoning Atlas of the city by zoning certain real properties whose post office addresses are 1909 and 1910 Coles Road, all within Clearwater, Florida 33755, upon annexation into the City of Clearwater, as Low Medium Density Residential (LMDR). Ordinance 8861-16 was presented and read by title only. Councilmember Caudell moved to adopt Ordinance 8861-16 on second and final reading. The motion was duly seconded and upon roll call, the vote was: Ayes: 5 - Mayor Cretekos, Vice Mayor Jonson, Councilmember Caudell, Page 16 City of Clearwater Draft City Council Meeting Minutes June 16, 2016 Councilmember Cundiff and Councilmember Hamilton 9.7 Adopt Ordinance 8862-16 on second reading, annexing certain real property whose post office address is 1913 Coles Road, Clearwater, Florida 33755, into the corporate limits of the city and redefining the boundary lines of the city to include said addition. Ordinance 8862-16 was presented and read by title only. Councilmember Cundiff moved to adopt Ordinance 8862-16 on second and final reading. The motion was duly seconded and upon roll call, the vote was: Ayes: 5 - Mayor Cretekos, Vice Mayor Jonson, Councilmember Caudell, Councilmember Cundiff and Councilmember Hamilton 9.8 Adopt Ordinance 8863-16 on second reading, amending the future land use plan element of the Comprehensive Plan of the city to designate the land use for certain real property whose post office address is 1913 Coles Road, Clearwater, Florida 33755, upon annexation into the City of Clearwater, as Residential Urban (RU). Ordinance 8863-16 was presented and read by title only. Councilmember Hamilton moved to adopt Ordinance 8863-16 on second and final reading. The motion was duly seconded and upon roll call, the vote was: Ayes: 5 - Mayor Cretekos, Vice Mayor Jonson, Councilmember Caudell, Councilmember Cundiff and Councilmember Hamilton 9.9 Adopt Ordinance 8864-16 on second reading, amending the Zoning Atlas of the city by zoning certain real property whose post office address is 1913 Coles Road, Clearwater, Florida 33755, upon annexation into the City of Clearwater, As Low Medium Density Residential (LMDR). Ordinance 8864-16 was presented and read by title only. Vice Mayor Jonson moved to adopt Ordinance 8864-16 on second and final reading. The motion was duly seconded and upon roll call, the vote was: Ayes: 5 - Mayor Cretekos, Vice Mayor Jonson, Councilmember Caudell, Councilmember Cundiff and Councilmember Hamilton 9.10 Adopt Ordinance 8913-16 on second reading, vacating a portion of that certain 16 foot alley along the center of Block 11 of Milton Park Subdivision, as recorded in Plat Book 1, Page 69, of the Public Records of Pinellas County, Florida. Page 17 City of Clearwater Draft City Council Meeting Minutes June 16, 2016 Ordinance 8913-16 was presented and read by title only. Councilmember Caudell moved to adopt Ordinance 8913-16 on second and final reading. The motion was duly seconded and upon roll call, the vote was: Ayes: 5 - Mayor Cretekos, Vice Mayor Jonson, Councilmember Caudell, Councilmember Cundiff and Councilmember Hamilton 9.11 Adopt Ordinance 8924-16 on second reading, amending the Operating Budget for the Fiscal Year ending September 30, 2016 to reflect increases and decreases in revenues and expenditures for the General Fund, Special Development Fund, Special Program Fund, Gas Fund, Solid Waste and Recycling Fund, Parking Fund and Central Insurance Fund. Ordinance 8924-16 was presented and read by title only. Councilmember Cundiff moved to adopt Ordinance 8924-16 on second and final reading. The motion was duly seconded and upon roll call, the vote was: Ayes: 5 - Mayor Cretekos, Vice Mayor Jonson, Councilmember Caudell, Councilmember Cundiff and Councilmember Hamilton 9.12 Adopt Ordinance 8925-16 on second reading, amending the Capital Improvement Budget for the Fiscal Year ending September 30, 2016, to reflect a net decrease of $11,641,097. Ordinance 8925-16 was presented and read by title only. Councilmember Hamilton moved to adopt Ordinance 8925-16 on second and final reading. The motion was duly seconded and upon roll call, the vote was: Ayes: 5 - Mayor Cretekos, Vice Mayor Jonson, Councilmember Caudell, Councilmember Cundiff and Councilmember Hamilton 10. City Manager Reports 10.1 Support the SUN Trail funding to construct the Courtney Campbell Causeway Trail Overpass, authorize the City Manager to commit to the transfer of necessary city right-of-way/property for the project, authorize the City Manager to execute a Memorandum of Understanding for maintenance of the overpass upon completion, and adopt Resolution 16-16. Trails are an essential part of the City of Clearwater's multi-modal transportation and recreation network. Page 18 City of Clearwater Draft City Council Meeting Minutes June 16, 2016 In 2004, the City identified both the Courtney Campbell Causeway Trail and the Ream Wilson Clearwater Trail, Bayshore segment, as trails needed in the bicycle and pedestrian master plan. Subsequently both the trails have been included in the Pinellas County long range transportation plan and have been funded and completed. The Courtney Campbell Causeway Trail currently terminates on the south side of SR 60 (Gulf-to-Bay Blvd.) connecting to the Ream Wilson Clearwater Trail, Bayshore segment, on the north side utilizing a signalized pedestrian crosswalk. The current configuration slows down motor vehicle traffic on SR 60 (Gulf-to-Bay Blvd). The proposed overpass project will provide a safer alternative to the current at grade crossing for the trail users as well as enhancing the traffic flow of motor vehicles on SR 60 (Gulf-to-Bay Blvd.). The Courtney Campbell Causeway Trail Overpass has been identified as a priority by the Pinellas County Metropolitan Planning Organization in their long range transportation plan and on their transportation alternatives list. The City of Clearwater will be submitting an application for SUN Trail funding to complete the Courtney Campbell Causeway Trail Overpass. Although the funding source does not require a match, FDOT will require that the City maintain the overpass on completion. The application requires demonstration of city support. The Florida Department of Transportation requires a letter demonstrating the City’s commitment to convey the necessary city right-of way and/or city owned property that will be necessary for the overpass structure. The property, 3198 Gulf-to-Bay Boulevard, was acquired last year by the City of Clearwater to serve this purpose. In response to questions, Parks and Recreation Director Kevin Dunbar said the City will be required to provide basic maintenance, similar to the maintenance required at the Courtney Campbell Bridge. DOT would address the structural maintenance of replacement of the bridge. The overpass design is not known yet; staff anticipates the bridge would incorporate a ramp or a helix. If elevators are installed, it is anticipated that DOT would maintain the elevators. Mr. Dunbar said the City would address debris and trash collection. Vice Mayor Jonson moved to support the SUN Trail funding to construct the Courtney Campbell Causeway Trail Overpass, authorize the City Manager to commit to the transfer of necessary city right-of-way/property for the project, authorize the City Manager to execute a Memorandum of Understanding for maintenance of the overpass upon completion. The motion was duly seconded and carried unanimously. Page 19 City of Clearwater Draft City Council Meeting Minutes June 16, 2016 Resolution 16-16 was presented and read by title only. Councilmember Caudell moved to adopt Resolution 16-16. The motion was duly seconded and upon roll call, the vote was: Ayes: 5 - Mayor Cretekos, Vice Mayor Jonson, Councilmember Caudell, Councilmember Cundiff and Councilmember Hamilton 10.2 Support the SUN Trail funding to complete the Pinellas Trail Loop and adopt Resolution 16-17. Pinellas County will be submitting an application for SUN Trail funding to complete the Pinellas Trail Loop. The Pinellas Trail Loop provides transportation and recreation access throughout Pinellas County. A large portion of the Pinellas Trail is completed with the exception of several segments, including one in Clearwater's jurisdiction in the Countryside area. The application requires demonstration of community support. Councilmember Caudell moved to support the SUN Trail funding to complete the Pinellas Trail Loop. The motion was duly seconded and carried unanimously. Resolution 16-17 was presented and read by title only. Councilmember Cundiff moved to adopt Resolution 16-17. The motion was duly seconded and upon roll call, the vote was: Ayes: 5 - Mayor Cretekos, Vice Mayor Jonson, Councilmember Caudell, Councilmember Cundiff and Councilmember Hamilton 10.3 Ratify and confirm a new lease agreement with Steven M. Hasley, d/b/a REMAX Action First for a lease term of five years with a five-year extension option and approve the Clearwater Marina Parking Permit Office Project. Staff is requesting the City approve a new lease for Steven M. Hasley, d/b/a REMAX Action First for a longer lease term in exchange for giving up 179 square feet of office space so a parking permit office can be constructed. The City of Clearwater Parking System has requested space in the marina building in order to build a parking office so they will be able to better serve Lot 43. This office would allow them to sell parking permits and also give them a parking office centrally located on Clearwater Beach. Several options for the parking office were explored including building a separate structure. A separate structure for an office would not be cost effective as FEMA codes would require the building be on stilts at an estimate total project cost of $300,000.00. As an alternative, building an office in existing space in the marina building will Page 20 City of Clearwater Draft City Council Meeting Minutes June 16, 2016 cost $38,828.43. The Parking System will be taking over the marina office storage room (161 square feet) and Remax’s conference room (179 square feet) to build out 340 square feet of office space. The project is being completed by Certus Builders who are an engineer of record with the City of Clearwater and construction work commenced May 31, 2016. Remax has agreed to give up the 179 square feet in exchange for a longer lease term. They currently have a 3-year lease term with a 1-year extension but the new lease offers a 5-year lease term with the option for a 5-year extension. The annual rent will be reduced by $2,346.69 to account for the loss of 179 square feet. The Parking System will be paying for the cost of the project which includes building Remax out a new conference room in their existing space. Effective June 1, 2016, the Parking System will also be paying the Marine & Aviation Department for 340 square feet of space at an annual rate of $4,457.40. Councilmember Hamilton moved to Ratify and confirm a new lease agreement with Steven M. Hasley, d/b/a REMAX Action First for a lease term of five years with a five-year extension option and approve the Clearwater Marina Parking Permit Office Project. The motion was duly seconded and carried unanimously. 11. City Attorney Reports – None. 12. Other Council Action 12.1 U.S. 19/Harn Boulevard Pedestrian Overpass Bridge - Vice Mayor Jonson Vice Mayor Jonson thanked Councilmember Caudell for raising the Harn pedestrian overpass issue at the Metropolitan Planning Organization (MPO) meeting and the MPO staff for taking the lead in correcting a likely oversight by the Florida Department of Transportation (FDOT). He said he hoped that, if constructed, the overpass would be in an optimal location for users. He said the MPO’s Long Range Transportation Plan (LRTP) has identified communities of economic challenge on both sides of U.S. Highway 19 at Harn Blvd. and the MPO had a study done regarding pedestrian safety. In addition, the MPO has been pushing for pedestrian safety projects north of SR 580, which FDOT is now accommodating. Prior to the traffic signal at Harn Blvd and U.S. Highway 19 being removed, MPO observed a high number of pedestrians using the crosswalk; MPO shared this information with FDOT who determined that an alternative method of crossing is Page 21 City of Clearwater Draft City Council Meeting Minutes June 16, 2016 needed. FDOT has contracted with an engineering firm to evaluate the possibility of four potential locations for a pedestrian bridge in that area within 300 feet of where the intersection used to be. The Pinellas Suncoast Transit Authority (PSTA) has said that FDOT has not been responsive in the past to the needs of transit riders, but FDOT adopted a Complete Streets initiative in 2014 that will hopefully change their approach. Vice Mayor Jonson requested that the staff that will be participating in the evaluation process emphasize the upcoming city investment in the Morningside Recreation Center and the need for a pedestrian overpass as close to Harn Blvd. A concern was expressed with the idea of an elevator being incorporated into the overpass as the security and maintenance would be a burden on city resources. 13. Closing comments by Councilmembers (limited to 3 minutes) Vice Mayor Jonson said he heard people talking about the one-way pairs on south beach and said it would be helpful if Traffic Engineering would share the model data on the potential change of one-way pairs on Coronado Drive by the pirate ship and on the roundabout. They had previously done a similar analysis for the one-way pairs on north beach. He said a new book by Mark Aesch provided some thoughtful insight. He thanked the Wilder Organization for renovating the awnings on the Atrium Building and he thanked Anne Fogarty-France for working with them on the façade grant program. Councilmember Caudell expressed her sympathies to the victims and families of the Orlando shooting. Councilmember Cundiff said the Martin Luther King, Jr. Center Coalition is still in need of musical instruments or a monetary donation for their summer program. Councilmember Hamilton reminded all beachgoers that it is the time of year to do the “Sting Ray Shuffle;” shuffle your feet when entering the water to avoid being stung. 14. Closing Comments by Mayor Mayor Cretekos reviewed recent and upcoming events and wished Paralympic sailor Brad Kendall at the Summer Paralympic Games in Rio. Page 22 City of Clearwater Draft City Council Meeting Minutes June 16, 2016 15. Adjourn The meeting adjourned at 7:26 p.m. Mayor City of Clearwater Attest City Clerk Page 23 City of Clearwater Draft BELLEAIR BEE Volume 40, No. 52 www.TBNweekly.com July 14, 2016 FRIENDS OF THE NATURE PARKS Hopes for future taking off By CHRIS GEORGE LARGO - In the years following the Great Recession, Largo's Recre- ation, Parks and Arts Department was hit hard. The economic decline cost the division nearly a third of its employees, and city officials even suggested closing the nature parks in order to stop the bleeding. A group of concerned citizens, however, stepped forward and said they would do whatever it took to keep the parks open. Six years later, thanks to the Friends of the Largo Nature Parks and the efforts of its volunteers, the parks are not only open, but also thriving. And now it wants to know how to take the next step. They have literally put Largo on the map," said Joan Byrne, recreation, parks and arts director, during a City Commission workshop last month. "People come to Largo to go to the nature parks because of some of the programs that they have instituted. See FRIENDS, page 4A Matilda, a female barred owl, is a star in "Turtle Tale," a movie that was filmed at McGough Nature Park. FRIENDS, from page 1A They are on the cusp. There are opportunities for growth. This can be so much bigger. so much better and we have people who are motivated to see that happen. But we are sort of at a crossroads and they are at a crossroads." The success of the nonprofit group that supports George C. Mc- Gough Nature Park. Central Park Reserve and Bonner Park speaks for itself. According to the city, 16,775 people visited McGough Nature Park from January through April 3 and 2.685 volunteer hours were Logged at a value of $61.775. Also. Nature in the Classroom programs exceeded 5,000 for the first time, visiting 7,012 students during the past school year. But the birds of prey program at McGough is creating a new issue the Friends have to deal with: high expectations. The bird of prey program) is probably the biggest single reason that this program has grown the way it's grown." said Pat Edmonds, presi- dent of the Friends. "Because we are taking the birds out into the com- munity and they are showing up in places that people don't expect to find them." That program, which now features a bald eagle among its 19 raptors and costs the Friends $6,000 a year in food alone, is also the spring- board for bigger and better things, Edmonds said. Turtle Tale." a full - length feature film that was shot at McGough in 2014, hasn't been released yet, and the creation of the Avian Veteran Alliance, which uses wounded raptors to help veterans with PTSD and other ailments, has garnered attention from across the country. We did not expect over 16,000 people to arrive between January and April 3. We simply didn't expect it," Edmonds said. "The movie that was filmed there last spring hasn't even been released yet, and still we had that kind of attendance at the park. I now have to cruise sometimes to find a parking space. That is a big change from several years ago when three or four cars in the parking lot was a good day." Turtle Tale." which was inspired by events at the park, tells the story of the relationship between an owl and its caretaker. The film has won some critical praise and earned a showing at Cannes. Byrne told the Leader that a private showing for the volunteers was held June 20, but the film hasn't been released yet because its director, Jean Luc Campeau, is still shopping it. And while Edmonds and Byrne don't expect 'hurtle Tale" to do for McGough what "Dolphin Tale" did for the Clearwater Marine Aquari- um, they said they would like to be prepared just in case because the Friends only have one paid full -time employee. I think this is a very unusual situation that we have and I think that it's one that we want to encourage for the future," Byrne said. Do we want this to be a destination and kind of signature place for the community?" Finding funds The Friends also want to capitalize on funding opportunities that AVA presents. Edmonds said the program's relationship with the VA could open the door to state and federal funding. State Rep. Chris Lat- vala has already reached out to offer support, and city commissioners said they would use their influence in any way they can. In the past few weeks, Byrne said, the city has applied for BP settle- ment funding from the county to pave trails at McGough, making them more accessible to the elderly and disabled, who have been com- ing in high numbers from local nursing homes. The Friends are also eyeing funding to install a custom zip line that uses the same type of harness used in air and sea rescues. Unlike any other zip line, this is a level zip line," said Patrick Bradley, director of the birds of prey program and creator of AVA. "It's not meant for a ride. It's not meant to get on and zip downward. It's level and it goes around the park. It has a stabilizing effect, and (vet- erans) can literally learn to walk or relearn to walk or strengthen their leg muscles by walking and being supported and not having to wony about the weight factor." Other avenues Edmonds has explored include corporate sponsor- ships and partnering with local organizations and businesses. such as the recently opened Splash Harbor Water Park in Indian Rocks Beach. I see a partnership opportunity here for us to work with the Eco- nomic Development department in Largo to grow Largo, to help at- tract more people to the city," Edmonds said. "We do have people actually telling us, 'I'm buying a house here because I love what you all do."' BELLEAIR BEE Volume 40, No. 52 www.TBNweekly.com July 14, 2016 HELPING VETERANS HEAL Steve Dittbenner, a Palms of Largo resident who suffers from Parkinson's, has been visiting the birds of prey at George C. McGough Nature Park each week for several months. His wife, Lynn, says he perked up the moment a raptor was placed on his glove. AVA spreading its WINGS Program's results gaining attention from across US Stories and photos by CHRIS GEORGE LARGO As Shay, a red - shouldered hawk. was perched atop Steve Dittbenner's hand on a recent Tuesday at McGough Nature Park. patrons walking by quickly pulled out their cameras to capture a photo of something they don't see very often. But when Lynn Dittbenner watch- es as the raptors eyes are affixed on her husband. she sees something different. She sees hope. About a year ago, Steve, who is wheelchair -bound and suf- fers from Parkinson's disease and a mild form of dementia, felt like he had nothing to live for. The Palms of Largo resi- dent had entered hospice and had little to look forward to in life. He had totally given up." Lynn said. So, when she heard about the Avian Veteran Alliance pro- gram at the park. she figured it would be worth a try for Steve, a Vietnam -era Air Force veteran who was also a falcon- er in the 1970s. The program uses wounded birds of prey that veterans identify and emphasize with as a form of thera- py by simply allowing them to take the raptors for a walk. When Patrick Bradley, the raptor director at the park, placed Dakota, a red - tailed hawk, on Steve's hand, it didn't take long for the two to make a connection. See AVA, page 4A cc We basically are just opening up a new facet, a new outlet for veterans to use. We are not claiming that coming out to the birds is going to fix your problems or make everything go away, but what it can do is sort of open a door, open an outlet to re- expose yourself to nature." Kaleigh Hoyt, a volunteer who helped get AVA off the ground AVA, from page 1A He hadn't even been talking and then all of sudden. he just started talking in full sentences and loud enough so that Patrick could hear him." Lynn said. It went so well. Bradley asked the pair to return the next day. But when they prepared to leave the nursing home, Bradley, a Vietnam veteran himself. had a surprise waiting for them. He arranged for the Patriot Guard Riders, an organization of motorcyclists who honor vet- erans, to escort them to the park. We had no idea," Lynn said. "We barely knew Patrick at all. He had arranged the whole thing instantly. It was so cool." Bradley also had all of the park's volunteers show up, and the Rid- ers gave the Dittbenners a flag. it was just incredible. As the Patriot Riders left, they all saluted as they went by," Lynn said. "It was unbelievable.... There were lots of tears all over the place." Since those days in November, Lynn and Steve have been returning to the park every week to handle the birds, and the results have been dramatic. Steve has been out of hospice for the past two months and his entire demeanor has changed. This is the best thing that had ever happened to us. This is such an incredible experience," she said. AVA soaring Steve's is just one of AVA's many success stories from the past year, and news of the results has traveled across the country, creating inter- est in the program that stretches beyond veterans and opens the door to funding opportunities. When the program started about a year ago, two groups of veterans from Bay Pines Medical Center visited the park. Now, four groups come, and individuals who have left the VA are returning on their own. Bradley said the program's success with the VA has turned heads around the country. Organizations, including rehab centers near Camp LeJeune in North Carolina and Auburn, Georgia, have been in- Tampa Bay Newspapers, Inc quiring about the program's work with the VA. He's said he's also field- ed calls from the Lakeland affiliate of Divers 4 Heroes. a nonprofit that helps certify disabled veterans in scuba- diving, West Coast Kayaks and Paddle Boards in St. Petersburg and even from a sanctuary for re- tired circus elephants in Washington state, all hoping to replicate AVA's success. So, you have various aspects to the same concept," Bradley said. It's all based on the natural involvement in nature and getting away from the hustle and bustle." West Coast Kayaks and Paddle Boards, for instance, will be moving its store closer to Bay Pines shortly and wanted to learn how to work with the VA about working with veterans. They've expressed an interest in offering paddling trips to the veter- ans who come up from Bay Pines, which is in essence the exact same thing we are doing with a different twist." Bradley said. 'They are on the water, away from people, they are in with nature and it's quiet and peaceful." Breaking new ground on an old idea The idea of getting back in touch with nature and the community Is what resonates with people, said Kaleigh Hoyt, a volunteer who helped Bradley create the program when they worked together at Boyd Hill Nature Preserve in St Petersburg. We basically are just opening up a new facet a new outlet for veter- ans to use," she said. "We are not claiming that coming out to the birds is going to fix your problems or make everything go away, but what it can do is sort of open a door, open an outlet to re- expose your- self to nature." The soon -to -be graduate student at the University of South Florida said she will be researching the relationship birds of prey have with humans because the AVA program is entering uncharted territory. We're entering something that really hasn't been done before." she said. "Animals are used all the time and animals can be extremely beneficial in a lot of cases, but there have been few cases where rap- tors have been involved. And raptors really do have a unique relation- ship with veterans in particular." Hoyt says the program's most important benefit, however, is reaccli- mating veterans with society. It comes down to not just the unique relationship that these people have with the raptors, it's also the introduction to other people that love the same thing," she said. 'That's equally important as the actual exposure to the birds and the training and all of that" Bill Lofgren, a peer support specialist for the VA, agrees. Lofgren has worked with other animal therapies in the past, such as with horses and dogs, and says the raptors give the veterans a reason to return once they leave the hospital. People return, they want to come back," he said. They walk up to Patrick afterwards and they want to volunteer. The questions they ask, they want to open up. so it's amazing. It's just amazing the impact it has." Reaching out and raising funds Veterans from the VA aren't the only ones benefiting from the pro- gram these days, and that's exactly what Bradley was hoping for. He said he Just received a letter from a woman who also has Parkin- son's wanting to participate, and there's a woman who comes each month from Daytona just to take a bird for a walk. rd hoped we could stretch beyond (just helping veterans). There's a lot of people who could use what we have," he said. The program also has garnered the attention of elected officials. Bradley said he was contacted July 4 by state Rep. Chris Latvala, who read about AVA and offered to help in any way he could in Tallahassee. Bradley hopes the notoriety could lead to additional funding for needs such as handicap- accessible walkways and a custom zip line that could serve as a form of therapy for wounded veterans. Veterans such as Dittbenner, who has found something in himself that Parkinson's took away. When we get ready to get into the van and he knows we're coming here, his whole mood just changes," Lynn said. "By the end of the day, he's usually tired, but he's got a smile on his face when we leave." e-edition.tbnweekly.com Cover Memo City of Clearwater City Hall 112 S. Osceola Avenue Clearwater, FL 33756 File Number: ID#16-2567 Agenda Date: 7/21/2016 Status: Public HearingVersion: 1 File Type: Action ItemIn Control: Economic Development & Housing Agenda Number: 7.1 SUBJECT/RECOMMENDATION: Approve the City of Clearwater’s Fiscal Year 2017-2020 Four-Year Consolidated Plan (Consolidated Plan) and Fiscal Year 2017 Annual Action Plan to implement the goals and objectives set forth in the Plan, as required by HUD, and authorize the City to enter into agreements with organizations approved for funding. SUMMARY: The U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) requires communities that receive entitlement Community Development Block Grant Program (CDBG) and HOME Investment Partnership Program (HOME) funds to prepare a comprehensive planning document that evaluates the needs of the community and sets forth strategies to address those needs. Traditionally, the Consolidated Plan is a five-year document; however because of new regulations issued by HUD, the City opted to sync with Pinellas County’s Consolidated Plan timeframe. Thus, we have a Four-Year Consolidated Plan. The FY 2017-2020 Consolidated Plan consists of the following: ·Executive Summary ·Process Overview ·Needs Assessment ·Housing Market Analysis ·Strategic Plan ·Annual Action Plan ·Citizen Participation Plan ·Appendix The Strategic Plan is structured around five goals in administering the City’s housing and community development programs. Each goal is accompanied by corresponding objectives toward meeting that goal. These goals and objectives are as follows: ·Housing Goal: Provide availability and accessibility to decent housing to the low to moderate-income families within the city limits. ·Homeless Goal: Help to prevent and reduce homelessness within the city limits. ·Non-Homeless and Special Needs Goal: Expand the accessibility and coordination of social services to the city’s special needs population. ·Community Development and Public Services/Facilities Goal: Enhance the living environment for persons in low to moderate-income areas through public improvements activities, public service programs and elimination of blight. Page 1 City of Clearwater Printed on 7/19/2016 File Number: ID#16-2567 ·Economic Development Goal: Support programs that create economic opportunities throughout the city with special emphasis given to areas and persons of low to moderate-income. The Strategic Plan also identifies four geographic priorities: 1) City-wide, Low- and Moderate-Income Local Target Area; 2) Lake Bellevue Neighborhood Revitalization Strategy Area (NRSA); 3) East Gateway District NRSA; and 4) North Greenwood NRSA. The designation of a Local Target Area and NRSAs increases the potential for coordinated planning and investment. In addition, the City is required to create and implement a plan to identify the sources and uses of federal money for housing, community programs, and economic development. This plan, referred to as an Annual Action Plan, provides HUD with the City’s housing budget and proposed expenditures based on the entitlement funds and estimated program income that the City will receive in the upcoming fiscal year to meet the goals established in the Consolidated Plan. Funds are used to develop viable communities and sustain existing ones. In addition, the funds will be used to provide safe, decent and affordable housing to assist extremely low- to moderate-income households. This years’ Annual Action Plan allocates federal funds to provide housing opportunities to extremely low- to moderate-income households for new and existing homes, construction and/or renovation of public facilities, and to fund public services programs. Clearwater anticipates a total allocation of $667,634 in CDBG funding and $283,808 in HOME funding for Fiscal Year 2017. CDBG Revolving Loan Fund program income is expected in the amount of $753,200 and CDBG carryover funds from previous program years are expected in the amount of $516,021. In addition, the City anticipates $438,020 of carryover funds through the HOME program. Funds provided through the CDBG Program may be used for housing, community and economic development, public services and facilities, acquisition, relocation, demolition and administration. Funds provided through the HOME Program are limited to housing-related activities and administration. The City partners with several non-profit agencies to implement the goals and objectives the City has established in the Consolidated Plan. To obtain these partners, the City annually publishes a Notice of Funding Availability in the local newspaper and on its website in February. This notice informs the public of the resources the City will make available and the eligible uses of these resources. It also informs them of the application period for requesting funds. The applications were due in April and the City received a total of 18 applications for funding. One application was rejected because of failure to attend a mandatory meeting, leaving 17 applications for funding. A Technical Review Committee (TRC), comprised of professionals in the social service and grants community and a member of the City’s Neighborhood and Affordable Housing Advisory Board (NAHAB), reviewed and ranked the applications. Applicants were given an opportunity to present their proposed projects at the monthly NAHAB meeting. City staff also reviewed each application to ensure it met HUD’s baseline requirements. The NAHAB met to approve the recommended allocations contained in the Fiscal Year 2017 Annual Action Plan. Each year the City may allocate up to 15% of its CDBG funds for Public Services activities. The City may also provide funds for operating expenses to subrecipients who qualify as a Page 2 City of Clearwater Printed on 7/19/2016 File Number: ID#16-2567 Community-Based Housing Development Organization. This year the City received requests for funding for public services in the amount of $220,000, however based on HUD’s formula, $100,145 was available to fund eight organizations. The NAHAB has endorsed a sliding scale funding system for Public Services applicants that dictates the funding ratios based the ranking. Utilizing a sliding scale ensures the majority of the applicants are funded. This year all agencies were funded, however because the CDBG Grant was reduced the amount of funding for each agency was also reduced. The Consolidated Plan and Annual Action Plan are due to HUD on August 16, 2016. All organizations that will be receiving an allocation will have agreements prepared and executed by October 1, 2016. Staff will perform compliance monitoring with funded organizations on an annual basis. APPROPRIATION CODE AND AMOUNT: N/A USE OF RESERVE FUNDS: N/A Page 3 City of Clearwater Printed on 7/19/2016 City of Clearwater, Florida June 15, 2016 2016/2017-2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 2016/2017 Annual Action Plan DR A F T City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 1 T ABLE OF C ONTENTS Executive Summary ....................................................................................................................................... 7 ES-05 Executive Summary ......................................................................................................................... 7 The Process ................................................................................................................................................. 14 PR-05 Lead & Responsible Agencies ....................................................................................................... 14 PR-10 Consultation ................................................................................................................................. 16 PR-15 Citizen Participation ...................................................................................................................... 21 Needs Assessment ...................................................................................................................................... 25 NA-05 Overview ...................................................................................................................................... 25 NA-10 Housing Needs Assessment ......................................................................................................... 29 NA-15 Disproportionately Greater Need: Housing Problems ................................................................. 42 NA-20 Disproportionately Greater Need: Severe Housing Problems ..................................................... 48 NA-25 Disproportionately Greater Need: Housing Cost Burdens ........................................................... 53 NA-30 Disproportionately Greater Need: Discussion ............................................................................. 56 NA-35 Public Housing .............................................................................................................................. 59 Section 504 Needs Assessment .............................................................................................................. 65 NA-40 Homeless Needs Assessment....................................................................................................... 67 NA-45 Non-Homeless Special Needs Assessment .................................................................................. 72 NA-50 Non-Housing Community Development Needs ........................................................................... 77 Housing Market Analysis ............................................................................................................................. 79 MA-05 Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 79 MA-10 Number of Housing Units – 91.210(a) & (b) (2) .......................................................................... 81 MA-15 Housing Market Analysis: Cost of Housing – 91.210(a) .............................................................. 84 MA-20 Housing Market Analysis: Condition of Housing – 91.210(a)...................................................... 88 MA-25 Public and Assisted Housing – 91.210(b) .................................................................................... 93 MA-30 Homeless Facilities and Services – 91.210(c) .............................................................................. 95 MA-35 Special Needs Facilities and Services – 91.210(d) ....................................................................... 98 MA-40 Barriers to Affordable Housing – 91.210(e) .............................................................................. 102 MA-45 Non-Housing Community Development Assets – 91.215 (f) .................................................... 103 MA-50 Needs and Market Analysis Discussion ..................................................................................... 112 City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 2 Strategic Plan ............................................................................................................................................ 116 SP-05 Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 116 SP-10 Geographic Priorities .................................................................................................................. 120 SP-25 Priority Needs ............................................................................................................................. 126 SP-30 Influence of Market Conditions .................................................................................................. 128 SP-35 Anticipated Resources ................................................................................................................ 129 SP-40 Institutional Delivery Structure ................................................................................................... 133 SP-45 Goals Summary ........................................................................................................................... 138 SP-50 Public Housing Accessibility and Involvement ............................................................................ 140 SP-55 Barriers to Affordable Housing ................................................................................................... 142 SP-60 Homelessness Strategy ............................................................................................................... 144 SP-65 Lead Based Paint Hazards ........................................................................................................... 147 SP-70 Anti-Poverty Strategy .................................................................................................................. 150 SP-80 Monitoring .................................................................................................................................. 152 Annual Action Plan .................................................................................................................................... 155 AP-15 Expected Resources .................................................................................................................... 155 AP-20 Annual Goals and Objectives ...................................................................................................... 159 AP-35 Projects ....................................................................................................................................... 160 AP-38 Project Summary ........................................................................................................................ 165 AP-50 Geographic Distribution ............................................................................................................. 170 AP-55 Affordable Housing ..................................................................................................................... 171 AP-60 Public Housing ............................................................................................................................ 173 AP-65 Homeless and Other Special Needs Activities ............................................................................ 174 AP-75 Barriers to Affordable Housing ................................................................................................... 179 AP-85 Other Actions .............................................................................................................................. 181 AP-90 Program Specific Requirements ................................................................................................. 186 Citizen Participation Plan .......................................................................................................................... 189 Citizen Participation Plan ...................................................................................................................... 189 Appendix ................................................................................................................................................... 204 Maps ..................................................................................................................................................... 205 City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 3 Public Participation ............................................................................................................................... 224 SF 424 .................................................................................................................................................... 255 Certifications ......................................................................................................................................... 256 City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 4 T ABLES & M A PS Table 1 – Responsible Agencies .................................................................................................................. 14 Table 2 – Agencies, Groups, Organizations and Others Who Participated ................................................. 18 Table 3 – Other Consultations & Coordination ........................................................................................... 20 Table 4 – Citizen Participation Outreach .................................................................................................... 23 Table 5(A) – 2016 HUD Income Limits ........................................................................................................ 26 MAP 1 – CDBG Eligible Areas ...................................................................................................................... 28 Table 5(B) – Housing Needs Assessment Demographics ............................................................................ 30 Table 6 – Total Households Table ............................................................................................................... 31 Table 7 – Housing Problems Table .............................................................................................................. 34 Table 8 – Housing Problems 2 ..................................................................................................................... 35 Table 9 – Cost Burden > 30% ...................................................................................................................... 37 Table 10 – Cost Burden > 50% .................................................................................................................... 38 Table 11 – Crowding Information ............................................................................................................... 39 Table 12 – Disproportionally Greater Need 0 - 30% AMI ........................................................................... 44 Table 13 – Disproportionally Greater Need 30 - 50% AMI ......................................................................... 45 Table 14 – Disproportionally Greater Need 50 - 80% AMI ......................................................................... 46 Table 15 – Disproportionally Greater Need 80 - 100% AMI ....................................................................... 47 Table 16 – Severe Housing Problems 0 - 30% AMI ..................................................................................... 49 Table 17 – Severe Housing Problems 30 - 50% AMI ................................................................................... 50 Table 18 – Severe Housing Problems 50 - 80% AMI ................................................................................... 51 Table 19 – Severe Housing Problems 80 - 100% AMI ................................................................................. 52 Table 20 – Greater Need: Housing Cost Burdens AMI ................................................................................ 54 Table 21 – Public Housing by Program Type ............................................................................................... 60 Table 22 – Characteristics of Public Housing Residents by Program Type ................................................. 62 Table 23 – Race of Public Housing Residents by Program Type ................................................................. 63 Table 24 – Ethnicity of Public Housing Residents by Program Type ........................................................... 64 Table 25(A) – Homeless Needs Assessment ............................................................................................... 69 Table 25(B) – Homelessness by Racial and Ethnic Group ........................................................................... 71 Table 26 – RESERVED .................................................................................................................................. 71 Table 27 – RESERVED .................................................................................................................................. 71 City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 5 Table 28 – Residential Properties by Unit Number .................................................................................... 81 Table 29 – Unit Size by Tenure .................................................................................................................... 82 Table 30 – Cost of Housing ......................................................................................................................... 84 Table 31 – Rent Paid ................................................................................................................................... 84 Table 32 – Housing Affordability ................................................................................................................. 85 Table 33 – Monthly Rent ............................................................................................................................. 86 Table 34 – Condition of Units ..................................................................................................................... 89 Table 35 – Year Unit Built............................................................................................................................ 90 Table 36 – Risk of Lead-Based Paint ........................................................................................................... 90 Table 37 – Vacant Units .............................................................................................................................. 91 Table 38 – Total Number of Units by Program Type................................................................................... 93 Table 39 – Public Housing Condition .......................................................................................................... 94 Table 40 – Facilities and Housing Targeted to Homeless Households ........................................................ 96 Table 41 – Business Activity ...................................................................................................................... 104 Table 42 – Labor Force .............................................................................................................................. 105 Table 43 – Occupations by Sector ............................................................................................................. 106 Table 44 – Travel Time .............................................................................................................................. 106 Table 45 – Educational Attainment by Employment Status ..................................................................... 107 Table 46 – Educational Attainment by Age ............................................................................................... 108 Table 47 – Median Earnings in the Past 12 Months ................................................................................. 108 Table 48 – Concentrations of Households with Housing Problems .......................................................... 113 MAP 2 – Strategy Areas Map .................................................................................................................... 121 Table 49 – Geographic Priority Areas ....................................................................................................... 125 Table 50 – Priority Needs Summary .......................................................................................................... 127 Table 51 – Influence of Market Conditions ............................................................................................... 128 Table 52 – Anticipated Resources ............................................................................................................. 131 Table 53 – Institutional Delivery Structure ............................................................................................... 134 Table 54 – Homeless Prevention Services Summary ................................................................................ 135 Table 55 – Goals Summary ........................................................................................................................ 138 Table 56: Anticipated Resources ............................................................................................................... 156 Table 57: Goals Summary Information ..................................................................................................... 159 City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 6 Table 58: Goal Descriptions ...................................................................................................................... 160 Table 59: Project Information ................................................................................................................... 162 Map 3 – Project Locations......................................................................................................................... 163 Table 60: Project Summary Information ................................................................................................... 165 Table 61: Geographic Distribution ............................................................................................................ 170 Table 62: One Year Goals for Affordable Housing by Support Requirement ........................................... 172 Table 63: One Year Goals for Affordable Housing by Support Type ......................................................... 172 Table 64: Available Program Income ........................................................................................................ 186 Table 65: Other CDBG Requirements ....................................................................................................... 187 City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 7 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ES-05 Executive Summary INTRODUCTION The City of Clearwater, Florida, has completed the planning process for the 2016/2017-2019/2020 Consolidated Plan (Consolidated Plan) as required by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD). The purpose of the Consolidated Plan is to identify goals, objectives, and strategies for addressing housing and community development needs, including those of the homeless and other special needs populations. In the past, the City of Clearwater has submitted five-year Consolidated Plans; however, to align with the next Pinellas County Consolidated Plan program start date (October 1, 2020) and a potential jointly conducted Assessment of Fair Housing, the City has shortened this year’s Consolidated Plan to cover a four-year period. Therefore, this Consolidated Plan guides the use of City resources to address housing and community development needs over a four-year period. The Consolidated Plan is developed in a manner specified by HUD, and the City has followed the prescribed format in completing the plan. The Consolidated Plan was developed using HUD and U.S. Census data for demographics and housing, input from public meetings and hearings, community surveys, and past program performance. During the planning process, the City conducted three community meetings with residents of low and moderate income neighborhoods, one of which specifically consulted housing and public service providers for these neighborhoods. Additionally, the City conducted a technical assistance workshop for program applicants, two public hearings with the Neighborhood and Affordable Housing Advisory Board (NAHAB), and one public hearing with the City Council. The purpose of this process was to receive citizen input on the current housing and community development needs of the City. There are four major areas of focus in the Consolidated Plan: Housing, Homelessness, Non-Housing Community Development and Non- Homeless Special Needs. The Consolidated Plan process requires the City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 8 City of Clearwater to identify priority needs for each area and prepare an Annual Action Plan to address the priorities. For every priority, there are goals, objectives, and strategies established to measure progress. The citizen input was critical in developing the goals, objectives, and strategies of this Consolidated Plan. This Consolidated Plan not only identifies goals to address the priority needs of the City, but also to address the statutory goals established by Federal law, which include: Decent Housing: • Assist homeless persons to obtain affordable housing • Assist persons at risk of becoming homeless • Retain affordable housing stock • Increase the availability of affordable housing in standard condition to low- and moderate income families, particularly to economically disadvantaged persons (and without discrimination on the basis of race, creed, religion, color, age, sex, marital status, familial status, national origin, disability, gender identity or sexual orientation) • Increase the supply of supportive housing which includes structural features and services to enable persons with special needs (including persons with HIV/AIDS) to live in dignity and independence • Provide affordable housing that is accessible to job opportunities. A Suitable Living Environment: • Improve the safety and livability of neighborhoods Increase access to quality public and private facilities and services. Expanded Economic Opportunities: • Job creation and retention for low-income persons • Availability of mortgage financing for low-income persons at reasonable rates using nondiscriminatory lending practices • Empowerment and self-sufficiency for low-income persons to reduce generational poverty in federally assisted housing. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 9 SUMMARY OF THE OBJECTIVES AND OUTCOMES IDENTIFIED IN THE PLAN NEEDS ASSESSMENT OVERVIEW The City of Clearwater Consolidated Plan is structured around five (5) goals in administering the City’s housing and community development programs. Each goal is accompanied by corresponding objectives toward meeting that goal. These goals and objectives are as follows: PROVIDE AVAILABILITY OF AND ACCESSIBILITY TO, DECENT AFFORDABLE HOUSING FOR THE RESIDENTS OF THE CITY OF CLEARWATER. Preserve the existing housing stock. Increase the availability of affordable housing units. Assist qualified low- and moderate-income households to become homeowners through supporting agencies that provide housing counseling. Provide mortgage assistance for low- and moderate-income homebuyers. HELP TO PREVENT AND REDUCE HOMELESSNESS WITHIN THE CITY OF CLEARWATER. Support programs that offer shelter facilities and beds for the homeless. Assist agencies that engage in homeless prevention and service programs. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 10 EXPAND THE ACCESSIBILITY AND COORDINATION OF SOCIAL SERVICES TO CITY OF CLEARWATER SPECIAL NEEDS POPULATIONS. Support programs to assist the elderly, frail/elderly, disabled, veterans, and other populations with special needs. ENHANCE THE LIVING ENVIRONMENT FOR PERSONS IN LOW- AND MODERATE-INCOME AREAS THROUGH COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES, PUBLIC SERVICE PROGRAMS, AND ELIMINATION OF BLIGHT. Support the expansion and improvement of affordable youth/children centers, senior centers, health and mental health facilities, and other types of public facilities in low- and moderate-income areas. Encourage and support programs that promote neighborhood safety and security, youth accountability and mentoring, and community outreach to underserved populations in low- and moderate-income areas. Support agencies that offer meal and/or food bank services for persons and families of low- and moderate-income. Support the expansion and improvement of public parks, infrastructure, and utilities in low- and moderate-income areas. Eliminate blighted conditions through code enforcement and demolition in low- and moderate-income areas. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 11 SUPPORT PROGRAMS THAT CREATE ECONOMIC OPPORTUNITIES IN THE CITY OF CLEARWATER, PARTICULARLY FOR PERSONS OF LOW- AND MODERATE-INCOME AND IN NEIGHBORHOOD REVITALIZATION STRATEGY AREAS. Support building facade programs in Neighborhood Revitalization Strategy Areas. Support programs that create economic opportunity for low- to moderate-income persons, such as job training and entrepreneurship, small-business start-ups and incubators, and other economic development activities. EVALUATION OF PAST PERFORMANCE The Economic Development and Housing Department is in charge of implementing the CDBG and HOME programs. The previous five years have shown significant progress in the City’s efforts to implement HUD entitlement programs. The City is in compliance with HUD regulations and continues to deliver housing and community development services in an efficient manner. Over the past five-year period, the City received an average annual allocation of approximately $744,000 in Community Development Block Grant (CDBG) funds and $331,500 in HOME Investment Partnerships (HOME). This amount totaled approximately $3.7 million in CDBG funds and $1.6 million in HOME funds over the past five-years. With those funds, between 5,000 and 25,000 people were assisted annually. With these funds, the Economic Development and Housing Department offered an array of housing programs and services providing the foundation needed to aid in promoting homeownership and/or sustainable neighborhoods: • Homeowner rehabilitation, including emergency repairs and disabled retrofitting • Down payment and closing cost assistance for homebuyers • Acquisition/new construction for affordable housing • Fair housing activities • Funding to sub-recipients for public services, including activities that serve the homeless, persons with special needs, or persons of low and moderate income City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 12 • Funding for public facilities and infrastructure project benefitting low and moderate income neighborhoods • Economic development The City has been successful in implementing these programs in the past and anticipates the continuation of such programs in the future. The City will use CDBG and HOME funds to meet the goals and objectives identified in the Consolidated Plan. SUMMARY OF CITIZEN PARTICIPATION PROCESS AND CONSULTATION PROCESS Comments and concerns raised during the citizen participation process were taken into consideration when developing the Consolidated Plan's goals, objectives, and strategies. The Consolidated Plan is a collaborative process that involves meetings and surveys with residents and service providers to collect input and ideas. As part of this process, the City sought to identify the priority needs and strategies to address those needs. Priority needs were identified based on past program performance, available housing and demographic data, public input, housing and service provider consultation, and community meetings and surveys. In addition, the City consulted with the Clearwater Housing Authority, Pinellas County Homeless Leadership Board, City Departments, Neighborhood and Affordable Housing Advisory Board, and the City Council to identify priority needs and develop corresponding strategies. SUMMARY OF PUBLIC COMMENTS Although there are many issues that residents of Clearwater felt are important, there are a few items that were stressed throughout the citizen participation process as being of the highest priority:  Housing rehabilitation and affordability  Services for the homeless, from day facilities to “housing first” objectives  Services for persons with special needs, including the elderly, persons with disabilities, and those needing mental health counseling or substance abuse treatment  Services for populations that fall into “service gaps” such as youth ageing out of foster care  Public park improvements and maintenance  Infrastructure improvements, connectivity and pedestrian safety measures  Blight elimination/code enforcement  Services to promote youth accountability, job-readiness, adult education, and literacy City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 13  Economic development, including façade improvements and assistance for small-business start-ups SUMMARY OF COMMENTS OR VIEWS NOT ACCEPTED AND THE REASONS FOR NOT ACCEPTING THEM All comments received by the City of Clearwater were considered and are, generally or specifically, addressed by the Strategic Plan and/or Annual Action Plan. Documentation of all comments received is included as an attachment (PDF format) to the Consolidated Plan submittal. SUMMARY The Consolidated Plan for years 2016/2017-2019/2020 identifies goals, objectives and strategies to address the City’s housing and community development needs. These needs were identified through an extensive citizen participation process that involved neighborhood residents, local housing and service providers, and regional partners. The Consolidated Plan guides the City’s use of CDBG resources through five goals. These goals are summarized as Housing, Homelessness, Non-Homeless Special Needs, Community Development and Public Services, and Economic Development. Over the next four years, Clearwater will continue to deliver housing and community development activities that support housing rehabilitation and assistance, public facility and infrastructure improvements, code enforcement and blight elimination, and maintain partnerships with an array of housing and public service providers. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 14 THE PROCESS PR-05 Lead & Responsible Agencies AGENCY/ENTITY RESPONSIBLE FOR PREPARING/ADMINISTERING THE CONSOLIDATED PLAN The following are the agencies/entities responsible for preparing the Consolidated Plan and those responsible for administration of each grant program and funding source. TABLE 1: RESPONSIBLE AGENCIES Agency Role Name Department/Agency Lead Agency City of Clearwater Economic Development and Housing Department/Housing Division Table 1 – Responsible Agencies NARRATIVE The City of Clearwater, Florida, is the lead agency responsible for overseeing the development of the Consolidated Plan and Annual Action Plan. The Economic Development and Housing Department is the internal department that is responsible for the day-to-day administration of CDBG and HOME funding. However, the Economic Development and Housing Department does work with both the City Council and the Neighborhood and Affordable Housing Advisory Board (NAHAB) in addition to residents and sub-recipients to develop a meaningful document. The development of the Consolidated Plan and Annual Action Plan was based on the previous Consolidated Plan and a number of other studies, plans and reports that have been prepared in recent years. Some of the primary documents included the City’s Neighborhood Revitalization Strategy Area documents, Local Housing Incentives Strategy and Local Housing Assistance Plan, and Economic Development Strategic Plan, and the Pinellas County Homeless Leadership Board Point-in-Time (PIT) Homeless Report and Annual Homeless Assessment reports, among others. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 15 To maximize citizen participation, staff along with a consultant (Wade Trim, Inc.) conducted outreach through a series of public notices, hearings, and meetings. As part of these efforts, low- and moderate- income residents, as well as service providers, were encouraged to provide input on the Consolidated Plan and Annual Action Plan. CONSOLIDATED PLAN PUBLIC CONTACT INFORMATION Inquiries, comments or complaints concerning the Plan, any amendments, or performance reports, can be conveyed by contacting City staff at: City of Clearwater Economic Development and Housing Department 112 S. Osceola Ave. Clearwater, FL 33756 Telephone: (727) 562-4030 Fax: (727) 562-4037 diane.durr@myclearwater.com Business hours: 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Monday through Friday Written complaints may also be made to the Jacksonville Field Office of the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) at the following address: U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development Community Planning and Development Division 400 West Bay St., Ste. 1015 Jacksonville, FL 32202 Phone: (904) 232-2627 Fax: (904) 232-3759 Business hours: 8:00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 16 PR-10 Consultation SUMMARY OF THE JURISDICTION’S ACTIVITIES TO ENHANCE COORDINATION BETWEEN PUBLIC AND ASSISTED HOUSING PROVIDERS AND PRIVATE AND GOVERNMENTAL HEALTH, MENTAL HEALTH AND SERVICE AGENCIES Institutional coordination of the Consolidated Plan establishes a unified vision for community development. The City uses a collaborative process to shape various programs into effective, coordinated strategies. This process also facilitates the opportunity for planning and citizen participation to take place in a comprehensive context, attempting to reduce duplication of effort at the local level. The City will implement this Consolidated Plan in coordination with public, private, and nonprofit agencies. Nonprofit agencies may include, but are not limited to, service providers and community housing development organizations. Private sector partners may include, but are not limited to, local financial institutions, developers and local businesses. The City works closely with its partners to design programs that address identified needs. Table 2 outlines the types of agencies and organizations consulted throughout the program year and during the development of the City of Clearwater Consolidated Plan and Annual Action Plan. Organizations consulted included various service providers, Community Housing Development Organizations (CHDOs), Clearwater Housing Authority, Pinellas County Homeless Leadership Board, City Departments, Neighborhood and Affordable Housing Advisory Board, and the City Council, among others. DESCRIBE COORDINATION WITH THE CONTINUUM OF CARE AND EFFORTS TO ADDRESS THE NEEDS OF HOMELESS PERSONS (PARTICULARLY CHRONICALLY HOMELESS INDIVIDUALS AND FAMILIES, FAMILIES WITH CHILDREN, VETERANS, AND UNACCOMPANIED YOUTH) AND PERSONS AT RISK OF HOMELESSNESS The City coordinated with the Pinellas County Homeless Leadership Board through its most recent PIT and Homeless Assessment reports and with residents through community meetings. This consultation was pivotal in preparing the Needs Assessment and Strategic Plan components of the Consolidated Plan. In addition, through consultation and review of the most recent Public Housing Authority Plan and other HUD reports, the Clearwater Housing Authority also provided pivotal input in preparing the Consolidated Plan. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 17 DESCRIBE CONSULTATION WITH THE CONTINUUM(S) OF CARE THAT SERVES THE JURISDICTION'S AREA IN DETERMINING HOW TO ALLOCATE ESG FUNDS, DEVELOP PERFORMANCE STANDARDS AND EVALUATE OUTCOMES, AND DEVELOP FUNDING, POLICIES AND PROCEDURES FOR THE ADMINISTRATION OF HMIS. The City of Clearwater does not receive or administer an Emergency Shelter Grant (ESG). Consultation with the Continuum of Care (CoC) included research of the Pinellas County Homeless Leadership Board annual reports and plans, community meetings, public hearings, and notices. The Pinellas County Homeless Leadership Board, as the lead agency for the area’s CoC, utilizes the following system performance measures and procedural documents: HUD System Performance Measures, HUD CoC Project Priority Application Ranking System, NAEH Rapid Rehousing Performance Benchmarks and Program Standards, Annual Homeless Assessment Report (AHAR) and Homeless Management Information System (HMIS) data, Annual Point-in-Time (PIT) Count Report, Housing Inventory Count, and other documents including the Federal Strategic Plan to Prevent and End Homelessness. The Pinellas County Homeless Leadership Board is comprised of 21 members, an executive officer, and three staff persons. The Board consists of two councils, the Providers Council and Funders Council, that work together to identify concerns and make policies and recommendations on homeless issues. The mission of the Homeless Leadership Board is to be THE leadership organization in ending homelessness in Pinellas County. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 18 TABLE 2: AGENCIES, GROUPS, ORGANIZATIONS AND OTHERS WHO PARTICIPATED Agency/Group/ Organization Agency/Group/ Organization Type What section of the Plan was addressed by Consultation? How was the Agency/Group/Organization consulted and what are the anticipated outcomes of the consultation or areas for improved coordination? Pinellas County Homeless Leadership Board Continuum of Care/ Services-Homeless Homeless Needs/ Homelessness Strategy/ Market Analysis Noticed for Community Meetings, Research of Annual Reports and Plans, Identification of Need, Referrals Clearwater Housing Authority PHA Public Housing Needs/ Market Analysis Noticed for Community Meetings, Research of Annual Reports and Plans, Identification of Need, Referrals Pinellas County Housing Authority PHA Public Housing Needs/ Market Analysis Attended Community Meetings, Identification of Need, Referrals Community Housing Development Organizations (CHDOs) Housing Housing Needs Assessment Noticed for Community Meetings, Identification of Need Next Level Mentoring Services- Youth/Children Non-Housing Community Development Strategy Attended Community Meetings, Identification of Need The Arc of Tampa Bay Services- Persons with Disabilities Non-Homeless Special Needs Attended Community Meetings, Identification of Need Directions for Living Services-Mental Health Non-Homeless Special Needs Attended Community Meetings, Identification of Need Habitat for Humanity Housing Housing Needs Assessment Attended Community Meetings, Identification of Need Pinellas Opportunity Council/CHORE Services Services-Elderly Persons Non-Homeless Special Needs Attended Community Meetings, Identification of Need Kimberly Home Housing/ Services-Health Housing Needs Assessment/Homelessness Strategy Attended Community Meetings, Identification of Need Homeless Emergency Project, Inc. (Homeless Empowerment Program) (HEP) Services-Homeless Homeless Needs (All)/ Homelessness Strategy Attended Community Meetings, Identification of Need Clearwater Public Library System Other (Public Library System) Non-Housing Community Development Strategy Attended Community Meetings, Identification of Need City of Clearwater, Departments Other (City Departments)/ Grantee Department Housing Needs Assessment/Market Analysis/Non-Housing Community Development Strategy Noticed for Community Meetings, Internal Meetings with Economic Development and Housing/Planning and Development/Engineering/Parks and Recreation/Police/Code Enforcement, Identification of Need City of Clearwater, Neighborhood and Affordable Housing Advisory Board (NAHAB) Other (Advisory Board) All Noticed for Community Meetings, NAHAB Meetings, Confirmation of Strategy City of Clearwater, City Council Civic Leaders All Noticed for Community Meetings, Public Hearings, Confirmation of Strategy Table 2 – Agencies, groups, organizations who participated City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 19 IDENTIFY ANY AGENCY TYPES NOT CONSULTED AND PROVIDE RATIONALE FOR NOT CONSULTING The City of Clearwater consulted with the lead agency for the CoC, local and county PHAs, affordable housing providers, various social service providers, City departments, and civic leaders. Additionally, the general public, including but not limited to low- and moderate-income residents and other entities impacted by housing and community development activities, were noticed of community meetings by email, website, and posters, and public hearings by newspaper advertisements. Other agencies and organizations not directly consulted were consulted indirectly by research of published plans and reports. DESCRIBE COOPERATION AND COORDINATION WITH OTHER PUBLIC ENTITIES, INCLUDING THE STATE AND ANY ADJACENT UNITS OF GENERAL LOCAL GOVERNMENT, IN THE IMPLEMENTATION OF THE CONSOLIDATED PLAN (91.215(L)) Many of the programs and activities that will be carried out by the City during the program years will involve coordination with a number of agencies and organizations. The City actively works with Pinellas County and local developers to support the City’s goals of affordable housing, reduced homelessness, accessible social services, enhanced living environment, and economic opportunity for low- and moderate-income persons. At a minimum, implicit in these goals is the City’s commitment to providing coordinated community, housing and supportive services to its lower income residents. These services are provided through partnerships with government and quasi-government agencies, as well as respective planning efforts shown in Table 3. Clearwater will continue to encourage building partnerships between governments, lenders, builders, developers, real estate professionals, and advocates for low-income persons. Clearwater will continue to work with the building industry, banking industry, real estate industry, social service providers and other community groups to promote the development of affordable housing and related housing services. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 20 TABLE 3: OTHER LOCAL/REGIONAL/STATE/FEDERAL PLANNING EFFORTS Name of Plan Lead Organization How do the goals of this Strategic Plan overlap with the goals of each plan? State Housing Initiatives Partnership (SHIP) Local Housing Incentives Strategy and Local Housing Assistance Plan City of Clearwater/ State of Florida Housing/Providing decent affordable housing (identification of barriers and incentives strategies) Clearwater, Florida: A New Vision for Downtown (2014) Urban Land Institute (ULI) Housing/Providing decent affordable housing; Economic Development/Creating economic opportunities Tampa Bay Comprehensive Economic Development Strategy Tampa Bay Regional Planning Council Economic Development/Creating economic opportunities Table 3 – Other Consultations & Coordination City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 21 PR-15 Citizen Participation SUMMARY OF CITIZEN PARTICIPATION PROCESS/EFFORTS MADE TO BROADEN CITIZEN PARTICIPATION The development of the Consolidated Plan requires extensive citizen participation. For the 2016/2017- 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan, Clearwater underwent an in depth citizen participation process. HUD requires local jurisdictions to provide for citizen participation which encourages the development of the Consolidated Plan in cooperation with residents from every walk of life. In particular, HUD believes it is important to obtain the views of residents who live in CDBG Eligible Areas, as well as service providers who deliver services to low-income and special needs residents. The following section describes the public participation process that was completed for the City of Clearwater in preparation of the 2016/2017-2019/2020 Consolidated Plan. A summary of the public participation process is shown in Table 4. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 22 TABLE 4: CITIZEN PARTICIPATION OUTREACH Mode of Outreach Target of Outreach Summary of response/ attendance Summary of comments received Summary of comments not accepted and reasons URL if applicable Other (Emails, Website, and Posters) Non- Targeted/ Community March 21-24, 2016 Notice of public meetings and community survey N/A www.myclear water.com/h ousing Public Meeting #1 Non- Targeted/ Community March 29, 2016; (24) Attendees Lake Bellevue Neighborhood and East Gateway District: affordable housing and housing rehabilitation, CoC coordination, services for special needs, community resources/mentoring, public facilities, blight removal/code enforcement, public safety, neighborhood beautification (see Appendix). All comments noted N/A Public Meeting #2 Other (Service Providers) March 30, 2016; (16) Attendees Service Providers: affordable and accessible housing, homeless prevention and diversion, services for special needs, public facilities, blight removal/code enforcement (see Appendix). All comments noted N/A Public Meeting #3 Non- Targeted/ Community March 30, 2016 (20) Attendees North Greenwood Neighborhood: affordable housing and housing rehabilitation, CoC coordination, services for special needs, public facilities, blight removal/code enforcement, façade improvements, economic development (see Appendix). All comments noted N/A Internet Outreach (Community Survey) Non- Targeted/ Community March 4 thru April 8, 2016; (103) Responses Community Survey: housing rehabilitation, services for homeless, services for special needs, employment assistance/ job training, transportation services, public facilities, blight removal/code enforcement, community outreach and safety, economic opportunity (see Appendix). All comments noted www.myclear water.com/h ousing Newspaper Ad #1 Non- Targeted/ Community April 29, 2016 Notice of public hearing N/A N/A City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 23 Mode of Outreach Target of Outreach Summary of response/ attendance Summary of comments received Summary of comments not accepted and reasons URL if applicable Public Hearing #1 Non- Targeted/ Community May 10, 2016; NAHAB Meeting Input on plans/budget allocation All comments recorded N/A Newspaper Ad #2 Non- Targeted/ Community June 14, 2016 Notice of 30-day public comment period N/A N/A Other (30- Day Public Comment Period) Non- Targeted/ Community June 15 thru July 15, 2016 TBD TBD www.myclear water.com Newspaper Ad #3 Non- Targeted/ Community July 1, 2016 Notice of public hearings N/A N/A Public Hearing #2 Non- Targeted/ Community July 12, 2016; NAHAB Meeting Input on plans/approval TBD N/A Public Hearing #3 Non- Targeted/ Community July 21, 2016 Input on plans/approval TBD N/A Table 4 – Citizen Participation Outreach SUMMARIZE CITIZEN PARTICIPATION PROCESS AND HOW IT IMPACTED GOAL-SETTING Comments and concerns raised during the citizen participation process were taken into consideration when developing the Consolidated Plan’s goals, objectives, and strategies. The Consolidated Plan is a collaborative process that involves interviews with stakeholders and meetings with the public to determine areas of need. As part of this process, the City sought to identify the priority needs and strategies to address those needs. Priority needs were identified based on available housing data, public input, service provider meetings, community surveys, and past program performance. In addition, Housing Division staff consulted with various City Departments to identify priority needs and develop corresponding strategies. Complete summaries and minutes of the meetings are included in the Appendix to this document. Housing Strategy Housing strategies were determined by using housing data provided by HUD and the U.S. Census Bureau. Customized HUD data is available to help communities evaluate housing and homeless needs. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 24 Complete summaries of this data are available in the Needs Assessment and Market Analysis section, as the Appendix to this document. In addition, the City has a long and successful history of administering numerous housing programs and meeting housing needs. Several housing programs, particularly housing rehabilitation activities, have been underway for many years and provide good value to the community. In general, housing programs receive emphasis in Clearwater due to the large, ongoing need for housing services. Homeless Strategy Homeless strategies were developed in several ways. First, the City consulted the Pinellas County Homeless Leadership Board annual PIT and homeless assessment reports to obtain the latest counts of the homeless population. The Pinellas County Homeless Leadership Board is the lead agency for homeless services and represents agencies that implement homeless services. The City also utilized data from HUD that details homelessness and homeless service providers, including St. Petersburg, Clearwater, Largo/Pinellas County CoC housing inventories. Community Development Strategy Community Development strategies were determined through community meetings, community surveys, meetings with Housing Division staff, and review of current planning activities. The City is working to leverage other planning efforts with funding opportunities where possible. Non-Housing Special Needs Non-Housing Special Needs were determined through community meetings, community surveys, and consultation with service providers. As with the homeless and housing topics, HUD and the U.S. Census provide data on Special Needs populations. In addition, there are service providers that are knowledgeable about Special Needs populations and were able to provide valuable information through the participation process. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 25 NEEDS ASSESSMENT NA-05 Overview NEEDS ASSESSMENT OVERVIEW The Needs Assessment section of the Consolidated Plan identifies Clearwater’s communitywide housing and community development needs. Data from the Comprehensive Housing Affordability Strategy (CHAS) database and the U.S. Census Bureau’s American Community Survey (ACS) database are referenced in this section. Additionally, this section is supported with data from the local Public Housing Authority and other documentation from Clearwater and its partners. The Needs Assessment section evaluates the demand for housing and community development assistance by the following income groups based on Area Median Income (AMI):  Extremely Low Income (60% of the Section 8 Very Low Income Limits)  Very Low Income (30%-50% AMI)  Low Income (50%-80% AMI) AMI is based on the 2016 HUD Income Limits Documentation System, which is outlined in Table 5(A). City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 26 TABLE 5(A): 2016 HUD INCOME LIMITS FY 2016 Income Limit Area Median Income FY 2016 Income Limit Category 1 Person 2 Persons 3 Persons 4 Persons 5 Persons 6 Persons 7 Persons 8 Persons Pinellas County $59,200 Extremely Low (*) 20,750 23,700 26,650 29,600 32,000 34,350 36,750 39,100 Very Low (50%) 12,450 16,020 20,160 24,300 28,440 32,580 36,730 39,100 Low (80%) 33,150 37,900 42,650 47,350 51,150 54,950 58,750 62,550 2016 HUD Income Limits Documentation System (2015); *Calculated as 30/50ths (60 %) of the Section 8 very low-income limits Table 5(A) – 2016 HUD Income Limits For the City of Clearwater, the threshold for a block group to be considered low- or moderate-income is 51%. Map 1 shows the 2010 Census Block Groups where 51% or more of the population falls within the low- or moderate- income limit categories. These block groups include the following:  25405.1  25412.3  25413.2  25505.1  25506.1  25800.2, .3  25900.1, .3, .4, .5  26101.1, .3  26200.1, .2  26300.1, .2, .4, .5, .6  26400.1, .2, .3, .4  26500.1, .4  26602.1 City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 27  26703.4, .5  26818.1, .2  26820.2  26910.1  26912.4  26913.2, .4 According to HUD FY2015 Low/Mod data, there are approximately 58,625 persons of low- or moderate income within the jurisdiction as whole, which represents 54% of Clearwater’s estimated population (109,210) for this year, according to the 2010-2014 ACS Five-Year Estimates. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 28 MAP 1 – CDBG Eligible Areas City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 29 NA-10 Housing Needs Assessment SUMMARY OF HOUSING NEEDS The data in the Housing Needs Assessment subsection provides the estimated number and type of households in need of housing assistance by income level, tenure type (owner or renter), household type, and housing problem (cost burdened, severely cost burdened, substandard housing, overcrowding, or geographic concentration of racial/ethnic groups). This section also integrates the needs identified during consultation and public outreach, and describes the characteristics of the Clearwater’s households and housing stock. The Housing Needs Assessment includes the following sections: 1. Summary of Housing Needs 2. Demographics 3. Number of Households 4. Housing Problems 1 5. Housing Problems 2 6. Cost Burden > 30% 7. Cost Burden > 50% 8. Crowding Table (More than One Person Per Room) 9. Additional Housing Needs Narrative Demographics Table 5(B) displays the population, number of households, and median income for the base year and most recent year, and the percentage of change over time. This data shows a negligible increase in population from 108,939 people in the year 2000 to 109,210 people estimated by the 2010-2014 ACS. In contrast, the number of households decreased 17% from 56,915 households in the year 2000 to 47,015 households estimated by the 2010-2014 ACS. Conversely, median income increased 19% from $36,494 in the year 2000 to $43,306 estimated by the 2010-2014 ACS. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 30 TABLE 5(B): HOUSING NEEDS ASSESSMENT DEMOGRAPHICS Base Year Most Recent Year Percent Change 2000 Census 2010-2014 ACS Population 108,939 109,210 <1% Households 56,915 47,015 -17% Median Income $36,494 $43,306 19% Table 5(B) – Housing Needs Assessment Demographics NUMBER OF HOUSEHOLDS AND TYPES Table 6 shows the number and type of households by HUD Adjusted Median Family Income (HAMFI). The default data source is the 2008-2012 CHAS database, developed by HUD. The highest number of households is in the greater than 100% HAMFI group with 22,680 households. The second highest is the >50-80% HAMFI group (8,630). Just over 5,000 households (5,365) or approximately 11% of all households in Clearwater earn below 30% of HAMFI. Small family households are households that have a family with two to four members. The highest number of small family households is within the >100% HAMFI group (9,765). The second-highest number of small family households is within the >50-80% HAMFI group (2,555). Nearly 1,500 households (1,475) or approximately 9% of small family households in Clearwater earn below 30% of HAMFI. Large family households are households that have a family of five or more members. Again, the highest number of large family households is within the >100% HAMFI group (750). The second-highest number of large family households is within the >30-50% HAMFI group (330). Approximately 150 households (155) or approximately 10% of large family households in Clearwater earn below 30% of HAMFI. Table 6 also provides data on households that contain at least one person considered to be elderly. The data suggest that among income groups, the largest number of households with a person 62-74 years of age is within the >100% HAMFI income group (5,180). The largest number of households with a person 75 years or older is also within the >100% HAMFI income group (2,830). Nearly 2,000 households (1,995) contain at least one person 62 years or older and earn below 30% of HAMFI. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 31 Finally, data provided Table 6 shows the number of households with one or more children 6 years old or younger. Among the household income groups identified, the highest number of households with children 6 years or younger is within the 100% HAMFI income category (1,410). The second highest number of households with children 6 years old or younger is within the >50-80% HAMFI group (1,080). Approximately 650 households (655) have at least one child 6 years old or younger and earn below 30% of HAMFI. TABLE 6: TOTAL HOUSEHOLDS TABLE 0-30% HAMFI >30-50% HAMFI >50-80% HAMFI >80-100% HAMFI >100% HAMFI Total Households * 5,365 5,900 8,630 4,530 22,680 Small Family Households * 1,475 1,415 2,555 1,430 9,765 Large Family Households * 155 330 275 55 750 Household contains at least one person 62-74 years of age 1,185 1,305 1,925 1,205 5,180 Household contains at least one person age 75 or older 810 1,650 2,010 830 2,830 Households with one or more children 6 years old or younger * 655 850 1,080 335 1,410 * the highest income category for these family types is >80% HAMFI Source: HUD IDIS Output, May 2016: 2008-2012 CHAS Table 6 – Total Households Table HOUSING NEEDS SUMMARY TABLES FOR SEVERAL TYPES OF HOUSING PROBLEMS Housing Problems 1 Table 7 displays the number of households with housing problems by tenure and HUD Adjusted Median Family Income (HAMFI) according to the 2008-2012 Comprehensive Housing Affordability Strategy (CHAS) data developed by HUD. As defined by HUD, housing problems include: • Substandard housing lacking complete plumbing facilities • Substandard housing lacking complete kitchen facilities • Overcrowded households with 1.01 to 1.5 people per room, excluding bathrooms, porches, foyers, halls, or half‐rooms City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 32 • Households with housing cost burden greater than 30% of income As shown in Table 7, among the “housing problem” categories, households within Clearwater are most commonly impacted by severe housing cost burden (greater than 50% of income) and housing cost burden (greater than 30% of income). The first housing problem, substandard housing, is defined as a household without hot and cold piped water, a flush toilet and a bathtub or shower, and kitchen facilities that lack a sink with piped water, a range or stove, or a refrigerator. There are 340 renter households and 150 owner households that live in substandard housing. The second housing problem identified is households living in overcrowded conditions. There are two forms of overcrowding defined by HUD and identified in Table 7: 1. Severely overcrowded is defined as a household having complete kitchens and bathrooms but housing more than 1.51 persons per room excluding bathrooms, porches, foyers, halls, or half- rooms. 2. Overcrowded is defined as a household having complete kitchens and bathrooms but housing more than 1.01 to 1.5 persons per room excluding bathrooms, porches, foyers, halls, or half- rooms As shown in Table 7, 485 renter households are experiencing some form of overcrowding while 120 owner occupied households are experiencing some form of overcrowding. The final housing problem identified is cost burden. Cost burden is a fraction of a household’s total gross income spent on housing costs. For renters, housing costs include rent paid by the tenant plus utilities. For owners, housing costs include mortgage payment, taxes, insurance, and utilities. Cost burden is broken into two categories based on severity: • Severe housing cost burden greater than 50% of income • Housing cost burden greater than 30% of income As shown in Table 7, approximately 2,000 renter households within the 0‐30% AMI group are experiencing severe cost burden (>50% of income). Among all income groups, 3,915 renters have a cost City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 33 burden greater than 30% of income and over 4,395 renters have a cost burden greater than 50% of income. Approximately 3,000 owner households (3,425) have a cost burden greater than 30% of income and nearly 4,000 owner households (3,900) have a cost burden greater than 50% of income. Overall, 7,340 households in Clearwater are experiencing a cost burden greater than 30% of income and 8,295 households are experiencing a cost burden greater than 50% of income. Renters and owners appear to be similarly affected by the cost of housing within the Clearwater. Of the 15,635 households experiencing a cost burden of some kind, 8,310 (53%) are renters and 7,325 (47%) are owners. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 34 TABLE 7: HOUSING PROBLEMS TABLE (HOUSEHOLDS WITH ONE OF THE LISTED NEEDS) Renter Owner 0-30% AMI >30-50% AMI >50-80% AMI >80-100% AMI Total 0-30% AMI >30-50% AMI >50-80% AMI >80-100% AMI Total Substandard Housing - Lacking complete plumbing or kitchen facilities 85 110 115 30 340 25 0 100 25 150 Severely Overcrowded - With >1.51 people per room (and complete kitchen and plumbing) 35 25 10 35 105 0 0 20 0 20 Overcrowded - With 1.01-1.5 people per room (and none of the above problems) 60 140 165 15 380 20 40 25 15 100 Housing cost burden greater than 50% of income (and none of the above problems) 2,065 1,770 510 50 4,395 1,040 1,215 1,105 540 3,900 Housing cost burden greater than 30% of income (and none of the above problems) 150 835 2,475 455 3,915 170 1,015 1,305 935 3,425 Zero/negative Income (and none of the above problems) 685 0 0 0 685 720 0 0 0 720 Source: HUD IDIS Output, May 2016: 2008-2012 CHAS Table 7 – Housing Problems Table City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 35 Housing Problems 2 Table 8 displays the number of households with no housing problems, one or more housing problems, and negative income by tenure and HUD Area Median Income (AMI). The Default Data Source is the 2008-2012 Comprehensive Housing Affordability Strategy (CHAS) data developed by HUD. As the data reveals in Table 8, renters in the 0‐30% AMI group experience the highest occurrence of one or more of the four housing problems when compared to other income groups. A total of 2,250 renter households below 30% AMI experience some form of housing problem. In contrast, approximately 1,000 owner households in the 0-30% AMI group have one or more of the four housing problems. Additionally, 685 renter households and 720 owner households within the 0‐30% AMI group have negative income but none of the other four identified housing problems. TABLE 8: HOUSING PROBLEMS 2 (HOUSEHOLDS WITH ONE OR MORE SEVERE HOUSING PROBLEMS: LACKS KITCHEN OR COMPLETE PLUMBING, SEVERE OVERCROWDING, SEVERE COST BURDEN) Renter Owner 0-30% AMI >30-50% AMI >50-80% AMI >80-100% AMI Total 0-30% AMI >30-50% AMI >50-80% AMI >80-100% AMI Total Having 1 or more of four housing problems 2,250 2,050 795 130 5,225 1,090 1,255 1,250 575 4,170 Having none of four housing problems 320 1,090 3,530 1,510 6,450 305 1,505 3,060 2,320 7,190 Household has negative income, but none of the other housing problems 685 0 0 0 685 720 0 0 0 720 Source: HUD IDIS Output, May 2016: 2008-2012 CHAS Table 8 – Housing Problems 2 City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 36 Cost Burden > 30% and > 50% Tables 9 and 10 display the number of households with housing cost burdens greater than 30% of income and greater than 50% of income, respectively, by household type, tenure, and household income (expressed as a percentage of Area Median Income (AMI)). The Default Data Source is the 2008- 2012 Comprehensive Housing Affordability Strategy (CHAS) data developed by HUD. Households are broken into four categories: • Small related – Family households with two to four related members • Large related – Family households with five or more related members • Elderly – A household whose head, spouse, or sole member is a person who is at least 62 years of age • Other – All other households As shown in Table 9, “Elderly” households are experiencing the highest degree of housing cost burden greater than 30% of income. Approximately 5,505 “Elderly” households have a cost burden greater than 30% of income. Most of these are owners (3,425). Additionally, 4,215 “Small Related” households and 3,980 “Other” households have a cost burden greater than 30% of income. Comparatively, “Large Related” households have the lowest degree of cost burden. For renter households, the >50% ‐ 80% AMI Income group has the most households (3,080) with a cost burden greater than 30% of income. Among owner households, the >50 ‐ 80% AMI group also has the most households (2,479) with a cost burden greater than 30% of income. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 37 TABLE 9: COST BURDEN > 30% Renter Owner 0-30% AMI >30-50% AMI >50-80% AMI Total 0-30% AMI >30-50% AMI >50-80% AMI Total Small Related 815 920 1,160 2,895 205 415 700 1,320 Large Related 115 290 80 485 10 45 54 109 Elderly 585 860 635 2,080 680 1,425 1,320 3,425 Other 835 815 1,205 2,855 335 385 405 1,125 Total need by income 2,350 2,885 3,080 8,315 1,230 2,270 2,479 5,979 Source: HUD IDIS Output, May 2016: 2008-2012 CHAS Table 9 – Cost Burden > 30% As shown in Table 10, when compared to other types of households, more “Elderly” households are experiencing severe cost burden greater than 50% of income. Approximately 2,785 “Elderly” households experience a cost burden greater than 50% of income. Most of these are owners (1,620). Additionally, 2,495 “Other” households and 2,420 “Small Related” households have a cost burden greater than 50% of income. Comparatively, “Large Related” households have the lowest degree of cost burden. For renter households, the 0% ‐ 30% AMI income group has the most households (2,200) with a cost burden greater than 50% of income. Among owner households, the >30-50% AMI group has the most households (1,240) with a cost burden greater than 50% of income. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 38 TABLE 10: COST BURDEN > 50% Renter Owner 0-30% AMI >30-50% AMI >50-80% AMI Total 0-30% AMI >30-50% AMI >50-80% AMI Total Small Related 800 640 155 1,595 195 305 325 825 Large Related 115 225 35 375 10 45 50 105 Elderly 480 525 160 1,165 535 595 490 1,620 Other 805 615 195 1,615 310 295 275 880 Total need by income 2,200 2,005 545 4,750 1,050 1,240 1,140 3,430 Source: HUD IDIS Output, May 2016: 2008-2012 CHAS Table 10 – Cost Burden > 50% Crowding Table 11 displays the number of households that are overcrowded, defined as households with more than one person per room, excluding bathrooms, porches, foyers, halls, or half‐rooms. The data is displayed by household type, tenure, and household income (expressed as a percentage of Area Median Income (AMI)). The Default Data Source is 2008-2012 Comprehensive Housing Affordability Strategy (CHAS) data developed by HUD. As shown in Table 11, overcrowding is most prevalent in single family, renter households. Approximately 380 single family renter households experience overcrowding compared to only 60 single family owner households. When accounting for income, very low income (>30-50% AMI) and low income (50-80% AMI) renter households experience the highest number of crowded households, with 155 and 115 households respectively. Among owner‐occupied households, the highest number of households with crowding issues is also within the >30-50% AMI and >50-80% income groups. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 39 TABLE 11: CROWDING INFORMATION (MORE THAN ONE PERSON PER ROOM) Renter Owner 0-30% AMI >30-50% AMI >50-80% AMI >80-100% AMI Total 0-30% AMI >30-50% AMI >50-80% AMI >80-100% AMI Total Single family households 85 155 115 25 380 0 40 20 0 60 Multiple, unrelated family households 10 15 60 0 85 20 0 25 15 60 Other, non- family households 0 0 0 25 25 0 0 0 0 0 Total need by income 95 170 175 50 490 20 40 45 15 120 Source: HUD IDIS Output, May 2016: 2008-2012 CHAS Table 11 – Crowding Information DESCRIBE THE NUMBER AND TYPE OF SINGLE PERSON HOUSEHOLDS IN NEED OF HOUSING ASSISTANCE. A significant housing cost burden is associated with an increased risk of homelessness. Non-homeless elderly owner and small-related renter households have a significant cost burden when compared to other household types. Additionally, there are a number of “Other” households which may be comprised of single persons in Clearwater. According to the 2008-2012 CHAS, 3,980 “Other” households have a cost burden greater than 30% of income and 2,495 “Other” households have a cost burden greater than 50% of income. According to a recent homeless census, or annual point‐in‐time (PIT) survey conducted on January 29, 2015, there are 3,387 homeless persons in Pinellas County of which 2,827 (84%) are in households without children and are in need of housing assistance. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 40 ESTIMATE THE NUMBER AND TYPE OF FAMILIES IN NEED OF HOUSING ASSISTANCE WHO ARE DISABLED OR VICTIMS OF DOMESTIC VIOLENCE, DATING VIOLENCE, SEXUAL ASSAULT AND STALKING. According to the 2010-2014 ACS 5‐Year Estimates (the most recent dataset for which disability status is available), approximately 14,688 people or 13.6% of the population in Clearwater is estimated to have a disability. While only 10% of the population between 18 and 64 years of age are disabled (6,613), a high percentage of persons 65 years and over is disabled (7,268). These elderly populations are also likely to live on reduced income and experience housing cost burden. There may be as many as 1,000 victims of domestic violence and related incidents annually in Clearwater. In 2014 alone, according to the Florida Department of Law Enforcement, 383 domestic violence arrests and 756 domestic violence offenses were reported by the Clearwater Police Department. WHAT ARE THE MOST COMMON HOUSING PROBLEMS? By far, the most common housing problem in the Clearwater is cost burden, for both renter and owner households. In Clearwater, substandard housing (lacking complete plumbing or kitchen facilities) is more of a problem for renter households, as is overcrowded housing (1.01‐1.5 people per room). Severely overcrowded housing (more than 1.5 people per room) is also more of a problem for renter households, but not as significant when compared to the prevalence of cost burden. ARE ANY POPULATIONS/HOUSEHOLD TYPES MORE AFFECTED THAN OTHERS BY THESE PROBLEMS? Households earning less than 80% AMI are experiencing higher rates of housing problems than households with higher incomes. More renters are experiencing cost burden than owners. Among households earning less than 30% AMI, renters experience cost burden at a rate nearly double that of owners. Comparisons of cost burden by type of household show that while large related renter and owner households are less affected by cost burden, small related, elderly and other household types are more affected. Substandard and overcrowded housing is more common among renters and owners earning between 30% AMI and 80% AMI. Single family households are more affected by crowding than households with multiple, unrelated members or other non‐family households. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 41 DESCRIBE THE CHARACTERISTICS AND NEEDS OF LOW-INCOME INDIVIDUALS AND FAMILIES WITH CHILDREN (ESPECIALLY EXTREMELY LOW-INCOME) WHO ARE CURRENTLY HOUSED BUT ARE AT IMMINENT RISK OF EITHER RESIDING IN SHELTERS OR BECOMING UNSHELTERED 91.205(C)/91.305(C)). ALSO DISCUSS THE NEEDS OF FORMERLY HOMELESS FAMILIES AND INDIVIDUALS WHO ARE RECEIVING RAPID RE-HOUSING ASSISTANCE AND ARE NEARING THE TERMINATION OF THAT ASSISTANCE Those at imminent risk of homelessness or nearing termination of assistance are in need of additional resources similar to those of already homeless individuals, including other housing assistance and references from non-profits and housing providers, self-sufficiency training and case management, access to healthcare and mental health counseling, job training, and legal guidance. IF A JURISDICTION PROVIDES ESTIMATES OF THE AT-RISK POPULATION(S), IT SHOULD ALSO INCLUDE A DESCRIPTION OF THE OPERATIONAL DEFINITION OF THE AT-RISK GROUP AND THE METHODOLOGY USED TO GENERATE THE ESTIMATES. Not applicable. SPECIFY PARTICULAR HOUSING CHARACTERISTICS THAT HAVE BEEN LINKED WITH INSTABILITY AND AN INCREASED RISK OF HOMELESSNESS. A recent homeless census for Pinellas County, or annual point‐in‐time (PIT) survey, was conducted on January 29, 2015. The total number of homeless people officially reported during the annual PIT survey was 3,387. When non-typical homeless responses from street survey, jail, and school data are considered, the total number of homeless or persons at risk of becoming homeless may be 6,853. Of the 3,387 homeless persons counted, 631 were chronically homeless individuals, 74 were unaccompanied children, 589 were homeless veterans, and 23 were persons with HIV/AIDS. Because of the transient nature of homelessness, it is often difficult to locate homeless persons or to follow‐up with much needed services and support. Just over 67% of those surveyed had been homeless three or fewer times. Nearly 33% were chronically homeless, having been homeless at least four times in the past 3 years. Just over half (51%) said they were homeless because of a job loss or other financial problems. DISCUSSION The population and number of households living in Clearwater has decreased over the last decade, while the median income has increased. Nearly half (42%) of the City’s households earn less than 80% HAMFI City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 42 and approximately (11%) of the City’s households earn less than 30% HAMFI. Low‐ and moderate‐ income populations continue to experience higher rates of housing problems, such as housing cost burden and overcrowding. As a result, these populations have an increased risk of homelessness. NA-15 Disproportionately Greater Need: Housing Problems INTRODUCTION A disproportionately greater need exists when the members of racial or ethnic group at an income level experience housing problems at a greater rate (10 percentage points higher or more) than the income level as a whole. For example, assume that 60% of all low‐income households within a jurisdiction have a housing problem and 70% of low‐income Hispanic households have a housing problem. In this case, low-income Hispanic households have a disproportionately greater need. Per the regulations at 91.205(b)(2), 91.305(b)(2), and 91.405, a grantee must provide an assessment for each disproportionately greater need identified. Although the purpose of these tables is to analyze the relative level of need for each race and ethnic category, the data also provide information for the jurisdiction as a whole that can be useful in describing overall need. Again, as defined by HUD, housing problems include: • Substandard housing lacking complete plumbing facilities • Substandard housing lacking complete kitchen facilities • Overcrowded households with 1.01 to 1.5 people per room, excluding bathrooms, porches, foyers, halls, or half‐rooms • Households with housing cost burden greater than 30% of income The Disproportionately Greater Needs: Housing Problems section covers the following: • Introduction • Disproportionately Greater Need—Housing Problems 0‐30% Area Median Income (AMI) • Disproportionately Greater Need—Housing Problems 30‐50% AMI • Disproportionately Greater Need—Housing Problems 50‐80% AMI • Disproportionately Greater Need—Housing Problems 80‐100% AMI • Discussion City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 43 This section has four tables that capture the number of housing problems by income, race, and ethnicity. Each table provides data for a different income level (0–30%, 30–50%, 50–80%, and 80–100% AMI). The default data source is the 2008-2012 Comprehensive Housing Affordability Strategy (CHAS) data developed by HUD. 0% - 30% OF AREA MEDIAN INCOME Of all the income levels within the Clearwater, households within the 0‐30% AMI category have the second highest percentage of households with one or more of four housing problems. Approximately 68% of households in this income category have housing problems. As shown in Table 12, when considering race, 64% of White households and 77% of Black/African American households in the 0-30% AMI income group have one or more of four housing problems. Sixty- seven percent (67%) of Asian households and 100% of American Indian/Alaska Native households in the 0-30% AMI income group have one or more of four housing problems. When considering ethnicity and this income category, 78% of Hispanic households have one or more of four housing problems. ] Compared to the City as a whole, Hispanic and American Indian/Alaska Native households earning 0- 30% AMI have a disproportionate need for assistance. Black/African American households earning 0- 30% AMI have a nearly disproportionate need for assistance. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 44 TABLE 12: DISPROPORTIONALLY GREATER NEED 0 - 30% AMI Housing Problems Has one or more of four housing problems* Has none of the four housing problems* Household has no/negative income, but none of the other housing problems Total Households Total % Total % Total % Jurisdiction as a whole 3,660 68% 300 6% 1,405 26% 5,365 White 2,265 64% 215 6% 1,070 30% 3,550 Black / African American 860 77% 35 3% 225 20% 1,120 Asian 100 67% 50 33% 0 0% 150 American Indian, Alaska Native 15 100% 0 0% 0 0% 15 Pacific Islander 0 0% 0 0% 0 0% 0 Hispanic 350 78% 0 0% 100 22% 450 Source: HUD IDIS Output, May 2016: 2008-2012 CHAS *The four housing problems are: 1. Lacks complete kitchen facilities, 2. Lacks complete plumbing facilities, 3. More than one person per room, 4.Cost Burden greater than 30% Table 12 – Disproportionally Greater Need 0 - 30% AMI 30% - 50% OF AREA MEDIAN INCOME Of all the income levels within the Clearwater, households within the 30‐50% AMI category have the highest percentage of households with one or more of four housing problems. Approximately 87% of households in this income category have housing problems. As shown in Table 13, when considering race, 86% of White households and 88% of Black/African American households in the 30-50% AMI income group have one or more of four housing problems. Additionally, 100% of Asian households in the 30-50% AMI income group have one or more of four housing problems. When considering ethnicity and this income category, 91% of Hispanic households have one or more of four housing problems. The data show that Asian households earning 30-50% AMI have a disproportionate need for assistance. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 45 TABLE 13: DISPROPORTIONALLY GREATER NEED 30 - 50% AMI Housing Problems Has one or more of four housing problems* Has none of the four housing problems* Household has no/negative income, but none of the other housing problems Total Households Total % Total % Total % Jurisdiction as a whole 5,155 87% 740 13% 0 0% 5,895 White 3,610 86% 570 14% 0 0% 4,180 Black / African American 715 88% 100 12% 0 0% 815 Asian 40 100% 0 0% 0 0% 40 American Indian, Alaska Native 0 0% 0 0% 0 0% 0 Pacific Islander 0 0% 0 0% 0 0% 0 Hispanic 750 91% 70 9% 0 0% 820 Source: HUD IDIS Output, May 2016: 2008-2012 CHAS *The four housing problems are: 1. Lacks complete kitchen facilities, 2. Lacks complete plumbing facilities, 3. More than one person per room, 4.Cost Burden greater than 30% Table 13 – Disproportionally Greater Need 30 - 50% AMI 50% - 80% OF AREA MEDIAN INCOME Of all the income levels within the Clearwater, households within the 50%‐80% AMI category have the third-highest percentage of households with one or more of four housing problems. Approximately 67% of households in this income category have housing problems. As shown in Table 14, when considering race, 65% of White households and 70% of Black/African American households in the 50-80% AMI income group have one or more of four housing problems. Additionally, 83% of Asian households and 100% of Pacific Islander households in the 50-80% AMI income group have one or more of four housing problems. When considering ethnicity and this income category, 73% of Hispanic households have one or more of four housing problems. The data show that Asian and Pacific Islander households earning 50-80% AMI have a disproportionate need for assistance. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 46 TABLE 14: DISPROPORTIONALLY GREATER NEED 50 - 80% AMI Housing Problems Has one or more of four housing problems* Has none of the four housing problems* Household has no/negative income, but none of the other housing problems Total Households Total % Total % Total % Jurisdiction as a whole 5,825 67% 2,805 33% 0 0% 8,630 White 4,225 65% 2,230 35% 0 0% 6,455 Black / African American 555 70% 240 30% 0 0% 795 Asian 145 83% 30 17% 0 0% 175 American Indian, Alaska Native 0 0% 0 0% 0 0% 0 Pacific Islander 20 100% 0 0% 0 0% 20 Hispanic 760 73% 280 27% 0 0% 1,040 Source: HUD IDIS Output, May 2016: 2008-2012 CHAS *The four housing problems are: 1. Lacks complete kitchen facilities, 2. Lacks complete plumbing facilities, 3. More than one person per room, 4.Cost Burden greater than 30% Table 14 – Disproportionally Greater Need 50 - 80% AMI 80% - 100% OF AREA MEDIAN INCOME Of all the income levels within the Clearwater, households within the 80%‐100% AMI category have the lowest percentage of households with one or more of four housing problems. Approximately 46% of households in this income category have housing problems. As shown in Table 15, when considering race, 46% of White households and 40% of Black/African American households in the 80-100% AMI income group have one or more of four housing problems. Additionally, 26% of Asian households in the 80-100% AMI income group have one or more of four housing problems. When considering ethnicity and this income category, 68% of Hispanic households have one or more of four housing problems. The data show that Hispanic households earning 80-100% AMI have a disproportionate need for assistance. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 47 TABLE 15: DISPROPORTIONALLY GREATER NEED 80 - 100% AMI Housing Problems Has one or more of four housing problems* Has none of the four housing problems* Household has no/negative income, but none of the other housing problems Total Households Total % Total % Total % Jurisdiction as a whole 2,095 46% 2,440 54% 0 0% 4,535 White 1,770 46% 2,075 54% 0 0% 3,845 Black / African American 160 40% 245 60% 0 0% 405 Asian 19 26% 55 74% 0 0% 74 American Indian, Alaska Native 0 0% 0 0% 0 0% 0 Pacific Islander 0 0% 0 0% 0 0% 0 Hispanic 150 68% 70 32% 0 0% 220 Source: HUD IDIS Output, May 2016: 2008-2012 CHAS *The four housing problems are: 1. Lacks complete kitchen facilities, 2. Lacks complete plumbing facilities, 3. More than one person per room, 4.Cost Burden greater than 30% Table 15 – Disproportionally Greater Need 80 - 100% AMI DISCUSSION Of all households in the 0‐30% AMI group, 68% have one or more of four housing problems. In terms of disproportionate need, the data show that Hispanic and American Indian/Alaska Native households in the 0-30% AMI group have a disproportionate need for assistance (78% and 100%, respectively, have one or more of four housing problems). Of all households in the 30‐50% AMI group, 87% have one or more of four housing problems. In terms of disproportionate need, the data show that Asian households in the 30-50% AMI group have a disproportionate need for assistance (100% have one or more of four housing problems). Of all households in the 50‐80% AMI group, 67% have one or more of four housing problems. In terms of disproportionate need, the data show that Asian and Pacific Islander households in the 50-80% AMI group have a disproportionate need for assistance (83% and 100%, respectively, have one or more of four housing problems). City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 48 Of all households in the 80‐100% AMI group, 46% have one or more of four housing problems. In terms of disproportionate need, the data show that Hispanic households in the 80-100% AMI group have a disproportionate need for assistance (68% have one or more of four housing problems). NA-20 Disproportionately Greater Need: Severe Housing Problems INTRODUCTION As noted in the previous section, a disproportionately greater need exists when the members of racial or ethnic group at an income level experience housing problems at a greater rate (10 percentage points higher or more) than the income level as a whole. Per the regulations at 91.205(b)(2), 91.305(b)(2), and 91.405, a grantee must provide an assessment for each disproportionately greater need identified. Severe housing problems include: • Severely overcrowded households with more than 1.5 persons per room, not including bathrooms, porches, foyers, halls, or half‐rooms • Households with severe cost burden of more than 50 percent of income This section includes: 1. Introduction 2. Disproportionately Greater Need—Severe Housing Problems 0‐30% AMI 3. Disproportionately Greater Need—Severe Housing Problems 30‐50% AMI 4. Disproportionately Greater Need—Severe Housing Problems 50‐80% AMI 5. Disproportionately Greater Need—Severe Housing Problems 80‐100% AMI 6. Discussion This section has four tables that capture the number of severe housing problems by income, race, and ethnicity. Each table provides data for a different income level (0–30%, 30–50%, 50–80%, and 80–100% AMI). The Default Data Source is the 2008-2012 Comprehensive Housing Affordability Strategy (CHAS) data developed by HUD. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 49 0% - 30% OF AREA MEDIAN INCOME Of all the income levels within the Clearwater, households within the 0‐30% AMI category have the highest percentage of households with severe housing problems. Approximately 62% of households in this income category have severe housing problems. As shown in Table 16, when considering race, 59% of White households and 67% of Black/African American households in the 0-30% AMI income group have severe housing problems. Additionally, 50% of Asian households and 100% of American Indian/Alaska Native households in the 0-30% AMI income group have severe housing problems. When considering ethnicity and this income category, 76% of Hispanic households have severe housing problems. The data show that Hispanic and American Indian/Alaska Native households earning 0-30% AMI have a disproportionate need for assistance. TABLE 16: SEVERE HOUSING PROBLEMS 0 - 30% AMI Housing Problems Has one or more of four severe housing problems* Has none of the four severe housing problems* Household has no/negative income, but none of the other housing problems Total Households Total % Total % Total % Jurisdiction as a whole 3,340 62% 625 12% 1,405 26% 5,370 White 2,080 59% 400 11% 1,070 30% 3,550 Black / African American 755 67% 140 13% 225 20% 1,120 Asian 75 50% 75 50% 0 0% 150 American Indian, Alaska Native 15 100% 0 0% 0 0% 15 Pacific Islander 0 0% 0 0% 0 0% 0 Hispanic 340 76% 10 2% 100 22% 450 Source: HUD IDIS Output, May 2016: 2008-2012 CHAS *The four severe housing problems are: 1. Lacks complete kitchen facilities, 2. Lacks complete plumbing facilities, 3. More than 1.5 persons per room, 4.Cost Burden over 50% Table 16 – Severe Housing Problems 0 - 30% AMI City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 50 30% - 50% OF AREA MEDIAN INCOME Of all the income levels within the Clearwater, households within the 30‐50% AMI category have the second-highest percentage of households with severe housing problems. Approximately 56% of households in this income category have severe housing problems. As shown in Table 17, when considering race, 52% of White households and 66% of Black/African American households in the 30-50% AMI income group have severe housing problems. Additionally, 71% of Asian households in the 30-50% AMI income group have severe housing problems. When considering ethnicity and this income category, 62% of Hispanic households have severe housing problems. The data show that Black/African American and Asian households earning 30-50% AMI have a disproportionate need for assistance. TABLE 17: SEVERE HOUSING PROBLEMS 30 - 50% AMI Housing Problems Has one or more of four severe housing problems* Has none of the four severe housing problems* Household has no/negative income, but none of the other housing problems Total Households Total % Total % Total % Jurisdiction as a whole 3,305 56% 2,595 44% 0 0% 5,900 White 2,190 52% 2,000 48% 0 0% 4,190 Black / African American 545 66% 275 34% 0 0% 820 Asian 25 71% 10 29% 0 0% 35 American Indian, Alaska Native 0 0% 0 0% 0 0% 0 Pacific Islander 0 0% 0 0% 0 0% 0 Hispanic 510 62% 310 38% 0 0% 820 Source: HUD IDIS Output, May 2016: 2008-2012 CHAS *The four severe housing problems are: 1. Lacks complete kitchen facilities, 2. Lacks complete plumbing facilities, 3. More than 1.5 persons per room, 4.Cost Burden over 50% Table 17 – Severe Housing Problems 30 - 50% AMI City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 51 50% - 80% OF AREA MEDIAN INCOME Of all the income levels within the Clearwater, households within the 50%‐80% AMI category have the third-highest percentage of households with severe housing problems. Approximately 24% of households in this income category have severe housing problems. As shown in Table 18, when considering race, 23% of White households and 14% of Black/African American households in the 50-80% AMI income group have severe housing problems. Additionally, 37% of Asian and 100% of Pacific Islander households in the 50-80% AMI income group have severe housing problems. When considering ethnicity and this income category, 30% of Hispanic households have severe housing problems. The data show that Asian and Pacific Islander households in the 50-80% AMI income group have a disproportionate need for assistance. TABLE 18: SEVERE HOUSING PROBLEMS 50 - 80% AMI Housing Problems Has one or more of four severe housing problems Has none of the four severe housing problems Household has no/negative income, but none of the other housing problems Total Households Total % Total % Total % Jurisdiction as a whole 2,045 24% 6,590 76% 0 0% 8,635 White 1,485 23% 4,970 77% 0 0% 6,455 Black / African American 110 14% 680 86% 0 0% 790 Asian 65 37% 110 63% 0 0% 175 American Indian, Alaska Native 0 0% 0 0% 0 0% 0 Pacific Islander 20 100% 0 0% 0 0% 20 Hispanic 315 30% 725 70% 0 0% 1,040 Source: HUD IDIS Output, May 2016, 2008-2012 CHAS *The four severe housing problems are: 1. Lacks complete kitchen facilities, 2. Lacks complete plumbing facilities, 3. More than 1.5 persons per room, 4.Cost Burden over 50% Table 18 – Severe Housing Problems 50 - 80% AMI City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 52 80% - 100% OF AREA MEDIAN INCOME Of all the income levels within the Clearwater, households within the 80%‐100% AMI category have the lowest percentage of households with severe housing problems. Approximately 16% of households in this income category have severe housing problems. As shown in Table 19, when considering race, 15% of White households and 9% of Black/African American households in the 80-100% AMI income group have severe housing problems. Additionally, 26% of Asian households have severe housing problems. When considering ethnicity and this income category, 30% of Hispanic households have severe housing problems. The data show that Asian and Hispanic households earning 80-100% AMI have a disproportionate need for assistance. TABLE 19: SEVERE HOUSING PROBLEMS 80 - 100% AMI Housing Problems Has one or more of four severe housing problems* Has none of the four severe housing problems* Household has no/negative income, but none of the other housing problems Total Households Total % Total % Total % Jurisdiction as a whole 705 16% 3,830 84% 0 0% 4,535 White 585 15% 3,255 85% 0 0% 3,840 Black / African American 35 9% 370 91% 0 0% 405 Asian 19 26% 55 74% 0 0% 74 American Indian, Alaska Native 0 0% 0 0% 0 0% 0 Pacific Islander 0 0% 0 0% 0 0% 0 Hispanic 65 30% 150 70% 0 0% 215 Source: HUD IDIS Output, May 2016: 2008-2012 CHAS *The four severe housing problems are: 1. Lacks complete kitchen facilities, 2. Lacks complete plumbing facilities, 3. More than 1.5 persons per room, 4.Cost Burden over 50% Table 19 – Severe Housing Problems 80 - 100% AMI City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 53 DISCUSSION Of all households in the 0‐30% AMI group, 62% have severe housing problems. In terms of disproportionate need, the data show that Hispanic and American Indian/Alaska Native households in the 0-30% AMI group have a disproportionate need for assistance (76% and 100%, respectively, have severe housing problems). Of all households in the 30‐50% AMI group, 56% have severe housing problems. In terms of disproportionate need, the data show that Black/African American and Asian households in the 30-50% AMI group have a disproportionate need for assistance (66% and 71%, respectively, have one or more severe housing problems). Of all households in the 50‐80% AMI group, 24% have severe housing problems. In terms of disproportionate need, the data show that Asian and Pacific Islander households in the 50-80% AMI group have a disproportionate need for assistance (37% and 100%, respectively, have one or more severe housing problems). Of all households in the 80‐100% AMI group, 16% have severe housing problems. In terms of disproportionate need, the data show that Asian and Hispanic households in the 80-100% AMI group have a disproportionate need for assistance (26% and 30%, respectively, have one or more severe housing problems). NA-25 Disproportionately Greater Need: Housing Cost Burdens Again, a disproportionately greater need exists when the members of racial or ethnic group at an income level experience housing problems at a greater rate (10 percentage points higher or more) than the income level as a whole. Per the regulations at 91.205(b)(2), 91.305(b)(2), and 91.405, a grantee must provide an assessment for each disproportionately greater need identified. This section includes: 1. Introduction 2. Disproportionately Greater Need—Housing Cost Burden City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 54 3. Discussion Table 20 displays cost burden information for the Clearwater and each racial and ethnic group, including no cost burden (less than 30%), cost burden (30‐50%), severe cost burden (more than 50%), and no/negative income. The default data source for this data is the 2008-2012 Comprehensive Housing Affordability Strategy (CHAS) data developed by HUD. As the data in Table 20 suggests, a large number of households (20,265) are cost burdened within their current housing situation. White households have the highest number of cost burdened households (15,120). Black/African American households have the second-highest number of cost burdened households (2,395) and Hispanic households have the third-highest number of cost burdened households (2,010). A small number of Asian households (400) are also cost burdened. Of the households that are cost burdened, nearly half are severely cost burdened. There are 9,520 households that are considered to be severely cost burdened within Clearwater. TABLE 20: GREATER NEED: HOUSING COST BURDENS AMI Housing Cost Burden No Cost Burden (<=30%) Cost Burden (30- 50%) Severe Cost Burden (>50%) No / Negative Income Total Households Total % Total % Total % Total % Jurisdiction as a whole 25,385 54% 10,745 23% 9,520 20% 1,465 3% 47,115 White 21,365 57% 8,470 23% 6,650 18% 1,125 3% 37,610 Black / African American 1,485 36% 1,010 25% 1,385 34% 225 5% 4,105 Asian 475 54% 150 17% 250 29% 0 0% 875 American Indian, Alaska Native 35 50% 0 0% 35 50% 0 0% 70 Pacific Islander 45 100% 0 0% 0 0% 0 0% 45 Hispanic 1,760 45% 980 25% 1,030 27% 100 3% 3,870 Source: HUD IDIS Output, May 2016: 2008-2012 CHAS Table 20 – Greater Need: Housing Cost Burdens AMI City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 55 DISCUSSION Within the City of Clearwater, 54% of households do not presently experience cost burden, while 23% experience cost burden, 20% experience severe cost burden and 3% have no/negative income. Overall, 43% of households are either cost burdened or severely cost burdened (>30%). Of all households within the City, 23% are cost burdened (30-50%). No race or ethnicity experiences a cost burden at a greater rate (10 percentage points higher or more) than the jurisdiction as a whole; however, a higher percentage of Black/African American households (25%) and Hispanic households (25%) are cost burdened when compared to other race or ethnic groups. Of all households within the City, 20% experience severe cost burden (>50%). An estimated 34% of Black/African American and 50% of American Indian/Alaska Native households experience severe cost burden, indicating a disproportionate need for assistance within these groups. Approximately 3% of households have no/negative income. No race or ethnicity experiences no/negative income at a greater rate (10 percentage points higher or more) than the jurisdiction as a whole. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 56 NA-30 Disproportionately Greater Need: Discussion INCOME CATEGORIES IN WHICH A RACIAL OR ETHNIC GROUP HAS DISPROPORTIONATELY GREATER NEED As indicated in the previous sections, several racial or ethnic groups were identified as having a disproportionately greater housing need in comparison to income group as a whole. As detailed below, these include the Black/African American, Asian, American Indian/Alaska Native, Pacific Islander, and Hispanic groups. The Black/African American group experiences a disproportionately greater need in terms of the following: • Severe housing problems in the 30-50% AMI group (66% versus 56% as a whole) • Severe cost burden >50% of household income (34% versus 20% as a whole) The Asian group experiences a disproportionately greater need in terms of the following:  Housing problems in the 30-50% AMI group (100% versus 87% as a whole)  Housing problems in the 50-80% AMI group (83% versus 67% as a whole)  Severe housing problems in the 30-50% AMI group (71% versus 56% as a whole)  Severe housing problems in the 50-80% AMI group (37% versus 24% as a whole)  Severe housing problems in the 80-100% AMI group (26% versus 16% as a whole) The American Indian/Alaska Native group experiences a disproportionately greater need in terms of the following: • Housing problems in the 0-30% AMI group (100% versus 68% as a whole) • Severe housing problems in the 0-30% AMI group (100% versus 62% as a whole) • Severe cost burden >50% of households income (50% versus 20% as a whole) The Pacific Islander group experiences a disproportionately greater need in terms of the following:  Housing problems in the 50-80% AMI group (100% versus 67% as a whole)  Severe housing problems in the 50-80% AMI group (100% versus 24% as a whole) The Hispanic group experiences a disproportionately greater need in terms of the following: • Housing problems in the 0-30% AMI group (78% versus 68% as a whole) City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 57 • Housing problems in the 80-100% AMI group (68% versus 46% as a whole) • Severe housing problems in the 0-30% AMI group (76% versus 62% as a whole) • Severe housing problems in the 80-100% AMI group (30% versus 16% as a whole) NEEDS NOT PREVIOUSLY IDENTIFIED Based on input and data received through the citizen participation process, the greatest housing needs are: • Affordable housing for low- and moderate-income persons of all types (single or multi-family) • Accessible housing (e.g. one story vs. two story with stairs) • Rehabilitation and repair of both owner- and renter-occupied housing, with a new emphasis on renter-occupied housing • Redevelopment of vacant or abandoned housing and an inventory of such properties • Homebuyer assistance and other programs to earn credit toward down payment ARE ANY OF THOSE RACIAL OR ETHNIC GROUPS LOCATED IN SPECIFIC AREAS OR NEIGHBORHOODS IN YOUR COMMUNITY? Thirty-six (36) of the City’s 122 Block Groups have a low and moderate income percentage of 51% or greater, signifying that approximately 30% of the City’s neighborhoods is CDBG-eligible. These block groups are distributed throughout the City. As a whole, Clearwater has a minority race population of approximately 18%. The largest minority race is Black/African American, comprising 11% of the City’s population. A disproportionally greater (10 percentage points higher or more) concentration of racial minority population exists within Census Tracts 25800, 26101, 26200, and 26300, which are more than 21% Black/African American according to the 2010-2014 ACS, 5-Year Estimates, and HUD CPD Maps, accessed in May 2016. These Census Tracts correspond to the Lake Bellevue and North Greenwood Neighborhood Revitalization Strategy Areas (NRSAs). As a whole, Clearwater has an ethnic minority population of approximately 13%. A disproportionately greater (10 percentage points higher or more) concentration of ethnic minority population exists within Census Tracts 26400 and 26819, which are more than 23% Hispanic according to the 2010-2014 ACS, 5- City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 58 Year Estimates, and HUD CPD Maps, accessed in May 2016. Census Tract 26400 corresponds to the East Gateway District NRSA. Many of the areas identified as having high concentrations of minority racial or ethnic groups also have a high percentage of low and moderate income households, and generally align with the City’s Neighborhood Revitalization Strategy Areas. The data seem to indicate a possible correlation between concentrations of low income and minority race or ethnicity. As indicated in the previous sections, a person’s race or ethnicity, income, and disability status are strong indicators for needing housing assistance through various public housing program types. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 59 NA-35 Public Housing INTRODUCTION The Consolidated Plan must provide a concise summary of the needs of public housing residents. Information is collected through consultations with the public housing agency or agencies located within the jurisdiction’s boundaries. The Public Housing Needs Assessment contains the following subsections: • Introduction • Totals in Use • Characteristics of Residents • Race of Residents • Ethnicity of Residents • Additional Narrative The Clearwater Housing Authority (CHA) is responsible for administering public housing and other publicly assisted housing programs within the City of Clearwater. The CHA’s public housing inventory includes approximately 200 units in two existing high-rise towers, one new apartment complex, and scattered home sites throughout the City. Among other assistance, the CHA also administers the Section 8 rental assistance program that provides rental assistance to qualified persons based on income. The amount paid by qualified persons for rent and utilities does not exceed 30% of income, and income must be within HUD's guidelines for household size. Housing units must pass the Housing Quality Standards Inspection per guidelines established by HUD. This program has a waiting list, which is currently closed. Data in this section covers several types of housing programs and vouchers that are defined as follows: • Certificate: The total number of Section 8 certificates administered by the Public Housing Authority (PHA). • Mod‐Rehab: The total number of units in developments that were funded under the moderate rehabilitation program administered locally by PHAs. • Public Housing: The total number of units in developments operated by the PHAs within the jurisdiction. • Total: The total number of Section 8 vouchers administered by the PHA (project based plus tenant based) • Project Based: The total number of project‐based Section 8 vouchers administered by the PHA City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 60 • Tenant Based: The total number of tenant‐based Section 8 vouchers administered by the PHA. • Special Purpose Veterans Affairs Supportive Housing: The HUD–Veterans Affairs Supportive Housing program combines Housing Choice Voucher rental assistance for homeless veterans with case management and clinical services provided by the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs (VA). • Special Purpose Family Unification Program: Family Unification Program funding is allocated through a competitive process; therefore, not all PHAs administer the program. • Special Purpose Disabled: In this context, disabled includes non‐elderly disabled, mainstream 1‐ year, mainstream 5‐year, and nursing home transition. TOTALS IN USE Table 21 displays the number of vouchers and units by public housing program type. According to the PIH Information Center (PIC), there are 201 public housing units, administered by the CHA. Tenant‐based vouchers are by far the most used program, with 1,084 vouchers currently in use. According to PIC, there are no project-based vouchers and no special purpose vouchers in use. TABLE 21: PUBLIC HOUSING BY PROGRAM TYPE Program Type Certificate Mod- Rehab Public Housing Total Project - based Tenant - based Special Purpose Voucher Veterans Affairs Supportive Housing Family Unification Program Disabled* # of units vouchers in use 0 0 201 1,084 0 1,084 0 0 0 *includes Non-Elderly Disabled, Mainstream One-Year, Mainstream Five-year, and Nursing Home Transition Source: HUD IDIS Output, May 2016: Public Information Center (PIC) Office of Public and Indian Housing (PIH) Table 21 – Public Housing by Program Type CHARACTERISTICS OF RESIDENTS Table 22 displays the characteristics of public housing residents by public housing program type. In the City of Clearwater, publicly assisted residents with higher incomes tend to utilize tenant based vouchers, City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 61 whereas residents with lower incomes tend to live in public housing. As expected, the average annual income for all assisted residents is very low with the lowest average annual income at $10,296 for residents in public housing and the highest being $11,856 for residents utilizing tenant based vouchers. The average household size is also very low (not more than two persons per household). Elderly program participants comprise 26% of publicly assisted residents and a large number of publicly assisted families are disabled (27%). All families assisted are requesting accessibility features, as the number of families requesting accessibility features is equivalent to the total number of public housing units and vouchers in use. These data show that most families in need of housing assistance/vouchers are also disabled or in need of housing accessibility features. No HIV/AIDS participants or victims of domestic violence were counted. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 62 TABLE 22: CHARACTERISTICS OF PUBLIC HOUSING RESIDENTS BY PROGRAM TYPE Program Type Certificate Mod- Rehab Public Housing Total Project -based Tenant -based Special Purpose Voucher Veterans Affairs Supportive Housing Family Unification Program Disabled* Average Annual Income 0 0 10,296 11,856 0 11,856 0 0 0 Average length of stay 0 0 5 4 0 4 0 0 0 Average Household size 0 0 1 2 0 2 0 0 0 # Homeless at admission 0 0 6 8 0 8 0 0 0 # of Elderly Program Participants (>62) 0 0 122 208 0 208 0 0 0 # of Disabled Families 0 0 61 282 0 282 0 0 0 # of Families requesting accessibility features 0 0 201 1,084 0 1,084 0 0 0 # of HIV/AIDS program participants 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 # of DV victims 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 *includes Non-Elderly Disabled, Mainstream One-Year, Mainstream Five-year, and Nursing Home Transition Source: HUD IDIS Output, May 2016: Public Information Center (PIC) Office of Public and Indian Housing (PIH) Table 22 – Characteristics of Public Housing Residents by Program Type City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 63 RACE OF RESIDENTS Table 23 displays the racial composition of residents for each public housing program. The data in Table 23 show that the majority of public housing residents in the City of Clearwater are White (74%). In contrast, tenant-based vouchers are well-utilized by both White (48%) and Black/African American (50%) residents. Only 1% of public housing and tenant-based vouchers are utilized by residents of another race. TABLE 23: RACE OF PUBLIC HOUSING RESIDENTS BY PROGRAM TYPE Program Type Race Certificate Mod- Rehab Public Housing Total Project -based Tenant -based Special Purpose Voucher Veterans Affairs Supportive Housing Family Unification Program Disabled* White 0 0 148 522 0 522 0 0 0 Black/African American 0 0 49 547 0 547 0 0 0 Asian 0 0 2 8 0 8 0 0 0 American Indian/Alaska Native 0 0 1 5 0 5 0 0 0 Pacific Islander 0 0 1 2 0 2 0 0 0 Other 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 *includes Non-Elderly Disabled, Mainstream One-Year, Mainstream Five-year, and Nursing Home Transition Source: HUD IDIS Output, May 2016: Public Information Center (PIC) Office of Public and Indian Housing (PIH) Table 23 – Race of Public Housing Residents by Program Type City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 64 ETHNICITY OF RESIDENTS Table 24 displays the ethnic composition of residents for each assisted housing program. The ethnic groups defined as “Hispanic” utilize 14% of public housing units and 18% of tenant-based vouchers. The majority of publicly assisted residents are “Not Hispanic”. TABLE 24: ETHNICITY OF PUBLIC HOUSING RESIDENTS BY PROGRAM TYPE Program Type Race Certificate Mod- Rehab Public Housing Total Project -based Tenant -based Special Purpose Voucher Veterans Affairs Supportive Housing Family Unification Program Disabled* Hispanic 0 0 28 194 0 194 0 0 0 Not Hispanic 0 0 173 890 0 890 0 0 0 *includes Non-Elderly Disabled, Mainstream One-Year, Mainstream Five-year, and Nursing Home Transition Source: HUD IDIS Output, May 2016: Public Information Center (PIC) Office of Public and Indian Housing (PIH) Table 24 – Ethnicity of Public Housing Residents by Program Type City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 65 Section 504 Needs Assessment NEEDS OF PUBLIC HOUSING TENANTS AND APPLICANTS ON THE WAITING LIST FOR ACCESSIBLE UNITS The average length of stay for residents of public housing and tenant-based programs is 4-5 years and, according to the CHA, the wait for publicly assisted housing is up to 4 years. The waiting list is currently closed and the CHA is not accepting applications at this time. Although the data show only a small percentage of residents was homeless at admission, there continues to be significant competition for affordable housing. In addition to its public housing properties, the CHA works to identify local landlords that supply accessible housing and make appropriate referrals; however, accessible housing is in limited supply. In Pinellas County, the majority of affordable units suitable for disabled residents are small (1 or 2 bedrooms). MOST IMMEDIATE NEEDS OF RESIDENTS OF PUBLIC HOUSING AND HOUSING CHOICE VOUCHER HOLDERS All publicly assisted residents are in need of accessible units. Nearly a quarter (24%) of residents is elderly and more than a quarter (27%) is disabled. Families identified as “Families with Disabilities” have an immediate need for public housing and tenant-based housing with improved accessibility. The number of disabled families assisted totals 343. In addition, 1,285 families (all of those assisted) are requesting accessibility features. These data show that most families in need of housing assistance are also disabled or in need of accessibility features. Additionally, 330 residents are elderly (>62 years) and thus likely to need accessible units. HOW DO THESE NEEDS COMPARE TO THE HOUSING NEEDS OF THE POPULATION AT LARGE For Clearwater, a resident’s race or ethnicity, income, and disability status are strong indicators for needing housing assistance through these various public housing programs. The average income for all public housing programs is very low (less than $12,000). Tenants and voucher holders, as well as applicants on waiting lists, are typically cost burdened and many are elderly and/or disabled. Due to their limited income, their housing needs include affordability, availability of assistance, accessibility improvements for the elderly and/or disabled, and Fair Housing options. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 66 DISCUSSION The Clearwater Housing Authority (CHA) is responsible for administering public housing and other publicly assisted housing programs within the City of Clearwater. In total, the CHA provides 201 public housing units and 1,084 tenant-based vouchers. The CHA waiting list is currently closed. Both White and Black/African American residents have a high demand for the identified program types. Only 1% of public housing and tenant-based vouchers are utilized by residents of another race. The majority of publicly assisted residents are “Not Hispanic”. The average income and household size of those receiving assistance is very low (less than $12,000 and not more than two persons per household). Although the data show only a small percentage of residents was homeless at admission, there continues to be significant competition for affordable housing. Most families in need of housing assistance are elderly or disabled, or otherwise in need of housing accessibility features. The CHA works to identify local landlords that supply accessible housing and make appropriate referrals. Additional resources for the public are available the CHA’s website: www.clearwaterhousingauth.org. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 67 NA-40 Homeless Needs Assessment INTRODUCTION There are four federally defined categories under which individuals and families may qualify as homeless: 1. Literally homeless; 2. Imminent risk of homelessness; 3. Homeless under other Federal statues; and 4. Fleeing/attempting to flee domestic violence. Meeting homelessness challenges in Clearwater is a collaborative effort comprising numerous individuals, agencies and organizations. Clearwater is within the St. Petersburg, Clearwater, Largo/Pinellas County CoC. The lead agency for collecting homeless data, conducting homeless needs assessments and developing community supported homelessness strategies is the Pinellas County Homeless Leadership Board. The Homeless Leadership Board supports the communities of Pinellas County, including Clearwater, and is the lead agency for the Continuum of Care (CoC). Most of the data utilized in this section of the Plan was gathered from the Homeless Leadership Board. As a part of the Consolidated Plan process, the City coordinated with the Homeless Leadership Board to obtain data related to the homeless population in Clearwater. The Homeless Leadership Board regularly conducts a homeless census where volunteers reach out to identify the homeless and have them complete a short survey to gather information about the number of homeless as well as the characteristics of this population. It should be noted that any homeless census is an undercount, because it is impossible to count locate every homeless person within geography as broad as Pinellas County. HOMELESS NEEDS ASSESSMENT A recent homeless census, or annual point-in-time (PIT) survey, was conducted on January 29, 2015. The results of this survey are summarized in Table 25(A). The methodology used by the Homeless Leadership Board included actual counts of homeless persons living on the streets and in shelters in Pinellas County, Florida. The total number of homeless people officially counted during the survey was 3,387. Approximately 20% of homeless persons surveyed identify Clearwater as their primary location. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 68 When non-typical homeless responses from street survey, jail, and school data are considered, the total number of homeless or persons at risk of becoming homeless may be as high as 6,853. Of the 3,387 homeless persons officially counted, 631 were chronically homeless individuals, 74 were unaccompanied children, 589 were homeless veterans, and 23 were persons with HIV/AIDS. Because of the transient nature of homelessness, it is often difficult to locate homeless persons or to follow‐up with much needed services and support. Just over 67% of those surveyed had been homeless three or fewer times. Nearly 33% were chronically homeless, having been homeless at least four times in the past 3 years. Just over half (51%) said they were homeless because of a job loss or other financial problems. Many of those surveyed had physical (36%) or mental (33%) disabilities. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 69 TABLE 25(A): HOMELESS NEEDS ASSESSMENT Population Estimate the # of persons experiencing homelessness on a given night Estimate the # experiencing homelessness each year Estimate the # becoming homeless each year Estimate the # exiting homelessness each year Estimate the # of days persons experience homelessness Sheltered Unsheltered Persons in Households with Adult(s) and Child(ren) N/A 484 N/A N/A N/A N/A Persons in Households with Only Children N/A 76 N/A N/A N/A N/A Persons in Households with Only Adults N/A 2,827 N/A N/A N/A N/A Chronically Homeless Individuals 115 516 N/A N/A N/A N/A Chronically Homeless Families 1 0 N/A N/A N/A N/A Veterans 447 142 N/A N/A N/A N/A Unaccompanied Child N/A N/A N/A N/A Persons with HIV 7 16 N/A N/A N/A N/A Source: 2015 Pinellas County Homeless Leadership Board Point-in-Time Count, January 29, 2015; N/A – No data available. Table 25(A) – Homeless Needs Assessment HOMELESS POPULATION TYPES INCLUDING CHRONICALLY HOMELESS INDIVIDUALS AND FAMILIES, FAMILIES WITH CHILDREN, VETERANS AND THEIR FAMILIES, AND UNACCOMPANIED YOUTH) Chronically Homeless HUD defines a person as chronically homeless if they have been homeless for one year or longer, or have had four or more episodes of homelessness within the past three years and have a disabling condition. National studies have found that when all costs are factored in, chronically homeless persons account for approximately half of the total expenditures for homeless services. This percent of expenditure is based on a national average of just fewer than 16% of all homeless persons being considered as chronically homeless. In Pinellas County, the percentage of chronically homeless persons is slightly higher. Of the homeless persons counted during the 2015 PIT, 19% of those surveyed, or 631 City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 70 individuals, met the HUD definition of chronically homeless. Approximately 15% of chronically homeless persons surveyed were veterans. Families Persons in families comprised a large segment of the overall homeless population counted by the Pinellas County Homeless Leadership Board. Of the homeless counted, 484 persons were in families with children, 2,827 persons were in families with only adults, and 76 persons were in families with only children. In total there were 221 households with children, either with adults and children or children only. Veterans There are an estimated 589 homeless veterans in Pinellas County, comprising 17% of the counted homeless population. Homeless veterans in Clearwater were most likely to have served in the Army, among other military branches. Many veterans in Pinellas County are chronically homeless or are struggling with disabilities that put them at-risk of homelessness, including drug or alcohol addiction. Unaccompanied Youth Unaccompanied youth accounted for approximately 6% or 200 of the 3,387 homeless persons that agreed to be surveyed. Approximately 37% of unaccompanied youth are children, while the majority of unaccompanied youth (63%) are young adults ages 18 to 24. FAMILIES IN NEED OF HOUSING ASSISTANCE Persons in families comprised a large segment of the overall homeless population counted by the Pinellas County Homeless Leadership Board. Of the homeless counted, 484 persons were in families with children, 2,827 persons were in families with only adults, and 76 persons were in families with only children. In total there were 221 households with children, either with adults and children or children only. It is estimated that approximately 20% of the County’s homeless live in Clearwater; therefore, there may be as many as 44 families with children locally in need of housing assistance. NATURE AND EXTENT OF HOMELESSNESS BY RACIAL AND ETHNIC GROUP Homelessness is not unique to a particular gender, race or ethnicity. Table 25(B) provides demographic data regarding the homeless population in Pinellas County. Approximately 28% of those surveyed were City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 71 women. The majority of those surveyed were adult males. According to the 2014 data collected by the Homeless Leadership Board, the most commonly reported races were White, at 64% of the homeless surveyed, and Black/African American, at 32% of the homeless surveyed. Less than 4% reported as another race or more than one race. The majority (93%) of homeless surveyed reported as “Not Hispanic”. TABLE 25(B): HOMELESSNESS BY RACIAL AND ETHNIC GROUP Race Sheltered Unsheltered White 1,452 716 Black or African American 678 399 Asian 7 1 American Indian or Alaska Native 10 21 Pacific Islander 0 4 Multi-Racial 68 31 Ethnicity Sheltered Unsheltered Hispanic 155 77 Not Hispanic 2,060 1,095 Source: 2015 Pinellas County Homeless Leadership Board Point-in-Time Count, January 29, 2015; N/A – No data available. Table 25(B) – Homelessness by Racial and Ethnic Group Table 26 – RESERVED Table 27 – RESERVED NATURE AND EXTENT OF UNSHELTERED AND SHELTERED HOMELESSNESS The total number of homeless people counted during the annual PIT survey was 3,387. Of the 3,387 homeless persons officially counted, 631 were chronically homeless individuals, 74 were unaccompanied children, 589 were homeless veterans, and 23 were persons with HIV/AIDS. Because of the transient nature of homelessness, it is often difficult to locate homeless persons or to follow‐up with much needed services and support. Just over 67% of those surveyed had been homeless three or fewer times. Nearly 33% were chronically homeless, having been homeless at least four times City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 72 in the past 3 years. Just over half (51%) said they were homeless because of a job loss or other financial problems. Many of those surveyed had physical (36%) or mental (33%) disabilities. DISCUSSION Based on the January 29, 2015 PIT survey conducted by the Pinellas County Homeless Leadership Board, the homeless population of Pinellas County is approximately 3,387 individuals. This number is approximately the same as the previous year (3,391). Approximately 20% of homeless persons surveyed identify Clearwater as their primary location. Nearly half of homeless report job loss or other financial reasons as their primary cause of homeless, whereas a significant percentage report as physically or mentally disabled. A number of organizations in Clearwater provide temporary, transitional, and permanent supportive housing for Clearwater area families in need of assistance. These include, but are not limited to, Homeless Emergency Project, Inc. (Homeless Empowerment Program) (HEP), Religious Community Services (RCS), Kimberly Home, Society of St. Vincent de Paul, and the Salvation Army. NA-45 Non-Homeless Special Needs Assessment INTRODUCTION A broad category that applies to any population that is presumed to be low to moderate income and in need of public services, non‐homeless special needs include those of the mentally ill, developmentally disabled, at‐risk youth, elderly, and other groups such as persons with HIV/AIDS. These special needs are often addressed by non‐profit agencies, usually in coordination with the City of Clearwater or Pinellas County. Understanding the characteristics of its special needs populations will help the City to better evaluate public facilities and services directed toward such needs. CHARACTERISTICS OF SPECIAL NEEDS POPULATIONS Understanding the characteristics of its special needs populations will help the City to better evaluate public facilities and services directed toward such needs. Elderly & Frail Elderly According to HUD’s Comprehensive Housing Affordability Strategy (CHAS), HUD defines “elderly” as individuals over the age of 62 and “frail elderly” as individuals over the age of 75. According to the 2010‐ 2014 ACS 5‐Year Estimates, there are approximately 27,500 individuals over the age of 62 and 12,000 City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 73 individuals over the age of 75 living in Clearwater. Due to age, the frail elderly may be unable to care for themselves adequately and may have one or more disabilities or need assistance to perform the routine activities of daily life. According to 2010‐2014 ACS 5‐Year Estimates, 19% of individuals between 65 and 74 years of age are disabled (2,068); whereas 45% of individuals over the age of 75 are disabled (5,200). Youth and Young Adults Approximately 20,000 children live in Clearwater. According to the 2010‐2014 ACS 5‐Year Estimates, 18% of Clearwater’s population is less than 18 years of age. Of the population less than 18 years of age, approximately 25% or 4,878 children are living in poverty. An estimated 10,627 or 41% of families within the City are households with children. According to the 2010‐2014 ACS 5‐Year Estimates, female-headed households comprise 25% of families living within the City and 25% of female‐headed households are below poverty level. Physically & Developmentally Disabled According to the 2010‐2014 ACS 5‐Year Estimates, disabilities are categorized into six types: hearing difficulty, vision difficulty, cognitive ability, ambulatory difficulty, self‐care difficulty, and independent living difficulty. According to the 2010‐2014 ACS 5‐Year Estimates, approximately 14,688 or 14% of people in Clearwater are estimated to have a disability. While the majority of disabled persons (approx. 6,613 people) are between 18 and 64 years of age, a high percentage (49%) of disabled persons are 65 years and over. Mental Illness & Substance Abuse The Department of Housing and Urban Development, in the Comprehensive Housing Affordability Strategy (CHAS) manual, defines severe mental illness as a persistent mental or emotional impairment that significantly limits a person’s ability to live independently. According to the national statistics, approximately one percent of the adult population meets the definition of severely mentally ill. According to the American Community Survey, Clearwater has an estimated adult population (over 18 years of age) of approximately 89,000 persons. One percent of this population is 890 persons. According to the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA) 2011 National Survey of Substance Abuse Treatment Services, 200 persons per 100,000 population of adult age are in treatment for either an alcohol or drug abuse problem. Since Clearwater is estimated to have an adult City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 74 population (age 18 or older) of 89,000 persons, an estimated 178 individuals in Clearwater may have a substance abuse problem. Victims of Domestic Violence, Dating Violence, Sexual Assault and Stalking There may be as many as 1,000 victims of domestic violence and related incidents annually in Clearwater. In 2014 alone, according to the Florida Department of Law Enforcement, 383 domestic violence arrests and 756 domestic violence offenses were reported by the Clearwater Police Department. HOUSING AND SUPPORTIVE SERVICE NEEDS AND DETERMINATION Elderly & Frail Elderly Within Clearwater, much of the elderly population is concentrated in low and moderate income neighborhoods. The elderly and frail elderly typically need assistance with housing rehabilitation and home maintenance. Additionally, the elderly may need facilities and programming, such as those provided at senior centers and through initiatives like the City of Clearwater’s Office on Aging/Aging Well Center. The elderly are also susceptible to financial difficulties as well as to health problems, including those caused by poor nutrition. Organizations such as Meals-on-Wheels and Pinellas Opportunity Council’s CHORE Services support the elderly in Clearwater. These types of organizations are critical in determining and meeting elderly and frail elderly service needs. Youth and Young Adults Youth and young adult services were identified as priority needs based on citizen feedback and discussion of community needs. The City of Clearwater offers a number of programs for youth and young adults, including those held at the Ross Norton Recreation & Aquatic Complex/Extreme Sports Park and at the North Greenwood Recreation & Aquatic Complex, as well as various public parks and libraries. Currently, there are several agencies within Pinellas County that provide programing for low‐ and moderate‐income children, specifically. Supportive service needs for youth and young adults are determined by such providers. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 75 Physically and Developmentally Disabled Accessibility improvements and other supportive services, such as employment assistance, are typical needs of this population. Currently, there are several agencies within Pinellas County that provide services for people with disabilities, including but not limited to Lighthouse of Pinellas, PARC, Abilities, Inc., and The Arc of Tampa Bay, among others. Supportive service needs for the disabled are determined by such providers. Mental Illness & Substance Abuse Healthcare and mental health counseling are typical needs of this population. Currently there are several agencies in Pinellas County that offer services to the mentally ill and substance abusers, including but not limited to Operation PAR, Directions for Living, and Suncoast Center for Mental Health, among others. Supportive service needs for the mentally ill and substance abusers are determined by such providers. Victims of Domestic Violence, Dating Violence, Sexual Assault and Stalking Family safety, advocacy, and housing for both adults and children are typical needs of this population. Currently there are several organizations in Pinellas County that offer services to victims of domestic violence, dating violence, sexual assault and stalking, including but not limited to Family Service Centers of Pinellas, Inc., The Haven, and Religious Community Services (RCS), among others. Supportive service needs for victims of domestic violence are determined by such providers. PUBLIC SIZE AND CHARACTERISTICS OF POPULATION WITH HIV / AIDS The U.S. Center for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) estimates that over one million adults and adolescents are living with HIV in the U.S., including those not yet diagnosed and those who have already progressed to AIDS. According to a report that was presented and prepared by the Florida Department of Health HIV/AIDS Surveillance Program, Pinellas County had approximately 4,440 persons living with HIV/AIDS in 2016, which represents a rate of 480 persons per 100,000 residents. Based on the City’s estimated population, there may be 524 persons living with HIV/AIDS in Clearwater. Persons who are HIV positive do not, simply by virtue of having the HIV antibody, require special housing. The State of Florida Housing Opportunities for Persons with AIDS (HOPWA) does not offer any services in the City of Clearwater for persons living with the HIV/AIDS virus; however, equal access to City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 76 housing is a priority for the City. Currently, there are several programs and housing providers for persons living with HIV/AIDS in Pinellas County, including Pinellas Cares Clinic, Metropolitan Charities, Christopher House, AIDS Community Project of Tampa Bay (AIDS Coalition), and Tampa Bay AIDS Network (TBAN) of Gulf Coast Community Care, among others. DISCUSSION Non‐Homeless Special Needs is a broad category that applies to any population that is presumed to be low to moderate income and in need of public services. The category covers a large population, including the mentally ill, developmentally disabled, elderly, and other groups. Services to address these needs are often provided by non‐profit agencies, usually in coordination with the City of Clearwater or Pinellas County; however, many of these agencies are overburdened and continue to need funding assistance for service delivery. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 77 NA-50 Non-Housing Community Development Needs PUBLIC FACILITIES NEEDS The community has identified the following public facility needs: public park maintenance and improvements, including additional facilities or amenities, library facilities (either permanent or mobile), and community resource centers and social gathering places or in low- and moderate-income areas. PUBLIC FACILITIES NEED DETERMINATION These needs were identified during the community meetings and survey conducted in March 2016, based on citizen feedback and discussion of community needs. PUBLIC IMPROVEMENTS NEEDS The community has identified the following public improvement needs: public infrastructure, particularly sidewalk, street, and lighting improvements, bicycle and pedestrian connectivity, and traffic calming, as well as neighborhood beautification in low- and moderate-income areas. Many sidewalks lack accessibility features and major roadways lack pedestrian safety features such as mid-block crossings. The age of Clearwater’s infrastructure systems is a concern and continued service provision and public safety is a high priority for the City. Additionally, the community is in need of security measures, sanitation, code enforcement (i.e., blight elimination), and screening of blighted properties in low- and moderate-income areas. PUBLIC IMPROVEMENTS NEED DETERMINATION These needs were identified during the community meetings and survey conducted in March 2016, based on citizen feedback and discussion of community needs. PUBLIC SERVICES NEEDS The community has identified the follow public service needs: free access to recreation programming, childcare/after-school programming, youth mentoring and job-readiness training, adult education/literacy program, transportation options (e.g. more efficient bus routes or bike-share program), food assistance and community gardens, and economic development activities, including façade improvements and assistance for small-business start-ups. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 78 PUBLIC SERVICES NEED DETERMINATION These needs were identified during the community meetings and survey conducted in March 2016, based on citizen feedback and discussion of community needs. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 79 HOUSING MARKET ANALYSIS MA-05 Overview HOUSING MARKET ANALYSIS OVERVIEW The purpose of the Market Analysis is to provide a clear picture of the environment in which Clearwater must administer its programs over the course of the Consolidated Plan. In conjunction with the Needs Assessment, the Market Analysis will provide the basis for the Strategic Plan and the programs and projects to be administered. Most of the data tables in this section are populated with a default data set based on the most recent data available. Additional data has been obtained from various sources, including more current American Community Survey (ACS) estimates and local data from Clearwater and Pinellas County. This section covers the following broad topics: • General Characteristics of the Housing Market: The general characteristics of the City’s housing market, including supply, demand, and condition and cost of housing, are described in the following sections: Number of Housing Units (MA-10); Cost of Housing (MA-15); and, Condition of Housing (MA-20). • Lead-based Paint Hazards: The Condition of Housing (MA-10) section provides an estimate of the number of housing units within Clearwater that are occupied by low-income families or moderate-income families that contain lead-based paint hazards. • Public and Assisted Housing: A description and identification of the public housing developments and public housing units in Clearwater is provided in the Public and Assisted Housing (MA- 25) section. This narrative details the physical condition of such units, the restoration and revitalization needs, Section 504 needs, and the public housing agency’s strategy for improving the management and operation of public housing and the living conditions of low- and moderate-income families in public housing. • Assisted Housing: The information collected in the Number of Housing Units (MA-10) section describes the number and targeting (income level and type of family served) of units currently assisted by local, state, or Federally funded programs and an assessment of whether any such units are expected to be lost from the assisted housing inventory for any reason, such as expiration of Section 8 contracts. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 80 • Facilities, Housing, and Services for Homeless Persons: A brief inventory of facilities, housing, and services that meet the needs of homeless persons within the City is provided in the Homeless Facilities and Services (MA-30) section. A particular emphasis is given to chronically homeless individuals and families, families with children, veterans and their families, and unaccompanied youth. The inventory includes services directly targeted to homeless persons, as well as mainstream services, such as health, mental health, and employment services to the extent those services are used to complement services targeted to homeless persons. • Special Need Facilities and Services: The Special Needs Facilities and Services (MA-35) section describes the housing stock available to serve persons with disabilities and other low- income persons with special needs, including persons with HIV/AIDS and their families. The section further describes the facilities and services that assist persons who are not homeless, but who require supportive housing and programs for ensuring that persons returning from mental and physical heath institutions receive appropriate supportive housing. • Barriers to Affordable Housing: This section (MA-40) provides an assessment of the regulatory barriers to affordable housing that exist within Clearwater. These regulatory barriers may include tax policies affecting land and other property, land use controls, zoning ordinances, building codes, fees and charges, growth limits, and policies that affect the return on residential investment. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 81 MA-10 Number of Housing Units – 91.210(a) & (b) (2) INTRODUCTION The total number of housing units in Clearwater increased slightly over the past decade. The City had a total of 56,802 housing units at the time of the 2000 U.S Census and 59,156 housing units at the time of the 2010 U.S. Census. Between 2000 and 2010, the total number of housing units in the City grew by 4%. According to data provided in the 2010-2014 ACS, an estimated total of 60,605 housing units are located within Clearwater presently, which is fewer than the number counted in 2010. TABLE 28: ALL RESIDENTIAL PROPERTIES BY NUMBER OF UNITS Property Type Number % 1-unit detached structure 23,649 39% 1-unit, attached structure 3,018 5% 2-4 units 4,550 8% 5-19 units 11,040 18% 20 or more units 15,115 25% Mobile Home, boat, RV, van, etc. 3,233 5% Total 60,605 100% Data Source: 2010-2014 ACS Table 28 – Residential Properties by Unit Number As shown in Table 28, data from the 2010-2014 ACS show that nearly half of all residential properties are single units (a total of 26,667 or 44%). Single-unit properties are either detached structures (23,649 or 39%) or attached structures (3,018 or 5%). Residential properties are further categorized into properties within 2-4 unit structures (4,550 or 8%), properties within 5-19 unit structures (11,040 or 18%), and properties within 20 or more unit structures (15,115 or 25%). These categories comprise 95% of the City’s housing stock. The remainder of residential properties in the City is classified as mobile home, boat, RV, van, etc. (3,233 or 5%). City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 82 TABLE 29: UNIT SIZE BY TENURE Owners Renters Number % Number % No bedroom 211 1% 1,307 7% 1 bedroom 1,669 6% 5,472 28% 2 or 3 bedrooms 10,696 38% 8,747 46% 4 or more bedrooms 15,231 55% 3,682 19% Total 27,807 100% 19,208 100% Data Source: 2010-2014 ACS Table 29 – Unit Size by Tenure As shown in Table 29, there are an estimated 47,015 occupied housing units within the City. Of this total, 27,807 or 59% are owner-occupied and 19,208 or 41% are renter-occupied. Of all owner-occupied units, most contain 2 or more bedrooms (25,927 or 93%). Only a small number of owner-occupied units have 1 bedroom (1,669 or 6%) or are without bedrooms (211 or 1%). Of all renter-occupied units, most contain 1 or 2 bedrooms (14,219 or 74%). In contrast to owner-occupied units, a significant percentage of renter-occupied units have 1 bedroom (5,472 or 28%) and a small percentage of renter-occupied units are without bedrooms (1,307 or 7%). DESCRIBE THE NUMBER AND TARGETING (INCOME LEVEL/TYPE OF FAMILY SERVED) OF UNITS ASSISTED WITH FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL PROGRAMS. As was noted earlier in Section NA-35, the Clearwater Housing Authority (CHA) has been charged with the responsibility of the administration of housing programs for low income persons. The operations of the CHA are funded through annual appropriations provided by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD). According to the Office of Public and Indian Housing (PIH) Public Information Center (PIC), the following number and type of voucher units are available within Clearwater (see also Table 38): • 201 total public housing units available • 1,084 total Housing Choice Vouchers (HCVs) available City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 83 PROVIDE AN ASSESSMENT OF UNITS EXPECTED TO BE LOST FROM THE AFFORDABLE HOUSING INVENTORY FOR ANY REASON, SUCH AS EXPIRATION OF SECTION 8 CONTRACTS. Some units assisted with Federal, state or local programs may be lost from the inventory during the planning period; however, because the City of Clearwater does not directly administer public housing or HCV vouchers, the City is unaware of any expiring contacts. The CHA monitors contract expirations and/or unit losses. DOES THE AVAILABILITY OF HOUSING UNITS MEET THE NEEDS OF THE POPULATION? A shortage of affordable housing may exist for very low and low income households in Clearwater. While affordability is a concern for any tenure, more owner-occupied units are considered affordable than renter-occupied units. This may be due, in part, to the lack of housing-type diversity within Clearwater. This affordable housing deficiency is more fully documented in the next section (MA-15). DESCRIBE THE NEED FOR SPECIFIC TYPES OF HOUSING: Generally, the City is lacking a diverse distribution of housing types. Most housing units in the City are within detached single-unit structures (38%) or within 5 or more unit structures (43%). This indicates a predominance of single-family homes and multi-family apartment or condominium types. In contrast, only 13% of all housing units are within attached single-unit structures or 2-4 unit structures, indicating a lack of townhome, duplex, and triplex types. This distribution does not provide a diverse selection of housing for low- and moderate-income residents who may not be able to afford a single-family home but require multiple bedrooms. In terms of housing unit size, the predominant unit size is 2 or more bedrooms (82% of all units), with few smaller units available (see Table 28 and Table 29). It is important to note that in Clearwater, according to the 2010-2014 ACS, larger units (4 or more bedrooms) tend to be occupied by owners while smaller units (one or no bedrooms) tend to be occupied by renters. These trends may indicate a lack of larger units available for rental, or point to affordability concerns as unit size increases. DISCUSSION The number of housing units in the City has steadily increased over the long-term. A shortage of affordable housing may exist for very low and low income households in Clearwater; and given the City’s housing stock profile, there is a lack of diversity of housing types within the City. Most housing units are City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 84 within either single-unit detached structures or multi-unit apartment/condominium structures. Few units are within other attached housing types (e.g. townhome, duplex, etc.). Moreover, there are few smaller (1 bedroom or studio) units available. The CHA, among other housing providers, administers public housing and HCV programs within the City and monitors contract expirations and/or unit losses. MA-15 Housing Market Analysis: Cost of Housing – 91.210(a) INTRODUCTION This section provides an overall picture of housing costs within Clearwater. Specifically, the section describes housing cost trends, rent trends, fair market rents, and affordability. TABLE 30: COST OF HOUSING Base Year: 2000 Most Recent Year: 2014 % Change Median Home Value $91,100 $153,900 69% Median Contract Rent $538 $794 48% Data Source: 2000 Census (Base Year), 2010-2014 ACS (Most Recent Year) Table 30 – Cost of Housing TABLE 31: RENT PAID Rent Paid Number % Less than $500 979 5% $500-999 9,228 50% $1,000-1,499 5,815 32% $1,500-1,999 1,681 9% $2,000 or more 729 4% Total 18,432 100% Data Source: 2010-2014 ACS Table 31 – Rent Paid The costs of housing trends for Clearwater are displayed in Table 30. According to the 2010-2014 ACS, the current median home value for Clearwater is estimated to be $153,900. This figure represents a 69% City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 85 increase from the 2000 U.S. Census median home value of $91,100. Between the 2000 U.S. Census and the 2010-2014 ACS, the median contract rent within the City increased by 48%, from $538 to $794. The distribution of estimated rents paid within Clearwater is detailed in Table 31, according to 2010- 2014 ACS data. Of all 18,432 rental units within the City, half (9,228 or 50%) have a rent between $500 and $999. Few rental units have a rent less than $500 (979 or 5%). Approximately 32% of rental units have rent between $1,000 and 1,499. An estimated 13% of the City’s rental units have a rent that exceeds $1,500. TABLE 32: HOUSING AFFORDABILITY % Units affordable to Households earning Renter Owner 30% HAMFI 395 No Data 50% HAMFI 1,245 1,610 80% HAMFI 8,135 4,010 100% HAMFI No Data 6,270 Total 9,775 11,890 Data Source: 2008-2012 CHAS Table 32 – Housing Affordability The overall housing affordability within Clearwater is detailed in Table 32. According to HUD, a unit is considered affordable if gross rent, including utilities, is no more than 30% of the household income. The table, based on 2008-2012 CHAS data, first divides households into four income ranges: less than or equal to 30% HUD Adjusted Median Family Income (HAMFI), less than or equal to 50% HAMFI, less than or equal to 80% HAMFI, and less than or equal to 100% HAMFI. The table also separates housing units into either rental units or owner units. For households with incomes less than or equal to 30% HAMFI, a total of 395 available rental units are considered to be affordable, while no data is available for owner units. For households with incomes less than or equal to 50% HAMFI, a total of 1,295 affordable rental units are available, while 1,610 affordable owner units are available. For households with incomes less than or equal to 80% HAMFI, a total of 8,135 affordable rental units are available, while 4,010 affordable owner units are available. Finally, for households with incomes less than or equal to 100% HAMFI, a total of 6,270 affordable owner units are available, while no data is provided for affordable rental units. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 86 As noted previously in Table 29, an estimated 19,208 renter-occupied housing units are located within Clearwater (2010-2014 ACS). Of this total, only 2% of renter-occupied housing units are affordable to the lowest income households (less or equal to 30% AMFI) and 6% are affordable to households earning less than or equal to 50% AMFI. A much larger percentage (42%) of renter-occupied housing units are affordable to households earning less than or equal to 80% AMFI. In general, only 51% of renter- occupied units are affordable. An estimated 27,807 owner-occupied housing units are located within Clearwater (see Table 29). Of this total, 6% are affordable to households earning less than or equal to 50% HAMFI, 14% are affordable to households earning less than or equal to 80% HAMFI, and 23% are affordable to households earning less than or equal to 100% HAMFI. In general, only 43% of owner-occupied housing units are affordable. TABLE 33: MONTHLY RENT Monthly Rent ($) Efficiency (no bedroom) 1 Bedroom 2 Bedroom 3 Bedroom 4 Bedroom Fair Market Rent $610 $765 $959 $1,280 $1,533 High HOME Rent $610 $721 $867 $994 $1,089 Low HOME Rent $516 $553 $663 $767 $856 Data Source: HUD FY2015 FMR and HOME Rents Table 33 – Monthly Rent Table 33 shows HUD Fair Market Rents and HUD HOME Rents within Pinellas County. Fair Market Rents (FMRs) are gross rent estimates that include rent plus the cost of all tenant-paid utilities. FMRs are set to the dollar amount at which 40% of the standard-quality rental housing units are rented, excluding non- market rental housing (e.g. public housing). High HOME Rents are equal to the FMR or 30% of the adjusted income of a family whose income equals 65% AMI, whichever is lower. Low HOME Rents are equal to 30% of the adjusted income of a family whose income equals 50% AMI. IS THERE SUFFICIENT HOUSING FOR HOUSEHOLDS AT ALL INCOME LEVELS? A comparison of the total number of households at the various income levels (see Table 6) and the total number of affordable housing units available for the various income levels (see Table 32) can reveal surpluses or shortages of affordable housing. There are 5,365 very low income households earning 0-30% HAMFI in Clearwater. Because only 395 affordable rental units are identified in the CHAS database, and an undetermined number of owner City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 87 units are available, a significant shortage of affordable units likely exists within the City for very low income households. Similarly, there appears to be a shortage of affordable housing for low income households. A total of 5,900 households in the City earn 30-50% HAMFI. According to the CHAS database, 1,245 rental-units and 1,610 owner-units (a total of 2,855 units) are available and affordable to low income households. In contrast, there does not appear to be a shortage of affordable housing for moderate income households. A total of 8,630 households in the City earn 50-80% HAMFI. There are approximately 8,135 affordable rental units and 4,010 affordable owner-units (a total of 12,145 units) available and affordable to moderate income households, according to the CHAS database. HOW IS AFFORDABILITY OF HOUSING LIKELY TO CHANGE CONSIDERING CHANGES TO HOME VALUES AND/OR RENTS? The estimated median home value within Clearwater increased from $91,100 in 2000 to $153,900 according to the 2010-2014 ACS, a 69% positive change. Over this same period, the City’s contract rent increased by 48% from $538 to $794. The City’s median household income increased by 19% between the 2000 Census and the 2010-2014 ACS, from $36,494 to $43,306; however, median home values and contract rent increased more dramatically (69% and 48% change, respectively) over that same period. As home values and contract rents outpace incomes, housing becomes unaffordable. This, combined with the City’s lack of smaller (<2 bedroom) housing units, could undermine affordability. HOW DO HOME RENTS / FAIR MARKET RENT COMPARE TO AREA MEDIAN RENT? HOW MIGHT THIS IMPACT YOUR STRATEGY TO PRODUCE OR PRESERVE AFFORDABLE HOUSING? The City’s current median contract rent is estimated to be $794 (according to the 2010-2014 ACS). This median contract rent is lower than the Fair Market Rents for 2 bedroom, 3 bedroom, and 4 bedroom units, but is higher than the Fair Market Rents for efficiency and 1 bedroom units. In terms of High HOME Rent, the trend is similar. The City’s current median contract rent is lower than the Low HOME Rents for 4 bedroom units, but is higher than the Low HOME Rents for all other unit sizes. DISCUSSION Within Clearwater, there is a potential shortage of units affordable to very low and low income households. Housing costs have significantly outpaced household income since the 2000 Census. When City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 88 housing costs outpace household incomes, housing becomes less affordable to low- and moderate- income households. MA-20 Housing Market Analysis: Condition of Housing – 91.210(a) INTRODUCTION This section describes the significant characteristics of the housing market in terms of supply, demand, condition, and the cost of housing. Additionally, it provides a summary of the housing stock available to serve persons with disabilities and persons with HIV/AIDS and their families. DEFINITIONS The following definitions pertain to this section: • “Standard condition” – A housing unit that meets HUD Housing Quality Standards (HQS) and all applicable state and local codes. • “Substandard condition but suitable for rehabilitation” – A housing unit that contains one or more housing condition (defined below), contains a lead-based paint hazard, and/or is condemned as unfit for human habitation but is both structurally and financially feasible to rehabilitate. • “Substandard condition not suitable for rehabilitation” – A housing unit that contains one or more housing condition (defined below), contains a lead-based paint hazard, and/or is condemned as unfit for human habitation and is not structurally or financially feasible to rehabilitate. Additionally, the term “abandoned vacant unit” is defined by HUD as: • A housing unit that has been foreclosed upon and vacant for at least 90 days. • A housing unit where no mortgage or tax payments have been made by the property owner for at least 90 days. • A housing unit where a code enforcement inspection has determined that the property is not habitable and the owner has taken no corrective actions within 90 days of the notification of the deficiencies. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 89 TABLE 34: CONDITION OF UNITS Condition of Units Owner-Occupied Renter-Occupied Number % Number % With one selected Condition 9,433 34% 10,250 53% With two selected Conditions 220 1% 591 3% With three selected Conditions 33 0% 0 0% With four selected Conditions 0 0% 0 0% No selected Conditions 18,121 65% 8,367 44% Total 27,807 100% 19,208 100% Data Source: 2010-2014 ACS Table 34 – Condition of Units Table 34 shows the condition of occupied housing units within Clearwater, with a breakdown of owner- occupied units and renter-occupied units. As defined by HUD, a housing “condition” includes the following: • A housing unit that lacks complete plumbing facilities • A housing unit that lacks complete kitchen facilities • A housing unit with more than one person per room • A housing unit with a cost burden greater than 30% of the occupant’s household income According to 2010-2014 ACS data, the majority (18,121 or 65%) of owner-occupied housing units have no housing conditions. Of the remaining owner-occupied housing units, a significant number feature one housing condition (9,433 or 34%). Only 220 owner-occupied units (1%) have two housing conditions and 33 owner-occupied units(less than 1%) have three or more housing conditions. Of the estimated 19,208 renter-occupied housing units in the City, half (10,250 or 53%) have one housing condition. Nearly half (8,367 or 44%) of renter-occupied units have no housing conditions. Only 3% of renter-occupied units have two housing conditions. No renter-occupied housing units have three or more housing conditions. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 90 TABLE 35: YEAR UNIT BUILT Year Unit Built Owner-Occupied Renter-Occupied Number % Number % 2000 or later 1,584 6% 1,460 8% 1980-1999 8,015 29% 6,195 32% 1950-1979 16,910 61% 10,570 55% Before 1950 1,298 5% 983 5% Total 27,807 100% 19,208 100% Data Source: 2010-2014 ACS Table 35 – Year Unit Built The age of housing within Clearwater is detailed in Table 35, as supplied by the CHAS default data source. Of the 27,807 owner-occupied housing units, the majority were built prior to 1980, with 16,910 or 61% built between 1950 and 1979; and 1,298 or 5% built before 1950. The remaining 9,599 or 35% of owner-occupied units were built after 1980. Of the 19,208 renter-occupied housing units, the majority were built prior to 1980, with 10,570 or 55% built between 1950 and 1979; and 983 or 5% built before 1950. The remaining 7,655 or 40% of renter- occupied units were built after 1980. TABLE 36: RISK OF LEAD-BASED PAINT HAZARD Risk of Lead-Based Paint Hazard Owner-Occupied Renter-Occupied Number % Number % Total Number of Units Built Before 1980 18,208 65% 11,553 60% Housing Units built before 1980 with children present 915 3% 945 5% Data Source: 2010-2014 ACS (Total Units) 2008-2012 CHAS (Units with Children present) Table 36 – Risk of Lead-Based Paint The risk of lead-based paint hazards within Clearwater is estimated in Table 36. Because the actual number of housing units in the City with lead-based paint is not available, an assumption must be made. For the purposes of this plan, a housing unit built before 1980 is presumed to have a higher risk of lead- based paint. Therefore, the table shows the total number of owner-occupied and renter-occupied units that were built before 1980, as well as those built before 1980 with children present. The data for this table is from the 2010-2014 ACS and 2008-2012 CHAS. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 91 As shown in Table 36, 18,208 or 65% of owner-occupied housing units in the City were built prior to 1980, while 915 or 3% were built before 1980 and have children present. For renter-occupied housing units, 11,553 or 60% were built prior to 1980, while 945 or 5% were built prior to 1980 and have children present. Although there is a high percentage of housing units built before 1980, signifying a higher risk of lead-based paint, there is a low percentage of older housing units with children present. A slightly higher percentage of older housing units with children present are occupied by renters. TABLE 37: VACANT UNITS Suitable for Rehabilitation Not Suitable for Rehabilitation Total Vacant Units 8,426 5,164 13,590 Abandoned Vacant Units N/A N/A N/A REO Properties 205 125 330 Abandoned REO Properties N/A N/A N/A Data Source: 2010-2014 ACS (Vacant Units); RealtyTrac.com. Clearwater, FL. Date accessed: May 2016 Table 37 – Vacant Units According to 2010-2014 ACS data, there are a total of 60,605 housing units within Clearwater. Of these, 13,590 or 22% are vacant. As defined in the American Community Survey, a housing unit is vacant if no one is living in it at the time of interview. Units occupied at the time of interview entirely by persons who are staying two months or less and who have a more permanent residence elsewhere are considered to be temporarily occupied, and are classified as “vacant.” Assuming approximately 62% percent of the City’s housing units was built before 1980; an estimated 8,426 vacant housing units may be suitable for rehabilitation. There is no data available for abandoned units. The foreclosure rate in Clearwater is similar to county and state foreclosure rates, but higher than the national foreclosure rate. According to the foreclosure database maintained by RealtyTrac.com, as accessed in May 2016, a total of 932 properties in Clearwater are in some state of foreclosure (i.e., default, auction, pre-foreclosure or bank owned) and another 1,265 properties are listed for sale. The RealtyTrac.com foreclosure database accessed in May 2016 indicates that, of the foreclosed properties within the City, 330 or 35% are Real Estate Owned (REO). Assuming approximately 62% percent of the City’s housing units was built before 1980; an estimated 205 REO properties may be suitable for rehabilitation. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 92 NEED FOR OWNER AND RENTAL REHABILITATION In terms of housing quality, 35% of owner-occupied housing units in the City have at least one housing condition, while 56% of renter-occupied housing units have at least one housing condition (see Table 34). Relative to the age of housing, 66% of the City’s owner-occupied units were built prior to 1980, while 60% of renter-occupied units were built prior to 1980 (see Table 35). Although the exact number of homes with lead-based paint is not known, it is assumed that housing units in the City built prior to 1980 have a higher risk of lead-based paint hazards. Generally, these statistics point toward the need for Clearwater to facilitate both owner and rental housing rehabilitation within its jurisdiction. ESTIMATED NUMBER OF HOUSING UNITS OCCUPIED BY LOW OR MODERATE INCOME FAMILIES WITH LBP HAZARDS Table 36 notes that, in Clearwater, 18,208 owner-occupied housing units were built prior to 1980 and 11,553 renter-occupied housing units were built prior to 1980. These units are assumed to have a higher risk of lead-based paint hazards. As of the 2010-2014 ACS, there are an estimated 47,015 occupied housing units within Clearwater. Approximately 29,761 or 63% of these housing units are assumed to have a higher risk of lead-based paint hazards. According to HUD CDBG low- and moderate-income data, approximately 19,895 low- or moderate-income households (earning less than or equal to 80% HAMFI) reside in Clearwater. Therefore, approximately 12,500 housing units occupied by low- and moderate-income families may have a higher risk of lead-based paint hazards. DISCUSSION In terms of housing conditions, more renter-occupied units have housing conditions than owner- occupied units. The majority of the City’s housing units were built prior to 1980. Due to the combination of housing conditions and unit age, there is a need for Clearwater to facilitate both owner-unit and rental-unit rehabilitations. It is estimated that approximately 29,761 housing units, or 63% of occupied housing units, may have a higher risk of lead-based paint hazards. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 93 MA-25 Public and Assisted Housing – 91.210(b) INTRODUCTION: As was noted earlier in Section NA-35, the Clearwater Housing Authority (CHA) administers housing assistance for low- and very-low income persons in the greater Clearwater area. The operations of the CHA are funded through annual appropriations provided by U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development. TABLE 38: TOTALS NUMBER OF UNITS Program Type Certificate Mod- Rehab Public Housing Vouchers Total Project -based Tenant -based Special Purpose Voucher Veterans Affairs Supportive Housing Family Unification Program Disabled* # of units vouchers available 205 1,265 0 0 639 # of accessible units Data Source: PIC (PIH Information Center) *includes Non-Elderly Disabled, Mainstream One-Year, Mainstream Five-year, and Nursing Home Transition Table 38 – Total Number of Units by Program Type DESCRIBE THE SUPPLY OF PUBLIC HOUSING DEVELOPMENTS: The CHA administers programs that deliver housing assistance to low- and very low-income persons in Pinellas County and the Clearwater area. These include public housing, tenant-based vouchers (Housing Choice Vouchers or HCVs), and special purpose voucher activities. Combined, these activities supply approximately 1,500 publicly assisted housing units in the greater Clearwater area. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 94 DESCRIBE THE NUMBER AND PHYSICAL CONDITION OF PUBLIC HOUSING UNITS IN THE JURISDICTION, INCLUDING THOSE THAT ARE PARTICIPATING IN AN APPROVED PUBLIC HOUSING AGENCY PLAN: Table 38 shows the total number of units currently assisted by local, state or federally funded programs. Approximately 205 public housing units are programmed within Clearwater. Public housing units are provided at three (3) properties, in addition to scattered residential sites:  Paradise Trail (1111 Cordova Ln.): 9 one-bedroom units and 4 two-bedroom units  Barbee Towers (1100 Druid Rd.): 150 one-bedroom units (seniors only)  Ralph Richards Towers (211 Prospect Ave.): 50 one- to two-bedroom apartments (seniors only) Table 38 notes that there are approximately 1,265 tenant-based HCVs available, which are administered by the CHA. These vouchers provide rental assistance to qualified very low-income families and very low-income elderly, disabled, handicapped and single persons. Vouchers typically cover 30% of adjusted gross income, total tenant payment or a payment standard. A security deposit, paid by the tenant, is required. There is typically a waiting list for such vouchers and the waiting list is currently closed. Additionally, the CHA administers 639 special purpose vouchers for disabled residents. Table 39 shows the condition of public housing based on average inspection score. Both Barbee Towers and Ralph Richards Towers received inspection scores above 95 at the time of last inspection. Of tenant- based HCV units, average inspection scores ranged from 45 to 99 at the time of last inspection. TABLE 39: PUBLIC HOUSING CONDITION Public Housing Development Average Inspection Score Paradise Trail (1111 Cordova Ln.) Under Restoration (TBD) Barbee Towers (1100 Druid Rd.) 96.35 Ralph Richards Towers (211 Prospect Ave.) 97.36 Data Source: HUD Public Housing Property Physical Inspection Data (Florida), accessed May 2016 Table 39 – Public Housing Condition DESCRIBE THE RESTORATION AND REVITALIZATION NEEDS OF PUBLIC HOUSING UNITS IN THE JURISDICTION: The CHA and other housing providers in the community continuously seek to rehabilitate the supply of housing affordable to low- and very-low income persons. Currently, the Clearwater Housing Authority is City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 95 restoring the Paradise Trail property to provide additional public housing units, which will be completed this year (2016). DESCRIBE THE PUBLIC HOUSING AGENCY'S STRATEGY FOR IMPROVING THE LIVING ENVIRONMENT OF LOW- AND MODERATE-INCOME FAMILIES RESIDING IN PUBLIC HOUSING: The Clearwater Housing Authority (CHA) is a high performing public housing authority. The mission of the CHA is to lead in creating housing opportunities to enhance the lives those it serves. The CHA will build communities with innovative programs, sustain a dignified and desirable environment, and create alliances to nurture self-sufficiency. To this end, the CHA’s strategy for improving the living environment of those in public housing includes continuing to:  Maintain efficient and effective programs.  Maximize funding sources to ensure families in need of housing assistance are assisted.  Apply for additional HCVs when available and applicable.  Apply for grant opportunities that are applicable to its housing portfolio.  Review and seek available local, state, and federal funding sources.  Search for other affordable housing opportunities.  Hold educational landlord meetings to reach out and encourage new landlords to join the program. DISCUSSION: The City works cooperatively with Pinellas County, the CHA, and private entities in the provision of public and subsidized housing within Clearwater. The CHA administers public housing for seniors and families in addition to the Housing Choice Voucher (HCV) program that provides financial rental assistance to eligible individuals and families based upon income. MA-30 Homeless Facilities and Services – 91.210(c) INTRODUCTION Critical to the success of homeless services is the capacity to coordinate systems of care beyond sheltering, healthcare, mental health counseling, employment, etc. and the ability to follow a case through a myriad of providers to ensure that individual or family is transitioned out of homelessness. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 96 Meeting homelessness challenges in Clearwater is a collaborative effort comprising numerous individuals, agencies and organizations. The lead agency for collecting homeless data, conducting homeless needs assessments and developing community supported homelessness strategies is the Pinellas County Homeless Leadership Board. The Homeless Leadership Board supports the communities of Pinellas County, including Clearwater, and is the lead agency for the St. Petersburg, Clearwater, Largo/Pinellas County Continuum of Care (CoC). The Pinellas County Homeless Leadership Board is responsible for advancing community-wide efforts, including the 10-Year Plan to End Homelessness and the Annual Point-In-Time (PIT) survey, which involves various partnering agencies. Most of the data utilized in this section of the Consolidated Plan was gathered from the Homeless Leadership Board. Additionally, HUD and the State of Florida publish CoC and statewide PIT findings annually. Clearwater is within the St. Petersburg, Clearwater, Largo/Pinellas County CoC. Data related to facilities and housing targeted to homeless households can be viewed in Table 40. TABLE 40: FACILITIES AND HOUSING TARGETED TO HOMELESS HOUSEHOLDS Emergency Shelter Beds Transitional Housing Beds Permanent Supportive Housing Beds Year Round Beds (Current & New) Voucher / Seasonal / Overflow Beds Current & New Current & New Under Development Households with Adult(s) and Child(ren) 431 N/A 351 243 N/A Households with Only Adults 1,080 N/A 545 957 N/A Chronically Homeless Households N/A N/A N/A 529 N/A Veterans 138 N/A 111 674 N/A Unaccompanied Youth 24 N/A 31 0 N/A Table 40 – Facilities and Housing Targeted to Homeless Households Data Source: HUD 2015 Continuum of Care Homeless Assistance Programs Housing Inventory C ount Report (St. Petersburg, Clearwater, Largo/Pinellas County CoC). * While no beds are specifically allocated to veterans, several organizations list veterans as a secondary target population. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 97 DESCRIBE MAINSTREAM SERVICES, SUCH AS HEALTH, MENTAL HEALTH, AND EMPLOYMENT SERVICES TO THE EXTENT THOSE SERVICES ARE USED TO COMPLEMENT SERVICES TARGETED TO HOMELESS PERSONS. Several mainstream providers offer services to the homeless population as well low- and moderate- income populations. These providers include, but are not limited to, the following organizations: Medical/Healthcare Resources  Veterans Administration (VA) Bay Pines Medical Center (10000 Bay Pines Blvd): Provides quality health care to homeless veterans through an outpatient program, as well as resource and referral.  Community Healthcare of Pinellas (707 Druid Rd., 2960 Roosevelt Blvd.): Provides preventative and primary care for low-income, uninsured residents Mental Health/Substance Abuse Resources  Suncoast Center for Community Mental Health (2960 Roosevelt Blvd., 2188 58th St. North): Mental health resource center for adults and children, as well as those with substance abuse issues.  Directions for Living (1437 S. Belcher Rd.): Provides behavioral health service for adults and children, including substance abuse treatment.  Operation PAR (6150 150th Ave. N.): Provides outpatient and inpatient detox programs for adults. Employment Resources  Career Source Pinellas (multiple Pinellas County locations): A one-stop career resource center designed to meet education, training, employment, or supportive service needs. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 98 LIST AND DESCRIBE SERVICES AND FACILITIES THAT MEET THE NEEDS OF HOMELESS PERSONS, PARTICULARLY CHRONICALLY HOMELESS INDIVIDUALS AND FAMILIES, FAMILIES WITH CHILDREN, VETERANS AND THEIR FAMILIES, AND UNACCOMPANIED YOUTH. IF THE SERVICES AND FACILITIES ARE LISTED ON SCREEN SP-40 INSTITUTIONAL DELIVERY STRUCTURE OR SCREEN MA-35 SPECIAL NEEDS FACILITIES AND SERVICES, DESCRIBE HOW THESE FACILITIES AND SERVICES SPECIFICALLY ADDRESS THE NEEDS OF THESE POPULATIONS. Several non-profit providers and faith-based organizations offer services to the homeless population, which include emergency shelter. These providers include, but are not limited to, the following organizations:  Boley Centers (1447 Gulf to Bay Blvd.): Transitional housing for homeless veterans in recovery.  Catholic Charities (5726 126 Ave. N.): Self-sufficiency counseling, temporary shelter, and permanent supportive housing for homeless men and women.  Family Resources, Inc. “SafePlace2B” (1615 Union St.): Emergency shelter at-risk and unaccompanied youth.  Homeless Emergency Project, Inc. (Homeless Empowerment Program) (HEP) (1121 N. Betty Ln.): Emergency and transitional housing for homeless men, women, single parents, and families with children.  Kimberly Home (1189 NE Cleveland St.): Transitional shelter for pregnant homeless women.  Religious Community Services (RCS) (1552 S. Myrtle Ave., 700 Druid Rd., etc.): Homeless prevention, food pantry, emergency shelter, transitional housing, and “The Haven” domestic violence services.  Salvation Army (1521 Druid Rd. E.): Self-sufficiency counseling, transitional housing for families with children, food pantry, etc.  St. Vincent de Paul Society (1345 Park St.): Soup kitchen for homeless persons. MA-35 Special Needs Facilities and Services – 91.210(d) INTRODUCTION This section describes facilities and services that assist persons who are not homeless but require supportive housing and programs. These populations may include elderly and frail elderly, persons with disabilities, persons with alcohol or drug addictions, persons with HIV/AIDS, or other groups. Such facilities and services include units that are barrier-free and physically accessible, units with on-site City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 99 supportive services such as case management, counseling and healthcare, and units that are affordable to persons on a fixed or limited income. INCLUDING THE ELDERLY, FRAIL ELDERLY, PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES (MENTAL, PHYSICAL, DEVELOPMENTAL), PERSONS WITH ALCOHOL OR OTHER DRUG ADDICTIONS, PERSONS WITH HIV/AIDS AND THEIR FAMILIES, PUBLIC HOUSING RESIDENTS AND ANY OTHER CATEGORIES THE JURISDICTION MAY SPECIFY, AND DESCRIBE THEIR SUPPORTIVE HOUSING NEEDS. Elderly & Frail Elderly The elderly, and particularly the frail elderly, require supportive housing, including units that are barrier- free and accessible to the disabled, units with on-site supportive services, and units that are affordable to persons on a fixed-income. The elderly population with housing needs continue to be an area of focus in Clearwater. CDBG funds may be used to provide assistance with maintenance so that the elderly can remain in their homes for as long as possible. Those with fixed incomes, such as the elderly and disabled, are particularly impacted by the rising costs of fuel, utilities, and food. There are not enough resources or funds to provide for this population; however, several organizations in Pinellas County, such as Meals on Wheels and Pinellas Opportunity Council’s CHORE Services, offer assistance. Persons with Disabilities (Mental, Physical, Developmental) Disabled persons require barrier-free housing that is also affordable. Accessibility retrofits tend to be expensive and homes with such features tend to be higher in value. In contrast, income levels for the disabled (mentally, physically or developmentally) tend to be lower than median area income, resulting in affordability concerns. While new multi-family units are required to have accessibility for such populations, older units tend to be lacking such features. Moreover, persons with mental or developmental disabilities often require supportive housing that includes on-site services. Several organizations exist within Pinellas County to serve this population, including Lighthouse of Pinellas, PARC, Abilities, Inc., and The Arc of Tampa Bay, among others. Persons with Alcohol or Drug Addictions Persons with addictions may require temporary housing and treatment. This type of housing can include beds for extended stay and counseling rooms for on-site services. In Florida, services for persons with alcohol or drug addictions are coordinated by the Substance Abuse and Mental Health (SAMH) program in the Florida Department of Children and Families (DCF). Additionally, there are several organizations City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 100 within Pinellas County that provide substance abuse services. These include Operation PAR, Directions for Living, and Suncoast Center for Community Mental Health. Persons with HIV/AIDS Persons living with HIV/AIDS face particular challenges with regard to supportive housing. Many are experiencing physical disability, loss of employment, and lack of income resulting in a need for more stable housing. Clearwater does not receive an annual allocation of Housing Opportunities for People with AIDS (HOPWA); however, several organizations exist within Pinellas County to serve this population, including Pinellas Cares Clinic, Metropolitan Charities, Christopher House, AIDS Community Project of Tampa Bay (AIDS Coalition), and Tampa Bay AIDS Network (TBAN) of Gulf Coast Community Care, among others. Other Groups Persons leaving a violent domestic situation are often homeless at first. The availability of emergency and transitional housing is critical to prevent their return to such a situation. Most of the needs for this group are related to shelter and counseling. Runaway youth require similar housing and counseling services. In Pinellas County, such services are provided by the RCS “The Haven” and Family Resources, Inc. “SafePlace2B” programs. DESCRIBE PROGRAMS FOR ENSURING THAT PERSONS RETURNING FROM MENTAL AND PHYSICAL HEALTH INSTITUTIONS RECEIVE APPROPRIATE SUPPORTIVE HOUSING Households with mental or physical health issues face barriers to safe, decent and affordable housing. Often, persons with mental or physical issues are discharged from institutions, but are then unable to find independent housing that they can afford or reasonably maintain. A number of homeless people have been discharged from institutions with no other housing options. The City of Clearwater will work with the Pinellas County Homeless Leadership Board and other homeless service providers to implement a cohesive, community-wide discharge coordination policy that can be successfully implemented to ensure that persons being discharged from publicly funded agencies and institutions do not become homeless upon release. Programs currently meeting such need include RCS, HEP, Salvation Army, Boley Centers, Pinellas Safe Harbor, and Operation PAR. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 101 SPECIFY THE ACTIVITIES THAT THE JURISDICTION PLANS TO UNDERTAKE DURING THE NEXT YEAR TO ADDRESS THE HOUSING AND SUPPORTIVE SERVICES NEEDS IDENTIFIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH 91.215(E) WITH RESPECT TO PERSONS WHO ARE NOT HOMELESS BUT HAVE OTHER SPECIAL NEEDS. LINK TO ONE-YEAR GOALS. 91.315(E) Clearwater seeks to assist low-income households with their housing and community development needs, and these programs may also be supportive to persons with special needs. These programs include:  Tampa Bay Community Development Corporation (down payment assistance)  Habitat for Humanity (new housing construction and rehab)  Tampa Bay Community Development Corporation (homebuyer education)  Community Service Foundation (Fair Housing)  Community Services Foundation (housing counseling and placement assistance)  CDBG Home Rehabilitation Program  Homeowner Activities and HOME Rehabilitation/Purchase (reconstruction, homebuyer subsidy, and rehabilitation)  Community Housing Development Organization Set-aside  Revolving Loan Program/Housing Pool FOR ENTITLEMENT/CONSORTIA GRANTEES: SPECIFY THE ACTIVITIES THAT THE JURISDICTION PLANS TO UNDERTAKE DURING THE NEXT YEAR TO ADDRESS THE HOUSING AND SUPPORTIVE SERVICES NEEDS IDENTIFIED IN ACCORDANCE WITH 91.215(E) WITH RESPECT TO PERSONS WHO ARE NOT HOMELESS BUT HAVE OTHER SPECIAL NEEDS. LINK TO ONE-YEAR GOALS. (91.220(2)) See response, above (previous question and response). City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 102 MA-40 Barriers to Affordable Housing – 91.210(e) DESCRIBE ANY NEGATIVE EFFECTS OF PUBLIC POLICIES ON AFFORDABLE HOUSING AND RESIDENTIAL INVESTMENT. This section requires the jurisdiction to explain whether the cost of housing or the incentives to develop, maintain, or improve affordable housing are affected by public policies, particularly those of the local jurisdiction. Such policies include land use controls, zoning ordinances, building codes, and policies that affect the return on residential investment. The City of Clearwater has several programs that it utilizes to remove or ameliorate the negative effects of public policies that are barriers to affordable housing. These programs are documented in the City’s 2015 Local Housing Assistance Plan (LHAP) and the related City of Clearwater 2014 Local Housing Incentives Strategies (LHIS) report. Barriers to affordable housing, as identified in the City’s LHAP and LHIS documents, include the following:  Lack of land available to develop affordable housing projects  Limited funding to invest in production and rehabilitation of attainable housing  Lack of information about the City’s permitting process for affordable housing projects  Land development codes and incentives  Public perception of affordable housing developments  Limited information on City’s affordable housing incentives and programs  Maintaining the condition of the City’s ageing housing stock as a source of affordable housing  Third party barriers such as involuntary easements/encroachments and homeowners insurance In general, Clearwater will continue to work with non-profit housing developers and providers to increase the amount of affordable housing. The City will do this primarily through the Economic Development and Housing Department, its Affordable Housing Advisory Committee (AHAC) and Neighborhood and Affordable Housing Advisory Board (NAHAB), and through regular preparation of its LHAP and LHIS reports for the State Housing Initiatives Partnership (SHIP) program. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 103 MA-45 Non-Housing Community Development Assets – 91.215 (f) INTRODUCTION The Consolidated Plan provides a concise summary of the City’s priority non-housing community development needs that are eligible for assistance. The following section describes the economic development needs of Clearwater. This section also provides data regarding the local economic condition of the jurisdiction and compares the ability of the local work force to satisfy the needs of local businesses. Much of this data can be used to describe the level of housing demand in the local market. This section discusses the following topics: • Business by Sector • Labor Force • Occupations by Sector • Travel Time to Work • Educational Attainment • Median Earnings in the Past 12 Months • Additional Narrative City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 104 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT MARKET ANALYSIS TABLE 41: BUSINESS ACTIVITY Business by Sector Number of Workers Number of Jobs Share of Workers Share of Jobs Jobs less workers % % % Agriculture, Mining, Oil & Gas Extraction 237 16 0% 0% 0% Arts, Entertainment, Accommodations 4,937 8,910 10% 19% 9% Construction 2,599 1,605 5% 3% -2% Education and Health Care Services 10,957 13,321 22% 29% 6% Finance, Insurance, and Real Estate 3,874 4,124 8% 9% 1% Information 991 600 2% 1% -1% Manufacturing 3,288 1,164 7% 3% -4% Other Services 2,975 1,318 6% 3% -3% Professional, Scientific, Management Services 7,158 5,056 15% 11% -4% Public Administration 1,720 0 3% 0% -3% Retail Trade 7,601 8,480 15% 18% 3% Transportation and Warehousing 1,705 397 3% 1% -3% Wholesale Trade 1,302 1,541 3% 3% 1% Total 49,344 46,532 100% 100% Data Source: 2010-2014 ACS (Workers), Longitudinal Employer-Household Dynamics (Jobs) Table 41 – Business Activity Information provided in Table 41 identifies workers and jobs within Clearwater by sector. This information is divided into 13 sectors by number of workers, number of jobs and then calculations of the ratio of workers to jobs by business sector. According to the 2010-2014 ACS, there are 49,344 workers within all business sectors identified in Clearwater. The number of jobs within all sectors is estimated to be 46,532 according to Longitudinal Employer-Household Dynamics data published by the U.S. Census Bureau. The largest share of workers is within the Education and Health Care Services sector (22%). Workers in the Retail Trade sector and Professional, Scientific, and Management sector each comprise 15%. Workers in the Agriculture, Mining, Oil and Gas Extraction sector and Information sector comprise the smallest percentage or workers (less than 1%). In regard to the share of jobs, the largest share of jobs is within the Education and Health Care Services sector (29%). Jobs in the Arts, Entertainment, and Accommodations sector (19%) and Retail Trade sector City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 105 (18%) sectors are also well-represented. The Agriculture, Mining, Oil and Gas Extraction sector and Information sector account for the smallest percentages of jobs (less than 1%). By comparing the share of workers to share of jobs, it can be determined within which sectors there are deficiencies to be addressed. The calculation of “jobs less workers” is the percentage of jobs less the percentage of workers. A negative number reflects an oversupply of labor for the sector. As Table 41 shows, within Clearwater there are fewer jobs than workers within seven (7) business sectors: Construction; Information; Manufacturing; Other Services; Professional, Scientific, and Management; Public Administration; and Transportation and Warehousing. This means that workers in these business sectors may have more difficulty finding a job that matches their skillset. In contrast, there may be more jobs than workers in five (5) business sectors: Arts, Entertainment, and Accommodations; Education and Health Care Services; Finance, Insurance, and Real Estate; Retail Trade; and Wholesale Trade. This means that workers from outside Clearwater may be meeting the needs of the local job market for these sectors. TABLE 42: LABOR FORCE Total Population in the Civilian Labor Force* 54,033 Civilian Employed Population 16 years and over 49,344 Unemployment Rate 8.70 Unemployment Rate for Ages 16-24 17.13 Unemployment Rate for Ages 25-65 7.82 Data Source: 2010-2014 ACS *Universe: population 16 years and over Table 42 – Labor Force Table 42 portrays the labor force within Clearwater. According to the 2010-2014 ACS the total population within the City in the civilian labor force is 54,033. This number includes the number of civilian workers plus those actively seeking employment and does not include those who are not actively seeking employment. The number of the civilian population 16 years and over who are employed totals 49,344. According to 2010-2014 ACS estimates, the City’s unemployment rate is approximately 8.7% (4,689). The unemployment rate for ages 16-24 is much higher than for the City as a whole. The unemployment rate City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 106 for those between the ages of 16-24 is approximately 17% while for ages 25-65 the unemployment rate is approximately 8%. TABLE 43: OCCUPATIONS BY SECTOR Occupations by Sector Number of People* Median Earnings ($) Management, business and financial 6,679 53,491 Farming, fisheries and forestry occupations 151 14,005 Service 8,583 19,245 Sales and office 14,949 27,357 Construction, extraction, maintenance and repair 3,783 30,166 Production, transportation and material moving 4,180 26,320 Data Source: 2010-2014 ACS *Universe: Civilian employed population 16 years and over with earnings (past 12 months) Table 43 – Occupations by Sector Table 43 displays occupations by Sector within Clearwater according to the 2010-2014 ACS. Sales and office occupations account for the largest number of occupations with 14,949 people. The Service sector (8,583 people) and management, business, and financial sector (6,679 people) are also well- represented. The least represented sector in Clearwater is farming, fisheries, and forestry (151 people). Of these occupations, median earnings are highest in the Management, Business, and Financial occupations ($53,491), whereas median earnings are lowest in the Farming, Fisheries, and Forestry occupations ($14,005). TABLE 44: TRAVEL TIME Travel Time Number* Percentage < 30 Minutes 31,706 69% 30-59 Minutes 12,485 27% 60 or More Minutes 1,850 4% Total 46,041 100% Data Source: 2010-2014 ACS *Universe: population not working at home Table 44 – Travel Time As shown in Table 44, the vast majority of Clearwater residents commute less than 30 minutes to work (69%). A notable percentage travel 30-59 minutes (27%) with a small percentage commuting more than one hour (4%). Seventy-seven percent of Clearwater workers drive to work alone and 8% carpool. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 107 According to 2010-2014 ACS estimates, for those who commute to work the average travel time is 22.4 minutes one-way. EDUCATION: TABLE 45: EDUCATIONAL ATTAINMENT BY EMPLOYMENT STATUS (POPULATION 16 AND OLDER) Educational Attainment* In Labor Force Not in Labor Force Civilian Employed Unemployed Less than high school graduate 3,226 432 1,977 High school graduate (includes equivalency) 10,360 1,098 4,602 Some college or Associate's degree 14,376 1,225 3,573 Bachelor's degree or higher 12,619 686 2,529 Data Source: 2010-2014 ACS *Universe: population 25 to 64 years (Civilian) Table 45 – Educational Attainment by Employment Status Table 45 displays Educational Attainment by Employment Status. Within Clearwater, the highest numbers of employed are those with some college or an Associate’s degree (14,376) and those with a Bachelor’s degree or higher (12,619). Moreover, a significant number of employed are high school graduates (10,360). Approximately 8% of the civilian employed population never graduated from high school. The highest numbers of unemployed are those with some college or an Associate’s degree (1,225) and high school graduates (1,098). Approximately 20% of the unemployed population has a Bachelor’s degree or higher; and 13% of the unemployed population never graduated from high school. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 108 TABLE 46: EDUCATIONAL ATTAINMENT BY AGE Age* 18–24 yrs 25–34 yrs 35–44 yrs 45–65 yrs 65+ yrs Less than 9th grade 288 569 591 585 1,554 9th to 12th grade, no diploma 1,627 914 745 2,231 1,968 High school graduate, GED, or alternative 2,874 3,790 3,911 8,378 7,323 Some college, no degree 2,921 2,889 2,457 7,619 4,715 Associate's degree 652 1,289 1,509 3,497 1,278 Bachelor's degree 614 2,759 2,576 5,641 3,907 Graduate or professional degree 11 960 1,346 2,627 2,507 Data Source: 2010-2014 ACS *Universe: population age 18 years and over Table 46 – Educational Attainment by Age Table 46 shows Educational Attainment by Age. A significant population over the age of 18 (11,072 or 12%) in Clearwater did not graduate from high school. Half of adults (46,877 or 53%) graduated from high school or have some college education but no college degree. Combined, nearly 65% of the population 18 years or older (57,949 adults) do not have a college degree. TABLE 47: EDUCATIONAL ATTAINMENT – MEDIAN EARNINGS IN THE PAST 12 MONTHS Educational Attainment Median Earnings in the Past 12 Months ($) Less than high school graduate 19,943 High school graduate (includes equivalency) 26,722 Some college or Associate's degree 31,224 Bachelor's degree 47,035 Graduate or professional degree 51,269 Data Source: 2010-2014 ACS *Universe = population 25 years and over w/earnings **2011 inflation-adjusted dollars Table 47 – Median Earnings in the Past 12 Months Table 47 identifies income over a 12-month period as it relates to educational attainment in Clearwater. The data shown is based on 2010-2014 ACS estimates. Greater educational attainment strongly correlates with increased income over a 12-month period. In Clearwater, persons having a graduate or professional degree have an estimated median income of $51,269 and persons having a Bachelor’s degree have a median income of $47,035. In contrast, persons with some college or an Associate’s degree have a median of $31,224. Similarly, those with a high school diploma or equivalency have a median income of $26,722 and those without a high school diploma or equivalency have a median income of $19,943. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 109 BASED ON THE BUSINESS ACTIVITY TABLE ABOVE, WHAT ARE THE MAJOR EMPLOYMENT SECTORS WITHIN YOUR JURISDICTION? The major employment sectors in Clearwater are Education and Health Care Services; Arts, Entertainment, Accommodations; Retail Trade; and Professional, Scientific, and Management. Combined, these employment sectors represent approximately 77% of all available jobs in Clearwater. DESCRIBE THE WORKFORCE AND INFRASTRUCTURE NEEDS OF THE BUSINESS COMMUNITY: The data show that there may be more jobs than workers in five (5) business sectors: Arts, Entertainment, and Accommodations; Education and Health Care Services; Finance, Insurance, and Real Estate; Retail Trade; and Wholesale Trade. This means that workers from outside Clearwater may be meeting the needs of the local job market for these sectors. Since a large percentage of Clearwater’s population lacks a college education, there may be a demand for adult basic education, workforce training and other education opportunities to better match the needs of employers with employees skilled in areas such as retail and wholesale trade, education, healthcare, finance, and the hospitality industry. Education and finance jobs, in particular, typically require a bachelor’s degree or higher; whereas jobs in the retail and wholesale trade, hospitality, and healthcare sectors typically require a high school diploma or equivalency, some college or an Associate’s degree. With that, there are a number of private and public educational institutions, as well as workforce training initiatives, available in Pinellas County to address this need. DESCRIBE ANY MAJOR CHANGES THAT MAY HAVE AN ECONOMIC IMPACT, SUCH AS PLANNED LOCAL OR REGIONAL PUBLIC OR PRIVATE SECTOR INVESTMENTS OR INITIATIVES THAT HAVE AFFECTED OR MAY AFFECT JOB AND BUSINESS GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES DURING THE PLANNING PERIOD. DESCRIBE ANY NEEDS FOR WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT, BUSINESS SUPPORT OR INFRASTRUCTURE THESE CHANGES MAY CREATE. Located in urban Pinellas County, Clearwater competes for business development with other established communities. Thus, the City must position itself to facilitate economic development. Neighborhood revitalization, technical support, and redevelopment projects are priorities for the City. Clearwater will continue to support economic development through the implementation of the City’s Community Redevelopment Agency (CRA) and strategic overlay districts. The CRA finances improvements to the downtown and considers incentives for projects that provide catalytic change. The City regularly publishes an available property list (titled, “Great Opportunities Abound in Downtown Clearwater”) and City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 110 other marketing pieces to promote reinvestment. Through its Economic Development Strategic Plan, the City aims to facilitate projects and sites that expand the commercial base, attract and retain young professionals, and promote economic opportunity. HOW DO THE SKILLS AND EDUCATION OF THE CURRENT WORKFORCE CORRESPOND TO EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIES IN THE JURISDICTION? Of the unemployed labor force in Clearwater, only 20% have a bachelor’s degree or higher. Of the total population age 18 and older, only 26% have a bachelor’s degree or higher. Within seven (7) business sectors there is a potential oversupply of labor where there are more workers than jobs: Construction; Information; Manufacturing; Other Services; Professional, Scientific, and Management; Public Administration; and Transportation and Warehousing. This means that workers in these business sectors may have more difficulty finding a job that matches their skillset. Within Clearwater there are fewer workers than jobs within five (5) sectors: Arts, Entertainment, and Accommodations; Education and Health Care Services; Finance, Insurance, and Real Estate; Retail Trade; and Wholesale Trade. This means that workers from outside of Clearwater may be meeting the employment needs of these business sectors. DESCRIBE ANY CURRENT WORKFORCE TRAINING INITIATIVES, INCLUDING THOSE SUPPORTED BY WORKFORCE INVESTMENT BOARDS, COMMUNITY COLLEGES AND OTHER ORGANIZATIONS. DESCRIBE HOW THESE EFFORTS WILL SUPPORT THE JURISDICTION'S CONSOLIDATED PLAN. The City continues to coordinate with Pinellas County on economic development activities to better market to, attract, and retain businesses and develop the City’s resident workforce. The following workforce training initiatives are available to residents of Clearwater:  Clearwater Housing Authority  Tampa Bay Partnership (Regional)  Enterprise Florida (State)  Community Colleges (i.e., Small Business Development Center)  Workforce Development Board (i.e., WorkNet) City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 111 These initiatives support the development of a skilled workforce to meet the employment demands of the market. DOES YOUR JURISDICTION PARTICIPATE IN A COMPREHENSIVE ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY (CEDS)? Yes, through the Tampa Bay Regional Planning Council’s 2013-2017Tampa Bay Comprehensive Economic Development Strategy (CEDS) planning document that includes Pinellas County and its jurisdictions. Additionally, the City of Clearwater maintains its own Economic Development Strategic Plan approved by the City Council. IF SO, WHAT ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT INITIATIVES ARE YOU UNDERTAKING THAT MAY BE COORDINATED WITH THE CONSOLIDATED PLAN? IF NOT, DESCRIBE OTHER LOCAL/REGIONAL PLANS OR INITIATIVES THAT IMPACT ECONOMIC GROWTH. Located in urban Pinellas County, Clearwater’s opportunities for growth and reinvestment occur in the form of redevelopment. Several redevelopment efforts are either in progress or have been completed, particularly through the Community Redevelopment Agency (CRA) and other initiatives, including the City’s Technology, Medical, and Employment Center overlay districts. The following are priority activities to attract more business and create more jobs in Clearwater:  Community Redevelopment Agency (Downtown)  Overlay districts (Technology, Medical, and Employment Center)  Business friendly initiatives  Formal incentives policy  Business retention and expansion program  Leveraging tourism marketing for economic development DISCUSSION According to the 2010-2014 ACS, the Clearwater labor force is comprised of approximately 54,033 people, of which approximately 91.3% are employed and 8.7%% are unemployed. The largest labor (i.e., workers) sectors in Clearwater are education, healthcare, retail trade, and professional, scientific, and management. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 112 Like in most cities, higher median earnings generally correlate with higher education. The highest median earnings in Clearwater are in occupations such as management, business, and financial, while the lowest median earnings are in farming, fisheries, and forestry occupations. Approximately 29% of Clearwater’s adult population has a high school diploma or equivalent, but only 26% of the City’s population has a Bachelor’s, graduate or professional degree. While there may be a need for workforce training, there are also several workforce training initiatives in Pinellas County to meet this need. Approximately 69% of Clearwater’s population drives less than 30 minutes to get to work, and approximately 96% of Clearwater’s population drives less than one hour to get to work. This means that most employees live locally or within the Tampa Bay region. The City has several initiatives in place to promote economic opportunity, including the CRA and related overlay districts, as well as an Economic Development Strategic Plan approved by the City Council. The City continues to target the downtown and surrounding neighborhoods for both commercial and residential reinvestment. MA-50 Needs and Market Analysis Discussion ARE THERE AREAS WHERE HOUSEHOLDS WITH MULTIPLE HOUSING PROBLEMS ARE CONCENTRATED? (INCLUDE A DEFINITION OF "CONCENTRATION") In the past five years, the City focused the majority of its CDBG-funded activities in eligible block groups (i.e., areas of low- and moderate-income concentration). Generally, these same areas are also disproportionately affected by housing problems, such as overcrowding, substandard conditions, or significant cost burden. According to the HUD CPD Maps tool, Table 48 shows the Census Tracts that have concentrations of housing problems (i.e., more than half of extremely low income, low income, or moderate income households residing therein have some type of housing problem): City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 113 TABLE 48: CONCENTRATIONS OF HOUSEHOLDS WITH HOUSING PROBLEMS % of Households w/Housing Problems Extremely Low Income Households Low Income Households Moderate Income Households 50-75 25405, 25412, 25900, 26102, 26601, 26602, 26703, 26812 25401, 25405, 25412, 25501 (partial), 25900, 26102, 26200, 26300, 26400, 26500, 26601, 26602, 26702, 26809, 26811, 26812, 26813, 26818, 26819 25405, 26102, 26200, 26601, 26813, 26912 (partial), 26913 (partial) >75% 25501 (partial), 26101, 26200, 26400, 26701, 26702, 26809, 26813, 26818, 26912 (partial), 26913 (partial) 26101, 26701, 26912 (partial), 26913 (partial) None Source: HUD CPD Maps, Accessed May 2016 Table 48 – Concentrations of Households with Housing Problems Because of the age of Clearwater’s housing stock, housing problems are distributed throughout the City’s limits. Geographically, housing problems affecting extremely low income households are widespread. The majority of extremely low income households have some type of housing problem, regardless of their location. Housing problems affecting low income households are also widespread, but only two whole Census Tracts (26101 and 26701) have a concentration of housing problems greater than 75% of low-income households, one of which corresponds to the North Greenwood NRSA. Housing problems affecting moderate income households are most concentrated in the North Greenwood NRSA (Census Tract 26200); the area north of Stevenson Creek (Census Tract 26102); the area north of Sunset Point Rd. and south of Enterprise Dr. (Census Tract 26813); the area south of Gulf to Bay Blvd., between Keene Rd. and Belcher Rd. (Census Tract 26601); and along the City’s southeast shore (Census Tract 25405). City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 114 ARE THERE ANY AREAS IN THE JURISDICTION WHERE RACIAL OR ETHNIC MINORITIES OR LOW-INCOME FAMILIES ARE CONCENTRATED? (INCLUDE A DEFINITION OF "CONCENTRATION") The lowest income areas of Clearwater are most affected by housing problems and in need of community investment. Unfortunately, these areas are widespread. Thirty-six (36) of the City’s 122 Block Groups have a low- and moderate-income population of 51% or greater. These block groups are distributed throughout the City. An area of concentration is defined herein as an area where a certain group (racial, ethnic, or income) comprises a percentage of the population that is 10 percentage points higher than the jurisdiction as a whole. Several Census Tracts meet this definition for race. Census Tracts 25800, 26101, 26200, and 26300 are greater than 21% Black/African American according to HUD CPD Maps, Accessed May 2016. In contrast, City of Clearwater as a whole is 11% Black/African American. These Census Tracts correspond to the Lake Bellevue NRSA and North Greenwood NRSA. Additionally, two Census Tracts meet this definition for ethnicity. Census Tracts 26400 and 26819 are greater than 23% Hispanic according to HUD CPD Maps, Accessed May 2016. In contrast, the City of Clearwater as a whole is 13% Hispanic. Census Tract 26400 corresponds to the East Gateway District NRSA. Although these concentrations exist, the data provided in the Market Analysis show that all residents of low and moderate income, regardless of race or ethnicity, may have significant housing needs. WHAT ARE THE CHARACTERISTICS OF THE MARKET IN THESE AREAS/NEIGHBORHOODS? All of the City’s NRSAs are characterized by older housing stock, a lack of owner equity, sporadic “strip” commercial development that is not compliant with City codes for zoning conformity or accessibility, and property values that are generally depressed in comparison to the balance of the City. For all NRSAs, a large percentage of the population is considered low- to moderate-income and a significant percentage of the population is living below poverty level. The Lake Bellevue NRSA and North Greenwood NRSA are predominately residential. The East Gateway District NRSA is developed at 56% residential and 27% commercial. While the majority of the residential development is single-family, there are several multi-family structures and the majority of units are City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 115 renter-occupied. The East Gateway District NRSA also has a higher rate of vacancy and a higher rate of poverty than other areas of the City. Property values are also low in comparison. ARE THERE ANY COMMUNITY ASSETS IN THESE AREAS/NEIGHBORHOODS? Each of the NRSAs, with the exception of the East Gateway District, has a central recreation and aquatic complex that serves as a community asset for recreation, meetings/activities, and after school programming. Like in many neighborhoods, the residents themselves are a strong asset for economic development. Organization at the neighborhood-level combined with other means, including CDBG assistance, is the primary asset for positive change in Clearwater’s low- and moderate-income neighborhoods. ARE THERE OTHER STRATEGIC OPPORTUNITIES IN ANY OF THESE AREAS? Strategic financial support of community development projects such as public parks and civic spaces, utilities and infrastructure, sidewalk and street improvements, blight elimination, and regular code enforcement will benefit these areas the most. Additionally, underutilized or vacant properties may be pursued for redevelopment through the City’s CRA and overlay district initiatives. For example, a recent 2014 Urban Land Institute (ULI) Report estimated that the downtown, if redeveloped, could support 400-600 new rental units or 150-250 rehabilitated or new construction for-sale housing units over the next five-years, which would improve the availability of housing proximate to these areas. This is particularly relevant for the East Gateway District, where redevelopment opportunity is greatest. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 116 STRATEGIC PLAN SP-05 Overview STRATEGIC PLAN OVERVIEW The Consolidated Plan process requires the City to identify priority needs and a Strategic Plan to meet those needs over the program years. For every priority, there are goals and objectives established to measure progress, as well as strategies to address them. The Strategic Plan consists of the following subsections:  Overview  Geographic Priorities  Priority Needs  Influence of Market Conditions  Anticipated Resources  Institutional Delivery Structure  Goals  Public Housing  Barriers to Affordable Housing  Homeless Strategy  Lead-Based Paint Hazards  Anti-Poverty Strategy  Monitoring The City of Clearwater Strategic Plan is structured around five (5) goals in administering the City’s housing and community development programs. Each goal is accompanied by corresponding objectives toward meeting that goal. These goals and objectives are as follows: City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 117 PROVIDE AVAILABILITY OF, AND ACCESSIBILITY TO, DECENT AFFORDABLE HOUSING FOR THE RESIDENTS OF THE CITY OF CLEARWATER. Preserve the existing housing stock. Increase the availability of affordable housing units. Assist qualified low- and moderate-income households to become homeowners through supporting agencies that provide housing counseling. Provide mortgage assistance for low- and moderate-income homebuyers. HELP TO PREVENT AND REDUCE HOMELESSNESS WITHIN THE CITY OF CLEARWATER. Support programs that offer shelter facilities and beds for the homeless. Assist agencies that engage in homeless prevention and service programs. EXPAND THE ACCESSIBILITY AND COORDINATION OF SOCIAL SERVICES TO CITY OF CLEARWATER SPECIAL NEEDS POPULATIONS. Support programs to assist the elderly, frail/elderly, disabled, veterans, and other populations with special needs. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 118 ENHANCE THE LIVING ENVIRONMENT FOR PERSONS IN LOW- AND MODERATE-INCOME AREAS THROUGH COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES, PUBLIC SERVICE PROGRAMS, AND ELIMINATION OF BLIGHT. Support the expansion and improvement of affordable youth/children centers, senior centers, health and mental health facilities, and other types of public facilities in low- and moderate-income areas. Encourage and support programs that promote neighborhood safety and security, youth accountability and mentoring, and community outreach to underserved populations in low- and moderate-income areas. Support agencies that offer meal and/or food bank services for persons and families of low- and moderate-income. Support the expansion and improvement of public parks, infrastructure, and utilities in low- and moderate-income areas. Eliminate blighted conditions through code enforcement and demolition in low- and moderate-income areas. SUPPORT PROGRAMS THAT CREATE ECONOMIC OPPORTUNITIES IN THE CITY OF CLEARWATER, PARTICULARLY FOR PERSONS OF LOW- AND MODERATE-INCOME AND IN NEIGHBORHOOD REVITALIZATION STRATEGY AREAS. Support building facade programs in Neighborhood Revitalization Strategy Areas. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 119 Support programs that create economic opportunity for low- to moderate-income persons, such as job training and entrepreneurship, small-business start-ups and incubators, and other economic development activities. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 120 SP-10 Geographic Priorities GENERAL ALLOCATION PRIORITIES Describe the basis for allocating investments geographically within the City. Four (4) areas have been designated as either Local Target Areas or Strategy Areas within the City of Clearwater (see Table 1). These are Citywide Low- and Moderate-Income Areas, Lake Bellevue Neighborhood Revitalization Strategy Area, East Gateway District Neighborhood Revitalization Area, and North Greenwood Neighborhood Revitalization Area. Two (2) of these neighborhoods (Lake Bellevue and North Greenwood) were previously identified in the 2011/2012- 2015/2016 Consolidated Plan. The designation of Local Target Areas and Strategy Areas increases the potential for coordinated planning and investment. The areas selected for the 2016/2017‐2019/2020 Consolidated Plan were confirmed through the citizen participation process, which consisted of service provide and community meetings, as well as meetings with staff of the City’s Economic Development and Housing Department. Each of these areas meets the eligibility requirements for low‐ and moderate income benefit. While Local Target Areas and Strategy Areas allow the City to plan and invest in a coordinated manner, they do not limit the City from expending funds in other areas of Clearwater that also meet the eligibility requirements for low‐ and moderate income benefit. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 121 MAP 2 – Strategy Areas Map City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 122 TABLE 49: GEOGRAPHIC AREA 1. Area Name: Citywide Low- and Moderate-Income Areas Area Type: Local Target Area Type of Revitalization Effort: Comprehensive Identify the neighborhood boundaries for this target area. The Citywide Low- and Moderate Income Areas Local Target Area is bounded by the City of Clearwater incorporated limits and is further limited to CDBG eligible areas (i.e., Block Groups where 51% or more of the population is low- and moderate- income). Include specific housing and commercial characteristics of this target area. See “Needs Assessment” and “Market Analysis”. How did your consultation and citizen participation process help you to identify this neighborhood as a target area? See “The Process.” Identify the needs in this target area. This area includes all eligible low- and moderate-income areas of the City of Clearwater and any housing and/or community development needs identified therein. What are the opportunities for improvement in this target area? See “Strategic Plan”. Are there barriers to improvement in this target area? See “Strategic Plan”. 2. Area Name: Lake Bellevue Neighborhood Revitalization Strategy Area Area Type: Strategy Area HUD Approval Date: 2000 Identify the neighborhood boundaries for this target area. The Lake Bellevue Neighborhood Revitalization Strategy Area (NRSA) is bounded by Evergreen Drive to the east, South Ft. Harrison Avenue to the west, Lakeview Road to the north, and Belleair Road to the south. The Lake Bellevue NRSA corresponds to Census Tract 025800, Block Groups 1, 2, and 3. Include specific housing and commercial characteristics of this target area. All of the City’s NRSAs are characterized by older housing stock, a lack of owner equity, sporadic “strip” commercial development that is not compliant with City codes for zoning conformity or accessibility, and property values that are generally depressed in comparison to the balance of the City. The Lake Bellevue NRSA, in particular, is predominately residential. A large percentage of the population is considered low - to moderate-income and a significant percentage of the population is living below poverty level. According to HUD CPD Maps, the Lake Bellevue NRSA has a low- and moderate- income population of 59%. How did your consultation and citizen participation process help you to identify this neighborhood as a target area? This area was designated as a NRSA in the year 2000. Representatives of the Lake Bellevue neighborhood attended a Community Meeting held on March 29, 2016. During that meeting, attendees confirmed the Lake Bellevue NRSA’s need for continued housing and community development funding by identifying affordable housing; services for the homeless, youth, and elderly; and community development activities as their highest priorities. Additionally, 13% of the respondents to the Community Survey conducted from March 4 through April 8, 2016 reported that they were residents of the Lake Bellevue neighborhood. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 123 Identify the needs in this target area. The needs of the Lake Bellevue NRSA include (1) housing activities such as housing rehabilitation, homebuyer assistance, new affordable housing (single-family), and redevelopment of underutilized properties; (2) homeless activities such as rapid rehousing, flexible emergency funds, and continued coordination with the Continuum of Care; (3) non-homeless special needs activities serving the youth and elderly, programs to support literacy and job-readiness, and a community resource center or directory to list available services; and (4) community development activities such as blight removal, code enforcement, public safety, pedestrian and bicycle connectivity, traffic calming, street improvements, park improvements, recreation access, and neighborhood beautification. What are the opportunities for improvement in this target area? The greatest opportunity for improvement in the Lake Bellevue NRSA is coordination with other City planning efforts, particularly in terms of street, sidewalk, and park improvements. Additionally, a one-stop resource center or directory of available community services may help to connect residents with complimentary programs. This neighborhood’s focal point is the Ross Norton Recreation & Aquatic Complex/Extreme Sports Park, which serves as a community center. Because the Ross Norton Recreation Complex is well-used, there is limited space to add a one-stop resource center; therefore this need would need to be met through a different or additional facility off-site. Another opportunity conveyed during the citizen participation process is the potential establishment of a flexible emergency fund as homeless prevention tool. Are there barriers to improvement in this target area? Possible barriers to improvement in the Lake Bellevue NRSA are high land costs and rising home values, as well as concerns of neighborhood incompatibility with regard to new development. Moreover, few buildings are suitable or available to support the community service programs most requested by residents. Additionally, the perception of widespread homelessness in the neighborhood is a barrier to investment. 3. Area Name: East Gateway District Neighborhood Revitalization Strategy Area Area Type: Strategy Area HUD Approval Date: 2009 Identify the neighborhood boundaries for this target area. The East Gateway District Neighborhood Revitalization Strategy Area (NRSA) is bordered by Highland Avenue to the east, Missouri Avenue to the west, Drew Street to the north, and Court Street to the south. The East Gateway District NRSA corresponds to Census Tract 026400, Block Groups 1 and 2. Include specific housing and commercial characteristics of this target area. All of the City’s NRSAs are characterized by older housing stock, a lack of owner equity, sporadic “strip” commercial development that is not compliant with City codes for zoning conformity or accessibility, and property values that are generally depressed in comparison to the balance of the City. The East Gateway District NRSA, in particular, is developed at 56% residential and 27% commercial. While the majority of the residential development is single-family, there are several multi-family structures and the majority of units are renter-occupied. The East Gateway District NRSA has a higher rate of vacancy and a higher rate of poverty than other areas of the City. Property values are also low in comparison. According to HUD CPD Maps, the East Gateway District has a low- and moderate-income population of 76%. How did your consultation and citizen participation process help you to identify this neighborhood as a target area? This area was designated as a NRSA in the year 2009, in conjunction with the development of the East Gateway District NRSA document. Previous findings of slum and blight were produced in 2002, with a redevelopment area designation in 2004, and an action program in 2008. Representatives of the East Gateway District attended a Community Meeting held on March 29, 2016. During that meeting, attendees confirmed the East Gateway District NRSA’s need for continued housing and community development funding by identifying affordable housing; services for the homeless, youth, and elderly; and community development activities as their highest priorities. Additionally, 5% of the respondents to the Community Survey conducted from March 4 through April 8, 2016 reported that they were residents of the East Gateway District. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 124 Identify the needs in this target area. The needs of the East Gateway District NRSA include (1) housing activities such as housing rehabilitation (both owner- and renter-occupied), construction of new affordable housing, and redevelopment of underutilized properties; (2) homeless activities coordinated through the Continuum of Care; (3) non-homeless special needs activities serving the elderly; (4) public services promoting the literacy and job-readiness of low- and moderate-income residents; (5) City efforts to improve resident engagement; and (6) community development activities such as blight removal, code enforcement, public safety, pedestrian and bicycle connectivity, traffic calming, street improvements, park/civic space improvements, and neighborhood beautification. What are the opportunities for improvement in this target area? The greatest opportunity for improvement in the East Gateway District neighborhood is the implementation of the East Gateway District Vision Plan, which was completed in 2012. This plan, in coordination with other City planning efforts, presents a detailed strategy from improving the East Gateway District. Additionally, during the Consolidated Plan citizen participation process, residents identified street, sidewalk, and park improvements as priority needs. Specifically, improved public safety in the form of pedestrian access/connectivity could be addressed through the installation of mid-block crosswalks on Gulf-to-Bay Blvd. and other East Gateway District roadways. Are there barriers to improvement in this target area? The greatest barriers to improvement in the East Gateway District include the perception of crime and homelessness in the neighborhood, as well as neighborhood appearance (i.e., blight) and safety. These barriers were identified in the 2012 East Gateway District Vision Plan and again during the March 29, 2016, Community Meeting. Additional barriers to improvement, as identified in the 2009 NRSA document include engagement of elderly, low-income, non-English speaking, or undocumented residents, lack of funding for social services, obsolete land uses and nonconforming parcels, and a limited supply of developable properties. 4. Area Name: North Greenwood Neighborhood Revitalization St rategy Area Area Type: Strategy Area HUD Approval Date: 2000 Identify the neighborhood boundaries for this target area. The North Greenwood Neighborhood Revitalization Strategy Area (NRSA) is bounded by Betty Lane to the east, Clearwater Harbor to the west, Union Street to the north, and Drew Street to the south. The North Greenwood NRSA corresponds to Census Tract 026101, Block Groups 1, 2 and 3; Census Tract 026102, Block Groups 1 and 2; Census Tract 026200, Block Groups 1 and 2. Include specific housing and commercial characteristics of this target area. All of the City’s NRSAs are characterized by older housing stock, a lack of owner equity, sporadic “strip” commercial development that is not compliant with City codes for zoning conformity or accessibility, and property values that are generally depressed in comparison to the balance of the City. The North Greenwood NRSA, in particular, is predominately residential. A large percentage of the population is considered low - to moderate-income and a significant percentage of the population is living below poverty level. According to HUD CPD Maps, the North Greenwood NRSA has a low - and moderate- income population of 65%. How did your consultation and citizen participation process help you to identify this neighborhood as a target area? This area was designated as a NRSA in the year 2000. Representatives of the North Greenwood neighborhood attended a Community Meeting held on March 30, 2016. During that meeting, attendees confirmed the North Greenwood NRSA’s need for continued housing and community development funding by identifying affordable housing; services for the homeless, youth, and elderly; and community development activities as their highest priorities. Additionally, 13% of the respondents to the Community Survey conducted from March 4 through April 8, 2016 reported that they were residents of the North Greenwood neighborhood. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 125 Identify the needs in this target area. The needs of the North Greenwood NRSA include (1) housing activities such as homeowner and rental rehabilitation, homebuyer assistance or programs to earn credit toward down payment, and new single- and multi-family affordable housing construction; (2) homeless activities such as homeless prevention and case management through t he Continuum of Care; (3) non-homeless special needs activities serving youth and young adults, the elderly, and those with mental health or substance abuse issues; and (4) community development activities such as sidewalks, blight screening/removal, code enforcement, park improvements, façade improvements, and economic development through small-business start-ups. What are the opportunities for improvement in this target area? Potential opportunities in the North Greenwood NRSA, as identified during the March 30, 2016 Community Meeting, include coordination with other City planning efforts (e.g. the recent Urban Land Institute (ULI) study or waterfront access projects, etc.), consideration of mixed-use developments to promote commercial investment, and the creation of an inventory of properties with redevelopment potential for affordable housing. Other opportunities include the establishment of community gathering places and social destinations, acquisition of flood-prone properties in order to repurpose them for community use, and the creation of a community resource center or directory to provide information about available public services. Are there barriers to improvement in this target area? Possible barriers to improvement in the North Greenwood NRSA include increasing flood insurance rates, a lack of affordable housing of all types, perceptions about concentrated homelessness and insufficient efforts to address homelessness, limited pedestrian connectivity, competition for financial assistance and services, a lack of multi-generational programs for older children (age 16+) and the elderly, and a lack of neighborhood leadership to coordinate improvements. Table 49 – Geographic Priority Areas City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 126 SP-25 Priority Needs PRIORITY NEEDS NARRATIVE The Consolidated Plan must indicate the general priorities for allocating investment of available resources among different needs. Priority needs are those that will be addressed by the goals outlined in the Strategic Plan. For each priority, the City of Clearwater has indicated one or more populations to be served, as well as an assigned priority level indicating relative importance among the needs listed (see Table 50). The priority needs were confirmed through the citizen participation process including service provider and community meetings held March 29-30, 2016, an online community survey conducted March 4, 2016 through April 8, 2016, and meetings with staff of the City’s Economic Development and Housing Department. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 127 TABLE 50: PRIORITY NEEDS SUMMARY Priority Need Name Priority Level Population Geographic Areas Goals Addressing Program Administration High All Citywide Low/Mod Areas, NRSAs Program Administration Renter-Occupied Housing Rehabilitation High Income Level (Low/Mod), Non- Homeless Special Needs Citywide Low/Mod Areas, NRSAs Housing Owner-Occupied Housing Rehabilitation High Income Level (Low/Mod), Non- Homeless Special Needs Citywide Low/Mod Areas, NRSAs Housing Homeowner Assistance High Income Level (Low/Mod), Non- Homeless Special Needs Citywide Low/Mod Areas, NRSAs Housing Multi-Family New Construction High Income Level (Low/Mod), Non- Homeless Special Needs Citywide Low/Mod Areas, NRSAs Housing Single-Family New Construction High Income Level (Low/Mod), Non- Homeless Special Needs Citywide Low/Mod Areas, NRSAs Housing Homeless Services for Youth High Homeless Subpopulations Citywide Low/Mod, NRSAs Homelessness Mental Health Services High Homeless Subpopulations Citywide Low/Mod Areas, NRSAs Homelessness Substance Abuse Services High Homeless Subpopulations Citywide Low/Mod Areas, NRSAs Homelessness Homeless Facilities and Shelters High Homeless Subpopulations Citywide Low/Mod Areas, NRSAs Homelessness Case Management High Homeless Subpopulations Citywide Low/Mod Areas, NRSAs Homelessness Health Services High Income Level (Low/Mod) Citywide Low/Mod Areas, NRSAs Community Development & Public Services Youth Services High Income Level (Low/Mod) Citywide Low/Mod Areas, NRSAs Community Development & Public Services Senior Services High Non-Homeless Special Needs Citywide Low/Mod Areas, NRSAs Non-Homeless Special Needs Services for Persons with Disabilities High Non-Homeless Special Needs Citywide Low/Mod Areas, NRSAs Non-Homeless Special Needs Employment Assistance/ Job Training High Income Level (Low/Mod), Homeless Subpopulations, Non-Homeless Special Needs Citywide Low/Mod Areas, NRSAs Homelessness, Community Development & Public Services Transportation Services Low Income Level (Low/Mod), Non- Homeless Special Needs Citywide Low/Mod Areas, NRSAs Community Development & Public Services Legal Services Low Income Level (Low/Mod), Non- Homeless Special Needs Citywide Low/Mod Areas, NRSAs Community Development & Public Services Food Services Low Income Level (Low/Mod), Non- Homeless Special Needs Citywide Low/Mod Areas, NRSAs Community Development & Public Services Youth Centers High Income Level (Low/Mod) Citywide Low/Mod Areas, NRSAs Community Development & Public Services Senior Centers High Non-Homeless Special Needs Citywide Low/Mod Areas, NRSAs Community Development & Public Services Public Utility Improvements High Income Level (Low/Mod) Citywide Low/Mod Areas, NRSAs Community Development & Public Services Public Park Improvements High Income Level (Low/Mod) Citywide Low/Mod Areas, NRSAs Community Development & Public Services Community Resource/ Recreation Centers High Income Level (Low/Mod) Citywide Low/Mod Areas, NRSAs Community Development & Public Services Sidewalks and Roadway Improvements High Income Level (Low/Mod) Citywide Low/Mod Areas, NRSAs Community Development & Public Services Code Enforcement/Blight Elimination High Income Level (Low/Mod) Citywide Low/Mod Areas, NRSAs Community Development & Public Services Community Outreach and Safety High Income Level (Low/Mod) Citywide Low/Mod Areas, NRSAs Community Development & Public Services Building Façade Improvements Low Income Level (Low/Mod) Citywide Low/Mod Areas, NRSAs Economic Development Economic Opportunity High Income Level (Low/Mod) Citywide Low/Mod Areas, NRSAs Economic Development Table 50 – Priority Needs Summary City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 128 SP-30 Influence of Market Conditions TABLE 51: INFLUENCE OF MARKET CONDITIONS Affordable Housing Type Describe the Clearwater housing market characteristics that would substantiate the need for this funding type/program. Tenant Based Rental Assistance (TBRA) Market conditions that substantiate the need for TBRA are monitored by the Clearwater Housing Authority. Tenant‐based vouchers are by far the most common voucher used in Clearwater. The average annual income of residents using TBRA is $11,856. This voucher continues to be critical for persons with extremely low incomes who are severely cost burdened. It is estimated that while approximately 1,000 TBRA vouchers are in use, approximately 5,000 households in Clearwater have extremely low incomes. TBRA for Non-Homeless Special Needs Market conditions that substantiate the need for TBRA for Non-Homeless Special Needs are monitored by the Clearwater Housing Authority. Non‐Homeless Special Needs populations have a high need for TBRA, while at the same time being in need of improved accessibility within housing. Approximately 500 elderly program participants and disabled families receive TBRA. The number of families requesting accessibility features is nearly 1,300. Due to their limited income, housing needs for those with non‐homeless special needs include affordability, availability of assistance, accessibility improvements and Fair Housing options. New Unit Production Market conditions that substantiate the need for new housing unit production are monitored by the City of Clearwater Housing Division. A shortage of affordable housing units exists for low- and extremely-low income groups, including both renter and owner households earning less than 50% HAMFI. The lack of appropriate sites and high land values has contributed to the loss of affordable units. Rehabilitation Market conditions that substantiate the need for housing rehabilitation are monitored by the City of Clearwater Housing Division. Over half (56%) of renter‐ occupied housing units have at least one housing problem, while a large percentage (35%) of owner‐occupied housing units have at least one housing problem. Furthermore, more than half of all housing units were built prior to 1980 and are more than 30 years old. Generally, these statistics point toward the need for the City of Clearwater to facilitate both owner‐unit and rental‐unit rehabilitations to improve the condition of housing within its jurisdiction. Acquisition, including preservation Market conditions that substantiate the need for housing acquisition, including preservation, are monitored by the City of Clearwater Housing Division. The Housing Division continuously seeks to acquire affordable housing when feasible. Historic preservation/restoration within low- and moderate-income neighborhoods was not identified as a priority need during the citizen participation process. Table 51 – Influence of Market Conditions City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 129 SP-35 Anticipated Resources INTRODUCTION The Consolidated Plan must identify the federal, state, local and private resources expected to be available to the City to address priority needs and specific objectives identified in the Strategic Plan. These resources are summarized in Table 52. The City of Clearwater anticipates a total allocation of $667,634 in CDBG funding for the 2016/2017 program year. Program income for CDBG is expected to be approximately $753,200, with approximately $516,021 in prior‐year resources. CDBG funds will be used for housing and community development activities including, but not limited to, housing rehabilitation, public services and facilities, economic development, and administration of the City's CDBG program. The City of Clearwater also expects a total allocation of $283,808 in HOME funding for the 2016/2017 program year, with approximately $438,020 in prior‐year resources. HOME funds will be used for housing activities such as housing acquisition or rehabilitation, new construction, administration of the City's HOME program, and CHDO support. The expected amount available during the remainder of the Consolidated Plan (2017/2018-2019/2020) is based on an estimated annual allocation of $650,000 in CDBG funds and $280,000 in HOME funds for each of the subsequent program years. This results in an estimated total funding amount of $1,950,000 and $840,000, respectively, over the remaining three-year period. Other resources, such as private and non‐Federal public sources may become available to the City of Clearwater during the program year. For CDBG leveraging, these include funding from SHIP, Community Redevelopment Agency (CRA), City Departments (e.g. Engineering, Parks and Recreation), public or social service providers, or other sources. The City will also look to leverage funds, if available, from SHIP, Community Housing Development Organizations (CHDOs), Public Housing Authority (PHA), or other agencies and programs against HOME dollars. The Annual Action Plan must summarize the City’s priorities and the specific goals it intends to initiate and/or complete within the first‐year of the Strategic Plan. These goals must be described in City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 130 quantitative terms. The City of Clearwater has selected goal outcome indicators and quantities based on the anticipated performance measures of the 2016/2017 Annual Action Plan. See Table 55. Note: *The prior year resources amount was estimated based on activities to be encumbered by the end of September 2016. These amounts will be updated during the 2016 program year close‐out. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 131 TABLE 52: ANTICIPATED RESOURCES Program Source of Funds Uses of Funds Expected Amount Available Year 1 – 2016/2017 Expected Amount Available Remainder of Consolidated Plan 2017/2018-2019/2020 $ Narrative Description Annual Allocation: $ Program Income: $ Prior Year Resources: $ Total: $ CDBG Public – Federal Admin and Planning, Public Services, Housing Activities, Public Facilities $667,634* $753,200 $516,021 $1,936,855 $1,950,000 The Federal CDBG allocation will be used for housing and community development activities. Funding from other sources may be leveraged against CDBG dollars for public benefit. HOME Public – Federal Admin and Planning, Housing Activities $283,808* $0 $438,020 $721,828 $840,000 The Federal HOME allocation will used for housing activities. Funding from other sources may be leveraged against HOME dollars for public benefit. *HUD 2016 Formula Allocation Table 52 – Anticipated Resources City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 132 EXPLAIN HOW FEDERAL FUNDS WILL LEVERAGE THOSE ADDITIONAL RESOURCES (PRIVATE, STATE AND LOCAL FUNDS), INCLUDING A DESCRIPTION OF HOW MATCHING REQUIREMENTS WILL BE SATISFIED. The City will look to leverage funds, if available, from SHIP, Community Redevelopment Agency (CRA), City Departments (e.g. Engineering, Parks and Recreation), public or social service providers, or other sources against CDBG dollars. The City will look to leverage private funds, if available, from lending institutions and homeowner contributions, and public funds from SHIP, Public Housing Authorities (PHAs), and other agencies and programs against HOME dollars. IF APPROPRIATE, DESCRIBE PUBLICALLY OWNED LAND OR PROPERTY LOCATED WITHIN THE JURISDICTION THAT MAY BE USED TO ADDRESS THE NEEDS IDENTIFIED IN THE PLAN. The City of Clearwater owns a number of properties within low‐ and moderate‐income areas of its jurisdiction. The City also maintains an “Affordable Housing Inventory List” that is updated periodically by City resolution. As of June 2016, there are seven (7) properties on this list: 918 Palmetto St., 1454 S. Martin Luther King, Jr. Avenue, 1011 LaSalle St., 1317 N. Martin Luther King, Jr. Avenue, 1002 LaSalle St., 1408 Monroe Avenue, and 1112 Palm Bluff St. These properties are all located in the North Greenwood Neighborhood Revitalization Strategy Area, with the exception of the property at 1454 S. Martin Luther King, Jr. Avenue, which is located in the Lake Bellevue Neighborhood Revitalization Strategy Area. DISCUSSION The City of Clearwater's anticipated funding allocation from CDBG and HOME will address many of the City's goals, including Housing, Homelessness, Non-Homeless Special Needs, Community Development and Public Services, and Economic Development. The City is fortunate to have a network of public or social service providers to help address these goals through financial leveraging, as well as other potential Federal funding sources such as SHIP and non‐Federal sources such as the Community Redevelopment Agency (CRA), City Departments, Community Housing Development Organizations (CHDOs) and other agency and program funding. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 133 SP-40 Institutional Delivery Structure EXPLAIN THE INSTITUTIONAL STRUCTURE THROUGH WHICH THE JURISDICTION WILL CARRY OUT ITS CONSOLIDATED PLAN INCLUDING PRIVATE INDUSTRY, NON-PROFIT ORGANIZATIONS, AND PUBLIC INSTITUTIONS. Table 53 shows the institutional structure through which the City of Clearwater will carry out its Strategic Plan. Although not every organization involved in the program of delivery is included in Table 53, the lead agency and other organizations presented show the breadth of delivery capacity within the City. The lead agency for institutional delivery is the City of Clearwater’s Economic Development and Housing Department, along with other City divisions and departments, including Engineering, Parks & Recreation, Public Utilities, and Planning & Development (including Code Enforcement). These divisions and departments carryout objectives related to housing and community development. The City’s Neighborhood & Affordable Housing Advisory Board (NAHAB) provides oversight to the administration of the City’s CDBG and HOME programs. Additionally, the Clearwater Housing Authority oversees public housing and other publicly assisted housing programs within the City. Furthermore, there are multiple nonprofit organizations that provide a range of public services, from programs to reduce homelessness to programs for non‐homeless special needs populations. The Pinellas County Homeless Leadership Board functions as the region’s Continuum of Care (CoC) agency, serving Pinellas County and the City of Clearwater. The Homeless Leadership Board includes multiple member agencies. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 134 TABLE 53: INSTITUTIONAL DELIVERY STRUCTURE Responsible Entity Responsible Entity Type Role Geographic Area Served City of Clearwater Economic Development & Housing Department Government Agency Planning, Affordable Housing, Community Development Jurisdiction Neighborhood & Affordable Housing Advisory Board (NAHAB) Other [Government Advisory Board] Planning, Affordable Housing, Community Development Jurisdiction Clearwater Housing Authority PHA Public Housing Jurisdiction Pinellas County Government Agency Planning Region Pinellas County Homeless Leadership Board (CoC) Nonprofit Organization Homelessness, Non- Homeless Special Needs Region Table 53 – Institutional Delivery Structure ASSESS THE STRENGTHS AND GAPS OF THE INSTITUTIONAL DELIVERY STRUCTURE The City of Clearwater has a strong Institutional Delivery System. A wide range of services are available in the community, including homelessness prevention services, street outreach services, supportive services, and other services such as nutrition programs and youth programs (see Table 54). These programs are provided by nonprofit organizations and Continuum of Care (CoC) member agencies. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 135 TABLE 54: AVAILABILITY OF SERVICES TARGETED TO HOMELESS PERSONS AND PERSONS WITH HIV AND MAINSTREAM SERVICES Homelessness Prevention Services Available in the Community Targeted to Homeless Targeted to People with HIV Homelessness Prevention Services Counseling/Advocacy X X X Legal Assistance X X X Mortgage Assistance X X X Rental Assistance X X X Utilities Assistance Street Outreach Services Law Enforcement X X X Mobile Clinics X X X Other Street Outreach Services X X X Supportive Services Alcohol & Drug Abuse X X X Child Care X X Education X X Employment and Employment Training X X X Healthcare X X X HIV/AIDS X X X Life Skills X X X Mental Health Counseling X X X Transportation X X Other Food Banks/Nutrition Programs X X Youth Programs X X X Table 54 – Homeless Prevention Services Summary City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 136 DESCRIBE HOW THE SERVICE DELIVERY SYSTEM INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE SERVICES LISTED ABOVE MEET THE NEEDS OF HOMELESS PERSONS (PARTICULARLY CHRONICALLY HOMELESS INDIVIDUALS AND FAMILIES, FAMILIES WITH CHILDREN, VETERANS AND THEIR FAMILIES, AND UNACCOMPANIED YOUTH) The Pinellas County Homeless Leadership Board is designated as the lead agency for the CoC, which is tasked with addressing homelessness in Pinellas County and the City of Clearwater. The Homeless Leadership Board oversees the Homeless Management Information System (HMIS) for the area and serves to coordinate systems of care through regular meetings and working groups. The Homeless Leadership Board is also responsible for advancing community‐wide efforts, including the 10‐ Year Plan to End Homelessness and the Annual Point‐in‐Time (PIT) survey conducted by the CoC, which involves various partnering organizations. These organizations offer services to the homeless population, including prevention services, street outreach and supportive services. Examples of such organizations include Religious Community Services, Salvation Army, Pinellas Safe Harbor, Directions for Mental Health, Gulf Coast Jewish Family Services, Homeless Emergency Project, Inc. (Homeless Empowerment Program), Pinellas Hope, and Safe Haven, among others. DESCRIBE THE STRENGTHS AND GAPS OF THE SERVICE DELIVERY SYSTEM FOR SPECIAL NEEDS POPULATION AND PERSONS EXPERIENCING HOMELESSNESS, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE SERVICES LISTED ABOVE. With the exception of utilities assistance, most services are available to the community at large and to the homeless. Some services are not targeted to persons with HIV/AIDS. Services not specifically targeted to persons with HIV/AIDS include utilities assistance, child care, education, transportation, and food banks/nutrition programs. While these services are important, services for persons with HIV/AIDS were not identified as a priority need during the citizen participation process. Priority needs corresponding to persons experiencing homelessness were substance abuse and mental health services, services for homeless youth, homeless facilities and shelters, and case management. PROVIDE A SUMMARY OF THE STRATEGY FOR OVERCOMING GAPS IN THE INSTITUTIONAL STRUCTURE AND SERVICE DELIVERY SYSTEM TO ADDRESS PRIORITY NEEDS. The City will utilize the following strategies to overcome gaps in the institutional structure and service delivery system for homeless prevention services: • Continue to support programs that assist the homeless or those at risk of becoming homeless through identification of funding sources, technical assistance with applications, and other means of support. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 137 • Support non‐profit service providers that offer substance abuse and mental health services, services for homeless youth, homeless facilities and shelters, case management, and other activities to prevent and reduce homelessness. • Assist the Pinellas County Homeless Leadership Board, as the lead agency for the Continuum of Care, in their efforts to improve coordination between service providers. • Promote and encourage the development of programs that facilitate the transition from homelessness into permanent housing. • Coordinate with the Continuum of Care, non‐profit service providers, and other organizations to establish additional transitional or permanent supportive housing. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 138 SP-45 Goals Summary TABLE 55: FOUR-YEAR GOALS SUMMARY INFORMATION Goal Name Description Category Start Year End Year Objective Outcome Geographic Area Priority Needs Addressed Funding Allocated (Four-Year Total) Goal Outcome Indicator Quantity (Four-Year Total) Unit of Measure (UoM) Program Administration N/A Program Administration 2016/ 2017 2019/ 2020 N/A N/A Citywide Low/Mod Areas, NRSAs Program Administration (Indirect Need) CDBG – $ 523,527 HOME – $ 112,380 N/A N/A N/A Housing Provide availability of, and access to, decent affordable housing for the residents of the City of Clearwater. Affordable Housing 2016/ 2017 2019/ 2020 Provide decent affordable housing Affordability Citywide Low/Mod Areas, NRSAs Renter-Occupied Housing Rehabilitation Owner-Occupied Housing Rehabilitation Homeowner Assistance Multi-Family New Construction Single-Family New Construction CDBG – $ 1,464,611 HOME – $ 1,449,448 Homeowner Housing Rehabilitated Rental Units Rehabilitated Homeowner Housing Added Rental Units Constructed Direct Financial Assistance to Homebuyers Public Service Activities for Housing Benefit Homeowners Assisted 49 24 50 15 80 188 41 Household/Units Household/Units Household/Units Household/Units Households Assisted Households Assisted Households Assisted Homelessness Help to prevent and reduce homelessness within the City of Clearwater. Homeless 2016/ 2017 2019/ 2020 Create suitable living environments Availability/ Accessibility Citywide Low/Mod Areas, NRSAs Homeless Services for Youth Mental Health Services Substance Abuse Services Homeless Facilities and Shelters Case Management CDBG – $ 147,529 HOME – $ 0 Homeless Prevention Homeless Person Overnight Shelter Public service activities other than Low/Moderate Income Housing Benefit 1250 80 50 Persons Assisted Persons Assisted Persons Assisted Non-Homeless Special Needs Expand the accessibility and coordination of social services to City of Clearwater special needs populations. Non-Homeless Special Needs 2016/ 2017 2019/ 2020 Create suitable living environments Availability/ Accessibility Citywide Low/Mod Areas, NRSAs Senior Services Services for Person with Disabilities CDBG – $ 106,845 HOME – $ 0 Public Service Activities for Other Benefit (Elderly) 320 Persons Assisted Community Development & Public Services Enhance the living environment for persons in low- and moderate-income areas through community development activities, public service programs, and elimination of blight. Non-Housing Community Development 2016/ 2017 2019/ 2020 Create suitable living environments Sustainability Citywide Low/Mod Areas, NRSAs Health Services Youth Services Employment Assistance/Job Training Transportation Services Legal Services Food Services Youth Centers Senior Centers Public Utility Improvements Public Park Improvements Community Resource/Recreation Centers Sidewalks and Roadway Improvements Code Enforcement/Blight Elimination Community Outreach and Safety CDBG – $ 1,540,541 HOME – $ 0 Public Service Activities for Other Benefit (Community Outreach, Food Bank/Nutrition, Etc.) Public Facility or Infrastructure Activities for Other Benefit (Public Facilities, Etc.) Buildings Demolished 4,550 5,914 1 Persons Assisted Persons Assisted Buildings Economic Development Support programs that create economic opportunities in the City of Clearwater, particularly for persons of low- and moderate-income and in Neighborhood Revitalization Strategy Areas. Other: Economic Development 2016/ 2017 2019/ 2020 Create economic opportunities Sustainability Citywide Low/Mod Areas, NRSAs Building Façade Improvements Economic Opportunity CDBG – $ 103,802 HOME – $ 0 Façade Treatment/Business-Building Rehabilitation Jobs Created/Retained Businesses Assisted 3 3 2 Businesses Jobs Businesses Assisted Note: 20% of CDBG Entitlement Grant and 10% of the HOME Entitlement Grant will be reserved for Administration and Planning Activities Table 55 – Goals Summary City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 139 GOAL DESCRIPTIONS The City of Clearwater Strategic Plan is structured around five (5) goals in administering the City’s housing and community development programs over the next four years. These goals are: 1. Housing – Provide availability of, and access to, decent affordable housing for the residents of the City of Clearwater. 2. Homelessness – Help to prevent and reduce homelessness within the City of Clearwater. 3. Non-Homeless Special Needs – Expand the accessibility and coordination of social services to City of Clearwater special needs populations. 4. Community Development and Public Services – Enhance the living environment for persons in low- and moderate-income areas through community development activities, public service programs, and elimination of blight. 5. Economic Development – Support programs that create economic opportunities in the City of Clearwater, particularly for persons of low- and moderate-income and in Neighborhood Revitalization Strategy Areas. ESTIMATE THE NUMBER OF EXTREMELY LOW-INCOME, LOW-INCOME, AND MODERATE- INCOME FAMILIES TO WHOM THE JURISDICTION WILL PROVIDE AFFORDABLE HOUSING AS DEFINED BY HOME 91.315(B)(2) The Consolidated Plan must summarize the City’s priorities and the specific goals it intends to initiate and/or complete within the term of the Strategic Plan. These goals must be described in quantitative terms. The City of Clearwater has selected funding allocations, goal outcome indicators and quantities using past and anticipated performance measures from its Annual Action Plans. These performance measures have been projected over the course of the planning period to arrive at a total funding allocation and quantity for each outcome indicator. Through annual CDBG and HOME allocations, the City will provide affordable housing activities to support approximately 439 income‐eligible non‐homeless and special needs households annually, or approximately 110 households over the planning period. Activities to support income eligible non‐ homeless and special needs households may include rehabilitation of existing units, construction of new units, acquisition for affordable housing, down payment assistance, as well as public service activities (such as new homebuyer education) for low‐ and moderate‐income housing benefit. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 140 SP-50 Public Housing Accessibility and Involvement NEED TO INCREASE THE NUMBER OF ACCESSIBLE UNITS (IF REQUIRED BY A SECTION 504 VOLUNTARY COMPLIANCE AGREEMENT) The Public Housing Authority for the City of Clearwater is the Clearwater Housing Authority (CHA). The CHA is a “High Performer Agency” and aims to build communities with innovative programs, sustain a dignified and desirable environment and create alliances to nurture self-sufficiency. The CHA is recognized throughout the state and nation as being a very progressive housing authority. Their mission is to lead in creating housing opportunities to enhance the lives of those they serve. The Clearwater Housing Authority’s website is http://www.clearwaterhousingauth.org/. According to the Five-Year and Annual PHA Plans for the CHA, the following specific goals will enable the agency to serve the needs of low and very-low income, and extremely-low income families over the next five years: 1. Apply for additional Housing Choice Vouchers when available and applicable. 2. Continue to search for affordable housing opportunities and when practical, utilize available Replacement Housing Factor increments. The CHA’s public housing program provides federally-subsidized rental properties. Residents pay only a portion of their rent based on income. The CHA will soon manage 213 public housing units. The units are located in two high-rise apartment buildings (Barbee Towers and Ralph Richards Towers) limited to persons 50 years of age or older and one new 13-unit complex (Paradise Trail) available to homeless families or youth ageing out of foster care. In addition, the CHA has several scattered sites that better integrate public housing with the Clearwater community. Additionally, the CHA administers 1,340 Housing Choice Vouchers (HCVs). It is important to note that income-eligible residents of CHA’s programs are also eligible for all of the City’s affordable housing programs. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 141 ACTIVITIES TO INCREASE RESIDENT INVOLVEMENTS The CHA has an ongoing management program in place to involve residents in its operations. IS THE PUBLIC HOUSING AGENCY DESIGNATED AS TROUBLED UNDER 24 CFR PART 902? The City’s Public Housing Authority is not listed as troubled by HUD. IF APPLICABLE, PLAN TO REMOVE THE ‘TROUBLED’ DESIGNATION Not applicable. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 142 SP-55 Barriers to Affordable Housing BARRIERS TO AFFORDABLE HOUSING This section requires the jurisdiction to explain whether the cost of housing or the incentives to develop, maintain, or improve affordable housing are affected by public policies, particularly those of the local jurisdiction. Such policies include land use controls, zoning ordinances, building codes, and policies that affect the return on residential investment. The City of Clearwater has several programs that it utilizes to remove or ameliorate the negative effects of public policies that are barriers to affordable housing. These programs are documented in the City’s 2015 Local Housing Assistance Plan (LHAP) and the related City of Clearwater 2014 Local Housing Incentives Strategies (LHIS) report. Barriers to affordable housing, as identified in the City’s LHAP and LHIS documents, include the following: • Lack of land available to develop affordable housing projects • Limited funding to invest in production and rehabilitation of attainable housing • Lack of information about the City’s permitting process for affordable housing projects • Land development codes and incentives • Public perception of affordable housing developments • Limited information on City’s affordable housing incentives and programs • Maintaining the condition of the City’s ageing housing stock as a source of affordable housing • Third party barriers such as involuntary easements/encroachments and homeowners insurance STRATEGY TO REMOVE OR AMELIORATE THE BARRIERS TO AFFORDABLE HOUSING Strategies to remove or ameliorate the barriers to affordable housing, as identified in the City’s LHAP and LHIS documents, include the following: • Expedited permitting • Ongoing review process • Allowance of flexible densities for affordable housing • Reduction of parking setback requirements for affordable housing • Allowance of flexible lot configurations, including zero-lot-line configuration for affordable housing • Preparation of a printed inventory of locally-owned public lands suitable for affordable housing City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 143 • Support of development near transportation hubs, major employment centers, and mixed-use developments City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 144 SP-60 Homelessness Strategy REACHING OUT TO HOMELESS PERSONS (ESPECIALLY UNSHELTERED PERSONS) AND ASSESSING THEIR INDIVIDUAL NEEDS In the City of Clearwater, the role of working with the homeless is undertaken by the Pinellas County Homeless Leadership Board. Annually, the Homeless Leadership Board conducts a Point-in-Time Homeless Report and prepares a Homeless Assessment Report, both of which document the extent of homelessness in the community. The City of Clearwater aims to assist the Homeless Leadership Board in implementing the Pinellas County 10-Year Plan to End Homelessness, which takes into consideration the individual needs of homeless persons, including unsheltered persons. Moreover, the Pinellas County Homeless Leadership Board’s annual reports are important resources of the Consolidated Plan. In identifying priority homeless needs, the City will consult with the Homeless Leadership Board, public service providers, and the community. Such priority needs include: homeless services for youth, mental health services, substance abuse services, homeless facilities and shelters, and case management. ADDRESSING THE EMERGENCY AND TRANSITIONAL HOUSING NEEDS OF HOMELESS PERSONS Based on input received and data collected through the Consolidated Planning process, the City makes it a goal of the Consolidated Plan to prevent and reduce homelessness within the City of Clearwater by supporting programs that offer shelter facilities and beds for the homeless, and by assisting agencies that engage in homeless prevention and service programs. Annually, the Pinellas County Homeless Leadership Board conducts a Point-in-Time Homeless Report and prepares a Homeless Assessment Report, both of which document the extent of homelessness in the community. In addition to other metrics, these reports identify the number of person or families in emergency shelter or transitional housing. In the Clearwater area, homeless services such as emergency shelter and transitional housing are provided by churches and non-profit organizations, including but not limited to Homeless Emergency Project, Inc. (Homeless Empowerment Program) (HEP), Kimberly Home, Boley Centers, Religious Community Services (RCS), Salvation Army, and Family Resources, Inc. (SafePlace2B), among others. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 145 To better address the needs of the area’s homeless population, the Homeless Leadership Board and the Pinellas Suncoast Transit Authority (PSTA) maintain an online map-based directory of emergency shelter and transitional housing services, as well as food and clothing assistance, targeted to homeless persons. HELPING HOMELESS PERSONS (ESPECIALLY CHRONICALLY HOMELESS INDIVIDUALS AND FAMILIES, FAMILIES WITH CHILDREN, VETERANS AND THEIR FAMILIES, AND UNACCOMPANIED YOUTH) MAKE THE TRANSITION TO PERMANENT HOUSING AND INDEPENDENT LIVING, INCLUDING SHORTENING THE PERIOD OF TIME THAT INDIVIDUALS AND FAMILIES EXPERIENCE HOMELESSNESS, FACILITATING ACCESS FOR HOMELESS INDIVIDUALS AND FAMILIES TO AFFORDABLE HOUSING UNITS, AND PREVENTING INDIVIDUALS AND FAMILIES WHO WERE RECENTLY HOMELESS FROM BECOMING HOMELESS AGAIN. The City will also support, in coordination with the Pinellas County Homeless Leadership Board, activities to end chronic homelessness within the City of Clearwater. On March 4, 2016, the Homeless Leadership Board passed a resolution that will require all homeless housing projects funded through HUD to practice a “Housing First” model that begins with a fundamental principle that housing is a basic human right and should not be subject to preconditions. This resolution was amended on April 1, 2016, to encourage all housing projects, regardless of their funding source, to implement a “Housing First” model by April 1, 2019. One strategy to ending chronic homelessness in the community is to provide housing to individuals and families, regardless of whether or not they have achieved common “prerequisites” to housing such as long-term sobriety. National research around “Housing First” suggests that individuals and/or head of household members who have been homeless are more successful in achieving self-sufficiency when housing stability is acquired first, regardless of whether or not they are sober or financially self-sufficient in the beginning. Once their housing situation is stabilized, their ability to achieve sobriety, financial self- sufficiency, or other common barriers to housing stability dramatically improve. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 146 HELP LOW-INCOME INDIVIDUALS AND FAMILIES AVOID BECOMING HOMELESS, ESPECIALLY EXTREMELY LOW-INCOME INDIVIDUALS AND FAMILIES WHO ARE LIKELY TO BECOME HOMELESS AFTER BEING DISCHARGED FROM A PUBLICLY FUNDED INSTITUTION OR SYSTEM OF CARE, OR WHO ARE RECEIVING ASSISTANCE FROM PUBLIC AND PRIVATE AGENCIES THAT ADDRESS HOUSING, HEALTH, SOCIAL SERVICES, EMPLOYMENT, EDUCATION OR YOUTH NEEDS The Pinellas County Homeless Leadership Board works with state and local law enforcement officials to reintegrate persons leaving public institutions. These include the Pinellas County Sherriff Department’s Operation PAR (1-888-727-6398), which allows ex-inmates to receive substance abuse treatment; and the State’s “Transition from Prison to Community Initiative” (TPCI). The Pinellas County Homeless Leadership Board also provides a focused outreach program to reach these individuals. Collectively, these agencies also participate in the pre-booking intervention programs, for persons with mental health and/or substance problems and juvenile offenders. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 147 SP-65 Lead Based Paint Hazards ACTIONS TO ADDRESS LBP HAZARDS AND INCREASE ACCESS TO HOUSING WITHOUT LBP HAZARDS The City of Clearwater will continue to ensure the availability of accessible and affordable testing, screening, mitigation and treatment for problems related to lead‐based paint for low‐ and moderate- income residents of the City of Clearwater. Currently, the City includes lead‐based paint mitigation measures in all rehabilitation and down payment assistance programs and, if needed, will identify and apply for additional funding resources to finance this mitigation. The City also assists and supports other agencies in applying for such funds. Contractors are required to be trained and certified to supervise removal of lead hazards in order to comply with HUD regulations. The City will utilize the following strategies to address lead‐based paint hazards and increase access to housing without lead‐based paint hazards through its housing rehabilitation and emergency repair programs: • Fund the acquisition, recycling, and rehabilitation of existing housing units through current housing grants and loan programs, as well as cost‐effective leveraging strategies. • Improve coordination with emergency repair and other programs to reduce the total rehabilitation cost per unit and correct major problems before they worsen. Additionally, the City will continue to support several agencies in the Clearwater area that screen residents for elevated blood lead levels (EBL) and inspect housing units for lead‐based paint hazards. These agencies include: Pinellas County Health Department A primary health care provider for the City’s low‐income residents, the Pinellas County Health Department screens low income children who have symptoms of lead poisoning through the Florida Healthy Homes and Lead Poisoning Prevention Program. Services provided through this program include education, screening and treatment for lead poisoning. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 148 Clearwater Housing Authority (CHA) CHA has tested for lead‐based paint hazards in its public housing units. As part of ongoing education, residents are advised of the dangers associated with lead‐based paint and directed to resources for screening if symptoms of lead poisoning are observed. Furthermore, sub‐recipients of the City’s CDBG and HOME funding devise their own lead‐based paint hazard programs to comply with HUD regulations for rehabilitation projects. HOW ARE THE ACTIONS LISTED ABOVE RELATED TO THE EXTENT OF LEAD POISONING AND HAZARDS? Housing built before 1980 is presumed to have a higher risk of lead‐based paint. In the City of Clearwater, 18,028 or 65% of owner‐occupied housing units were built prior to 1980. For renter‐ occupied units, 11,553 or 60% were built prior to 1980. It is estimated that 41% of these housing units are occupied by low and moderate‐income persons. Generally, these statistics point toward the need for the City of Clearwater to facilitate both owner‐unit and rental‐unit rehabilitations within its jurisdiction. HOW ARE THE ACTIONS LISTED ABOVE INTEGRATED INTO HOUSING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES? The City of Clearwater requires inspection of units undergoing rehabilitation through the Housing Division’s many housing programs. This inspection includes documentation of the year built, names and ages of the children living in the unit (if under 7 years), and whether or not the children have symptoms of elevated blood lead levels (EBL). If any child has symptoms, then all chewable surfaces up to five feet from the ground will be tested and abated (i.e., covered or removed). For every rehabilitation and down payment assistance request, the resident is given an educational pamphlet on the dangers of lead-based paint, including the age of homes affected, age group most susceptible, symptoms of EBL and whom to contact if symptoms are evident. Children residing in rehabilitation projects found to have lead‐based paint hazards are referred to the Pinellas County Health Department for screening and treatment. Each housing unit to be rehabilitated and/or purchased that is built before 1978 is inspected and tested by a licensed inspector to identify lead‐based paint hazards. A report with the rehabilitation approach City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 149 and strategy to eliminate lead hazards is issued to the City’s Housing Division and the homeowner by the inspector(s). In every program where Federal funds are expended on a housing unit, the City incorporates the current procedures for hazard reduction or lead-based paint abatement guidelines as defined in HUD’s Lead Safe Housing Rule, 24 CFR Part 35. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 150 SP-70 Anti-Poverty Strategy JURISDICTION GOALS, PROGRAMS AND POLICIES FOR REDUCING THE NUMBER OF POVERTY- LEVEL FAMILIES According to the 2010‐2014 American Community Survey (ACS) estimates, approximately 17,345 or 16% percent of people living in the City of Clearwater are at poverty level or below. As noted in the City’s previous Consolidated Plan and associated Action Plan, the major problem facing the City’s working poor is the lack of educational attainment, which relates directly to employment success and income. However, the lack of education attainment is outside of the City’s capacity to resolve. This problem is compounded for the City’s low-income Hispanic population, which lacks both the education and English language skills necessary to achieve employment success. To combat this trend, the City of Clearwater and Pinellas County have a number of agencies that provide public services to persons in poverty. These agencies typically provide services to other homeless and non‐homeless special needs populations, as well as low‐ and moderate‐income families. These services include housing, employment assistance/job training, and other assistance to promote self‐sufficiency. The City of Clearwater will continue to support and collaborate with the following services and agencies: • Clearwater Housing Authority • Community Colleges (i.e., Workforce Institute at St. Petersburg College) • Pinellas Technical College • Training Programs (i.e., BizTech and Pathways to Employment at HEP) • Workforce Development Boards (i.e., CareerSource Pinellas) Additionally, the City of Clearwater has its own Economic Development Program that is designed to interface with the regional program and work on specific local issues. The City prepared one of the first Brownfields redevelopment plans in the state and established a HUB Zone, both of which are designed to spur redevelopment/reinvestment in its low-income areas. Major redevelopment continues to occur along the US-19 and SR-60 corridors, in downtown and at the beach. The City is also a partner to Clearwater Business SPARK, a partner network to support small businesses and entrepreneurs in every stage of business development, and the City continues to work closely with the Clearwater Regional Chamber of Commerce to provide technical assistance. These programs have created new jobs and opportunities in the City that function as avenues out of poverty. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 151 HOW ARE THE JURISDICTION POVERTY REDUCING GOALS, PROGRAMS, AND POLICIES COORDINATED WITH THIS AFFORDABLE HOUSING PLAN. The City will continue to provide CDBG funding, where appropriate, to support programs that are designed to help families gain self‐sufficiency such as job training and creation programs. One of City of Clearwater’s goals for the Consolidated Plan is to address the role of economic opportunities in protecting and enhancing the condition of the City’s housing stock and neighborhoods. With that, access to stable and affordable housing is fundamental to the long-term success of such programs. The City of Clearwater will take the following steps to provide affordable housing and reduce the number of households living below the poverty level: • Continue to assist qualified low- and moderate-income households to become homeowners through supporting agencies that provide housing counseling. • Continue to provide mortgage assistance for low- and moderate-income homebuyers. • Continue to assist agencies that engage in homeless prevention and service programs • Continue to support programs that create economic opportunity for low- to moderate-income persons, such as job training and entrepreneurship, small business start-ups and incubators, and other economic development activities. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 152 SP-80 Monitoring DESCRIBE THE STANDARDS AND PROCEDURES THAT THE JURISDICTION WILL USE TO MONITOR ACTIVITIES CARRIED OUT IN FURTHERANCE OF THE PLAN AND WILL USE TO ENSURE LONG-TERM COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF THE PROGRAMS INVOLVED, INCLUDING MINORITY BUSINESS OUTREACH AND THE COMPREHENSIVE PLANNING REQUIREMENTS Specific to the City’s CDBG program, all sub-recipients will receive federal and local regulations relating to their specific activity, along with an explanation as to how these apply to the particular project. Specific Performance Agreements will be executed with each sub-recipient, giving measurable objectives for the eligible activity to be carried out. Each project is monitored on an ongoing basis and all pre-construction conferences are attended by department staff. Documentation submitted with reimbursement requests is reviewed for compliance with applicable regulations and measurable objectives prior to issuing funds. On-site monitoring of selected sub-recipients will be scheduled and completed annually by the Housing Division. A checklist will be completed and reviewed to ensure all aspects of the activity are carried out in accordance with applicable regulations. A follow-up letter will be sent to the sub-recipient stating the outcome of the monitoring visit. In addition to the above documentation, any sub-recipient determined to be in need of and/or requesting additional training on how to meet grantee and federal requirements will receive technical assistance in the form deemed most appropriate to the circumstances by the Housing Division. Additional technical assistance, if needed or requested, will be given at the time of the annual monitoring. Specific to the City’s HOME program, monitoring will be carried out in accordance with federal regulations to ensure compliance with all HOME requirements. Each sub-recipient will be monitored on site to verify that: • The minimum percent requirement for HOME-assisted units is being met under the contract. • Eligible tenant occupancy meets the minimum percent requirement for HOME-assisted units under the guidelines. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 153 • Contractual requirements regarding concentration of HOME units and special treatment of HOME tenants are being adhered to. • The Waiting List procedures are in compliance with the grant covenants. • The Equal Housing Provisions of the contract are being adhered to. • The MBE and WBE provisions of the contract are being adhered to. • The HOME-assisted units meet housing quality standards, and on-site files will be reviewed for the following information: • Current, signed lease. • Verify tenant’s signature to an acceptable form of identification. • Verify monthly rent is in compliance. • Verify tenant’s income is supported by file documentation • Verify annual recertification was performed in a timely fashion and in compliance with contract provisions. The City recognizes that monitoring of this Consolidated Plan, in general, must be carried out on a regular basis to ensure that the statutory and regulatory requirements are being met. Further, it is critical to confirm that the information being reported to HUD through such mechanisms as the Integrated Disbursement and Information System (IDIS) is correct and complete. The City of Clearwater Economic Development and Housing Department is responsible for preparing annual reports detailing the progress of all of the strategies contained in the Consolidated Plan. This department will periodically monitor the implementation of these strategies in order to identify areas requiring improvement. Benchmarks will be tracked over the timeframe covered within this document. The performance of all projects will be reported in the self-evaluation section of the Consolidated Annual Performance Evaluation Report (CAPER). The City of Clearwater will follow the mandates of the Department of Housing & Urban Development. To monitor the City’s overall progress, comments will be sought from a number of external sources including the non-profit agencies to which Clearwater gives CDBG and HOME funding. Comments from these organizations will be solicited on the City’s annual performance. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 154 It is intended that this monitoring plan will reinforce the communication network between the City and the various housing and human needs agencies participating directly in the implementation of the Consolidated Plan or assisting in the provision of service supporting the Plan’s strategies. The monitoring process will also ensure accountability, compliance and adequate progress from the various sub- recipients funded as a part of the City’s CDBG and HOME programs. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 Annual Action Plan 155 ANNUAL ACTION PLAN AP-15 Expected Resources INTRODUCTION The 2016/2017-2019/2020 Consolidated Plan identifies the federal resources expected to be available to the City of Clearwater to address priority needs and specific objectives identified in the Strategic Plan. Annual resources are summarized in Table 56 and four-year resources in SP-35. Clearwater anticipates a total allocation of $667,634 in CDBG funding and $283,808 in HOME funding for the 2016/2017 program year. Program income for the CDBG program is expected in the amount of $753,200 from the Revolving Loan Fund and $516,021 in CDBG carryover funds from previous program years. In addition, the City anticipates $438,020 of carryover funds through the HOME program. CDBG and HOME funds will be used for housing and community development activities such as housing, homeownership assistance, public facility improvements, public services, and administration of the City’s entitlement programs. Anticipated resources are summarized in Table 56. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 Annual Action Plan 156 TABLE 56: ANTICIPATED RESOURCES Program Source of Funds Uses of Funds Expected Amount Available Year 1 Expected Amount Available Remainder of Consolidated Plan $ Narrative Description Annual Allocation: $ Program Income: $ Prior Year Resources: $ Total: $ CDBG Public – Federal Admin and Planning, Public Services, Housing Activities, Public Facilities $667,634* $753,200 $516,021 $1,936,855 $1,950,000 Additional resources for leveraging may include other State and Federal grant sources, City Departments (Public Works, Parks and Recreation), public service providers or other sources of funding. HOME Public – Federal Admin and Planning, Housing Activities $283,808* $0 $438,020 $721,828 $840,000 Additional resources for leveraging may include other State and Federal grant sources, City Departments (Public Works, Parks and Recreation), public service providers or other sources of funding. *HUD 2016 Formula Allocation Table 56 – Anticipated Resources City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 Annual Action Plan 157 The Annual Action Plan must summarize the City’s priorities and the specific goals it intends to initiate and/or complete within the first-year of the Strategic Plan. These goals must be described in quantitative terms. Clearwater has selected goal outcome indicators and quantities based on the anticipated performance measures of the 2016/2017 Annual Action Plan. See Table 57 and Table 58. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 Annual Action Plan 158 EXPLAIN HOW FEDERAL FUNDS WILL LEVERAGE THOSE ADDITIONAL RESOURCES (PRIVATE, STATE AND LOCAL FUNDS), INCLUDING A DESCRIPTION OF HOW MATCHING REQUIREMENTS WILL BE SATISFIED The City will look to leverage funds, if available, from State and Federal grants, City Departments (e.g. Engineering, Parks and Recreation, Planning and Development etc.), public or social service providers, or other sources against CDBG and HOME dollars. The City will look to leverage funds, if available, from 3rd Party Developers, Public Housing Authorities, or other agencies and programs against CDBG and HOME dollars. The City shall assure that the requirements as it relates to non-federal share will be utilized as referenced in 24 CFR 570.201 (3) (g), for any project in which CDBG or HOME funding is used as the non- federal match. In the future, the City will continue to aggressively pursue funding from private, public, and federal sources to complete both our economic and community development needs. IF APPROPRIATE, DESCRIBE PUBLICALLY OWNED LAND OR PROPERTY LOCATED WITHIN THE JURISDICTION THAT MAY BE USED TO ADDRESS THE NEEDS IDENTIFIED IN THE PLAN The City of Clearwater owns a number of properties within low‐ and moderate‐income areas of its jurisdiction. The City also maintains an “Affordable Housing Inventory List” that is updated periodically by City resolution. As of June 2016, there are seven (7) properties on this list: 918 Palmetto St., 1454 S. Martin Luther King, Jr. Avenue, 1011 LaSalle St., 1317 N. Martin Luther King, Jr. Avenue, 1002 LaSalle St., 1408 Monroe Avenue, and 1112 Palm Bluff St. These properties are all located in the North Greenwood Neighborhood Revitalization Strategy Area, with the exception of the property at 1454 S. Martin Luther King, Jr. Avenue, which is located in the Lake Bellevue Neighborhood Revitalization Strategy Area. DISCUSSION Clearwater’s anticipated funding allocation will address many of the City's goals, including housing, homelessness, non-homeless special needs, community development and public services, and economic development. The City is fortunate to have a network of public or social service providers to help address these goals through financial leveraging, as well as other Federal funding sources such as City Departments and other agency and program funding. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 Annual Action Plan 159 AP-20 Annual Goals and Objectives TABLE 57: GOALS SUMMARY INFORMATION Sort Order Goal Name Start Year End Year Category Geographic Area Needs Addressed Funding Goal Outcome Indicator Quantity Unit of Measure (UoM) 1 Housing 2016 2017 Affordable Housing Citywide and NRSAs Renter-Occupied Housing Rehabilitation Owner-Occupied Housing Rehabilitation Homeowner Assistance Single-Family New Construction Code Enforcement/Blight Elimination CDBG – $678,611* (See note below) HOME – $693,448 Direct Financial Assistance to Homebuyers Homeowner Housing Added Public service activities for Low/Moderate Income Housing Benefit Homeowner Housing Rehabilitated Homeowners Assisted 20 2 140 4 41 Households Assisted Households/Housing Units Households Assisted Household/Housing Units Households Assisted 2 Homelessness 2016 2017 Homeless Citywide and NRSAs Homeless Services for Youth Homeless Facilities and Shelters Case Management CDBG – $50,029 Homeless Person Overnight Shelter Homelessness Prevention Public service activities other than Low/Moderate Income Housing Benefit 80 350 50 Persons Assisted Persons Assisted Persons Assisted 3 Non-Homeless Special Needs 2016 2017 Non-Homeless Special Needs Citywide and NRSAs Senior Services Services for Persons with Disabilities CDBG – $9,345 Public service activities other than Low/Moderate Income Housing Benefit 20 Persons Assisted 4 Community Development and Public Services 2016 2017 Community Development and Public Services Citywide and NRSAs Youth Services Food Services Public Utility Improvements Community Resource/Recreation Centers Sidewalks and Roadway Improvements CDBG – $1,000,541 Public Facility or Infrastructure Activities other than Low/Moderate Income Housing Benefit Buildings Demolished Public service activities other than Low/Moderate Income Housing Benefit 1,414 1 50 Persons Assisted Buildings Persons Assisted 5 Economic Development 2016 2017 Economic Development Citywide and NRSAs Building Façade Improvements Economic Opportunity CDBG – $64,802 Businesses Assisted Façade Treatment/Business Building Rehab 2 2 Businesses Assisted Businesses 6 Program Administration 2016 2017 Program Administration Citywide and NRSAs Program Administration [Indirect Need] CDBG – $133,527 HOME – $28,380 N/A N/A N/A *Note: Includes $523,579 in Revolving Loan Program Table 57 – Goals Summary Information City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 Annual Action Plan 160 TABLE 58: GOAL DESCRIPTIONS *Note: Includes $523,579 in Revolving Loan Program Table 58 – Goal Descriptions AP-35 Projects INTRODUCTION The City’s planned actions for the 2016/2017 Annual Action Plan are intended to support housing and community development for the City’s low- and moderate-income populations as well as the City’s homeless and special needs groups. The City will continue to operate its CDBG and HOME programs through the Economic Development and Housing Department, which will continue to provide funding for housing rehabilitation, homeownership 1 Goal Name Housing Goal Description Provide availability and accessibility to decent affordable housing to the residents of the City of Clearwater. | CDBG - $678,611* (See note below) | HOME - $693,448 2 Goal Name Homelessness Goal Description Help to prevent and reduce homelessness within the City of Clearwater. | CDBG - $50,029 3 Goal Name Non-Homeless Special Needs Goal Description Expand the accessibility and coordination of social services to City of Clearwater special needs populations. | CDBG - $9,345 4 Goal Name Community Development and Public Services Goal Description Enhance the living environment for persons in low- and moderate-income areas through public improvement activities, public service programs, and elimination of blight. | CDBG - $1,000,541 5 Goal Name Economic Development Goal Description Support programs that create economic opportunities throughout the City of Clearwater with special emphasis given to areas and persons of low and moderate income. | CDBG - $64,802 6 Goal Name Program Administration Goal Description Program administration is required to implement the City’s five (5) goals. Program administration addresses all outcomes, objectives and priority needs. | CDBG - $133,527 | HOME - $28,380 City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 Annual Action Plan 161 assistance, and blight prevention/elimination. These actions will further the goal of improving the availability and accessibility of affordable housing in Clearwater. As in the past, the City will continue to coordinate with public or social service providers to prevent homelessness and promote access to public services for special needs populations generally assumed to be low- and moderate-income. During the 2016/2017 program year, the City will fund activities that address the needs of the homeless and those at risk of becoming homeless, the elderly, persons with disabilities, victims of domestic violence, and youth and families of low- and moderate-income. Planned community development activities include service provider facility improvements, in addition to municipal stormwater improvements and roadway resurfacing. The City’s planned actions for the 2016/2017 Annual Action Plan are summarized in Table 59 and Table 60. Map 3 shows the location of facility and public infrastructure improvements. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 Annual Action Plan 162 TABLE 59: PROJECT INFORMATION # Project Name 1 Tampa Bay Community Development Corporation (Down Payment Assistance) 2 Habitat for Humanity, (Single Family Homes) 3 Tampa Bay Community Development Corporation (Homebuyer Education) 4 Community Service Foundation (Fair Housing)* 5 Community Service Foundation (Housing Counseling) 6 CDBG Rehabilitation 7 Homeowner Activities/ HOME Rehabilitation/Purchase 8 CHDO 15% Set-Aside 9 Revolving Loan Program 10 Religious Community Service (Grace House)* 11 Homeless Emergency Project, Inc. (Homeless Empowerment Program)* 12 The Kimberly Home (Women Shelter Program)* 13 Westcare Gulfcoast Florida, Inc. (Substance abuse)* 14 Pinellas Opportunity Council (CHORE Services)* 15 Religious Community Service (Facility Improvements) 16 The Arc of Tampa Bay (Facility Improvement) 17 The Kimberly Home (Acquisition/Demolition) 18 Clearwater Free Clinic (Facility Improvement) 19 Intercultural Advocacy Institute (Family Enrichment)* 20 Safety Harbor Neighborhood Family Center (Mentoring)* 21 Stormwater Improvements/Resurfacing 22 Economic Development Technical Assistance 23 Business Development (Façade Improvements) 24 CDBG General Administration/Planning 25 HOME General Administration/Planning Table 59 – Project Information *Activities are public service – subject to 15% cap City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 Annual Action Plan 163 Map 3 – Project Locations City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 Annual Action Plan 164 DESCRIBE THE REASONS FOR ALLOCATION PRIORITIES AND ANY OBSTACLES TO ADDRESSING UNDERSERVED NEEDS The allocation priorities are focused on the six goals of the Strategic Plan: housing, homelessness, non- homeless special needs, community development and public service, economic development, and program administration. It is important to note that total funding for public services is capped at 15% of the total CDBG allocation. Total funding for activities related to administration is capped at 20% for CDBG and 10% for HOME. Strategic Plan Goal CDBG + HOME (% of Total Award)* Program Administration: $161,907 (6.1%) Housing: $1,372,059 (51.6%) Homelessness: $50,029 (1.9%) Non-Homeless Special Needs: $9,345 (0.4%) Community Development and Public Services $1,000,541 (37.6%) Economic Development $64,802 (2.4%) *Includes program income and prior year resources. Percentages may not equal 100% due to rounding. In recent years, spurred by a nation-wide recession, reduced revenues have plagued all levels of government (federal, state, and local). These reduced revenues have hindered the City’s ability to meet the needs of lower income residents. Another obstacle to meeting underserved needs is the generally increasing demand for public services that is placing an additional burden on public service agencies within the City. The lack of available land and rapidly rising housing prices will continue to put constraints on the City’s ability to provide affordable housing. Rapidly rising prices will also increase the need for affordable rental units for households being priced out of the owner market. The need for affordable rental projects will also increase as rents for higher-end apartment complexes increase. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 Annual Action Plan 165 AP-38 Project Summary TABLE 60: PROJECT SUMMARY INFORMATION 1 Project Name Tampa Bay Community Development Corporation (Down Payment Assistance) Target Area Citywide, Low/Mod Areas, NRSAs Goals Supported Housing Needs Addressed Homeowner Assistance Funding CDBG: $25,000 Description Funds to sponsor the processing of down payment assistance loans to eligible households Planned Activities Homeownership Assistance 2 Project Name Habitat for Humanity (Single Family Homes) Target Area Citywide, Low/Mod Areas, NRSAs Goals Supported Housing Needs Addressed Blight Elimination and Code Enforcement; Single-Family New Construction; Owner- Occupied Housing Rehabilitation; Homeowner Assistance Funding CDBG: $50,000 Description Funds will provide for the construction of two (2) single family homes and the rehabilitation of one (1) single family home. Planned Activities Rehabilitation; Construction of Housing 3 Project Name Tampa Bay Community Development Corporation (Homebuyer Education) Target Area Citywide, Low/Mod Areas, NRSAs Goals Supported Housing Needs Addressed Homeowner Assistance Funding CDBG: $5,700 Description Funds will provide for monthly homebuyer workshops to eligible low income households. Planned Activities Homeownership Assistance 4 Project Name Community Service Foundation (Fair Housing) Target Area Citywide, Low/Mod Areas, NRSAs Goals Supported Housing Needs Addressed Homeowner Assistance Funding CDBG: $4,900 Description Homebuyer Education classes Planned Activities Fair Housing; Public Service 5 Project Name Community Service Foundation (Housing Counseling) Target Area Citywide, Low/Mod Areas, NRSAs Goals Supported Housing Needs Addressed Homeowner Assistance Funding CDBG: $9,432 City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 Annual Action Plan 166 Description Housing counseling and placement assistance program Planned Activities Homeownership Assistance 6 Project Name CDBG Rehabilitation Target Area Citywide, Low/Mod Areas, NRSAs Goals Supported Housing Needs Addressed Owner-Occupied Housing Rehabilitation Funding CDBG: $60,000 Description Provide funding to supply home rehab loans to income eligible homeowners within the City of Clearwater. Planned Activities Rehabilitation 7 Project Name Homeowner Activities/HOME Rehabilitation/Purchase Target Area Citywide, Low/Mod Areas, NRSAs Goals Supported Housing Needs Addressed Renter-Occupied Housing Rehabilitation; Owner-Occupied Housing Rehabilitation; Homeowner Assistance; Single-Family New Construction Funding HOME:$650,877 Description Funds to be utilized to promote reconstruction, homebuyer subsidy, and rehabilitation of homeowner and rental properties. Planned Activities Homeownership Assistance; Rehabilitation 8 Project Name CHDO 15% Set-Aside Target Area Citywide, Low/Mod Areas, NRSAs Goals Supported Housing Needs Addressed Renter-Occupied Housing Rehabilitation; Owner-Occupied Housing Rehabilitation; Homeowner Assistance; Single-Family New Construction Funding HOME: $42,571 Description Funds mandated to the local CHDO to carry-out housing activities. Planned Activities Homeownership Assistance; Rehabilitation; Construction of Housing 9 Project Name Revolving Loan Program Target Area Citywide, Low/Mod Areas, NRSAs Goals Supported Housing Needs Addressed Renter-Occupied Housing Rehabilitation; Homeowner Assistance Funding CDBG: $523,579 Description Funds will be used to provide loans to eligible homeowners and non-profit agencies for eligible housing activities, activity delivery costs will be included for the management of the loan program. Planned Activities Homeownership Assistance; Rehabilitation 10 Project Name Religious Community Service (Grace House) Target Area Lake Bellevue NRSA City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 Annual Action Plan 167 Goals Supported Homelessness Needs Addressed Homeless Facilities and Shelters Funding CDBG: $15,669 Description Funds to support homeless shelter services for parents and children at Grace House. Planned Activities Public Services, Services for Homeless Persons 11 Project Name Homeless Emergency Project, Inc. (Homeless Empowerment Program) Target Area North Greenwood NRSA Goals Supported Homelessness Needs Addressed Case Management Funding CDBG: $9,345 Description Salary and benefits to staff a full-time case manager in the emergency shelter program Planned Activities Public Service; Services for Homeless Persons 12 Project Name Kimberly Home (Women Shelter Program) Target Area Citywide, Low/Mod Areas, NRSAs Goals Supported Homelessness Needs Addressed Case Management; Health Services Funding CDBG: $15,670 Description Funds to provide staffing cost for a Resident Advisor to provide supportive services and mentoring to the residents. Planned Activities Public Service; Services for Homeless Persons 13 Project Name Westcare Gulfcoast Florida, Inc. (Substance abuse) Target Area Citywide, Low/Mod Areas, NRSAs Goals Supported Homelessness Needs Addressed Substance Abuse Services Funding CDBG: $9,345 Description Funds to provide staffing cost for a Case Manager to provide assessments and client services. Planned Activities Public Service; Services for Homeless Persons 14 Project Name Pinellas Opportunity Council (CHORE Services) Target Area Citywide Goals Supported Non-Homeless Special Needs Needs Addressed Senior Services; Services for Persons with Disabilities Funding CDBG: $9,345 Description Cleaning and repair services for elderly persons age 65- and over. Planned Activities Public Service; Services for senior citizens City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 Annual Action Plan 168 15 Project Name Religious Community Service (Facility Improvements) Target Area Lake Bellevue Goals Supported Community Development and Public Services Needs Addressed Homeless Facilities and Shelters Funding CDBG: $49,025 Description Rehabilitation of the kitchen and bath of the domestic violence shelter center. Planned Activities Public Facilities and Improvements 16 Project Name The Arc of Tampa Bay (Facility Improvement) Target Area Citywide; 1501 N. Belcher Road, Clearwater, FL Goals Supported Community Development and Public Services Needs Addressed Homeless Facilities and Shelters Funding CDBG: $95,335 Description Demolition and renovation activities for the Habitation Centers 1 and 2 to include flooring, lighting, ceiling tiles and painting activities. Planned Activities Public Facilities and Improvements 17 Project Name The Kimberly Home (Acquisition/Demolition) Target Area North Greenwood Goals Supported Community Development and Public Services Needs Addressed Homeless Facilities and Shelters Funding CDBG: $99,200 Description Acquisition/demolition of a structure to provide suitable parking. Planned Activities Public Facilities and Improvements 18 Project Name Clearwater Free Clinic (Facility Improvement) Target Area East Gateway; 314 S. Missouri, Clearwater Goals Supported Community Development and Public Services Needs Addressed Health Services; Community Resource/ Recreation Centers Funding CDBG: $100,000 Description Rehabilitation of an office building to replace windows, roof, and HVAC. Planned Activities Public Facilities and Improvements 19 Project Name Intercultural Advocacy Institute (Family Enrichment) Target Area Citywide Goals Supported Community Development and Public Services Needs Addressed Youth Services Funding CDBG: $15,669 City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 Annual Action Plan 169 Description Youth Leaders partnership to staff a facilitator and support person to promote family advocacy training and mentoring components to address academic success. Planned Activities Public Service; Youth Services 20 Project Name Safety Harbor Neighborhood Family Center (Mentoring) Target Area Citywide Goals Supported Community Development and Public Services Needs Addressed Youth Services; Food Services Funding CDBG: $15,670 Description Salary and benefits to support delivery of services providing basic essentials to needy families including food, clothing, hygiene products and utility assistance; and, to promote mentoring by providing computer classes and internet services. Planned Activities Public Service; Youth Services 21 Project Name Stormwater Improvements/Resurfacing Target Area East Gateway Goals Supported Community Development and Public Services Needs Addressed Sidewalks and Roadway Improvements Funding CDBG: $625,642 Description Costs related to the resurfacing of roadway and the costs involved in the reclaimed water process for one of the strategy areas of the city. Planned Activities Public Facilities and Improvements 22 Project Name Economic Development Technical Assistance Target Area Citywide Goals Supported Economic Development Needs Addressed Employment Assistance/ Job Training; Economic Opportunity Funding CDBG: $4,802 Description Training, consulting and outreach activities to support business development. Planned Activities Special Economic Development Activities 23 Project Name Business Development (Façade Improvements) Target Area Citywide Goals Supported Economic Development Needs Addressed Economic Opportunity; Building Façade Improvements Funding CDBG: $60,000 Description Funds to support to support two (2) façade improvement projects. Planned Activities Rehabilitation 24 Project Name CDBG General Administration/Planning City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 Annual Action Plan 170 Target Area Citywide Goals Supported Program Administration Needs Addressed Program Administration Funding CDBG: $133,527 Description City’s staff costs related to the administration of the CDBG Program. Planned Activities Program Administration 25 Project Name HOME General Administration/Planning Target Area Citywide Goals Supported Program Administration Needs Addressed Program Administration Funding HOME: $28,380 Description Costs associated with the City’s staff to implement and administrator housing activities. Planned Activities Program Administration Table 60 – Project Summary Information AP-50 Geographic Distribution DESCRIPTION OF THE GEOGRAPHIC AREAS OF THE ENTITLEMENT (INCLUDING AREAS OF LOW- INCOME AND MINORITY CONCENTRATION) WHERE ASSISTANCE WILL BE DIRECTED For the 2016/2017 Annual Action Plan, Clearwater will direct assistance to low- and moderate-income areas and approved Neighborhood Revitalization Strategy Areas of the City. Descriptions of these area is included are outlined in Table 61. Assistance will also be made available Citywide to persons meeting the CDBG and HOME eligibility requirements for low- and moderate-income benefit. See the Low and Moderate Income Areas Map in the Appendix of this report for a graphical representation of Low and Moderate Income Areas locations. TABLE 61: GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION Target Area Percentage of Funds North Greenwood NRSA 4.1% Lake Bellevue NRSA 2.4% East Gateway NRSA 27.3% Citywide 66.2% Table 61 – Geographic Distribution City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 Annual Action Plan 171 RATIONALE FOR THE PRIORITIES FOR ALLOCATING INVESTMENTS GEOGRAPHICALLY Four (4) areas have been designated as either Local Target Areas or Strategy Areas within the City of Clearwater. These are Citywide Low- and Moderate-Income Areas, Lake Bellevue Neighborhood Revitalization Strategy Area, East Gateway District Neighborhood Revitalization Area, and North Greenwood Neighborhood Revitalization Area. Two (2) of these neighborhoods (Lake Bellevue and North Greenwood) were previously identified in the 2011/2012- 2015/2016 Consolidated Plan. The designation of Local Target Areas and Strategy Areas increases the potential for coordinated planning and investment. The areas selected for the 2016/2017‐2019/2020 Consolidated Plan were confirmed through the citizen participation process, which included service provider and community meetings, as well as meetings with staff of the City’s Economic Development and Housing Department. Each of these areas meets the eligibility requirements for low‐ and moderate income benefit. While Local Target Areas and Strategy Areas allow the City to plan and invest in a coordinated manner, they do not limit the City from expending funds in other areas of Clearwater that also meet the eligibility requirements for low‐ and moderate income benefit. DISCUSSION The City of Clearwater has identified 23 projects to implement the goals of the Strategic Plan during the first year of the 2016/2017-2019/2020 Consolidated Plan. These projects benefit low- and moderate- income persons Citywide and within the City’s Neighborhood Revitalization Strategy Areas. Projects with Citywide benefit include housing activities, homeless and public services, business development, and the City’s administration of the CDBG program. AP-55 Affordable Housing INRODUCTION As stated previously, the City places a high priority on providing homeownership opportunity in Clearwater. This goal shall be addressed, in part, by local non-profit organizations and developers that construct affordable housing for lower-income, first-time homebuyers. In addition, the City will continue to deliver its housing rehabilitation and down payment assistance programs, and to support homebuyer education and Fair Housing activities. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 Annual Action Plan 172 The Annual Action Plan must specify goals for the number of homeless, non-homeless, and special needs households to be supported within the program year. These numbers are shown in Table 62 and are inclusive of the affordable housing activities shown in Table 57, in addition to other planned housing activities identified in Table 59. Table 63 indicates the number of households to be supported through specific activities, including rental assistance, production of new units, rehabilitation of existing units, or acquisition of existing units. For the purposes of this section, the term “affordable housing” is defined in the HOME regulations at 24 CFR 92.252 for rental housing and 24 CFR 92.254 for homeownership. [This section replaces the former HUD Table 3B.] TABLE 62: ONE YEAR GOALS FOR AFFORDABLE HOUSING BY SUPPORT REQUIREMENT One Year Goals for the Number of Households to be Supported Homeless 0 Non-Homeless 207 Special Needs 0 Total 207 Table 62 – One Year Goals for Affordable Housing by Support Requirement TABLE 63: ONE YEAR GOALS FOR AFFORDABLE HOUSING BY SUPPORT TYPE One Year Goals for the Number of Households Supported Through: Rental Assistance 0 The Production of New Units 2 Rehab of Existing Units 45 Acquisition of Existing Units 0 Total 47 Table 63 – One Year Goals for Affordable Housing by Support Type DISCUSSION The City will continue to deliver its long-standing housing programs, including housing rehabilitation and down payment assistance, coordinate with non-profit organizations and developers that construct affordable housing, and support homebuyer education and Fair Housing activities. Combined, these housing activities will support 47 households through a combination of production of new units and rehabilitation of existing units. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 Annual Action Plan 173 AP-60 Public Housing INTRODUCTION This section of the Annual Action Plan describes what actions the City of Clearwater will take during the 2016/2017 program year to carry out the public housing strategy identified in the Strategic Plan. The Clearwater Housing Authority (CHA) administers housing assistance for low- and very-low income persons in the greater Clearwater area. The operations of the CHA are funded through annual appropriations provided by U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development. Assistance includes public housing, tenant-based vouchers (Housing Choice Vouchers or HCVs), and special purpose voucher activities. Combined, these activities supply approximately 1,500 publicly assisted housing units in the greater Clearwater area. ACTIONS PLANNED DURING THE NEXT YEAR TO ADDRESS THE NEEDS TO PUBLIC HOUSING The City works cooperatively with Pinellas County, the CHA, and private entities in the provision of public and subsidized housing within Clearwater. The CHA administers public housing for seniors and families in addition to the Housing Choice Voucher (HCV) program that provides financial rental assistance to eligible individuals and families based upon income. The CHA and other housing providers in the community continuously seek to rehabilitate the supply of housing affordable to low- and very- low income persons. Currently, the CHA is restoring the Paradise Trail property to provide additional public housing units, which will be completed this year (2016). Paradise Trail will offer rental preference to homeless families or youth aging out of foster care. The City of Clearwater will continue to coordinate housing referrals with the CHA, as well as the Pinellas County Housing Authority, in the delivery of the City’s CDBG and HOME housing programs. ACTIONS TO ENCOURAGE PUBLIC HOUSING RESIDENTS TO BECOME MORE INVOLVED IN MANAGEMENT AND PARTICIPATE IN HOMEOWNERSHIP The CHA has an ongoing management program in place to involve residents in its operations. Additionally, through the 2016/2017 Annual Action Plan, the City of Clearwater will support homebuyer education, Fair Housing counseling, and housing placement activities that could facilitate the transition from public housing to homeownership. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 Annual Action Plan 174 IF THE PHA IS DESIGNATED AS TROUBLED, DESCRIBE THE MANNER IN WHICH FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE WILL BE PROVIDED OR OTHER ASSISTANCE The City’s Public Housing Authority is not listed as troubled by HUD. DISCUSSION Affordable housing needs are met by multiple service providers in the greater Clearwater area. The Clearwater Housing Authority currently administers public housing units and tenant-based vouchers (HCVs). The City will continue to coordinate referrals with the CHA in order to connect low income residents with housing options. AP-65 Homeless and Other Special Needs Activities INTRODUCTION This section of the Annual Action Plan describes the City of Clearwater one-year goal and the specific actions steps it will undertake in the program year to carry out the homeless strategy identified in the Strategic Plan. Additionally, this section addresses any activities related to the supportive housing needs of non-homeless populations. The Pinellas County Homeless Leadership Board serves as the lead agency for the Continuum of Care (CoC) that addresses the needs of the homeless, and persons at risk of becoming homeless, in the greater Clearwater area. DESCRIBE THE JURISDICTIONS ONE-YEAR GOALS AND ACTIONS FOR REDUCING AND ENDING HOMELESSNESS Consistent with the Consolidated Plan’s Strategic Plan, the City of Clearwater will pursue the goal of helping to prevent and reduce homelessness within the City of Clearwater. It is the City’s objective to support the activities of the Pinellas County Homeless Leadership Board and other members of the region’s Continuum of Care (CoC), a countywide consortium of homeless service providers. For the first- year Action Plan, the City will support the following activities toward the goal of preventing and reducing homelessness: City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 Annual Action Plan 175 • Religious Community Services (RCS) Grace House – Shelter services for families facing homelessness (50 persons assisted) • Homeless Emergency Project, Inc. (Homeless Empowerment Program) (HEP) – Case management for an emergency shelter program (350 persons assisted) • Kimberly Home, Women’s Shelter Program – Supportive services and mentoring for pregnant women and new mothers at risk of homelessness (30 persons assisted) • Westcare Gulfcoast Florida, Inc. – Case management for a behavioral and mental health program serving the homeless (50 persons assisted) In total, these activities will assist an estimated 480 persons during the first-year Action Plan by either preventing homelessness or reducing the duration of homelessness. REACHING OUT TO HOMELESS PERSONS (ESPECIALLY UNSHELTERED PERSONS) AND ASSESSING THEIR INDIVIDUAL NEEDS Annually, the Pinellas County Homeless Leadership Board conducts a Point-in-Time Homeless Report and prepares a Homeless Assessment Report, both of which document the extent of homelessness in the community. Furthermore, the City received input on the needs of the homeless population through the Consolidated Plan public meetings and community survey. This year, the priority needs of homeless persons include: homeless services for youth, mental health services, substance abuse services, homeless facilities and shelters, and case management. For the first-year Action Plan, the City of Clearwater will support two (2) case management activities, through the Homeless Emergency Project, Inc. (Homeless Empowerment Program) (HEP) and Westcare Gulfcoast Florida, Inc., to assess the individual needs of homeless persons including the unsheltered. HEP offers emergency shelter; whereas Westcare Gulfcoast Florida, Inc. provides behavioral and mental health services for the homeless. ADDRESSING THE EMERGENCY SHELTER AND TRANSITIONAL HOUSING NEEDS OF HOMELESS PERSONS As previously mentioned the Pinellas County Homeless Leadership Board annually conducts a Point-in- Time Homeless Report and prepares a Homeless Assessment Report, both of which document the extent of homelessness in the community. In addition to other metrics, these reports identify the number of person or families in emergency shelter or transitional housing. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 Annual Action Plan 176 In the Clearwater area, homeless services such as emergency shelter and transitional housing are provided by churches and non-profit organizations, including but not limited to Homeless Emergency Project, Inc. (Homeless Empowerment Program) (HEP), Kimberly Home, Boley Centers, Religious Community Services (RCS), Salvation Army, and Family Resources, Inc. (SafePlace2B), among others. Additionally, the Homeless Leadership Board and the Pinellas Suncoast Transit Authority (PSTA) maintain an online map-based directory of emergency shelter and transitional housing services, as well as food and clothing assistance, targeted to homeless persons. The City makes it a goal of the Consolidated Plan to prevent and reduce homelessness within the City of Clearwater by supporting programs that offer shelter facilities and beds for the homeless, and by assisting agencies that engage in homeless prevention and service programs. For the first-year Action Plan, the City will support shelter activities through Religious Community Services (Grace House), HEP, and Kimberly Home, which provide emergency shelter and transitional housing. HELPING HOMELESS PERSONS (ESPECIALLY CHRONICALLY HOMELESS INDIVIDUALS AND FAMILIES, FAMILIES WITH CHILDREN, VETERANS AND THEIR FAMILIES, AND UNACCOMPANIED YOUTH) MAKE THE TRANSITION TO PERMANENT HOUSING AND INDEPENDENT LIVING, INCLUDING SHORTENING THE PERIOD OF TIME THAT INDIVIDUALS AND FAMILIES EXPERIENCE HOMELESSNESS, FACILITATING ACCESS FOR HOMELESS INDIVIDUALS AND FAMILIES TO AFFORDABLE HOUSING UNITS, AND PREVENTING INDIVIDUALS AND FAMILIES WHO WERE RECENTLY HOMELESS FROM BECOMING HOMELESS AGAIN The City will support, in coordination with the Pinellas County Homeless Leadership Board, activities to end chronic homelessness within the City of Clearwater. One strategy to ending chronic homelessness in the community is to provide housing to individuals and families, regardless of whether or not they have achieved common “prerequisites” to housing such as long-term sobriety. National research around “Housing First” suggests that individuals and/or head of household members who have been homeless are more successful in achieving self-sufficiency when housing stability is acquired first, regardless of whether or not they are sober or financially self-sufficient in the beginning. Once their housing situation is stabilized, their ability to achieve sobriety, financial self-sufficiency, or other common barriers to housing stability dramatically improve. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 Annual Action Plan 177 For the first-year Action Plan, the City has identified no specific activities to this end; however, the City will support an array of activities that, when combined, may shorten the duration of homelessness, help persons transition to more stable housing, and/or provide access to affordable housing. These activities include case management, emergency shelter and transitional housing, behavioral and mental health services, supportive services for the elderly, facilities for the disabled, referrals to appropriate housing providers, affordable housing unit construction or rehabilitation, homebuyer education, down payment assistance, and access to economic opportunities. HELPING LOW-INCOME INDIVIDUALS AND FAMILIES AVOID BECOMING HOMELESS, ESPECIALLY EXTREMELY LOW-INCOME INDIVIDUALS AND FAMILIES AND THOSE WHO ARE: BEING DISCHARGED FROM PUBLICLY FUNDED INSTITUTIONS AND SYSTEMS OF CARE (SUCH AS HEALTH CARE FACILITIES, MENTAL HEALTH FACILITIES, FOSTER CARE AND OTHER YOUTH FACILITIES, AND CORRECTIONS PROGRAMS AND INSTITUTIONS); OR, RECEIVING ASSISTANCE FROM PUBLIC OR PRIVATE AGENCIES THAT ADDRESS HOUSING, HEALTH, SOCIAL SERVICES, EMPLOYMENT, EDUCATION, OR YOUTH NEEDS For the first-year Action Plan, the City has identified no specific activities to this end; however, the City will support an array of activities that, when combined, may help low-income individuals and families avoid becoming homeless. These activities include case management, emergency shelter and transitional housing, behavioral and mental health services, supportive services for the elderly, facilities for the disabled, referrals to appropriate housing providers, affordable housing unit construction or rehabilitation, homebuyer education, down payment assistance, and access to economic opportunities. For the first-year Action Plan, the City of Clearwater will continue to coordinate referrals for facilities and services available in the community that support low-income individuals and families. In addition to the programmed homeless activities at RCS Grace House, HEP, Kimberly Home, and Westcare Gulfcoast Florida, Inc., the City will also support facility improvements and public service activities at The Arc of Tampa Bay, Clearwater Free Clinic, Intercultural Advocacy Institute, and Safety Harbor Neighborhood Family Center (Mentoring). The City will continue to work with housing and homeless service providers to implement a cohesive, community-wide discharge coordination policy that can be successfully implemented to ensure that persons being discharged from publicly funded agencies and institutions do not become homeless upon release. Examples of such efforts include the Pinellas County Sherriff Department’s Operation PAR (1- 888-727-6398), which allows ex-inmates to receive substance abuse treatment; and the State’s City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 Annual Action Plan 178 “Transition from Prison to Community Initiative” (TPCI). Moreover, the CHA is in the process of restoring the Paradise Trail property, which will offer rental preference to homeless families or youth aging out of foster care. DISCUSSION For the first-year Action Plan, the City has programmed four (4) homeless activities to address the need for case management, emergency shelter and transitional housing, and behavioral and mental health services, as well as referrals to appropriate housing providers and other assistance. The City will continue to coordinate with the Pinellas County Homeless Leadership Board and the Continuum of Care, including numerous homeless service providers operating in the greater Clearwater area. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 Annual Action Plan 179 AP-75 Barriers to Affordable Housing INTRODUCTION This section of the Annual Action Plan summarizes actions the City of Clearwater will undertake during the program year to reduce barriers to affordable housing and influence whether the cost of housing or the incentives to develop, maintain, or improve affordable housing are affected by public policies, particularly those of the local jurisdiction. Such policies include land use controls, zoning ordinances, building codes, and policies that affect the return on residential investment. ACTIONS IT PLANNED TO REMOVE OR AMELIORATE THE NEGATIVE EFFECTS OF PUBLIC POLICIES THAT SERVE AS BARRIERS TO AFFORDABLE HOUSING SUCH AS LAND USE CONTROLS, TAX POLICIES AFFECTING LAND, ZONING ORDINANCES, BUILDING CODES, FEES AND CHARGES, GROWTH LIMITATIONS, AND POLICIES AFFECTING THE RETURN ON RESIDENTIAL INVESTMENT The City of Clearwater has several programs that it utilizes to remove or ameliorate the negative effects of public policies that are barriers to affordable housing. These programs are documented in the City’s 2015 Local Housing Assistance Plan (LHAP) and the related City of Clearwater 2014 Local Housing Incentives Strategies (LHIS) report. The City’s ongoing actions to remove or ameliorate the barriers to affordable housing, as identified in the City’s LHAP and LHIS documents, include the following: • Expedited permitting • Ongoing review process • Allowance of flexible densities for affordable housing • Reduction of parking setback requirements for affordable housing • Allowance of flexible lot configurations, including zero-lot-line configuration for affordable housing • Preparation of a printed inventory of locally-owned public lands suitable for affordable housing • Support of development near transportation hubs, major employment centers, and mixed-use developments See also SP‐55, "Barriers to Affordable Housing" for more detailed explanations of the barriers to affordable housing identified in the LHAP and LHIS documents. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 Annual Action Plan 180 DISCUSSION The City of Clearwater will continue to implement the programs that it utilizes to remove or ameliorate the negative effects of public policies that are barriers to affordable housing. These programs are detailed in the City’s 2015 LHAP and 2014 LHIS reports. Of note, the last Analysis of Impediments to Fair Housing was conducted in 2010. In order to ensure the continuation of Fair Housing practices, the City intends to jointly prepare the next Assessment of Fair Housing with Pinellas County during the program years of the corresponding Consolidated Plan. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 Annual Action Plan 181 AP-85 Other Actions INTRODUCTION This section of the Annual Action Plan describes the City of Clearwater’ planned actions to carry out the following strategies outlined in the Strategic Plan: • Foster and maintain affordable housing; • Evaluate and reduce lead‐based paint hazards; • Reduce the number of poverty‐level families; • Develop institutional structure; and • Enhance coordination. In addition, the City has identified obstacles to meeting underserved needs and proposed actions to overcome those obstacles. ACTIONS PLANNED TO ADDRESS OBSTACLES TO MEETING UNDERSERVED NEEDS The major obstacle to meeting underserved needs is the lack of financial resources among housing and public service providers that support the City’s institutional delivery structure. To address such obstacles, the City of Clearwater will administer CDBG funds to pursue the goal of enhancing the living environment for persons in low- and moderate-income areas through community development activities, public service programs, and the elimination of blight. Priority will be given to the City’s Neighborhood Revitalization Strategy Areas, where need is greatest. The City will also pursue the goal of expanding the accessibility and coordination of social services to the City of Clearwater special needs population. Programmed activities to meet underserved needs during the first-year include, but are not limited to, the following: • City of Clearwater, stormwater improvements and roadway resurfacing benefitting low- and moderate-income persons • Clearwater Free Clinic, health services for low- and moderate-income persons City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 Annual Action Plan 182 • Kimberly Home, facility improvements benefitting pregnant women and new mothers • Pinellas Opportunity Council, CHORE Services program serving the elderly • Religious Community Services, facility improvements benefitting victims of domestic violence • The Arc of Tampa Bay, facility improvements benefitting the disabled Additional activities to meet underserved needs are described previously with regard to homelessness (AP-65) and subsequently with regard to affordable housing and economic development (AP-85, as follows). ACTIONS PLANNED TO FOSTER AND MAINTAIN AFFORDABLE HOUSING Consistent with the Consolidated Plan’s Strategic Plan, the City will pursue the goal of providing availability of, and access to, decent affordable housing for the residents of the City of Clearwater. To this end, the City has programmed 9 housing activities that meet the following objectives of the Strategic Plan: • Preserve the existing housing stock • Increase the availability of affordable housing units • Assist qualified low- and moderate-income households to become homeowners through supporting agencies that provide housing counseling • Provide mortgage assistance for low- and moderate-income homebuyers Programmed activities to foster and maintain affordable housing during the first-year include the following: • City of Clearwater Housing Division, CDBG housing rehabilitation program • City of Clearwater Housing Division, homeowner activities and HOME Rehabilitation/Purchase • Community Housing Development Organization (CHDO), housing activities • Community Service Foundation, Fair Housing activities • Community Service Foundation, homebuyer education • Habitat for Humanity, new single family homes • Revolving Loan Program, loans for homeowners and non-profit agencies for eligible housing activities • Tampa Bay Community Development Corporation, down payment assistance • Tampa Bay Community Development Corporation, homebuyer education City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 Annual Action Plan 183 These activities preserve the existing housing stock through rehabilitation of aging units, increase the availability of affordable housing through new construction, and improve access to affordable housing through homebuyer education and down payment assistance for qualified low- and moderate-income households. ACTIONS PLANNED TO REDUCE LEAD-BASED PAINT HAZARDS The City will continue to include lead‐based paint education and mitigation measures in all housing rehabilitation activities and, if needed, will identify and apply for additional funding resources to finance abatement. Contractors are required to be trained and certified to supervise removal of lead-based paint hazards in order to comply with HUD regulations. Furthermore, sub‐recipients of the City’s CDBG and HOME funding devise their own lead‐based paint hazard programs to comply with HUD regulations for rehabilitation projects. Additionally, the City will continue to coordinate with agencies in the Clearwater area that screen residents for elevated blood lead levels (EBL) and inspect housing units for lead‐based paint hazards. These agencies include the Pinellas County Health Department and the Clearwater and Pinellas County housing authorities, among others. ACTIONS PLANNED TO REDUCE THE NUMBER OF POVERTY-LEVEL FAMILIES According to the 2010-2014 American Community Survey (ACS) estimates, 16% percent of people living in the City of Clearwater are at poverty level or below. To combat this trend, the City of Clearwater will continue to coordinate with a number of agencies that support poverty-level families. These agencies also provide services to other homeless and non‐homeless special needs populations, as well as to low‐ and moderate‐income families. Such services include referrals to affordable housing, employment assistance/job training, and other activities to promote economic opportunity. For the first-year Action Plan, the City of Clearwater will support two (2) activities, through the Intercultural Advocacy Institute and Safety Harbor Neighborhood Family Center, to provide family advocacy and mentoring toward academic and employment success, as well as self-sufficiency. The Intercultural Advocacy Institute serves Clearwater’s Hispanic community; whereas the Safety Harbor Neighborhood Family Center serves a broader population. Additionally, the City of Clearwater, through City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 Annual Action Plan 184 its Economic Development and Housing Department, will promote economic opportunity by providing technical assistance to small businesses and funding for façade improvements toward job creation. ACTIONS PLANNED TO DEVELOP INSTITUTIONAL STRUCTURE The City of Clearwater has a strong institutional delivery structure. The City will continue to work with its own departments and various housing and public service providers, as well as partners of their programs, in an effort to expand opportunities and to make continuous improvements to the institutional structure. Continued actions will include solicitation of feedback on referral processes and other means of coordination between such providers and the City of Clearwater. For the first-year Action Plan, the City will support an array of activities that strengthen the institutional structure’s ability to serve persons of low- and moderate-income, persons with special needs, and the homeless. These activities include case management, emergency shelter and transitional housing, behavioral and mental health services, supportive services for the elderly, facilities for the disabled, referrals to appropriate housing providers, affordable housing unit construction or rehabilitation, homebuyer education, down payment assistance, and access to economic opportunities. ACTIONS PLANNED TO ENHANCE COORDINATION BETWEEN PUBLIC AND PRIVATE HOUSING AND SOCIAL SERVICE AGENCIES The City of Clearwater will continue to coordinate with housing and public service providers to develop an effective institutional structure and enhance inter-agency coordination. The City continues to work with regional housing authorities, such as the Clearwater Housing Authority and Pinellas County Housing Authority, to improve access to public housing and tenant-based assistance. Although funding for public housing authorities is limited, and competition for affordable housing is high, these agencies continue to provide housing-related activities, such as rental assistance, rehabilitation, and new construction, for low-income persons. Input from public housing authorities is regularly solicited during preparation of the City’s annual Action Plan. Additionally, the City promotes coordination between non-profit and private for-profit housing providers through its Neighborhood and Affordable Housing Advisory Board (NAHAB), through the SHIP- mandated Affordable Housing Advisory Committee (AHAC) in conjunction with the LHAP and LHIS City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 Annual Action Plan 185 reports, and through the annual Action Plan process. Moreover, annual meetings in conjunction with the Action Plan provide an opportunity for these providers to interact. Public service providers in the greater Clearwater area provide a wide array of services to low- and moderate-income persons. These organizations typically have a specific target population that they serve (e.g. the homeless, persons with special needs, low-income families, etc.), and accordingly possess a level of knowledge and expertise that is invaluable when identifying underserved needs. The continuation and expansion of these public services will be encouraged over the first-year by means of matching programs with funding, as available. The City recognizes that improved coordination between housing and public service providers will continue to be critical action toward preventing homelessness. Therefore, input from public service providers is regularly solicited during preparation of the City’s annual Action Plan. DISCUSSION For the first-year Action Plan, the City will support activities that will address underserved needs through community development and public services; foster and maintain affordable housing through rehabilitation, new construction, and homebuyer assistance; reduce lead-based paint hazards through responsible rehabilitation; reduce the number of poverty-level families through a combination of mentoring and economic development; and develop institutional structure through a network of community partners, including the City and its departments. Additionally, the City will continue to encourage coordination between public housing authorities, non-profit and private for-profit housing providers, and public service providers through the NAHAB and AHAC, annual Action Plan participation, and regular day-to-day referrals through the Economic Development and Housing Department. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 Annual Action Plan 186 AP-90 Program Specific Requirements INTRODUCTION This section addresses the program-specific requirements for the Annual Action Plan. COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT BLOCK GRANT PROGRAM (CDBG) REFERENCE 24 CFR 91.220. (I)(1) Projects planned with all CDBG funds expected to be available during the year are identified in the Table 59. Table 64 identifies any program income that is available for use that is included in projects to be carried out. TABLE 64: AVAILABLE PROGRAM INCOME Available Program Income Amount 1. The total amount of program income that will have been received before the start of the next program year and that has not yet been reprogrammed $753,200* (See note below) 2. The amount of proceeds from section 108 loan guarantees that will be used during the year to address the priority needs and specific objectives identified in the grantee's strategic plan $0 3. The amount of surplus funds from urban renewal settlements $0 4. The amount of any grant funds returned to the line of credit for which the planned use has not been included in a prior statement or plan. $0 5. The amount of income from float-funded activities $0 Total Program Income $753,200 *Includes $523,579 in Revolving Loan Program Table 64 – Available Program Income City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 Annual Action Plan 187 TABLE 65: OTHER CDBG REQUIREMENTS Available Program Income Amount 1. The amount of urgent need activities 0 2. The estimated percentage of CDBG funds that will be used for activities that benefit persons of low- and moderate-income (for year 2016/2017). Overall Benefit ‐ A consecutive period of one, two or three years may be used to determine that a minimum overall benefit of 70% of CDBG funds is used to benefit persons of low - and moderate-income. Specify the years covered that include this Annual Action Plan. 100.0% Table 65 – Other CDBG Requirements HOME INVESTMENT PARTNERSHIP PROGRAM (HOME) REFERENCE 24 CFR 91.220(I)(2) 1. A description of other forms of investment being used beyond those identified in Section 92.205 is as follows: The City will use funding from the State Housing Initiatives Program (SHIP) and/or the Pinellas County Housing Trust Fund for the matching requirements under the HOME program. 2. A description of the guidelines that will be used for resale or recapture of HOME funds when used for homebuyer activities as required in 92.254, is as follows: Recaptured funds are HOME funds which are recouped by the City when HOME-assisted home- ownership housing does not continue to be the principal residence of the assisted homebuyer for the full affordability period. The City will use the recapture method to obtain these funds. The recapture provision is subject to the limitation that when the recapture requirement is triggered by a sale, voluntary or involuntary, of the housing unit, and there are no net proceeds or the net proceeds are insufficient to repay the HOME investment due, the City can only recapture the net proceeds, if any. The net proceeds are the sales price minus the superior loan repayment and closing costs. This language is included in the loan documents. Such funds will be placed in the City’s HOME Investment Trust fund. These funds will be used by the City for other eligible HOME activities. 3. A description of the guidelines for resale or recapture that ensures the affordability of units acquired with HOME funds? See 24 CFR 92.254(a)(4) are as follows: See the response to number 2, above. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 Annual Action Plan 188 4. Plans for using HOME funds to refinance existing debt secured by multifamily housing that is rehabilitated with HOME funds along with a description of the refinancing guidelines required that will be used under 24 CFR 92.206(b), are as follows: The City will not use HOME funds to refinance the existing debt for multi-family projects. DISCUSSION The City of Clearwater anticipates $753,200 in CDBG program income through the City’s Revolving Loan Program. Of the $753,200, the City will use $523,579 to continue the Revolving Loan Program and will reprogram $229,621 to other CDBG eligible activities. As shown in Table 65 the City has not identified funds for urgent need activities at this time; however, the percentage of overall benefit to low- and moderate-income persons is expected to be 100%. The City of Clearwater has calculated the percentage of overall benefit based on the first program year (2016/2017). City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 189 CITIZEN PARTICIPATION PLAN Citizen Participation Plan STATEMENT OF PURPOSE The City of Clearwater Citizen Participation Plan provides for a process that will promote public participation in the identification of local needs and priorities in regards to the City’s planned expenditures dealing with the Community Development Block Grant (CDBG) and HOME Investment Partnership (HOME) programs. The City of Clearwater encourages citizens to participate in the following activities related to these programs: • Citizen Participation Plan • Consolidated Plan • Annual Action Plan • Assessment of Fair Housing • Consolidated Annual Performance and Evaluation Report (CAPER) • Identification of needs and priorities • Program amendments • Program implementation • Federal regulatory changes • Performance assessments • Consideration of objections and complaints Regulation 24 CFR Part 91.105 requires the City to develop a plan that encourages participation by very- low and low-income persons, especially those living in targeted slum and blighted areas, in revitalization areas, or areas where Federal funds are proposed to be used. While the regulation allows each local governing body the flexibility in meeting the requirements, it does mandate certain guidelines. These requirements include developing and publicizing a plan for citizen participation in the formulation of grant applications and program development. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 190 The City of Clearwater encourages all citizens to participate in the development of local Housing and Community Development programs, with particular emphasis on participation by persons of low and moderate income that are residents of areas targeted for funding. The City also encourages minorities and non-English speaking persons, and persons with mobility, visual or hearing impairments to participate in the process. The City of Clearwater will provide citizens with access to local meetings, information, and records relating to the proposed use of funds. CONSULTATION The regulations in 24 CFR Part 91.100 establishes the minimum requirements the City will follow to consult with the public on the needs of the community that can be addressed with federal housing and community development funding. These regulations require the City to consult with the following entities when preparing the Consolidated Plan, Annual Action Plan, and Assessment of Fair Housing: • The City shall consult with other public and private agencies that provide assisted housing, health services, and social services (including those focusing on services to children, elderly persons, persons with disabilities, persons with HIV/AIDS and their families and homeless persons) during preparation of such plans. • The City shall consult with organizations that enforce Fair Housing laws and that represent protected class members and groups with regard to Fair Housing. • The City shall consult with State or local health and child welfare agencies and examine existing data related to lead-based paint hazards and poisonings, including health department data on the addresses of housing units in which children have been identified as lead poisoned. • When preparing the description of priority non-housing community development needs, the City shall notify adjacent units of general local government, to the extent practical. The non- housing community development plan must be submitted to the state, and, if the jurisdiction is a CDBG entitlement grantee other than an urban county, to the county. • The City shall consult with adjacent units of general local government, including local government agencies with metropolitan-wide planning responsibilities where they exist, particularly for problems and solutions that go beyond a single jurisdiction, to the extent practical. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 191 • The City shall consult with the local public housing agency participating in an approved Comprehensive Grant program concerning consideration of public housing needs, planned programs and activities, and strategies for affirmatively furthering Fair Housing. The City of Clearwater will encourage participation of public and assisted housing residents in the preparation of such plans. PHILOSOPHY OF CITIZEN INVOLVEMENT Citizen participation is important in the development of the Consolidated Plan, Annual Action Plan, Assessment of Fair Housing, and CAPER, and any substantial amendments or revisions to these documents. This plan emphasizes the need for a broad range of citizen opinion in the establishment of goals, objectives, projects, and priorities in the use of CDBG and HOME or other funds that the City receives and in the application, monitoring, and evaluation of funded programs. The philosophy that governs the planning process supports and encourages all sectors of the community to participate in the development of Clearwater’s grant applications and in all phases of the City’s federal and state programs, and to insure that as many citizens as possible receive adequate information to form their recommendations. The role of the Housing Division staff is to educate citizens, solicit their opinions, and translate these opinions into specific recommendations within the program planning framework. Citizens should see their recommendations as advisory, recognizing that the final authority for decision- making rests with the City Council. NEIGHBORHOOD AND AFFORDABLE HOUSING ADVISORY BOARD Listed below are various sections from the City’s Neighborhood and Affordable Housing Advisory Board (NAHAB) ordinance. The City Council has created the NAHAB, consisting of seven members who are residents of the City. Members shall be appointed by the City Council. The board shall include the following: City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 192 1. One citizen who is actively engaged in the residential building industry and/or those areas of labor engaged in residential building industry 2. One citizen who is actively engaged in the banking or mortgage industry 3. One citizen who is designated as an advocate for low-income persons 4. One citizen who is a provider of affordable housing and/or a real estate professional 5. One citizen who is a resident of one of the City’s Neighborhood Revitalization Strategy Areas 6. One citizen who is a resident of the City 7. One citizen who is a resident of East Clearwater The NAHAB shall elect from its membership a chairperson, a vice-chairperson, and such other officers as the board may find necessary. Each officer of the board shall serve for a term of one year. The chairperson shall not serve consecutive terms as chairperson. The City Manager shall designate a city employee to serve as staff liaison for the board and to assist the board in the performance of its duties, including the appointment of a recording secretary to meet the board’s administrative needs. Any request by the board for information, reports, or other significant work efforts that will reasonably be expected to exceed eight hours of staff time shall require advanced approval of City Council. POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE NAHAB The board shall have the following powers and duties: 1. Review the programs of the City which are directed to improving the physical environment and lifestyle of low- to moderate-income people assisted by the various federal and state housing and community development programs the City receives, by: a. Assessing neighborhood needs b. Formulating neighborhood goals and objectives c. Establishing priorities for projects within neighborhoods d. Monitoring programs e. Evaluating programs. 2. The monitoring and evaluation of programs may, include the following activities: a. Attending and participating in public hearings regarding the programs City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 193 b. Reviewing condition data c. Reporting citizen reactions to projects and programs d. Reviewing reports regarding projects and program activities e. Reviewing goals and objectives and recommending priorities for the order in which activities are to be undertaken f. Reviewing applications for the funding of selected programs 3. Make recommendations to the City Manager and City Council regarding such programs. 4. Carry out the duties of an advisory committee when and to the extent that an advisory committee may be required for the various state and federal housing and community development programs the City receives. CITIZEN INVOLVEMENT Process The City of Clearwater encourages all citizens to participate in the development of the Consolidated Plan, Annual Action Plan, Assessment of Fair Housing, and CAPER, and any substantial amendments or revisions to these documents. This Citizen Participation Plan places particular emphasis on participation by very-low- to moderate-income persons, particularly those living in slum and blighted areas and in areas where federal housing and community development funds are proposed to be used, and by residents of predominantly low- and moderate-income neighborhoods. The City will take whatever actions are appropriate to encourage the participation by minorities and non-English speaking persons, as well as persons with disabilities. The City will solicit citizen involvement at the community level through public meetings and hearings on community development matters. 1. All aspects of citizen participation shall be conducted openly with freedom of access to all meetings, information, and public records by all interested persons. 2. The NAHAB and the Housing Division will solicit the involvement and opinions of low- and moderate-income persons, members of minority groups, residents of the target areas, the elderly, persons with disabilities, and other persons directly affected by, or interested in, the community development programs. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 194 3. Where applicable the NAHAB will participate through all stages of the program, including development of the application, program implementation, monitoring, and evaluation. 4. The Housing Division and the NAHAB will provide the citizens of Clearwater with adequate and timely information, through press releases, advertisements, television programming and neighborhood meetings to enable them to be involved in decisions at various stages of the program. 5. To ensure that opportunities are available to hearing impaired citizens to participate in the process, the City has installed a telephone device system for the deaf. 6. To ensure that opportunities are available to non-English speaking people to participate in the process, the City will provide an English translator for public hearings where many non-English speaking residents are expected to participate. 7. The City will also take measures to encourage participation of residents of public and assisted housing developments low-income areas, and residents of targeted revitalization areas. 8. Clearwater will provide citizens with access to local meetings, information, and records relating to our proposed use of funds. The Housing Division will offer technical assistance to develop program proposals for groups representing persons of low and moderate income. 9. The City will hold public hearings to obtain citizen views and respond to citizen proposals and questions about proposed activities and program performance. The City will provide written answers, within 15 working days, to written complaints and grievances. The City encourages minorities and non-English speaking persons, and persons with mobility, visual or hearing impairments to participate in the process. Scope of Participation The NAHAB, as citizen representatives, shall participate through all stages of the program and, with the Housing Division, will be responsible for the development and inclusion of citizen comments. The NAHAB is to comment on all plans and programs they feel necessary before they are submitted to the City Council for public hearings. These plans and programs may include: 1. Citizen Participation Plan 2. Consolidated Plan 3. Annual Action Plan City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 195 4. Assessment of Fair Housing (AFH) 5. Local Housing Assistance Plan (LHAP) 6. Consolidated Annual Performance and Evaluation Report (CAPER) 7. Subsequent amendments, revisions, and other changes to the above 8. Identifying community development and housing needs, and the setting of priorities The NAHAB is to act as an advisory committee for any programs becoming operational under the Housing Division. With City Council approval, the Housing Division and/or their designees may directly assist in the operation of certain types of activities such as, but not limited to, other types of involvement that become feasible as tools to carry out the programs administered by the Housing Division. The NAHAB is to be given regular progress reports concerning implementation of activities funded under the Housing Division and will solicit direct opinion from individuals and groups directly affected by ongoing activities about the effective performance of the implemented activities. Submission of Views and Proposals The Housing Division and the NAHAB encourage the submission of views and proposals regarding programs by citizens, particularly those low- and moderate-income persons residing within targeted areas. This includes submission of such views: 1. Directly to the City during the planning period before public hearings on the application. 2. Directly to the NAHAB during regularly scheduled meetings. 3. At neighborhood and other public meetings scheduled by the Housing Division and/or the NAHAB before public hearings. 4. At formal public hearings. The Housing Division shall respond to all proposals submitted directly to the department, and/or referred by the NAHAB, including written responses to written proposals stating the reasons for the actions taken by the City on the proposal. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 196 PROGRAM AMENDMENT CRITERIA For the purposes of this Plan, “substantial” amendments to the City’s Consolidated Plan and/or Annual Action Plan, shall be defined as and will be necessary when: 1. There is a reallocation/reprogramming of funds equaling more than 50 percent in the aggregate of the City’s combined CDBG and HOME allocations to an activity(s) previously described in the Consolidated Plan and/or Annual Action Plan(s) 2. There is a reallocation/reprogramming of funds equaling more than 25 percent in the aggregate of the City’s annual CDBG and HOME entitlement for that program year 3. A decision is made to carry out an activity not previously described in the Consolidated Plan and/or Annual Action Plan(s), including program income 4. The purpose, scope, location(s) or beneficiaries of an activity are substantially changed. An activity will be considered substantially changed when any of the following criteria applies: a. The activity will no longer principally benefit the targeted population as identified in the Consolidated Plan and/or Annual Action Plan(s). b. The activity will no longer address the low- and moderate-income needs identified in the Consolidated Plan and/or Annual Action Plan(s) or the activity ceases to address the qualifying National Objectives as per 24 CFR Part 570.208. c. The activity location changes so that the completed activity will principally serve beneficiaries other than those originally intended. d. The scope of the activity has increased to the point where its completion would result in the inability to carry out another approved activity, or would require reducing the scope of another activity to a point where it would not accomplish its intended purpose. Additionally, for the purposes of this Plan, “revisions” to the City’s Assessment of Fair Housing, shall be defined as and will be necessary when: 1. There is a material change in circumstances in the jurisdiction that affects the information on which the AFH is based, to the extent that the analysis, the fair housing contributing factors, or the priorities and goals of the AFH no longer reflect the actual circumstances. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 197 The City will adhere to all internal City policies in terms of notifying and obtaining proper approvals on all substantial amendments or revisions. Before making any substantial amendments to the Consolidated Plan and/or Annual Action Plan(s), or any revisions to the Assessment of Fair Housing, the City shall provide citizens with information concerning the proposed change(s) and an opportunity to comment on the proposed amendments or revisions and provide reasonable notice of such proposed changes. The City shall consider such comments and modify the proposed changes as appropriate. The City shall make available to the public, and to HUD, a description of such changes as adopted. The City will provide a period, not less than 30 days, to receive comments on the substantial amendments or revisions before the amendments or revisions are implemented. The City of Clearwater will consider any comments or views of citizens received in writing, or orally at public hearings, in preparing substantial amendments to the Consolidated Plan and Annual Action Plan or revisions to the Assessment of Fair Housing. A summary of these comments or views shall be attached to any substantial amendments to the Consolidated Plan and Annual Action Plan, or revisions to the Assessment of Fair Housing. TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE The Housing Division shall provide technical assistance through staff or other resources. Such assistance shall be available regularly: 1. To the NAHAB for their participation in planning, implementation, monitoring, and evaluation 2. To groups representing persons of low and moderated income that request assistance developing proposals for funding under any of the programs covered by the Consolidated Plan and/or Annual Action Plan(s) 3. To assist citizens in carrying out Consolidated Plan and/or Annual Action Plan(s) activities. ADEQUATE INFORMATION The City, through the Housing Division will provide full disclosure and public access to citizens, public agencies, and interested parties, of all program information. The information will include the following: City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 198 1. The expected funds to be available (including annual grants, program income and any un- programmed funds) 2. The range of activities that may be undertaken with those funds 3. The estimated funds proposed for activities that will benefit low- and moderate-income persons 4. The proposed activities likely to result in displacement and the City’s plans for minimizing such displacement of persons because of its proposed activities 5. The types and levels of assistance the City will make available (or to require others to make available) to persons displaced by funded activities, even if the City expects no such displacement to occur. 6. The City will publish a summary of the proposed Consolidated Plan, Annual Action Plan, Assessment of Fair Housing, or any substantial amendments or revisions, in a local newspaper for 30-day public comment before such plans or amendments/revisions are submitted to HUD for review. The advertisement will also identify a location in which interested parties can view the entire document or obtain a copy of such plans. The City will provide copies of such plans or amendments/revisions upon request. ACCESS TO RECORDS The City will provide citizens, public agencies, and other interested parties with reasonable and timely access to information and records about the City’s Consolidated Plan, Annual Action Plan, Assessment of Fair Housing, and CAPER, and the City’s use of funding under the programs covered by these plans. CITIZEN COMMENTS Consolidated Plan, Annual Action Plan, and Assessment of Fair Housing The City will provide citizens with a reasonable opportunity to comment on the Consolidated Plan, Annual Action Plan, and Assessment of Fair Housing. The City will publish in local newspapers, such as the Tampa Bay Times, a notice of availability and summary of the proposed Consolidated Plan, Annual Action Plan, and/or Assessment of Fair Housing. Copies of the proposed documents will be available in several areas throughout the City including the City’s website, public libraries, and the City’s Housing Division and City Clerk Departments. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 199 The City will establish a 30-day comment period on the Consolidated Plan, Annual Action Plan, and Assessment of Fair Housing to receive public comments. The City will consider any comments or views of citizens received in writing, or orally at the public hearings, in preparation of final documents. A summary of any comments or views shall be attached to final documents. Performance Reports The City will provide citizens with reasonable notice and an opportunity to comment on the annual CAPER report. Copies of the CAPER will be available in several areas throughout the City including the City’s website, public libraries, and the City’s Housing Division and City Clerk Departments. The Citizen Participation Plan provides a period of not less than 15 days, to receive public comments on the annual CAPER report before its submission. The City will consider any comments or views of citizens received in writing, or orally at public hearings, in preparing the performance report. A summary of these comments or views shall be attached to the final report. PUBLIC HEARINGS The City will hold public hearings to address housing and community development needs, development of proposed activities, and the review of program performance. Public hearings will seek to obtain citizen views and respond to citizen proposals and questions. The City will hold at least two public hearings on the Consolidated Plan and Assessment of Fair Housing, one of which must be held before each document is published for public comments. The City will hold at least one public hearing on the Citizen Participation Plan, Annual Action Plan, and CAPER. For the purposes of the Citizen Participation Plan, Consolidated Plan, Annual Action Plan, Assessment of Fair Housing, and CAPER, a meeting of the NAHAB will be considered a Public Hearing. The City will place an ad in the local newspaper 10 days before each public hearing to notify the citizens of each hearing, with sufficient information about the subject of the hearing to allow informed comments. The public hearings will be held at times and locations convenient to potential and actual City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 200 beneficiaries, and with accommodations for persons with disabilities. The City will also provide translation for non-English speaking residents at public hearings where many non-English speaking residents are expected to participate. RESIDENTIAL ANTI-DISPLACEMENT AND RELOCATION ASSISTANCE According to section 104(d) of the Act, the City will adopt, make public, and certify that it is following a residential anti-displacement and relocation assistance plan providing one-for-one replacement units (paragraph (c)(1) of this section), and relocation assistance (paragraph (c)(2) of this section). Before the City enters a contract committing it to provide funds under this part of any activity that will directly result in the demolition of low/moderate-income dwelling units or the conversion of very-low to moderate-income dwelling units to another use, the City will make public, and submit the following information in writing to the HUD Field Office for monitoring purposes: A. A description of the proposed assisted activity B. The location on a map and the number of dwelling units by size (number of bedrooms) that will be demolished or converted to a use other than for low/moderate-income dwelling units as a direct result of the assisted activity; C. A time schedule for the commencement and completion of the demolition or conversion; D. The location on a map and the number of dwelling units by size (number of bedrooms) that will be provided as replacement dwelling units. If such data is not available at the time of the general submission, the submission shall identify the general location on an area map and the approximate number of dwelling units by size, and information identifying the specific location and number of dwelling units by size shall be submitted and disclosed to the public when it is available E. The source of funding and a time schedule for the provision of replacement dwelling units F. The basis for concluding that each replacement dwelling unit will remain a low/ moderate- income dwelling unit for at least 10 years from the date of initial occupancy G. Information demonstrating that any proposed replacement of dwelling units with smaller dwelling units (e.g., a 2-bedroom unit with two 1-bedroom units) is consistent with the needs analysis. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 201 CONSIDERATION OF COMPLAINTS AND GRIEVANCES Any complaint or grievance initiated by a citizen and received in written form should first be referred for administrative disposition to the Housing Division Assistant Director who shall reply directly to the citizen in written form within 15 days of receipt, and further indicate to the citizen avenues of appeal available. If the citizen is not satisfied with the determination of the Housing Division Assistant Director, he/she may appeal to NAHAB presenting the complaint in written or oral form. The NAHAB may decide that the staff has sufficiently addressed the problem and take no further action or it may request that staff respond in another manner. DOCUMENTS Documents used for the Housing Division administered federal and state programs shall be available upon request, during normal working hours. Copies of the following materials shall be available from the Housing Division located at City Hall. 1. All mailings and promotional material 2. Records of hearings 3. All key documents, including all prior applications, letters of approval, performance reports, evaluation reports, Assessments of Fair Housing, other reports required by HUD and the State of Florida, and the proposed and approved Consolidated Plan and/or Annual Action Plan for the current year 4. Copies of regulations and issuances governing the program To give adequate notice of public hearing: 1. Prior to each public hearing, the City shall publish notice in easily readable type, no smaller than seven point, in the non-legal section of a newspaper of general circulation reaching persons of low/moderate income. 2. The City may supplement this with advertisements in neighborhood newspapers or periodicals serving low/moderate-income neighborhoods. 3. The City shall, if required and at the determination of the City Attorney, publish additional legal notice. Such notices shall show the dates, times, places and procedures of the hearing, the City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 202 topics to be considered, basic information about the, program, and the procedures and timing being followed in the development and approval of the application 4. The City may, as appropriate, use radio, television, newspapers, websites, and other media to publicize public hearings. POINTS OF CONTACT As a guide for citizen interaction through the Consolidated Planning process, the following specific contacts are furnished: Local Government: Diane Durr, Housing Manager P. O. Box 4748, Clearwater, FL 33758 Phone: (727) 562-4032 Denise Sanderson, Director of Economic Development and Housing P. O. Box 4748, Clearwater, FL 33758 Phone: (727) 562-4023 Bill Horne, City Manager P.O. Box 4748, Clearwater, FL 33758 Phone: (727) 462-4040 George Cretekos, Mayor City of Clearwater P. O. Box 4748, Clearwater, FL 33758 Phone: (727) 462-4040 Neighborhood and Affordable Housing Advisory Board (NAHAB): Michael Potts, Chair P.O. Box 4748, Clearwater, FL 33758 Phone: (727) 562-4030 The United States of America: Gary Causey, Director of Community Planning & Development U.S. Dept. of Housing & Urban Development 400 West Bay Street, Suite 1015 Jacksonville, FL 32202 Phone: (904) 232-1777 City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan 203 MEDIA USAGE All requisite public notices and advertisements shall be advertised in the Tampa Bay Times. Additional supplementary advertisements and notices may be placed in The Weekly Challenger and other publications. Also, notices shall be published on the City of Clearwater website at www.myclearwater.com/housing. DEPOSITORIES OF INFORMATION All program documents, including all mailings and promotional material; records, prior applications; grant agreements; this plan; performance reports; evaluation reports; regulations and any other documentation concerning the CDBG, HOME, and SHIP programs are available during normal working hours at the Economic Development & Housing Department. Copies of any documentation will be furnished to interested persons upon request and without charge by that office. In addition, copies of the current Citizen’s Participation Plan, the Consolidated Plan, Annual Action Plan(s) and the most recent performance report are available for inspection at the following locations: City of Clearwater Economic Development & Housing Department c/o Housing Division 112 South Osceola Avenue Clearwater, FL 33756 City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan Appendix APPENDIX 1. Maps 2. Public Participation 3. SF 424 4. Certifications City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan Appendix- Maps Maps SR 580 DREW ST US HIGHWAY 19 NCURLEW RD DRUID RD MAIN STCR 1BELLEAIR RD SUNSET POINT RD TAMPA RD SR 590N KEENE RDGU LF TO BAY BLVDN BELCHER RDNURSERY RDGULF BLVDCLEVELAND ST BELCHER RDLAKEVIEW RD C O U N T R Y SIDEBLVDN BETTY LNENT ERPRISE RD E COURT ST L A N DMARKDRS KEENE RDBAYSHORE BLVDDOUGLAS AVES LAKE DRN HERCULES AVEPHILLIPPE PKWYS MISSOURI AVEVIRGINIA ST S HIGHLAND AVES BELCHER RDBAYSIDE BRIDGEN HIGHLAND AVESHOREDREM A R S HALL ST PATRICIA AVEFISHER RDEDGEWATER DRCAUSEWAY BLVD N E C O A C H M A N R D UNION ST KINGS HIGHWAYMICHIGAN BLVD PINEHURST RDHAR NBLVDN MYRTLE AVECO U R T N EY C A M P B E L L C S W YN FT HARRISON AVEB EL T R E ESS T NEW YORK AVESOLON AVE MON TCLA IR R D S MYRTLE AVEEVANS RD DRUID RD S9TH AVE NFORESTL A K E S B L V D N SATURN AVES LAKE AVESAN CHRISTOPHER DR FLA G L E R DR ELM STBROADWAYPA L M B L V D MILWAUKEE AVENB A Y S H O REBLVDPINE AVE NE NTERPRISE R D INDIANRO CKSRDKEENE RDSBAYSHOREBLVDCR 90COMMERCEBL V D OAKLEAF BLVDREP U B L IC DROMAHA STPALMETTO ST VIRGINIA AVE GR E E N B R IA R B L V D BEACON PLACE DRFAIRMONT ST LAKE HAVEN RDA L T IR A AVE14TH AVE S4TH ST S PINE AVEOA K CRE EK DR MIL RA YDRNHAGEN AVE SAN SALVADOR DR PALMETTO ST SR 580 BROADWAYN BELCHER RDMAIN ST SR 590 UNION ST CR 1KEENE RDCR 90\\tm-vs\Projects\CLW2071\01m\GIS-data\Projects\Eligible Areas.mxd City of Clearwater City of Dunedin City of Safety Harbor City of Oldsmar City of Largo Town of Belleair City of Belleair Beach City of Clearwater City of Clearwater 2016-2019 Consolidated Plan Low & Moderate Income Areas Map £¤ !(590 19 !(611 !(1 !(60 !(580 !(590 £¤19 !(611 !(584 !(586 OldTampaBay GulfofMexico LakeChautauqua HarborLake JerryLake SafetyHarbor ClearwaterHarbor [ 0 0.5 10.25 Miles Water Bodies Other Incorporated Cities and Towns Unincorporated Pinellas County Major Roads City of Clearwater - Other Income Areas City of Clearwater - Low/Mod Income Areas Eligible Areas Source: HUD Low/Mod Summary Data, FY 2015and eCon Planning Suite CPD Maps, accessed March 21, 2016. City of Clearwater LakeBellevue NorthGreenwood LakeBellevue Neighborhood Revitalization Strategy Areas Block Groups with >= 51.0% Low/Mod Persons EastGateway City of Dunedin Town of Belleair !(1 JerryLake ClearwaterHarbor LakeBellevue NorthGreenwood LakeBellevue East GatewayDistrict DREW ST M A I N S T N KEENE RDUNION ST BELLEAIR RD CLEVELAND ST LAKEVIEW RDN BETTY LNCOURT ST S KEENE RDDOUGLAS AVES LAKE DRPALMETTO ST SUNSET POINT RD VIRGINIA ST S MISSOURI AVENURSERY RDN HIGHLAND AVEPATRICIA AVEEDGEWATER DRGULF BLVDKINGS HIGHWAYN MYRTLE AVEN FT HARRISON AVEB EL T R E ESS T SR 580 S MYRTLE AVEDRUID RD SN SATURN AVENEW YORK AVEFL A G L ER DRBROADWAYMILWAUKEE AVEKEENE RDS LAKE AVEVIRGINIA AVE M O N T C L A I R R D FAIR MON T S T LAKE HAVEN RDSCOT SD A LESTDRUID RDBROADWAY KEENE RD\\tm-vs\Projects\CLW2071\01m\GIS-data\Projects\Eligible Areas_wTargetAreas.mxd [0 0.5 10.25 Miles 2016-2019 Consolidated Plan Strategy Areas Map Water Bodies Other Incorporated Cities and Towns Unincorporated Pinellas County Major Roads City of Clearwater - Other Income Areas City of Clearwater - Low/Mod Income Areas Eligible Areas Source: HUD Low/Mod Summary Data, FY 2015and eCon Planning Suite CPD Maps, accessed March 21, 2016. City of Clearwater Neighborhood Revitalization Strategy Areas(NRSAs) Block Groups with >= 51.0% Low/Mod Persons Stevenson's Creek Downtown Clearwater Clearwater Beach City of Dunedin Town of Belleair !(1 !(60 HarborLake JerryLake ClearwaterHarbor LakeBellevue NorthGreenwood LakeBellevue East GatewayDistrict DREW ST DRUID RD BELLEAIR RD N KEENE RDN BELCHER RDUNION ST CLEVELAND ST NURSERY RD SUNSET POINT RD LAKEVIEW RDN BETTY LNCOURT ST S KEENE RDDOUGLAS AVES LAKE DRN HERCULES AVES MISSOURI AVEGULF TO BAY BLVD VIRGINIA ST S BELCHER RDN HIGHLAND AVEPATRICIA AVEEDGEWATER DRKINGS HIGHWAYN MYRTLE AVEN FT HARRISON AVEB EL T R E ESS T SR 580 M ONTC LAIR R D S MYRTLE AVEDRUID RD SN SATURN AVEFL A G L E R DRNEW YORK AVEBROADWAYMILWAUKEE AVES LAKE AVEKEENE RDHARN B L V DENTERPRI S ER DPALMETTO ST VIRGINIA AVE GR E E N B R IA R B L V D FAIR MON T ST LAKE HAVEN RDSCOT S D A LESTBROADWAYKEENE RDPALMETTO ST \\tm-vs\Projects\CLW2071\01m\GIS-data\Projects\Eligible Areas_wProjects.mxd [ 0 0.5 10.25 Miles 2016/2017 Annual Action Plan Projects Map Water Bodies Other Incorporated Cities and Towns Unincorporated Pinellas County Major Roads City of Clearwater - Other Income Areas City of Clearwater - Low/Mod Income Areas Eligible Areas Source: HUD Low/Mod Summary Data, FY 2015and eCon Planning Suite CPD Maps, accessed March 21, 2016. City of Clearwater Neighborhood Revitalization Strategy Areas(NRSAs) Block Groups with >= 51.0% Low/Mod Persons Stevenson's Creek NOTES: (1) The location of the RCS "The Haven"domestic violence shelter facility location is undisclosed for safety reasons. The facilityis within the Lake Bellevue NRSA. (2) The locations of stormwater improvementsand roadway resurfacing projects in the EastGateway NRSA are as follows:1. South Franklin Cir.2. Santa Rosa Dr.3. Franklin St.4. Pierce St.5. Avanda Ct.6. Waverly Way7. Park St.8. S. Betty Ln.9. S. Fredrica Ave.10. S. Lady Mary Dr.11. Evergreen Ave.12. Evergreen Pl.13. S. Hillcrest Ave. ^Project Locations (Facilities or Infrastructure) ^ ^Kimberly HomeAcquisition/Demolition118 N. Missouri Ave. The Arc of Tampa BayFacility Improvement1501 N. Belcher Rd. ^Clearwater Free ClinicFacility Improvement314 S. Missouri Ave. East Gateway DistrictStormwater Improvements& Roadway Resurfacing(See Notes) RCS The HavenFacility Improvements(See Notes) NEIGHBORHOOD REVITALIZATION STRATEGY Lake Bellevue, North Greenwood, and East Gateway District DRAFT Updated June 15, 2016 2 CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA NEIGHBORHOOD REVITALIZATION STRATEGY The City of Clearwater’s Community Development Block Grant program is requesting the renewal of the City’s Neighborhood Revitalization Strategy Areas (NRSAs) for the Lake Bellevue Neighborhood, located in the southern east area of Clearwater, the North Greenwood Neighborhood, located in the northern east area of Clearwater, and the East Gateway District, located in the central east area of Clearwater. The NRSA is a program established to encourage and stress a coordinated marshalling of the City's resources provided by the U. S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (Community Development Block Grant Program) to create communities of opportunity by stimulating the reinvestment of human and economic capital by empowering low-income residents in low/moderate low income eligible areas. Through this effort, communities may define a NRSA that meets the threshold for low to moderate income residents. Within this area, the City of Clearwater is then afforded greater flexibility for Community Development Block Grant Program (CDBG) funds for economic development, housing and public service activities. In terms of economic development relief, the strategy allows any job creation or retention efforts relief by not requiring businesses to track the income of people hired or retained. Economic development activities carried out in the approved neighborhood revitalization area are also exempt from the aggregate public benefits standards. Benefits of a NRSA is described in amendments to the CDBG regulations at 24 CFR 570 which were published in the Federal Register on January 05, 1995 and then updated in the final rule changes published November 09, 1995 Federal Register. They are as follows:  Job Creation/Retention as Low/Moderate Income Area Benefit: Job creation/retention activities pursuant to the strategy may be qualified as meeting area benefit requirements, thus eliminating the need for a business to track the incomes of persons that take, or are considered for such jobs (24 CFR 570.208(a)(1)(vii) and (d)(5)(i));  Aggregation of Housing Units: Housing units assisted pursuant to the strategy may be considered to be part of a single structure for purposes of applying the low/moderate- income national objective criteria, thus providing greater flexibility to carry out housing programs that revitalize a neighborhood (24 CFR 570.208(a)(3) and (d)(5)(ii));  Aggregate Public Benefit Standard Exemption: Economic Development activities carried out under the strategy may, at the grantee’s option, be exempt from the aggregate public benefit standards, thus increasing a grantee’s flexibility for program design as well as reducing its record-keeping requirements (24 CFR 570.209(b)(2)(v)(L) and (M)); and  Public Service Cap Exemption: Public Services carried out pursuant to the strategy by a Community-Based Development Organization will be exempt from the public service cap (24 CFR 570.204(b)(2)(ii)). Moreover, the relief for public service activities can be viewed in terms of the regulatory requirement that no more than 15% of the total CDBG allocation can be used for public services activities. Under this strategy, all public services offered within the subject neighborhood and carried out as part of qualified projects by a Community Based Development Organization (CBDO) are exempt from the public service cap of 15%. 3 Therefore, the City of Clearwater will be able to offer a more aggressive level of service to stimulate community revitalization. It will also allow the City of Clearwater to address some of the urgent needs of the disadvantaged communities by offering job training and other related economic development assistance. In terms of housing, the revitalization strategy will allow the City to track scattered site housing units as a single strategy. This will permit the City of Clearwater to provide housing opportunities to not only low to moderate-income families, but to other families who earn between 80% to 120% of area median. This will increase the level of affordable housing units and thereby raise the income level of the neighborhood. NRSA Boundaries The City of Clearwater has previously established and currently maintains three (3) different strategy areas. The first strategy area encompasses Census Tract 261.01, Block Groups 1, 2 and 3; Census Tract 261.02, Block Groups 1 and 2; and Census Tract 262.00, Block Groups 1 and 2, known as the North Greenwood Neighborhood Revitalization Strategy Area. The North Greenwood Strategy Area is bounded by Betty Lane to the east, Clearwater Harbor to the west, Union Street to the north, and Drew Street to the south. The second strategy area encompasses Census Tract 258.00, Block Groups 1, 2, and 3, known as the Lake Bellevue Neighborhood Revitalization Strategy Area, bounded by Evergreen Drive to the east, South Ft. Harrison Avenue to the west, Lakeview Road to the north, and Belleair Road to the south. The third strategy area encompasses Census Tract 264.00, Block Groups 1 and 2, known as the East Gateway District Neighborhood Revitalization Area, bounded by Highland Avenue to the east, Missouri Avenue to the west, Drew Street to the north, and Court Street to the south. Please see the attached Strategy Areas Map. Neighborhood & Demographic Criteria North Greenwood Neighborhood Revitalization Strategy Area (NGNRSA) According to the 2010 U.S. Census, the NGNRSA includes census tracts 261.01, 261.02, and 262.00. According to 2015 HUD Low/Mod data, the NGNRSA has a combined population of 4,865 people of which 65% is considered low to moderate income. Census Tract 261.01 has a population of 1,790 people of which 58%is low to moderate income, Census Tract 261.02 has a total population of 1,105 people of which 46% is low to moderate income, and Census Tract 262.00 has a population of 1,970 of which 83% is low to moderate income. Additionally, individuals in the NGNRSA experience a much higher percentage of poverty compared to the City of Clearwater (16.1%). The 2010-2014 American Community Survey (ACS) reported that persons living below poverty level during the last 12 months in Tracts 261.01, 261.02, and 262.00, were 24.9%, 21.4%, and 46.8%, respectively. The total land area for the NGNRSA is approximately 1.3 square miles. According to the 2010 U.S. Census, the population in the area is relatively young with the median age being 38 years. There are approximately 1,265 families in the area with 626, or 49.5%, of the families living as married couples and 510, or 40.3%, of the families living as a single female householder, with 4 no husband present. The area is also primarily residential in nature. According to the 2010 U.S. Census, there are a total of 2,860 housing units in this area. Out of the 2,860 housing units, 17.9% are vacant. According to the 2010-2014 ACS, the median home owner occupied value in this area is lower than the rest of the City. The median value of homes in Tract 261.01, 261.02, and 262.00 is $120,300, $146,300, and $111,000, respectively. The median value of owner-occupied homes in the City of Clearwater is $153,900. According to the 2010-2014 ACS, the median contract rent is $858 per month for Tract 261.01, $707 for Tract 261.02, and $608 for Tract 262.00. The median contract rent for the City of Clearwater is $794. The median gross rent is $1,040 for Tract 261.01, $904 for Tract 261.02, and $833 for Tract 262.00. The median gross rent for the City of Clearwater is $957. The median household income is also lower than the rest of the City. According to the 2010- 2014 ACS, the median household income for the City of Clearwater is $43,306. The median household income is $40,585 for Tract 261.01, $36,176 for Tract 261.02, and $20,189 for Tract 262.00. Lake Bellevue Neighborhood Revitalization Strategy Area (LBNRSA) The LBNRSA includes Census Tracts 258.00. According to HUD 2015 Low/Mod data, the LBNRSA has a population of 3,790 persons of which 59% are considered low to moderate income. Additionally, the 2010-2014 ACS reported that 28.7% of persons in the LBNRSA were living below the poverty level during the past 12 months, compared to a citywide percentage of 16.1%. The total land area for the LBNRSA is approximately 0.7 square mile. According to the 2010 U.S. Census, the population in the area is relatively young with the median age being 34 years. There are approximately 935 families in the area with 446, or 29% of the families living as married couples, and 392, or 25.5%, of the families living as a single female householder, with no husband present. The area is also primarily residential in nature. According to the 2010 U.S. Census, there are a total of 1,784 housing units in this area. Out of the 1,784 housing units, 13.8% is vacant. According to the 2010-2014 ACS, the median home owner occupied value in this area is lower than the rest of the City. The median value of homes in Lake Bellevue is $101,600. The median value of owner-occupied homes in the City of Clearwater is $153,900. According to the 2010-2014 ACS, the median contract rent for Tract 258.00, Lake Bellevue, is $665 per month. The median contract rent for the City of Clearwater is $794. The median gross rent for Lake Bellevue is $830, whereas the median gross rent in the City of Clearwater is $957. The median household income is also lower than the rest of the City. According to the 2010- 2014 ACS, the median household income for the City of Clearwater is $43,306. The median household income for Lake Bellevue is $26,271. 5 East Gateway Neighborhood Revitalization Strategy Area (EGDNRSA) The EGDNRSA includes Census Tract 264.00 (Block Groups 1 and 2). According to HUD 2015 Low/Mod data, the EGDNRSA has a population of 3,480 persons of which 76% are considered low to moderate income. The 2010-2014 ACS reported that 32.9% of persons in the EGDNRSA were living below the poverty level during the past 12 months, compared to a citywide percentage of 16.1%. The total land area for the EGDNRSA is approximately 0.4 square mile. According to the 2010 U.S. Census, the population in the area is relatively young with the median age being 34 years. There are approximately 598 families in the area with 257, or 43% of the families living as married couples, and 228, or 38.1%, of the families living as a single female householder, with no husband present. The area is a mix of residential and commercial land uses. According to the 2010 U.S. Census, there are a total of 1,510 housing units in this area. Out of the 1,510 housing units, 20.7% is vacant. According to the 2010-2014 ACS, the median home owner occupied value in this area is far lower than the rest of the City. The median value of homes in the East Gateway District is $73,700. The median value of owner-occupied homes in the City of Clearwater is $153,900. According to the 2010-2014 ACS, the median contract rent for Tract 264.00 (Block Groups 1 and 2), East Gateway, is $658 per month. The median contract rent for the City of Clearwater is $794. The median gross rent for East Gateway is $773, whereas the median gross rent in the City of Clearwater is $957. The median household income in the East Gateway District is also lower than the rest of the City. According to the 2010-2014 ACS, the median household income for the City of Clearwater is $43,306. The median household income for East Gateway is $22,659. Community Consultation The community consultation process involves soliciting input on the revitalization strategy from the residents of the area, owner/operators of businesses, local financial institutions, non-profit organizations, and community groups. The process used by the City of Clearwater in this section included holding two public information-gathering meetings in the communities with key stakeholders, providing a 30-day comment period, holding a meeting with the Neighborhood and Affordable Housing Advisory Board (NAHAB) and the City Council with the results. The first public meeting was held on March 29, 2016 for the LBNRSA and EGDNRSA, and the second public meeting was held on March 30, 2016 for the NGNRSA. The NAHAB is scheduled to meet on July 12, 2016. The City Council will meet to discuss the NRSAs, along with the 2016- 2019 Consolidated Plan and the 2016/2017 Annual Action Plan on July 21, 2016. 6 Assessment Level of Employment According to the 2010-2014 ACS, there are an estimated 109,210 persons living in the City of Clearwater. Of that, 91,134 were 16 years or older. The Census reported that of this population, 59.5% is in the labor force. Moreover, 54.1% is employed and 8.7% is unemployed. Although the City of Clearwater illustrates a vibrant City with employment opportunities, some neighborhoods within the city do not show this type of success. In the NRSAs, the employment outlook is not as bright as the City as a whole. Some reasons for the disparities vary from education attainment to economic disadvantage. The 2010-2014 ACS estimated that a total of 4,924 persons 16 years or older lived in the NGNRSA. Of this total, 55.4%, or 2,726 persons are listed in the civilian labor force. The unemployment rate for this area, which includes the 261.01, 261.02, and 262.00 census tracts, is an aggregate of 9.7%. The unemployment rate is 3.8% for Tract 261.01, 13.0% for Tract 261.02, and 16.4% for Tract 262.00. Based off the Bureau of Labor Statistics, the unemployment rate for the State of Florida has decreased by 0.7% from April 2015 to April 2016. Based on these estimates, it is estimated that the current unemployment rate in the North Greenwood may have also decreased. Based on the 2010-2014 ACS, the unemployment rate for LBNRSA (Tract 258.00) is estimated at 18.4%. In the LBNRSA, 61.7% of the population age 16 years or older is in the civilian labor force and 50.3% is employed. Again, based on the Bureau of Labor Statistics data, it is estimated that the current 2016 unemployment rate for Tract 258.00 may be lower than previous years. Based on the 2010-2014 ACS, the unemployment rate for the EGDNRSA (Tract 264.00, Block Groups 1 and 2) is estimated at 6.6% of the population age 16 years or older. Of the population age 16 years or older, 63.3% is in the civilian labor force and 56.8% is employed. It is important to note that a large percentage (36.7%) of the EGDNRSA’s population is not in the labor force. Based on the Bureau of Labor Statistics data, it is estimated that the current 2016 unemployment rate for Tract 264.00 may be lower than previous years. Pervasive Poverty Within the combined NRSA, the majority of residents are low-to-moderate income and many live below the poverty line. There are many factors that contribute to persons living in or below poverty. Some of these factors include, educational attainment, households receiving public assistance/supplemental security income and childhood poverty rate. Educational Attainment According to the 2010-2014 ACS, the percentage of persons 25 years and older in the NGNRSA with no high school diploma is 15%, which is higher than the citywide percentage of 11.4%. Additionally, the LBNRSA has a comparable rate of persons over the age of 25 without a high school diploma. According to the 2010-2014 ACS, 17.4% of persons 25 years and older is without a high school diploma. 7 Likewise, the EGDNRSA has a higher rate of persons over the age of 25 without a high school diploma. According to the 2010-2014 ACS, 24.8% of persons 25 years and older is without a high school diploma. Households Receiving Public Assistance According to the 2010-2014 ACS, the estimated percentage of households receiving public assistance in the NGNRSA is 9.7%. By Census Tract, these percentages are 0.9% in Tract 261.01, 3.3% in Tract 261.02, and 26.6% in Tract 262.00. With the exception of Tract 261.01, these rates are especially high considering that the citywide rate of households receiving public assistance is only 2.8%. The estimated percentage of households receiving supplemental security income in the NGNRSA is 11.7%, with a mean of $8,173 per year. For Tract 261.01, the percentage is 9.2%, with a mean of $9,289 per year, Tract 261.02 is 1.8%, with a mean of $11,417 per year, and Tract 262.00 is 24.7%, with a mean of $7,588 per year. The citywide rate of households receiving supplemental security income is 4.6%. Households in the LBNRSA who receive public assistance is 8.0%. Additionally, households who receive supplemental security income is 8.4%, with a mean of $8,240 per year. Approximately of 6.7% of households in the EGDNRSA receive public assistance, and 13.5% of households receive supplemental security income, with a mean of $8,292 per year. Childhood Poverty Rate There is a strong association with childhood poverty rate, educational attainment and persons who receive public assistance and/or supplemental security income. According to the 2010- 2014 ACS, the percentage of related children under 18 years of age who live below the poverty level in Clearwater is 24.1%. However, the NGNRSA is at a much higher rate. According to the 2010-2014 ACS, the percentage of related children under 18 years of age who are below poverty level is 43% for the NGNRSA, or 32.9%, 4.8%, and 61.5% for its respective Census Tracts. The North Greenwood community is at a much higher risk of becoming homeless than the rest of the City of Clearwater. Similarly, in the LBNRSA, the percentage of individuals with related children under 18 years of age who are below poverty level is 49.4%. For the EGDNRSA, the percentage of individuals with related children under 18 years of age who are below poverty level is 24.9% in Census Tract 264.00; however, for this census tract, comparable data was not available at the block group level where the percentage may be higher. 8 Neighborhood Business & Employment Data Data on the number of businesses located in the area and the number of people employed was not available for the current year. While the NGNRSA and LBNRSA are primarily residential, the EGDNRSA contains a greater commercial presence. As presented in the original 2009 East Gateway District Neighborhood Revitalization Strategy report (revised August 28, 2009) that established the EGDNRSA, the following business and employment conditions exist in the EGDNRSA: Presently, it is estimated that 6.6% of persons over 16 years of age in the EGDNRSA are unemployed, compared to the citywide rate of 8.7%. The District’s unemployment rate has increased since 2000, when the rate was 3.4%. District residents not in the labor force (i.e., neither employed nor looking for work) account for 36.7% of persons over 16 years of age compared to the citywide figure of 40.5%. ACS data shows that none of the 1,315 workers (age 16 and older) in the EGDNRSA work at home and only 9.2% has a five-minute travel time to work. Based on this information, it is estimated that 90.8% of EGDNRSA residents are employed outside the district. According to city business tax receipts, there are 217 licensed businesses in the [East Gateway] district. Of these businesses, approximately five opened in the past year. Non -home-based businesses are predominantly located in owned or leased commercial space of 1,000 square feet or less. Larger-scale commercial buildings (25,000 and 50,000 square feet) accommodate general and professional office uses. Aging infrastructure and chronic social ills including vagrancy, prostitution and illegal drug activity have diminished the marketability of commercial space. It is estimated that 50 percent of commercial space in the district is currently vacant. Although very low commercial rents provide opportunity for small business enterprise, these businesses are characteristically undercapitalized and highly vulnerable to failure. East Gateway business owners frequently complain that city sign regulations impede the ability to attract customers through signage. The mid-twentieth century “modern” architecture predominant in the district is more likely a factor since the style does not lend itself to sign placement. Also affecting the district’s customer base was the rerouting of a state road outside the district in conjunction with a new bridge opening in 2005. This action is linked to a greater than 50 percent decline in traff ic volumes (largely beach traffic) on East Gateway’s major corridors. Capital is available to East Gateway businesses through SBA lenders and several community banks in Clearwater offering counseling for business loan products. The University of South Florida (USF) Small Business Development Center & Entrepreneurial Training has a Clearwater office that counsels clients and connects them with lending institutions. Also, the East Gateway Action Program includes an effort to develop low-interest lending programs that would benefit businesses in the area. It is estimated that 540 persons are employed by non-home-based businesses in the district. It is estimated that the small businesses which represent the majority of East Gateway businesses employ from 1 to 10 employees. With the recent relocation of the Consumer Energy Solutions (call center) that employed 140 persons in the district, Achieva Credit Union is now the largest employer in East Gateway with approximately 50 employees. Source: East Gateway Neighborhood Revitalization Strategy, approved March 5, 2009, and revised August 28, 2009. 9 Access to Capital for Area Businesses Potential business owners who seek capital from the private sector have found it difficult to secure resources. Private sector loans are normally larger than the amount of the funds needed by area small businesses and have underwriting criteria that most new or expanded businesses could not meet. Public Participation Based on City of Clearwater community meetings and surveys completed by the residents of the North Greenwood Revitalization Strategy Area in 2016, the unmet demand for specific types of facility improvements and services includes the following: North Greenwood NRSA (2016)  Housing o Concerns  Increasing flood insurance rates  Lack of affordable housing (all housing types) o Needs  Homeowner housing rehabilitation and repair  Rental housing rehabilitation and repair  Affordable housing for low income families (single-family and multi-family housing types)  Homebuyer assistance (better information dissemination) o Opportunities  Program to earn credit through work to help with down payment  Create inventory of properties with potential to redevelop for affordable housing  Homelessness o Concerns  Homeless concentration near service providers (i.e., increased homeless presence in neighborhood)  Appropriateness of sub-recipient spending  Service gap for older children (16 and over) and the elderly resulting in increased risk of homelessness o Needs  Homelessness prevention programs  Improved coordination within the Continuum of Care in terms of case management, etc.  Non-Homeless Special Needs o Concerns  Competition for money and services  Lack of neighborhood leadership to coordinate improvements  Lack of multi-generational interaction o Needs  Character/leadership mentoring  Youth job-readiness training 10  Child care and after-school programming  Mental health/substance abuse services  Elderly age-in-place assistance (e.g. housing accessibility, affordability, etc.) o Opportunities  Resource center or directory to share information about program/opportunities for youth and young adults (e.g. scholarships and available assistance with tuition, etc.)  Community Development o Concerns  Concern about closing “Phillies Drive” and reduced connectivity  Perception that neighborhood has been ignored by City o Needs  Sidewalks throughout the North Greenwood neighborhood  Better screening of National Guard armory facility at Seminole and North Missouri  Façade improvements  Community clean-up and blight removal (including City properties)  Code enforcement  Park improvements (e.g. bleachers, basketball courts, soccer fields, etc.)  Economic development activities and African-American small-business start-ups (i.e., attract outside investment but also keep economic benefit within the community) o Opportunities  Coordination with recent Urban Land Institute (ULI) study (e.g. bicycle connectivity)  Coordination with future Seminole Boat Ramp project  Acquisition of flood-prone properties to reduce risk and repurpose for the community  Mixed-use development  Potential kayak launch at Betty Lane/Stevenson Creek  Jazz club or other social destination  Reconfigure Neighborhood Revitalization Strategy Area boundaries to include other eligible areas or remove ineligible areas Lake Bellevue NRSA and East Gateway District NRSA (2016)  Housing o Concerns  High land costs and rising home values as barriers to affordable housing construction  Neighborhood compatibility o Needs  Redevelopment of vacant/abandoned housing  Affordable housing (single family)  Homebuyer assistance  Housing rehabilitation (homeowner and rental)  Homelessness o Concerns 11  Concentrations of homeless in certain areas of the City (e.g. tent cities) o Needs  Rapid rehousing activities  Continued coordination with the Continuum of Care o Opportunities  Flexible emergency fund as homeless prevention tool  Non-Homeless Special Needs o Concerns  Few buildings available for to support community service programs o Needs  Elder support  Literacy program  Job-readiness training  Youth employment program  Youth mentoring o Opportunities  One-stop community resource center or directory  Community Development o Concerns  Recreation affordability at community centers  Loss of year-round pool access o Needs  Blight removal  Code enforcement  Public safety – pedestrian access/connectivity  Mid-block crosswalks on Gulf-to-Bay  Bicycle trails/paths  Traffic calming (e.g. Woodlawn, Kingsley)  Street improvements (e.g. functional/aesthetic speed bumps, resurfacing)  Park maintenance and improvements at Wright Park (e.g. benches, amenities, preservation of natural setting) – park should be returned to community  Park improvements at Ross Norton (e.g. outdoor basketball courts)  Neighborhood beautification (e.g. median landscaping and welcome signage) o Opportunities  Coordination with other City planning efforts One of the primary impediments that disadvantaged communities encounter is the lack of investment or reinvestment from the private sector. The public sector has traditionally been the catalyst for funding in the redevelopment process. Additionally, community opposition to certain types of development may be a challenge to the NRSAs. The NRSAs are primarily residential in nature. They are presently low-income communities with housing stock primarily consisting of single family homes. Based off public workshops and stakeholder meetings that have been held, residents of the NGNRSA, LBNRSA, and EGDNRSA have asserted what they feel are the community’s unmet needs. Any efforts that would limit efforts to overcome unmet needs would be strongly opposed by the communities. 12 Most local community groups and organizations have been established for over ten years and are well established in the community. These community groups include, but are not limited to, Clearwater Neighborhood Housing Services, Inc. and Homeless Emergency Project. Additional organizations include the Willa Carson Health Resource Center, North Greenwood Family Resource Center, and various other neighborhood groups. These groups are experienced in their particular area of service; however, technical assistance would enhance the efforts of these groups and organizations. The NGNRSA, LBNRSA, and EGDNRSA have actively participated in crime reduction tactics for years. They have organized crime watch programs that actively monitor and reports suspicious activities to the police department. Future efforts to eliminate crime in the strategy areas include working with the City’s Police Department to continue community policing efforts, developing a community enforcement program, establishing crime watch programs throughout the neighborhoods and using code enforcement to reduce criminal activities. Existing code enforcement efforts have benefited the communities. These efforts are not systematic in the neighborhood revitalization areas but based upon code enforcement efforts practiced throughout the city as a whole. Economic Empowerment In order to accomplish successful objectives and to improve infrastructure and public services, there is a need to establish and implement strategies that will provide economic empowerment. The following goals and strategies will be pursued through inter-departmental efforts to ensure that the public realm and infrastructure reflect a commitment to revitalization in the NRSA. Objective 1: The first objective is to identify and remove impediments that prevent barriers to investment or re-investment into the communities.  Allow for creative reuse of buildings and land.  Increase small business startups and decrease failure rate of small business.  Promote job skill training to the youth, minorities and promote women-owned businesses and workforce development training for the NRSA residents. Lack of investment into the communities may be attributed to high number of substandard structures, low per capital income of the residents, the perception of crime, and declining tax base. In order to reduce the number of substandard structures, the City of Clearwater will continue to provide loans to eligible low-to-moderate homeowners to repair their structure. Objective 2: The second objective is to identify and improve the safety and condition of parks and other facilities throughout the NRSAs.  Increase and improve infrastructure within the designated parks and trails throughout the communities. Objective 3: The third objective is to expand the accessibility and coordination of social services to City of Clearwater special needs population, youth and senior citizens. 13 Objective 4: Enhance the living environment for person in the NRSAs.  Improving public service activities and programs that eliminate blight and urban decay. Objective 5: Help prevent and reduce homelessness within the NRSAs.  Assist agencies that engage in homeless prevention and provide service. Unmet Needs Analysis The following unmet needs have been identified by residents of the NRSAs, key stakeholders, and public meetings and surveys. NGNRSA Unmet Needs o Housing activities such as homeowner and rental rehabilitation, homebuyer assistance, and new single- and multi-family affordable housing construction o Homeless activities such as homeless prevention and case management through the Continuum of Care o Non-homeless special needs activities serving youth and young adults, the elderly, and those with mental health or substance abuse issues o Community development activities such as sidewalks, blight screening/removal, code enforcement, park improvements, façade improvements, and economic development through small-business start-ups and coordination with other City planning efforts LBNRSA and EGDNRSA Unmet Needs o Housing activities such as housing rehabilitation, homebuyer assistance, new affordable housing (single-family), and redevelopment of underutilized properties o Homeless activities such as rapid rehousing, flexible emergency funds, and continued coordination with the Continuum of Care o Non-homeless special needs activities serving the youth and elderly, programs to support literacy and job-readiness, and a community resource center or directory to list available services o Community development activities such as blight removal, code enforcement, public safety, pedestrian and bicycle connectivity, traffic calming, street improvements, park improvements, recreation access, and neighborhood beautification 14 Performance Measures NGNRSA To measure the success of the City’s strategies to reach the goals identified, the following performance measurements are established for a four-year period. 1) Housing – Create affordable, sustainable, decent housing. a) Increase the availability of housing units for low- to -moderate income families by building ten (10) new affordable rental housing units; construct 10 new in-fill units. b) Provide 10-12 homeowners with housing rehabilitation or housing repair. c) Provide 10-20 homeowners with Down Payment Assistance to purchase a home. d) Provide homebuyer education classes for 15-20 persons who are eligible for assistance. 2) Homelessness – Address the needs of the City’s homeless population. a) Sponsor overnight shelter stays at two homeless facilities for homeless persons. b) Provide assistance for feeding programs for 3,500 people. c) Support local agencies for the screening and treatment of 5-10 persons for mental illness/substance abuse treatment. 3) Community Development and Public Services– Expand accessibility to community facilities and social programs. a) Remove blight by sponsoring one (1) annual community clean-up day. b) Support economic development initiatives by sponsoring micro-development programs through the City’s Economic Development Program. c) Reduce/prevent poverty. i) Collaborate with a minimum of two (2) agencies to support tutorial programs to increase basic education skills. ii) Sponsor 125 youth in mentoring programs designed to enhance growth and development skills. d) Promote self-sufficiency. i) Work with CareerSource Pinellas to access career training programs for 10 people. ii) Collaborate with area social service agencies to provide voucher for transportation for 15 (fifteen) persons conducting job search. iii) Work with non-profit agencies to offer ten (10) clients access to computer literacy and internet skills. LBNRSA To measure the success of the City’s strategies to reach the goals identified, the following performance measurements are established for a four-year period. 1) Housing – Eliminate poor quality / unaffordable housing in the LBNRSA. a) Construct fifteen (15) housing units for rental and homebuyer activities. b) Provide Down Payment Assistance to ten (10) eligible low-to-moderate income homebuyers. c) Provide homebuyer’s education to ten (10) clients. d) Provide homeowner rehabilitation (rental and homebuyer) for fifteen (15) persons. 2) Homelessness – Address the needs of the City’s homeless population. a) Provide overnight shelter stay for homeless person at two (2) homeless facilities. b) Removal of blight to eliminate concentration of homeless in local neighborhoods by conducting a community clean-up day. 15 c) Provide assistance for a feeding program to accommodate 1,500 people. 3) Community Development and Public Services – Expand accessibility to community facilities and social programs. a) Collaborate with agencies to provide summer vouchers for recreational activities. b) Provide funding for two (2) public facilities projects, i.e. basketball court, park improvements. c) Reduce/prevent poverty. i) Collaborate with a local non-profit group to support tutorial programs to increase basic education skills. ii) Sponsor 50 youth in mentoring programs designed to enhance growth and development skills. d) Promote self-sufficiency. i) Collaborate with area social service agencies to provide voucher for transportation for 10 (ten) persons conducting job search. ii) Work with non-profit agencies to offer ten (10) clients access to computer literacy and internet skills. EGDNRSA To measure the success of the City’s strategies to reach the goals identified, the following performance measurements are established for a four-year period. 1) Housing – Eliminate poor quality / unaffordable housing in the EGDNSRA. a) Construct 20 new affordable “for sale” in-fill units. b) Provide Down Payment Assistance and Closing Costs to thirty (30) low to moderate income homebuyers. c) Provide homebuyer education classes to 20-25 low-to-moderate income persons. 2) Non-Homeless Special Needs – Expand the accessibility and availability of services designed to promote basic lifestyle needs. a) Provide a minimum of two (two) agencies with funds to assist frail/elderly, disabled, or veteran’s populations with special needs program. 3) Community Development and Public Services – Expand accessibility to community facilities and social programs. a) Provide funds for one (1) public facility project. b) Provide funds for one (1) public improvement project, i.e. sidewalks, street calming. c) Reduce/prevent poverty i) Sponsor 50 youth in mentoring programs designed to enhance growth and development skills. 4) Economic Development – Create economic opportunities, façade improvement, and business development. a) Provide two (2) businesses with façade improvements b) Provide small businesses with technical support and training c) Assist business with micro-business development activities and job creation. City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan Appendix- Public Participation Public Participation NOTICE OF FUNDING AVAILABILITY CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA FY 2016-2017 - CONSOLIDATED ACTION PLAN COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT BLOCK GRANT PROGRAM AND HOME INVESTMENT PARTNERSHIP PROGRAM The City of Clearwater is estimated to receive $667,634 in grant allocation funds under the Community Development Block Grant (CDBG) Program and $283,808 in grant allocation funds under the HOME Investment Partnership Program for the FY 2016-2017 Program Year beginning October 1, 2016. Funds can only be used in the incorporated limits of the City of Clearwater. However, an agency that is located outside the city may receive funding if they provide documented services for city residents. The amounts listed above are only a projection of the grants and/or loan funds to be received and the actual amounts may vary depending on final appropriations and program income revenue. Federal funding authorization for the Community Development Block Grant (CDBG) Program and the HOME Investment Partnership (HOME) Program is through the U. S. Department of Housing and Urban Development. In addition to the grant allocations, the City anticipates that it will receive program income from federal CDBG, HOME, and Neighborhood Stabilization Program 3 (NSP3) programs. Additional grant funds and program income may be received from the State of Florida State Housing Initiatives Partnership (SHIP) Program and through the Pinellas County Housing Trust Fund (PCHTF) Program. These funds will primarily be used for housing, community and economic development activities. A portion of the funds listed above may be used for City conducted and/or sponsored projects and may not be available for allocation to applicants. Federal regulations applicable to these programs dictate funding availability for certain projects. Proposals for new projects will be accepted beginning on March 4, 2016, but no later than April 4, 2016. Suggestions for new projects/activities for FY 2016-2017 may be presented and should address the following strategies:  Promote better livable opportunities in the Neighborhood Revitalization Strategy Areas  Promote affordable housing for renters and/or homebuyers  Promote efforts/activities to end chronic homelessness  Provide outreach and housing opportunities for homeless individuals and families  Provide assistance to victims of domestic violence  Promote economic opportunities for very low to moderate-income individuals  Provide assistance to the elderly, persons with disabilities, and persons with HIV/AIDS  Develop public facility projects in the neighborhood strategy areas  Promote efforts to reduce lead poisoning in children  Promote opportunities to end poverty (job training, employability skills, educational attainment, and other related activities)  Promote opportunities to assist public housing residents to become self-sufficient  Promote opportunities for individuals to reduce their dependency on alcohol and drugs  Promote fair housing opportunities Eligible activities may include and not be limited to the rehabilitation and preservation of buildings and improvements; acquisition and disposition of real property; acquisition, construction, reconstruction, rehabilitation or installation of public facilities and improvements; economic activities; and activities by subrecipients to carry out neighborhood revitalization, energy conservation projects and related projects. Applications for organizations desiring to participate in the City of Clearwater Housing Pool for activities involving downpayment assistance/gap financing, new construction and rehabilitation of single and multifamily housing will be accepted from eligible participants on a year-round basis while funds remain available. Applications can be obtained beginning March 4, 2016 through April 1, 2016, at the City of Clearwater – Economic Development and Housing Department - Housing Division located at 112 South Osceola Avenue, Clearwater, between the hours of 8:00 a.m. through 5:00 p.m. Applications may also be obtained via the City’s website at https://www.myclearwater.com/gov/depts/econ_devel/documents.asp A mandatory application workshop will be held on March 18, 2016 at the City of Clearwater Fire Station #48 – Training Room located at 1700 North Belcher Road, Clearwater, between the hours of 10:00 a.m. and 12:00 p.m. for all potential applicants. All organizations that are applying for funding must attend. Applications are to be sent to Diane Durr, Housing Manager, City of Clearwater – Economic Development and Housing Department - Housing Division, 112 South Osceola Avenue, Clearwater, FL 33756 and must be received in the Housing Division Office no later than 4:30 p.m. on Monday, April 4, 2016. Any questions or concerns should be directed to Diane Durr at 727- 562-4032 or diane.durr@myclearwater.com. FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE March 21, 2016 Contact: José Patiño City of Clearwater Public Information Specialist (727) 562-4664 City of Clearwater Seeks Input from East Gateway, North Greenwood and Lake Bellevue Residents CLEARWATER, Fla. – Clearwater residents in the East Gateway, North Greenwood and Lake Bellevue neighborhoods have an opportunity to provide input on establishing priorities for how federal money should be spent to improve their neighborhoods during two public meetings. The city of Clearwater staff and Wade Trim, a consulting firm contracted by the city, will meet with the public this month. The first public meeting is set for 6 to 8 p.m. Tuesday, March 29 at the Ross Norton Recreation Complex, 1426 S. Martin Luther King Jr. Ave. A second public meeting will be held from 6 to 8 p.m. Wednesday, March 30 at the North Greenwood Recreation Center, 900 N. Martin Luther King Jr. Ave. A short survey to help identify housing and community service priorities has been created. The city of Clearwater and the consulting firm of Wade Trim would appreciate residents taking a few minutes to complete the survey. It can be accessed by visiting the following link myclearwater.com/housing. The deadline to submit the survey is Friday, April 8th. At the meetings, residents will have an opportunity to express their opinion about needs in their neighborhoods and help prioritize programs and projects. The funding from the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) is used to fund housing programs to help Clearwater homeowners make code improvements to their homes or purchase a home in the city. Funding can also be allocated for public facility projects or public service projects, such as elderly assistance, youth initiatives, homeless programs, mentoring and other social services. The public’s input from the meetings and surveys will be used to develop the city’s Five-Year Consolidated Plan that identifies goals and proposes how the city will utilize funds to be received over the next five years or the program years from 2016-2021. A major component of the Five-Year Consolidated Plan involves providing opportunities for public input and consultation with stakeholders, including nonprofits, service agencies and other public sector entities who are beneficiaries or partners with the city of Clearwater in the implementation of HUD-funded programs and projects in the East Gateway, North Greenwood and Lake Bellevue neighborhoods. The Plan is due to HUD in August 2016. For more information, contact Diane Durr, the city of Clearwater’s housing manager, at (727) 562-4032 or diane.durr@myclearwater.com. 1 of 3 City of Clearwater Five-Year Consolidated Plan Community Meeting: Lake Bellevue and East Gateway March 29, 2016 | 6:00 p.m. Ross Norton Recreation & Aquatic Complex/Extreme Sports Park 1426 S. Martin Luther King Jr. Ave. Clearwater, FL 33756 MEETING SUMMARY The City of Clearwater is in the process of drafting a Five-Year Consolidated Plan for PY 2016/2017-2020/2021 to create a strategic and unified vision for HUD funding over the next five years. In order to develop this vision, City of Clearwater conducted a series of community meetings during March 2016 to collect input and comments related to the Five-Year Consolidated Plan. On March 29, 2016, the City conducted a community meeting at the Ross Norton Recreation & Aquatic Complex/Extreme Sports Park on S. Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue. Approximately 24 participants representing the Lake Bellevue and East Gateway neighborhoods and surrounding community attended the meeting. In an effort to provide an environment that would allow for all attendees to be heard, a three-tier approach was conducted. The first was to present an educational PowerPoint which provided background on the purpose of drafting a Five-Year Plan, which activities and areas are eligible for HUD funding, and the schedule that City of Clearwater will follow to adopt the Five-Year Plan in 2016. The second was a paper and online survey asking the participants about their needs and experiences working with the City of Clearwater to administer HUD funds. The third was an open discussion where the participants were asked to discuss their housing and community development priorities over the next five years . Survey The survey was intended to allow participants to convey their familiarity with HUD programs administrated by City of Clearwater and to provide input on specific needs for federal fund administration. The survey included 12 questions in an open-ended format. Six (6) paper surveys were returned at the end of the Lake Bellevue and East Gateway community meeting. Additionally, copies of the paper survey were left at the Ross Norton Recreation & Aquatic Complex/Extreme Sports Park front desk to be made available to facility users. Links to the online survey were shared and participants were encouraged to invite friends and neighbors to take the online survey. The online survey was made available on March 4, 2016 and kept open until April 8, 2016. Results of the online survey are documented separately. Open Discussion During the discussion, the participants were asked to speak openly regarding issues affecting their neighborhood and surrounding community. A number of priorities were brought to City of Clearwater’s attention. These priorities are listed below, specific to the Lake Bellevue and East Gateway neighborhoods:  Housing o Concerns  High land costs and rising home values as barriers to affordable housing construction  Neighborhood compatibility o Needs  Redevelopment of vacant/abandoned housing  Affordable housing (single family)  Homebuyer assistance 2 of 3  Housing rehabilitation (homeowner and rental)  Homelessness o Concerns  Concentrations of homeless in certain areas of the City (e.g. tent cities) o Needs  Rapid rehousing activities  Continued coordination with the Continuum of Care o Opportunities  Flexible emergency fund as homeless prevention tool  Non-Homeless Special Needs o Concerns  Few buildings available for to support community service programs o Needs  Elder support  Literacy program  Job-readiness training  Youth employment program  Youth mentoring o Opportunities  One-stop community resource center or directory  Community Development o Concerns  Recreation affordability at community centers  Loss of year-round pool access o Needs  Blight removal  Code enforcement  Public safety – pedestrian access/connectivity  Mid-block crosswalks on Gulf-to-Bay  Bicycle trails/paths  Traffic calming (e.g. Woodlawn, Kingsley)  Street improvements (e.g. functional/aesthetic speed bumps, resurfacing)  Park maintenance and improvements at Wright Park (e.g. benches, amenities, preservation of natural setting) – park should be returned to community  Park improvements at Ross Norton (e.g. outdoor basketball courts)  Neighborhood beautification (e.g. median landscaping and welcome signage) o Opportunities  Coordination with other City planning efforts Conclusion Although there are many priorities that the Lake Bellevue and East Gateway neighborhoods and surrounding community felt are important, these priorities can be summarized as follows:  Housing activities such as housing rehabilitation, homebuyer assistance, new affordable housing (single-family), and redevelopment of underutilized properties  Homeless activities such as rapid rehousing, flexible emergency funds, and continued coordination with the Continuum of Care 3 of 3  Non-homeless special needs activities serving the youth and elderly, programs to support literacy and job-readiness, and a community resource center or directory to list available services  Community development activities such as blight removal, code enforcement, public safety, pedestrian and bicycle connectivity, traffic calming, street improvements, park improvements, recreation access, and neighborhood beautification For questions regarding the Five-Year Consolidated Plan, please contact Diane Durr at 727.562.4032 or diane.durr@myclearwater.com . Economic Development & Housing Department City of Clearwater 112 S. Osceola Avenue Clearwater, FL 33756 More information can be found at www.myclearwater.com/housing 1 of 3 City of Clearwater Five-Year Consolidated Plan Service Providers Meeting March 30, 2016 | 9:00 a.m. North Greenwood Recreation Center, Room #1 900 N. Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue Clearwater, FL 33755 MEETING SUMMARY The City of Clearwater is in the process of drafting a Five-Year Consolidated Plan for PY 2016/2017-2020/2021 to create a strategic and unified vision for HUD funding over the next five years. In order to develop this vision, City of Clearwater conducted a series of community meetings during March 2016 to collect input and comments related to the Five-Year Consolidated Plan. On March 30, 2016, the City conducted a Service Providers meeting at the North Greenwood Recreation Center on N. Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue. Approximately 16 participants attended the meeting, representing Service Providers such as non-profits and other sub-recipients of CDBG and HOME funds. In an effort to provide an environment that would allow for all attendees to be heard, a three-tier approach was conducted. The first was to present an educational PowerPoint which provided background on the purpose of drafting a Five-Year Plan, which activities and areas are eligible for HUD funding, and the schedule that City of Clearwater will follow to adopt the Five-Year Plan in 2016. The second was a paper and online survey asking the participants about their needs and experiences working with the City of Clearwater to administer HUD funds. The third was an open discussion where the participants were asked to discuss their housing and community development priorities over the next five years . Survey The survey was intended to allow participants to convey their familiarity with HUD programs administrated by City of Clearwater and to provide input on specific needs for federal fund administration. The survey included 12 questions in an open-ended format. Eight (8) paper surveys were returned at the end of the Service Providers meeting. Additionally, links to the online survey were shared and participants were encouraged to invite other non-profits and sub-recipients to take the online survey. The online survey was made available on March 4, 2016 and kept open until April 8, 2016. Results of the online survey are documented separately. Open Discussion During the discussion, the participants were asked to speak openly regarding issues affecting their neighborhood and surrounding community. A number of priorities were brought to City of Clearwater’s attention. These priorities are listed below, specific to Service Providers:  Housing o Concerns  Lack of housing choices (single family, multi-family, etc.)  High cost of land and rising home values  Affordable housing developers unable to compete in housing market (e.g. single-family investors willing to pay cash/complex multifamily bids)  New construction unit size constraints  Meeting State limitations requiring less-than-two-people-per-bedroom occupancy (e.g. FHFC) o Needs  Affordable housing for low- and moderate-income persons (all types)  Accessible housing (e.g. one story vs. two story with stairs) 2 of 3 o Opportunities  Subsidies to offset land acquisition costs (e.g. land trust or other mechanism)  Homelessness o Concerns  Too much focus on emergency shelter and not enough long-term solutions – need to have “housing first” mentality  No way to “get out” of homelessness  Lack of capacity for transitional and permanent supportive housing o Needs  Homelessness prevention and diversion activities (i.e., keep in current housing or divert from emergency shelter)  Transitional and permanent supportive housing, particularly for homeless special needs populations  Case assessment and management  Day services and facilities (e.g. showers, etc.)  Special needs shelter (i.e., specific to special needs population) o Opportunities  Education program for landlords and employers to promote willingness to house or employ  Certificate program for homeless so that landlords and employers might take the risk  Eviction intervention program (e.g. fund or other mechanism to provide landlord “guarantees” for missed rents or maintenance assistance)  Non-Homeless Special Needs o Concerns  Lack of quality, affordable housing for special needs populations  Critical services are inaccessible (e.g. distance to St. Petersburg)  Connection between low-wage employment and compromised stability (i.e., loss of benefits when low-wage employment is attained, leading to loss of housing, medical, food, and childcare assistance, etc.) o Needs  Housing and services for seniors and elderly  Outreach services for the elderly  Maintaining existing, affordable quality housing stock for seniors on fixed-income  Housing and services for youth and youth ageing out of foster care  Daycare and day services  Rental housing and rapid rehousing  Job readiness and training  Mentoring programs to promote accountability  Housing and services for persons with mental health or substance abuse issues  Daycare and day services  Permanent supportive housing  Transportation options  More efficient bus routes  Bike-share program  Food access  Community gardens  Food banks or other food assistance o Opportunities  Career source program 3 of 3  One-stop resource center or directory to connect people with services  “Right services, right time” model  Web-based or “app” tool  Improve “211” program through Pinellas County  Community Development o Concerns  Sanitation reduced to once weekly instead of twice weekly (e.g. impact to daycare centers) o Needs  Library facilities (either permanent facility serving the Lake Bellevue neighborhood or mobile unit serving the City’s low- and moderate- income areas)  Sidewalks  Blight removal / code enforcement at S. Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue and Pierce Street  Park improvements (e.g. parking, infrastructure, etc.)  Jack Russell Stadium  Phillip Jones Park  Pinellas Trail connections (North Greenwood and Lake Bellevue)  Street lighting  Nursery/Druid/Belcher area  Highland/Sunset area  Security measures (e.g. cameras in Lake Bellevue area) o Opportunities  Partnership with Juvenile Welfare Board regarding library services Conclusion Although there are many priorities that the Service Providers felt are important, these priorities can be summarized as follows:  Housing activities such as affordable and accessible housing of all types and sizes  Homeless activities such as prevention and diversion, transitional and permanent supportive housing, case management, day services and facilities, and shelter specifically for those with special needs  Non-homeless special needs activities serving youth, seniors, and persons with mental health or substance abuse issues, including transportation options, food access, and resource directory  Community development activities such as library facilities, sidewalks, bicycle paths/trails, park improvements, sanitation services, blight removal, code enforcement, street lighting, and security measures For questions regarding the Five-Year Consolidated Plan, please contact Diane Durr at 727.562.4032 or diane.durr@myclearwater.com . Economic Development & Housing Department City of Clearwater 112 S. Osceola Avenue Clearwater, FL 33756 More information can be found at www.myclearwater.com/housing 1 of 3 City of Clearwater Five-Year Consolidated Plan Community Meeting: North Greenwood March 30, 2016 | 6:00 p.m. North Greenwood Recreation Center, Room #1 900 N. Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue Clearwater, FL 33755 MEETING SUMMARY The City of Clearwater is in the process of drafting a Five-Year Consolidated Plan for PY 2016/2017-2020/2021 to create a strategic and unified vision for HUD funding over the next five years. In order to develop this vision, City of Clearwater conducted a series of community meetings during March 2016 to collect input and comments related to the Five-Year Consolidated Plan. On March 30, 2016, the City conducted a community meeting at the North Greenwood Recreation Center on N. Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue. Approximately 20 participants representing the North Greenwood neighborhood and surrounding community attended the meeting. In an effort to provide an environment that would allow for all attendees to be heard, a three-tier approach was conducted. The first was to present an educational PowerPoint which provided background on the purpose of drafting a Five-Year Plan, which activities and areas are eligible for HUD funding, and the schedule that City of Clearwater will follow to adopt the Five-Year Plan in 2016. The second was a paper and online survey asking the participants about their needs and experiences working with the City of Clearwater to administer HUD funds. The third was an open discussion where the participants were asked to discuss their housing and community development priorities over the next five years . Survey The survey was intended to allow participants to convey their familiarity with HUD programs administrated by City of Clearwater and to provide input on specific needs for federal fund administration. The survey included 12 questions in an open-ended format. Three (3) paper surveys were returned at the end of the North Greenwood community meeting. Additionally, copies of the paper survey were left at the North Greenwood Recreation Center front desk to be made available to facility users. Links to the online survey were shared and participants were encouraged to invite friends and neighbors to take the online survey. The online survey was made available on March 4, 2016 and kept open until April 8, 2016. Results of the online survey are documented separately. Open Discussion During the discussion, the participants were asked to speak openly regarding issues affecting their neighborhood and surrounding community. A number of priorities were brought to City of Clearwater’s attention. These priorities are listed below, specific to the North Greenwood neighborhood:  Housing o Concerns  Increasing flood insurance rates  Lack of affordable housing (all housing types) o Needs  Homeowner housing rehabilitation and repair  Rental housing rehabilitation and repair  Affordable housing for low income families (single-family and multi-family housing types) 2 of 3  Homebuyer assistance (better information dissemination) o Opportunities  Program to earn credit through work to help with down payment  Create inventory of properties with potential to redevelop for affordable housing  Homelessness o Concerns  Homeless concentration near service providers (i.e., increased homeless presence in neighborhood)  Appropriateness of sub-recipient spending  Service gap for older children (16 and over) and the elderly resulting in increased risk of homelessness o Needs  Homelessness prevention programs  Improved coordination within the Continuum of Care in terms of case management, etc.  Non-Homeless Special Needs o Concerns  Competition for money and services  Lack of neighborhood leadership to coordinate improvements  Lack of multi-generational interaction o Needs  Character/leadership mentoring  Youth job-readiness training  Child care and after-school programming  Mental health/substance abuse services  Elderly age-in-place assistance (e.g. housing accessibility, affordability, etc.) o Opportunities  Resource center or directory to share information about program/opportunities for youth and young adults (e.g. scholarships and available assistance with tuition, etc.)  Community Development o Concerns  Concern about closing “Phillies Drive” and reduced connectivity  Perception that neighborhood has been ignored by City o Needs  Sidewalks throughout the North Greenwood neighborhood  Better screening of National Guard armory facility at Seminole and North Missouri  Façade improvements  Community clean-up and blight removal (including City properties)  Code enforcement  Park improvements (e.g. bleachers, basketball courts, soccer fields, etc.)  Economic development activities and African-American small-business start-ups (i.e., attract outside investment but also keep economic benefit within the community) o Opportunities  Coordination with recent Urban Land Institute (ULI) study (e.g. bicycle connectivity)  Coordination with future Seminole Boat Ramp project  Acquisition of flood-prone properties to reduce risk and repurpose for the community 3 of 3  Mixed-use development  Potential kayak launch at Betty Lane/Stevenson Creek  Jazz club or other social destination  Reconfigure Neighborhood Revitalization Strategy Area boundaries to include other eligible areas or remove ineligible areas Conclusion Although there are many priorities that the North Greenwood neighborhood and surrounding community felt are important, these priorities can be summarized as follows:  Housing activities such as homeowner and rental rehabilitation, homebuyer assistance, and new single- and multi-family affordable housing construction  Homeless activities such as homeless prevention and case management through the Continuum of Care  Non-homeless special needs activities serving youth and young adults, the elderly, and those with mental health or substance abuse issues  Community development activities such as sidewalks, blight screening/removal, code enforcement, park improvements, façade improvements, and economic development through small-business start-ups and coordination with other City planning efforts For questions regarding the Five-Year Consolidated Plan, please contact Diane Durr at 727.562.4032 or diane.durr@myclearwater.com . Economic Development & Housing Department City of Clearwater 112 S. Osceola Avenue Clearwater, FL 33756 More information can be found at www.myclearwater.com/housing City Home > Government > City Departments > Economic Development and Housing > Housing Division Housing Division Residents of Lake Bellevue, East Gateway and North Greenwood are encouraged to complete a short survey to help address needs in your neighborhoods. The survey can be accessed and completed by visiting:surveymonkey.com/r/WJVZY2T Consolidated Action Plan Documents Application Application Instructions Application Checklist Summary Newspaper Ad Su City Departments  Online Services  Quick Links  City Facilities  Most Requested  Economic Development and Housing Home Business Resources ◾Incentive Programs ◾Site Selection ◾Business Support Organizations ◾Data and Resources Downtown ◾Downtown Development Board (DDB) ◾Community Redevelopment Agency (CRA) ◾Cleveland Street District ◾East Gateway District ◾East Gateway Vision Plan Housing Division ◾Programs ◾Plans & Reports ◾Documents ◾Where to Get Help ◾Maps About Clearwater Organization Chart Recommended Links Economic Development Resources GIS Viewer Contact Economic Development and Housing City Home | Information | Services | Activities | Government | Employment | Site Map | Español | Contact Us | Privacy & Legal Notices Page last updated Wednesday, March 09, 2016 Page 1 of 1Housing Division 6/1/2016http://www.myclearwater.com/gov/depts/econ_devel/housing.asp April 18, 2016 1 of 8 City of Clearwater Five-Year Consolidated Plan Community Survey March 4, 2016 – April 8th, 2016 http://www.myclearwater.com/gov/depts/econ_devel/housing.asp http://www.surveymonkey.com/r/WJVZY2T SURVEY SUMMARY The City of Clearwater is in the process of drafting a Five-Year Consolidated Plan for PY 2016/2017-2020/2021 to create a strategic and unified vision for HUD funding over the next five years. In order to develop this vision, City of Clearwater conducted a community survey during March 2016 to collect input and comments related to the Five-Year Consolidated Plan. The survey was intended to allow participants to convey their familiarity with HUD programs administrated by City of Clearwater and to provide input on specific needs for federal fund administration. The survey included 12 questions in multiple-choice and open-ended formats. An example of the survey is attached. Links to the online survey were advertised on the City’s Housing Division webpage and on advertisements for public participation activities, including service provid er and community meetings held March 29-30, 2016. Copies of the paper survey were provided to each meeting participant and links to the online survey were shared during presentations and on handouts. Additionally, copies of the paper survey were left at the front desks of the Ross Norton Recreation & Aquatic Complex/Extreme Sports Park and North Greenwood Recreation Center to be made available to facility users. The online survey was made available from March 4, 2016 through April 8, 2016. The survey was closed and results were tallied during the week of April 11, 2016. In total, 103 surveys (electronic and paper) were returned at the end of survey period. Survey Results Question #1 How familiar are you with City of Clearwater housing programs and community services? Results This was a multiple-choice question. The choices were “very familiar,” “somewhat familiar,” or “not at all familiar.”  Approximately 13% of respondents were “very familiar”  Approximately 47% of the survey respondents were “somewhat familiar”  Approximately 40% of respondents were “not at all familiar” Question #2 What have you perceived to be Clearwater’s major housing or community development concerns over the past five (5) years? Results This was an open-ended question. Applicants were able to provide three open- ended responses. The following summarizes the most repeated responses: Affordable housing (owned and rented, existing and new construction) Better quality drinking water Code enforcement/blight elimination Down-payment assistance April 18, 2016 2 of 8 Economic opportunity Fine arts activities Health services Homelessness (facilities and services, families and veterans) Housing for the disabled Housing rehabilitation (owned and rented, landlord incentives, age of housing stock) Information dissemination/education programs Infrastructure (sidewalks, roads, public transit, walkability) Job training/employment Mental health services Neighborhood beautification/compatibility Neighborhood reinvestment Neighborhood safety/security Public facilities Senior housing Senior programs/services Substance abuse services Transitional housing Youth programs/services Question #3 Please rate the following housing activities from low to high priority. Results This was a multiple-choice question. The choices were “low,” “medium,” and “high” in addition to an optional “other” entry. The responses were as follows, ordered from higher priority to lower priority:  Renter-Occupied Housing Rehabilitation was rated “high” by 36% of respondents, “medium” by 35% of respondents, and “low” by 28% of respondents [avg. 2.08 – result high]  Homeowner Assistance was rated “high” by 31% of respondents, “medium” by 35% of respondents, and “low” by 34% of respondents [avg. 1.97 – result medium]  Multi-Family New Construction was rated “high” by 25% of respondents, “medium” by 37% of respondents, and “low” by 38% of respondents [avg. 1.87 – result medium]  Owner-Occupied Housing Rehabilitation was rated “high” by 26% of respondents, “medium” by 29% of respondents, and “low” by 45% of respondents [avg. 1.81 – result medium]  Single Family New Construction was rated “high” by 20% of respondents, “medium” by 31% of respondents, and “low” by 48% of respondents [avg. 1.72 – result medium] Open-ended “other” entries generally included: housing rehabilitation over new construction, information and coordination re: homeownership and other programs, services to support special needs populations, parks and recreation, homeowner assistance, sidewalks, multi-family set-asides for low- and moderate- income households, artist studio space, and senior housing. In general, the majority of housing activities were rated “medium” priority. Based on average rating, higher-priority housing activities were renter-occupied housing rehabilitation, homeowner assistance, and multi-family new construction; April 18, 2016 3 of 8 whereas lower-priority housing activities were owner-occupied housing rehabilitation and single-family new construction. Question #4 Please rate the following homeless services activities from low to high priority. Results This was a multiple-choice question. The choices were “low,” “medium,” and “high” in addition to an optional “other” entry. The responses were as follows, ordered from higher priority to lower priority:  Homeless Services for Youth was rated “high” by 61% of respondents, “medium” by 21% of respondents, and “low” by 18% of respondents [avg. 2.43 – result high]  Mental Health Services was rated “high” by 53% of respondents, “medium” by 34% of respondents, and “low” by 13% of respondents [avg. 2.40 – result high]  Substance Abuse Services was rated “high” by 51% of respondents, “medium” by 37% of respondents, and “low” by 12% of respondents [avg. 2.39 – result high]  Homeless Facilities and Shelters was rated “high” by 52% of respondents, “medium” by 31% of respondents, and “low” by 17% of respondents [avg. 2.36 – result high]  Employment Training was rated “high” by 42% of respondents, “medium” by 39% of respondents, and “low” by 18% of respondents [avg. 2.24 – result high]  Case Management was rated “high” by 34% of respondents, “medium” by 29% of respondents, and “low” by 37% of respondents [avg. 1.98 – result medium] Open-ended “other” entries generally included: homelessness as epidemic, homeless seniors, emergency assistance, higher education resources, need for termination of other providers outside the support system, youth homelessness, concern about concentrations of homeless, sidewalks, and education/training. In general, the majority of homeless services activities were rated “high” priority. Based on average rating, higher priority homeless services activities were homeless services for youth, mental health services, and substance abuse services; whereas lower-priority homeless services activities were homeless facilities and shelters, employment training, and case management. Question #5: Please rate the following public/social services activities from low to high priority. Results This was a multiple-choice question. The choices were “low,” “medium,” and “high” in addition to an optional “other” entry. The responses were as follows, ordered from higher priority to lower priority:  Health Services was rated “high” by 60% of respondents, “medium” by 32% of respondents, and “low” by 8% of respondents [avg. 2.52 – result high] April 18, 2016 4 of 8  Youth Services was rated “high” by 63% of respondents, “medium” by 23% of respondents, and “low” by 14% of respondents [avg. 2.48 – result high]  Senior Services was rated “high” by 60% of respondents, “medium” by 28% of respondents, and “low” by 12% of respondents [avg. 2.48 – result high]  Services for Persons with Disabilities was rated “high” by 60% of respondents, “medium” by 25% of respondents, and “low” by 15% of respondents [avg. 2.44 – result high]  Employment Assistance/Job Training was rated “high” by 46% of respondents, “medium” by 34% of respondents, and “low” by 20% of respondents [avg. 2.26 – result high]  Transportation Services was rated “high” by 41% of respondents, “medium” by 42% of respondents, and “low” by 17% of respondents [avg. 2.24 – result high]  Legal Services was rated “high” by 21% of respondents, “medium” by 43% of respondents, and “low” by 36% of respondents [avg. 1.85 – result medium] Open-ended “other” entries generally included: shared housing, affordable rental housing list, limited funding, community center that includes services to help improve resident’s socio-economic status, sidewalks, self-sufficiency training/mentoring. In general, the majority of public/social services activities were rated “high” priority. Based on average rating, higher-priority public/social services activities were health services, youth services, senior services, and services for persons with disabilities; whereas lower-priority public/social services activities were employment assistance/job training, transportation services, and legal services. Question #6: Please rate the following community and economic development activities from low to high priority. Results This was a multiple-choice question. The choices were “low,” “medium,” and “high” in addition to an optional “other” entry. The responses were as follows, ordered from higher priority to lower priority:  Youth Centers was rated “high” by 52% of respondents, “medium” by 34% of respondents, and “low” by 14% of respondents [avg. 2.39 – result high]  Senior Centers was rated “high” by 45% of respondents, “medium” by 37% of respondents, and “low” by 18% of respondents [avg. 2.27 – result high]  Public Utility Improvements was rated “high” by 22% of respondents, “medium” by 60% of respondents, and “low” by 18% of respondents [avg. 2.04 – result high]  Public Park Improvements was rated “high” by 25% of respondents, “medium” by 47% of respondents, and “low” by 27% of respondents [avg. 1.98 – result medium]  Community/Recreation Centers was rated “high” by 26% of respondents, “medium” by 38% of respondents, and “low” by 35% of respondents [avg. 1.91 – result medium]  Road Repair/Construction was rated “high” by 22% of respondents, “medium” by 43% of respondents, and “low” by 35% of respondents [avg. 1.87 – result medium] April 18, 2016 5 of 8  Sidewalk Improvements was rated “high” by 18% of respondents, “medium” by 41% of respondents, and “low” by 40% of respondents [avg. 1.78 – result medium]  Building Façade Improvements was rated “high” by 19% of respondents, “medium” by 31% of respondents, and “low” by 51% of respondents [avg. 1.68 – result medium] Open-ended “other” entries generally included: lighting and security, bring back park, improve recreation, community resource center, more access to recreation (i.e., eliminate fees), making other parts of the City pedestrian-friendly, and sidewalks. In general, the majority of community and economic development activities were rated “medium” priority. Based on average rating, higher-priority community and economic development activities were youth centers, senior centers, public utility improvements, and public park improvements; whereas lower-priority community and economic development activities were community/recreation centers, road repair/construction, sidewalk improvements, and building façade improvements. Question #7 From the activities listed in Questions #3 through #6, what do you perceive to be the three (3) highest priorities for housing or community development in the City of Clearwater? Results This was an open-ended question. Applicants were able to provide three open- ended responses. The following summarizes the most repeated responses: Affordable housing (owned and rented, existing and new construction) Better quality drinking water Case Management Code enforcement/blight elimination Community resource center Down-payment assistance Economic development Information dissemination/education programs Infrastructure (sidewalks, road repair, transportation, public utilities) Fine arts activities/artist studio apartments Health services Homeless facilities (emergency, transitional housing, veterans-supportive) Housing rehabilitation (owned and rented, landlord incentives) Job training/employment opportunities Mental health services Neighborhood beautification (building façade improvements, preservation) Neighborhood reinvestment (small and minority-owned business start-ups, grocery/retail, CRA) Neighborhood safety/security Public facilities and parks Senior housing Senior programs/services Services for the disabled Special needs housing Special needs programs/services Substance abuse services Youth programs/services April 18, 2016 6 of 8 Question #8 Do you feel information pertaining to housing programs and community services is readily available to you? Results This was a multiple-choice question. The choices were “yes,” “no,” or “not sure.”  Approximately 24% of respondents selected “yes”  Approximately 37% of respondents selected “no”  Approximately 39% of respondents selected “not sure” Question #9 What suggestions, if any, do you have for the City of Clearwater to better communicate and work with housing providers or community development initiatives? Results This was an open-ended question. Applicants were able to provide one open- ended response. The following summarizes the responses:  More community forums  Landlord incentives  Work with single dads more  More housing; work with struggling families  Work on all the “low” answers  Bring a “one-stop” resource center  Regular community meetings/workshops to get community input  Send info to residents when issues directly affect them  More opportunities for residents to respond  Provide updates on Action Plan progress  Council participation in community activities  More tax incentives and create a CRA district in the north  You’re doing a great job!  Reestablish relationship with Clearwater Housing  Use social media and better website (use Google)  Community navigators and events  City or neighborhood newsletters  More advertising; TV and radio public service ads  Mail brochures/flyers; more printed materials  Understand what the Homeless Leadership Board is doing  Educate city employees on HUB Zone initiatives  Reduce the East Gateway CRA plan to fewer items and focus on them Question #10 What is your relationship to the City of Clearwater? Results This was a multiple-choice question with an optional “other” entry.  Approximately 58% of respondents selected “Full-Time Resident”  No respondents selected “Part-Time Resident”  Approximately 24% of respondents selected “Work in Clearwater”  Approximately 22% of respondents selected “Visit/Play in Clearwater”  Approximately 20% of respondents selected “Community Service Provider”  Approximately 9% of respondents selected “Community Leader/Organizer” April 18, 2016 7 of 8 Other entries included live next to Countryside/Clearwater, Safety Harbor, past resident, new resident, homeless person, Families and Youth Initiatives (FYI) Community Partnership, New Zion Missionary Baptist Church in Lake Bellevue area, and Stakeholder Advisory Group (SAG) membership. Question #11 Where do you live? Results This was a multiple-choice question.  Approximately 13% of respondents selected “North Greenwood Neighborhood”  Approximately 13% of respondents selected “Lake Bellevue Neighborhood”  Approximately 5% of respondents selected “East Gateway Neighborhood”  Approximately 21% of respondents selected “Elsewhere in the City of Clearwater”  Approximately 35% of respondents selected “Pinellas County”  Approximately 12% of respondents selected “Other” Other entries included Oldsmar, Safety Harbor, and Hillsborough County (entered under Additional Comments). Approximately half (52%) of survey respondents live in the City of Clearwater or its neighborhoods. Thirty-five (35%) of survey respondents live in Pinellas County, and 12% of survey respondents live somewhere other than the City of Clearwater or Pinellas County. Question #12 Additional Comments Results This was an open-ended question. Applicants were able to provide one open- ended response. The responses were as follows:  Thanks  Progress report meeting with enhanced ongoing relations  Thank you for caring. We love our city, but it can and needs to do better for our community.  Large-scale project  Good to see the community outreach process associated with this Five- Year Consolidated Plan  The City of Clearwater and has not full fill some of the promise to the North Greenwood Community yet it has use the Block Grant Funding. There can be more done to develop this area with mor e attention spent on developing a plan for the area and seeing it through even through other council members being elected... Have an end to a project.  Our organization, FYI Community Partnership, is working to bring a number of social service initiatives to the residents in the Lake Bellevue Community through the development of a Community Resource Center. The only building available to us is a small house that needs a lot TLC both inside and out, as it is the most we can afford right now. April 18, 2016 8 of 8  Stop charging the youth and seniors a fee to play and exercise. Residents pay for taxes. Code needs to step up their services and efforts. More Community Policing  I only accidentally came across news of this survey via Google News; and the link provided in the article went to a Housing Division web page on which the survey link was not at all obvious. This is an example of how (not) strenuously Clearwater seems to be seeking residents' input and be interested in residents' concern. In this day and age, communication should far more easily reach the average resident. Finally, a word again about sidewalks and public transit--it is far too easy for our neighborhoods to "disappear" off the main corridors, and far too difficult for people of lower incomes to get to and from work and play safely. In the north end of Clearwater, poorer residents have very limited safe routes to the water. It's not good for the pedestrian, and it's not good for the drivers--whether residents or springtime visitors. It's time to fix it.  A sidewalk on Sunset Point Road between Douglas Ave and Edgewater Drive.  Underground utilities should also be considered. End of Survey Results For questions regarding the Five-Year Consolidated Plan, please contact Diane Durr at 727.562.4032 or diane.durr@myclearwater.com . Economic Development & Housing Department City of Clearwater 112 S. Osceola Avenue Clearwater, FL 33756 More information can be found at www.myclearwater.com/housing Neighborhood & Affordable Housing 2016-04-19 1 NEIGHBORHOOD & AFFORDABLE HOUSING ADVISORY BOARD MEETING MINUTES CITY OF CLEARWATER April 19, 2016 Awaiting approval Present: Chair Michael Potts, Vice Chair Kevin Chinault, Board Member Peggy M. Cutkomp, Board Member Lisa Hughes, Board Member Linda Kemp, Board Member Carmen Santiago, Board Member Empty Seat Also Present: Geri Campos Lopez – Economic Development & Housing Director, Denise Sanderson – Assistant Economic Development & Housing Director, Diane Durr – Housing Manager, Patricia O. Sullivan – Board Reporter The Chair called the meeting to order at 9:00 a.m. at City Hall. To provide continuity for research, items are in agenda order although not necessarily discussed in that order. 4 – Approval of Minutes 4.1. Approve minutes of the February 9, 2016 Neighborhood & Affordable Housing Advisory Board meeting as submitted in written summation. Member Chinault moved to approve minutes of the February 9, 2016 Neighborhood & Affordable Housing Advisory Board meeting as submitted in written summation. The motion was duly seconded and carried unanimously. 5 – Citizens to be Heard re Items Not on the Agenda: None. 6 – Agency Presentation Agency presentations were made by: 1) Ken Rush, Habitat for Humanity of Pinellas County, Inc. – Housing Pool; 2) Kathleen Russell, Pinellas Opportunity Council, Inc. – Public Service; 3) Sandra Lyth, InterCultural Advocacy Institute, Inc. – Public Service; 4) Kaitlin Higgens Joy, Religious Community Services, Inc. – Public Facility; 5) Kaitlin Higgins Joy, Religious Community Services, Inc. – Public Service; 6) Janet Hooper, Safety Harbor Family Center (DBA Mattie Williams Neighborhood Family Center – Public Service; 7) James Dates, WestCare GulfCoast Florida, Inc. – Public Service; 8) Sheldon Hershman, The Arc Tampa Bay – Public Facility; 9) Kathleen Kelly and Patricia Stough, The Kimberly Home, Inc. – Public Facility; 10) Kathleen Kelly and Patricia Stough, The Kimberly Home, Inc. – Public Service; 11) Diana Williams and Perry Bean, Community Service Foundation, Inc. – Housing Pool; 12) Diana Williams and Perry Bean, Community Service Foundation, Inc. – Public Service; 13) Carrie Vitale, Tampa Bay CDC – Housing Pool; 14) Sylvia Borden, Tampa Bay CDC – Housing Pool; and 15) Zachary White, Homeless Emergency Project, Inc. – Public Service. Economic Development & Housing Director Geri Campos Lopez said agencies expressing interest in the Housing Pool will submit specifications when applying for projects. Housing Manager Diane Durr said based on HUD (Housing & Urban Development) Department requirements, agencies providing homeless service reported the number of unduplicated clients they served, no matter how much assistance they provided or the size of each client’s family. Neighborhood & Affordable Housing 2016-04-19 2 7 – No Item. 8 – Old/New Business Ms. Lopez announced that Friday would be her last day with the City. She said it had been a pleasure working with the board and thanked them for their service and help over the years. She reported that Denise Sanderson had been promoted to department director. Board Members wished her well. 9 – Next Meeting – May 10, 2016 10 – Adjourn The meeting adjourned at 10:25 a.m. __________________________________________ Chair Neighborhood & Affordable Housing Advisory Board Attest: __________________________________ Board Reporter 6/3/2016 CITY OF CLEARWATER PROPOSED PRIOR YEARS’ REPROGRAMMED AMENDMENT 2016-2017 ANNUAL ACTION PLAN 2016-2019 FOUR-YEAR CONSOLIDATED PLAN The City of Clearwater is hereby publishing the proposed 2016-17 Annual Action Plan (AAP), the Program Year (PY) 2016-2019 Four-Year Consolidated Plan, and prior years’ Amendment for the purpose of reallocating funds to various eligible activities for the Community Development Block Grant Program (CDBG) and the HOME Investment Partnership Program (HOME). The AAP identifies proposed projects and activities the City plans to implement in the next Program Year beginning October 1, 2016 and ending September 30, 2017. The Reprogrammed Funds are an accumulation of funds from program income generated through the Revolving Loan Fund Program as well as carry-over funds from projects that were either cancelled or completed under budget and are now available to apply toward a new activity. The 2016- 2019 Four-Year Consolidated Plan has been changed from the former Five-Year Consolidated Plan for consistency with the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development’s (HUD) new rules pertaining to Affirmatively Furthering Fair Housing (AFFH), a crucial element of the Consolidated Plan. The primary uses of CDBG funds are to promote viable communities by providing decent housing, suitable living environments and expanding economic opportunities principally to low and moderate-income persons. HOME funds are used to extend and strengthen community partnerships in the private sector and with both for-profit and not-for profit organizations for the purpose of developing affordable housing. The City of Clearwater anticipates receiving $667,634 for the CDBG Program; $283,808 for the HOME Program; the Reprogramming of $516,021 in CDBG funds and $438,020 in HOME funds to fund new activities. In addition, $523,579 in Rollover Funds from the Revolving Loan Program will be returned to the Program with the remaining $229,621 being reprogrammed to eligible activities. The list below captures all proposed activities to be funded with CDBG and HOME Programs. Please note that funding for these and other projects not listed may increase or decrease based upon program income, prior period adjustments and/or final federal or state allocations. Due to these and other factors, the City of Clearwater reserves the right to add or delete projects. PROPOSED FUNDING RESOURCES Community Development Block Grant Program - Entitlement $ 667,634 HOME Investment Partnership Program - Entitlement 283,808 Reprogrammed CDBG Funds Reprogrammed HOME Funds Revolving Loan Fund 516,021 438,020 523,579 Reprogrammed Revolving Loan Funds 229,621 TOTAL $ 2,658,683 LIST OF PROPOSED ACTIVITIES Program Administration Community Development Block Grant Program $ 133,527 HOME Investment Partnership Program 28,380 6/3/2016 Housing Tampa Bay Community Development Corp. (Down Payment Assistance) 25,000 Habitat for Humanity of Pinellas County, Inc. (Acquisition) 50,000 Tampa Bay Community Development Corp. (Homebuyer Education) 5,700 Community Service Foundation, Inc. (Fair Housing) 4,900 Community Service Foundation, Inc. (Housing Counseling) 9,432 CDBG Rehabilitation 60,000 Homeowner Activities 212,857 Community Housing Development Organization Set-a-side 42,571 HOME Rehabilitation/Purchase Assistance 438,020 Revolving Loan Program/Housing Pool/Program Income 523,579 Homelessness Religious Community Services, Inc. (Grace House) 15,669 Homeless Emergency Project, Inc. (Emergency Shelter) 9,345 The Kimberly Home, Inc. (Women’s Shelter Program) 15,670 Westcare Gulfcoast Florida, Inc. (Substance Abuse) 9,345 Non-Homeless Special Needs Pinellas Opportunity Council, Inc. (Chore Services) 9,345 Community Development &Public Services Religious Community Services, Inc. (Facility Improvement) The Arc of Tampa Bay, Inc. (Facility Improvement) 49,025 95,335 The Kimberly Home, Inc. (Acquisition/Demolition) Clearwater Free Clinic (Facility Improvement) InterCultural Advocacy Institute, Inc. (Family Enrichment) Safety Harbor Neighborhood Family Center (Mentoring) Stormwater Improvements/Resurfacing Economic Development 99,200 100,000 15,669 15,670 625,642 Technical Assistance 4,802 Business Development (Façade Improvement) TOTAL FUNDING 60,000 $2,658,683 6/3/2016 The public comment period begins on June 15, 2016 and runs through July 15, 2016. Please send any comments to Diane Durr, Housing Manager, City of Clearwater Economic Development and Housing Department, P.O. Box 4748, Clearwater, FL 33758-4748 or via telephone at (727) 562-4032. A draft copy of the proposed City of Clearwater PY 2016-2017 Annual Action Plan and City of Clearwater PY 2016-2019 Consolidated Action Plan will be available on June 15, 2016 online at https://www.myclearwater.com/econdev with hard copies available for viewing at the following locations: City of Clearwater City of Clearwater City Clerk's Office East Branch Library 112 S. Osceola Avenue 2251 Drew Street Clearwater, FL 33756 Clearwater, FL 33756 City of Clearwater Economic Development & Housing Department 112 S. Osceola Avenue Clearwater, FL 33756 Username (Your Email)Password HOME WHY PUBLIC NOTICES SEARCH THE NOTICES REGISTER SUPPORT & CONTACT INFO Search Again | Archives Newest First Oldest First Keyword Relevance Sort Show results beginning at: 1 16 31 46 ... 796 Showing results 1 through 15 of 798 (54 Pages) Tampa Bay Times June 14, 2016 Miscellaneous Notices CITY OF CLEARWATER PROPOSED PRIOR YEARS REPROGRAMMED AMENDMENT 2016-2017 ANNUAL ACTION PLAN 2016-2019 FOUR-YEAR CONSOLIDATED PLAN The City of Clearwater is hereby publishing the proposed 2016-17 Annual Action Plan (AAP), the Program Year (PY) 2016-2019 Four-Year Consolidated Plan, and prior years Amendment for the purpose of reallocating funds to various eligible activities for the Community Development Block Grant Program (CDBG) and the HOME Investment Partnership Program (HOME). The AAP identifies proposed projects and activities the City plans to implement in the next Program Year beginning October 1, 2016 and ending September 30, 2017. The Reprogrammed Funds are an accumulation of funds from program income generated through the Revolving Loan Fund Program as well as carry-over funds from projects that were either cancelled or completed under budget and are now available to apply toward a new activity. The 2016-2019 Four-Year Consolidated Plan has been changed from the former Five-Year Consolidated Plan for consistency with the United States Department of Housing and Urban Developments (HUD) new rules pertaining to Affirmatively Furthering Fair Housing (AFFH), a crucial element of the Consolidated Plan. The primary uses of CDBG funds are to promote viable communities by providing decent housing, suitable living environments and expanding economic opportunities principally to low and moderate-income persons. HOME funds are used to extend and strengthen community partnerships in the private sector and with both for-profit and not-for profit organizations for the purpose of developing affordable housing. The City of Clearwater anticipates receiving $667,634 for the CDBG Program; $283,808 for the HOME Program; the Reprogramming of $516,021 in CDBG funds and $438,020 in HOME funds to fund new activities. In addition, $523,579 in Rollover Funds from the Revolving Loan Program will be returned to the Program with the remaining $229,621 being reprogrammed to eligible activities. The list below captures all proposed activities to be funded with CDBG and HOME Programs. Please note that funding for these and other projects not listed may increase or decrease based upon program income, prior period adjustments and/or final federal or state allocations. Due to these and other factors, the City of Clearwater reserves the right to add or delete projects. PROPOSED FUNDING RESOURCES Community Development Block Grant Program - Entitlement $ 667,634 HOME Investment Partnership Program - Entitlement 283,808 Reprogrammed CDBG Funds 516,021 Reprogrammed HOME Funds 438,020 Revolving Loan Fund 523,579 Reprogrammed Revolving Loan Funds 229,621 ========================================================== TOTAL $ 2,658,683 LIST OF PROPOSED ACTIVITIES Program Administration Community Development Block Grant Program $ 133,527 HOME Investment Partnership Program 28,380 Online Newspaper Archive Search over 140 million newspaper pages, from 1609 to present day. Page 1 of 9Florida Public Notices: Search for Public and Legal Notices in FL newspapers 6/14/2016http://www.floridapublicnotices.com/search/ Housing Tampa Bay Communty Development Corp. (Down Payment Assistance) 25,000 Habitat for Humanity of Pinellas County, Inc. (Acquisition) 50,000 Tampa Bay Community Development Corp. (Homebuyer Education) 5,700 Community Service Foundation, Inc. (Fair Housing) 4,900 Community Service Foundation, Inc. (Housing Counseling) 9,432 CDBG Rehabilitation 60,000 Homeowner Activities 212,857 Community Housing Development Organization Set-a-side 42,571 HOME Rehabilitation/Purchase Assistance 438,020 Revolving Loan Program/Housing Pool/Program Income 523,579 Homelessness Religious Community Services, Inc. (Grace House) 15,669 Homeless Emergency Project, Inc. (Emergency Shelter) 9,345 The Kimberly Home, Inc. (Womens Shelter Program) 15,670 Westcare Gulfcoast Florida, Inc. (Substance Abuse) 9,345 Non-Homeless Special Needs Pinellas Opportunity Council, Inc. (Chore Services) 9,345 Community Development &Public Services Religious Community Services, Inc. (Facility Improvement) 49,025 The Arc of Tampa Bay, Inc. (Facility Improvement) 95,335 The Kimberly Home, Inc. (Acquisition/Demolition) 99,200 Clearwater Free Clinic (Facility Improvement) 100,000 InterCultural Advocacy Institute, Inc. (Family Enrichment) 15,669 Safety Harbor Neighborhood Family Center (Mentoring) 15,670 Stormwater Improvements/Resurfacing 625,642 Economic Development Technical Assistance 4,802 Business Development (Faade Improvement) 60,000 TOTAL FUNDING $2,658,683 The public comment period begins on June 15, 2016 and runs through July 15, 2016. Please send any comments to Diane Durr, Housing Manager, City of Clearwater Economic Development and Housing Department, P.O. Box 4748, Clearwater, FL 33758- 4748 or via telephone at (727) 562-4032 . A draft copy of the proposed City of Clearwater PY 2016-2017 Annual Action Plan and City of Clearwater PY 2016-2019 Consolidated Action Plan will be available on June 15, 2016 online at https://www.myclearwater.com/econdev with hard copies available for viewing at the following locations: City of Clearwater City of Clearwater City Clerks Office East Branch Library 112 S. Osceola Avenue 2251 Drew Street Clearwater, FL 33756 Clearwater, FL 33756 City of Clearwater Economic Development & Housing Department 112 S. Osceola Avenue Clearwater, FL 33756 (313494) 06/14/2016 (313494) 06/14, 06/14/2016 Bradenton Herald June 13, 2016 Miscellaneous Notices NOTICE OF PUBLIC MEETING Pursuant to Manatee County Ordinance 14-33, notice is hereby given to the following, Michael Kamkar License # CPC1456897 whose last known address was 2100 Construction Blvd, #101, Sarasota, FL 34231, Stephen Keen License # CBC1251692 whose last known address was 1804 Wood Hollow Cir, Sarasota, FL 34235, Melvin Kennedy License # CCC1327709 whose last known address was 1108 24th Ave E, Ste 114, Ellenton, FL 34222, Douglas Loggins License # CAC1815189 whose last known address was 1410 Pinetree Circle #2, Wimauma, FL 33598, Denise Mannino License # CAC035506 whose last known address was PO Box 1147, Palmetto, FL 34221, Kenny McHenry License #CAC058121 whose last known address was PO Box 379, Parrish, FL 34219, Auburt McKinnon License #CAC058301 whose last known address was 4870 50th Ave W, Apt 2112, Bradenton, FL 34210, Kenneth McKeithen License #CBC1250720 whose last known address was 5915 River Forest Cir, Bradenton, FL 34203, Steven McNutt License # CAC1817475 whose last known address was 2254 72nd Ave E, Sarasota, FL 34243, Raymond Mead License#CVC056656 whose last known address was 19321 C US Hwy 19 N, Clearwater, FL 33764, Robert Mueller Page 2 of 9Florida Public Notices: Search for Public and Legal Notices in FL newspapers 6/14/2016http://www.floridapublicnotices.com/search/ City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan Appendix- SF-424 SF 424 City of Clearwater, FL 2016/2017 – 2019/2020 Consolidated Plan Appendix- Certifications Certifications 8010 Woodland Center Boulevard Suite 1200 Tampa, FL 33614 813.882.4373 888.499.9624 500 Griswold Avenue Suite 2500 Detroit, MI 48226 313.961.3650 www.wadetrim.com Florida • Illinois • Michigan • Missouri • Nebraska North Carolina • Ohio • Pennsylvania • Texas July 21, 2016 FY 2017-2020 FOUR-YEAR CONSOLIDATED PLAN & FY 2017 ANNUAL ACTION PLAN US Department of Housing & Urban Development (HUD) Community Development Goals •Develop Viable Urban Communities –Provide Decent Housing –Provide a Suitable Living Environment –Expand Economic Opportunities For Very Low- to Moderate- Income Households Community Development Goals •Extend and Strengthen Partnerships –Government –Private Sector (Including For-Profit / Non-Profit Organizations) In the Production/Operation of Affordable Housing Formula Grants •Community Development Block Grant Program (CDBG) •HOME Investment Partnership Program (HOME) City of Clearwater is an Entitlement City Receiving Funds Directly from HUD CDBG •Benefiting Low- to Moderate-Income Families (</= 80% AMI) •Real Property Acquisition & Rehabilitation •Construction of Public Facilities and Improvements •Delivery of Public Services Programs/Activities to Meet National Objectives HOME •Real Property Acquisition •Down Payment/Closing Cost Assistance •New Construction •Rehabilitation Requires Local Match of 25% (non-Federal funds) FY2016-2019 Consolidated Plan Purpose is to identify goals, objectives, and strategies for addressing housing and community development needs, including those of the homeless and other special needs populations. Consolidated Plan Consolidated Plan Elements •Executive Summary •Process Overview •Housing & Homeless Needs Assessment •Housing Market Analysis •Strategic Plan Goals •Housing –Availability & Accessibility to Decent Affordable Housing •Homelessness –Prevent & Reduce Homelessness •Non-Homeless Special Needs –Expand Accessibility & Coordination of Social Services Goals •Community Development & Public Services/Facilities –Enhance Living Environment through Activities, Programs & Elimination of Blight •Economic Development –Programs that Create Economic Opportunities for Low- & Moderate- Income Persons Objectives •Preservation of Existing Housing Stock •Increase the Availability of Affordable Housing Units •Assist Homebuyers to become Homeowners by Providing Housing Counseling •Provide Mortgage Assistance •Fund and Support Homeless Facilities •Assist Homeless Prevention and Service Programs Objectives •Support Programs that Assist the Elderly, Disabled, and Other Special Needs •Partially Fund the Construction and Expansion of Beds for Special Needs Individuals and Families •Support the Expansion and Improvement of Public Facilities Objectives •Support Agencies that Provide Services to Low to Moderate-Income Families •Encourage and Support Programs that Reduce Crime •Eliminate Blighted Conditions and Structures •Support Building Facade Programs in the Strategy Areas •Support Programs that Create or Retain Jobs 2016 Four-Year Plan Schedule MAR NRSA Stakeholders Meetings NAHAB / Public Stakeholders Meetings JUN NAHAB Meeting 30-Day Public Comment Period Begins JUL 30-Day Public Comment Periods Ends NAHAB & City Council Approval AUG Transmit to HUD The Annual Action Plan must summarize the City’s priorities and specific goals it intends to initiate and/or complete within the 1st year of the Strategic Plan. Annual Action Plan 2016 Annual Action Plan Process FEB Funding Notice Published APR Applications Received Review & Ranking of Applications MAY NAHAB Meeting-Recommend Allocations JUN 30-Day Public Comment Period Begins JUL 30-Day Public Comment Period Ends NAHAB & City Council Approval AUG Submit Final Plan to HUD SEP Execute Subrecipient Agreements OCT Program Year Begins Anticipated Resources Program Formula Allocation Program Income Prior Year Resources Total CDBG $667,634 $753,200 $516,021 $1,936,855 HOME $283,808 $0* $438,020 $721,828 TOTAL $951,442 $753,200 $954,041 $2,658,683 * Generated at end of Program Year. Not available in FY2017. Goal CDBG HOME Total Housing $678,611* $693,448 $1,372,059 Homelessness $50,029 $0 $50,029 Non-Homeless Special Needs $9,345 $0 $9,345 Comm. Development & Public Services $1,000,541 $0 $1,000,541 Economic Dev. $64,802 $0 $64,802 Program Admin. $133,527 $28,380 $161,907 TOTAL $1,936,855 $721,828 $2,658,683 Anticipated Allocations by Goal * Includes $523,579 in Revolving Loan Program. Project Allocations For a Detailed Listing of Proposed Project Allocations, See Pages 165-170 of the Draft Plan. myclearwater.com/housing July 21, 2016 FY 2017-2020 FOUR-YEAR CONSOLIDATED PLAN & FY 2017 ANNUAL ACTION PLAN Cover Memo City of Clearwater City Hall 112 S. Osceola Avenue Clearwater, FL 33756 File Number: 8895-16 Agenda Date: 7/21/2016 Status: Second ReadingVersion: 1 File Type: OrdinanceIn Control: Legal Department Agenda Number: 8.1 SUBJECT/RECOMMENDATION: Adopt Ordinance 8895-16 on second reading, amending the future land use plan element of the Comprehensive Plan of the city to designate the land use for certain real property whose post office address is 3400 Gulf-to-Bay Boulevard, Clearwater, Florida 33759, as Institutional (I), Commercial General (CG), Preservation (P), Recreation/Open Space (R/OS), Residential Low (RL), and Water/Drainage Feature. SUMMARY: APPROPRIATION CODE AND AMOUNT: USE OF RESERVE FUNDS: Page 1 City of Clearwater Printed on 7/19/2016 Ordinance No. 8895-16 ORDINANCE NO. 8895-16 AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, AMENDING THE FUTURE LAND USE PLAN ELEMENT OF THE COMPREHENSIVE PLAN OF THE CITY, TO DESIGNATE THE LAND USE FOR CERTAIN REAL PROPERTY LOCATED ON THE NORTH SIDE OF GULF- TO-BAY BOULEVARD, APPROXIMATELY 900 FEET EAST OF SOUTH BAYSHORE BOULEVARD, WHOSE POST OFFICE ADDRESS IS 3400 GULF-TO-BAY BOULEVARD, CLEARWATER, FLORIDA 33759, AS INSTITUTIONAL (I), COMMERCIAL GENERAL (CG), PRESERVATION (P), RECREATION/OPEN SPACE (R/OS), RESIDENTIAL LOW (RL), AND WATER/DRAINAGE FEATURE; PROVIDING AN EFFECTIVE DATE. WHEREAS, the amendment to the future land use plan element of the comprehensive plan of the City as set forth in this ordinance is found to be reasonable, proper and appropriate, and is consistent with the City's comprehensive plan; now, therefore, BE IT ORDAINED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA: Section 1. The future land use plan element of the comprehensive plan of the City of Clearwater is amended by designating the land use category for the hereinafter described property as follows: Property Land Use Category See attached Exhibit A for Legal Description From: Institutional (I), Preservation (P), Recreation/Open Space (R/OS) and Water/Drainage Feature To: Institutional (I), Commercial General (CG), Preservation (P), Recreation/Open Space (R/OS), Residential Low (RL), and Water/Drainage Feature (LUP2016-03003) The map attached as Exhibit B is hereby incorporated by reference. Section 2. The City Council does hereby certify that this ordinance is consistent with the City’s comprehensive plan. Section 3. This ordinance shall take effect contingent upon and subject to the approval of the land use designations by the Pinellas County Board of Commissioners and thirty-one (31) days post-adoption. If this ordinance is appealed within thirty (30) days after adoption, then this ordinance will take effect only after approval of the land use designation by the Pinellas County Board of Commissioners and upon issuance of Ordinance No. 8895-16 a final order determining this amendment to be in compliance either by the Department of Economic Opportunity (DEO) or the Administration Commission, where applicable, pursuant to section 163.3187, Florida Statutes. The Community Development Coordinator is authorized to transmit to the Pinellas Planning Council an application to amend the Countywide Plan in order to achieve consistency with the Future Land Use Plan Element of the City’s Comprehensive Plan as amended by this ordinance. PASSED ON FIRST READING PASSED ON SECOND AND FINAL READING AND ADOPTED George N. Cretekos Mayor Approved as to form: Camilo A. Soto Assistant City Attorney Attest: Rosemarie Call City Clerk L1i717I x111 LEGAL DESCRIPTION PROVIDED BY OTHERS EDITED BY THE UNDERSIGNED THENORTH 12 OF THE NE 14 OF SECTION 16 TOWNSHIP 29 SOUTH RANGE 16 EAST AND THAT PART OF GOVERNMENT LOTS 3 AND 4 OF SAID SECTION WHICH LIES NORTH OF A LINE BEGINNING IN THE WEST BOUNDARY OF SAID GOVERNMENT LOT 3 AT A POINT 250 FEET NORTH OF ITS SOUTHWEST CORNER EXTENDING NORTH 6T EAST TO NAVIGABLE WATER IN OLD TAMPA BAY AND LESS RIGHTOFWAY OF DAVIS CAUSEWAY PINELLAS COUNTY FLORIDA AND ALL LAND LYING BETWEEN THE ABOVE DESCRIBED PARCEL AND THE RIGHTOFWAY OF STATE ROAD 60 OTHERWISE KNOWN AS COURTNEY CAMPBELL CAUSEWAY AND PARCEL 5 AND ALL THAT PART OF GOVERNMENT LOT 1 IN SECTION 15 TOWNSHIP 29 SOUTH RANGE 16 EAST LYING SOUTH OF AN EASTERLY PROJECTION OF THE NORTH LINE OF GOVERNMENT LOT 4 IN SECTION 16 TOWNSHIP 29 SOUTH RANGE 16 EAST PINEI COUNTY FLORIDA WHICH PROJECTION IS EXTENDED TO THE DEEP WATER CHANNEL OF TAMPA BAY LESS AND EXCEPT A 100 RIGHTOFWAYFOR BAYSHORE BOULEVARD AS DESCRIBED IN COUNTY PETITION NO 80 DATED AUGUST 4 1925 LESS AND EXCEPT A RIGHTOFWAYACROSS GOVERNMENT LOT 4 OF SAID SECTION 16 DESCRIBED IN CITY OF CLEARWATER RESOLUTION 6490 FILED IN OFFICAL RECORD 1936 PAGES 522524 OF THE PUBLIC RECORDS OF PINELLAS COUNTY FLORIDA LESSAND EXCEPT PARCEL 1 THAT PORTION THEREOF DEEDED TO ROBERT D WINNAND MARY S WINN HUSBAND AND WIFE ON NOVEMBER 16 1992 BY DEED RECORDED IN ORBOOK 8094 PAGE 1155 PUBLIC RECORDS OF PINELLAS COUNTY FLORIDA DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS THAT PORTION OF THE NW 14 OF SECTION 16 TOWNSHIP 29S RANGE 16E LYING SOUTH OF DREW STREET EAST OF UNIT 1 OF CRYSTAL HEIGHTS SUBDIVISION AND NORTHWEIERLY OF BAYSHORE BOULEVARD TOGETHER WITH THE RIPARIAN RIGHTS THERETO BEING MORE PARTICULARLY DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS FROM THE NE CORNER OF THE NW 14 OF SECTION 16 TOWNSHIP 29S RANGE 16E AS A POINT OF REFERENCE THENCE S003703WALONG THE NORTHSOUTH CENTERLINE OF SAID SECTION 16 A DISTANCE OF 330TO THE NORTHEAST CORNER OF LOT 9 UNIT 1 OF CRYSTAL HEIGHTS SUBDIVISION AS A POINT OF BEGINNING THENCE CONTINUE S003703WALONG SAID CENTERLINE BEING ALSO THE EASTERLY BOUNDARY OF SAID UNIT 1 OF CRYSTAL HEIGHTS SUBDIVISION AS RECORDEDIN PLAT BOOK 28 PAGE 64 OF THE PUBLIC RECORDS OF PINELLAS COUNTY FLORIDA A DISTANCE OF 22247 TO A POINT ON THE NORTHERLY RIGHTOFWAY OF BAYSHORE BOULEVARD A 100 RIGHTOFWAY THENCE ALONG A CURVE TO THE RIGHT HAVING A RADIUS OF 36831 A CHORD BEARING OF N413548E AND A CHORD DISTANCE OF 14617 TO A POINT OF TANGENCY THENCE N610231E ALONG SAID TANGENT RIGHTOFWAY A DISTANCE OF 18466 TO AN INTERSECTION WITH THE SOUTHERLY RIGHTOFWAY OF DREW STREET CURRENTLY A 33 RIGHTOFWAY THENCE N892950W ALONG SAID SOUTHERLY RIGHTOFWAY 33 FROM AND PARALLEL TO THE NORTH LINE OF SAID SECTION 16 A DISTANCE OF 24221 TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING CONTAINING 23549 SQUARE FEET 054 ACRES MOL TOGETHER WITH THE RIPARIAN RIGHTS TO THE LANDS LYING DIRECTLY EAST ACROSS THE 100 RIGHTOFWAY FOR BAYSHORE BOULEVARD AS RECORDED IN COUNTY PETITION NO 80 DATED AUGUST 4 1925 BEING FURTHER DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS THE NORTH 22247 OF THE NORTHWEST 14 OF SECTION 16 TOWNSHIP 29S RANGE 16E LYING BETWEEN THE EASTERLY LINE OF UNIT 1 OF CRYSTAL HEIGHTS SUBDIVISION AS RECORDED IN PLAT BOOK 28 PAGE 64 OF THE PUBLIC RECORDS OF PINELLAS COUNTY FLORIDA AND EXTENDING EASTERLY TO THE MEAN HIGH WATER MARK OF OLD TAMPABAY LESS A 100 RIGHTOFWAY FOR BAYSHORE BOULEVARD AS DESCRIBED IN COUNTY PETITION NO 80 DATED AUGUST 4 1925 RIPARIAN RIGHTS GRANTED ARE LIMITED TO THE LESSER OF A FIFTY 50 FEET FROM THE UPLAND OR B THE MAXIMUM DOCK LENGTH PERMITTED BY LAW WHICHEVER IS THE LEAST LESS AND EXCEPT LANDS KNOWN AS THE EASTER TRACT RECORDED IN OFFICIAL RECORDS BOOK 16135PAGE 2664 OF THE PUBLIC RECORDS OF PINELLAS COUNTY FLORIDA TOTAL AREA 13105 ACRES MORE OR LESS THERE IS APPARANTLY TWO SCRIVENER ERRORS IN THE ABOVE DESCRIBED LEGAL DESCRIPTION SHOWN WITH AN ASTERICK BOTH SHOULD BE CHANGED TO SHOW NORTHEAST OR NE INSTEAD OF NORTHWEST NW Exhibit B  FUTURE LAND USE MAP Owners: Clearwater Christian College Case: DVA2010-06001 LUP2016-03003 REZ2016-03003 Site: 3400 Gulf-to-Bay Boulevard Property Size(Acres): 131.05 Land Use Zoning PIN: 16-29-16-00000-120-0100 16-29-16-00000-140-0100 16-29-16-00000-130-0200 16-29-16-00000-110-0100 From : To: I, P, R/OS, & I, P, & OS/R Water/Drainage Feature I, CG, P, R/OS, RL, & I, C, P, LDR, & Water/Drainage Feature OS/R Atlas Page: 292B P P P DAMASCUS RD P I P WATER P WATER CG WATER PWATERRU RU WATER R/OS I I P RU P R/OS RM P R/OS R/OSCG RL R/OS WATER WATER RU RLM P RU RU T/U R/OS I RL R/OS R/OS RL R/OS WATER CG WAT E RL R/OS RL RL R/OSR/OS RL RL I R/OS R/OS RL WATER R/OS R/OS RL RL R/OS R/OS RU RL RU I CO URT NE Y CAM P B E LL C SW Y DREW ST BAY LN BAYSHORE BLVD -Not to Scale--Not a Survey- Community Development Board – April 19, 2016 LUP2016-03003- Page 1 of 12 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT BOARD PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT STAFF REPORT MEETING DATE:April 19, 2016 AGENDA ITEM:G.2. CASE:LUP2016-03003 REQUEST:To amend the Future Land Use Map from the Institutional (I), Preservation (P), Recreation/Open Space (R/OS), and Water/Drainage Feature categories to the Institutional (I), Commercial General (CG), Preservation (P), Recreation/Open Space (R/OS), Residential Low (RL), and Water/Drainage Feature categories GENERAL DATA: Applicant .........................City of Clearwater Initiated Amendment (Planning & Development Department), per mutual, conditional termination of DVA2010-06001 Owner .............................Clearwater Christian College Private School, Inc. Location ..........................3400 Gulf-to-Bay Boulevard, located on the north side of Gulf- to-Bay Boulevard approximately 900 feet east of Bayshore Boulevard Property Size ...................131.05 acres BACKGROUND: The subject site is comprised of four parcels of land 131.05 acres in area, located on the north side of Gulf-to-Bay Boulevard approximately 900 feet east of Bayshore Boulevard. The City of Clearwater is initiating an amendment to the parcels’ Future Land Use Map designations from the Institutional (I), Preservation (P), Recreation/Open Space (R/OS), and Water/Drainage Feature categories to the Institutional (I), Commercial General (CG), Preservation (P), Recreation/Open Space (R/OS), Residential Low (RL), and Water/Drainage Feature categories per the mutual, conditional termination of companion case DVA2010-06001 for the same property. Community Development Board – April 19, 2016 LUP2016-03003 – Page 2 of 12 Level III Comprehensive Plan Amendment Application Review PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT LONG RANGE DIVISION The property owner, Clearwater Christian College Private School, Inc., previously requested amendments to the City’s Future Land Use Map and Zoning Atlas which were approved by City Council in October 2010 (Case No. LUZ2010-06002). The 2010 amendments increased the amount of area designated Institutional (I) on the City’s Future Land Use Map and Zoning Atlas (“expanded Institutional area”) in order to accommodate growth of the college. An approved development agreement establishes a master plan for the developed portion of the property (Case No. DVA2010-06001, as amended). The development agreement divides the site into two areas, a Master Plan Area (28.55 acres) and a Mitigation Area (102.5 acres). Any new development would be concentrated within the expanded Institutional (I) area and must be in substantial conformance with the approved master plan. The approved agreement requires the developer to seek approval of a mitigation plan to address the objectives of hydrologic restoration and habitat enhancement, either through a mitigation bank or other appropriate mitigation measures still meeting the standards in the mitigation plan. The U.S. Army Corps of Engineers and the Southwest Florida Water Management District (SWFWMD) have not granted approval of a mitigation plan to date. The terms of the development agreement obligated the City to promptly process the Future Land Use Map and Zoning Atlas amendments, which were processed concurrently and approved by the Pinellas Planning Council and Board of County Commissioners acting as the Countywide Planning Authority, as well as the Florida Department of Community Affairs (now Department of Economic Opportunity). The property owner has received several extensions to the development agreement in order to seek approval of the final jurisdictional line as required in the agreement, with the most recent extension providing until January 23, 2017 for approval of the proposed jurisdictional line. Recently, the City has engaged in contract negotiations to purchase the majority of the subject property designated as Preservation (P) and Water/Drainage Feature on the Future Land Use Map, as well as additional property owned by the college but not part of the original amendment application. Purchasing the property would create an opportunity for the City to provide water quality benefits to Tampa Bay, an impaired waterbody with a federally-recognized Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) for Nitrogen, through future water quality improvement projects. While the projects envisioned will differ from those outlined within the agreement as part of the Mitigation Plan, the overall outcome and Bay benefits realized will be the same. The City would like to remove the encumbrances in place through the development agreement prior to purchasing the property from the college. For this reason, the City and college are requesting a mutual, conditional termination of the development Community Development Board – April 19, 2016 LUP2016-03003 – Page 3 of 12 Level III Comprehensive Plan Amendment Application Review PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT LONG RANGE DIVISION agreement, conditioned upon the City’s purchase of a portion of the college’s land (request being considered concurrently with this case). The original development agreement states that upon termination, the property shall return to its current [as of the time of execution of the development agreement] future land use and zoning designations. Therefore, the City is initiating amendments to the Future Land Use Map and Zoning Atlas in order to comply with this provision (see concurrent case REZ2016-03003). ANALYSIS: Vicinity Characteristics: The subject property is primarily surrounded by water and wetland areas to the north and east, as part of Coopers Bayou and Tampa Bay, which are designated as Water/Drainage Feature or Preservation (P) on the City’s Future Land Use Map. Properties to the south are primarily designated with the Recreation/Open Space (R/OS) future land use categories. This land includes the Courtney Campbell Causeway (Gulf-to-Bay Boulevard) and the associated FDOT right-of-way, as well as the City’s gateway feature (obelisk) and associated parking. Adjacent to the southwest, parcels are designated with the Commercial General (CG) and Preservation (P) future land use categories. One parcel is developed with a FDOT office, and the others are vacant. Properties to the west across Bayshore Boulevard are developed with attached and detached dwellings, and are designated with several different residential future land use categories, including Residential Urban (RU) and Residential Low Medium (RLM). A complete listing of the Future Land Use Map designations is shown in Table 1 below. In addition, a comparison between the uses and intensities allowed by the present and proposed Future Land Use Map designations appears in Table 2 and Table 3. In order to provide clarity regarding the request, maps showing the current future land use designations (as approved in October 2010) and the proposed future land use designations are also provided below. Community Development Board – April 19, 2016 LUP2016-03003 – Page 4 of 12 Level III Comprehensive Plan Amendment Application Review PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT LONG RANGE DIVISION Table 1. Surrounding Future Land Use and Zoning Designations Direction Existing Conditions Existing Use(s)FLUM Designation Zoning Atlas Designation North: Wetlands, Coopers Bayou Preservation (P), Water/Drainage Feature, Recreation/Open Space (R/OS) Preservation (P), Open Space/Recreation (OS/R) East: Wetlands Preservation (P), Water/Drainage Feature, Recreation/Open Space (R/OS) Preservation (P), Open Space/Recreation (OS/R) South: Courtney Campbell Causeway/ Gulf-to-Bay Boulevard, FDOT Office, Vacant Recreation/Open Space (R/OS), Commercial General (CG), Preservation (P) Open Space/Recreation (OS/R), Commercial (C), Preservation (P) West: Residential Residential Urban (RU), Residential Low Medium (RLM), Preservation (P) Medium Density Residential (MDR), Mobile Home Park (MHP), Low Medium Density Residential (LMDR), Preservation (P) Table 2. Uses and Intensities Allowed by Present Future Land Use Designations (As approved October 21, 2010) Institutional (I) (23.07 acres / 1,004,929 ft2) Preservation (P) (85.63 acres / 3,730,044 ft2) Recreation/Open Space (R/OS) (1.29 acres / 56,192 ft2) Water/Drainage Feature (21.12 acres / 919,987 ft2) Primary Uses: Public/Private Schools, Churches Natural/ Undeveloped Water Feature Public/Private Open Space, Rec. Facility Water Body / Drainage Feature Maximum Density: 12.5 dwelling units/acre (residential equivalent of 3 beds/unit) No density allocation; transfer of development rights allowed through DVA No density allocation No density allocation Maximum Intensity: FAR 0.65; ISR 0.85 FAR 0.10; ISR 0.20 FAR 0.25; ISR 0.60 No intensity allocation Table 3. Uses and Intensities Allowed by Proposed Future Land Use Designations (Consistent with the City’s Future Land Use Map prior to October 21, 2010) Institutional (I) (19.84 acres / (864,230 ft2) Preservation (P) (82.32 acres / 3,585,859 ft2) Water/ Drainage Feature (22.87 acres / 996,217 ft2) Residential Low (RL) (3.41 acres / 148,539 ft2) Commercial General (CG) (1.05 acres / 45,738 ft2) Recreation/ Open Space (R/OS) (1.05 acres / 45,738 ft2) Primary Uses: Public/Private Schools, Churches Natural/ Undeveloped Water Feature Water Body / Drainage Feature Low Density Residential Office, Retail, Personal Service, Hotel Public/Private Open Space, Rec. Facility Maximum Density: 12.5 dwelling units/acre (residential equivalent of 3 beds/unit) No density allocation No density allocation 5 dwelling units/acre 24 dwelling units/acre; 40 overnight accommoda- tion units/acre No density allocation Maximum Intensity: FAR 0.65; ISR 0.85 FAR 0.10; ISR 0.20 No intensity allocation FAR 0.40; ISR 0.65 FAR 0.65; ISR 0.85 FAR 0.25; ISR 0.60 Community Development Board – April 19, 2016 LUP2016-03003 – Page 5 of 12 Level III Comprehensive Plan Amendment Application Review PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT LONG RANGE DIVISION Community Development Board – April 19, 2016 LUP2016-03003 – Page 6 of 12 Level III Comprehensive Plan Amendment Application Review PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT LONG RANGE DIVISION REVIEW CRITERIA: No amendment to the Comprehensive Plan or Future Land Use Map shall be recommended for approval or receive a final action of approval unless it complies with the standards contained in Section 4-603.F, Community Development Code. Table 3 below depicts the consistency of the proposed amendment with the standards pursuant to Section 4-603.F: Table 4. Consistency with Community Development Code Standards CDC Section 4-603 Standard Consistent Inconsistent F.1 The amendment will further implementation of the Comprehensive Plan consistent with the goals, policies and objectives contained in the Plan. X F.2 The amendment is not inconsistent with other provisions of the Comprehensive Plan. X F.3 The available uses, if applicable, to which the properties may be put are appropriate to the properties in question and compatible with existing and planned uses in the area. X F.4 Sufficient public facilities are available to serve the property. X F.5 The amendment will not adversely affect the natural environment. X F.6 The amendment will not adversely impact the use of property in the immediate area. X RECOMMENDED FINDINGS OF FACT AND CONCLUSIONS OF LAW: Consistency with the Clearwater Comprehensive Plan [Sections 4-603.F.1 and 4-603.F.2] Recommended Findings of Fact: Applicable goal, objectives and policies of the Clearwater Comprehensive Plan which support the proposed amendment include: Wetlands Protection Goal, Objectives and Policies: Goal A.1 The City of Clearwater shall continue to protect natural resources and systems throughout the city and ensure that these resources are successfully integrated into the urban environment through land development regulations, management programs, and coordination with future land use intensities and categories. Objective A.1.1 On an ongoing basis, natural resources and systems shall be protected through the application of local, state, and regional regulations, mitigation and management plans, and permitting procedures as well as through locally instituted land purchase programs focusing on environmentally sensitive properties and significant open space areas. Policy A.1.1.1 Any permanent and temporary alteration of Department of Environmental Protection (D.E.P.) jurisdictional or non-jurisdictional wetlands, the jurisdictional wetlands of the Southwest Florida Water Management District (SWFWMD), beach dunes, sensitive soils, or other natural systems shall be prohibited unless such alteration is fully consistent with all local, state, and federal regulations, mitigation and management plans, and permitting procedures that Community Development Board – April 19, 2016 LUP2016-03003 – Page 7 of 12 Level III Comprehensive Plan Amendment Application Review PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT LONG RANGE DIVISION may be applicable, including the wetland vegetative buffer requirement of the City’s Community Development Code Policy A.1.1.3 Environmentally sensitive wetlands subject to Department of Environmental Protection (DEP) jurisdiction and the jurisdictional wetlands of the Southwest Florida Water Management District (SWFWMD) shall be designated by “Preservation” (P) zoning and prevented from being built upon except as permitted by the Preservation Zoning District. Objective G.1.4 Preserve natural open space areas which constitute aesthetic, and/or ecological community assets. Policy G.1.4.3 Continue to designate appropriate land “Preservation” and “Recreation/Open Space” in the Future Land Use Plan whenever feasible. Coastal Storm Area Objective and Policy: Objective A.1.2 Population densities in the coastal storm areas are restricted to the maximum density allowed by the Countywide Future Land Use Designation of the property, except for specific areas identified in Beach by Design: A Preliminary Design for Clearwater Beach and Design Guidelines, in which case densities identified in Beach by Design shall govern. All densities in the coastal storm area shall be consistent with the Pinellas County Comprehensive Emergency Management Plan and the Regional Hurricane Evacuation Study. Policy A.1.2.2 Continue to cooperate with the Tampa Bay Regional Planning Council and Pinellas County to meet the regional objectives for evacuation of permanent populations as well as other emergency concerns. Recommended Conclusions of Law: The request does not conflict with the goals, objectives and policies of the Clearwater Comprehensive Plan and it supports the plan as indicated in the goal, objectives and policies listed above. The proposed amendment returns the parcels’ designations to those which were previously depicted on the City’s Future Land Use Map. The college decided to no longer pursue a new jurisdictional line which would have allowed, with an approved mitigation plan, impacts certain wetland areas that were designated as Institutional (I) through the 2010 amendment. Although limited portions of those wetlands will be designated with Residential Low (RL), Commercial General (CG), Recreation/Open Space (R/OS), and Institutional (I) as they had previously been designated, there would no longer be a development agreement allowing the property owner to pursue the same impacts to the wetlands. As shown previously in Table 2 and Table 3, the amount of area designated as Preservation (P) and Water/Drainage Feature remains substantially the same. Future development on the uplands portion of the property designated Institutional (I) would need to comply with any restrictions related to its location in the Coastal Storm Area. Consistency with the Countywide Plan Rules Recommended Findings of Fact: The majority of the subject property is proposed to remain designated as Institutional (I), Preservation (P), Water/Drainage Feature, and Recreation/Open Space (R/OS) on the City’s Future Land Use Map. The City’s Institutional (I), Preservation (P) and Recreation/Open Space Community Development Board – April 19, 2016 LUP2016-03003 – Page 8 of 12 Level III Comprehensive Plan Amendment Application Review PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT LONG RANGE DIVISION (R/OS) future land use designations are consistent with the Public/Semi-Public (P/SP), Preservation (P), and Recreation/Open Space (R/OS) categories within the Countywide Rules as updated August 7, 2015. The Countywide Rules no longer expressly designate Water/Drainage Features on the Countywide Map. Section 2.3.3.10 of the Countywide Rules states that the Public/Semi-Public (P/SP) plan category is intended to recognize institutional and transportation/utility uses that serve the community or region, especially larger facilities having acreage exceeding the thresholds established in other plan categories, and which are consistent with the need, character, and scale of such uses relative to the surrounding uses, transportation facilities, and natural resource features. Section 2.3.3.10 also states that the Public/Semi-Public (P/SP) future land use category is generally appropriate to those locations where institutional uses (such as educational, health, public safety, civic, religious and like uses) and transportation/utility uses (such as air and sea transport terminals, utility installations, major transmission lines, refuse disposal, and public works facilities) are required to serve the community; and to recognize the special needs of these uses relative to their relationship with surrounding uses and transportation access. Section 2.3.3.12 of the Countywide Rules states that the Preservation (P) plan category is intended to recognize natural resource features worthy of preservation and those areas of the county that are now used, or are appropriate to be used, for the conservation, production, and management of the regional potable water supply and the supporting infrastructure, consistent with the natural resources of the area. Section 2.3.3.12 also states that the Preservation (P) future land use category is generally appropriate to those natural resource features it is designed to recognize wherever they may appear and at a size significant to the feature being depicted in relationship to its surroundings. In recognition of the natural conditions which they are intended to preserve, these features will frequently occur in a random and irregular pattern interposed among the other categories. The college campus site is located on Tampa Bay and is directly accessible from a main entrance off the Courtney Campbell Causeway (Gulf-to-Bay Boulevard) which is designated a Unique/Scenic View Corridor on the Pinellas Planning Council’s Scenic Non-Commercial Corridor Map. The site is also adjacent to but not accessible from Bayshore Boulevard. The intent and purpose of the Scenic/Noncommercial Corridor designation is to guide the preservation and enhancement of scenic qualities, to ensure the integrity of the Countywide Plan Map, and to maintain and enhance the traffic operation of these especially significant roadway corridors in Pinellas County. Properties designated in the Unique/Scenic View subclassification are characterized by their unique scenic, cultural, recreational or historic resources and typically classified as Recreation/Open Space (R/OS) or Preservation (P). The request to amend the Future Land Use Map designation on portions of the site is consistent with the applicable requirements of the Countywide Rules Section 6.5.4.1.4. The proposed boundaries for the Public/Semi-Public (P/SP) category are consistent with the area already developed with the college and its facilities, and the amount of area proposed to be designated as Public/Semi-Public (P/SP) is reduced by 3.23 acres. The uses available to this property through the Public/Semi-Public (P/SP) designation are consistent with the character, intensity, and scale of the uses in the surrounding area, including the surrounding Preservation (P) designated areas. Community Development Board – April 19, 2016 LUP2016-03003 – Page 9 of 12 Level III Comprehensive Plan Amendment Application Review PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT LONG RANGE DIVISION There are wetland areas proposed to be designated with the City’s Residential Low (RL) and Commercial General (CG) future land use categories (consistent with the Residential Low Medium (RLM) and Retail & Services (R&S) categories within the Countywide Rules), which will result in preservation area being inaccurately designated. These future land use designations are proposed primarily within the area which the City is negotiating to purchase. It is anticipated that the City will utilize the map adjustment process provided for through the Countywide Rules (Section 7.3.8.5) and the Community Development Code to later make these consistent with the preservation boundaries. Recommended Conclusions of Law: The proposed Future Land Use Map amendment is consistent with the purpose and locational characteristics of the Countywide Rules. Compatibility with Surrounding Properties/Character of the City & Neighborhood [Section 4-603.F.3 and Section 4-603.F.6] Recommended Findings of Fact: The subject property is located on the north side of Gulf-to-Bay Boulevard at the easternmost edge of the City of Clearwater boundaries. Development on the property is concentrated on the upland area located in the southeast corner of the site which is currently designated Institutional (I) and accessed by Damascus Road. The Courtney Campbell Causeway / Gulf-to-Bay Boulevard is located on the south side of the property. Area within the subject site is primarily wetlands which continue to the north and east. To the west across Bayshore Drive are single and multi-family homes designated with Residential Urban (RU) and Residential Medium (RM) future land use categories. The Residential Urban (RU) future land use category permits 7.5 dwelling units per acre and the Residential Medium (RM) future land use category permits 15 dwelling units per acre. Table 1 includes a complete list of the surrounding uses and future land use designations. The proposed Institutional (I) future land use category permits 12.5 dwelling units per acre (residential equivalent uses permitted at three beds per acre) and a floor area ratio of 0.65. The proposed Commercial General (CG) future land use category permits 24 dwelling units per acre and a floor area ratio of 0.55, and the proposed Residential Low (RL) category permits 5 dwelling units per acre and a floor area ratio of 0.40. The Preservation (P), Recreation/Open Space (R/OS), and Water/Drainage Feature future land use categories surrounding the Institutional (I) area have very limited or no development potential. The requested categories are consistent with the surrounding Future Land Use Map designations that exist in the vicinity of the subject parcel. The existing campus is proposed to be designated with the Institutional (I) future land use category, so development would be allowed at a density and scale that is consistent with the residential uses in the vicinity of the subject parcel (across Bayshore Drive). Community Development Board – April 19, 2016 LUP2016-03003 – Page 10 of 12 Level III Comprehensive Plan Amendment Application Review PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT LONG RANGE DIVISION Recommended Conclusions of Law: The proposed future land use designations are in character with the overall Future Land Use Map designations in the area. Further, the proposal is compatible with surrounding uses and consistent with the character of the surrounding parcels and neighborhood. Sufficiency of Public Facilities [Section 4-603.F.4] Recommended Findings of Fact: The total area of the subject property is 131.05 acres (5,708,538 square feet). The site is currently developed with educational facilities, dormitories, athletic fields and parking to support the college. The Institutional area could yield up to 288 dwelling units (864 dormitory beds) or a floor area of 653,203 square feet through the Institutional (I) future land use category. The development agreement limits the allowable development within the expanded Institutional area to up to 170,000 square feet of nonresidential floor area (0.169 FAR) and up to 750 dormitory beds (equivalent of 250 dwelling units). At the time of the original amendments, applications for Future Land Use Map and Zoning Atlas amendments were submitted as a combined application (LUZ) and a unified public facilities analysis was completed. The previous analysis compared the development potential of the expanded Institutional area as restricted by the development agreement with that which was allowed through the previous entitlements in this same area. The 2010 application included a traffic analysis that was approved by the City’s Engineering Department; however, Planning and Development staff also completed its own evaluation of the potential impacts to the roadways. To evaluate the potential impacts of the Future Land Use Map amendment, staff evaluated traffic characteristics of the subject property based on the current and proposed Future Land Use Map designations utilizing the traffic generation rates in the Countywide Rules. The Countywide Rules traffic generation guidelines are the accepted methodology for reviewing the roadway impacts of proposed Future Land Use Map amendments. As previously discussed, the Countywide Rules were updated in 2015, and at that time traffic generation figures were updated. The current standard for the purpose of calculating typical traffic impacts relative to an amendment for the Public/Semi-Public category remains 192 trips per day per acre for general institutional uses, consistent with the number utilized in the 2010 analysis on impacts to roadways, but is now 114 trips per day per acre for educational uses. At the time, the proposed Institutional (I) area (26.55 acres, later constricted) was anticipated to create a maximum of 1,321 new trips daily, and add 125 new PM Peak Hour trips along the affected segment of the Courtney Campbell Causeway from the Hillsborough County Line to Bayshore Boulevard. That segment in 2010 was operating and continues to operate at a level of service F peak hour according to the Pinellas County Metropolitan Planning Organization Level of Service Report from 2009 and 2015, respectively. It was determined, based upon the findings of fact presented in the staff report for LUZ2010-06002, that the traffic generated by the Future Land Use Map amendment would not degrade the existing level of service on Gulf-to-Bay Boulevard or the operational efficiency of the signalized intersections. Community Development Board – April 19, 2016 LUP2016-03003 – Page 11 of 12 Level III Comprehensive Plan Amendment Application Review PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT LONG RANGE DIVISION The 2010 public facilities analysis also concluded that there would be increased demand for potable water, wastewater, and solid waste service, but the increase would not negatively impact the City’s ability to meet the adopted level of service standards for these public facilities. Open space and recreation facilities and mass transit were not anticipated be affected by the amendment. This amendment reverts the future land use designations to those in place prior to the 2010 Future Land Use Map amendment. As such, it is expected that the proposed amendment would result in decreased demand on the same facilities previously evaluated. As such, an in depth analysis was not completed at this time. Recommended Conclusions of Law: Based upon the findings of fact, it is determined that the proposed amendment will not result in the degradation of the existing levels of service on the Courtney Campbell Causeway segment of Gulf-to-Bay Boulevard. Where the 2010 amendment was expected to result in an increase in demand for potable water and generation of wastewater, as well as solid waste, this amendment is expected to result in a corresponding decrease in the potential demand for these services. There is adequate capacity to accommodate the maximum demand generated by the proposed amendment. Furthermore, parkland and recreation facilities will not be affected by the proposed amendment. Impact on Natural Resources [Section 4-603.F.5] Recommended Findings of Fact: This amendment will result in a reduction in the amount of property designated with the Institutional (I), Preservation (P), and Recreation/Open Space (R/OS) future land use categories, and an increase in the amount of property designated with the Commercial General (CG), Water/Drainage Feature, and Residential Low (RL) future land use categories. However, the application of a future land use category other than Preservation (P) on the Future Land Use Map does not automatically allow for impacts to wetlands. The Community Development Code requires that a vegetative buffer shall be provided on all lands within 25 feet of any property designated on the Zoning Atlas as Preservation (P), or any property determined to be wetlands under the jurisdiction of the State of Florida ("jurisdictional wetlands"); and all lands within 15 feet of the top of the bank of any creeks, channels, or related waterways which contain jurisdictional wetlands. Under the approved development agreement, impacts to wetlands will only be allowed upon approval of a mitigation bank or other appropriate mitigation plan, and upgrades to the site’s stormwater facilities are required. Upon termination of the agreement, these requirements will be eliminated, but the City’s Codes require that any future redevelopment is compliant with the City’s tree preservation and storm water management requirements. Recommended Conclusions of Law: Based upon the findings of fact, it is determined that the proposed Future Land Use Map amendment will not negatively impact natural resources on the subject parcels. Community Development Board – April 19, 2016 LUP2016-03003 – Page 12 of 12 Level III Comprehensive Plan Amendment Application Review PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT LONG RANGE DIVISION RECOMMENDATION: Based on the foregoing, the Planning and Development Department recommends the following action: Recommend APPROVAL of the request for a Future Land Use Map amendment from Institutional (I), Preservation (P), Recreation/Open Space (R/OS), and Water/Drainage Feature categories to the Institutional (I), Commercial General (CG), Preservation (P), Recreation/Open Space (R/OS), Residential Low (RL), and Water/Drainage Feature categories Prepared by Planning and Development Department Staff: Lauren Matzke, AICP Long Range Planning Manager ATTACHMENTS: Resume Photographs of Site and Vicinity 1. View looking north from Gulf-to-Bay Blvd at subject property 2. View looking south from Gulf-to-Bay Blvd 4. View looking north across existing athletics fields towards Preservation area (2010). 3. Representative buildings on subject property (2010). . 5. View looking west from existing parking lot on subject property towards Preservation area (2010). 6. View looking north from existing parking lot on subject property towards Preservation area (2010). LUP2016-03003 & REZ2016-03003 City of Clearwater Initiated Amendment, per mutual, conditional termination of DVA2010-06001 Clearwater Christian College 3400 Gulf-to-Bay Boulevard Page 1 of 3 7. View looking northeasterly along Damascus Road at subject property 8. View looking north along Bayshore Drive at typical single family housing located across Bayshore Drive from subject property Preservation area 9. View looking north along Bayshore Drive at typical multi- family housing located across Bayshore Drive from subject property Preservation area 10. View looking east from Bayshore Drive at Johns Parkway at subject property Preservation area . 11. View looking northerly along Bayshore Drive at Johns Parkway 12. View looking southerly along Bayshore Drive at Johns Parkway LUP2016-03003 & REZ2016-03003 City of Clearwater Initiated Amendment, per mutual, conditional termination of DVA2010-06001 Clearwater Christian College 3400 Gulf-to-Bay Boulevard Page 2 of 3 cale-rvey-DREW ST DREW ST BAY LNBAYLN -Not to Sc-Not a SurVD VD K ST K ST BAY LN BAY LN 10/11/12 BAYSHORE BLV BAYSHORE BLVSRD US RD DOWNING ST DOWNING ST JOHNS PKWY JOHNS PKWY 3 4 6 9 10/11/12 DAMASCUS DAMASCUSELL CSWYCAMPBELLCSWY 2 5 8 7 COURTNEY CAMPBELL CSWY COURTNEY CAMPBELL CSWY 1 . Location Map for site photographs (pages 1-2). LUP2016-03003 & REZ2016-03003 City of Clearwater Initiated Amendment, per mutual, conditional termination of DVA2010-06001 Clearwater Christian College 3400 Gulf-to-Bay Boulevard Page 3 of 3 Cover Memo City of Clearwater City Hall 112 S. Osceola Avenue Clearwater, FL 33756 File Number: 8896-16 Agenda Date: 7/21/2016 Status: Second ReadingVersion: 1 File Type: OrdinanceIn Control: Legal Department Agenda Number: 8.2 SUBJECT/RECOMMENDATION: Adopt Ordinance 8896-16 on second reading, amending the Zoning Atlas of the city by zoning certain real property whose post office address is 3400 Gulf-to-Bay Boulevard, Clearwater, Florida 33759, as Institutional (I), Commercial (C), Preservation (P), Low Density Residential (LDR), and Open Space/Recreation (OS/R). SUMMARY: APPROPRIATION CODE AND AMOUNT: USE OF RESERVE FUNDS: Page 1 City of Clearwater Printed on 7/19/2016 Ordinance No. 8896-16 ORDINANCE NO. 8896-16 AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, AMENDING THE ZONING ATLAS OF THE CITY BY ZONING CERTAIN REAL PROPERTY LOCATED ON THE NORTH SIDE OF GULF-TO-BAY BOULEVARD, APPROXIMATELY 900 FEET EAST OF SOUTH BAYSHORE BOULEVARD, WHOSE POST OFFICE ADDRESS IS 3400 GULF-TO-BAY BOULEVARD, CLEARWATER, FLORIDA 33759, AS INSTITUTIONAL (I), COMMERCIAL (C), PRESERVATION (P), LOW DENSITY RESIDENTIAL (LDR), AND OPEN SPACE/RECREATION (OS/R); PROVIDING AN EFFECTIVE DATE. WHEREAS, the assignment of a zoning district classification as set forth in this ordinance is found to be reasonable, proper and appropriate, and is consistent with the City's comprehensive plan; now, therefore, BE IT ORDAINED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA: Section 1. The following described property located in Clearwater, Florida, is hereby rezoned, and the zoning atlas of the City is amended, as follows: The map attached as Exhibit B is hereby incorporated by reference. Section 2. The City Engineer is directed to revise the zoning atlas of the City in accordance with the foregoing amendment. Section 3. This ordinance shall take effect immediately upon adoption subject to the approval of the land use designation set forth in Ordinance 8895-16 by the Pinellas County Board of County Commissioners. Property Zoning District See attached Exhibit A for Legal Description From: Institutional (I), Preservation (P), and Open Space/Recreation (OS/R) To: Institutional (I), Commercial (C), Preservation (P), Low Density Residential (LDR), and Open Space/Recreation (OS/R) (REZ2016-03003) Ordinance No. 8896-16 PASSED ON FIRST READING PASSED ON SECOND AND FINAL READING AND ADOPTED George N. Cretekos Mayor Approved as to form: Camilo A. Soto Assistant City Attorney Attest: Rosemarie Call City Clerk L1i717I x111 LEGAL DESCRIPTION PROVIDED BY OTHERS EDITED BY THE UNDERSIGNED THENORTH 12 OF THE NE 14 OF SECTION 16 TOWNSHIP 29 SOUTH RANGE 16 EAST AND THAT PART OF GOVERNMENT LOTS 3 AND 4 OF SAID SECTION WHICH LIES NORTH OF A LINE BEGINNING IN THE WEST BOUNDARY OF SAID GOVERNMENT LOT 3 AT A POINT 250 FEET NORTH OF ITS SOUTHWEST CORNER EXTENDING NORTH 6T EAST TO NAVIGABLE WATER IN OLD TAMPA BAY AND LESS RIGHTOFWAY OF DAVIS CAUSEWAY PINELLAS COUNTY FLORIDA AND ALL LAND LYING BETWEEN THE ABOVE DESCRIBED PARCEL AND THE RIGHTOFWAY OF STATE ROAD 60 OTHERWISE KNOWN AS COURTNEY CAMPBELL CAUSEWAY AND PARCEL 5 AND ALL THAT PART OF GOVERNMENT LOT 1 IN SECTION 15 TOWNSHIP 29 SOUTH RANGE 16 EAST LYING SOUTH OF AN EASTERLY PROJECTION OF THE NORTH LINE OF GOVERNMENT LOT 4 IN SECTION 16 TOWNSHIP 29 SOUTH RANGE 16 EAST PINEI COUNTY FLORIDA WHICH PROJECTION IS EXTENDED TO THE DEEP WATER CHANNEL OF TAMPA BAY LESS AND EXCEPT A 100 RIGHTOFWAYFOR BAYSHORE BOULEVARD AS DESCRIBED IN COUNTY PETITION NO 80 DATED AUGUST 4 1925 LESS AND EXCEPT A RIGHTOFWAYACROSS GOVERNMENT LOT 4 OF SAID SECTION 16 DESCRIBED IN CITY OF CLEARWATER RESOLUTION 6490 FILED IN OFFICAL RECORD 1936 PAGES 522524 OF THE PUBLIC RECORDS OF PINELLAS COUNTY FLORIDA LESSAND EXCEPT PARCEL 1 THAT PORTION THEREOF DEEDED TO ROBERT D WINNAND MARY S WINN HUSBAND AND WIFE ON NOVEMBER 16 1992 BY DEED RECORDED IN ORBOOK 8094 PAGE 1155 PUBLIC RECORDS OF PINELLAS COUNTY FLORIDA DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS THAT PORTION OF THE NW 14 OF SECTION 16 TOWNSHIP 29S RANGE 16E LYING SOUTH OF DREW STREET EAST OF UNIT 1 OF CRYSTAL HEIGHTS SUBDIVISION AND NORTHWEIERLY OF BAYSHORE BOULEVARD TOGETHER WITH THE RIPARIAN RIGHTS THERETO BEING MORE PARTICULARLY DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS FROM THE NE CORNER OF THE NW 14 OF SECTION 16 TOWNSHIP 29S RANGE 16E AS A POINT OF REFERENCE THENCE S003703WALONG THE NORTHSOUTH CENTERLINE OF SAID SECTION 16 A DISTANCE OF 330TO THE NORTHEAST CORNER OF LOT 9 UNIT 1 OF CRYSTAL HEIGHTS SUBDIVISION AS A POINT OF BEGINNING THENCE CONTINUE S003703WALONG SAID CENTERLINE BEING ALSO THE EASTERLY BOUNDARY OF SAID UNIT 1 OF CRYSTAL HEIGHTS SUBDIVISION AS RECORDEDIN PLAT BOOK 28 PAGE 64 OF THE PUBLIC RECORDS OF PINELLAS COUNTY FLORIDA A DISTANCE OF 22247 TO A POINT ON THE NORTHERLY RIGHTOFWAY OF BAYSHORE BOULEVARD A 100 RIGHTOFWAY THENCE ALONG A CURVE TO THE RIGHT HAVING A RADIUS OF 36831 A CHORD BEARING OF N413548E AND A CHORD DISTANCE OF 14617 TO A POINT OF TANGENCY THENCE N610231E ALONG SAID TANGENT RIGHTOFWAY A DISTANCE OF 18466 TO AN INTERSECTION WITH THE SOUTHERLY RIGHTOFWAY OF DREW STREET CURRENTLY A 33 RIGHTOFWAY THENCE N892950W ALONG SAID SOUTHERLY RIGHTOFWAY 33 FROM AND PARALLEL TO THE NORTH LINE OF SAID SECTION 16 A DISTANCE OF 24221 TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING CONTAINING 23549 SQUARE FEET 054 ACRES MOL TOGETHER WITH THE RIPARIAN RIGHTS TO THE LANDS LYING DIRECTLY EAST ACROSS THE 100 RIGHTOFWAY FOR BAYSHORE BOULEVARD AS RECORDED IN COUNTY PETITION NO 80 DATED AUGUST 4 1925 BEING FURTHER DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS THE NORTH 22247 OF THE NORTHWEST 14 OF SECTION 16 TOWNSHIP 29S RANGE 16E LYING BETWEEN THE EASTERLY LINE OF UNIT 1 OF CRYSTAL HEIGHTS SUBDIVISION AS RECORDED IN PLAT BOOK 28 PAGE 64 OF THE PUBLIC RECORDS OF PINELLAS COUNTY FLORIDA AND EXTENDING EASTERLY TO THE MEAN HIGH WATER MARK OF OLD TAMPABAY LESS A 100 RIGHTOFWAY FOR BAYSHORE BOULEVARD AS DESCRIBED IN COUNTY PETITION NO 80 DATED AUGUST 4 1925 RIPARIAN RIGHTS GRANTED ARE LIMITED TO THE LESSER OF A FIFTY 50 FEET FROM THE UPLAND OR B THE MAXIMUM DOCK LENGTH PERMITTED BY LAW WHICHEVER IS THE LEAST LESS AND EXCEPT LANDS KNOWN AS THE EASTER TRACT RECORDED IN OFFICIAL RECORDS BOOK 16135PAGE 2664 OF THE PUBLIC RECORDS OF PINELLAS COUNTY FLORIDA TOTAL AREA 13105 ACRES MORE OR LESS THERE IS APPARANTLY TWO SCRIVENER ERRORS IN THE ABOVE DESCRIBED LEGAL DESCRIPTION SHOWN WITH AN ASTERICK BOTH SHOULD BE CHANGED TO SHOW NORTHEAST OR NE INSTEAD OF NORTHWEST NW Exhibit B  ZONING MAP Owners: Clearwater Christian College Case: DVA2010-06001 LUP2016-03003 REZ2016-03003 Site: 3400 Gulf-to-Bay Boulevard Property Size(Acres): 131.05 Land Use Zoning PIN: 16-29-16-00000-120-0100 16-29-16-00000-140-0100 16-29-16-00000-130-0200 16-29-16-00000-110-0100 From : To: I, P, R/OS, & I, P, & OS/R Water/Drainage Feature I, CG, P, R/OS, RL, & I, C, P, LDR, & Water/Drainage Feature OS/R Atlas Page: 292B OS/R P P P DAMASCUS RD CO URT NE Y CAM P B E LL C SW Y DREW ST BAY LN BAYSHORE BLVD P P C LMDR OS/R MDR I MHP OS/R DR O OS/R OS/R OS/R OS/R OS/R OS I C I LDR OS/R LDR LDR OS/R I LDR LDR LDR LDR LDR OS/R LDR LDR LDR -Not to Scale--Not a Survey- Community Development Board – April 19, 2016 REZ2016-03003- Page 1 of 10 COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT BOARD PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT STAFF REPORT MEETING DATE:April 19, 2016 AGENDA ITEM:G.3. CASE:REZ2016-03003 REQUEST:To amend the Zoning Atlas from the Institutional (I), Preservation (P), and Open Space/Recreation (OS/R) Districts to the Institutional (I), Commercial (C), Preservation (P), Low Density Residential (LDR), and Open Space/Recreation (OS/R) Districts GENERAL DATA: Applicant .........................City of Clearwater Initiated Amendment (Planning & Development Department), per mutual, conditional termination of DVA2010-06001 Owner .............................Clearwater Christian College Private School, Inc. Location ..........................3400 Gulf-to-Bay Boulevard, located on the north side of Gulf- to-Bay Boulevard approximately 900 feet east of Bayshore Boulevard Property Size ...................131.05 acres BACKGROUND: The subject site is comprised of four parcels of land 131.05 acres in area, located on the north side of Gulf-to-Bay Boulevard approximately 900 feet east of Bayshore Boulevard. The City of Clearwater is initiating an amendment to the parcels’ zoning designations from the Institutional (I), Preservation (P), and Open Space/Recreation (OS/R) Districts to the Institutional (I), Commercial (C), Preservation (P), Low Density Residential (LDR) and Open Space/Recreation (OS/R) Districts per the mutual, conditional termination of companion case DVA2010-06001 for the same property. The property owner, Clearwater Christian College Private School, Inc., previously requested amendments to the City’s Future Land Use Map and Zoning Atlas which were approved by City Council in October 2010 (Case No. Community Development Board – April 19, 2016 REZ2016-03003 – Page 2 of 10 Level III Zoning Atlas Amendment Application Review PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT LONG RANGE DIVISION LUZ2010-06002). The 2010 amendments increased the amount of area designated Institutional (I) on the City’s Future Land Use Map and Zoning Atlas (“expanded Institutional area”) in order to accommodate growth of the college. An approved development agreement establishes a master plan for the developed portion of the property (Case No. DVA2010-06001, as amended). The development agreement divides the site into two areas, a Master Plan Area (28.55 acres) and a Mitigation Area (102.5 acres). Any new development would be concentrated within the expanded Institutional (I) area and must be in substantial conformance with the approved master plan. The approved agreement requires the developer to seek approval of a mitigation plan to address the objectives of hydrologic restoration and habitat enhancement, either through a mitigation bank or other appropriate mitigation measures still meeting the standards in the mitigation plan. The U.S. Army Corps of Engineers and the Southwest Florida Water Management District (SWFWMD) have not granted approval of a mitigation plan to date. The terms of the development agreement obligated the City to promptly process the Future Land Use Map and Zoning Atlas amendments, which were processed concurrently and approved by the Pinellas Planning Council and Board of County Commissioners acting as the Countywide Planning Authority, as well as the Florida Department of Community Affairs (now Department of Economic Opportunity). The property owner has received several extensions to the development agreement in order to seek approval of the final jurisdictional line as required in the agreement, with the most recent extension providing until January 23, 2017 for approval of the proposed jurisdictional line. Recently, the City has engaged in contract negotiations to purchase the majority of the subject property designated as Preservation (P) on the Zoning Atlas, as well as additional property owned by the college but not part of the original amendment application. Purchasing the property would create an opportunity for the City to provide water quality benefits to Tampa Bay, an impaired waterbody with a federally-recognized Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) for Nitrogen, through future water quality improvement projects. While the projects envisioned will differ from those outlined within the agreement as part of the Mitigation Plan, the overall outcome and Bay benefits realized will be the same. The City would like to remove the encumbrances in place through the development agreement prior to purchasing the property from the college. For this reason, the City and college are requesting a mutual, conditional termination of the development agreement, conditioned upon the City’s purchase of a portion of the college’s land (request being considered concurrently with this case). The original development agreement states that upon termination, the property shall return to its current [as of Community Development Board – April 19, 2016 REZ2016-03003 – Page 3 of 10 Level III Zoning Atlas Amendment Application Review PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT LONG RANGE DIVISION the time of execution of the development agreement] future land use and zoning designations. Therefore, the City is initiating amendments to the Future Land Use Map and Zoning Atlas in order to comply with this provision (see concurrent case LUP2016-03003). ANALYSIS: Vicinity Characteristics: The subject property is primarily surrounded by water and wetland areas to the north and east, as part of Coopers Bayou and Tampa Bay, which are designated as Preservation (P) on the City’s Zoning Atlas. Properties to the south are primarily designated Open Space/Recreation (OS/R) District. This land includes the Courtney Campbell Causeway (Gulf-to-Bay Boulevard) and the associated FDOT right-of-way, as well as the City’s gateway feature (obelisk) and associated parking. Adjacent to the southwest, parcels are designated Commercial (C) and Preservation (P) Districts. One parcel is developed with a FDOT office, and the others are vacant. Properties to the west across Bayshore Boulevard are developed with attached and detached dwellings, and are located within several different zoning districts, including Low Medium Density Residential (LMDR), Medium Density Residential (MDR) and Mobile Home Park (MHP) Districts. A complete listing of the surrounding uses and Zoning Atlas designations are shown in Table 1. In order to provide clarity regarding the request, maps showing the current zoning designations (as approved in October 2010) and the proposed zoning designations are also provided below. Table 1. Surrounding Future Land Use and Zoning Designations Direction Existing Conditions Existing Use(s)FLUM Designation Zoning Atlas Designation North: Wetlands, Coopers Bayou Preservation (P), Water/Drainage Feature, Recreation/Open Space (R/OS) Preservation (P), Open Space/Recreation (OS/R) East: Wetlands Preservation (P), Water/Drainage Feature, Recreation/Open Space (R/OS) Preservation (P), Open Space/Recreation (OS/R) South: Courtney Campbell Causeway/ Gulf-to-Bay Boulevard, FDOT Office, Vacant Recreation/Open Space (R/OS), Commercial General (CG), Preservation (P) Open Space/Recreation (OS/R), Commercial (C), Preservation (P) West: Residential Residential Urban (RU), Residential Low Medium (RLM), Preservation (P) Medium Density Residential (MDR), Mobile Home Park (MHP), Low Medium Density Residential (LMDR), Preservation (P) Community Development Board – April 19, 2016 REZ2016-03003 – Page 4 of 10 Level III Zoning Atlas Amendment Application Review PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT LONG RANGE DIVISION Community Development Board – April 19, 2016 REZ2016-03003 – Page 5 of 10 Level III Zoning Atlas Amendment Application Review PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT LONG RANGE DIVISION REVIEW CRITERIA: No amendment to the Zoning Atlas shall be recommended for approval or receive a final action of approval unless it complies with the standards contained in Section 4-602.F, Community Development Code. Table 2 below depicts the consistency of the proposed amendment with the standards as per Section 4-602.F: Table 4. Consistency with Community Development Code Standards CDC Section 4-602 Standard Consistent Inconsistent F.1 The proposed amendment is consistent with and furthers the goals, policies and objectives of the Comprehensive Plan and furthers the purposes of this Development Code and other city ordinances and actions designed to implement the plan. X F.2 The available uses to which the property may be put are appropriate to the property which is subject to the proposed amendment and compatible with existing and planned uses in the area. X F.3 The amendment does not conflict with the needs and character of the neighborhood and the city. X F.4 The amendment will not adversely or unreasonably affect the use of other property in the area. X F.5 The amendment will not adversely burden public facilities, including the traffic-carrying capacities of streets, in an unreasonably or disproportionate manner. X F.6 The district boundaries are appropriately drawn with due regard to locations and classifications of streets, ownership lines, existing improvements and the natural environment. X RECOMMENDED FINDINGS OF FACT AND CONCLUSIONS OF LAW: Consistency of Development with the Clearwater Comprehensive Plan and Community Development Code and City Regulations [Section 4-602.F.1] Recommended Findings of Fact: Applicable goal, objectives and policies of the Clearwater Comprehensive Plan which support the proposed amendment include: Wetlands Protection Goal, Objectives and Policies: Goal A.1 The City of Clearwater shall continue to protect natural resources and systems throughout the city and ensure that these resources are successfully integrated into the urban environment through land development regulations, management programs, and coordination with future land use intensities and categories. Objective A.1.1 On an ongoing basis, natural resources and systems shall be protected through the application of local, state, and regional regulations, mitigation and management plans, and permitting procedures as well as through locally instituted land purchase programs focusing on environmentally sensitive properties and significant open space areas. Community Development Board – April 19, 2016 REZ2016-03003 – Page 6 of 10 Level III Zoning Atlas Amendment Application Review PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT LONG RANGE DIVISION Policy A.1.1.1 Any permanent and temporary alteration of Department of Environmental Protection (D.E.P.) jurisdictional or non-jurisdictional wetlands, the jurisdictional wetlands of the Southwest Florida Water Management District (SWFWMD), beach dunes, sensitive soils, or other natural systems shall be prohibited unless such alteration is fully consistent with all local, state, and federal regulations, mitigation and management plans, and permitting procedures that may be applicable, including the wetland vegetative buffer requirement of the City’s Community Development Code Policy A.1.1.3 Environmentally sensitive wetlands subject to Department of Environmental Protection (DEP) jurisdiction and the jurisdictional wetlands of the Southwest Florida Water Management District (SWFWMD) shall be designated by “Preservation” (P) zoning and prevented from being built upon except as permitted by the Preservation Zoning District. Objective G.1.4 Preserve natural open space areas which constitute aesthetic, and/or ecological community assets. Policy G.1.4.3 Continue to designate appropriate land “Preservation” and “Recreation/Open Space” in the Future Land Use Plan whenever feasible. Coastal Storm Area Objective and Policy: Objective A.1.2 Population densities in the coastal storm areas are restricted to the maximum density allowed by the Countywide Future Land Use Designation of the property, except for specific areas identified in Beach by Design: A Preliminary Design for Clearwater Beach and Design Guidelines, in which case densities identified in Beach by Design shall govern. All densities in the coastal storm area shall be consistent with the Pinellas County Comprehensive Emergency Management Plan and the Regional Hurricane Evacuation Study. Policy A.1.2.2 Continue to cooperate with the Tampa Bay Regional Planning Council and Pinellas County to meet the regional objectives for evacuation of permanent populations as well as other emergency concerns. The proposed amendment furthers the following purposes of the Community Development Code (CDC), as found in Section 1-103: It is the further purpose of this Development Code to: Preserve the natural resources and aesthetic character of the community for both the resident and tourist population consistent with the city's economic underpinnings; (Section 1-103.E.5, CDC) Protect and improve the quality of water resources and wetlands in both interior and coastal areas and preserve floodplains, drainageways, and other natural areas having beneficial hydrological characteristics and functions; (Section 1-103.E.6, CDC) Establish zoning districts of a size, type, location and with standards that reflect the existing and desirable characteristics of a particular area within the city; (Section 1- 103.E.6, CDC) Recommended Conclusions of Law: The request does not conflict with the goals, objectives and policies of the Clearwater Comprehensive Plan and it supports the plan as indicated in the goal, objectives and policies Community Development Board – April 19, 2016 REZ2016-03003 – Page 7 of 10 Level III Zoning Atlas Amendment Application Review PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT LONG RANGE DIVISION listed above. Additionally, it furthers the purposes of the Community Development Code as outlined. The proposed amendment returns the parcels’ designations to those which were previously depicted on the City’s Zoning Atlas. The college decided to no longer pursue a new jurisdictional line which would have allowed, with an approved mitigation plan, impacts certain wetland areas that were designated as Institutional (I) through the 2010 amendment. Although limited portions of those wetlands will be designated with Low Density Residential (LDR), Commercial (C), Open Space/Recreation (OS/R) and Institutional (I) Districts as they had previously been designated, there would no longer be a development agreement allowing the property owner to pursue the same impacts to the wetlands. Future development on the uplands portion of the property designated Institutional (I) District would need to comply with any restrictions related to its location in the Coastal Storm Area. Compatibility with Surrounding Property/Character of the City & Neighborhood [Sections 4-602.F.2, 4-602.F.3 and 4-602.F.4] Recommended Findings of Fact: The subject property is located on the north side of Gulf-to-Bay Boulevard at the easternmost edge of the City of Clearwater boundaries. Development on the property is concentrated on the upland area located in the southeast corner of the site which is currently designated Institutional (I) District and accessed by Damascus Road. The Courtney Campbell Causeway / Gulf-to-Bay Boulevard is located on the south side of the property. Area within the subject site is primarily wetlands which continue to the north and east. To the west across Bayshore Drive are single and multi-family homes designated with Low Medium Density Residential (LMDR) and Medium Density Residential (MDR) zoning. The Low Medium Density Residential (LMDR) and Medium Density Residential (MDR) Districts primarily permit residential uses. Table 1 includes a complete list of the surrounding uses and Zoning Atlas designations. The proposed Institutional (I) District will allow a portion of the site (uplands) to continue to be used as an educational facility or school, while designating the majority of the remainder of the parcel as Preservation (P) will continue to protect the wetlands that surround the existing campus and facilities. The uses available to the site are consistent with other development in the area, and provisions in the Community Development Code will be used to ensure continued compatibility with the surrounding uses, including the neighborhoods to the west across Bayshore Boulevard. Recommended Conclusions of Law: The proposed Zoning Atlas designation is in character with the overall Zoning Atlas designations in the area. Further, institutional uses allowed on the developable land proposed to remain designated with Institutional (I) District are compatible and consistent with the uses and character of the surrounding properties and neighborhood in the vicinity of the subject property. Community Development Board – April 19, 2016 REZ2016-03003 – Page 8 of 10 Level III Zoning Atlas Amendment Application Review PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT LONG RANGE DIVISION Sufficiency of Public Facilities [Section 4-602.F.5] Recommended Findings of Fact: The total area of the subject property is 131.05 acres (5,708,538 square feet). The site is currently developed with educational facilities, dormitories, athletic fields and parking to support the college. The expanded Institutional area, as currently designated, could yield up to 288 dwelling units (864 dormitory beds) or a floor area of 653,203 square feet through the Institutional (I) future land use category. The development agreement limits the allowable development within the expanded Institutional area to up to 170,000 square feet of nonresidential floor area (0.169 FAR) and up to 750 dormitory beds (equivalent of 250 dwelling units). At the time of the original amendments, applications for future land use and zoning amendments were submitted as a combined application (LUZ) and a unified public facilities analysis was completed. The previous analysis compared the development potential of the expanded Institutional area as restricted by the development agreement with that which was allowed through the previous entitlements in this same area. At the time it was completed, the proposal was to expand the Institutional area to 26.55 acres; this area was later constricted to 23.07 acres of Institutional (I) as currently depicted on the Future Land Use Map. The 2010 application included a traffic analysis that was approved by the City’s Engineering Department. The traffic impact analysis submitted by the applicant used real time data to develop an accurate volume count for the adjacent segments of Gulf-to-Bay Boulevard between McMullen Booth Road and the Clearwater city limits, as well as for the intersections of Gulf-to- Bay Boulevard and Bayshore Boulevard and Gulf-to-Bay Boulevard and Damascus Road. This study indicated that the existing roadway levels of service on these segments at that time was D, peak hour, and the signals were operating at level of service C. Planning and Development staff also completed its own evaluation of the potential impacts to the roadways. To evaluate the potential impacts of the Zoning Atlas amendment, staff compared trips generated by the current enrollment of the college to the proposed maximum enrollment of the college, as well as to a more intensive institutional use allowed within the Institutional (I) District (church). This analysis utilized the estimated trip generation for specific uses based on the Institute of Transportation Engineer’s (ITE) Trip Generation 8th Edition. In both comparisons, the proposed Institutional (I) area (26.55 acres, later constricted) was anticipated to create new PM Peak Hour trips. A church use developed at the maximum intensity in the Institutional (I) District (751,736 square feet) was anticipated to result in an increase of 292 PM Peak trips on Gulf-to-Bay Boulevard (Courtney Campbell Causeway). The 2010 public facilities analysis also concluded that there would be increased demand for potable water, wastewater, and solid waste service, but the increase would not negatively impact the City’s ability to meet the adopted level of service standards for these public facilities. Open space and recreation facilities and mass transit were not anticipated be affected by the amendment. This amendment reverts the zoning designations to those in place prior to the 2010 Zoning Atlas amendment. As such, it is expected that the proposed amendment would result in decreased Community Development Board – April 19, 2016 REZ2016-03003 – Page 9 of 10 Level III Zoning Atlas Amendment Application Review PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT LONG RANGE DIVISION demand on the same facilities previously evaluated. As such, an in depth analysis was not completed at this time. Recommended Conclusions of Law: Based upon the findings of fact, it is determined that the proposed amendment will not result in the degradation of the existing levels of service on the Courtney Campbell Causeway segment of Gulf-to-Bay Boulevard. Where the 2010 amendment was expected to result in an increase in demand for potable water and generation of wastewater, as well as solid waste, this amendment is expected to result in a corresponding decrease in the potential demand for these services. There is adequate capacity to accommodate the maximum demand generated by the proposed amendment. Furthermore, parkland and recreation facilities will not be affected by the proposed amendment. Location of District Boundaries [Section 4-602.F.6] Recommended Findings of Fact: Development on the subject site is concentrated within the southeast portion of the site (uplands area). The location of the proposed Institutional (I) District boundaries is an appropriate classification for the uplands; however, portions of the wetlands were previously designated with Institutional (I) District prior to the 2010 amendments. Other portions of wetlands were previously Low Density Residential (LDR), Commercial (C), and Open Space/Recreation (OS/R) Districts, and are proposed to revert back. This would result in boundaries that are not all drawn consistent with existing improvements and the natural environment. If the proposed mutual, conditional termination of the development agreement is approved, the zoning designations must revert back to those in place prior to the 2010 Zoning Atlas amendment. It is anticipated that the City will utilize the map adjustment process provided for through the Countywide Rules (Section 7.3.8.5) and the Community Development Code to make these consistent with the wetland boundaries. Recommended Conclusions of Law: The zoning district boundaries are drawn consistent with the boundaries that were in place prior to the 2010 Zoning Atlas amendments, as required upon termination of the development agreement. Planning and Development staff will utilize the appropriate procedures to administratively adjust the boundaries according to the wetland boundaries. Community Development Board – April 19, 2016 REZ2016-03003 – Page 10 of 10 Level III Zoning Atlas Amendment Application Review PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT LONG RANGE DIVISION RECOMMENDATION: Based on the foregoing, the Planning and Development Department recommends the following action: Recommend APPROVAL of the request for a Zoning Atlas amendment from the Institutional (I), Preservation (P), and Open Space/Recreation (OS/R) Districts to the Institutional (I), Commercial (C), Preservation (P), Low Density Residential (LDR), and Open Space/Recreation (OS/R) Districts. Prepared by Planning and Development Department Staff: Lauren Matzke, AICP Long Range Planning Manager ATTACHMENTS: Resume Photographs of Site and Vicinity 1. View looking north from Gulf-to-Bay Blvd at subject property 2. View looking south from Gulf-to-Bay Blvd 4. View looking north across existing athletics fields towards Preservation area (2010). 3. Representative buildings on subject property (2010). . 5. View looking west from existing parking lot on subject property towards Preservation area (2010). 6. View looking north from existing parking lot on subject property towards Preservation area (2010). LUP2016-03003 & REZ2016-03003 City of Clearwater Initiated Amendment, per mutual, conditional termination of DVA2010-06001 Clearwater Christian College 3400 Gulf-to-Bay Boulevard Page 1 of 3 7. View looking northeasterly along Damascus Road at subject property 8. View looking north along Bayshore Drive at typical single family housing located across Bayshore Drive from subject property Preservation area 9. View looking north along Bayshore Drive at typical multi- family housing located across Bayshore Drive from subject property Preservation area 10. View looking east from Bayshore Drive at Johns Parkway at subject property Preservation area . 11. View looking northerly along Bayshore Drive at Johns Parkway 12. View looking southerly along Bayshore Drive at Johns Parkway LUP2016-03003 & REZ2016-03003 City of Clearwater Initiated Amendment, per mutual, conditional termination of DVA2010-06001 Clearwater Christian College 3400 Gulf-to-Bay Boulevard Page 2 of 3 cale-rvey-DREW ST DREW ST BAY LNBAYLN -Not to Sc-Not a SurVD VD K ST K ST BAY LN BAY LN 10/11/12 BAYSHORE BLV BAYSHORE BLVSRD US RD DOWNING ST DOWNING ST JOHNS PKWY JOHNS PKWY 3 4 6 9 10/11/12 DAMASCUS DAMASCUSELL CSWYCAMPBELLCSWY 2 5 8 7 COURTNEY CAMPBELL CSWY COURTNEY CAMPBELL CSWY 1 . Location Map for site photographs (pages 1-2). LUP2016-03003 & REZ2016-03003 City of Clearwater Initiated Amendment, per mutual, conditional termination of DVA2010-06001 Clearwater Christian College 3400 Gulf-to-Bay Boulevard Page 3 of 3 Cover Memo City of Clearwater City Hall 112 S. Osceola Avenue Clearwater, FL 33756 File Number: ID#16-2575 Agenda Date: 7/21/2016 Status: City Manager ReportVersion: 1 File Type: Action ItemIn Control: Office of Managment & Budget Agenda Number: 9.1 SUBJECT/RECOMMENDATION: Adopt a tentative millage rate of 5.1550 mills for fiscal year 2016/17 and set public hearing dates on the budget for September 15, 2016 and September 29, 2016, to be held no earlier than 6:00 p.m. SUMMARY: In accordance with the Truth in Millage (TRIM) process, the City Council must adopt a tentative millage rate and set public hearing dates prior to finalizing and adopting a budget. This information must be provided to the Pinellas County Property Appraiser and Tax Collector by August 4, 2016. The City's proposed millage rate and public hearing dates will be included on the TRIM notices mailed to taxpayers in August. This tentative rate cannot be increased without first-class mailing notification to each taxpayer at the expense of the City of Clearwater, not less than 10 days and not more than 15 days before the public hearing. The City Manager's recommended millage rate is 5.1550 mills, the same millage rate as the current year. The rate is 6.71% more than the rolled back rate of 4.8310 mills. The rolled-back rate is the millage rate that will provide the City with the same property tax revenue as was levied in the prior year. If the proposed millage rate of 5.1550 mills is adopted, the City's ordinance adopting the millage rate will reflect a 6.71% increase from the rolled-back rate of 4.8310 mills. The proposed millage rate as well as other TRIM millage rates will be noted on the 2016 compliance forms as follows: 5.1550 mills - Tentative millage rate 4.8310 mills - Rolled-back millage rate 7.1737 mills - Maximum majority vote rate 7.8911 mills - Maximum two-thirds vote rate Page 1 City of Clearwater Printed on 7/19/2016 |1CITY OF CLEARWATER Fiscal Year 2016/17 100 S. Myrtle Ave. Clearwater, FL 33756 myclearwater.com PRELIMINARY ANNUAL OPERATING & CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT BUDGETS |2CITY OF CLEARWATER |2CITY OF CLEARWATER Total Budget (All City Operations) FY 2015/16 FY 2016/17 Increase 440,864,700 467,567,080 6.1% |3CITY OF CLEARWATER |3CITY OF CLEARWATER All Funds Fund FY 2015/16 FY 2016/17 Increase General Fund $ 124,479,870 $ 131,551,530 5.7% Utility Funds 164,714,570 168,313,880 2.2% Enterprise Funds 11,910,020 10,241,930 (14.0%) Internal Service Funds 57,008,630 58,977,120 3.5% Special Revenue Funds 12,788,260 19,896,520 55.6% Capital Fund 69,963,350 78,586,100 12.3% |4CITY OF CLEARWATER |4CITY OF CLEARWATER $0 $3 $6 $9 $12 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 $11.2 $10.2 $7.9 $7.5 $8.2 $8.7 $9.4 Property Values Billion |5CITY OF CLEARWATER |5CITY OF CLEARWATER Millage Rate Current Millage Rate 5.1550 mills Proposed Millage Rate 5.1550 mills (6.71% greater than rolled-back rate) Rolled Back Rate 4.8310 mills |6CITY OF CLEARWATER |6CITY OF CLEARWATER $0 $10 $20 $30 $40 $50 $60 $50.1 $46.2 $43.9 $37.7 $38.3 $43.3 $46.6 Ad Valorem Tax Revenues Million |7CITY OF CLEARWATER |7CITY OF CLEARWATER GeneralFund Revenue Source FY 2015/16 FY 2016/17 Increase Ad Valorem Tax $ 41,180,080 $ 44,384,830 7.8% Utility Taxes 14,385,000 14,717,600 2.3% Other Taxes 7,201,700 7,100,400 (1.4%) Franchise Fees 10,184,600 10,280,100 0.9% Intergovernmental 22,484,470 23,043,960 2.5% Charges for Service 15,023,090 15,902,040 5.9% Transfers In 9,196,490 9,161,770 (0.4%) All Other Revenue 5,075,500 6,960,830 37.1% TOTAL $124,730,930 $131,551,530 5.5% |8CITY OF CLEARWATER |8CITY OF CLEARWATER GeneralFund Expenditures Department FY 2015/16 FY 2016/17 Increase Police $ 39,139,980 $ 39,781,790 1.6% Fire 25,528,490 26,312,890 3.1% Parks & Recreation 23,590,520 25,682,620 8.9% Library 6,759,060 7,219,940 6.8% Planning & Development 5,400,550 5,627,690 4.2% Engineering 7,857,040 7,865,730 0.1% All Other Departments 16,204,230 19,060,870 17.6% TOTAL $124,479,870 $131,551,530 5.7% |9CITY OF CLEARWATER |9CITY OF CLEARWATER General Fund Budget By Department Police 30% Fire / EMS 20% Parks and Recreation 19.5% Library 5.5% Engineering 6% Planning and Development 4.5% Admin/Other 14.5% Public Safety 50% $131.55 Million |10CITY OF CLEARWATER |10CITY OF CLEARWATER General Fund Budget By Category Personnel 65.5% Operating 16% Internal Service 11% Interfund Transfers 6.5% Debt and Capital 1% $131.55 Million |11CITY OF CLEARWATER |11CITY OF CLEARWATER $0 $35 $70 $105 $140 General Fund History Total General Fund Budget CPI |12CITY OF CLEARWATER |12CITY OF CLEARWATER 0 250 500 750 1,000 1,250 1,500 1,750 2,000 1,954.3 1,846.5 1,708.4 1,685.5 1,709,7 1,787.7 Full Time Equivalent Positions (All Funds) Other Funds General Fund |13CITY OF CLEARWATER |13CITY OF CLEARWATER Capital Projects •Second Century Clearwater •Morningside Recreation Center •Crest Lake Park •Long Center Infrastructure Repairs •City EOC/Disaster Recovery Facility •Gas – Pinellas Buildings |14CITY OF CLEARWATER |14CITY OF CLEARWATER Utility Rate Increases Water & Sewer (proposed)3.75% Solid Waste & Recycling 3.75% Stormwater 1.25% |15CITY OF CLEARWATER |15CITY OF CLEARWATER Special Budget Meeting Thursday, Aug. 4 – 9 a.m. |16CITY OF CLEARWATER |16CITY OF CLEARWATER Special Budget Meeting Topics: •Bicycle Friendly City Designation •Clearwater Arts Alliance •Nagano Budget |17CITY OF CLEARWATER |17CITY OF CLEARWATER Public Hearings Thursday, Sept. 15 – 6 p.m. Thursday, Sept. 29 – 6 p.m. |18CITY OF CLEARWATER Fiscal Year 2016/17 100 S. Myrtle Ave. Clearwater, FL 33756 myclearwater.com PRELIMINARY ANNUAL OPERATING & CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT BUDGETS Cover Memo City of Clearwater City Hall 112 S. Osceola Avenue Clearwater, FL 33756 File Number: ID#16-2574 Agenda Date: 7/21/2016 Status: City Manager ReportVersion: 1 File Type: Action ItemIn Control: Finance Agenda Number: 9.2 SUBJECT/RECOMMENDATION: Approve Banking Services Agreement with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. for a three-year period ending September 30, 2019, for not-to-exceed amount of $375,000, with the option for two two-year renewals and authorize the appropriate officials to execute same. SUMMARY: Request for Proposal 22-16 was issued March 8, 2016. Responses from the following six banks were received: Bank of America (the City’s current bank), JP Morgan Chase, Regions, SunTrust, TD Bank, and Wells Fargo. A selection committee consisting of staff from Finance, Parking Engineering, Parks & Recreation, and Utility Customer Service short -listed JP Morgan Chase, Regions, and Wells Fargo for oral presentations. Upon completion of the presentations, Wells Fargo was the unanimous choice of the committee. Wells Fargo was chosen on the strength of their experience, qualifications, references, and capacity to provide services. Additionally, Wells Fargo offered the lowest total fees for banking and custodial/safekeeping services, as well as a very competitive interest rate on cash balances. The not-to-exceed total of $375,000 includes $15,000 for transition costs and $120,000 annually for banking and custodial safekeeping services. APPROPRIATION CODE AND AMOUNT: Funds are available in cost code 699-07400-530100-585-000, Professional Services, to fund this contract. Page 1 City of Clearwater Printed on 7/19/2016 Purchasing Office 100 S Myrtle Ave Clearwater FL 33756-5520 PO Box 4748, 33758-4748 727-562-4633 v 9/2014 REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS # 22-16 BANKING SERVICES March 8, 2016 NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that sealed proposals will be received by the City of Clearwater (City) until 10:00 AM, Local Time, April 20, 2016, to provide BANKING SERVICES. Brief Description: The City of Clearwater is seeking proposals from qualified financial institutions with local full-service operations for the provision of banking services. Proposals must be in accordance with the provisions, specifications and instructions set forth herein and will be received by Purchasing until the above noted time, when they will be publicly acknowledged and accepted. Proposal packets, any attachments and addenda are available for download at www.myclearwater.com. Please read the entire solicitation package and submit the proposal in accordance with the instructions. This document (less this invitation and the instructions) and any re quired response documents, attachments, and submissions will constitute the proposal. Questions concerning this solicitation should be directed, IN WRITING, to the following contact: General, Process or Technical Questions: Alyce Benge, CPPO, C.P.M. Purchasing Manager Finance Department Fax 727-562-4535 Alyce.Benge@myclearwater.com INSTRUCTIONS RFP #22-16 Banking Services Page 2 i.1 VENDOR QUESTIONS: All questions regarding the contents of this solicitation, and solicitation process (including requests for ADA accommodations), shall be directed solely to the P urchasing Manager listed on Page 1. Questions should be submitted in writing via letter, fax or email. Questions received less than seven (7) calendar days prior to the due date and time may be answered at the discretion of the City. i.2 ADDENDA/CLARIFICATIONS: Any changes to the specifications will be in the form of an addendum. Addenda are posted on the City website and mailed to those who register on the City website when downloading solicitations no less than seven (7) days prior to the Due Date. Vendors are cautioned to check the Purchasing Website for addenda and clarifications prior to submitting their proposal. The City cannot be held responsible if a vendor fails to receive any addenda issued. The City shall not be responsible for any oral changes to these specifications made by any employees or officer of the City. Failure to acknowledge receipt of an addendum may result in disqualification of a proposal. i.3 VENDOR CONFERENCE / SITE VISIT: Yes No Mandatory Attendance: Yes No If so designated above, attendance is mandatory as a condition of submitting a proposal. The conference/site visit provides interested parties an opportunity to discuss the City's needs, inspect the site and ask questions. During any site visit you must fully acquaint yourself with the conditions as they exist and the character of the operations to be conducted under the resulting contract. i.4 DUE DATE & TIME FOR SUBMISSION AND OPENING: Date: April 20, 2016 Time: 10:00 AM (Local Time) The City will open all proposals properly and timely submitted, and will record the names and other information specified by law and rule. All proposals become the property of the City and will not be returned except in the case of a late submission. Respondent names, as read at the bid opening, will be posted on the City website. Once a notice of intent to award is posted or 30 days from day of opening elapses, whichever occurs earlier, proposals are available for inspection by contacting Purchasing. i.5 PROPOSAL FIRM TIME: 90 Days from Opening Proposal shall remain firm and unaltered after opening for the number of days shown above. The City may accept the proposal, subject to successful contract negotiations, at any time during this time. i.6 PROPOSAL SECURITY: Yes $ 0.00 No If so designated above, a proposal security in the amount specified must be submitted with the proposal. The security may be submitted in any one of the following forms: an executed surety bond issued by a firm licensed and registered to transact such business with the State of Florida; cash; certified check, or cashier's check payable to the City of Clearwater (personal or company checks are not acceptable); certificate of deposit or any other form of deposit issued by a financial institution and acceptable to the City. Such proposal security shall be forfeited to the City of Clearwater should the proposer selected fail to execute a contract when requested. PERFORMANCE SECURITY: Yes $ 0.00 No If required herein, the Contractor, simultaneously with the execution of the Contract, will be required to furnish a performance security. The security may be submitted in one -year increments and in any one of the following forms: an executed surety bond issued by a firm licensed and registered to transact such business with the State of Florida; cash; certified check, cashier's check or money order payable to the City of Clearwater (personal and company checks are not acceptable); certificate of deposit or any other form of deposit issued by a financial institution and acceptable to the City. If the Contractor fails or refuses to fully comply with the terms and INSTRUCTIONS RFP #22-16 Banking Services Page 3 conditions of the contract, the City shall have the right to use all or such part of said security as may be necessary to reimburse the City for loss sustained by reason of such breach. The balance of said security, if any, will be returned to Contractor upon the expiration or terminati on of the contract. i.7 SUBMIT PROPOSALS TO: Use label at the end of this solicitation package City of Clearwater Attn: Purchasing 100 S Myrtle Ave, 3rd Fl, Clearwater FL 33756-5520 or PO Box 4748, Clearwater FL 33758-4748 Proposals will be received at this address. Proposers may mail or hand-deliver proposals; e-mail or fax submissions will not be accepted. No responsibility will attach to the City of Clearwater, its employees or agents for premature opening of a proposal that is not properly addressed and identified. i.8 LATE PROPOSALS. The proposer assumes responsibility for having the proposal delivered on time at the place specified. All proposals received after the date and time specified shall not be considered and will be returned unopened to the proposer. The proposer assumes the risk of any delay in the mail or in handling of the mail by employees of the City of Clearwater, or any private courier, regardless whether sent by mail or by means of personal delivery. It shall not be sufficient to show that you mailed or commenced delivery before the due date and time. All times are Clearwater, Florida local times. The proposer agrees to accept the time stamp in the City Purchasing Office as the official time. i.9 COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. If proposer begins any billable work prior to the City’s final approval and execution of the contract, proposer does so at its own risk. i.10 RESPONSIBILITY TO READ AND UNDERSTAND. Failure to read, examine and understand the solicitation will not excuse any failure to comply with the requirements of the solicitation or any resulting contract, nor shall such failure be a basis for claiming additional compensation. If a vendor suspects an error, omission or discrepancy in this solicitation, the vendor must immediately and in any case not later than seven (7) business days in advance of the due date notify the contact on page one (1). The City is not responsible for and will not pay any costs associated with the preparation and submission of the proposal. Proposers are cautioned to verify their proposals before submission, as amendments to or withdrawal of proposals submitted after time specified for opening of proposals may not be considered. The City will not be responsible for any proposer errors or omissions. i.11 FORM AND CONTENT OF PROPOSALS. Unless otherwise instructed or allowed, proposals shall be submitted on the forms provided. An original and the designated number of copies of each proposal are required. Proposals, including modifications, must be submitted in ink, typed, or printed form and signed by an authorized representative. Please line through and initial rather than erase changes. If the proposal is not properly signed or if any changes are not initialed, it may be considered non-responsive. In the event of a disparity between the unit price and the extended price, the unit price shall prevail unless obviously in error , as determined by the City. The City may require that an electronic copy of the proposal be submitted. The proposal must provide all information requested and must address all points. The City does not encourage exceptions. The City is not required to grant exceptions and depending on the exception, the City may reject the proposal. i.12 SPECIFICATIONS. Technical specifications define the minimum acceptable standard. When the specification calls for “Brand Name or Equal,” the brand name product is acceptable. Other products will be considered upon showing the other product meets stated specifications and is equivalent to the brand product in terms of quality, performance and desired characteristics. INSTRUCTIONS RFP #22-16 Banking Services Page 4 Minor differences that do not affect the suitability of the supply or service for the City’s needs may be accepted. Burden of proof that the product meets the minimum standards or is equal to the brand name product is on the proposer. The City reserves the right to reject proposals that the City deems unacceptable. i.13 MODIFICATION / WITHDRAWAL OF PROPOSAL. Written requests to modify or withdraw the proposal received by the Cit y prior to the scheduled opening time will be accepted and will be corrected after opening. No oral requests will be allowed. Requests must be addressed and labeled in the same manner as the proposal and marked as a MODIFICATION or WITHDRAWAL of the proposal. Requests for withdrawal after the bid opening will only be granted upon proof of undue hardship and may result in the forfeiture of any proposal security. Any withdrawal after the bid opening shall be allowed solely at the City’s discretion. i.14 DEBARMENT DISCLOSURE. If the vendor submitting a proposal has been debarred, suspended, or otherwise lawfully precluded from participating in any public procurement activity, including being disapproved as a subcontractor with any federal, state, or local gover nment, or if any such preclusion from participation from any public procurement activity is currently pending, the proposer shall include a letter with its proposal identifying the name and address of the governmental unit, the effective date of this suspension or debarment, the duration of the suspension or debarment, and the relevant circumstances relating to the suspension or debarment. If suspension or debarment is currently pending, a detailed description of all relevant circumstances including the details enumerated above must be provided. A proposal from a proposer who is currently debarred, suspended or otherwise lawfully prohibited from any public procurement activity may be rejected. i.15 RESERVATIONS. The City reserves the right to reject any or all proposals or any part thereof; to rebid the solicitation; to reject non-responsive or non-responsible proposals; to reject unbalanced proposals; to reject proposals where the terms, prices, and/or awards are conditioned upon another event; to reject individual proposals for failure to meet any requirement; to award by item, part or portion of an item, group of items, or total; to make multiple awards; to waive minor irregularities, defects, omissions, technicalities or form errors in any proposal. The City may seek clarification of the proposal from proposer at any time, and failure to respond is cause for rejection. Submission of a proposal confers on proposer no right to an award or to a subsequent contract. The City is responsible to make an award that is in the best interest of the City. All decisions on compliance, evaluation, terms and conditions shall be made solely at the City’s discretion and made to favor the City. No binding contract will exist between the proposer and the City until the City executes a written contract or purchase order. i.16 OFFICIAL SOLICITATION DOCUMENT. Changes to the solicitation document made by a proposer may not be acknowledged or accepted by the City. Award or execution of a contract does not constitute acceptance of a changed term, condition or specification unless specifically acknowledged and agreed to by the City. The copy maintained and published by the City shall be the official solicitation document. i.17 COPYING OF PROPOSALS. Proposer hereby grants the City permission to copy all parts of its proposal, including without limitation any documents and/or materials copyrighted by the proposer. The City’s right to copy shall be for internal use in evaluating the proposal. i.18 CONTRACTOR ETHICS. It is the intention of the City to promote courtesy, fairness, impartiality, integrity, service, professionalism, economy, and government by law in the Procurem ent process. The responsibility for implementing this policy rests with each individual who participates in the Procurement process, including Respondents and Contractors. To achieve this purpose, it is essential that Respondents and Contractors doing busi ness with the City also observe the ethical standards prescribed herein. It shall be a breach of ethical standards to: a. Exert any effort to influence any City employee or agent to breach the standards of ethical conduct. INSTRUCTIONS RFP #22-16 Banking Services Page 5 b. Intentionally invoice any amount greater than provided in Contract or to invoice for Materials or Services not provided. c. Intentionally offer or provide sub-standard Materials or Services or to intentionally not comply with any term, condition, specification or other requirement of a City C ontract. i.19 GIFTS. The City will accept no gifts, gratuities or advertising products from proposers or prospective proposers and affiliates. The City may request product samples from vendors for product evaluation. i.20 PROTESTS AND APPEALS. If a Respondent believes there is a mistake, impropriety, or defect in the solicitation, believes the City improperly rejected its proposal, and/or believes the selected proposal is not in the City’s best interests, the Respondent may submit a written protest. All protests and appeals are governed by the City of Clearwater Purchasing Policy and Procedures Section 18 (“Purchasing Policy”). If there exists any discrepancy in this Section i.21 and the Purchasing Policy, the language of the Purchasing Policy controls. Protests based upon alleged mistake, impropriety, or defect in a solicitation that is apparent before the bid opening must be filed with the Purchasing Manager no later than five (5) business days before Bid Opening. Protests that only become apparent af ter the Bid Opening must be filed within the earlier of ten (10) business days of the alleged violation of the applicable purchasing ordinance. The complete protest procedure can be obtained by contacting Purchasing. ADDRESS PROTESTS TO: Alyce Benge, CPPO, C.P.M. Purchasing Manager 100 So Myrtle Ave, 3rd Fl Clearwater FL 33756-5520 or PO Box 4748 Clearwater FL 33758-4748 INSTRUCTIONS - EVALUATION RFP #22-16 Banking Services Page 6 i.21 EVALUATION PROCESS. Proposals will be reviewed by a screening committee comprised of City employees. The City staff may or may not initiate discussions with proposers for clarification purposes. Clarification is not an opportunity to change the proposal. Proposers shall not initiate discussions with any City employee or official. i.22 CRITERIA FOR EVALUATION AND AWARD. The City evaluates four categories of information: responsiveness, responsibility, the technical proposal and price. All proposals must meet the following responsiveness and responsibility criteria. a) Responsiveness. The City will determine whether the proposal complies with the instructions for submitting proposals including completeness of proposal which encompasses the inclusion of all required attachments and submissions. The City must reject any proposals that are submitted late. Failure to meet other requirements may result in rejection. b) Responsibility. The City will determine whether the proposer is one with whom it can or should do business. Factors that the City may evaluate to determine "responsibility" include, but are not limited to: excessively high or low priced proposals, past performance, references (including those found outside the proposal), compliance with applicable laws, proposer's record of performance and integrity- e.g. has the proposer been delinquent or unfaithful to any contract with the City, whether the proposer is qualified legally to contract with the City, financial stability and the perceived ability to perform complet ely as specified. A proposer must at all times have financial resources sufficient, in the opinion of the City, to ensure performance of the contract and must provide proof upon request. City staff may also use Dun & Bradstreet and/or any generally available industry information. The City reserves the right to inspect and review proposer’s facilities, equipment and personnel and those of any identified subcontractors. The City will determine whether any failure to supply information, or the quality of the information, will result in rejection. c) Technical Proposal. The City will determine how well proposals meet its requirements in terms of the response to the specifications and how well the offer addresses the needs of the City. The City will rank offers using a point ranking system (unless otherwise specified) as an aid in conducting the evaluation. d) Price. Each proposal’s pricing will be scored based on the formula cited below to determine the evaluation point value for Price. e) If less than (3) responsive proposals are received, at the City’s sole discretion, the proposals may be evaluated using simple comparative analysis instead of any announced method of evaluation, subject to meeting administrative and responsibility requirements. For this RFP, the criteria that will be evaluated and their relative weights are: Evaluation Criteria Points Experience of the firm, financial stability, and capacity to provide services, including local availability as a consideration 25 Qualifications and experience of assigned staff , including local account representatives and key local individuals who manage and advise on a day-to-day basis regarding banking services 20 Demonstrated experience of similar size, scope, and sector; including community involvement 20 References of three (3) current and three (3) former government clients, for whom similar services have been provided within the last three (3) years 20 Price and convenience, reasonableness of total cost of banking services, earnings rate, and overnight investment strategy; includes a thorough analysis of Proposer’s fee structure for day-to-day banking and online banking services 15 INSTRUCTIONS - EVALUATION RFP #22-16 Banking Services Page 7 i.23 SHORT-LISTING. The City at its sole discretion may create a short-list of the highest scored proposals based on a preliminary evaluation against the evaluation criteria. Only those short - listed proposers would be invited to give presentations and/or interviews. Upon conclusion o f any presentations/interviews, the City will finalize the scoring against the evaluation criteria. i.24 PRESENTATIONS/INTERVIEWS. The proposer must provide a formal presentation/interview on-site at a City location upon request. i.25 BEST & FINAL OFFERS. The City may request best & final offers if deemed necessary, and will determine the scope and subject of any best & final request. However, the proposer should not expect that the City will ask for best & f inals. Therefore, proposer should submit their best offer based on the terms and conditions set forth in this solicitation. i.26 COST JUSTIFICATION. In the event only one response is received, the City may require that the proposer submit a cost proposal in sufficient detail for the City to perform a cos t/price analysis to determine if the proposal price is fair and reasonable. i.27 CONTRACT NEGOTIATIONS AND ACCEPTANCE. Proposer must be prepared for the City to accept the proposal as submitted. If proposer fails to sign all documents necessary to successfully execute the final contract within a reasonable time as specified, or negotiations do not result in an acceptable agreement, the City may reject proposal or revoke the award, and may begin negotiations with another proposer. Final contract terms must be approved or signed by the appropriately authorized City official(s). No binding contract will exist between the proposer and the City until the City executes a written contract or purchase order. i.28 NOTICE OF INTENT TO AWARD. Notices of the City’s intent to award a Contract are posted to Purchasing’s website. It is the proposer’s responsibility to check the City of Clearwater’s Purchasing website at www.myclearwater.com/cityprojects/ to view relevant RFP information and notices. i.29 RFP TIMELINE. All dates are tentative and subject to change. Release RFP: March 8, 2016 Advertise Tampa Bay Times: March 10, 2016 Responses due: April 20, 2016 Review and shortlist proposals: April 22 – May 4, 2016 Presentations (if requested) and final ranking: Week of May 16, 2016 Council authorization: June 16, 2016 Contract begins: October, 2016 TERMS AND CONDITIONS RFP #22-16 Banking Services Page 8 S.1 DEFINITIONS. Uses of the following terms are interchangeable as referenced: “vendor, contractor, supplier, proposer, company, parties, persons”, “purchase order, PO, contract, agreement”, “city, Clearwater, agency, requestor, parties”, “bid, proposal, response, quote”. S.2 INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR. It is expressly understood that the relationship of Contractor to the City will be that of an independent contractor. Contractor and all persons employed by Contractor, either directly or indirectly, are Contractor’s employees, not City employees. Accordingly, Contractor and Contractor’s employees are not entitled to any benefits provided to City employees including, but not limited to, health benefits, enrollment in a retirement system, paid time off or other rights afforded City employees. Contractor employees will not be regarded as City employees or agents for any purpose, including the payment of unemployment or workers’ compensation. If any Contractor employees or subcontractors assert a claim for wages or other employment benefits against the City, Contractor will defend, indemnify and hold harmless the City from all such claims. S.3 SUBCONTRACTING. Contractor may not subcontract work under this Agreement without the express written permission of the City. If Contractor has received authorization to subcontract work, it is agreed that all subcontractors performing work under the Agreement must comply with its provisions. Further, all agreements between Contractor and its subcontractors must provide that the terms and conditions of this Agreement be incorporated therein. S.4 ASSIGNMENT. This Agreement may not be assigned either in whole or in part without first receiving the City’s written consent. Any attempted assignment, either in whole or in part, without such consent will be null and void and in such event the City will have the right at its option to terminate the Agreement. No granting of consent to any assignment will relieve Contractor from any of its obligations and liabilities under the Agreement. S.5 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS, BINDING EFFECT. This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective permitted successors and assigns. S.6 NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES. This Agreement is intended for the exclusive benefit of the parties. Nothing set forth in this Agreement is intended to create, or will create, any benefits, rights, or responsibilities in any third parties. S.7 NON- EXCLUSIVITY. The City, in its sole discretion, reserves the right to request the materials or services set forth herein from other sources when deemed necessary and appropriate. No exclusive rights are encompassed through this Agreement. S.8 AMENDMENTS. There will be no oral changes to this Agreement. This Agreement can only be modified in a writing signed by both parties. No charge for extra work or material will be allowed unless approved in writing, in advance, by the City and Contractor. S.9 TIME OF THE ESSENCE. Time is of the essence to the performance of the parties’ obligations under this Agreement. S.10 COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAWS. a. General. Contractor must procure all permits and licenses, and pay all charges and fees necessary and incidental to the lawful conduct of business. Contractor must stay fully informed of existing and future federal, state, and local laws, ordinances, and regulations that in any manner affect the fulfillment of this Agreement and must comply with the same at its own expense. Contractor bears full responsibility for training, safety, and providing necessary equipment for all Contractor personnel to achieve throughout the term of the Agreement. Upon request, Contractor will demonstrate to the City's satisfaction any programs, procedures, and other activities used to ensure compliance. b. Drug-Free Workplace. Contractor is hereby advised that the City has adopted a policy establishing a drug-free workplace for itself and those doing business with the City to ensure the safety and health of all persons working on Cit y contracts and projects. Contractor will require a drug-free workplace for all Contractor personnel working under this Agreement. Specifically, all Contractor personnel who are working under this Agreement must be notified TERMS AND CONDITIONS RFP #22-16 Banking Services Page 9 in writing by Contractor that they are prohibited from the manufacture, distribution, dispensation, possession, or unlawful use of a controlled substance in the workplace. Contractor agrees to prohibit the use of intoxicating substances by all Contractor personnel, and will ensure that Contractor personnel do not use or possess illegal drugs while in the course of performing their duties. c. Federal and State Immigration Laws. Contractor agrees to comply with the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 (IRCA) in performance under this Agreement and to permit the City and its agents to inspect applicable personnel records to verify such compliance as permitted by law. Contractor will ensure and keep appropriate records to demonstrate that all Contractor personnel have a legal right to live and work in the United States. (i) As applicable to Contractor, under this provision, Contractor hereby warrants to the City that Contractor and each of its subcontractors will comply with, and are contractually obligated to comply with, all federal immigration laws and regulations that relate to their employees (hereinafter “Contractor Immigration Warranty”). (ii) A breach of the Contractor Immigration Warranty will constitute as a material breach of this Agreement and will subject Contractor to penalties up to and including termination of this Agreement at the sole discretion of the City. (iii) The City retains the legal right to inspect the papers of all Contractor personnel who provide services under this Agreement to ensure that Contractor or its s ubcontractors are complying with the Contractor Immigration Warranty. Contractor agrees to assist the City in regard to any such inspections. (iv) The City may, at its sole discretion, conduct random verification of the employment records of Contractor and any subcontractor to ensure compliance with the Contractor Immigration Warranty. Contractor agrees to assist the City in regard to any random verification performed. (v) Neither Contractor nor any subcontractor will be deemed to have materially breached t he Contractor Immigration Warranty if Contractor or subcontractor establishes that it has complied with the employment verification provisions prescribed by Sections 274A and 274B of the Federal Immigration and Nationality Act. d. Nondiscrimination. Contractor represents and warrants that it does not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment or person to whom it provides services because of race, color, religion, sex, national origin, or disability, and represents and warrants that it complies with all applicable federal, state, and local laws and executive orders regarding employment. Contractor and Contractor’s personnel will comply with applicable provisions of Title VII of the U.S. Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, Section 504 of th e Federal Rehabilitation Act, the Americans with Disabilities Act (42 U.S.C. § 12101 et seq.), and applicable rules in performance under this Agreement. S.11 SALES/USE TAX, OTHER TAXES. a. Contractor is responsible for the payment of all taxes including federal, s tate, and local taxes related to or arising out of Contractor’s services under this Agreement, including by way of illustration but not limitation, federal and state income tax, Social Security tax, unemployment insurance taxes, and any other taxes or business license fees as required. If any taxing authority should deem Contractor or Contractor employees an employee of the City, or should otherwise claim the City is liable for the payment of taxes that are Contractor’s responsibility under this Agreement, Contractor will indemnify the City for any tax liability, interest, and penalties imposed upon the City. b. The City is exempt from paying state and local sales/use taxes and certain federal excise taxes and will furnish an exemption certificate upon request. TERMS AND CONDITIONS RFP #22-16 Banking Services Page 10 S.12 AMOUNTS DUE THE CITY. Contractor must be current and remain current in all obligations due to the City during the performance of services under the Agreement. Payments to Contractor may be offset by any delinquent amounts due the City or fees and charges owed to the City. S.13 OPENNESS OF PROCUREMENT PROCESS. Written competitive proposals, replies, oral presentations, meetings where vendors answer questions, other submissions, correspondence, and all records made thereof, as well as negotiations or meetings where negotiation strategies are discussed, conducted pursuant to this RFP, shall be handled in compliance with Chapters 119 and 286, Florida Statutes. Proposals or replies received by the City pursuant to this RFP are exempt from public disclosure until such time that the City provides notice of an intended decision or until 30 days after opening the proposals, whichever is earlier. If the City rejects all proposals or replies pursuant to this RFP and provides notice of its intent to reissue the RFP, then the rejected proposals or replies remain exempt from public disclosure until such time that the City provides notice of an intended decision concerning the reissued RFP or until the City withdraws the reissued RFP. A proposal or reply shall not be exempt from public disclosure longer than 12 months after the initial City notice rejecting all proposals or replies. Oral presentations, meetings where vendors answer questions, or meetings convened by City staff to discuss negotiation strategies, if any, shall be closed to the public (and other proposers) in compliance with Chapter 286 Florida Statutes. A complete recording shall be made of such closed meeting. The recoding of, and any records presented at, the exempt meeting shall be available to the public when the City provides notice of an intended decision or until 30 days after opening proposals or final replies, whichever occurs first. If the City reject s all proposals or replies pursuant to this RFP and provides notice of its intent to reissue the RFP, then the recording and any records presented at the exempt meeting remain exempt from public disclosure until such time that the City provides notice of an intended decision concerning the reissued RFP or until the City withdraws the reissued RFP. A recording and any records presented at an exempt meeting shall not be exempt from public disclosure longer than 12 months after the initial City notice rejecting all proposals or replies. S.14 AUDITS AND RECORDS. Contractor must preserve the records related to this Agreement for five (5) years after completion of the Agreement. The City or its authorized agent reserves the right to inspect any records related to the performance of work specified herein. In addition, the City may inspect any and all payroll, billing or other relevant records kept by Contractor in relation to the Agreement. Contractor will permit such inspections and audits during normal business hours and upon reasonable notice by the City. The audit of records may occur at Contractor’s place of business or at City offices, as determined by the City. S.15 BACKGROUND CHECK. The City may conduct criminal, driver history, and all other requested background checks of Contractor personnel who would perform services under the Agreement or who will have access to the City’s information, data, or facilities in accordance with the City’s current background check policies. Any officer, employee, or agent that fai ls the background check must be replaced immediately for any reasonable cause not prohibited by law. S.16 SECURITY CLEARANCE AND REMOVAL OF CONTRACTOR PERSONNEL. The City will have final authority, based on security reasons: (i) to determine when security clearance of Contractor personnel is required; (ii) to determine the nature of the security clearance, up to and including fingerprinting Contractor personnel; and (iii) to determine whether or not any individual or entity may provide services under this Agreement. If the City objects to any Contractor personnel for any reasonable cause not prohibited by law, then Contractor will, upon notice from the City, remove any such individual from performance of services under this Agreement. S.17 DEFAULT. a. A party will be in default if that party: TERMS AND CONDITIONS RFP #22-16 Banking Services Page 11 (i) Is or becomes insolvent or is a party to any voluntary bankruptcy or receivership proceeding, makes an assignment for a creditor, or there is any similar action that affects Contractor’s capability to perform under the Agreem ent; (ii) Is the subject of a petition for involuntary bankruptcy not removed within sixty (60) calendar days; (iii) Conducts business in an unethical manner or in an illegal manner; or (iv) Fails to carry out any term, promise, or condition of the Agreement. b. Contractor will be in default of this Agreement if Contractor is debarred from participating in City procurements and solicitations in accordance with Section 27 of the City’s Purchasing and Procedures Manual. c. Notice and Opportunity to Cure. In the event a party is in default then the other party may, at its option and at any time, provide written notice to the defaulting party of the default. The defaulting party will have thirty (30) days from receipt of the notice to cure the default; the thirty (30) day cure period may be extended by mutual agreement of the parties, but no cure period may exceed ninety (90) days. A default notice will be deemed to be sufficient if it is reasonably calculated to provide notice of the nature and extent of such default. Failure of the non-defaulting party to provide notice of the default does not waive any rights under the Agreement. d. Anticipatory Repudiation. Whenever the City in good faith has reason to question Contractor’s intent or ability to perform, the City may demand that Contractor give a written assurance of its intent and ability to perform. In the event that the demand is made and no written assurance is given within five (5) calendar days, the City may treat this failure as an anticipatory repudiation of the Agreement. S.18 REMEDIES. The remedies set forth in this Agreement are not exclusive. Election of one remedy will not preclude the use of other remedies. In the event of default: a. The non-defaulting party may terminate the Agreement, and the termination will be effective immediately or at such other date as specified by the terminating party. b. The City may purchase the services required under the Agreement from the open market, complete required work itself, or have it completed at the expense of Contractor. If the cost of obtaining substitute services exceeds the contract price, the City may recover the excess cost by: (i) requiring immediate reimbursement to the City; (ii) deduction from an unpaid balance due to Contractor; (iii) collection against the proposal and/or performance security, if any; (iv) collection against liquidated damages (if applicable); or (v) a combination of the aforementioned remedies or other remedies as provided by law. Costs includes any and all, fees, and expenses incurred in obtaining substitute services and expended in obtaining reimbursement, including, but not limited to, administrative expenses, attorneys’ fees, and costs. c. The non-defaulting party will have all other rights granted under this Agreement and all rights at law or in equity that may be available to it. d. Neither party will be liable for incidental, special, or consequential damages. S.19 CONTINUATION DURING DISPUTES. Contractor agrees that during any dispute between the parties, Contractor will continue to perform its obligations until the dispute is settled, instructed to cease performance by the City, enjoined or prohibited by judicial action, or otherwise required or obligated to cease performance by other provisions in this Agreement. S.20 TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE. The City reserves the right to terminate this Agreement in part or in whole upon thirty (30) calendar days’ written notice. S.21 CONFLICT OF INTEREST F.S. Section 112. Pursuant to F.S. Section 112, the City may cancel this Agreement after its execution, without penalty or further obligation, if any person significantly TERMS AND CONDITIONS RFP #22-16 Banking Services Page 12 involved in initiating, securing, drafting, or creating the Agreement for the City becomes an employee or agent of Contractor. S.22 TERMINATION FOR NON-APPROPRIATION AND MODIFICATION FOR BUDGETARY CONSTRAINT. The City is a governmental agency which relies upon the appropriation of funds by its governing body to satisfy its obligations. If the City reasonably determines that it does not have funds to meet its obligations under this Agreement, the City will have the right to terminate the Agreement without penalty on the last day of the fiscal period for which funds were legally available. In the event of such termination, the City agrees to provide written notice of its intent to terminate thirty (30) calendar days prior to the stated termination date. S.23 PAYMENT TO CONTRACTOR UPON TERMINATION. Upon termination of this Agreement, Contractor will be entitled only to payment for those services performed up to the date of termination, and any authorized expenses already incurred up to such date of termination. The City will make final payment within thirty (30) calendar days after the City has both completed its appraisal of the materials and services provided and received Contractor’s properly prepared final invoice. S.24 NON-WAIVER OF RIGHTS. There will be no waiver of any provision of this agreement unless approved in writing and signed by the waiving party. Failure or delay to exercise any rig hts or remedies provided herein or by law or in equity, or the acceptance of, or payment for, any services hereunder, will not release the other party of any of the warranties or other obligations of the Agreement and will not be deemed a waiver of any such rights or remedies. S.25 INDEMNIFICATION/LIABILITY. a. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor agrees to defend, indemnify, and hold the City, its officers, agents, and employees, harmless from and against any and all liabilities, demands, claims, suits, losses, damages, causes of action, fines or judgments, including costs, attorneys’, witnesses’, and expert witnesses’ fees, and expenses incident thereto, relating to, arising out of, or resulting from: (i) the services provided by Contractor personnel under this Agreement; (ii) any negligent acts, errors, mistakes or omissions by Contractor or Contractor personnel; and (iii) Contractor or Contractor personnel’s failure to comply with or fulfill the obligations established by this Agreement. b. Contractor will update the City during the course of the litigation to timely notify the City of any issues that may involve the independent negligence of the City that is not covered by this indemnification. c. The City assumes no liability for actions of Contractor and will not indemnify or hold Contractor or any third party harmless for claims based on this Agreement or use of Contractor-provided supplies or services. S.26 WARRANTY. Contractor warrants that the services and materials will conform to the requirements of the Agreement. Additionally, Contractor warrants that all services will be performed in a good, workman-like and professional manner. The City’s acceptance of service or materials provided by Contractor will not relieve Contractor from its obligations unde r this warranty. If any materials or services are of a substandard or unsatisfactory manner as determined by the City, Contractor, at no additional charge to the City, will provide materials or redo such services until in accordance with this Agreement an d to the City’s reasonable satisfaction. Unless otherwise agreed, Contractor warrants that materials will be new, unused, of most current manufacture and not discontinued, will be free of defects in materials and workmanship, will be provided in accordance with manufacturer's standard warranty for at least one (1) year unless otherwise specified, and will perform in accordance with manufacturer's published specifications. S.27 THE CITY’S RIGHT TO RECOVER AGAINST THIRD PARTIES. Contractor will do nothing to prejudice the City’s right to recover against third parties for any loss, destruction, or damage to City property, and will at the City’s request and expense, furnish to the City reasonable TERMS AND CONDITIONS RFP #22-16 Banking Services Page 13 assistance and cooperation, including assistance in the prosecution or defense of suit and the execution of instruments of assignment in favor of the City in obtaining recovery. S.28 NO GUARANTEE OF WORK. Contractor acknowledges and agrees that it is not entitled to deliver any specific amount of materials or services or any materials or services at all under this Agreement and acknowledges and agrees that the materials or services will be requested by the City on an as needed basis at the sole discretion of the City. Any document referencing quantities or performance frequencies represent the City's best estimate of current requirements, but will not bind the City to purchase, accept, or pay for materials or services which exceed its actual needs. S.29 OWNERSHIP. All deliverables, services, and information provided by Contractor or the City pursuant to this Agreement (whether electronically or manually generated) including without limitation, reports, test plans, and survey results, graphics, and technical tables, originally prepared in the performance of this Agreement, are the property of the City and will not be used or released by Contractor or any other person except with prior written permission by the City. S.30 USE OF NAME. Contractor will not use the name of the City of Clearwater in any advertising or publicity without obtaining the prior written consent of the City. S.31 PROHIBITED ACTS. Pursuant to Florida Constitution Article II Section 8, a current or former public officer or employee within the last two (2) years shall not represent another organization before the City on any matter for which the officer or employee was directly concerned and personally participated in during their service or employment or over which they had a substantial or material administrative discretion. S.32 FOB DESTINATION FREIGHT PREPAID AND ALLOWED. All deliveries will be FOB destination freight prepaid and allowed unless otherwise agreed. S.33 RISK OF LOSS. Contractor agrees to bear all risks of loss, injury, or destruction of goods or equipment incidental to providing these services and such loss, i njury, or destruction will not release Contractor from any obligation hereunder. S.34 SAFEGUARDING CITY PROPERTY. Contractor will be responsible for any damage to City real property or damage or loss of City personal property when such property is the responsibility of or in the custody of Contractor or its employees. S.35 WARRANTY OF RIGHTS. Contractor warrants it has title to, or the right to allow the City to use, the materials and services being provided and that the City may use same without suit, trouble or hindrance from Contractor or third parties. S.36 PROPRIETARY RIGHTS INDEMNIFICATION. Without limiting the foregoing, Contractor will without limitation, at its expense defend the City against all claims asserted by any person that anything provided by Contractor infringes a patent, copyright, trade secret or other intellectual property right and must, without limitation, pay the costs, damages and attorneys' fees awarded against the City in any such action, or pay any settlement of such action or claim. Each par ty agrees to notify the other promptly of any matters to which this provision may apply and to cooperate with each other in connection with such defense or settlement. If a preliminary or final judgment is obtained against the City’s use or operation of th e items provided by Contractor hereunder or any part thereof by reason of any alleged infringement, Contractor will, at its expense and without limitation, either: (a) modify the item so that it becomes non -infringing; (b) procure for the City the right to continue to use the item; (c) substitute for the infringing item other item(s) having at least equivalent capability; or (d) refund to the City an amount equal to the price paid, less reasonable usage, from the time of installation acceptance through cess ation of use, which amount will be calculated on a useful life not less than five (5) years, plus any additional costs the City may incur to acquire substitute supplies or services. S.37 CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION. The contract will be administered by the Purchasing Department and/or an authorized representative from the using department. All questions regarding the contract will be referred to the Purchasing Department for resolution. Supplements may be written to the contract for the addition or deletion of services. TERMS AND CONDITIONS RFP #22-16 Banking Services Page 14 S.38 FORCE MAJEURE. Failure by either party to perform its duties and obligations will be excused by unforeseeable circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including acts of nature, acts of the public enemy, riots, fire, explosion, legislation, and governmental regulation. The party whose performance is so affected will within five (5) calendar days of the unforeseeable circumstance notify the other party of all pertinent facts and identify the force majeure event. The party whose performance is so affected must also take all reasonable steps, promptly and diligently, to prevent such causes if it is feasible to do so, or to minimize or eliminate the effect thereof. The delivery or performance date will be extended for a period equal to the time lo st by reason of delay, plus such additional time as may be reasonably necessary to overcome the effect of the delay, provided however, under no circumstances will delays caused by a force majeure extend beyond one hundred-twenty (120) calendar days from the scheduled delivery or completion date of a task unless agreed upon by the parties. S.39 COOPERATIVE USE OF CONTRACT. The City has entered into various cooperative purchasing agreements with other Florida government agencies, including the Tampa Bay Area Purchasing Cooperative. Under a Cooperative Purchasing Agreement, any contract may be extended for use by other municipalities, school districts and government agencie s with the approval of Contractor. Any such usage by other entities must be in accordance w ith the statutes, codes, ordinances, charter and/or procurement rules and regulations of the respective government agency. Orders placed by other agencies and payment thereof will be the sole responsibility of that agency. The City is not responsible for any disputes arising out of transactions made by others. S.40 FUEL CHARGES AND PRICE INCREASES. No fuel surcharges will be accepted. No price increases will be accepted without proper request by Contractor and response by the City’s Purchasing Division. S.41 NOTICES. All notices to be given pursuant to this Agreement must be delivered to the parties at their respective addresses. Notices may be (i) personally delivered; (ii) sent via certified or registered mail, postage prepaid; (iii) sent via overnight courier; or (iv) sent via facsimile. If provided by personal delivery, receipt will be deemed effective upon delivery. If sent via certified or registered mail, receipt will be deemed effective three (3) calendar days after being deposited in the United States mail. If sent via overnight courier or facsimile, receipt will be deemed effective two (2) calendar days after the sending thereof. S.42 GOVERNING LAW, VENUE. This Agreement is governed by the laws of the State of Florida. The exclusive venue selected for any proceeding or suit in law or equity arising from or incident to this Agreement will be Pinellas County, Florida. S.43 INTEGRATION CLAUSE. This Agreement, including all attachments and exhibits hereto, supersede all prior oral or written agreements, if any, between the parties and constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the work to be performed. S.44 PROVISIONS REQUIRED BY LAW. Any provision required by law to be in this Agreement is a part of this Agreement as if fully stated in it. S.45 SEVERABILITY. If any provision of this Agreement is declared void or unenforceable, such provision will be severed from this Agreement, which will otherwise remain in full force and effect. The parties will negotiate diligently in good faith for such amendment(s) of this Agreement as may be necessary to achieve the original intent of this Agreement, notwithstanding such invalidity or unenforceability. S.46 SURVIVING PROVISIONS. Notwithstanding any completion, termination, or other expiration of this Agreement, all provisions which, by the terms of reasonable interpretation thereof, set forth rights and obligations that extend beyond completion, termination, or other expiration of this Agreement, will survive and remain in full force and effect. Except as sp ecifically provided in this Agreement, completion, termination, or other expiration of this Agreement will not release any party from any liability or obligation arising prior to the date of termination. DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS RFP #22-16 Banking Services Page 15 1. Intent The City of Clearwater (“City”) is soliciting proposals from qualified financial institutions with local full - service operations for the provision of banking services. 2. Background The City of Clearwater provides a full range of services including police and fire prot ection; water, wastewater, reclaimed water, stormwater, gas, solid waste, and recycling utility services; construction and maintenance of highways, streets, bridges, and seawalls; municipal marinas; libraries; parking operations; recreation and park facilities; construction permitting and inspection; code compliance; and pension administration. The City's fiscal year runs October 1 through September 30. The City maintains a general operating account with one separate subsidiary zero balance account for payroll. All payments and deposits other than employee payroll and retiree pension checks are processed through the general operating account. While the balance of the general operating account averaged $28 million during fiscal 2015, the average balance is anticipated to be in the $8M to $15M range for the term of this agreement. DEPOSITS The City deposited over $534 million into its operating account during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015, or an average of $44.5 million monthly. These deposits included approximately $12.5 million monthly in utility payments received, $8.6 million in EFT credits and wire transfers, $5.6 million in other cash receipts, and $17.7 million monthly in investment principal and interest received. Utilities Payments Collection The City’s Utility Customer Service department (UCS) is located in the Municipal Services Building (MSB) at 100 S. Myrtle Avenue. The department has a drive up window, lobby services, and an after hours drop box for utility payments. Additionally customers may pay by direct debit to their bank accounts, Speed Pay online payments, or mail payments to the City’s lockbox service administered by Intuition Systems. Monthly average volumes for the various UCS payment options for fiscal 2015 were as follows: Lockbox – 27,100; Direct Debit – 7,970; Speed Pay – 6,490; Lobby – 3,950; Drive thru window – 2,420; Drop box – 750. Related monthly average dollar volumes: Lockbox - $6.9 million; Direct Debit - $2.1 million; Speed Pay - $900K; Lobby - $1.8 million; Drive thru - $600K; Drop box - $150K. Parking Payments Collection The City’s parking division receives approximately $4 million in revenue annually from beach parking lots and on-street parking meters (approxim ately 1,400 beach parking spaces) and in excess of $250,000 annually from downtown parking garages, parking lots, and on-street parking meters (2,400 downtown parking spaces). Approximately 70% of this revenue is credit card sales, 24% currency, and 7% co ins. Collected coins and bills are run through a coin/currency counter and amounts are logged by coin/currency denomination on meter count sheets by location. Coins and currency are picked up daily by Dunbar armored car from the Parking Department meter shop in the Garden Avenue Parking Garage and deposited in bulk (coins are not rolled). An average of 5-8 bags of coins and currency are deposited daily, with an estimated volume of 10-15 bags daily during peak season (March/April). Deposits are recounted by the bank for deposit, with the City notified timely of any discrepancies. Change is needed weekly for beach parking lot change machines, from $500 weekly during off season to $1,500 weekly during peak tourist season. Other Payments The City receives cash payments at Pier 60, Clearwater Beach Marina, seven separate recreation and aquatic centers, and five library locations. See Appendix C for a listing of City locations. Daily armored car service via MidFlorida is provided to transport deposits from the Clearwater Beach Marina and the Utility Customer Service Department to a bank branch location for deposit. All other DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS RFP #22-16 Banking Services Page 16 deposits, other than parking meter cash and currency per below description, are made by City employees at local branch locations. DISBURSEMENTS Payroll The City’s biweekly payroll currently averages approximately $2.4 million for approximately 1,800 employees, with over 96% of the payroll direct deposited into employees’ bank accounts. The monthly pension payroll approximates $2.9 million for roughly 1,200 retirees, with over 99% direct deposited. Accounts Payable During fiscal 2015 the City issued over 13,500 accounts payable checks, 740 wire transfer payments, and 1,730 Epayments; for $110 million, $162 million, and $6.5 million, respectively. The City issues accounts payable checks and Epayables on at least a weekly basis. The City currently has an investment portfolio of approximately 120 fixed income investments, totaling approximately $224 million, that pay semiannual interest. An additional 60 collateralized mortgage obligations, totaling $47 million, have monthly paydowns of principal plus interest. Additionally the City currently invests in two local government investment pools. Other services or innovative approaches which the Offeror believes would be of benefit to the City may be proposed along with any associated charges and quantified mont hly benefits to the City. 3. Scope of Services Offerors for Banking Services shall provide all labor, supervision, materials, equipment, software applications, and secure internet access to perform all aspects of the related services as specified herein. Offeror for Banking Services shall be the primary depositor for the City. Services include but are not limited to the following: a. Depository services b. Vault services c. ACH and Wire processing d. Check processing e. Cashiers checks f. Return item processing g. Daily and monthly electronic and paper reporting h. Transaction research including online research tools i. Same day availability of funds j. Custodial safekeeping services k. Other banking services as needed 4. Agreement The term Agreement as used thoughout this RFP shall mean the agreement entered into between the City and the successful Offeror for Banking Services, per the requirements of this Request for Proposal and the successful Offeror's proposal. 5. Minimum Qualifications At a minimum, Offerors of Banking Services shall meet the following qualifications: a. Have a minimum of five (5) years experience as an Originating Depository Financial Institution (ODFI). b. Conform to National Automated Clearing House Association (NACHA) rules. c. Must meet the requirements of Qualified Public Depositories per Chapter 280.16, Florida Statutes. d. Have a full-service main branch within the City limits capable of providing services as required herein including receipt of armored car drop-offs. DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS RFP #22-16 Banking Services Page 17 e. Have multiple banking locations within the City and Tampa Bay area. f. Have electronic funds transfer capabilities including internal transfers, ACH, and Federal Reserve transfers. g. Have electronic payment processing capabilities. h. Have electronic positive pay capabilities, including tell er locations control. i. Provide direct access via the Internet to all accounts for daily account information, transactions, and research. j. Provide a dedicated account manager with a minimum of five (5) years tenure with the firm. k. Have a secure file transfer protocol (FTP) site that allows for third party payments of City utility bills and daily decrypted access by the City to all encrypted information. l. Be free from legal and regulatory issues that might prevent Offeror from fulfilling the terms and conditions of the Agreement. m. Be a financially stable and viable company. n. Be rated at or above average by the D&B Supplier Performance Review 6. Technical Requirements and Services Offeror of Banking Services shall provide the following: a. Depository and Vault Services (1) Provide depository services including: (a) Night drop (b) Vault (c) Branch deposits (d) Branch services (e) Processing of both encoded and non-encoded checks (f) Receipt and counting of bulk coins (g) Coin and currency purchasing (2) Support deposit tickets with auxiliary Magnetic Ink Character Recognition (MICR) field for location code and transaction information (3) Provide the ability to accept delivery of the City’s parking meter coin deposits at a counting facility. The City will deliver counted coin deposits to the Offeror loose and unrolled. Offeror shall verify count all parking meter coin deposits by location, complete and forward count sheets to the City, and promptly notify the City of any discrepancies in the count. (4) Purchase of currency and coins – City departments may request currency in varying denominations to be delivered by armored car service, or picked up by employees, for their business operations. (5) All deposits will be accompanied by a deposit slip in duplicate. Upon verification of the deposit, Offeror shall provide an acknowledged copy of the deposit slip to the City’s Finance Department in a timely manner. (6) Provide pre-printed, four-part deposit slips and disposable deposit bags, at no additional charge, within 10 days of request by the City, in quantities as requested for City business operations. b. ACH and Wire Processing (1) Provide the ability to securely transfer funds via ACH, including accounts payable payments, payroll direct deposits, and daily deposits from other governmental entities. (2) Provide reporting that includes detailed addenda records for all ACH debits and credits. (3) Guarantee the settlement time for ACH files, including employee and retiree payroll and pension direct deposits. (4) Provide ACH fraud controls including filters and blocks. (5) Provide daily reporting of returned ACH items via email, listing each returned item and reason for the return. DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS RFP #22-16 Banking Services Page 18 (6) Provide Internet connectivity to initiate outgoing wire transfers and provide information on incoming wire transfers in a secured environment. (7) Provide for separate creator and approver roles/authorizatons for wire transfers and repetitive wire templates. (8) Provide a reliable backup wire transfer process in the event of computer system problems or other unexpected events. (9) Assure that, except in cases of wire service malfunction or receiving ban system failure, outgoing wires sent pursuant to timely and correct wire instructions by the City are received by the close of business same day at the wire destination. (10) Credit incoming wires to the City as of the date the Offeror/Bank receives credit. (11) Support priority wire transfers requiring special handling and immediate release. For example, wires received by a certain time of day. (12) Support infrequent international wire transfers. c. Returned Deposit Item Processing (1) Offeror must provide the ability to automatically redeposit returned items. (2) Provide copies or images of all redeposited returned items to the City’s Finance Department concurrently with each redeposited item. d. Monthly Statements and Account Analysis (1) Provide monthly bank and custodial statements within five (5) business days of month- end. Separate statements shall be provided for all accounts and subaccounts as applicable. (2) Provide an account analysis of banking activity charges and custodial charges including descriptions of services, activity levels, and rates for each charge category within five (5) business days of month-end. (3) The City Finance Director, City Auditor, additional city employees and third parties authorized by the City Finance Director shall have the right to examine any records supporting the monthly analysis. e. Responses to External Audit and Internal Audit Provide timely, complete, and accurate responses to requests for information from the City’s external and internal auditors. f. Online Banking Services (1) Provide online banking services for reporting, transaction processing, inquiry and research, and internal controls. Reports must be available online and downloadable in PDF and Excel formats. (2) Provide the capability to execute the following transactions online: (a) Transfers between accounts (b) Initiation and Approval of wire transfer payments (c) Initiation and approval of ACH payments (d) Processing of electronic payables (e) Initiation of stop payment, cancel, and void orders (f) Positive pay actions (g) Maintenance of wire and ACH templates (3) The online banking web site shall include the following internal controls: (a) Online check information including images of front and back of checks (b) Multi-level security administration (c) State of the art authentication such as dynamic identity tokens (d) Positive pay reporting, including images of exception items (e) ACH fraud filters DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS RFP #22-16 Banking Services Page 19 (f) Effective training for system administrator(s) and others at implementation and ongoing. (g) Provide alternative format to receive banking information (such as controlled disbursement amounts) if online services are not available. g. Positive Pay Service (1) Provide the ability for the City to upload checks issued files that include check number, issue date, payee name & address, and check amount for validation before check is redeemed. (2) Provide adequate payee information detail for proper electronic matching of the City’s issued checks at the time of redemption. h. Stop Payment Services (1) Provide the ability for the City to stop, cancel, or void checks by individual check number or range of check numbers online 24/7. (2) Provide an alternative method for the City to stop, cancel, or void checks in the event that online services are not available. i. Image Processing Provide front and back check images in electronic format for the retention period required by law. j. Account Reconciliation Services (1) Provide full account reconciliation services on a monthly basis. (2) Create a daily file of checks redeemed to be imported into the City’s financial system. The file must include at a minimum check number, issu e date, redeem date, and redeem amount. The file must be retrievable by the City via a secured process. (3) Create a daily file of all transactions to be imported into the City’s financial system. The file must include all amounts debited and credited to the City’s depository account with adequate information to identify the source of the transaction. The file must be retrievable by the City via a secured process. k. Records Retention Retain all records related to the performance of the agreement as required by law. The City and third party representatives authorized by the City Finance Director shall have the right to examine these records during normal business hours at a branch located within the City. Records shall be accessible within three (3) business days of request. l. Relationship Management (1) Provide a dedicated account manager as a single point of contact, with a minimum of five (5) years tenure with the firm, who shall be readily available during normal business hours to administer the Agreement. Offeror is responsible for notifying the City of any changes in account manager or contact information. Account manager’s responsibilities shall include, but are not limited to, overseeing all aspects of implementation, servicing, reporting, and issues resolution. Account manager should be proactive in recommending new products and services and upgrading of existing services as appropriate. (2) Dedicated account manager shall be assigned within a convenient servicing branch who is available during normal business hours to manage the customer relationship and monitor the delivery of various services to the City. (3) Provide a list of Offeror’s personnel who shall be available to answer questions or provide information pertaining to all services or related transactions withi n ten business days of agreement execution. Provide updates within two (2) business days. DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS RFP #22-16 Banking Services Page 20 (4) Provide live customer service available, at a minimum, from 7am EST to 7pm EST to provide assistance to City staff as necessary. (5) Provide a method of direct contact from branch locations to the City for verification of any suspected fraudulent check cashing attempts. (6) Provide technical customer support for software and communication issues remotely, 24/7, at no additional cost to the City. m. Disaster Preparedness (1) Provide a detailed disaster recovery plan that includes off -site recovery facilities and recovery procedures. (2) Support the City’s disaster recovery plan that may include access to branch locations for emergency operations and supporting the City’s disaster exercises. (3) In the event of a declared local or national emergency (e.g. major destruction from a hurricane) causing the City to be unable to generate checks, Offeror, if still operational, shall provide a method by which City employees, as authorized by the City’s Payroll Department and Finance Director, can access cash advances up to $500 per employee, either in cash or pay cards, at no cost to the City employees. If the Offeror is not operational after said emergency, Offeror shall provide delivery to a pre-designated site of up to $1,500,000 in cash for the purpose of a distribution of pay to City employees. n. Third Party Internet Payment Program Offeror should have available technology that allows for third party payment sites to electronically forward City customer online utility payments into the City’s account, currrently via Western Union Speedpay. Provide a secure FTP site which the City can access on a daily basis to capture information related to these electronic payments. The data would be decrypted by the City and interfaced to the City’s utility billing system to credit customer accounts. o. Merchant Services, P-Card, and E-Payables These services are currently utilized by the City via separate contracts and when referenced in this Request for Proposals are supplemental to the primary banking services, for possible consideration during the agreement term. p. Other Services In addition to the basic services described herein, the City may request additional services, including, but not limited to, training, sem inars on relevant financial topics, and provision of a help desk and/or an online technical support center. q. Implementation Provide a detailed implementation plan to the City within 15 days of agreement execution. 7. Pricing Structure Changes Provide a method of safeguarding the City’s accounts from application of any unauthorized change or increase in Offeror’s pricing structure throughout the initial term of the Agreement. Only the fees for services listed in the Agreement may be applied to the City’s accounts and no other costs/fees associated with maintenance and use of accounts shall be allowed unless expressly authorized by the City. 8. Collaboration Offeror shall meet with the City at least annually during the term of the Agreement to collaborate on innovative ways to contain costs by identifying inefficiencies and developing strategies that are mutually beneficial to both the City and the Offeror. Offeror should be proactive in presenting new products and DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS RFP #22-16 Banking Services Page 21 services, and upgrades to existing services that enhance the level of service, provide cost savings, and maximize efficiencies. 9. Transition Requirements Prior to the expiration of the Agreement, Offeror shall work with the City to ensure there is no interruption or reduction of services should the Offeror be required to end its services to the City. If a new contractor is awarded after expiration of this Agreement, Offeror shall coordinate and cooperate with the newly selected contractor, as well as with the City, to minimize any disruption in the services provided. This shall include access to current Offeror’s website and online reporting capabilities for a minimum of six months after the expiration of the Agreement. 10. Performance Evaluation During the term of the Agreement, performance shall be evaluated on multiple criteria including service, quality, accessibility, responsiveness, documentation, skills, creativity and innovation, customer interfaces, and flexibility. Substandard performance may be grounds for termination of the Agreement. 11. Insurance Requirements The Contractor shall, at its own cost and expense, acquire and maintain (and cause any subcontractors to acquire and maintain) during the term with the City, sufficient insurance to adequately protect the respective interest of the parties. Coverage shall be obtained with a carrier having an AM Best Rating of A-VII or better. Specifically the Contractor must carry the following minimum types and amounts of insurance on an occurrence basis or in the case of coverage that cannot be obtained on an occurrence basis, then coverage can be obtained on a claims-made basis with a minimum three (3) year tail following the termination or expiration of this Agreement: a. Commercial General Liability Insurance including but not limited to, premises operations, products/completed operations, products liability, contractual liability, independent contractors, personal injury and advertising injury and $1,000,000 (one million dollars) per occurrence and $2,000,000 (two million dollars) general aggregate and $2,000,000 (two million dollars) products/completed operation aggregate. b. Commercial Automobile Liability Insurance for any owned, non-owned, hired or borrowed automobile is required in the minimum amount of $1,000,000 (one million dollars) combined single limit. c. Statutory Workers’ Compensation Insurance in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida, and Employer’s Liability Insurance in the minimum amount of $100,000 (one hundred thousand dollars) each employee each accident, $100,000 (one hundred thousand dollars) each employee by disease and $500,000 (five hundred thousand dollars) aggregate by disease with benefits afforded under the laws of the State of Florida. Coverage should include Voluntary Compensation and U.S. Longshoremen’s and Harbor Worker’s Act coverage where applicable. Coverage must be applicable to employees, contractors, and subcontractors, if any. d. Professional Liability/Malpractice/Errors or Omissions Insurance coverage appropriate for the type of business engaged in by the Contractor with minimum limits of $1,000,000 (one million dollars) per occurrence. If a claims made form of coverage is provided, the retroactive date of coverage shall be no later than the inception date of claims made coverage, unless prior policy was extended indefinitely to cover prior acts. Coverage shall be extended beyond the policy year either by a supplemental extended reporting period (ERP) of as great a duration as available, and with no less coverage and with reinstated aggregate limits, or by requiring that nay new policy provide a retroactive date no later than the inception date of claims made coverage. DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS RFP #22-16 Banking Services Page 22 e. Cyber Liability coverage in an adequate amount to meet or exceed the requirements, including notification and monitoring, under Florida Statute 501.171. The above insurance limits may be achieved by a combination of primary and umbrella/excess liability policies. Other Insurance Provisions: a. Prior to the execution of this Agreement, and then annually upon the anniversary date(s) of the insurance policy’s renewal date(s) for as long as this Agreement remains in effect, the Vendor will furnish the City with a Certificate of Insurance(s) (using appropriate ACORD certificate, SIGNED by the Issuer, and with applicable endorsements) evidencing all of the coverage set forth above and naming the City as an “Additional Insured " on the Commercial General Liability Insurance policy. In addition when requested in writing from the City, Vendor will provide the City with certified copies of all applicable policies. The address where such certificates and certified policies shall be sent or delivered is as follows: City of Clearwater Attn: Purchasing Department, # 22-16 P.O. Box 4748 Clearwater, FL 33758-4748 b. Contractor agrees that no policy shall expire, be canceled, non-renewed, terminated, reduced or materially changed to affect the coverage available without thirty (30) days advan ce written notice to the City. c. Contractor’s insurance as outlined above shall be primary and non -contributory coverage for Contractor’s negligence. d. The policies required by this agreement (or contract) shall contain a waiver of transfer rights of recovery (subrogation) against City, its agents, representatives, directors, elected officials, officers, employees, and volunteers for any claims arising out of the work of the Contractor. e. Contractor shall defend, indemnify, save and hold the City harmless f rom any and all claims, suits, judgments and liability for death, personal injury, bodily injury, or property damage arising directly or indirectly including legal fees, court costs, or other legal expenses. The stipulated limits of coverage above shall not be construed as a limitation of any potential liability to the City, and failure to request evidence of this insurance shall not be construed as a waiver of Contractor’s obligation to provide the insurance coverage specified. MILESTONES RFP #22-16 Banking Services Page 23 1. ANTICIPATED BEGINNING AND END DATE OF INITIAL TERM. October 2016 – September 2019. If the commencement of performance is delayed because the City does not execute the contract on the start date, the City may adjust the start date, end date and milestones to reflect the delayed execution. 2. RENEWAL. At the end of the initial term of this contract, the City m ay initiate renewal(s) as provided. The decision to renew a contract rests solely with the City. The City will give written notice of its intention to renew the contract no later than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration. Two (2), two (2) year renewal terms are possible at the City's option. 3. EXTENSION. The City reserves the right to extend the term of this contract, provided however, that the City shall give written notice of its intentions to extend this contract no later than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration date of the contract. 4. PRICES. All pricing shall be firm for the term except where otherwise provided by the specifications, and include all transportation, insurance and warranty costs. The City shall not be invoiced at prices higher than those stated in any contract resulting from this proposal. a. The Contractor certifies that the prices offered are no higher than the lowest price the Contractor charges other buyers for similar quantities under similar conditions. The Contractor further agrees that any reductions in the price of the goods or servic es covered by this proposal and occurring after award will apply to the undelivered balance. The Contractor shall promptly notify the City of such price reductions. b. At the end of the initial term, any escalation or de-escalation in fees for the renewal period(s) shall be by mutual agreement. Changes in fees shall be based upon current market indicators and best practices. Offeror shall provide documentation supporting any request for fee increases no later than 60 days prior to the term expiration date. Extension prices shall be firm for the extension term. c. No fuel surcharges will be accepted. RESPONSE ELEMENTS RFP #22-16 Banking Services Page 24 PROPOSAL SUBMISSION - Submit one (1) signed original proposal, eight (8) copies, and one (1) electronic format on a disc or thumb drive, together in a sealed envelope/container. 1. Required Format To ensure consistent proposals, hard copies must be in 8 ½ X 11 inch format, bound and clearly labeled. The proposal should be individually tabbed for each of the items or sections listed below and include page numbers. The CD-ROM or thumb drive electronic version of the original proposal shall be in PDF or Microsoft Office format. Both the hard copies and the electronic copy shall clearly identify the Offeror and the RFP number. The electronic ve rsion should be a continuous document in one file. Cover Letter Table of Contents Section A – Experience & Qualifications Section B – References Section C – Proposal Section D – Costs Section E – Acceptance of Base Agreement Section F – Other Section G – Information Designated a Trade Secret and/or Co nfidential and/or Proprietary 2. Cover Letter The cover letter must include the full legal name of the firm and the following information: a. A brief summary of the proposing firm. b. A statement of the Offeror’s understanding of the scope of services to be provided. c. The address of the office conducting the service. d. The address of the office that would administer the Agreement. e. The name(s) of the person(s) that will be authorized to mak e representations for the Offeror, including their titles, addresses, telephone numbers, and email addresses. f. A statement that Offeror acknowledges that its proposal is subject to Florida Public Records laws. 3. Table of Contents The Table of Contents must include a clear identification of the material, by section and page number. Section A – Experience and Qualifications a. Offerors must provide a company profile. Information provided must include: b. Company ownership. If incorporated, the state in which the company is incorporated and the date of incorporation. c. Full legal name for Agreement and payment purposes. d. Location of the company offices. e. Location of the office servicing the City’s account. f. Number of employees both locally and nationally. g. Location(s) from which employees will be assigned to the City’s account. h. Name, address, telephone number, and email address of the Offeror’s point of contact (account manager) for a contract resulting from this RFP. i. Company background/history and the Offeror’s experience in Banking Services. RESPONSE ELEMENTS RFP #22-16 Banking Services Page 25 j. Length of time Offeror has been providing services described in this RFP. Please provide a brief description. k. Offeror’s Federal ID Number. l. Resumes that detail qualifications and experience for key staff to be responsible for performance of any contract resulting from this RFP including the Account Manager, Branch Operations VP/Manager, and staff assigned to perform key services for the City’s account. m. Offeror must include in its proposal a complete disclosure of any significant prior or ongoing contract failures, or any civil or criminal litigation or investigation pending which involves the Offeror or in which the Offeror has been judged guilty or liable. n. Include a brief explanation of any recent or pending changes in ownership of the Offeror’s firm to include mergers, buyouts, or takeovers. o. Provide documentation of your firm’s financial resources for providing services and meeting other financial obligation (e.g. a copy of your firm’s most recent two years’ audited financial statement summaries and the accompanying notes to the financial statements, or an individual tax return and personal financial statement of net worth if you are an individual proprietor, for the most recent two years). p. The location of your state and regional headquarters that manage the local branches in the Tampa Bay metro area. q. Details of your banking locations located within and adjacent to the City of Clearwater to include the following: i. Physical address. ii. Number of employees iii. Services available r. Information documenting your firm’s D&B rating and Florida Qualified Public Depository status. s. Total of all deposits for the following areas: i. City of Clearwater ii. Pinellas County iii. Tampa Bay metro area t. Summary of your firm’s financial strengths and revenue trends. u. Include a historical financial industry ranking and verification of your firm’s current status of acceptable industry ranking (e.g. Standard & Poor’s, Dunn & Bradstreet) covering all applicable affiliations and entities associated. Section B – References Offerors should provide a minimum of six (6) references, three (3) current and three (3) former government clients, for whom similar services have been provided within the last three (3) years. Information provided shall include: a. Client name b. Location – City/State c. Types of services provided d. Length of services – starting & ending dates e. Client contact name and telephone number RESPONSE ELEMENTS RFP #22-16 Banking Services Page 26 Section C – Proposal Provide an analysis of your management philosophy, practices, and techniques including your firm’s strengths and weaknesses. Include a description of your operational activities to include the following: a. An introductory overview of your firm’s corporate management philosophy, vision, strengths, and weaknesses. b. Include a summary of your firm’s outlook related to long term viability. c. Provide details regarding your firm’s approach to relationship management. d. Provide specifics on your approach and success rates in commercial account retention and maintenance to include the following: i. Reporting ii. Statements iii. Investment of funds iv. Wire transfers e. Overview with background information for the staff at your primary servicing location for the City’s account that will provide services, summarizing their tenure with the firm, years of industry experience, and education/training. f. Overview of your firm’s experience, processes, related services, and capacity in the following areas: i. Depository services. ii. Electronic funds transfer. iii. Direct access for customers to account information. iv. General internet capabilities v. Internet access for third party payment of bills. vi. ACH transfers. vii. Electronic funds transfers. viii. Stop payment activities. ix. File Transfer Protocol (FTP) services. g. Include information regarding your firm’s quality standards and achievements as they relate to processing of checks, deposits, and electronic transactions. h. Describe the protective online security measures your firm utilizes to protect customers from identity theft and guard against unauthorized access to their private information. i. Provide a list of corporate contributions to charitable organizations your firm has made in the Tampa Bay metropolitan area in the past three years to include the contribution value and name of the receiving organization. j. List any current endeavors by your firm that demonstrate your corporate ci tizenship in Clearwater to include charitable contributions and philanthropic activities within the past 12 months. k. Earnings Credit Rate i. Provide your firm’s Earnings Credit Rate (ECR) for calendar 2015 to include the ECR for each month and the average ERC for the year. ii. If the ECR is based on an index, identify the index and the calculation of the ECR. RESPONSE ELEMENTS RFP #22-16 Banking Services Page 27 iii. Provide the formula used by your bank to calculate a compensating balance requirement. iv. Using the average ECR for calendar 2015 and a fixed cost of $100, pleas e provide the mathematical formula used by your firm to calculate the compensating balance requirement. l. Provide details of when outgoing wires are received by the close of business at the wire destination and the latest time of day or times of day when you r firm can receive wiring instructions from the City. m. Provide the latest daily time that deposits will be accepted at the operations center and branches for same day credit. n. Provide a detailed transition and implementation plan including a timeline for each milestone in the implementation plan. o. Please provide a summary of Offeror’s disaster preparedness plan and capacity to continue services during an emergency situation. p. Include information on your firm’s investments into disaster recovery services (e.g. equipment, service upgrades) over the past two (2) years. q. Describe Offeror’s existing organizational support structure for disaster business recovery services, identifying any local facilities that will provide services to the City in the event of an emergency situation. r. Provide details of the location and capacity of your disaster recovery backup facility. s. Provide details of any immediate real time redundant system accessibility in the event of a service disruption, regardless of cause. t. Provide samples of invoices for services, reports, and statements that would meet the City’s requirements. u. For custodial safekeeping services, please describe: i. Your depository memberships (i.e. DTC, FRB, PTC) and the services you use at these depositories. ii. Your system for the registration and custody of assets iii. Where and how the receipt and delivery of “physical” securities occur and how they are secured, including the involvement of second party banks for clearing iv. Briefly describe the security settlement process including capabilities for settling and accounting for same day cash trades. Section D – Costs In this section, include a completed copy of Appendix A, Investment Cost Summary, and Appendix B, Transaction Cost Summary. These electronic documents are available for download with this RFP document at the following link: http://www.myclearwater.com/apps20/cityprojects/invitationtobid.aspx Provide completed copies of appendices in your hard copy and electronic proposal submissions. All fees shall be listed in the appendices, including costs associated with providing annual responses to external auditors, signature authority requests, and any other services p rovided by your firm. RESPONSE ELEMENTS RFP #22-16 Banking Services Page 28 Section F – Other In this section include any other information, not previously requested, you believe is pertinent in the evaluation of your firm’s capability to provide the services specified. Also include information regarding any additional and/or value-added services your firm can offer that would be advantageous and provide a competitive advantage to the City. EXCEPTIONS/ADDITIONAL MATERIALS/ADDENDUM RFP #22-16 Banking Services Page 29 Exceptions (mark one): **Special Note – Any material exceptions taken to the City’s Terms and Conditions may render a Proposal non-responsive. No exceptions Exceptions taken (describe--attach additional pages if needed) Additional Materials submitted (mark one): No additional materials have been included with this proposal Additional Materials attached (describe--attach additional pages if needed) Acknowledgement of addenda issued for this solicitation: Prior to submitting a response to this solicitation, it is the vendor’s responsibility to confirm if any addenda have been issued. Addenda Number Initial to acknowledge receipt Vendor Name _____________________________________ Date ______________________________ OFFER CERTIFICATION FORM RFP #22-16 Banking Services Page 30 Company Legal/Corporate Name: Doing Business As (if different than above): Address: City: State: Zip: - Phone: Fax: E-Mail Address: Website: DUNS # Remit to Address (if different than above): Order from Address (if different from above): Address: Address: City: State: Zip: City: State: Zip: Contact for Questions about this proposal: Name: Fax: Phone: E-Mail Address: Day-to-Day Project Contact (if awarded): Name: Fax: Phone: E-Mail Address: Certified Small Business Certifying Agency: Certified Minority, Woman or Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Certifying Agency: OFFER CERTIFICATION FORM RFP #22-16 Banking Services Page 31 By signing and submitting this Proposal, the Vendor certifies that: a) It is under no legal prohibition to contract with the City of Clearwater. b) It has read, understands, and is in compliance with the specifications, terms and conditions stated herein, as well as its attachments, and any referenced documents. c) It has no known, undisclosed conflicts of interest. d) The prices offered were independently developed without consultation or collusion with any of the other respondents or potential respondents or any other anti-competitive practices. e) No offer of gifts, payments or other consideration were made to any City employee, officer, elected official, or consultant who has or may have had a role in the procurement process for the serv ices and or goods/materials covered by this contract. f) It understands the City of Clearwater may copy all parts of this response, including without limitation any documents and/or materials copyrighted by the respondent, for internal use in evaluating respo ndent’s offer, or in response to a public records request under Florida’s public records law (F.S. 119) or other applicable law, subpoena, or other judicial process. g) Respondent hereby warrants to the City that the respondent and each of its subcontractors (“Subcontractors”) will comply with, and are contractually obligated to comply with, all Federal Immigration laws and regulations that relate to their employees. h) Respondent certifies that they are not in violation of section 6(j) of the Federal Export Administration Act and not debarred by any Federal or public agency. i) It will provide the materials or services specified in compliance with all Federal, State, and Local Statutes and Rules if awarded by the City. j) It is current in all obligations due to the City. k) It will accept such terms and conditions in a resulting contract if awarded by the City. l) The signatory is an officer or duly authorized agent of the respondent with full power and authority to submit binding offers for the goods or services as specified herein. ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO: Company Name: Signature: Printed Name: Title: Date: MAILING LABEL CUT ALONG THE LINE AND AFFIX TO THE FRONT OF YOUR BID CONTAINER RFP #22-16 Banking Services Page 32 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- For US Mail ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ SEALED PROPOSAL Submitted by: Company Name: Address: City, State, Zip: RFP # 22-16, Banking Services Due Date: April 20, 2016, at 10:00 A.M. City of Clearwater Attn: Purchasing PO Box 4748 Clearwater, FL 33758-4748 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- For US Mail ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------------- For Hand Deliveries, FEDEX, UPS or Other Courier Services ------------------------------------------------ SEALED PROPOSAL Submitted by: Company Name: Address: City, State, Zip: RFP # 22-16, Banking Services Due Date: April 20, 2016, at 10:00 A.M. City of Clearwater Attn: Purchasing 100 S Myrtle Ave, 3rd Floor Clearwater, FL 33756-5520 ---------------------------------------------- For Hand Deliveries, FEDEX, UPS or Other Courier Services ------------------------------------------------ City of Clearwater Response to Request for Proposal #22-16 for Banking Services April 20, 2016 Submitted by: Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Government & Institutional Banking Vicki Parker Relationship Manager 813-225-4432 vicki.parker@wellsfargo.com Lynn Nieves Treasury Management Sales Consultant 813-225-4338 lynn.nieves@wellsfargo.com Table of contents Cover letter ........................................................................................... 1 Executive Summary ............................................................................. 3 Section A – Experience and qualifications ........................................... 7 Section B – References ....................................................................... 19 Section C – Proposal ........................................................................... 21 Section D – Costs .............................................................................. 123 Section F – Other .............................................................................. 125 Section G – Proprietary information ................................................ 141 Appendix ........................................................................................... 143 Cover letter April 20, 2016 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. 100 S. Ashley Drive, Suite 820 Tampa, FL 33602 City of Clearwater Attn: Purchasing 100 S Myrtle Avenue, 3rd Floor Clearwater, Florida 33756-5520 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. appreciates the opportunity to participate in the RFP process with the City of Clearwater (the City). Wells Fargo & Company is a nationwide, diversified financial services company with $1.8 trillion in assets. We provide banking, insurance, investments, mortgage, and consumer and commercial finance services through more than 8,700 locations, more than 12,800 ATMs, online (wellsfargo.com), and through mobile devices. We are headquartered in San Francisco, but we are decentralized so every local Wells Fargo office is a headquarters for satisfying all our customers’ financial needs and to help them succeed financially. We do business with more than 70 million customers and one in three U.S. households. We have approximately 265,000 team members in 36 countries across our more than 90 businesses. Wells Fargo ranked fourth in assets among U.S. banks and was the world’s second most valuable bank by market capitalization as of December 31, 2015. In 2014, Wells Fargo, the second largest bank in Clearwater (per FDIC Deposit Market Share Report, June 2014), contributed over 950 volunteer hours in the City of Clearwater Within the City of Clearwater, Wells Fargo has 75 employees and 10 full- service stores Wells Fargo supports homeownership-In 2014 we provided 262 mortgage loans totaling $38.0 million in the City With the submission of this response, we are expressing our strong interest in partnering with the City as its primary depository institution. We believe our response demonstrates that we have a full array of financial products, an experienced staff that can efficiently and effectively provide the necessary solutions for these accounts, and a deep understanding of the banking needs of the City. We have closely reviewed the RFP and fully comprehend the objectives of the desired banking relationship. We understand the desire to have the most efficient and effective banking services while maintaining sufficient liquidity and protection of the City’s funds. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.1 The City’s treasury management sales consultant, relationship manager, and relationship associate are located at 100 S. Ashley Drive, 8th Floor Tampa, FL 33602. The City’s treasury management relationship will be managed by Lynn Nieves in our Government Treasury Management Division and Vicki Parker as relationship manager in our specialized Government Banking Division. Lynn and Vicki have over 30 years of combined government banking experience. Our team understands the Florida Statutes that govern local governments and can suggest processes and solutions that help maintain appropriate compliance with these rules and regulations. Lynn and Vicki will partner with the designated Client Service Officer to bring a cohesive team to service the City’s needs. We encourage the City to reach out to our references to get a first-hand understanding of the quality of products and services that Wells Fargo provides as well as how easy it was to change banks (in the case of Polk County, Florida). Wells Fargo is proud to be involved in the communities where we have banking operations and Pinellas County is no exception. Wells Fargo continues to gain recognition and awards from a broad spectrum of organizations. We support programs to improve the social and economic opportunities that enhance people’s lives and the neighborhoods they live in. Wells Fargo has developed relationships with local organizations by providing leadership role services and/or financial support to organizations such as Habitat for Humanity-Pinellas County, CASA, Boys and Girls Clubs of Pinellas County, Juvenile Welfare Board, Clearwater Free Clinic, Big Brothers and Big Sisters of Pinellas County, Pinellas Education Foundation, Homeless Emergency Project, Abilities, Inc., Pinellas Hope, Pinellas County Urban League, Junior Achievement of Tampa Bay, United Way-Tampa Bay, and many others. The individuals authorized to make representations for Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. are Lynn Nieves, Senior Treasury Management Sales Consultant and Vicki Parker, Senior Relationship Manager. Wells Fargo declares this proposal response is in all respects fair and in good faith, without collusion or fraud, and the signer of the proposal has the authority to bind the principal proponent. Wells Fargo understands that this proposal is subject to Florida Public Records laws and has met all proposal requirements as outlined. We appreciate the opportunity to be considered to be the City’s financial partner and primary bank and look forward to working with your team. Sincerely, Lynn Nieves Victoria R. (Vicki) Parker Senior Vice President Senior Vice President Treasury Management Sales Consultant Relationship Manager Government and Institutional Banking Government and Institutional Banking (813)225-4338 (813)225-4432 lynn.nieves@wellsfargo.com vicki.parker@wellsfargo.com 2 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Executive Summary Wells Fargo wants to offer the City a convenient and efficient way to meet their banking needs. Wells Fargo is pleased that many Florida municipalities look to us to be their main partner in providing innovative banking solutions to achieve similar goals. We also proudly support the FGFOA, its local chapters, the National GFOA, and the Florida League of Cities. Earning relationships with our customers We work to make every relationship — new and established — a lasting one by following a few simple principles. We put our customers first and treat them as our valued guests. We are committed to our customers’ satisfaction and financial success and to work in their best interest. In short, we are on our customers’ side. The key to earning deep and maintaining long-lasting relationships is not only knowing our customers, but also understanding how they define financial success. Earning lifelong relationships, one customer at a time, is fundamental to achieving our vision, which is to “satisfy our customers’ financial needs and help them succeed financially.” Before we embark on the implementation of products and services we pride ourselves on ensuring we fully understand our clients’ end to end cash collection and disbursement processes and advise on the ideal structure. We believe that the City of Clearwater can achieve efficiencies in its collection and payment processing and we have included information on solutions that may benefit the City throughout our proposal. We look forward to working together with your team to streamline your banking processes. Experience The Government & Institutional Banking group at Wells Fargo is a team of seasoned professionals dedicated exclusively to serving the unique banking needs of the public sector. We draw on the bank’s vast resources to deliver industry leading banking services and we are committed to serving our government entities, their employees, and the communities in which they live, through a complete range of products and personalized service. We serve over 5,000 government clients. Wells Fargo has a large presence in the State of Florida in the government banking sector and the highest market share of Public Fund Deposits (per the State of Florida Collateral Management Data February 2016 report). The City will have an entire team dedicated to assisting and consulting with you on all aspects of your banking relationship. This team is dedicated to providing consultative, analytical, and qualitative service — your needs are our first priority. In addition to Commercial Bankers, the Government & Institutional Banking group has municipal professionals that are part of Wells Fargo Securities. We report to the same individual to better serve our clients. In Florida, we have 7 municipal professionals based in Clearwater. Service Customer experience is at the core of our Culture of Caring focus, in how we treat our customers and each other. As our team members do their jobs, they demonstrate a positive and caring attitude for our customers every day. Exceptional customer experiences also stem from a can-do mindset. If there’s a better way, we’ll work hard to find it for our customers. A third mindset of caring for our customers is realizing that at Wells Fargo, we are better together. That means communicating clearly with our customers, such as sending timely alerts on account information that is critical for you to know. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.3 Since 2004, Wells Fargo has managed a formal Customer Advisory Council. This group is comprised of about 70 current customers and 650 alumni members from multiple industries and geographic regions that help us candidly assess our products and services, and the methods by which we deliver them. Council members have opportunities to participate in product pilots, usability studies, and focus groups. Their feedback ensures our customers have input to both our product development efforts, and our delivery and communication methods. We hear our customers’ challenges, pain points, initiatives, and goals, and then review the results quarterly with our senior management to assess and prioritize our product initiatives. To date, more than 60% of our customer feedback has resulted in new products or product enhancements. We encourage the City to reach out to our references to get a first-hand understanding of the quality of products and services that Wells Fargo provides as well as how smooth the process of moving your banking relationship to Wells Fargo can be (in the case of Polk County, Florida). Technology We continue to make new technology offerings and channels available throughout our businesses. Our customers have responded enthusiastically to text and email alerts, payment solutions like Apple Pay™ and Android Pay™, and pilots of biometric customer authentication for both business and retail customers that we expect to roll out later this year. We are careful not to create new technologies in isolation; the value of innovation is when technology is aligned. This means that all of our distribution channels — locations, phone banks, ATMs, online, and mobile banking — work together, integrated with our products, to benefit customers. In 2015, we brought together team members from existing Wells Fargo teams to form a new Innovation Group, a cross-functional organization to help keep us at the leading edge of technological innovation in financial services. Key focuses of the Innovation Group include research and development, payment strategies, design and delivery, and analytics Leading the way in risk management and operational excellence Effective risk management practices help us better serve our customers, maintain and improve our position in the market, and protect the long-term safety, soundness, and reputation of Wells Fargo. We understand that trust is the core of any meaningful relationship. At Wells Fargo, every team member is responsible for managing risk. Protecting our customers’ assets and providing financial security are key principles in our risk- focused culture. We continue to invest heavily in risk management and information security to meet our goals of protecting our customers’ information and assets, safeguarding our infrastructure and systems, and setting the global standard for risk management excellence among financial institutions. Operational excellence is part of our Vision & Values and is a key driver in the value we provide shareholders. We apply it at every level of the company, focusing on creating sustainable improvement for our business, enhancing the customer experience, mitigating risk, and increasing efficiency. We are strong for our communities At Wells Fargo, we earn long-term relationships with our communities by creating a positive, lasting connection. We are a Main Street bank, and we are committed to strengthening our communities through our operations, business practices, employment opportunities, philanthropy, and community engagement. Our team members volunteer their time and donate 4 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. to nonprofits and causes important to them. In 2015, Wells Fargo team members volunteered 1.8 million hours and contributed $98.8 million to nonprofits and schools. Our local Tampa Bay contributions exceed $2MM and our team members have logged nearly 14,000 hours of volunteer time with local nonprofits in the last 12 months.* Value In reviewing the current treasury management structure and pricing provided on Appendix E, Wells Fargo believes that the City will able to reduce its overall annual service charges by over $38,000 based on Calendar 2015 Monthly Average volumes provided by the City. In addition, Wells Fargo is offering the City a floor rate of 40 basis points Earnings Credit on collected balances and interest of 15 basis points on excess balances by using our Government Advantage Interest Checking Account. The 25 basis point increase over the current provider’s ECR will yield additional credit of $25,000 to offset service charges based on the projected average balance of $10,000,000. Lastly, we understand there is cost involved in changing banks. With that in mind, Wells Fargo is pleased to offer over $20,000 in waived fees and/or analysis/supplies credits to assist the City financially. Why Wells Fargo? We are honored to hold the largest percentage of public fund deposits in the State of Florida at 29.83% per the February 2016 Bureau of Collateral Management Data as it demonstrates our focus and commitment to the our public fund clients Wells Fargo is committed to providing superior customer service and progressive technology support to our clients We are pleased to offer our service to enhance your processes by having our staff come onsite to observe your daily functions and provide any process advice at no additional charge Our goal is to be viewed by the City as a consultative partner that can be reached at your convenience to discuss new projects, brainstorm ideas, and a team that will bring forth applicable solutions to enhance the current bank account structure Economics-based on your Analysis Statement, you can earn an additional $25,000 per annum in earnings credit over the current provider to offset account analysis charges and lower projected annual fees by more than $40,000 Many of our treasury management products are highly ranked in independent national studies, such as Phoenix Hecht, who awarded us 16 out of 25 “A+” grades in their Middle Market Quality Index and 18 out of 25 “A+” grades in their Large Corporate Quality Index for 2015 Our Commercial Electronic Office® (CEO®) solution received recognition for Best Online Treasury Services and (Global Finance magazine 2013), and Best Mobile Solution Provider (Global Finance magazine 2014) We ranked No. 7 on Barron’s 2015 ranking of the world’s “100 Most Respected Companies” — the fourth year in a row we ranked highest among all banks on the list. Euromoney magazine named Wells Fargo the “Best Bank in the U.S.” in its 2015 Awards for Excellence * 12 month company data as of 12/31/14 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.5 6 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Section A – Experience and qualifications a.Offerors must provide a company profile. Information provided must include: b.Company ownership. If incorporated, the state in which the company is incorporated and the date of incorporation. Wells Fargo & Company is a nationwide, diversified financial services company that is community-based and relationship-oriented. Wells Fargo & Company is incorporated in the state of Delaware. Our commitment to outstanding service goes back to 1852, when Henry Wells and William G. Fargo founded Wells Fargo & Company. Its principal banking subsidiary, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., is a national banking organization. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. was originally chartered as a national banking association on November 30, 1870. Wells Fargo is a publicly held company; our ticker symbol is “WFC” on the New York Stock Exchange. c.Full legal name for Agreement and payment purposes. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. d.Location of the company offices. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. 420 Montgomery Street San Francisco, CA 94104 e.Location of the office servicing the City’s account. A Wells Fargo team will be specifically assigned to your relationship. The City will have a dedicated treasury management team that includes Lynn Nieves and Brandon Franklin to assist you with the services required in the RFP. The City will also have a dedicated Relationship Manager, Vicki Parker, as well as a dedicated Relationship Associate, Lynn Sams. Vicki is your point of contact for all services covering your relationship. Your relationship manager and the rest of the relationship team are very excited at the prospect of working with the City and your finance and treasury officials. The City’s relationship manager, relationship associate, and treasury management sales consultant are located in downtown Tampa, Florida. 100 S. Ashley Drive, 8th Floor Tampa, FL 33602 f.Number of employees both locally and nationally. Wells Fargo has approximately 265,000 team members globally. Pinellas County 741 team members who live within Pinellas County 664 team members who work within Pinellas County Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.7 City of Clearwater  73 team members who live within the City of Clearwater  75 team members who work within the City of Clearwater g. Location(s) from which employees will be assigned to the City’s account. A Wells Fargo team will be specifically assigned to your relationship and is located at: 100 S. Ashley Drive, 8th Floor Tampa, FL 33602 h. Name, address, telephone number, and email address of the Offeror’s point of contact (account manager) for a contract resulting from this RFP. Lynn Nieves, SVP, Treasury Management Sales Consultant 100 S. Ashley Drive, 8th Floor Tampa, FL 33602 Phone: 813-225-4338 Email: lynn.nieves@wellsfargo.com i. Company background/history and the Offeror’s experience in Banking Services. Our commitment to outstanding service goes back to 1852, when Henry Wells and William G. Fargo founded Wells Fargo & Company. They opened their first banking and express office in the gold rush port of San Francisco. By 1910, the Wells Fargo network of customer service expanded to more than 6,000 communities, large and small. Wells Fargo agents offered financial services such as money orders, traveler’s checks, and transfer of funds by telegraph. In 1918, Wells Fargo was an important part of the business community in locations across the country and around the globe. In the decades to come, new banking concepts not only changed where people banked, but also how. As in the stagecoach days, Wells Fargo pioneered banking convenience to customers: Our drive-up tellers, banking by phone, credit cards, ATMs, and online banking services offered innovations for modern customers. By 1998, Wells Fargo Bank had expanded from a single location in San Francisco to its historic territory throughout the West, and then extended across the Midwest and into the East. Our merger with Wachovia has increased our presence in the East. Through Wachovia, the Wells Fargo legacy now traces back to 1781 and the Bank of North America, the first bank chartered in the United States. Wachovia brings to Wells Fargo the Bank of North America's first branch, opened in 1782, which is now the longest continuously operated branch in America. On December 31, 2008, Wells Fargo & Company (NYSE:WFC), the parent company of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., completed its merger with Wachovia Corporation. On March 20, 2010, we combined our three bank charters into one: Wachovia Bank, N.A. and Wachovia Bank of Delaware, N.A. merged into Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. 8 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Wells Fargo & Company is a nationwide, diversified financial services company with $1.8 trillion in assets. We provide banking, insurance, investments, mortgage, and consumer and commercial finance services through more than 8,700 locations, more than 12,800 ATMs, online (wellsfargo.com), and through mobile devices. We are headquartered in San Francisco, but we are decentralized so every local Wells Fargo office is a headquarters for satisfying all our customers’ financial needs and helping them succeed financially. We do business with more than 70 million customers and one in three U.S. households. We have approximately 265,000 team members in 36 countries across our more than 90 businesses. Our vision We want to satisfy all our customers’ financial needs and help them succeed financially. Note-worthy accomplishments  Ranked fourth in assets among U.S. banks (2015)  Ranked second most valuable bank by market capitalization (2015)  Ranked in top two corporate cash giving campaigns by The Chronicle of Philanthropy (2014, 2015)  Named “Most Respected Bank” by Barron’s magazine (2014)  Named “Most Admired” among world’s largest banks by Fortune magazine (2014)  Named “Best U.S. Bank” by The Banker magazine (2014) Key performance measures Our year-end key performance measures are detailed as follows: Key performance measure 2012 2013 2014 Total assets $1.4 trillion $1.5 trillion $1.7 trillion Net income $18.9 billion $21.9 billion $23.1 billion ROA 1.41% 1.51% 1.45% ROE 12.95% 13.87% 13.41% Equity and assets 11.17% 11.20% 10.98% To review the full Wells Fargo & Company Annual Report, please use the following link: https://www.wellsfargo.com/invest_relations/annual. j. Length of time Offeror has been providing services described in this RFP. Please provide a brief description. ACH services Wells Fargo has offered ACH services since 1973. We have been involved with ACH since the development of the Special Committee on Paperless Entries (SCOPE), which was formed in 1969 to develop an electronic payment alternative to checks. Through our involvement in NACHA payment councils, our development of new ACH applications, and our participation in NACHA pilots, we have played a Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.9 leading role in the evolution of the ACH industry. In 1995, Wells Fargo was the first U.S. bank to offer ACH payments to beneficiaries outside the United States. Deposit services Wells Fargo has been processing cash deposits for retailers since 1852. We offer several other deposit services, as shown in the table below. Service Experience Cash vault More than 25 years Night depository More than 50 years ATM Envelope ATM Envelope-FreeSM ATM 1977 2006 Remote cash capture 2009 Remote deposit 2004 Information reporting services Wells Fargo began offering information reporting services in 1988. In 2000, we began offering them over the internet through our CEO Treasury Information Reporting service. We update our information reporting services to continually exceed customer expectations. Typically, we do this on an annual basis, and sometimes quarterly. We will communicate with you in advance about any changes that will affect your services. Lockbox services We have been offering lockbox services continuously since 1948. Wells Fargo is one of the largest and most established providers of lockbox services in the nation. Wire transfer services Wells Fargo has provided customers with electronic payment transfer services since 1852. We also participate in Fedwire; Fedwire is a real-time gross settlement funds transfer system operated by the United States Federal Reserve Banks that enables financial institutions to electronically transfer funds between its more than 9,200 participants. k. Offeror’s Federal ID Number. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. federal ID number is 94-1347393. l. Resumes that detail qualifications and experience for key staff to be responsible for performance of any contract resulting from this RFP including the Account Manager, Branch Operations VP/Manager, and staff assigned to perform key services for the City’s account. Your relationship manager and treasury management sales consultant are part of the Government & Institutional Banking group, a team of seasoned professionals dedicated exclusively to serving the unique banking needs of the public sector. 10 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. We are committed to serving our government entities — and their employees and the communities in which they live — through a complete range of products and personalized service. Your treasury management sales consultant and your relationship manager will primarily handle the City’s overall relationship. The City will also be assigned a dedicated client service officer who is the primary go to person to resolve your service issues on a day to day basis. We base the number of customers a client service officer supports on the complexity of his or her portfolio, the number of inquiries he or she handles, and the capacity of the individual. A trained backup service officer with knowledge of the City’s needs is also readily available. Client service officers can engage the team lead, division manager, line-of- business leader, or national client service manager for assistance on customer issues. They can also engage technical services and key product and operational partners on behalf of the customer. We encourage our client service officers to use the chain of command to assist with escalations. Additionally, we proactively look for issues that could potentially escalate by reviewing our ability to meet customer commitments, timely resolutions, and repeat issues. The following are brief biographies of your relationship team. Relationship team Lynn Nieves, MBA, CTP Senior Vice President Treasury Management Sales Consultant lynn.nieves@wellsfargo.com 813-225-4338 813-225-4450 fax MAC Z0307-085 100 S. Ashley Drive 8th Floor Tampa, FL 33602 Lynn will support the City as the primary contact for treasury management. Lynn joined Wells Fargo in 2008 and has more than 19 years of banking experience, with most of these years dedicated to government treasury management. During her tenure in government treasury management, she has worked with various government entities including the State of Florida and many of its agencies, counties, cities, school boards, and tax collectors. Lynn has a bachelor of science in business administration and a master’s in business administration from the University of Central Florida. She is a Certified Treasury Professional. In addition, she is a member of the Florida Government Finance Officers Association (FGFOA). Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.11 Vicki Parker Senior Vice President Relationship Manager vicki.parker@wellsfargo.com 813-225-4432 813-225-4450 fax MAC Z0307-085 100 S. Ashley Drive 8th Floor Tampa, FL 33602 Vicki has more than 30 years of commercial banking experience in the Tampa Bay market. She has focused exclusively on the government and institutional segment for the last 13 years. Vicki’s clients include large counties, cities, and school districts in the Greater Tampa Bay area. Her previous employers include First Florida Bank, Bank of America, and BMO Harris Bank. Vicki earned her bachelor of science degree from the University of Florida. She completed the commercial banking program from the Graduate School of Banking of the South. She is a member of Florida Government Finance Officers Association (FGFOA) and sits on the Hillsborough County Connections Board of Junior Achievement where she has been an active volunteer for more than 13 years. Lynn Sams Relationship Associate, Officer lynn.c.sams@wellsfargo.com 813-225-4429 813-225-4450 fax MAC Z0307-085 100 S. Ashley Drive 8th Floor Tampa, FL 33602 Lynn serves as an extension of your relationship manager. She is responsible for ensuring a positive customer experience by assisting our customers. Lynn has been with Wells Fargo more than 14 years with the last eight years in the government sector. Before becoming a relationship associate, she provided superb customer service on a management level for retail banking. Lynn is very experienced in assisting with problem resolution as it relates to cash management services, analysis fees, and product knowledge. Lynn has been recognized for her outstanding dedication to customer satisfaction. Brandon Franklin Assistant Vice President Treasury Management Sales Analyst brandon.franklin@wellsfargo.com 904-351-7482 904-351-7485 fax MAC Z3094-081 1 Independent Drive 8th Floor Jacksonville, FL 32202 Brandon supports Lynn and will assist the City with any treasury management questions when Lynn Nieves is unavailable. Brandon began his career with Wells Fargo 14 years ago. He has supported all segments of treasury management over the last nine years. Brandon has a bachelor of science degree in humanities from Bob Jones University, Greenville, SC. He has logged more than 100 hours of community service every year for the past five years and is involved in several volunteer organizations in his community. 12 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Municipal finance partners Rob Whitmore Director Fixed Income Sales Wells Fargo Securities, LLC rob.whitmore@wellsfargo.com 704-410-3736 MAC D1086-041 550 S. Tryon Street, 4th floor Charlotte, NC 28202 Rob Whitmore is an Institutional Fixed Income sales representative with Wells Fargo Securities. He is responsible for managing fixed income and money market investment relationships with corporations and public entities, and specifically supports Vicki Parker’s clients in the Pinellas County market. Rob joined Wells Fargo in 1991 as a Fixed Income sales associate with First Union Capital Markets Corp. Prior to joining Wells Fargo, Rob served as a leasing agent for Childress Klein Properties, and as a commercial lender and cash management consultant for NCNB National Bank (predecessor to Bank of America). Rob is active in his church, recently completing a term as deacon. He also currently serves on the Wells Fargo Securities Middle Market Sales Senior Advisory Council. Rob obtained a B.S. in Business Administration from the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. He also received his MBA in Finance from the Fuqua School of Business at Duke University. David Thornton Managing Director - Southeast david.thornton@wellsfargo.com 757-953-1074 727-953-1077 fax MAC Z0307-106 2363 Gulf-to-Bay Boulevard Clearwater, FL 33765 David joined Wells Fargo Securities in July 2008 after more than 21 years with other Florida investment banking firms. He has supervisory responsibility for Wells Fargo’s Florida and Puerto Rico public finance operations and maintains responsibility for a number of accounts including the Florida Governmental Utility Authority, the Florida Municipal Loan Council, the City of Clearwater, the Orlando-Orange County Expressway Authority, JEA and the City of Jacksonville, among others. He also provides general banking support on a number of other significant accounts including, but not limited to, Citizen’s Property Insurance Corporation, Miami-Dade County, and the Florida Hurricane Catastrophe Fund. David maintains Series 7, Series 63, Series 53, and Series 24 licenses. m. Offeror must include in its proposal a complete disclosure of any significant prior or ongoing contract failures, or any civil or criminal litigation or investigation pending which involves the Offeror or in which the Offeror has been judged guilty or liable. The disclosure requested is extremely broad in scope, and, at any given time, an organization the size of Wells Fargo may be subject to the aforementioned actions, some or all of which may be confidential in nature. At this time, and to the best knowledge of the Wells Fargo representatives preparing this response, Wells Fargo has not been subject to any of the aforementioned action that would have a material adverse impact on our ability to provide the services requested in this RFP. As with any large diversified financial services company of our size in the highly- regulated banking and securities field, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. is subject to Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.13 receiving inquiries and subpoenas from regulators and law enforcement from time to time, as well as being subject to civil litigation. No such actions have resulted in any restrictions on the ability of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. to operate our businesses, and none are or have been material to the operation of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. businesses. Copies of the Legal Proceedings sections from Wells Fargo & Company recent public filings are available at: wellsfargo.com/invest_relations/filings n. Include a brief explanation of any recent or pending changes in ownership of the Offeror’s firm to include mergers, buyouts, or takeovers. To the best knowledge of the Wells Fargo representatives preparing this response, there are no impending mergers or acquisitions that will materially affect our ability to provide the services requested in this RFP. o. Provide documentation of your firm’s financial resources for providing services and meeting other financial obligation (e.g. a copy of your firm’s most recent two years’ audited financial statement summaries and the accompanying notes to the financial statements, or an individual tax return and personal financial statement of net worth if you are an individual proprietor, for the most recent two years). You can find our most recent annual report at: wellsfargo.com/invest_relations/annual. You can obtain our previous four quarterly call reports at the following site: fdic.gov/Call_TFR_Rpts/index.asp. Using the Wells Fargo FDIC Certificate No. 3511. p. The location of your state and regional headquarters that manage the local branches in the Tampa Bay metro area. The regional headquarters for Hillsborough, Pinellas, Polk and Manatee counties is: 100 S. Ashley Dr. 10th Floor Tampa, FL 33602 The regional headquarters for Pasco County is: 800 N. Magnolia Avenue 9th Floor Orlando, FL 32803 The state headquarters is located at: 1 Independent Drive 10th Floor Jacksonville, FL 32202 14 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. q. Details of your banking locations located within and adjacent to the City of Clearwater to include the following: i. Physical address. Wells Fargo has 10 banking locations within the City of Clearwater. A list of banking locations is provided below. Banking store Deposit deadline (local time) Distance South Fort Harrison 639 S. Fort Harrison Ave. Clearwater, FL 33756 Store Mon-Fri: 6:00 p.m. ATM Mon-Fri: 9:00 p.m. 0.51 miles Island Estates 130 Island Way Clearwater, FL 33767 Store Mon-Thu: 5:00 p.m. Fri: 6:00 p.m. ATM Mon-Fri: 9:00 p.m. 1.58 miles Clearwater 2363 Gulf to Bay Blvd. Clearwater, FL 33765 Store Mon-Thu: 5:00 p.m. Fri: 6:00 p.m. ATM Mon-Fri: 9:00 p.m. 3.46 miles Belcher 1551 S. Belcher Road Clearwater, FL 33764 Store Mon-Thu: 5:00 p.m. Fri: 6:00 p.m. ATM Mon-Fri: 9:00 p.m. 3.5 miles Sunset Point 2301 Sunset Point Road Clearwater, FL 33765 Store Mon-Thu: 5:00 p.m. Fri: 6:00 p.m. ATM Mon-Fri: 9:00 p.m. 3.75 miles Clearwater Mall 2699 Gulf to Bay Blvd. Clearwater, FL 33759 Store Mon-Fri: 6:00 p.m. ATM Mon-Fri: 9:00 p.m. 4.21 miles Tri-City 5250 E. Bay Drive Clearwater, FL 33764 Store Mon-Fri: 6:00 p.m. ATM Mon-Fri: 9:00 p.m. 5.15 miles North Countryside 28059 UH Hwy 19 N. Clearwater, FL 33761 Store Mon-Thu: 5:00 p.m. Fri: 6:00 p.m. ATM Mon-Fri: 9:00 p.m. 5.64 miles Northwood 2580 N. McMullen Booth Road Store Mon-Fri: 6:00 p.m. 6.36 miles Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.15 Banking store Deposit deadline (local time) Distance Clearwater, FL 33761 ATM Mon-Fri: 9:00 p.m. 49th Street 5005 Ulmerton Road Clearwater, FL 33760 Store Mon-Fri: 6:00 p.m. ATM Mon-Fri: 9:00 p.m. 7.57 miles We have an additional 30 banking locations in Pinellas County. A complete list is provided in the Appendix, Tab A. ii. Number of employees Within the City of Clearwater, Wells Fargo has 75 employees and 10 full-service stores. iii. Services available Services available in our store locations include safe deposit boxes, night drop, notary services, international tellers, post verification, lobby tellers, drive-up tellers, new accounts and loans, and medallion stamp services. The store locations in the Appendix, Tab A disclose what services are offered at each location. r. Information documenting your firm’s D&B rating and Florida Qualified Public Depository status. The City can request a copy of our Dun & Bradstreet report at dnb.com/. The Wells Fargo & Company Dun & Bradstreet number is 00-696-2435. The Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Dun & Bradstreet number is 00-691-3404. We’re happy to discuss other credit rating information with you in more detail as part of our presentation. We are providing our Florida Qualified Public Depository status in the Appendix, Tab B. s. Total of all deposits for the following areas: i. City of Clearwater $750.2 million ii. Pinellas County $3.5 billion iii. Tampa Bay metro area $11.1 billion t. Summary of your firm’s financial strengths and revenue trends. Our year-end key performance measures are detailed as follows: 16 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Key performance measure 2012 2013 2014 Total assets $1.4 trillion $1.5 trillion $1.7 trillion Net income $18.9 billion $21.9 billion $23.1 billion ROA 1.41% 1.51% 1.45% ROE 12.95% 13.87% 13.41% Equity/assets 11.17% 11.20% 10.98%* *The 2014 full year-end equity/assets percentage is not available. The fourth quarter is data current as of December 31, 2014. To review the full Wells Fargo & Company Annual Report, please use the following link: wellsfargo.com/invest_relations/annual. u. Include a historical financial industry ranking and verification of your firm’s current status of acceptable industry ranking (e.g. Standard & Poor’s, Dunn & Bradstreet) covering all applicable affiliations and entities associated. Wells Fargo subscribes to Fitch, Moody’s, Standard & Poor’s, and DBRS ratings agencies. We have one of the highest debt ratings of any financial services company, as shown in the following table.* Wells Fargo & Company Fitch Ratings Moody’s Standard & Poor’s DBRS Long-term Issuer Rating AA- A2 A+ AA Short-term Issuer Rating F1+ P-1 A-1 R-1 (middle) Senior Unsecured AA- A2 A+ AA Subordinated A+ A3 A AA (low) Preferred Stock BBB Baa2 BBB A Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Fitch Ratings Moody’s Standard & Poor’s DBRS Long-term Issuer Rating AA Aa2 AA- AA (high) Short-term Issuer Rating F1+ P-1 A-1+ R-1 (high) Bank Deposits AA+ Aa1 AA- AA (high) Senior Unsecured AA Aa2 AA- AA (high) Subordinated A+ Aa3 A+ AA *The information provided is found on our Investor Relations site (wellsfargo.com/invest_relations/debt) and is provided for informational purposes only. We do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of information on or available through this site, and we are not responsible for inaccuracies or omissions in that information or for actions taken in reliance on that information. Please read Legal Disclaimers (wellsfargo.com/invest_relations/legal/) before using or relying on information on or available through this site. Potential investors in our securities should seek professional advice before they invest. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.17 18 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Section B – References Offerors should provide a minimum of six (6) references, three (3) current and three (3) former government clients, for whom similar services have been provided within the last three (3) years. Information provided shall include: a.Client name b.Location – City/State c.Types of services provided d.Length of services – starting & ending dates e.Client contact name and telephone number Based on our current understanding of your needs, and the requirements of the RFP, we have chosen references with services that most closely resemble the setup we have proposed for the City. Contact information for these references is listed in the table below. Current Government client references References Claretha Harris Chief Deputy Director, Finance Division Pinellas County Clerk’s Office Company name 727-464-8300 clharris@pinellascounty.org 14 S. Fort Harrison Ave, 3rd Floor, Clearwater, FL 33756 Client account manager Vicki Parker 813-225-4432 The Pinellas County (Board and Clerk) relationship uses a wide variety of treasury management services including: Information reporting Cash vault Banking stores Wire and ACH origination ACH fraud filter services Positive pay Account reconciliation They have had a relationship with the bank for more than 20 years. Mary Perez Chief Accountant Polk County Clerk 863-534-6598 maryperez@polk-county.net 330 West Church Street, 3rd Floor Bartow, FL 33830 Client account manager Vicki Parker 813-225-4432 Polk County Board utilizes a full array of treasury management services including: E-Box® (electronic lockbox) Cash vault Information reporting Wire and ACH origination ACH fraud filter services Positive pay Account reconciliation They have had a relationship with the bank since 2014. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.19 References Steve Farber Deputy Tax Collector – Budget and Finance Pinellas County Tax Collector 727-464-3064 sfarber@taxcollect.com 315 Court Street, 3rd Floor Clearwater FL 33756 Client account manager Vicki Parker 813-225-4432 Pinellas County Tax Collector utilizes a full array of treasury management services including:  E-Box (electronic lockbox)  Cash vault  Information reporting  Wire and ACH origination  ACH fraud filter services  Positive pay  Account reconciliation They have had a relationship with the bank since 2003. Former Government Client References References Ruth Teate Director of Finance and Accounting Polk County Tax Collector 863-534-4718 RuthTeate@polktaxes.com 430 E. Main Street Bartow, FL 33831 Kelly Strickland Deputy Finance Director City of Sarasota 941-954-4185 kelly.strickland@sarasotagov.com 1565 1st Street Sarasota FL 34236 Brenda Chestnutt Chief Financial Officer Escambia County Tax Collector 850-438-6500 ext. 240 Brenda_chestnutt@co.escambia.fl.us P.O. Box 1312 Pensacola, FL 32501 20 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Section C – Proposal Provide an analysis of your management philosophy, practices, and techniques including your firm’s strengths and weaknesses. Include a description of your operational activities to include the following: a.An introductory overview of your firm’s corporate management philosophy, vision, strengths, and weaknesses. Our vision: We want to satisfy all our customers’ financial needs and help them succeed financially. Our five strategic priorities are based on our vision, and provide the foundation for everything we do: Putting the customer first Growing revenue Reducing expenses Living our Vision and Values Connection with communities At Wells Fargo, our vision and values remind us that an outstanding reputation has to be earned over time by ethical, customer-centered behavior. We value what’s right for our customers in everything we do, because what’s good for our customers is good for our reputation. Ethics is the foundation for how we are perceived as a socially responsible company. Wells Fargo wants to go beyond what the law and industry standards require. We monitor and refine our business practices to help ensure all team members are performing ethically and with integrity. All team members must annually certify (through an online exam) that they will comply with the Wells Fargo Code of Ethics and Business Conduct policy. Exam questions are scenario-based, and answers are plausible, multiple-choice that require team members to consider situational variables in determining the correct answer; wrong answers prompt explanations and instruction. Team members are required to continue with the exam until they answer all questions correctly. Team members who violate any provision of the Wells Fargo Code of Ethics and Business Conduct policy are subject to corrective action, which may include termination of employment. In addition to the Code of Ethics and Business Conduct policy, Wells Fargo maintains a Conflicts of Interest policy to provide standards for managing conflicts of interest that may financially harm a customer or create reputation risk for Wells Fargo. b.Include a summary of your firm’s outlook related to long term viability. As a company sets its sights on the future, the right culture is essential. It keeps its team members connected to the company’s reason for being. At Wells Fargo, we strike that balance by focusing on six strategic priorities we believe we must Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.21 master each day we board the stagecoach. These priorities receive our attention because they allow us to devote talent and resources to efforts focused on our future, initiatives that we believe are vital to continuing the success we have enjoyed in the post-financial crisis era. Our six day-to-day strategic priorities are:  Putting customers first. Our business is built around an unwavering focus on customers. Our people provide products and services to meet customer needs through multiple, convenient ways that add up to high-quality, caring relationships and guidance.  Growing revenue. Revenue is the grade our customers give us each day when they reward us with their business. When we serve customers well, the money we earn is the result. We generate revenue from more than 90 businesses, which provide diverse sources of income through economic cycles.  Managing expenses. We focus on operating efficiently by thoughtfully managing our resources and exercising discipline to invest in the areas that matter most to our customers and stakeholders. In 2014, our efficiency ratio (how much expense we incur for every dollar of revenue we earn) was 58.1 percent for the full year, within our target range of 55 to 59 percent, and industry-leading among our large bank peers.  Living our vision and values. We seek to bring our vision and values to life in all that we do, demonstrating who we are through our actions.  Connecting with communities and stakeholders. We believe there’s a connection between our success and the success of our key stakeholders — customers, communities, investors, and team members. These are relationships we nurture each day.  Managing risk. Strong risk management has been a cornerstone of our long- term success, so we continue to invest significantly in this area. With these priorities well understood, we are able to devote additional talents and resources to four areas that we believe are critical to Wells Fargo’s future: creating exceptional customer experiences, digitizing the enterprise, making diversity and inclusion part of our DNA, and leading the way in risk and operational excellence. c. Provide details regarding your firm’s approach to relationship management. The Government & Institutional Banking group at Wells Fargo is a team of seasoned professionals dedicated exclusively to serving the unique banking needs of the public sector. We draw on the bank’s vast resources to deliver industry leading banking services and we are committed to serving our government entities, their employees, and the communities in which they live, through a complete range of products and personalized service. Wells Fargo has a large presence in the State of Florida in the government banking sector and the largest share of Public Deposits (per the February 2016 Bureau of Collateral Management Data Report). The City will have an entire team dedicated to assisting and consulting with you on all aspects of your banking relationship. This team is dedicated to providing consultative, analytical, and qualitative service — your needs are our first priority. 22 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Our relationship-focused approach to our diversified set of products and services ensures you have solutions that are right for you — at the right time. We are your advocate, and our goal is to exceed your expectations and establish an interactive relationship. d. Provide specifics on your approach and success rates in commercial account retention and maintenance to include the following: i. Reporting Wells Fargo Treasury Management puts our customers at the center of every decision we make. We keep these key points in mind as we enhance our services:  Focus on the customer  Stay current with technology  Keep things simple  Make them easy to implement  Help customers keep pace globally The City needs to operate efficiently and electronically and do more with less while keeping up with technology. We develop and deliver products that help you succeed and make it easy for you to do business with us. Through ongoing conversations, we hear what customers want from their treasury services — and how they want to use and access them. Advisory councils and ethnography studies help us gather feedback that shapes our existing and future products. Many organizations have growing global needs. To keep pace with our customers’ international business, we work to ensure that our products and services support their international customers or vendors or in-country operations. There are approximately 100,000 active company IDs and approximately 700,000 active users that access our single sign-on portal. ii. Statements Reporting and statements Wells Fargo measures performance for all of our treasury management services, including information reporting. We ensure availability and ease of use by constantly monitoring the CEO portal on a real-time basis. We track all performance information internally. The following table shows our last three quarterly performance levels. Availability Standard Q3 2014 average Q4 2014 average Q1 2015 average CEO portal 99.70% 99.95% 99.98% 99.98% In order to ensure that our services meet expectations, we review all results with senior management on a monthly or quarterly basis. Wells Fargo scored “A+” grades for timeliness of reporting and overall features and capabilities in the 2015 Phoenix-Hecht Middle Market and Large Corporate indices. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.23 iii. Investment of funds Sweep investment We monitor the Fed Funds Target and Fed Funds Effective rates on a daily basis; we use these benchmark indices to set the rates. Our sweep rates typically track very closely to the Fed rates. We also monitor market rates each month to ensure we remain competitive. The following table lists our last three performance levels. Benchmark and sweep option rates Benchmark rate March 2015 April 2015 May 2015 Fed Funds Target 0.25% 0.25% 0.25% Fed Funds Effective 0.11% 0.13% 0.13% Sweep option rate Preferred 0.08% 0.08% 0.08% Repurchase Agreement 0.01% 0.01% 0.01% iv. Wire transfers We track and internally publish performance measures monthly for review by senior management. Operations managers must explain in detail any failure to meet a standard, including when and how they plan to improve performance. The following table summarizes recent performance results. Wire transfer critical quality indicator January 2014 February 2014 March 2014 Total number of wire transfers processed 2,566,493 2,296,967 2,556,997 Errors per 10,000 payments The number of wire errors per 10,000 incoming and outgoing fed, clearinghouse, and book transfer volumes 0.0273 0.0827 0.0860 Wire payments accuracy The percentage of incoming and outgoing fed, clearinghouse, and book transfers that were processed accurately 99.9997 99.9992 99.9991 e. Overview with background information for the staff at your primary servicing location for the City’s account that will provide services, summarizing their tenure with the firm, years of industry experience, and education/training. Please see Section A, question l. for City’s relationship team bios. Your relationship manager and treasury management sales consultant are part of the Government & Institutional Banking group, a team of seasoned professionals dedicated exclusively to serving the unique banking needs of the public sector. 24 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. We are committed to serving our government entities — and their employees and the communities in which they live — through a complete range of products and personalized service. Your treasury management sales consultant and your relationship manager will primarily handle the City’s overall relationship. The City will also be assigned a dedicated client service officer who is the primary go to person to resolve your service issues on a day to day basis. We base the number of customers a client service officer supports on the complexity of his or her portfolio, the number of inquiries he or she handles, and the capacity of the individual. A trained backup service officer with knowledge of the City’s needs is also readily available. Client service officers can engage the team lead, division manager, line-of- business leader, or national client service manager for assistance on customer issues. They can also engage technical services and key product and operational partners on behalf of the customer. We encourage our client service officers to use the chain of command to assist with escalations. Additionally, we proactively look for issues that could potentially escalate by reviewing our ability to meet customer commitments, timely resolutions, and repeat issues. f. Overview of your firm’s experience, processes, related services, and capacity in the following areas: i. Depository services. Deposit services Wells Fargo has been processing cash deposits for retailers since 1852. We offer several other deposit services, as shown in the table below. Service Experience Cash vault More than 25 years Night depository More than 50 years ATM Envelope ATM Envelope-FreeSM ATM 1977 2006 Remote cash capture 2009 Remote deposit 2004 Lockbox services We have been offering lockbox services continuously since 1948. Wells Fargo is one of the largest and most established providers of lockbox services in the nation. You can make deposits — and perform other banking transactions — through a variety of convenient methods. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.25 Banking store If your daily cash deposits are less than $10,000 and you deposit fewer than 250 checks, you can make over-the-counter deposits. When you present deposits to tellers in secure plastic, tamper-evident, dual- pouch bags, they will remove checks and deposit tickets, then provide receipts for the amounts shown. You don’t have to wait. We verify the cash, either at the banking store or at one of our cash vaults, after you leave. Or — if you’d rather have immediate confirmation — tellers will count and verify deposits in your presence. You will set up your preference at implementation. You receive next-day credit for checks, provided you make your deposit prior to the disclosed cutoff time. Cash deposits receive same-day credit regardless of your deposit time. In addition to making deposits, you can place cash orders of up to $3,000 cash and $500 in coin per day. There is a limit of three orders per week. Your treasury management sales consultant can work with you to find an alternative solution if your cash orders exceed these limits. Most of our full-service banking stores have a convenient night depository for commercial customers. After we set up the City’s accounts, your authorized personnel will receive access keys. You must make deposits in secure plastic, tamper-evident, dual-pouch bags. We process them at the banking store and verify the cash later, either in the banking store or at a nearby Wells Fargo cash vault. Audit controls are in place to ensure that we count and verify your deposit accurately. You receive next-day credit for checks, provided you make your deposit prior to the disclosed cutoff time. Cash vault (by armored carrier) We understand the City currently has some deposits delivered via armored courier to a local branch and per addendum #1, question #20 it would be acceptable for armored courier deliveries to be made to the bank vault as an alternative to the local branch. We are pleased to share with the City we maintain a cash vault in St. Petersburg, Florida and armored courier companies are familiar with it and its location so we would recommend armored courier deposits to be delivered directly to our vault. You must make deposits in secure plastic, tamper-evident, dual-pouch bags. You can make deposits at any of the vaults located in our nationwide network. You can also place coin and currency orders — as well as order supplies — to ensure you have sufficient coin and currency on hand to support your daily operations. The same-day deposit cutoff time at our proposed Tampa/St. Petersburg cash vault site is 4:00 p.m. ET for cash only deposits. A deadline of 3:00 pm ET applies to split deposits (cash and checks on separate deposit slips), and mixed deposits (cash and checks on the same deposit slip. 26 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Remote cash capture (smart safe) You receive provisional daily credits to your bank account without the cost of daily armored car pickups, and you may accelerate cash flow by one to two days. In each of your chosen locations, an approved vendor installs a safe equipped with bill validating and counterfeit detection technology. Safes accept deposits, provide counts of all deposits, and transmit deposit information to Wells Fargo. You receive credit for deposits the next business day. If you have the flexibility to end your business day early, we may be able to credit your account on the same business day. We will work with you to determine if you meet the criteria for same-day credit. To facilitate reconciliation, you can view transaction information through standard Wells Fargo reporting channels. Remote capture safes hold cash until an armored carrier (we partner with Brinks, Loomis, and Garda) picks it up and delivers it safely to their cash vault. These carriers also deliver coin and currency to locations, and maintain and repair the safes. Additional information and pricing on this alternative can be provided upon request. Remote deposit We understand that The City currently uses Remote Deposit at its main Finance office in the 100 Myrtle St. location. The City also indicated that there are approximately 430 deposits made annually to banking centers by City employees. You can save time and money by depositing checks into your Wells Fargo account electronically, and eliminate the need for your employees to physically take deposits to the bank. An extended deposit deadline of 10:00 p.m. ET for same- day ledger credit means faster notice of returned items. Using a desktop scanner, you simply scan checks and create digital images of the checks. You then review and transmit the images to Wells Fargo through our online banking service. There are no restrictions on check eligibility; you can scan all checks drawn on U.S. banks. Wells Fargo will provide a supply credit of $5,000 if awarded the contract. The City may choose to use this to purchase additional scanners for locations not presently using the service. Mobile You can capture check images and deposit funds to your account using the camera of an iPhone or iPad1, or an Android2. This lets mobile users, such as field offices and route drivers, accept checks from customers and deposit3 them immediately. 1Requires an iPhone or iPad, running iOS version 6.1 or above. 2Requires an Android OS 4.0 or higher when downloaded from Google Play. 3One check per deposit. ATM You can make business deposits at most Wells Fargo ATMs 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. You receive next-day credit for checks, provided you make your deposit prior to the disclosed cutoff time. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.27 To help protect your account against fraud, the ATM card only permits deposits to your account, and account balances are not included on deposit receipts or shown on the ATM screen. You can’t make withdrawals, transfers, or balance inquiries. ii. Electronic funds transfer. Wells Fargo has provided customers with electronic payment transfer services since 1852. We also participate in Fedwire. Fedwire is a real-time gross settlement funds transfer system operated by the United States Federal Reserve Banks that enables financial institutions to electronically transfer funds between its more than 9,200 participants. Wells Fargo wire initiation methods Online and mobile The City can sign on to our portal to initiate repetitive or free-form domestic and international wires online. Using our mobile service, you can initiate repetitive wires.* *Our mobile service only allows initiation of repetitive wires, and not free-form wires. Consolidated payables You can send one file with multiple payment types (including wire transfers, ACH payments, and checks) and remittance information directly from your treasury workstation or your enterprise resource planning (ERP), accounts payable, or other internal system with our Payment Manager® service. We accept most file formats and offer several file transmission protocols, as well as an option to upload your file online. Telephone Users will call a single toll-free number and provide an account number, personal identification number (PIN), and voiceprint; these are validated through a voice response unit (VRU). Repetitive wires set up on our system are completed through the VRU. To complete a free-form wire, the user is transferred to a team member in the Wells Fargo Wire Transfer department. Automatic standing transfer order To set up a standing repetitive wire transfer, you will tell us the criteria that our system will use to determine the amount to send. You will also specify initiation dates and times, on which we will automatically send the transfers. In-person You can go to any Wells Fargo store to initiate a wire; however, you must have signing authority on the account. Online foreign exchange Manage your foreign exchange transactions and reporting with our online foreign exchange service 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. This service combines the advantages of our competitive foreign exchange rates with the convenience of sending payments throughout the world over the internet. 28 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. SWIFT If the City is a member of the SWIFT network, you can submit wire payment instructions through it for processing. If the City is not a member, we’d be happy to show you how to join SWIFT’s user group or you can join a user group set up and managed by Wells Fargo. iii. Direct access for customers to account information. Wells Fargo began offering information reporting services in 1988. In 2000, we began offering them over the internet through our CEO Treasury Information Reporting service. We update our information reporting services to continually exceed customer expectations. Typically, we do this on an annual basis, and sometimes quarterly. We will communicate with you in advance about any changes that will affect your services. Our Treasury Information Reporting service delivers online, customizable information reporting for all your account activity. With a single sign-on, you can view, print, or download your balances and transactions — and view check images on select reports — for review in minutes. You can choose from a number of standard reports that provide current and previous day information, including comprehensive balance, summary, and transaction detail, as well as reports on specific transaction types. Reports can be downloaded as needed into your accounting, treasury workstation, or spreadsheet applications. Download and viewing options vary by report, but can include BAI V2, CSV, Excel, HTML, and PDF. After Wells Fargo creates a company profile for the City and user profiles for your company administrators, the administrators can create user IDs and assign privileges using our online administration service. You will determine who has access to each online service and to which features of each service. You will also set dollar limits for users authorized to perform monetary transactions. iv. General internet capabilities Designed as a one-stop shop for access to banking services, the CEO portal also provides the City access to the following services: Services available through the CEO portal Treasury Management ACH Deletes & Reversals Online ACH Fraud Filter ACH Inquiry ACH Payments ARP Register Maintenance Basic Banking Cash Vault Deposit Maintenance Desktop Deposit® Document Retrieval E-Box Decisioning International Services Canadian Treasury Services Foreign Exchange Trade Services Online TradeXchange: Export Services TradeXchange: Import Services TradeXchange: MIS and Images Credit, Loan, and Finance Asset Based Lending Business Credit Services Credit Management Fed Funds Online Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.29 Services available through the CEO portal Electronic Document Delivery Event Messaging Healthcare Claims Payments Healthcare Supplier Payments Image Positive Pay International ACH Payments Lockbox Payment and Delivery Preferences Payment Manager Payment Manager File Validation Tool Retail Lockbox Image Archive Returned Item services Reverse Positive Pay SAFE Transmission Self Administration Statements & Notices Stops-Images-Search Sweep Statements and Confirmations Wells Fargo Business Online Banking WellsTax® payments Wire Transfer Prepaid Card Services Paycard Prepaid Card Wells Fargo® Visa® Gift Card Health Benefit Services Health Benefit Services Purchasing Commercial Card Expense Reporting Global Fed Funds Interest Rate Management Loan Document Templates Mortgage Information Reporting Receivables Financing Supply Chain Finance Warehouse Lending Finance WFBCI Customer Reporting Trust and Investment* Fed Funds Institutional Investing: Reporting Institutional Investing: Trading Market Linked Investment Offerings Mutual Fund Reporting Mutual Fund Trading Prime Services Retirement Plan Payments Retirement Professionals Workstation Retirement Solutions Securities Lending Reporting Security Valuations Trust Analytics Trust Information Delivery Trust Portfolio Reporting Trust Transaction Management Wells Capital Management Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Wells Fargo Securities – Fixed Income Sales Shareowner Services Shareowner Client Connect *Investment products are not FDIC-insured, are not deposits of or guaranteed by the bank, and may lose value. Deposit and credit products are offered by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Member FDIC. You can initiate a full range of transactions, including domestic and international ACH, domestic and international wire transfers, stop payments, foreign exchange, trade, credit, and trust transactions. v. Internet access for third party payment of bills. We have offered our E-Box service since 1999. We currently have more than 700 customers using our service. The City can use our E-Box service to accept utility bill payments originated through online bill payment services. Online bill payments are a convenient, simple, and paperless way for your customers to pay you. The multistep validation and handling features of our E- Box service help minimize exceptions while maximizing your straight-through processing rate. You can post payments automatically. We will merge your customer’s online bill payment data, apply additional data transformations, and generate a consolidated data file that is compatible with your accounts receivable system via our receivables manager solution. 30 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Our service accepts payments from many bill service providers, as well as from consumer credit counseling centers and walk-in bill payment providers. vi. ACH transfers. Wells Fargo has offered ACH services since 1973. We have been involved with ACH since the development of the Special Committee on Paperless Entries (SCOPE), which was formed in 1969 to develop an electronic payment alternative to checks. Through our involvement in NACHA payment councils, our development of new ACH applications, and our participation in NACHA pilots, we have played a leading role in the evolution of the ACH industry. In 1995, Wells Fargo was the first U.S. bank to offer ACH payments to beneficiaries outside the United States. Wells Fargo offers several ACH transaction initiation methods, including our direct origination service, a consolidated payables transmission, and the internet. vii. Electronic funds transfers. Wells Fargo has provided customers with electronic payment transfer services since 1852. We also participate in Fedwire; Fedwire is a real-time gross settlement funds transfer system operated by the United States Federal Reserve Banks that enables financial institutions to electronically transfer funds between its more than 9,200 participants. The City can choose from multiple options for electronic payment (ACH and wire) origination. ACH origination methods The City can select from several ACH transaction initiation methods, including direct origination, consolidated payables transmission, and online. Wire transfer origination methods The City can select from several wire transfer initiation methods, including online or mobile, consolidated payables, phone, automatic standing transfer, in-person, or through SWIFT. viii. Stop payment activities. You have two options to submit stop payment orders: online through Stops- Images-Search or by electronic transmission (where you will include information in your ARP issue file). With both methods, you can send stop payment requests 24 hours a day, 7 days a week — we will process them in real time. You can make a request as late as 9:00 p.m. ET and still receive same-day posting. Online The system automatically reviews the previous 180 days and intraday teller- cashed activity to determine whether a requested check has paid. You can place stop payments on a maximum of 20 checks at one time. To place a stop payment on more than 20 checks at one time, you will contact Treasury Management Client Services for assistance. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.31 By transmission The system automatically reviews the previous 90 days and intraday teller-cashed activity to determine whether a requested check has paid. Effective period Stop payments remain in effect for six months. You can individually renew a stop payment on an as-needed basis through our online system or choose to use our renewal option. The renewal option lets you:  Extend a stop payment for up to an additional six years (in 12-month increments)  Predetermine a dollar threshold for automatic stop payment renewal  Limit the number of times a stop payment is automatically renewed ix. File Transfer Protocol (FTP) services. You can choose from a variety of communication protocols for file delivery, including multiple internet options. We provide details on each option in the tables that follow. We will work with you during the implementation process to help you determine which method is best for your needs. Internet protocols Our internet protocol transmission methods offer you secure and efficient ways to exchange data. CEO portal application folder access You can send your transmission through our CEO portal, where you can access all of your online applications. Protocol Security and encryption Added features HTTPS browser  Multi-factor authentication  User ID and password  RSA SecurID token  128-bit SSL encryption  Easily manage user access to files with our online user management tool  Issue and renew digital certificates Wells Fargo direct transmission URL access With our automated transmissions protocol options, you can:  Schedule sessions to connect automatically to send or receive files  Automatically receive outbound files from Wells Fargo as they become available The following table lists encryption requirements for FTP-transmitted files. FTP method Encryption Authentication FTP/S Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) User ID, password, digital certificate S-FTP Secure Shell (SSH) User ID and key User ID and password FTP with PGP PGP encryption User ID and password 32 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. g. Include information regarding your firm’s quality standards and achievements as they relate to processing of checks, deposits, and electronic transactions. Quality is one of our primary concerns. We have implemented a multipoint plan to ensure our treasury management services deliver the consistent quality our customers require. Our quality review committee is comprised of key representatives from Operations and Treasury Management, and meets regularly to review the performance of each operating area. If a performance measure does not meet minimum standards, we review it in detail and implement corrective measures. We set operational performance measures for functions throughout the bank based on industry standards and benchmarking. Some of these measures mirror those of BAI standards. Others are internal to Wells Fargo and represent measures we feel are relevant to the success of our product delivery. We log every performance issue into our tracking systems, regardless of whether the issue is raised by our Treasury Management Client Services unit or an operational area. Centralized tracking and resolution When a problem is identified, providing a prompt resolution is important, and so is identifying the root cause. By identifying the root cause — whether it’s procedural, personnel-related, or technology-driven — we are able to implement a resolution that helps prevent the same problem from happening again. We strive to continuously improve our quality management process and the level of service we provide. Award-winning quality Our commitment to continued quality improvement offers real, quantifiable results. We earned an A+ grade for customer service in the 2016 Phoenix-Hecht Large Corporate Quality Index Report. We have included a copy of the 2016 Phoenix-Hecht Quality Index report for Wells Fargo in the Appendix, Tab F. Additionally, we were recognized by the International Customer Management Institute for Best Large Call Center of the Year for 2013, and received the 2014 International Service Excellence Contact Center of the Year award. Customer input Since 2004, Wells Fargo has managed a formal Customer Advisory Council. This group is comprised of about 70 current customers and 650 alumni members from multiple industries and geographic regions that help us candidly assess our products and services, and the methods by which we deliver them. Council members have opportunities to participate in product pilots, usability studies, and focus groups. Their feedback ensures our customers have input to both our product development efforts, and our delivery and communication methods. We hear our customers’ challenges, pain points, initiatives, and goals, and then review the results quarterly with our senior management to assess and prioritize our product initiatives. To date, more than 60% of our customer feedback has resulted in new products or product enhancements. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.33 Depository The only way to ensure that a bank is performing to expectations is to measure actual performance. We track performance on a monthly basis and publish the results internally. Over time, our operating units have consistently maintained high performance standards. The performance metrics we track for cash vault services are included in the following table. It shows our last three performance levels and our year-to-date results for 2013; it illustrates the consistency of our performance over time. Cash vault quality statistics Service March 2015 April 2015 May 2015 Year-to-date 2015 Accuracy of deposit processing 99.999% 99.996% 99.999% 99.999% Deposit credits on time 99.999% 99.999% 99.999% 99.999% Accuracy of order processing 99.999% 99.999% 99.999% 99.999% Orders processed on time 99.999% 99.999% 99.999% 99.999% . Electronic transactions We track and internally publish performance measures monthly for review by senior management. The performance metrics we track for ACH services are included in the following table. We have included our average year-to-date results for 2015 and our last three monthly performance levels to show the consistency of our performance over time. Performance measure 2015 average Feb 2015 Mar 2015 Apr 2015 ACH files processed without error 100% 100% 100% 100% ACH files distributed on time 100% 100% 100% 100% ACH files distributed from ACH Operators on time 100% 100% 100% 100% Calls answered within 25 seconds 94.34% 93.90% 93.46% 94.57% Customer calls captured before customer hangs up 98.88% 98.95% 98.77% 98.94% The average uptime of our wire transfer system year-to-date is 100% between the hours of 6:00 a.m. and 6:30 p.m. ET. The following table summarizes recent wire transfer performance results. Wire transfer critical quality indicator January 2014 February 2014 March 2014 Total number of wire transfers processed 2,566,493 2,296,967 2,556,997 34 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Wire transfer critical quality indicator January 2014 February 2014 March 2014 Errors per 10,000 payments The number of wire errors per 10,000 incoming and outgoing fed, clearinghouse, and book transfer volumes 0.0273 0.0827 0.0860 Wire payments accuracy The percentage of incoming and outgoing fed, clearinghouse, and book transfers that were processed accurately 99.9997 99.9992 99.9991 h. Describe the protective online security measures your firm utilizes to protect customers from identity theft and guard against unauthorized access to their private information. Our single sign-on portal uses the following access and information protection security features: Authentication The system requires multiple sign on identifiers, including:  Company ID, user ID, and password  Strong or two-factor authentication for all online payment and administration services Account lockout The system will lock out a user account when there are invalid password attempts. If an account becomes locked, the user must contact the City’s company administrator or a Treasury Management Client Services representative to reissue and reset the password. Timed log off The online sessions are timed and monitored so that the system automatically logs users out when there are periods of inactivity. This reduces the risk of others accessing information from your unattended computers. Access control You determine who can access protected resources, and which resources are available for access. Wells Fargo can set up entitlements for each user, or, using our online administration service, your administrators can create user IDs and assign privileges. Dual custody To reduce your fraud risk, Wells Fargo requires dual custody (separate users to initiate and approve) to release online payment transactions and for any administration services related to transaction-based services. Dual custody is an industry standard and best practice that helps protect against fraud attempts that could originate inside or outside your company. For maximum effectiveness, dual custody should involve two users on different computers or mobile devices. You can choose to add dual custody to other online features such as user setup and password resets. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.35 Encryption Our system conducts user logins and all session activities using 128-bit encryption. During login or when upgrading to use two-factor authentication, the system masks passwords and token pass codes for security reasons. Additionally, the system stores all passwords using one-way hashing. Audit controls We internally log and monitor customer events that occur on our online system. Event logs provide information about user activities such as login, user profile updates, and transactional activity. These logs also identify the user, date and time of event, and other information relevant to the activity performed. i. Provide a list of corporate contributions to charitable organizations your firm has made in the Tampa Bay metropolitan area in the past three years to include the contribution value and name of the receiving organization. Wells Fargo is proud of our Community Support in the Tampa Bay area. Unfortunately, we do not disclose details of direct Foundation or Bank Grants. We have provided below the data for the most recent year available and highlighted a few of the organizations we support in our Cover Letter. Philanthropic investing and team volunteering1 – Tampa Bay  $1,634,800 through corporate and foundation giving  $452,665 in contributions through the annual Team Member Community Support and United Way Campaign  $58,410 in matching team member gifts  13,703 volunteer hours 112 month company data as of 12/31/14 j. List any current endeavors by your firm that demonstrate your corporate citizenship in Clearwater to include charitable contributions and philanthropic activities within the past 12 months. Philanthropic investing and team volunteering1 – City of Clearwater  $133,000 through corporate and foundation giving  $122,239 in contributions through the annual Team Member Community Support and United Way Campaign  $6,282 in matching team member gifts  950 volunteer hours 112 month company data as of 12/31/14 Philanthropic investing and team volunteering1 – Pinellas County  $357,500 through corporate and foundation giving  $197,106 in contributions through the annual Team Member Community Support and United Way Campaign  $19,461 in matching team member gifts  3,169 volunteer hours 112 month company data as of 12/31/14 36 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Additional information about Wells Fargo’s commitment to the City of Clearwater and the greater Tampa Bay region is provided in the Appendix, Tab C. Green initiatives Wells Fargo has provided more than $11.7 billion in financing to environmentally beneficial businesses. This includes more than $3.8 billion to support wind and solar energy projects nationwide and more than $5.8 billion to support the development of Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) certified green buildings. Stewardship Our comprehensive environmental commitment includes policies, programs, and pledges in conserving resources as well as protecting our environment, with the goal of being responsible environmental stewards in every community where we do business. That means we must integrate environmental responsibility and thoughtfulness into our business practices, operations, and culture. We received the U.S. Building Council’s 2011 Leadership Award for environmentally responsible building design, construction, and operation. Since 2008, we have reduced our greenhouse emissions by 12%. We aim to meet these performance goals by 2020:  40% increase in energy efficiency  65% waste diversion rate  35% reduction in absolute greenhouse gas emission below 2008 levels  35% of building achieve LEED certification In our culture Wells Fargo and our team members strive to make a difference in the communities where we live and work. Wells Fargo Green Teams help drive sustainability within the organization. Volunteering through nonprofit housing organizations that construct and rehab low-to moderate-income housing, team members have worked on homes that meet local or national environmental building standards. In addition, we support nonprofit organizations that focus on renewable energy, greener buildings, or sustainable agriculture. We have more than 70 Green Teams, representing thousands of team members across the country. These team members voluntarily dedicate time to work on environmental opportunities in their buildings, among their teams, and in their communities. We provide grant-giving budgets to our Green Teams to help them make a difference in their communities. Additional information is found by visiting the website below. We have also included an overview of our investments in sustainable communities in the Appendix, Tab D. https://www.wellsfargo.com/about/csr/ea/ Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.37 k. Earnings Credit Rate i. Provide your firm’s Earnings Credit Rate (ECR) for calendar 2015 to include the ECR for each month and the average ERC for the year. Our standard Earnings Credit Rate (ECR) for 2015 was 25 basis points. We are pleased to offer the City an exception rate to standard by utilizing a floor rate of forty (40) basis points. We recommend that the City utilize our Government Advantage Interest Checking Account. This account combines an ECR with the ability to earn interest on any excess balances. The account will carry an ECR of 40 basis points to offset service charges. Any excess balances will earn interest at an initial floor rate of 20 basis points. Periodically, Wells Fargo adjusts rates on its interest bearing accounts with movements in Fed Funds. ii. If the ECR is based on an index, identify the index and the calculation of the ECR. The ECR is set internally on a monthly basis at our discretion and may be adjusted during the month to react to market changes. In no instance will it be less than 40 basis points. The ECR is calculated after evaluating a combination of factors, including the 91- Day Treasury Bill rate, the Fed Funds rate, sweep rates, and other market indicators. Earnings credit is calculated using the following formula: (average positive collected balance) × (number of calendar days in the month) × (ECR) ÷ actual number of days in the year iii. Provide the formula used by your bank to calculate a compensating balance requirement. Balances required to offset $1.00 in service charges is the number of actual days in year, divided by total of ECR rate, times day of month. iv. Using the average ECR for calendar 2015 and a fixed cost of $100, please provide the mathematical formula used by your firm to calculate the compensating balance requirement. $100 / ([0.25% / 365 days] x 31 days) = $470,967.74 estimate balances required to compensate for $100 in services. Note that Wells Fargo’s proposed ECR is a floor of 40 basis points which will require lower average balances to offset service charges. l. Provide details of when outgoing wires are received by the close of business at the wire destination and the latest time of day or times of day when your firm can receive wiring instructions from the City. Payment confirmation For all wire origination channels, Wells Fargo provides payment confirmation information, including internal bank and Federal Reserve reference numbers, through our online Wire Transfer Detail and Intraday Composite reports. Both reports provide real-time information about outgoing wire transfers. If you initiate wires online, the Wire Transfer Activity Detail report shows all processed wires and includes our internal confirmation or sequence number, and 38 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. the Federal Reserve settlement network number that the Fedwire settlement network assigns upon receipt of the wire. If you send wires in a consolidated payables file, you can receive an optional detailed confirmation of your payment instructions by transmission or secure email, or both. The notification includes our internal confirmation or sequence number and the Federal Reserve reference number. Status tracking If you initiate wires online, you can track their status through the Summary Wire Transfer Activity and Detail Wire Transfer Activity reports. These intraday reports show the status of a wire in real-time at all stages from initiation to approval, and release. In addition, you can receive optional notifications* about wire activity completed through our online wire transfer service. You can choose to receive notifications of the following activities by email, fax, or text message – or all three):  Rejected wires  Wires requiring approval  Successfully and unsuccessfully processed wires *Additional fees may apply. You can define the frequency of the notifications (immediately, once per hour, once every two hours, once daily, or twice daily) and the level of importance for each one — critical or noncritical. We send critical notifications immediately and noncritical notifications according to the frequency you select. Cutoff times The following table includes the opening times and cutoff times — by transfer type — for same-day execution of initiated wires. The same times apply for all of our wire transfer initiation methods, including the internet, mobile service, file transmission, and telephone service. Wire type Opening time (ET) Cutoff time (ET) Fedwire intra-district 8:00 a.m. 5:30 p.m. Fedwire inter-district 8:00 a.m. 5:30 p.m. Drawdown request 8:00 a.m. 5:30 p.m. International SWIFT 8:00 a.m. 5:30 p.m. Federal tax payments 8:00 a.m. 4:30 p.m. Book transfer/internal 8:00 a.m. 8:00 p.m. m. Provide the latest daily time that deposits will be accepted at the operations center and branches for same day credit. Our cutoff times vary based on where you make your deposit. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.39 Night depository, banking store, and ATM Our deposit deadlines for same-day ledger credit vary by location and, at each location, the deadlines for night depository, banking store, and ATM deposits may vary. You receive same-day credit for cash deposits, and next-day credit for check deposits made prior to the deadline. You receive credit the next business day for deposits you make after the deadline, on weekends, and on Federal holidays. Deadlines are the same regardless of when we verify your deposit; and, with the exception of cash deposits made at banking stores, they are also the same for deposits that contain cash, checks, or both cash and checks. Cash deposits you make at banking stores receive same-day credit regardless of your deposit time. To assist you in determining the banking stores that can best support your depositing needs, the following proximity study shows the deposit deadlines for the banking stores closest to your location. Your location Banking store Deposit deadline (local time) Distance 100 S. Myrtle Ave. Clearwater, FL 33756 South Fort Harrison 639 S. Fort Harrison Ave. Clearwater, FL 33756 Store Mon-Fri: 6:00 p.m. ATM Mon-Fri: 9:00 p.m. 0.51 miles Remote deposit The deposit deadline is 10:00 p.m. ET. Cash vault Different deadlines apply for split deposits (cash and checks on separate deposit slips), mixed deposits (cash and checks on the same deposit slip), and cash only deposits. The following table lists deadlines by deposit type and location, in local time. If you require a later deadline than those listed in the table, please speak to your treasury management sales consultant to discuss your specific needs. Cash vault deposit deadlines Cash vault site (served by) Cash only Check only Mixed Florida St. Petersburg 4:00 p.m. 3:00 p.m. 3:00 p.m. n. Provide a detailed transition and implementation plan including a timeline for each milestone in the implementation plan. The City will have a dedicated implementation coordinator that works only with our government clients in Florida. This specialization enables us to ensure all requirements and needs of a government entity like the City of Clearwater are met. 40 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Your implementation coordinator will partner with your staff to develop the schedule and document the process we will follow. A sample timeline for our product implementation is below. (While the sample timeline shows many crucial tasks, it is not comprehensive; after we meet with you to discuss your needs, the timeline will be customized.) The implementation lead time represents the maximum length of time it takes to make the service available to the City once your implementation coordinator gathers all of the necessary information from you and any internal sources, and once the City has returned the signed Acceptance of Service to Wells Fargo. Sample implementation timeline Product Responsibility Expected completion date Actual completion date Expected completion date status Notes Commercial Electronic Office – Gather information, supply and return legal forms, training: 7 days New product setup: 1 day Change or delete product: 3 days Add certain types of reports: Lead times are the same as the corresponding products Review and confirm services Wells Fargo / The City Review and approve forms The City Set up online user management: assign company ID, user IDs, initial passwords Wells Fargo Set up basic reports for balance and transaction activity Wells Fargo Determine resources that will provide consultative training Wells Fargo Perform/participate in training Wells Fargo / The City NOTE: The implementation time can be shorter (or longer), depending on the products being implemented. Account opening – 1 day lead time Identify all accounts to be opened Wells Fargo / The City Provide subaccount locations (if applicable) Wells Fargo Provide account numbers Wells Fargo Provide MICR specifications Wells Fargo Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.41 Product Responsibility Expected completion date Actual completion date Expected completion date status Notes Order deposit tickets, check stock, and other supplies Wells Fargo / The City Validate setup Wells Fargo ACH direct transmission – 17 days lead time Review and confirm services Wells Fargo / The City Provide file layout specifications Wells Fargo Determine transmission method and issue IDs Wells Fargo / The City Issue transmission ID Wells Fargo Create test file Wells Fargo / The City Review format of test file Wells Fargo Perform transmission testing (additional time may be needed for outbound transmission testing, such as for a returned item) Wells Fargo / The City Move transmission ID into production Wells Fargo Validate and finalize setup Wells Fargo Note: The implementation time can be shorter (or longer), depending on transmission testing. ARP/Positive Pay – 30 days lead time Review and confirm services Wells Fargo / The City Provide file layout specifications Wells Fargo Issue transmission ID Wells Fargo Create test file The City Perform transmission testing Wells Fargo / The City 42 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Product Responsibility Expected completion date Actual completion date Expected completion date status Notes Move transmission ID into production Wells Fargo Validate and finalize setup Wells Fargo Note: The implementation time can be shorter (or longer), depending on transmission testing. Also, adding ARP to an existing account is cycle dependent and can only be done at the beginning of a statement cycle. Payee Validation – 30 days* lead time Review and confirm services Share manual review fee with the City Wells Fargo / The City Share key implementation requirements, guidelines, and video tour Wells Fargo Acknowledge understanding of requirements Request customer limits check stock order Confirm checks are ready to monitor Wells Fargo / The City Set up for production Establish automation to Image Positive Pay Wells Fargo Begin monitoring test checks Wells Fargo / The City Review check stock and monitor issue file for three weeks Wells Fargo / The City Address any issue file corrections Wells Fargo / The City If checks pass three weeks of testing, there is no further follow up Wells Fargo If checks fail testing, the City has 60 days to fix issues† The City Validate and finalize setup Wells Fargo Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.43 Product Responsibility Expected completion date Actual completion date Expected completion date status Notes *Dependent upon results of check stock monitoring. †If checks still fail, the manual review fee will be assessed. Note: The implementation time can be shorter (or longer), depending on ARP transmission testing. CEO ACH Fraud Filter: New setup – 3 days Change – 3 days Delete – 2 days Review and confirm services Wells Fargo / The City Attend and complete training The City Identify default decisions The City Set up service on ACH platform Wells Fargo / The City Set up optional 30- day review (before considering stop option) Wells Fargo Implement stop option if needed Wells Fargo Note: This service becomes active after users complete training. The City’s responsiveness will affect the implementation lead time; delays in completing training can increase the implementation timeframe. BAI transmission – 21 days lead time Review and confirm services Wells Fargo / The City Provide transmission specifications Wells Fargo Issue transmission ID Wells Fargo Develop capacity to receive and parse BAI file and data The City Perform transmission testing Wells Fargo / The City Move transmission ID into production Wells Fargo Validate and finalize setup Wells Fargo Monitor first BAI file Wells Fargo Desktop Deposit – 7 days lead time Review and confirm services Wells Fargo / The City 44 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Product Responsibility Expected completion date Actual completion date Expected completion date status Notes Order supplies Wells Fargo Complete and validate setup Wells Fargo Send welcome package Wells Fargo Returned Items – 5 days lead time Review and confirm services Wells Fargo / The City Issue transmission IDs Wells Fargo Implement instructions Wells Fargo Send test file The City Validate setup Wells Fargo Note: The implementation time can be shorter (or longer), depending on transmission testing. Stagecoach Sweep® – 2 days lead time Review and confirm services Wells Fargo / The City Implement sweep Wells Fargo Establish sweep statement access Wells Fargo Validate setup Wells Fargo WellsImage® Media – 20 days lead time Review and confirm services Wells Fargo / The City Provide MICR check specifications Wells Fargo Provide test checks The City Perform check testing (MICR and image) Wells Fargo Finalize setup Wells Fargo Note: The implementation time can be shorter (or longer) depending on check testing. It is also cycle dependent and can only be added at the beginning of a statement cycle if adding WellsImage Media to an existing account. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.45 Expected completion date* status legend On track At risk On hold Past due Complete *The expected completion date status is a color-coded tracking mechanism that provides a visual representation of the status of each step in the product implementation. o. Please provide a summary of Offeror’s disaster preparedness plan and capacity to continue services during an emergency situation. Wells Fargo has formal teams in place that are dedicated to managing our ongoing business continuity efforts. Our Business Continuity Planning office oversees preparedness at an enterprise level, and each primary Wells Fargo line of business ensures preparedness at the business level. Wells Fargo is active in industry forums whose primary objectives are to discuss and share various disaster recovery-related best practices. Forums we are involved in include Contingency Planning & Management, Disaster Recovery Journal, Disaster Recovery International, and Payment Risk Committee, among others. Testing We update and test disaster recovery procedures regularly, with the frequency and timing varying by the business function or application. We test and update business unit-level procedures no less than annually, and critical enterprise-wide systems no less than semi-annually. Critical functions Our core processes and procedures for business continuity planning remain consistent for a wide variety of disruptions, including earthquakes, fires, floods, technical outages or in the event of a cyber-threat. If a disaster or emergency occurs, we make every attempt to restore and maintain normal service levels as soon as possible. Contingency planning, routine data backups, and business recovery are parts of each Wells Fargo disaster recovery plan. We are on call 24 hours a day, 7 days a week when responding to an incident. Although components of our business continuity plan may vary based on the nature of an event, we have identified the main areas that are most commonly affected, and provide our general approach to each in the following paragraphs. Systems To minimize the severity of system interruptions, we have instituted redundancies for business critical systems. If a Wells Fargo system experiences a temporary outage, we allocate available resources to the remediation of the impacted applications. Our systems reroute to a hot backup site within three minutes of issue identification. Telecommunications and power Wells Fargo works with multiple telecommunications and power companies to create a redundant network to minimize the likelihood of an outage. However, if an outage occurs, we take reasonable action to implement manual alternatives. Customer data We store customer and account data on a source system of record, and back it up in either real time or on a batch-based schedule. If a disaster occurs, your 46 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. relationship manager, client service officer, and other relationship team members will have immediate access to the source system that houses your information. In the event of a disaster, you will connect with the same Wells Fargo team members that are familiar with you and your overall relationship with Wells Fargo today. Wells Fargo Mobile Response Unit Our Mobile Response Unit can be dispatched to an affected area to help our customers in just a few days. The Mobile Response Unit is built on a semi-trailer truck, can be powered by self-contained generators, has private offices, a cellular data feed with satellite backup, as well as a kitchen and bathroom. In the past, our response unit has provided our customers with in-person mortgage assistance, check processing, and guidance to help with the repair and recovery process. Backup processing If a disaster occurs at one of our primary operations centers, we use alternate processing centers to take over day-to-day processing and support until the primary center returns to normal operating conditions. Our recovery sites are strategically dispersed across multiple locations to minimize potential disruption within a specific geographic region. These sites are fully staffed, are operational, and use redundant systems to help provide a smooth transition from the primary to the alternate site. In most situations, we can restore primary processing within two to twelve hours of disaster declaration. Our recovery sites have sufficient capacity to maintain processing for an extended period. The following are our backup processes for our core services. CEO portal We maintain a duplicate environment of the CEO portal in a separate location. We actively monitor the readiness of the alternate site by using it to deploy code enhancements and enact disaster preparedness simulations. CEO Mobile We have a backup environment for our mobile platform in the event of a system outage. Our CEO Mobile® and CEO portal channels have different URLs and user interfaces so neither is impacted if one channel is down. ACH If we invoke a disaster recovery or business continuity plan, processing will automatically divert to the identified backup site as necessary. We test our ACH capabilities no less than annually to maintain the highest level of reliability and effectiveness. Although we have geographically dispersed backup sites and processes for automatic processing of ACH transactions, manual workarounds may become necessary, depending on the nature and severity of a specific disaster or emergency. If manual workarounds do become necessary, we will work with affected customers on a case-by-case basis to determine the most effective way to process file information. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.47 Lockbox If Wells Fargo invokes a disaster recovery or business continuity plan, lockbox processing at the affected site automatically diverts to a backup location. Alternative processing may include diverting mail delivery from the affected primary site to the recovery site.* In such a case, after we receive mail at the recovery site, we will follow customer-specific instructions to process checks, capture accounts receivable data, and image checks and invoices. We will notify customers and couriers (as appropriate) that their normal processing sites or procedures are affected. *Depending on the severity of a disaster, delayed mail delivery may affect processing time, which could impact normal Wells Fargo service level agreements. Cash vault If a primary cash vault site is unable to accept, deliver, or process cash, functions will be diverted to the identified backup site(s) as needed. Accordingly, receipt or delivery of cash may be delayed due to transportation distance between you and the backup site. If such an event occurs, we will take reasonable action to resume our normal cash delivery service levels as soon as possible, given available transportation options. Wire transfer Each backup site has the ability to accept transferred workloads (including telephone calls) and can back up other sites as needed. You also have the option to enroll in a specific backup channel should access to your primary wire transfer channel be interrupted. These channels include telephone-initiated wires and using our mobile service to access select functions of the wire transfer service. For Federal Reserve processing, Wells Fargo maintains redundant connections to two different Federal Reserve banks in order to minimize potential disruption within a specific geographic region. As an additional precaution, the Fed has implemented frame relay technology, so we can automatically transfer to an alternate Fed processing site as needed. We conduct comprehensive joint testing with the Fed on a quarterly basis. Desktop Deposit Wells Fargo automatically stores the checks you scan using the Desktop Deposit service on our servers. In the event of a power outage or other interruption, your deposit remains in a pending deposit queue until you can access the system again. Additionally, you have the opportunity to review the deposit before you submit it to the bank to ensure all of your checks are included. You can also access our CEO Mobile Deposit service* in the event of an outage or take your deposit to a Wells Fargo store. *iPhone, iPad, iPad Mini, and Android devices are supported. SAFE Transmission Our Secure Application File Exchange (SAFE) Transmission service has multiple access options and we have multiple backups of the environment. This includes the deployment of a backup URL in the case of disaster. For accessing the SAFE Transmission service, Wells Fargo recommends that users leverage URLs in their 48 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. automation scripts. This will provide uninterrupted service if changes between SAFE Transmission sites is required. p. Include information on your firm’s investments into disaster recovery services (e.g. equipment, service upgrades) over the past two (2) years. Each of our primary servers has a redundant backup server — in a separate geographic region — ready to deploy when necessary. Our backup processing takes place at alternate sites that are already active and in use. We tier recovery time to divert processing to the alternate site depending on how critical the product is to our customers. We can recover critical products quickly — with minimal or no down time. Less critical products are recovered according to their tiers as needed.* Wells Fargo operates, and owns or leases, all backup processing sites, so we can stay at the sites as long as needed. Wells Fargo is unable to share copies of specific business continuity plans (other than with external auditors or regulators) due to confidentiality and security concerns.” *The forgoing does not constitute a representation or warranty that certain events will not affect Wells Fargo systems or that Wells Fargo will achieve specific recovery times in the event of a disruption. q. Describe Offeror’s existing organizational support structure for disaster business recovery services, identifying any local facilities that will provide services to the City in the event of an emergency situation. Our backup processing takes place at alternate sites that are active and appropriately staffed. Each site has a recovery team in place. Key technical and management personnel are dispersed across all of our data centers and major operations centers. During a disaster or emergency, technical personnel — located both on site and at other locations — monitor the transfer of applications to the backup site. Key managers use an emergency notification system and conference calls to coordinate recovery activities. r. Provide details of the location and capacity of your disaster recovery backup facility. Information of this nature — including the specific address of any backup site location or tenant lists — is confidential. Wells Fargo maintains numerous hot backup processing sites, the number of sites depending on each specific processing function. Each of our service centers has a designated alternate recovery site, with the sites strategically dispersed across multiple locations to minimize potential disruption within a specific geographic region. s. Provide details of any immediate real time redundant system accessibility in the event of a service disruption, regardless of cause. Wells Fargo data centers and major operations centers have uninterruptible power supply (UPS) devices to provide short-term, uninterrupted power to Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.49 critical hardware, and diesel generators to provide long-term power. These devices are automatically triggered so that a loss of commercial power will not shut down the facility. The generators are tested on a regular basis. Our backup processing takes place at alternate sites that are already active and in use. We tier recovery time to divert processing to the alternate site depending on how critical the product is to our customers. We can recover critical products quickly — with minimal or no down time. Less critical products are recovered according to their tiers as needed.* Wells Fargo operates, and owns or leases, all backup processing sites, so we can stay at the sites as long as needed. *The forgoing does not constitute a representation or warranty that certain events will not affect Wells Fargo systems or that Wells Fargo will achieve specific recovery times in the event of a disruption. Wells Fargo updates and tests disaster recovery procedures regularly. The frequency and timing vary by the business function or application. We test and update business unit-level procedures no less than annually and critical enterprise-wide systems no less than semi-annually. t. Provide samples of invoices for services, reports, and statements that would meet the City’s requirements. We have included sample treasury information reports, analysis statements and bank statements for your convenience in the Appendix, Tab E of this response. We welcome the opportunity to do a demo on our CEO solution for the City at their convenience and show additional features of the reporting tools available then. u. For custodial safekeeping services, please describe: i. Your depository memberships (i.e. DTC, FRB, PTC) and the services you use at these depositories. Wells Fargo Securities is the trade name for the capital markets and investment banking services of Wells Fargo & Company and its subsidiaries, including but not limited to Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, a member of NYSE, FINRA, NFA and SIPC, Wells Fargo Prime Services, LLC, a member of FINRA, NFA and SIPC, and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, and Wells Fargo Prime Services, LLC are distinct entities from affiliated banks and thrifts. The WFS investment representative who will work with the account is Rob Whitmore in our Charlotte, NC office. Rob’s bio is included with the team that will manage the City’s relationship. Wells Fargo has been helping institutional clients, including non-profit organizations, manage their finances for more than 150 years. Wells Fargo Securities builds on that tradition by offering investment products, services and expertise to finance directors and business administrators for public institutions across America. We have a local, customer-focused approach to business. Therefore, our customers benefit from our in-depth knowledge of their region and unique investment needs. WFS works with institutional clients who prefer to manage their own investments. We provide investment solutions through various products: 50 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.  U. S. Treasury Bills, Notes and Bonds  Federal agency securities  Corporate bonds  Commercial paper  Brokered certificates of deposit  Taxable and tax-exempt money market mutual funds  Other money market securities WFS offers the following services to our customers:  Wells Fargo CEO business portal, providing online access to customers’ brokerage account activity, statements and positions 24 hours a day, seven days a week, including online trading for money market mutual funds during normal trading hours as well as portfolio management tools. Money market mutual fund transactions can also be originated through the CEO.  Investment policy development, providing assistance in establishing guidelines for managing public funds.  Portfolio analytics, assisting in investment strategy development, security comparison tools, portfolio performance measurement and interest rate risk advisory services.  Portfolio accounting through Wells Fargo’s low cost portfolio accounting system, which is an internet-based accounting and reporting package designed specifically for fixed-income portfolios.  Safekeeping, assisting in managing cash flow and providing portfolio management information.  Underwriting, with our Public Finance division providing capital project funding. ii. Your system for the registration and custody of assets Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, provides its brokerage clients with self-clearing bank safekeeping services. Securities purchased by WFS customers are held in custody with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., an FRB member. Safekeeping activity is subject to annual audits by our internal auditors, Wells Fargo Audit Services, Inc., and by our external auditors, KPMG. Securities purchased by the account will be settled via delivery versus payment (DVP) either through the Depository Trust Company (DTC) or the Bank of New York (BONY). Securities belonging to customers who have safekeeping with Wells Fargo Bank, N. A. (bank safekeeping) are held in accounts titled “Wells Fargo Bank Safekeeping Services”. The securities are recorded in the customer name on our internal system of record. Our books and records are reconciled daily with those of the depositories. iii. Where and how the receipt and delivery of “physical” securities occur and how they are secured, including the involvement of second party banks for clearing Physical securities registered in the customer’s name or in WFS’ nominee name are held in the Bank of New York’s (BONY’s) securities vault. These securities are counted and reconciled at least quarterly. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.51 iv. Briefly describe the security settlement process including capabilities for settling and accounting for same day cash trades. WFS provides a written confirmation of each trade. However, in conjunction with Rule 10b-10(b) from the Securities and Exchange Commission which allows for alternative period reporting, WFS does not send written confirmations for money market mutual fund transactions, including purchases, redemptions, dividends and dividend reinvestment. Customers may receive additional documentation without request, depending on the type of transaction. These include interest, principal, call or maturity advices. Customers may elect to receive their statements through the CEO online business portal, or through U. S. mail. Customers may receive additional documentation without request, depending on the type of transaction. These include interest, principal, call or maturity advices. Purchases made through WFS with same day settlement can be settled through- out the normal trading hours. The deadline for settlement of directive same-day trades delivered to Wells Fargo is 12:00 p.m. Central Time. There is no charge for late delivery instructions, but those will be done on a best-efforts basis. 3. Scope of services – service requirements Offerors for Banking Services shall provide all labor, supervision, materials, equipment, software applications, and secure internet access to perform all aspects of the related services as specified herein. Offeror for Banking Services shall be the primary depositor for the City. Services include but are not limited to the following: a. Depository services b. Vault services c. ACH and Wire processing d. Check processing e. Cashiers checks f. Return item processing g. Daily and monthly electronic and paper reporting h. Transaction research including online research tools i. Same day availability of funds j. Custodial safekeeping services k. Other banking services as needed As you will see in our executive summary, Wells Fargo has a clear understanding of the needs of the City and has crafted our response to reflect this insight. Wells Fargo meets all of the service requirements above. 4. Agreement The term Agreement as used throughout this RFP shall mean the agreement entered into between the City and the successful Offeror for Banking Services, per the requirements of this Request for Proposal and the successful Offeror's proposal. Acknowledged and agreed. 52 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. 5. Minimum qualifications At a minimum, Offerors of Banking Services shall meet the following qualifications: a. Have a minimum of five (5) years experience as an Originating Depository Financial Institution (ODFI). Acknowledged. Wells Fargo has offered ACH services since 1973. b. Conform to National Automated Clearing House Association (NACHA) rules. Acknowledged. Our treasury management staff constantly monitors governing bodies, including NACHA, to stay informed about all issues affecting our customers. We typically provide you written notice semiannually of upcoming rule changes and to provide you time to adequately respond. c. Must meet the requirements of Qualified Public Depositories per Chapter 280.16, Florida Statutes. Acknowledged. We have provided our banking charter confirmation and Qualified Public Depository Certificate in the Appendix, Tab B. d. Have a full-service main branch within the City limits capable of providing services as required herein including receipt of armored car drop-offs. Store Acknowledged. The banking store closest to your location is listed below. In addition we have 9 other locations within the City and an additional 31 in Pinellas County. Banking store Hours Distance South Fort Harrison 639 S. Fort Harrison Ave. Clearwater, FL 33756 Lobby Mon-Fri: 9:00 a.m. - 6:00 p.m. Sat: 9:00 a.m. - 2:00 p.m. Drive-up Mon-Fri: 8:00 a.m. - 6:00 p.m. Sat: 9:00 a.m. - 2:00 p.m. 0.51 miles Vault You can make deposits through an approved armored car service at our St. Petersburg, FL location. e. Have multiple banking locations within the City and Tampa Bay area. Acknowledged. We have 10 store locations in the City and numerous others in the area. In addition, our cash vault is located in St. Petersburg. We have provided a proximity study in the Appendix, Tab A. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.53 f. Have electronic funds transfer capabilities including internal transfers, ACH, and Federal Reserve transfers. Acknowledged. The City can choose from multiple options for electronic payment (ACH and wire) origination and reporting. ACH origination methods Select from several ACH transaction initiation methods, including direct origination, consolidated payables transmission, and online. Direct origination You send us a NACHA-formatted file that contains the required ACH transaction information, such as routing and transit number, account number, dollar amount, and effective date. Consolidated payables transmission Initiate ACH payments directly from your treasury workstation, enterprise resource planning (ERP) system, or accounts payable system using our Payment Manager service. This helps you save time by grouping debits, credits, and multiple payment types (such as payroll, credit card, and expense payments) in a single file — and you can even include domestic and international wires and U.S. dollar and Canadian dollar checks. Commercial card transactions with multiple currency options, can also be included on your consolidated payment file. The service separates payments by type and processes them accordingly, sending traditional or human-readable remittance information to the payee as appropriate. Additional information and pricing on our Payment Manager solution can be provided upon request. Online If you want to originate domestic ACH transactions without having to create your own NACHA-formatted files — and gain the flexibility to make tax and other payments online — this is the best option for you. Once you build a template based on the payment type, it is quick and easy to create ACH transactions and send them to Wells Fargo for processing. You can choose the types of ACH transactions you want to initiate from the following payment types: Options Payroll (PPD) WEB- and TEL-initiated consumer debits Vendor payments (CCD) Re-presented check entries (RCK) Federal and state tax payments (ACHTax) Corporate trade exchange (CTX) Cash concentration and disbursements (CCD) Child support payments (CCD+) Consumer debits and credits (PPD) Use a smartphone or mobile device1 to access a mobile version of our online ACH approval capabilities, and quickly, easily, and securely approve domestic ACH templates and payments that require immediate attention — from any location. 54 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. 1Access our mobile service on any smartphone or mobile device that has a browser. If you use an iPhone or iPad, you can download our app from iTunes. If you use an Android, you can download our app from Google Play. To reduce your fraud risk, you must have a second user approve the release of ACH transactions or newly created templates. Wire origination options You have several flexible options to choose from for electronically originating and managing your wire transfers. Online You can initiate same-day and future-dated domestic wires, international U.S. dollar wires, foreign exchange wires, drawdown requests, international requests for transfer, and book transfers from your computer or your mobile device2. Through our online service, you can:  Initiate and approve multiple wires from a single screen  Enter information into free-form wire screens for one-off wires  Create multiple-use templates for recurring wires to save time, with the option to lock all template information fields except date and amount  Add, modify, and delete templates  Upload up to 200 free-form or templated wires at a time  Personalize each of your user’s profiles to control access to accounts and wire services  Specify number of approvals before wires can be sent (up to four approvers)3 2You can only initiate repetitive wires through our mobile service. 3Dual custody is required for our online wire transfer service, as well as for any administration services related to this service. Consolidated payables transmission You can initiate wire transfers directly from your treasury workstation, ERP system, or accounts payable system using our consolidated payables service, which supports multiple types of wire transfer payments:  U.S. dollar (domestic and international)  International foreign currency  International requests for transfer (SWIFT MT101) Consolidation helps you save time by grouping multiple wire types in a single file — you can even include ACH payments, U.S. dollar and Canadian dollar checks, and commercial card transactions with multiple currency options. The service separates payments by type and processes them accordingly, sending traditional or human-readable remittance information to the payee as appropriate. You can send extended remittance detail (up to 9,000 characters) for your U.S. dollar wires. This can help your trading partners apply your wire payments in a timely and accurate fashion. You have the option to require secondary approvals on all payment types. Using our business portal, you can review, approve, or decline individual transactions or entire payment files. You will receive an email alerting you to review the payments. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.55 Telephone Users will call a single toll-free number and provide an account number, personal identification number (PIN), and voiceprint; these are validated through a voice response unit (VRU). Repetitive wires set up on our system are completed through the VRU. To complete a free-form wire, the user is transferred to a team member in the Wells Fargo Wire Transfer department. Automatic standing transfer order You can have Wells Fargo automatically initiate wire transfers or drawdowns based on your criteria (such as specific initiation dates, certain dollar amounts, or calculated balance transfers). In person Authorized signers at the City can initiate wires at any Wells Fargo banking store. g. Have electronic payment processing capabilities. Acknowledged. The City can choose from multiple options for electronic payment (ACH and wire) origination and reporting. Refer to information provided in the previous section above. h. Have electronic positive pay capabilities, including teller locations control. Yes. Wells Fargo offers electronic positive pay capabilities including teller positive pay. Positive Pay This service identifies checks that may be fraudulent or unauthorized (for example, counterfeit, not validly issued, or altered) by matching those presented against your account to your check issue information. Positive pay exceptions (checks that don’t match your information) are reported to you. It’s quick and easy to view images and make pay or return decisions at our online portal; our mobile imaging and decisioning service is available through a mobile device. Teller Positive Pay Integrated into our positive pay service options, this service gives our tellers online access to your positive pay check issue information, including check dollar amounts and serial numbers. Tellers will use your issue information to validate checks presented for encashment. If you use positive pay with payee validation, the payee name information will also be available for tellers to use when validating checks. i. Provide direct access via the Internet to all accounts for daily account information, transactions, and research. Yes. Our Treasury Information Reporting service delivers online, customizable information reporting for all your account activity. With a single sign-on, you can view, print, or download your balances and transactions — and view check images on select reports — for review in minutes. 56 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. You can choose from a number of standard reports that provide current and previous day information, including comprehensive balance, summary, and transaction detail, as well as reports on specific transaction types. Reports can be downloaded as needed into your accounting, treasury workstation, or spreadsheet applications. Download and viewing options vary by report, but can include BAI V2, CSV, Excel, HTML, and PDF. j. Provide a dedicated account manager with a minimum of five (5) years tenure with the firm. Acknowledged. Lynn Nieves is your primary treasury management contact for the services required in this RFP. Lynn has been with Wells Fargo for over eight (8) years and has more than 19 years of banking experience. Lynn Nieves, MBA, CTP Senior Vice President Treasury Management Sales Consultant lynn.nieves@wellsfargo.com 813-225-4338 813-225-4450 fax MAC Z0307-085 100 S. Ashley Drive 8th Floor Tampa, FL 33602 Lynn will support the City as the primary contact for treasury management. Lynn joined Wells Fargo in 2008 and has more than 19 years of banking experience, with most of these years dedicated to government treasury management. During her tenure in government treasury management, she has worked with various government entities including State of Florida and many of its agencies, counties, cities (including the City of St. Petersburg), school boards, and tax collectors. Lynn has a bachelor of science in business administration and a master’s in business administration from the University of Central Florida. She is a Certified Treasury Professional. In addition, she is a member of the Florida Government Finance Officers Association (FGFOA). In addition, you will have a dedicated Relationship Manger, Vicki Parker. While Vicki has been with Wells Fargo for only three years, she has prior experience as the City’s RM with a previous employer. Vicki has over 12 years of experience working with government clients and over 30 years of commercial banking experience. k. Have a secure file transfer protocol (FTP) site that allows for third party payments of City utility bills and daily decrypted access by the City to all encrypted information. Yes. The City can use our E-Box along with Receivables Manager to accept utility bill payments originated through online banking or payment services. E-Box service Online bill payments are a convenient, simple, and paperless way for your customers to pay you. The multistep validation and handling features of our E- Box service help minimize exceptions while maximizing your straight-through processing rate. You can post payments automatically. We will merge your customer’s online bill payment data, apply additional data transformations, and generate a consolidated data file that is compatible with your accounts receivable system. Our service accepts payments from many bill service providers, as well as from consumer credit counseling centers and walk-in bill payment providers. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.57 How it works When you sign up, we will notify the online service providers in our network* that you can receive payments through our E-Box service. We will consolidate your payments and post a single ACH credit to your account. *We connect to all major originating endpoints and an extensive network of third-party originators. Multistep validation To improve the quality and standardization of the file you receive, you can instruct us to use one or more validation routines to identify, filter out, and repair invalid payments or other types of exceptions. Payments that have errors or exceptions will be suspended. You will then either decision them online (optional) or instruct us to return them to the originator. The following table shows several examples of the validation routines the City can choose from. Validation routine Description Account mask Confirms that the inbound account number matches your billing account number structure. Check digit* Uses a mathematical equation to determine if an account number is valid. Cross-reference database processing Translates consumer-initiated account numbers we receive and corrects the account number prior to validation and processing. This database can correct inaccurate account information your customer enters and can make account number changes that may occur due to a merger, acquisition, or system change. Positive file processing Compares inbound account numbers to a file of valid account numbers you provide. Stop file processing Compares inbound account numbers to a file of unacceptable accounts you provide. *Applies to credit card billers. l. Be free from legal and regulatory issues that might prevent Offeror from fulfilling the terms and conditions of the Agreement. The disclosure requested is extremely broad in scope, and, at any given time, an organization the size of Wells Fargo may be subject to the aforementioned 58 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. actions, some or all of which may be confidential in nature. At this time, and to the best knowledge of the Wells Fargo representatives preparing this response, Wells Fargo has not been subject to any of the aforementioned action that would have a material adverse impact on our ability to provide the services requested in this RFP. As with any large diversified financial services company of our size in the highly- regulated banking and securities field, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. is subject to receiving inquiries and subpoenas from regulators and law enforcement from time to time, as well as being subject to civil litigation. No such actions have resulted in any restrictions on the ability of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. to operate our businesses, and none are or have been material to the operation of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. businesses. Copies of the Legal Proceedings sections from Wells Fargo & Company recent public filings are available at: wellsfargo.com/invest_relations/filings m. Be a financially stable and viable company. Our focus on customers, as well as our diversified business model and strong risk discipline, helped us to produce another solid year of financial performance in 2015, even as we navigated the pressures of low interest rates and global economic volatility. Our 2015 net income was $22.9 billion, and our diluted earnings per common share of $4.12 represented a $0.02 increase from 2014. Our 2015 return on assets was 1.31 percent, and our return on equity was 12.60 percent. At year-end, our total deposits reached a record $1.2 trillion, up 5 percent from the prior year, driven by both consumer and commercial growth. Total loans finished 2015 at $916.6 billion, up 6 percent from 2014, making our loan portfolio the largest among U.S. banks. We saw growth in commercial loans, residential mortgages, credit cards, and automobile lending while maintaining our strong credit and pricing discipline. We also continued to strengthen our balance sheet in 2015 and ended the year with our highest-ever levels of capital and liquidity. We finished 2015 with total equity of $193.9 billion, Common Equity Tier 1 capital of $142.4 billion, and a Common Equity Tier 1 ratio (fully phased-in) of 10.77 percent, Another benefit of our company’s consistent performance is the ability to be well positioned for strategic acquisitions to support growth. We were pleased to announce an agreement to acquire GE Capital’s Commercial Distribution Finance and Vendor Finance platforms, as well as a portion of its Corporate Finance business. We anticipate adding approximately $31 billion in assets and welcoming about 2,900 GE Capital team members to Wells Fargo when the transaction closes. We also acquired GE Railcar Services, a railcar finance, leasing, and fleet management business, on Jan. 1, 2016, and in the second quarter of 2015 we completed a GE Capital commercial real estate loan portfolio transaction, which included approximately $11.5 billion in loan purchases and related financing. These additions should grow our business and provide greater opportunities for us to expand our relationships with customers. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.59 Our financial performance and customer focus earned us external recognition in many ways in 2015. For example, we ranked No. 7 on Barron’s 2015 ranking of the world’s “100 Most Respected Companies” — the fourth year in a row we ranked highest among all banks on the list. Euromoney magazine named Wells Fargo the “Best Bank in the U.S.” in its 2015 Awards for Excellence. And The Banker magazine named Wells Fargo the Best Global and U.S. Bank of the Year1. 1 Wells Fargo 2015 annual report The following table identifies key measures of our financial strength. Key facts* Key measure Assets $1.8 trillion Team members 265,000+ Customers 70 million Lines of business 90+ Stores 8,700+ ATMs 12,800+ Market value of stock $289 billion Industry measure* Ranking Mortgage servicer Inside Mortgage Finance (2015) #1 Retail mortgage lender Inside Mortgage Finance (2015) #1 Used auto lender AutoCount (2015) #1 Provider of private student loans (2015) #1 SBA 7(a) lender in dollars Small Business Administration federal fiscal year-end data (2014) #1 U.S. insurance broker Global Finance magazine (2015) #1 *Current as of December 31, 2015. n. Be rated at or above average by the D&B Supplier Performance Review Acknowledged. Wells Fargo has an above average Supplier Evaluation Risk rating of 3. 60 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. 6. Technical requirements and services Offeror shall provide the following: a. Depository and vault services (1) Provide depository services including: (a) Night drop Acknowledged. Most of our full-service banking stores have a convenient night depository for commercial customers. After we set up the City’s accounts, your authorized personnel will receive access keys. You must make deposits in secure plastic, tamper-evident, dual-pouch bags. We process them at the banking store and verify the cash later, either in the banking store or at a nearby Wells Fargo cash vault. Audit controls are in place to ensure that we count and verify your deposit accurately. You receive next-day credit for checks, provided you make your deposit prior to the disclosed cutoff time. The safety and security of our customers is a top priority for Wells Fargo. Therefore, we have implemented strategic policies and procedures and we use security equipment to minimize risks to our night depository customers. (b) Vault Acknowledged. We propose that you utilize our St. Petersburg vault location which is the most convenient for the City. You must make deposits in secure plastic, tamper-evident, dual-pouch bags. You can also place coin and currency orders — as well as order supplies — to ensure you have sufficient coin and currency on hand to support your daily operations. We have extensive measures in place at all cash vaults and processing areas to secure the physical facilities and to ensure the integrity of the deposit process. The same-day deposit cutoff time at our proposed St. Petersburg cash vault site is 4:00 p.m. ET for cash only deposits. A deadline of 3:00 pm ET applies to split deposits (cash and checks on separate deposit slips), and mixed deposits (cash and checks on the same deposit slip. (c) Branch deposits Acknowledged. If your daily cash deposits are less than $10,000 and you deposit fewer than 250 checks, you can make over-the-counter deposits. When you present deposits to tellers in secure plastic, tamper-evident, dual- pouch bags, they will remove checks and deposit tickets, then provide receipts for the amounts shown. You don’t have to wait. We verify the cash, either at the banking store or at one of our cash vaults, after you leave. Or — if you’d rather have immediate confirmation — tellers will count and verify deposits in your presence. You will set up your preference at implementation. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.61 You receive next-day credit for checks, provided you make your deposit prior to the disclosed cutoff time. Cash deposits receive same-day credit regardless of your deposit time. In addition to making deposits, you can place cash orders of up to $3,000 cash and $500 in coin per day. There is a limit of three orders per week. Your treasury management sales consultant can work with you to find an alternative solution if your cash orders exceed these limits. (d) Branch services Acknowledged. We have 10 store locations in the City and numerous others in the area. (e) Processing of both encoded and non-encoded checks Acknowledged. Wells Fargo does not require deposited items to be encoded. (f) Receipt of counting of bulk coins Acknowledged. Cash vault You can deposit both loose and rolled coin in any amount. Our preference at the vault is for coin to be loose. Banking store You can deposit loose coin in amounts less than $10 at all banking stores. Most banking stores accept rolled coin for deposit amounts between $10 and $50. You should use FED standard coin bags for amounts greater than $50. Your treasury management sales consultant will work with you to identify a location that meets all your needs. Night depository You can deposit loose coin in amounts less than $10. Pricing Please refer to the price schedule attached to this proposal for any fees associated with processing coin deposits. (g) Coin and currency purchasing Acknowledged. You can request coin and currency directly from a teller who will prepare the order in front of you. Change orders cannot exceed more than $3,000 cash or $500 coin per day; there is a limit of three orders per week. If your normal orders exceed our limits, we will work with you to establish an alternate method. For both cash vault and branch change orders, there are no minimum (or maximum) purchase requirements. You can order currency in loose, non- standard quantities or in straps of 100 notes, and coin by the roll or in standard full or half boxes. 62 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Settlement options Cash vault We debit your account the day your armored carrier picks up an order. To prevent delays in releasing orders, please ensure that your account is funded sufficiently to cover the charge. Banking store You can pay by direct debit to your Wells Fargo account, with a check drawn on your Wells Fargo account, or with cash. (2) Support deposit tickets with auxiliary Magnetic Ink Character Recognition (MICR) field for location code and transaction information Acknowledged. Your deposit tickets can contain an auxiliary MICR field of up to 10 digits which can be made up of a location number and a deposit ticket number (serialized deposit) if the City desires to use such a feature. (3) Provide the ability to accept delivery of the City's parking meter coin deposits at a counting facility. The City will deliver counted coin deposits to the Offerer loose and unrolled. Offeror shall verify count all parking meter coin deposits by location, complete and forward count sheet to the City, and promptly notify the City of any discrepancies in the count. We can agree to the above and we would ask the City to deliver these through armored courier to our vault located in St. Petersburg, Florida Cash vault You can deposit both loose and rolled coin in any amount. Our preference for cash vault is for the coins to be loose. Banking store You can deposit loose coin in amounts less than $10. We require you to roll coin for amounts between $10 and $50. For amounts more than $50, you will need to use our large coin deposit process. We require you to declare the value of your coin deposit, as differences can result in adjustments to your account. Most banking stores accept rolled coin. Your treasury management sales consultant will work with you to identify a location that meets all your needs. Night depository You can deposit loose coin in amounts less than $10. Verification When you present your deposit to a teller, he or she will provide a receipt for the amount listed on the deposit ticket. You receive next-day credit for the check portion of your deposit if we receive it prior to the disclosed cutoff time. Cash deposits receive same-day credit regardless of the deposit time. We verify the cash, either at the banking store or at one of our cash vaults, after you leave. Verification takes place within 48 hours at the store and within 72 hours at the cash vault. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.63 Pricing We include detailed pricing information in Section D of our RFP response. (4) Purchase of currency and coins – City departments may request currency in varying denominations to be delivered by armored car service, or picked up by employees, for their business operations. Acknowledged. You can place coin and currency orders through a variety of automated methods. We debit your account the day we fill your orders and include your location numbers (if applicable) on your electronic reports and statements. Telephone In a single phone call, you can place multiple orders for one or more locations up to your daily limit. You will enter your location ID and password, and our automated system guides you through the ordering process; you will receive a confirmation number when you have finished. If you need to inquire about an order or to change or cancel an order that hasn’t yet been filled, you will use the confirmation number to get started. Among the features that help keep your account safe is the option to establish a maximum order limit per location. Online You can place orders for up to 10 locations at a time. Sign on with your company ID, user ID, and password; enter the amount of currency and coin you need; and verify and submit your order. A confirmation number shows on the next screen. You will enter the confirmation number to view, edit, or delete an order. Edits and deletes are accepted until 10:00 p.m. local time* the night before your armored courier picks the order up. Use our batch process to place up to 1,000 cash orders at one time. You will download and fill out our spreadsheet template, and then upload the file to our cash vault. Once verified by our system, a file transfer confirmation message and number are sent to you immediately. Within 3o minutes, the status of your order shows on the Cash Vault Announcements page. *Large orders may require advance notice to process. Transmission You send us one or more files that include your order specifications and the associated file information. After processing, we send confirmation files to the Wells Fargo transmission server, where you can pick them up or we can send them to you automatically. For the security of your cash orders, we provide you with information unique to the City: a transmit key and a transmitting customer ID (one each per customer), and a receiving customer ID (one per location). You should keep this information confidential and only distribute it to persons authorized to place change orders. 64 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Standing order You can receive change orders on a set delivery schedule. This eliminates the need to manually place your order. During implementation, you will provide us with your order details. Deadlines The following table lists the cutoffs and associated armored pickups (in local time) for change orders; it’s organized by site and by method used. Cash vault site (served by) Touch- tone Online or transmission Armored pickup Florida St. Petersburg 11:00 a.m. 10:30 a.m. 4:00 p.m. (5) All deposits will be accompanied by a deposit slip in duplicate. Upon verification of the deposit, Offerer shall provide an acknowledged copy of the deposit slip to the City's Finance Department in a timely manner. We don’t return validated deposit receipts; instead, you can view deposit information on your bank statements. Additionally, your daily electronic balance reports* include a full description of every deposit and adjustment transaction. If we process a deposit at a cash vault, you can view its information online through the deposit activity search function. This feature lets you research your deposits and adjustments quickly — free of charge. *Additional fees apply for reports. Branch post verification When you present your deposit to a teller, he or she will provide a receipt for the amount listed on the deposit ticket. You receive next-day credit for the check portion of your deposit if we receive it prior to the disclosed cutoff time. Cash deposits receive same-day credit regardless of the deposit time. We verify the cash, either at the banking store or at one of our cash vaults, after you leave. Verification takes place within 48 hours at the store and within 72 hours at the cash vault. (6) Provide pre-printed, four-part deposit slips and disposable deposit bags, at no additional charge, within 10 days of request by the City, in quantities as requested for City business operations. You can purchase deposit tickets and other supplies such as deposit bags, cash straps, and coin wraps through Wells Fargo, or you can purchase them from your own supplier. Wells Fargo will provide an initial supply credit of $5,000 to the City if awarded the business. To handle fees for all deposit tickets and other supplies you order through Wells Fargo, we will debit your account. We can also apply the fees to analysis should the City wish to compensate for these in that manner. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.65 b. ACH and wire processing (1) Provide the ability to securely transfer funds via ACH, including Accounts Payable payments Acknowledged. We develop and maintain our advanced, proprietary ACH system in-house, and we believe Wells Fargo sets the industry standard for both functionality and reliability. Designed to be inherently scalable, our system can accommodate your existing transaction volume, as well as your volume increases. You have access to continuous processing 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, with extended deadlines and no processing window restrictions. We supply electronic file confirmations within 15 minutes of receipt of your files, and we can warehouse files for up to 45 days before the effective date. Origination methods Wells Fargo offers several ACH transaction initiation methods, including our direct origination service, a consolidated payables transmission, and the internet. Direct origination You send us a NACHA-formatted file that contains the required ACH transaction information (such as routing and transit number, account number, dollar amount, and effective date). Consolidated payables transmission You can initiate ACH payments directly from your treasury workstation, ERP system, or accounts payable system. When you use the Payment Manager service, you save time by grouping debits, credits, and multiple payment types (such as payroll, credit card, and expense payments) in a single file — and you can even include domestic and international wires, U.S. dollar and Canadian dollar checks, and commercial card transactions. The service separates payments by type and processes them accordingly, sending traditional or human-readable remittance information to the payee as appropriate. Internet If you want to originate domestic ACH transactions without having to create your own NACHA-formatted files — and gain the flexibility to make tax and other payments online — online initiation is the best method for you. Once you build a template based on the payment type, it is quick and easy to create ACH transactions and send them to Wells Fargo for processing. You can choose the types of ACH transactions you want to initiate from the following payment types: Options Payroll (PPD) WEB- and TEL-initiated consumer debits Vendor payments (CCD) Re-presented check entries (RCK) Federal and state tax payments (ACHTax) Corporate trade exchange (CTX) Cash concentration and disbursements (CCD) Child support payments (CCD+) 66 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Options Consumer debits and credits (PPD) The import option allows you to import account information for beneficiaries from systems such as payroll or accounting. With the export option, you can export templates, beneficiaries, and payment batches to update payables and receivables systems and offline files. When you are on the go, you can access a mobile version of our online ACH approval capabilities. Use a smartphone or mobile device* to quickly, easily, and securely approve domestic ACH templates and payments that require immediate attention. *Access our mobile service on any smartphone or mobile device that has a browser. If you use an iPhone or iPad, you can download our app from iTunes. If you use an Android, you can download our app from Google Play. To reduce your fraud risk, you must have a second user approve the release of ACH transactions or newly created templates. Origination deadlines Origination method Same-day settlement* One-day settlement Two-day settlement Direct origination 9:00 p.m. ET 9:00 p.m. ET 12:00 a.m. ET Consolidated payables transmission 8:30 p.m. ET 8:30 p.m. ET 8:30 p.m. ET Online 7:00 p.m. ET 9:00 p.m. ET 9:00 p.m. ET *Available for on-us items only. Payroll direct deposits Acknowledged. You can deposit your employees’ payroll, expense reimbursements, and other work-related payments directly into their checking or savings accounts using a connection of Automated Clearing Houses. Process When the City submits an electronic file of payment information in a format approved by NACHA, Wells Fargo reads it and, following your instructions, delivers payroll entries to your employees’ accounts. Their salaries are immediately available in their accounts on the morning of payday. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.67 Deadline To ensure your employees have immediate access to their funds on payday, we recommend that you transmit your file to the bank two days prior to the settlement date. For an additional cost, we also accept direct deposit files with a one-day settlement date. You can send direct deposit files anytime 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, although we do have established deadlines for processing. The following table lists the deadlines for both settlement options. Origination method One-day settlement Two-day settlement Direct origination 9:00 p.m. ET 12:00 a.m. ET Consolidated payables transmission 8:30 p.m. ET 8:30 p.m. ET Online 9:00 p.m. ET 9:00 p.m. ET Daily deposits from other governmental entities Acknowledged. We retrieve ACH activity multiple times per day and memo post received ACH credits approximately 30 minutes after our system processes ACH activity. We apply the actual credit to your account after the close of the business day. Collected funds are available to you at the start of the next business day. We post the credit settlement entry for originated debit transactions at the start of the business day shown on the effective date of your file. 68 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. The City can choose from several options for receiving data on incoming and outgoing ACH entries: online, email, transmission, and fax. You will access comprehensive intraday and previous day reporting of ACH transaction information through our online information reporting service. Downloading and viewing format options vary based on the report you choose, and may include BAI V2, CSV, Excel, HTML, and PDF. (2) Provide reporting that includes detailed addenda records for all ACH debits and credits. Acknowledged. You can receive ACH addenda records and EDI entry data through our online reporting service, by consolidated receivables transmission, and through our Perfect Receivables® service. Online information reporting Two reports include ACH and EDI addenda information. ACH Receive Includes ACH transaction detail along with a single addenda record. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.69 EDI Payment Detail Includes full remittance information on ACH- and EDI-formatted payments. Consolidated receivables You can receive detailed remittance information, including ACH addenda details received with transactions, by transmission. Remittance information varies according to the SEC code used for a transaction. ACH payment and remittance information can be combined with other payment types and translated into standard and customer file formats. You can also receive email reports that include full remittance information on ACH- and EDI-formatted payments. They can be delivered in PDF, text, Excel, and CSV formats. Perfect Receivables If you use an account range for incoming ACH payments, you can assign a unique four-digit payment identification code to your customers. We capture all ACH transactions that come in with this code, and then provide to you one NACHA- formatted file that contains the code, dollar amount, and all associated transaction detail, including addenda information. You can choose to use a single account if you typically receive a high volume of ACH payments. Your customers send payments to your Wells Fargo account. We then capture each day’s payments, provide them to you in a NACHA-formatted file, and consolidate them into a single settlement to your Wells Fargo account. 70 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. We will organize the information into records. Each data file you receive from us includes the detail shown below. You can also receive a Perfect Receivables detail report by secure email or fax, or a summary report by email. (3) Guarantee the settlement time for ACH files, including employee and retiree payroll and pension direct deposits. As long as we receive your transaction by the set deadline, we send the item to the local clearing system on the effective entry date. Input method Day cycle Night cycle Same-day book transfer (optional service) CPU-CPU 12:00 a.m. ET for two-day settlement 9:00 p.m. ET without remake for next-day settlement 9:00 p.m. ET PC/managed file transfer 12:00 a.m. ET for two-day settlement 9:00 p.m. ET without remake for next-day settlement 9:00 p.m. ET Internet 9:00 p.m. ET for two-day settlement 9:00 p.m. ET for next-day settlement 7:00 p.m. ET (4) Provide ACH fraud controls including filters and blocks. Acknowledged. You can choose from three options to protect your checking and savings accounts. Review transactions and decide if you want them returned With our review option, you can preauthorize ACH transactions to post to your account. We then notify you of any that are not preauthorized; you review those and notify us whether you want them paid or returned. When you tell us to return one, we create a reversing adjustment and return it as unauthorized. You can request that we report:  All ACH transactions posted to your account  All ACH transactions that exceed a predetermined dollar amount  ACH credit transactions only, or ACH debit transactions only  ACH credit transactions or ACH debit transactions that exceed a predetermined dollar amount Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.71  ACH credit transactions or ACH debit transactions outside a specified date range  ACH credit transactions or ACH debit transactions that exceed a specified maximum number of occurrences If you do not make a pay or return decision on an item by the specified deadline, the item is automatically paid or returned based on the default action you select during implementation. Stop unauthorized transactions automatically With our stop option, we automatically return transactions that you have not preauthorized and process all that you have preauthorized. You can request that we:  Stop and return all ACH transactions  Stop and return all ACH transactions that exceed a predetermined dollar amount  Stop and return all ACH credit transactions only, or ACH debit transactions only  Stop and return ACH credit transactions or ACH debit transactions outside a predetermined dollar range  Stop and return all ACH credit transactions or ACH debit transactions outside a specified date range  Stop and return all ACH credit transactions or ACH debit transactions that exceed a specified maximum number of occurrences Monitor converted check entries Our Echeck option helps you monitor converted check entries for business-sized checks that have an auxiliary on-us field in the MICR line. This service includes Echeck Post and Echeck Stop options for accounts receivable check (ARC) and back office conversion (BOC), and point-of-purchase (POP) transactions. Echeck post If you use this option in conjunction with our positive pay service, you have the opportunity to see unmatched items that will post to your account, so you can decide to pay them or return them using our online Image Positive Pay service. If you use this option with our Perfect Presentment® service, the ACH converted check will not be matched against your check issue records. Echeck stop If you choose this option, we will automatically stop all ineligible items inadvertently converted before they post to your account. (5) Provide daily reporting of returned ACH items via email, listing each returned item and reason for the return. Report options The City can receive returned entries and notifications of change (NOCs) online, by transmission, and by fax, and choose to receive the information through different methods. For instance, you can receive NOCs by fax, and returned 72 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. entries by transmission. However, our online option consolidates returned entries and NOCs within one report. Online The ACH Return/NOC report is available through our online information reporting service. This report provides a settlement summary or full detail about each return, including:  Transaction detail for ACH returns  NOCs  Dishonored returns  Contested or corrected dishonored returns  Redeposits  Refused NOCs  Administrative returns You can view this report in HTML or PDF format and download it in BAI V2, CSV, or Excel format. Transmission The City can receive a file transmission of all returned ACH transactions. Many customers choose to receive only returned item information within their transmission; however, you can also elect to receive details on your redeposited items and NOCs. ACH returned item data files from Wells Fargo are in a proprietary format, but we structure them much like NACHA return files in that we organize the information into records. Each file you receive from us includes the data below. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.73 Fax If you prefer to receive your reports by fax, we offer an exception report package that includes detailed ACH return and NOC activity. This package offers the following detailed reports that include returned item information. Return Item Lists all of the day’s returned items for each file. Notification of Change Lists all NOCs for the day and includes the addenda record, which describes the correction, for each item. 74 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (6) Provide Internet connectivity to initiate outgoing wire transfers and provide information on incoming wire transfers in a secured environment. Acknowledged. The City can send and receive domestic and international wires, and transfer funds between Wells Fargo accounts quickly, easily, and securely. Incoming wires We accept wire transfers from other Wells Fargo accounts and from the Federal Reserve, SWIFT, and CHIPS (Clearing House Interbank Payments System) networks. If a sender provides a valid account number in wire instructions that arrive before our processing cutoff time, we will post the incoming funds to your account the same day. Outgoing wires Our wire transfer service processes correctly formatted outgoing payments on a straight through basis according to your instructions. We manually review, correct, and verify a payment that does not pass edits and that our system cannot automatically correct. Next, our system automatically ensures that there are adequate funds available to process the wire and that a wire is not going to a country or beneficiary on the U.S. Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC) Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons list. If the wire meets these requirements, our system releases it. Online and mobile The City can sign on to our portal to initiate repetitive or free-form domestic and international wires online. Using our mobile service, users can approve any pending wire transfers and initiate repetitive wires.* *Our mobile service only allows initiation of repetitive wires, and not free-form wires. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.75 Deadlines Incoming We accept incoming wires from the Federal Reserve until 6:00 p.m. ET and credit them the same day. We process incoming SWIFT transactions until 7:00 p.m. ET. Outgoing The opening time for outgoing wires is 8:00 a.m. ET for all wire types regardless of origination channel. We provide the cutoff times, which may vary based on wire type and initiation method, in the following table. We process requests we receive after our deadlines on the next business day. Wire cutoff times (ET) Origination channel Domestic Book Drawdown request International (U.S. dollar and foreign currency) Request for Transfer (RFT) Tax payment Online and mobile 5:30 p.m. 8:00 p.m. 5:30 p.m. 5:30 p.m. (USD) 5:00 p.m. (FX) 8:00 p.m. 4:30 p.m. Consolidated payables 5:30 p.m. 5:30 p.m. 5:30 p.m. 5:30 p.m. 5:30 p.m. 5:30 p.m. Telephone 5:30 p.m. 8:00 p.m. 5:30 p.m. 5:30 p.m. Case is built anytime, then sent to investigations for processing 4:00 p.m. Automated standing transfer 5:30 p.m. 8:00 p.m. 5:30 p.m. 5:30 p.m. 5:30 p.m. 4:00 p.m. Online foreign exchange Not applicable Varies by currency Varies by currency Varies by currency Varies by currency Not applicable SWIFT 5:30 p.m. 5:30 p.m. 5:30 p.m. 5:30 p.m. (USD) 5:00 p.m. (FX) 5:30 p.m. Not applicable Reporting You can access detailed current and previous day information on incoming and outgoing wires through our online Wire Transfer Detail, Previous Day, and Intraday Composite reports and through our Direct BAI file transfer service. Below is a sample of the information included in these reports, which can vary slightly by report type:  Customer name or account name and number  Wire amount  Processing date and time  Receiving or originating bank  Correspondent bank, Fed, or SWIFT reference number  Internal reference or confirmation number  Value date, currency, wire text, transaction status, and so forth 76 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. You can tailor the online reports to show as much or as little detail as you need. Reports are available for download in BAI V2, CSV, and Excel format, and to view in HTML and PDF format. You can also receive optional notifications* of rejected, successful and unsuccessful outgoing wires, and incoming wires by email, fax, or text message (or all three). *Additional fees may apply. (7) Provide for separate creator and approver roles/authorizations for wire transfers and repetitive templates. Acknowledged. We recommend dual custody for initiating free-form wires and for creating or maintaining wire templates online. With dual custody, we require a second user’s approval of the free-form wire and wire templates before they take effect. If you elect to use single custody, you will need to enroll in our Secure Validation service. This service provides you with an added layer of security without requiring another user’s approval when completing free-form wire initiation or template maintenance. Each time you initiate a free-form wire or perform template maintenance, you will select from a list of enrolled phone numbers to receive a six-digit validation code that you will enter online to complete the request. (8) Provide a reliable backup wire transfer process in the event of computer system problems or other unexpected events. Acknowledged. The City can use the telephone or initiate wires in person as a backup. Telephone Users will call a single toll-free number and provide an account number, personal identification number (PIN), and voiceprint; these are validated through a voice response unit (VRU). Repetitive wires set up on our system are completed through the VRU. To complete a free-form wire, the user is transferred to a team member in the Wells Fargo Wire Transfer department. In person You can go to any Wells Fargo store to initiate a wire. You must have signing authority on the account to initiate the request. (9) Assure that, except in cases of wire service malfunction or receiving ban system failure, outgoing wires sent pursuant to timely and correct wire instructions by the City are received by close of business same day at the wire destination. Acknowledged and agreed. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.77 (10) Credit incoming wire to the City as of the date the Offeror/Bank receives credit. We accept incoming wires from the Federal Reserve until 6:00 p.m. ET and credit them the same day. We process incoming SWIFT transactions until 7:00 p.m. ET. (11) Support priority wire transfers requiring special handling and immediate release. For example, wires received by a certain time of day. Because of our straight-through processing and the speed of our wire release procedures, we handle all wires on a priority basis. If you have a concern about a specific wire, you should contact your relationship manager or Treasury Management Client Services for help. There is no additional charge for this service. (7) Support infrequent international wire transfers. You can initiate foreign currency wire transfers through our online wire transfer and online foreign exchange services. The following is a list of currencies available. Available currencies Albanian lek1 Algerian dinar1 Andorra peseta1 Angolan kwanza1 Argentine peso1 Armenian dram1 Aruban florin1 Australian dollar Azerbaijanian manat1 Bahamian dollar1 Bahraini dinar Bangladesh taka1 Barbados dollar1 Belize dollar1 Bermudian dollar1 Bolivian boliviano1 Bosnia and Herzegovina convertible mark1 Botswana pula1 Brazilian real1 British pound sterling Brunei dollar1 Bulgarian lev1 Canadian dollar Cape Verde escudo1 Cayman Islands dollar1 Central Africa Fed. franc1 Chilean peso1 China Yuan renminbi1 Colombian peso1 Costa Rican colon1 Croatian kuna1 Czech Republic koruna Danish krone Dominican peso1 East Caribbean dollar1 Ecuador sucre1 Guatemala quetzal1 Guyana dollar1 Haiti gourde1 Honduras lempira1 Hong Kong dollar Hungarian forint Indian rupee Indonesian rupiah1 Israeli shekel Jamaican dollar1 Japanese yen Jordanian dinar1 Kampuchean riel1 Kazakhstan riel1 Kenyan shilling1 Korean won1 Kuwaiti dinar Lao Peoples Democratic Republic kip1 Lebanese pound† Lesotho loti1 Libyan dinar1 Lithuanian lita1 Macao pataca1 Madagascar ariary1 Malagasy franc1 Malawi kwacha1 Malaysian ringgit1 Maldivian rufiyaa1 Maltese lira1 Mauritius rupee1 Mexican peso Moroccan dirham1 Mozambique metical1 Myanmar kyat1 Namibian dollar1 Nepalese rupee1 Omani rial1 Pakistan rupee1 Panama balboa1 Papua New Guinea kina1 Paraguay guarani1 Peruvian nuevo sol1 Philippine peso Polish zloty Qatar rial Romanian lei1 Russian ruble1 Samoan tala1 Saudi Arabia riyal Serbian dinar1 Seychelles rupee1 Sierra Leone leone1 Singapore dollar Solomon Islands dollar1 South African rand Sri Lanka rupee1 Swaziland lilangeni1 Sweden krona Swiss franc Syrian pound1 Taiwan dollar Tanzanian shilling1 Thailand baht Tonga pa’anga1 Trinidad and Tobago dollar1 Tunisian dinar1,2 Turkish lira Uganda shilling1 Ukraine hryvnia1 United Arab Emirates dirham Uruguay peso1 Vanuatu vatu1 Venezuela bolivar fuerte1,2 78 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Available currencies Egyptian pound1 El Salvador colon1 Ethiopian birr1 Euro Fiji dollar1 French Polynesia francs1 Ghana cedi1 Netherland guilder1 Netherland antillean guilder1 New Zealand dollar Nigerian niara1 Norwegian krone Offshore Chinese yuan renminbi1 Vietnamese dong1 West African CFA franc1 Yemeni rial1 Zambian kwacha1 Zimbabwe dollar1,2 1Available through our online foreign exchange service only. 2Restricted currency; always U.S. dollars. c. Returned deposit item processing (1) Offeror must provide the ability to automatically redeposit returned items. We can automatically redeposit items returned for nonsufficient funds (NSF) or uncollected funds (UCF) one time. We cannot redeposit items returned for any other reason. Our redeposit service is optional by location. Copies of redeposited items We can provide the depositing location or central office images of redeposited returned items online or by transmission the next business day after we receive the item. If the City does not use our image services, you can call Treasury Management Client Services and request a mailed or emailed copy of the redeposited item. Re-presented check service We offer a re-presented check service (RCK) that provides an automated process for electronically re-presenting checks returned for NSF or UCF. Our Electronic Returns service converts an eligible returned check to an ACH debit. This not only increases the collection rate but also allows you to collect the funds more quickly. Eligible checks Per NACHA operating rules, to be eligible for check conversion, the check must:  Contain a pre-printed serial number  Not contain an auxiliary on-us field in the MICR line  Be in an amount of $2,500 or less  Be completed and signed by the customer Notice requirements Per NACHA operating rules, you must provide standard notification to your customers at registers or on mailed invoices. Number of presentments You can re-present items twice instead of the standard one time associated with a paper check. A second re-presentment gives you an additional chance to collect on returned checks, and helps increase your collection rates. Alternative re-presentment options are available. Options include:  One re-presentment instead of two Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.79  Timed re-presentments such as a specific day of the week or month Return of entries We process eligible returned entries according to your re-presentment instructions. We debit your account for final returns and offer reporting of the returned items through our standard returned item reporting options. In compliance with NACHA rules, we retain images of checks that are converted into electronic return entries for seven years from the settlement date. (2) Provide copies or images of all redeposited returned items to the City's Finance Department concurrently with each redeposited item. Acknowledged. As shown in the following image, you can access images of returned items the next business day after we receive the items. Images are available for up to 180 days. d. Monthly statements and account analysis (1) Provide monthly bank and custodial statements within five (5) business days of month-end. Separate statements shall be provided for all accounts and subaccounts as applicable. Acknowledged. The following table lists the mailing dates and online availability of statements and reconciliation reports. Service option Business days after cutoff: mailed Business days after cutoff: available online DDA statements 3 days 1 day Full reconciliation statement and reports Month-end cutoff Non-month-end cutoff 6 days 4 days 4 days 4 days Partial reconciliation statement Month-end cutoff Non-month-end cutoff 2 days 1 day 1 day 1 day 80 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. . (2) Provide an account analysis of banking activity charges and custodial charges including description of services, activity levels, and rates for each charge category within five (5) business days of month-end. Acknowledged. Wells Fargo encourages our customers to “Go Green”. As an alternative to paper, our customers can access their account analysis statement in human-readable PDF format through the CEO portal. The advantage of this method over paper is that you can easily store statements on an internal system or on CD-ROM. However, at the City’s request, we can continue to provide paper account analysis statements after implementing electronic account analysis. We are the only financial institution that offers an online interactive analysis statement. With our interactive statement the City can trend up to 13 months of analysis history, giving you a quick overview of changes in your activity and pricing. You can view the interactive statement online or download it in PDF, spreadsheet, HTML, or CSV formats. Examples of our trending feature are shown below. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.81 The City can select the items to include in the trending report. 82 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. The trending report displays your selected data in graph and list forms. . (3) The City Finance Director, City Auditor, additional city employees and third parties authorized by the City Finance Director shall have the right to examine any records supporting the monthly analysis. Acknowledged and agreed e. Response to external audit and internal audit Provide timely, complete, and accurate responses to requests for information from the City's external and internal auditors. Acknowledged and agreed. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.83 f. Online banking services (1) Provide online banking services for reporting, transaction processing, inquiry and internal controls. Reports must be available online and downloadable in PDF and Excel formats. Designed as a one-stop shop for access to banking services, the CEO portal also provides the City access to the following services: Services available through the CEO portal Treasury Management ACH Deletes & Reversals Online ACH Fraud Filter ACH Inquiry ACH Payments ARP Register Maintenance Basic Banking Cash Vault Deposit Maintenance Desktop Deposit Document Retrieval E-Box Decisioning Electronic Document Delivery Event Messaging Healthcare Claims Payments Healthcare Supplier Payments Image Positive Pay International ACH Payments Lockbox Payment and Delivery Preferences Payment Manager Payment Manager File Validation Tool Retail Lockbox Image Archive Returned Item services Reverse Positive Pay SAFE Transmission Self Administration Statements & Notices Stops-Images-Search Sweep Statements and Confirmations Wells Fargo Business Online Banking WellsTax payments Wire Transfer Prepaid Card Services Paycard Prepaid Card Wells Fargo® Visa® Gift Card Health Benefit Services Health Benefit Services Purchasing Commercial Card Expense Reporting International Services Canadian Treasury Services Foreign Exchange Trade Services Online TradeXchange: Export Services TradeXchange: Import Services TradeXchange: MIS and Images Credit, Loan, and Finance Asset Based Lending Business Credit Services Credit Management Fed Funds Online Global Fed Funds Interest Rate Management Loan Document Templates Mortgage Information Reporting Receivables Financing Supply Chain Finance Warehouse Lending Finance WFBCI Customer Reporting Trust and Investment* Fed Funds Institutional Investing: Reporting Institutional Investing: Trading Market Linked Investment Offerings Mutual Fund Reporting Mutual Fund Trading Prime Services Retirement Plan Payments Retirement Professionals Workstation Retirement Solutions Securities Lending Reporting Security Valuations Trust Analytics Trust Information Delivery Trust Portfolio Reporting Trust Transaction Management Wells Capital Management Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Wells Fargo Securities – Fixed Income Sales Shareowner Services Shareowner Client Connect *Investment products are not FDIC-insured, are not deposits of or guaranteed by the bank, and may lose value. Deposit and credit products are offered by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Member FDIC. You can initiate a full range of transactions, including domestic and international ACH, domestic and international wire transfers, stop payments, foreign exchange, trade, credit, and trust transactions. 84 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Online reporting Our Treasury Information Reporting service delivers online, customizable information reporting for all your account activity. With a single sign-on, you can view, print, or download your balances and transactions — and view check images on select reports — for review in minutes. You can choose from a number of standard reports that provide current and previous day information, including comprehensive balance, summary, and transaction detail, as well as reports on specific transaction types. Reports can be downloaded as needed into your accounting, treasury workstation, or spreadsheet applications. Download and viewing options vary by report, but can include BAI V2, CSV, Excel, HTML, and PDF. Current day Our current day (intraday) reporting includes the following transaction types: incoming and outgoing domestic and international wire transfer, ACH debits and credits, controlled disbursement summary and detail, remote deposits with detail, lockbox deposits with availability, lockbox detail, and cash letter deposits with availability. Our standard storage provides access to seven calendar days of history. We also offer optional extended storage of 30, 60, or 90 calendar days. We update current day information multiple times throughout the day. We report transactions that post, and we update current ledger and available balances, on a real-time basis; the exact times depend on the specific transaction. Previous day Our previous day reporting includes all transaction types that post to your accounts. Our standard storage provides access to seven calendar days of history. We also offer optional extended storage of 30, 60, 90, or 120 calendar days. We update previous day information reporting by 6:30 a.m. ET each banking day. Mobile If you need to view reports while you are on the go and away from your desk, we offer a mobile service as an extension of our single sign-on portal. We designed our mobile reports specifically for viewing on the small screens of mobile devices. We extract key information from the reports, including intraday and previous day summary and detail account information, and present it to you for easy viewing. Alerts Event messaging is an optional service that complements our online information reporting service. You can receive critical information alerts by email, fax, or text message about:  ACH received and return activity  Controlled disbursement totals  Incoming and outgoing wires  Intraday balances  Positive pay exception activity  Returned items Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.85  Unauthorized incoming ACH transactions Based on your direction, we can notify you immediately, once every hour, once every two hours, once a day, or twice a day. Available reports We offer a variety of online reports and statements to support your treasury management activity. The table below describes all statements and reports that are available to you through our Treasury Information Reporting service. Intraday reports Description ACH Origination Provides summary information by ACH company ID for ACH files that you submit for processing. It also includes detailed information on accepted or rejected transactions as well as the ACH settlement number. If you use single item settlement, you will see a settlement entry for each transaction. ACH Receive Details all ACH transactions we receive that will post to your account at the end of the current day. ACH Return/NOC (notification of change) Includes detailed information (including settlement information) by ACH company ID for all ACH returns and notifications of change (NOCs) for transactions you have originated. NOCs include corrected information and addenda records. Cash Letter Detail Details funds availability information on pre-encoded check deposits. Controlled Disbursement Detail Provides controlled disbursement transaction detail and location subtotals for each account you select. Controlled Disbursement Summary Shows a summary of the current day’s presentment totals and adjustment activity. Deposit Detail Lists all electronically-made check deposits. E-Box Allows you to review and post payments that originate through an online bill pay service. EDI Payment Detail Provides both ACH and EDI payment data in a comprehensive report format, and includes all addenda records for supported segment types as well as settlement information. You can access EDI-formatted payment and remittance information on the same day it posts to your account. Intraday Composite Provides balance, summary, and detailed transaction information, updated on a real-time basis. Intraday Position Shows an aggregated intraday cash position across all accounts you select, including total balances and total debits and credits. Intraday Return Item Detail Offers detailed information on checks that are going to be charged back to a customer’s account for reasons such as nonsufficient funds or stopped payment. Lockbox Availability Lists summary-level information for lockbox deposits, including float, on an intraday basis. Lockbox Detail Provides remitter information about payments you receive within a lockbox deposit. 86 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Wire Transfer Detail Lists comprehensive current day memo-posted detail for all outgoing and incoming wires, grouped by type: book transfers, domestic wires, and international wires. Previous day reports Description ACH Customer Activity Includes settlement information and adjustment detail, as well as a summary of return activity. It also shows details of reversals, deletions, and rejects. Express Balance Gives you a snapshot of previous day information, including balances, transaction summaries, images for each check transaction, and transaction details for your bank accounts. Month-to-Date Balance Provides a daily summary of account balances, aggregate float, and total transactions that posted to your accounts for the month-to-date, prior month, or a specific date range. Multibank Status Identifies when all of your accounts — including non- Wells Fargo and international accounts — have previous day information available for you to review. Previous Day Composite Provides a complete view of previous day information, including balances, transaction summaries, images for each check transaction, and transaction details for your accounts. Previous Day Return Item Allows you to view details and images of returns after they are charged to your account. Sweep Account Position* Shows investment balance for the prior day, allows you to track month-to-date dividend accruals, and lets you calculate your dividends earned on the previous day, the total book value of your cash, and your investment position for the next day. Cycle reports and statements Description ARP Statements and Reports Includes your ARP statement and detailed transaction reporting on 14 optional reports. ARP File Posting Confirmation Shows a summary and details of your account reconciliation activity by date, including check issues, cancels, and voids, as well as stop payment requests, releases, and renewals. ARP Data Query Report Allows you to perform a query of your ARP data and download the results in CSV or Excel. DDA Cycled Statement Details checking activity the day after your statement cycle closes. *For Money Market Mutual Fund Stagecoach Sweep® customers only. Investment products are not FDIC- insured, are not deposits of or guaranteed by the bank, and may lose value. Deposit and credit products are offered by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Member FDIC. (2) Provide the capability to execute the following transactions online Please see page 83 for a complete list of services provided by our CEO portal. (a) Transfers between accounts Acknowledged. Yes, the City will have the ability to transfer funds between City accounts using our CEO portal. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.87 (b) Initiation and approval of wire transfer payments Acknowledged. Yes, the City will have the ability to initiate and approve wire transfers using our CEO portal as well as CEO Mobile. (c) Initiation and approval of ACH payments Acknowledged. Depending on the method of origination, the City would have the ability to approve ACH files online for those originated using CEO or through Payment Manager. (d) Processing of electronic payables Acknowledged. Yes, Wells Fargo can provide the City the ability to process electronic payables. (e) Initiation of stop payment, cancel, and void orders Acknowledged. Yes, using our Stop Images Search module within CEO, the City will be able to originate stop payments, cancels and void orders. (f) Positive pay actions Acknowledged. Yes, the City will have the ability to view and decision exceptions on positive pay using our CEO portal. (g) Maintenance of wire and ACH templates Acknowledged. Yes, if wires and ACHs are originated using the CEO portal. (3) The online banking web site shall include the following internal controls: (a) Online check information including images of front and back of checks With our online Stops-Images-Search service, you can easily view and search for information about any of your deposits, checks, debits, credits, stop payments, and other types of items that posted to your account. You can also initiate, renew, or release stop payments. You have access to images of many items the same day they process. We retain all data and images for seven years. Images View images of available deposit tickets, checks deposited, and checks debited. Zoom in, rotate, adjust, contrast, and print or download check images. 88 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Search Use customized search tools and conduct range searches that help you locate any items by date or dollar amount. Locate specific items using check or customer reference number. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.89 .. (b) Multi-level security administration Our single sign-on online banking portal uses the security features described in the following paragraphs to help protect your information. Authentication The system requires multiple sign-on identifiers, including:  Company ID, user ID, and password  Strong or two-factor authentication for money movement and user administration services Account lockout The system will lock out a user account after three invalid password attempts. If an account becomes locked, the user must contact his or her company administrator or a Treasury Management Client Services representative to reissue and reset the password. Timed log off The online sessions are timed and monitored so that the system automatically logs users out when there are periods of inactivity. This reduces the risk of others accessing information from your unattended computers. Access control You determine who can access protected resources and which resources are available for access. Wells Fargo can set up entitlements for each user, or your administrators can create user IDs and assign privileges using our online administration service. Dual custody To help reduce your fraud risk, Wells Fargo requires dual custody to approve money movement transactions and changes to user access. Dual custody is an industry standard and best practice that helps protect against fraud attempts that 90 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. could originate inside or outside your company. For maximum effectiveness, dual custody should involve two users on different computers or mobile devices. You can choose to add dual custody to other online features such as user set up and password resets. Encryption Our system conducts user sign-ons and all session activities using 128-bit encryption. During sign-on or when accessing services that require a token, the system masks passwords and token passcodes for security reasons. Audit controls We internally log and monitor customer events that occur on our online system. Event logs provide information about user activities such as login, user profile updates, and transactional activity. These logs also identify the user, date and time of event, and other information relevant to the activity performed. (c) State of the art authentication such as dynamic identity tokens We have multiple levels of authentication in place to help ensure authorized transactions. All users must enter a company ID, user ID, and password to access our online banking portal or our mobile banking service. We also require strong (or two-factor) authentication using an RSA SecurID token. Two-factor authentication helps ensure that the individual performing an activity on your account is authorized to do so. In order to access money movement or user administration services, authorized users must enter a passcode made up of a user-created PIN and six-digit number displayed on the token. (d) Positive pay reporting, including images of exception items Our Positive Pay service compares checks posted to your account to your issue information. We review all positive pay exceptions and we reverse checks that we can correct (such as encoding errors), and repost them on the following business day. This feature saves you time and money — because we research and resolve the majority of your exception items for you. You will receive exception reporting and images by 10:00 p.m. ET. You will make your decisions by 3:00 p.m. ET. Create check registers for Issues Not on File Exceptions are not automatically added to the issue file; however, you can simply check the “create register” box to add them during your review. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.91 Send issue files as often as you need throughout the day We accept issue files 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. If we receive your file prior to 11:00 p.m. ET, we process it and update your issue information before we update the system with checks presented for payment that night. This ensures that we have the most recent issue information to compare with presented checks. To avoid exceptions, you should not distribute checks prior to the issue date. If you send a future-dated issue record, that information will not be available for positive pay until the morning of the issue date. Exceptions Your staff can access images of your exception items online, where they can view, print, or download them. They can also submit pay and return decisions online. You can also use our mobile service to access images, view positive pay exceptions, and make pay and return decisions. (e) ACH fraud filters The ACH system is one of the most efficient and cost-effective ways to transfer funds, but it’s critical that appropriate measures are in place to protect you against unauthorized transactions. You can choose from three options to protect your checking and savings accounts. Review transactions and decide if you want them returned With our review option, you can preauthorize ACH transactions to post to your account. We then notify you of any that are not preauthorized; you review those and notify us whether you want them paid or returned. When you tell us to return one, we create a reversing adjustment and return it as unauthorized. You can request that we report:  All ACH transactions posted to your account  All ACH transactions that exceed a predetermined dollar amount  ACH credit transactions only, or ACH debit transactions only 92 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.  ACH credit transactions or ACH debit transactions that exceed a predetermined dollar amount  ACH credit transactions or ACH debit transactions outside a specified date range  ACH credit transactions or ACH debit transactions that exceed a specified maximum number of occurrences If you do not make a pay or return decision on an item by the specified deadline, the item is automatically paid or returned based on the default action you select during implementation. Stop unauthorized transactions automatically With our stop option, we automatically return transactions that you have not preauthorized and process all that you have preauthorized. You can request that we:  Stop and return all ACH transactions  Stop and return all ACH transactions that exceed a predetermined dollar amount  Stop and return all ACH credit transactions only, or ACH debit transactions only  Stop and return ACH credit transactions or ACH debit transactions outside a predetermined dollar range  Stop and return all ACH credit transactions or ACH debit transactions outside a specified date range  Stop and return all ACH credit transactions or ACH debit transactions that exceed a specified maximum number of occurrences Monitor converted check entries Our Echeck option helps you monitor converted check entries for business-sized checks that have an auxiliary on-us field in the MICR line. This service includes Echeck Post and Echeck Stop options for accounts receivable check (ARC) and back office conversion (BOC), and point-of-purchase (POP) transactions. Echeck post If you use this option in conjunction with our positive pay service, you have the opportunity to see unmatched items that will post to your account, so you can decide to pay them or return them using our online Image Positive Pay service. If you use this option with our Perfect Presentment service, the ACH converted check will not be matched against your check issue records. Echeck stop If you choose this option, we will automatically stop all ineligible items inadvertently converted before they post to your account. (f) Effective training for system administrator(s) and others at implementation and ongoing. Most of our services offer features that are available through our CEO internet portal; there is no charge for training on these features. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.93 Training on the CEO portal is available to the City during all phases of your implementation, including during your decision-making process, and ongoing throughout your relationship with Wells Fargo. The portal includes access to product demos (a screen shot is shown below), and your staff can access tutorials and sign up for webinars taught by trained product experts. User guides and answers to frequently asked questions are also easily found on the site. We supply on-demand, pre-recorded modules online. This approach offers flexibility, so your staff can train when it is most convenient for them. Tutorials are especially useful for training new hires or for individuals learning a new job. These audio and visual recordings are available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. Webinars are instructor-led; your staff dials in to a conference call and follows an interactive online presentation. Attendees can ask questions of the instructor, find solutions to their specific issues, and chat with other users. During the setup of your services, your implementation coordinator will put you in touch with our technical experts whenever you need them. While we provide our training tools online, after your implementation is complete, Treasury Management Client Services will always be available to help your staff with questions about your new banking services. Our Technical Support Group is available to assist with technical issues that Client Services may not be able to resolve. 94 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (g) Provide alternative format to receive banking information (such as controlled disbursement amounts) if online services are not available. The City can contact client services for assistance with banking information. No matter how many Wells Fargo products and services you use, you will have just one number to call when you have an issue to resolve. Treasury Management Client Services has a centralized structure with a presence in all time zones. We hold the same high standards across our organization; all client service officers follow the same policies and procedures. g. Positive pay service (1) Provide the ability for the City to upload checks issued files that include check number, issue date, payee name & address, and check amount for validation before check is redeemed. Acknowledged. We offer two options for providing your issue files to Wells Fargo:  Transmit using one of our secure internet protocols or Connect:Direct with Secure+  Import online using our ARP Register Maintenance service We accept issue files 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. If we receive your file prior to 11:00 p.m. ET, we process it and update your issue information before we update the system with checks presented for payment that night. This ensures that we have the most recent issue information to compare with presented checks. To avoid exceptions, you should not distribute checks prior to the issue date. If you send a future-dated issue record, that information will not be available for positive pay until the morning of the issue date. (2) Provide adequate payee information detail for proper electronic matching to the City's issued checks at the time of redemption. Acknowledged. The ARP Payee Validation service allows up to 120 characters of payee information. h. Stop payment services (1) Provide the ability for the City to stop, cancel, or void checks by individual item number or range of check numbers online 24/7. With our online Stops-Images-Search service, you can easily view and search for information about any of your deposits, checks, debits, credits, stop payments, and other types of items that posted to your account. You can also initiate, renew, or release stop payments. Stops Initiate stop payments, and renew and release any stop payments you initiated previously. The system automatically reviews the previous 180 days and intraday teller-cashed activity to determine whether a requested check has paid. You can place stop payments on a maximum of 20 checks at one time. To place a stop payment on more than 20 checks at one time, you will contact Treasury Management Client Services for assistance. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.95 Effective period Stop payments remain in effect for six months. You can individually renew a stop payment on an as-needed basis through our online system or choose to use our automated renewal option. The renewal option lets you: Extend a stop payment for up to an additional six years (in 12-month increments)  Predetermine a dollar threshold for automatic stop payment renewals  Limit the number of times a stop payment is automatically renewed (2) Provide an alternative method for the City to stop, cancel, or void checks in the event that online services are not available. The City can contact client services for assistance with stop payments, cancel, or void checks. i. Image processing Provide front and back check images in electronic format for the retention period required by law. You can receive check image detail online, by image transmission, or on a disk. Online Image retrieval is available as part of our Stops-Images-Search service, which lets you immediately view, print, and download items. Images are available for seven years. Transmission Our image transmission option provides a daily, weekly, semi-monthly, or monthly file of paid check images and related index information. Image files are available as early as 11:00 a.m. ET the day after posting. Through our secure transmission platform, you can download files into your internal archives or to our viewing software. During implementation, you will choose which format (XML or PDF) you want to use for your files. 96 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. CD or DVD We deliver disks weekly, monthly, or semi-monthly. Disks are ready nine business days after the cycle cutoff. You will archive and view images and data using our viewing software. j. Account reconciliation services (1) Provide full account reconciliation services on a monthly basis. Wells Fargo can provide the City with full account reconciliation services on a monthly basis as required. We have included information on both our full and partial account reconciliation plans below. Full ARP The City provides Wells Fargo with issued check information, and Wells Fargo reconciles your paid checks to your issued checks and sends a detailed statement. We can update your check register information more than 50 times each day, seven days a week. Within 90 minutes of electronic transmission, you can receive an optional file confirmation or stop confirmation report. On a weekly or monthly basis, comprehensive statements are available for your account. Reports can include deposit location reporting, sorting, subtotaling, and other reporting customizations to match your accounting system or information requirements. You can request a variety of optional reports, including paid checks, outstanding checks, stop payments, and several others, in various output formats. Partial ARP For this service, Wells Fargo provides the City with an ARP statement. You can also request a variety of optional reports, including paid checks, stop payments, and several others in various output formats. You can then use the statement or optional reports to reconcile your statement and identify any exceptions. You will receive an electronic file of paid checks daily, weekly, or monthly to upload into your reconciliation software. Optional reporting Our information reporting system is fully integrated with our portal, making it easy for your staff to have all relevant reports and information online. With full and partial ARP, you can customize your account reconciliation to match your accounting needs by choosing which of 14 optional reports you need from the list below. ARP optional reports Paid Checks Deposit Location Outstanding Checks* Credits Posted Items Bank Originated Entries Stop Payments Reversed Checks† Issue Notices Not Received† Matched Paid Items† Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.97 ARP optional reports Voids and Cancels* Prior Payments* Issues This Cycle* Unpaid Checks *Only available with Full ARP. †Only available with Full ARP or Partial ARP with Positive Pay. The following are samples of information shown on our most commonly requested optional reports, shown in PDF format. Paid Checks Outstanding Checks Stop Payments Voids and Cancels . 98 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (2) Create a daily file of checks redeemed to be imported into the City's financial system. The file must include at a minimum check number, issue date, redeem date, and redeem amount. The file must be retrievable by the City via a secured process. You can use optional ARP reports such as Posted Items, Paid Checks, and Outstanding Checks to automate your account reconciliation. These reports, for example, summarize all transactions, identify which checks have been paid, and summarize outstanding checks as of the statement date. Wells Fargo has a standard flat file layout for transmission of ARP reports; however, we can work with you to determine how we can best accommodate your needs if your system requires a different flat file format. For both full and partial ARP, files are available to you Tuesday – Friday by 9:00 a.m. ET and Saturday by 10:00 a.m. ET. (3) Create a daily file of all transactions to be imported to the City's financial system. The file must include all amounts debited and credited to the City's depository account with adequate information to identify the source of the transaction. The file must be retrievable by the City via a secured process. Interface options The City can choose from multiple interface options. AutoLink You can automate the download of your Treasury Information Reporting reports for upload directly to your accounting, ERP, or treasury workstation systems. Reports are available for download in BAI V2, CSV, Excel, and TXT formats. Direct BAI file transfer You can receive automatic file transmissions of your previous day and intraday account information directly to your accounting, ERP, or treasury workstation systems. BAI V2 is the standard format for this service. Consolidated receivables You can use our Receivables Manager service to receive a simple electronic payment file for easy posting to your system. We format the file based on your preferences so that it can automatically update your accounting, ERP, or treasury workstation systems. Your file can include these payment types:  ACH  Electronically deposited items  Online bill payments  Lockbox check payments  Wire transfer (U.S. dollar only)  Export letters of credit and documentary collections This service supports these formats: Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.99  ANSI 820  ANSI 823  BAI  Flat file  Modified NACHA  Proprietary formats System interfaces We have existing interfaces with a wide variety of accounting, ERP, and treasury workstation systems, including, but not limited to, PeopleSoft, SAP, Oracle, JD Edwards, Integrity, Selkirk, SunGard, and XRT-Cerg. Integration with Wells Fargo does not require any type of software installation on your system of record; it is accomplished through data file exchange between the City and Wells Fargo. Existing interface Our services use existing interfaces that work with a wide range of accounting, ERP, or treasury workstation systems. k. Record retention Retain all records related to the performance of the agreement as required by law. The City and third party representatives authorized by the City Finance Director shall have the right to examine these records during normal business hours at a branch located within the City. Records shall be accessible within three (3) business days of request. We will provide reasonable access to our records in accordance with our internal corporate retention and privacy policies. While Wells Fargo does not permit the City direct access to these records, you may obtain copies by submitting requests through your dedicated relationship team. We retain records for varying lengths of time based on need. We have an established enterprise-wide Records Management program that addresses the legal, technical, and operational issues affecting our information assets. Our process includes classifying records and assigning a record retention period to each record. Our policy requires the tracking of records from inception to destruction, with appropriate approvals prior to destroying any records. 100 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. l. Relationship management (1) Provide a dedicated account manager as a single point of contact, with a minimum of five (5) years tenure with the firm, who shall be readily available during normal business hours to administer the Agreement. Offeror is responsible for notifying the City of any changes in account manager or contact information. Account manager's responsibilities shall include, but are not limited to, overseeing all aspects of implementation, servicing, reporting, and issues resolution. Account manager should be proactive in recommending new products and services and upgrading existing services as appropriate. Acknowledged. Your primary treasury management contact is Lynn Nieves. Lynn has been with Wells Fargo for over eight years and has more than 19 years of banking experience. Lynn Nieves, MBA, CTP Senior Vice President Treasury Management Sales Consultant lynn.nieves@wellsfargo.com 813-225-4338 813-225-4450 fax MAC Z0307-085 100 S. Ashley Drive 8th Floor Tampa, FL 33602 Lynn will support the City as the primary contact for treasury management. Lynn joined Wells Fargo in 2008 and has more than 19 years of banking experience, with most of these years dedicated to government treasury management. During her tenure in government treasury management, she has worked with various government entities including State of Florida and many of its agencies, counties, cities, school boards, and tax collectors. Lynn has a bachelor of science in business administration and a master’s in business administration from the University of Central Florida. She is a Certified Treasury Professional. In addition, she is a member of the Florida Government Finance Officers Association (FGFOA). I In addition, you will have a dedicated Relationship Manger, Vicki Parker. While Vicki has been with Wells Fargo for only three years, she has prior experience as the City’s RM with a previous employer. Vicki has over 12 years of experience working with government clients and over 30 years of commercial banking experience. (2) Dedicated account manager shall be assigned within a convenient servicing branch who is available during normal business hours to manage the customer relationship and monitor the delivery of various services to the City. In addition to the City’s relationship team, the City’s service requirements will have the attention of a dedicated client service officer who is ready to resolve your issues. Your dedicated client service officer understands your treasury management needs and, as we begin our relationship, will learn more about your day-to-day operations. Your knowledgeable client service officer is ready to resolve your issues; a trained backup service officer with knowledge of your organization’s needs is also readily available. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.101 (3) Provide a list of Offeror's personnel who shall be available to answer questions or provide information pertaining to all services or related transactions within ten business days of agreement execution. Provide updates within two (2) business days. Vicki Parker, Relationship Manager 100 S. Ashley Drive, 8th Floor Tampa, FL 33602 Ph: 813-225-4432 Email: vicki.parker@wellsfargo.com Lynn Nieves, Treasury Management Sales Consultant 100 S. Ashley Drive, 8th Floor Tampa, FL 33602 Ph: 813-225-4338 Email: lynn.nieves@wellsfargo.com (4) Provide live customer service available, at a minimum from 7am EST to 7pm EST to provide assistance to City staff as necessary. Treasury Management Client Services representatives are available Monday through Friday from 7:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m. ET and Saturday from 9:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m. ET. At times your concerns may require the involvement of our Operations department and you may choose to contact them directly.  Wire transfer operations staff is available Monday through Friday from 8:00 a.m. to 9:00 p.m. ET.  ACH investigations support is available Monday through Friday from 8:00 a.m. to 9:00 p.m. ET.  ACH production support is available from 5:00 p.m. Sunday through 1:00 a.m. Saturday ET.  Wholesale Transmissions staff is available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. (5) Provide a method of direct contact from bank locations to the City for verification of any suspected fraudulent check cashing attempts. Acknowledged. Should someone attempt to cash a fraudulent check where we do not have valid issue information, the bank will on a best efforts basis reach out to the designated City contact to get a decision on whether to pay or reject an item. If we are unable to obtain a decision from the City we will not cash the check. (6) Provide technical customer support for software and communication issues remotely, 24/7, at no additional cost to the City. Wholesale Transmissions staff is available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. m. Disaster preparedness (1) Provide a detailed disaster recovery plan that includes off-site recovery facilities and recovery procedures. Wells Fargo has formal teams in place that are dedicated to managing our ongoing business continuity efforts. Our Business Continuity Planning office 102 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. oversees preparedness at an enterprise level, and each primary Wells Fargo line of business ensures preparedness at the business level. Wells Fargo is active in industry forums whose primary objectives are to discuss and share various disaster recovery-related best practices. Forums we are involved in include Contingency Planning & Management, Disaster Recovery Journal, Disaster Recovery International, and Payment Risk Committee, among others. Testing We update and test disaster recovery procedures regularly, with the frequency and timing varying by the business function or application. We test and update business unit-level procedures no less than annually, and critical enterprise-wide systems no less than semi-annually. Critical functions Our core processes and procedures for business continuity planning remain consistent for a wide variety of disruptions, including earthquakes, fires, floods, technical outages or in the event of a cyber-threat. If a disaster or emergency occurs, we make every attempt to restore and maintain normal service levels as soon as possible. Contingency planning, routine data backups, and business recovery are parts of each Wells Fargo disaster recovery plan. We are on call 24 hours a day, 7 days a week when responding to an incident. Although components of our business continuity plan may vary based on the nature of an event, we have identified the main areas that are most commonly affected, and provide our general approach to each in the following paragraphs. Systems To minimize the severity of system interruptions, we have instituted redundancies for business critical systems. If a Wells Fargo system experiences a temporary outage, we allocate available resources to the remediation of the impacted applications. Our systems reroute to a hot backup site within three minutes of issue identification. Telecommunications and power Wells Fargo works with multiple telecommunications and power companies to create a redundant network to minimize the likelihood of an outage. However, if an outage occurs, we take reasonable action to implement manual alternatives. Customer data We store customer and account data on a source system of record, and back it up in either real time or on a batch-based schedule. If a disaster occurs, your relationship manager, client service officer, and other relationship team members will have immediate access to the source system that houses your information. In the event of a disaster, you will connect with the same Wells Fargo team members that are familiar with you and your overall relationship with Wells Fargo today. Wells Fargo Mobile Response Unit Our Mobile Response Unit can be dispatched to an affected area to help our customers in just a few days. The Mobile Response Unit is built on a semi-trailer truck, can be powered by self-contained generators, has private offices, a cellular Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.103 data feed with satellite backup, as well as a kitchen and bathroom. In the past, our response unit has provided our customers with in-person mortgage assistance, check processing, and guidance to help with the repair and recovery process. Backup processing If a disaster occurs at one of our primary operations centers, we use alternate processing centers to take over day-to-day processing and support until the primary center returns to normal operating conditions. Our recovery sites are strategically dispersed across multiple locations to minimize potential disruption within a specific geographic region. These sites are fully staffed, are operational, and use redundant systems to help provide a smooth transition from the primary to the alternate site. In most situations, we can restore primary processing within two to twelve hours of disaster declaration. Our recovery sites have sufficient capacity to maintain processing for an extended period. The following are our backup processes for our core services. (2) Support the City's disaster recovery plan that may include access to branch locations for emergency operations and supporting the City's disaster exercises. Legal liability and other concerns prohibit us from providing business continuity services to companies outside of our corporate entity; however, we remain available and responsive to all customers to help ensure that business continuity strategies and communications remain active before, during, and after a specific emergency. If you require special business continuity-related services, we would need to discuss specifics and reach agreement on such services in advance. (3) In the event of a declared natural or national emergency (e.g. major destruction from a hurricane) causing the City to be unable to generate checks, Offeror, if still operational, shall provide a method by which City employees, as authorized by the City's Payroll Department and Finance Director, can access cash advances up to $500 per employee, which may be either in cash or pay cards, at no cost to the City employees. If the Offeror is not operational after said emergency, Offeror shall provide delivery to a pre- designated site of up to $1,500,000 in cash for the purpose of a distribution of pay to City employees. We would work with the City to provide access to cash through our St. Petersburg Vault or an alternate location if necessary where the City could order cash through the voice response unit or through our CEO portal by 11 a.m. ET or 10:30 a.m. ET respectively. The armored courier would pick up the cash order that afternoon for delivery to the City on the following day. We will assist the City in any manner possible before, during and after a disaster and work to put contingency plans in place should we be awarded the business. We will be happy to share a disaster preparedness document with the City. 104 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Deadlines The following table lists the cutoffs and associated armored pickups (in local time) for change orders, organized by site and by order method used. Cash vault site (served by) Touch- tone Online or transmission Armored pickup Florida St. Petersburg 11:00 a.m. 10:30 a.m. 4:00 p.m. Paycard services The following paragraphs outline some of the factors that make Wells Fargo uniquely suited to help you streamline your payment processes and control costs. Pricing on our paycard solutions can be provided upon request. Worldwide ease of use Cardholders can withdraw funds from nearly 6,200 Wells Fargo banking stores or more than 12,000 Wells Fargo ATMs, or at any MasterCard®-issuing bank or MasterCard-accepting ATM1. There are more than two million ATMs (and other locations) worldwide where cash can be obtained. The MasterCard-branded card is also accepted for point-of-sale purchases at more than 35.9 million locations worldwide, including more than 9.2 million locations in the United States. 1Cardholders are charged a fee for using non-Wells Fargo ATMs. Simplified implementation Some providers require you to open a new, separate demand deposit account when starting a payroll card program — Wells Fargo does not.2 2You must have a Wells Fargo analyzed account for billing purposes. Multiple funding options For situations where you need to pay an employee immediately, we offer instant funding capabilities when you assign a card. We also offer online instant funding for overtime pay and corrections. Non-reloadable payroll card You can issue a non-reloadable payroll card for termination and single assignment pay. Reduced risk We handle all issues related to abandoned balances, unlike providers that require you to handle escheatment. Moreover, cardholder balances are FDIC-insured. Streamlined ACH process You can include payroll card funding transactions in your regular direct deposit file. ACH capabilities and leadership The foundation of success for all payroll card programs is the ACH platform that supports it. Wells Fargo is a leader in ACH processing; according to 2012 NACHA rankings, we are the largest credit originator and the largest originator overall. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.105 We have more than 170 accredited ACH professionals available to support your payment and disbursement needs. Consultative approach We measure our success by your results. We strive to build our relationship with the City by focusing on specific ways to improve your business. Rather than pushing payroll cards, we offer a complete suite of electronic and paper-based payment options. We make recommendations based on which options will meet your particular needs at a given point in time. We are proposing a payroll card program today because we believe it will save you and your employees’ time and money. n. Third party internet payment program Offeror shall have available technology that allows for third party payment sites to electronically forward City customer online utility payments into the City’s account, currently via Western Union Speedpay. Provide a secure FTP site which the City can access on a daily basis to capture information related to these electronic payments. The data would be decrypted by the City and interfaced to the City's utility billing system to credit customer accounts. The City can use our E-Box service along with our Receivables Manager solution to accept consolidate utility payments received through online bill payment providers. E-Box service Online bill payments are a convenient, simple, and paperless way for your customers to pay you. The multistep validation and handling features of our E- Box service help minimize exceptions while maximizing your straight-through processing rate. You can post payments automatically. We will merge your customer’s online bill payment data, apply additional data transformations, and generate a consolidated data file that is compatible with your accounts receivable system. Our service accepts payments from many bill service providers, as well as from consumer credit counseling centers and walk-in bill payment providers. How it works When you sign up, we will notify the online service providers in our network* that you can receive payments through our E-Box service. We will consolidate your payments and post a single ACH credit to your account. *We connect to all major originating endpoints and an extensive network of third-party originators. 106 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Multistep validation To improve the quality and standardization of the file you receive, you can instruct us to use one or more validation routines to identify, filter out, and repair invalid payments or other types of exceptions. Payments that have errors or exceptions will be suspended. You will then either decision them online (optional) or instruct us to return them to the originator. The following table shows several examples of the validation routines the City can choose from. Validation routine Description Account mask Confirms that the inbound account number matches your billing account number structure. Check digit* Uses a mathematical equation to determine if an account number is valid. Cross-reference database processing Translates consumer-initiated account numbers we receive and corrects the account number prior to validation and processing. This database can correct inaccurate account information your customer enters and can make account number changes that may occur due to a merger, acquisition, or system change. Positive file processing Compares inbound account numbers to a file of valid account numbers you provide. Stop file processing Compares inbound account numbers to a file of unacceptable accounts you provide. *Applies to credit card billers. Receivables Manager You can post payments automatically when you receive an electronic payment file from Wells Fargo. This helps you accelerate payment posting while reducing the number of errors caused by manual data entry. Your file can contain receivables data from any combination of the following payment types:  ACH  Wires  Online bill payments  Lockbox  Remote deposit Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.107 o. Merchant services, P-Card, and E-Payables These services are currently utilized by the City via separate contracts and when referenced in this Request for Proposals are supplemental to the primary banking services, for possible consideration during the agreement term. Wells Fargo Merchant Services It is important for you to know you are working with a trusted provider who has experience and knowledge in the merchant services industry. With this knowledge and experience comes a deep-rooted understanding of your challenges and needs. Our authorization system supports a wide range of communication interfaces, including MPLS, VPN, satellite, dial-up, internet, and wireless. We own and manage the end-to-end transaction delivery network, supporting more than 2.2 billion credit and debit transactions each year. With us, you authorize and settle your transactions using a comprehensive authorization system that provides a fast, reliable, and fully redundant solution for all of your electronic payment transactions. Further, Wells Fargo Merchant Services has Value Added Reseller (VAR) relationships with more than 200 vendors providing a broad variety of processing products and services to meet almost any of your payment processing needs. We provide processing for credit and debit cards, PIN-based debit, check verification, gift cards, and other payment services for any size business. Today, we serve approximately 180,000 customers located in every state in the U.S. and we process more than $248 billion in credit and debit card sales volume. Why we are different Simply stated, our consultative approach is different from our competitors. Because our wholesale merchant solution team is part of treasury management, we take time to help ensure all your receivables solutions, including card processing, work with all of your other treasury management services. We, as a team, are focused on maximizing your cash flow and working capital, whether that includes managing Interchange expense through process improvements or by providing next business day funding to your Wells Fargo bank accounts. Our wholesale merchant solutions team includes sales consultants, implementation project managers, and merchant services relationship managers. Throughout the entire process we will recommend solutions, processing methods, and best practices to keep a fair cost and to help ensure your overall cash flow and working capital is improved. We welcome the opportunity to discuss our capabilities further with the City and assist in providing solutions to alleviate the reconciliation of deposits at various locations. Additional information and pricing can be provided upon request. WellsOne Commercial Card With the WellsOne® Commercial Card, the City can leverage our solution to streamline expense management and increase process efficiency. You can consolidate any combination of purchasing, travel and entertainment, fleet, and accounts payable spend under one program. 108 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Because your expenses are consolidated, you have access to robust, comprehensive information for smart decision making. You gain significant savings in time, transaction processing costs, and internal resources required to support the program. A single card platform integrates disparate processes and creates a solid foundation for future growth. The City will have peace of mind knowing you have a partner with the experience and knowledge to make your program successful. Wells Fargo was the first provider to introduce a card program that consolidates small dollar purchases. Accepted almost everywhere Wells Fargo is a dual issuer, with both Visa and MasterCard available for our commercial card program. With both platforms boasting the highest global acceptance rates – more than 40 million merchants worldwide – your employees can make purchases almost everywhere cards are accepted. We will help you determine which issuer best meets your needs. Chip and PIN All of our card programs are equipped with chip and PIN technology to support greater acceptance and improve fraud protection. Chip and PIN cards have an embedded microchip that cannot be copied as well as the traditional magnetic strip. As a result, you will have greater acceptance and improved fraud protection. Corporate liability: a best practice Why are more organizations choosing corporate liability? Simply put, it’s because a corporate liability program offers many efficiencies, including:  Avoiding increases in costs, losses, and risks  Increasing visibility of spending across the entire organization  Eliminating unnecessary burdens on employees Corporate liability is considered a best practice in the card industry, and our program uses this approach. Multicurrency options Wells Fargo issues commercial cards denominated in U.S. dollars, Canadian dollars, euros, and British pounds. We offer Canadian dollar cards to U.S. based customers with a division or subsidiary located in Canada. Our euro and British pounds solutions are available to customers with operations in the United Kingdom, France, and Germany. Online program management For the lowest IT burden and the most flexibility, manage your program through our online expense reporting system, which offers self-administration functionality and modular components. The City will not need to install additional hardware or software on your system. You will be able to manage cards in real time, obtain comprehensive standard and custom reports, customize transaction fields, and establish automatic, precise cost allocations. Our system interfaces with many forms of technology for expense reporting. You can upload expense data from the application to most Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.109 ERP or treasury workstation platforms, including SAP, which eliminates any manual data entry to your general ledger. City employees can review and approve transactions, view receipts, input out-of- pocket expenses, and reclassify line items to multiple cost centers. Because the reporting system is entirely online, cardholders can begin reconciliation well before the end of the statement cycle. The online system is proprietary, developed and maintained by Wells Fargo. Your feedback will be gathered and used to make regular enhancements. Automate the payment of invoices Like other entities, you may be dealing with budget cuts and the pressure to do more with fewer resources. You can achieve significant time and cost savings by moving more of your expenditures from paper-based processes to our commercial card. Moving a single transaction to your commercial card saves an average of $74 in processing costs and eliminates nine days cycle time.1 When you authorize a payment, our accounts payable tool, AP Control, assigns a single-use account number, then sends that number and the transaction details to the appropriate merchant by secure email. An electronic transaction detail file is available so you can close transactions within your back-end applications. Payments can be limited to an exact dollar amount for added control and ease of reconciliation. Integration with other electronic payment initiatives Our accounts payable tool for commercial card, AP Control, is also fully integrated into our Payment Manager service. You can use this service to send us electronic payment files directly from your SAP system. You can consolidate multiple different payment types — check, ACH, wire transfer, and commercial card transactions — in a single file. Upon receipt of the file, we separate payments by type and process them accordingly, sending traditional or human-readable remittance information to the payee. Supplier Analysis & Onboarding To maximize participation from your suppliers, our Supplier Analysis & Onboarding program provides support with enrolling vendors that you pay directly with the card and those that you opt to pay with our electronic payables tool. We designed our Supplier Analysis & Onboarding program with the understanding that no two supplier bases are the same. Your supplier enrollment team will perform a vendor match against the Visa or MasterCard database to identify which of your suppliers currently accept card payments. The targeted group of suppliers identified by the analysis is provided to our Supplier Enrollment team who will conduct an outreach campaign to convert these suppliers from check to commercial card payments. Mobile capabilities Even if you are away from your desk, you can quickly, easily, and securely handle critical tasks that can’t wait until you return. Your program administrators can change credit limits and view declined transactions in real time, saving time and providing greater convenience to cardholders. Your cardholders can use smart 110 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. phones to view balances and available credit and enter out-of-pocket expenses as transactions occur, improving the accuracy of your expense reports. Cardholders can use their smart phones to capture receipt images and upload them to our image archive. Cardholders will be able to receive text alerts when a transaction is completed or when they are nearing their card limit. Manage out-of-pocket expenses You can track out-of-pocket expenses for your entire organization through our online system. Cardholders and non-cardholders alike can input their out-of- pocket expenses and request reimbursement, creating a one-stop expense reporting experience. Once out-of-pocket expenses are approved, we can process ACH credits directly to employees’ bank accounts or create files for you to send to your ACH processor to issue the credits. Manage receipts online Cardholders can capture receipt images electronically and submit them to our archive by email, fax, or mobile upload. You can view images of the receipts online along with the cardholder’s expense report. This eliminates the need to send and track physical receipts. Protect yourself from fraud Fraud detection and prevention is one of our top priorities, and we are proud to have attained a commercial card fraud rate that is nearly half the industry average. We review our fraud rates internally and, through confidential discussions and documentation, compare them with others in the commercial card industry. In 2013, 99.93% of our commercial card transactions were not identified as fraudulent. In 2014, Wells Fargo received the following 2013 Visa service quality performance awards in regards to fighting fraud:  Highest Domestic Authorization Approval Rate  Highest International Authorization Approval Rate  Highest Chargeback Effectiveness Rate for Non-Fraud Reason Codes In the 2016 Phoenix-Hecht Large Corporate index survey, we received an A rating for our purchasing card's overall capabilities and functionality. Additionally, each card is supported by our sophisticated fraud detection program and $100,000 in protection against employee misuse of the card. Full implementation support We approach implementation as a partnership. Because we recognize that any process improvement using electronic payments and web-based technology requires a knowledgeable partner, we don’t outsource any part of the implementation process. We commit our own full-time resources and experienced members of our commercial card team guide the design, installation, and rollout of your program. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.111 Dedicated account manager You have a dedicated account manager who is your primary point of contact for your program and provides you with guidance and support on an ongoing basis. Your account manager meets with you regularly to track program statistics and measure them against key goals. In addition to reviews of benchmarking and program information, your account manager will update you on industry developments and best practices that promote card use. Support available around the clock Our Business Purchasing Service Center has locations in San Francisco, Salt Lake City, and Winston-Salem, and is available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week to provide day-to-day support to your program administrators and cardholders. The service center is dedicated solely to servicing our commercial card customers. Notes 1 RPMG Research Corporation, 2012 Purchasing Card Benchmark Survey Results. Payment Manager service As part of our Electronic Commerce Services, you can send consolidated payables transmission and streamline and automate your payment and remittance processes, strengthen trading partnerships, and optimize your overall expense management. In a single file, you can provide payment instructions, including all related addenda or remittance information, and transmit it to the bank. You can also send a file that includes multiple payment types; we will separate the payments by type and process them accordingly. Payment types Your file can include the following payment types:  U.S. dollar and Canadian dollar paper checks  Domestic ACH transactions (U.S. dollar)  International ACH transactions (foreign currency)  Domestic and international U.S. dollar wire transfers  Foreign currency wire transfers  International requests for transfer (SWIFT MT101 wires)  Commercial card transactions (multiple currencies) Online services You can use our consolidated payables service through our single sign-on portal for the following functions:  Perform secondary approval for an uploaded and transmitted file  Upload a payment file, access acknowledgments and optional confirmations  Generate a report on a payment file  Run an audit report on settings and user entitlements Secondary approval You can make optional secondary approvals for some — or all — of your payments after we receive your file. The system holds an entire file of payments, or an individual payment, for an authorized user to approve* or delete. We will 112 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. then generate the payments and send remittance information based on your instructions. *Subject to approval limits. History Search for payment information, view standard reports, create custom reports, and schedule report reminders. Data is available for 90 calendar days after we receive your payment file. Users with administration authority have access to an audit report which provides snapshots of set ups, and user entitlements. You can also view all changes made to set ups and user entitlements within the last 90 calendar days. How it works Flexible file options Delivery Transmit your payment file using a variety of communication protocols (including multiple internet options) or upload it online. Formats This service accepts standard Wells Fargo flat file, Wells Fargo XML, ASC X12 820, Lawson AP 161, Excel CSV, SAP IDoc, and ISO 20022 (CGI common XML standard). Processing deadlines Your file is accepted and acknowledged for initial processing by our service 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. Depending on the payment system, we will process your file the same day if we receive it by our cutoff time. We process a file that arrives after the cutoff the next day. If you require secondary approval, it must be completed by the applicable deadline for same-day processing. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.113 If a file includes multiple payment types, the earliest applicable deadline applies for the entire file. Cutoff times (ET) Payment type Transmission cutoff time Settlement target Standard processing Standard Same day* 10:00 p.m. 12:00 p.m. Next business day mail Same business day mail ACH 8:30 p.m. Next business day and two business days Wire Fedwire SWIFT CHIPS 5:30 p.m. 5:00 p.m. 5:30 p.m. Same business day Dependent on destination Same business day Wells Fargo commercial card Accepted when received Processed when received *Subject to volume limitations and additional fees. Assurance of receipt Acknowledgments We will let you know by transmission, email, or both that your file has reached our system and has undergone initial processing for delivery to our payment systems. Choose the format: XML, ANSI X12 997 (standard EDI), ISO 20022, or human-readable report. If you’d like delivery by both transmission and email, each can be in a different format. You can also view and download acknowledgments online. Confirmations You have the option to receive payment confirmations for wire transfers, commercial card, and ACH payments by transmission, secure email, or both. You can also view and down confirmations online. Choose the format: XML, ANSI X12 824 (standard EDI), Excel CSV, ISO 20022, or human-readable report. Trading partners Enhanced remittance delivery options Include detailed remittance information in your payment file. You choose the delivery method: online, or by email, mail, or fax. We will separate and process the payments and forward the remittance data (in a human-readable format) to your payees. Transition payees to electronic payments Invite your payees (by mail or email) to self-enroll online to receive ACH payments (instead of check payments) and electronic remittance information. You choose the remittance delivery channel you want to offer: email, mail, fax, or online. 114 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Benefits The key benefits of our service are outlined in the following paragraphs. Lower error rates By reducing the use of paper documents and manual data entry, you minimize mistakes and increase efficiency. Accepts a variety of payment file formats We accept most custom and proprietary file formats — almost any type of file format your system can generate. If you use a standard format, it can minimize your implementation cost and time. Compatibility with treasury workstations and ERP systems These include, but are not limited to:  PeopleSoft  Oracle EBS*  SAP  Lawson  Microsoft Dynamics Great Plains  JD Edwards  GTreasury  Kyriba  SunGard  Wall Street Systems *If you use Oracle, you can use our software solution to manage data translation to the file. Improve cash forecasting and reconciliation Electronic control of your domestic disbursements allows you to better manage and forecast your cash flow. The service is also integrated with our account reconciliation and positive pay services. Reduce costs Sending one file for domestic items reduces the internal and external costs associated with moving funds. Additionally, the service can reduce your administrative expenses for domestic check processing. Integrate processing of multiple payment types With the consolidated payables service, you don’t have to create or transmit separate files — you can initiate multiple payment types in a single file. Consolidated payables business-to-person (B2P) payments A convenient new service, B2P payments, is in pilot. This service allows you to replace business-to-consumer (B2C) check payments with electronic payments, using your payee’s email address or mobile phone number. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.115 p. Other services In addition to the basic services described herein, the City may request additional services, including, but not limited to, training, seminars on relevant financial topics, and provision of a help desk and/or an online technical support center. Acknowledged. We welcome the opportunity to consult with you on how we may meet your needs or the needs of your staff. q. Implementation Provide a detailed implementation plan to the City within 15 days of agreement execution. Acknowledged. We approach implementations as a partnership, and our experienced team works closely with the City through every step of your transition to Wells Fargo. Your assigned implementation coordinator works with internal bank partners and your staff to define and document requirements and determine our approach. We have previously provided a sample implementation timeline for the City on page 38 of our response. Our implementation team members will meet with the City; together, we will discuss and document presumptions, issues, and questions both parties have, and follow up with further meetings. We will determine timelines for specific products and the responsibilities involved in meeting deadlines. Depending on service needs, the City builds transmission files, creates test checks, and completes related tasks. Wells Fargo then builds your services on the product platforms. Will we assign a dedicated transmission specialist to help you in the testing of input and output file formats. Once testing is complete, your agreement is required to move any transmission services into the production environment. Well Fargo stays engaged with you throughout your implementation and ongoing through our relationship. Welcome package You will receive a welcome package that provides logon instructions, logon IDs, and user and reference guides to assist with individual product setup. Testing Together, we will monitor your first transmissions, first transmission file postings, and other new transactions to quickly identify any issues and assist you in taking corrective actions. Training Your staff can attend online training sessions that explain how to use your new banking services. Customer service We ensure that our client service officers understand your account structure and services — from your perspective. 116 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Treasury Management Client Services representatives are available Monday through Friday from 7:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m. ET and Saturday from 9:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m. ET. If you would like, you can leave a voice mail and we will return your call within two hours or right away the next morning. You also have the option to leave a voice mail 24 hours a day, 7 days a week or to send an email. 7. Pricing structure changes Provide a method of safeguarding the City's accounts from application of any unauthorized change or increase in Offeror's pricing structure throughout the initial term of the Agreement. Only the fees for services listed in the Agreement may be applied to the City's accounts and no other costs/fees associated with maintenance and use of accounts shall be allowed unless expressly authorized by the City. Acknowledged. The prices quoted will be honored during the initial contract term. Your relationship team will review your analysis statements periodically to ensure there have not been any unauthorized increases or charges. 8. Collaboration Offeror shall meet with the City at least annually during the term of the Agreement to collaborate on innovative ways to contain costs by identifying inefficiencies and developing strategies that are mutually beneficial to both the City and the Offeror. Offeror should be proactive in presenting new products and services, and upgrades to existing services that enhance the level of service, provide cost savings, and maximize efficiencies. Acknowledged. Wells Fargo Treasury Management puts our customers at the center of every decision we make. We keep these key points in mind as we enhance our services:  Focus on the customer  Stay current with technology  Keep things simple  Make them easy to implement  Help customers keep pace globally The City needs to operate efficiently and electronically and do more with less while keeping up with technology. We develop and deliver products that help you succeed and make it easy for you to do business with us. Through ongoing conversations, we hear what customers want from their treasury services — and how they want to use and access them. Advisory councils and business process reviews help us gather feedback that shapes our existing and future products. Customer input Since 2004, Wells Fargo has managed a formal Customer Advisory Council. This group is comprised of approximately one dozen current customers and 650 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.117 alumni members from multiple industries and geographic regions who help us candidly assess our products and services and the methods by which we deliver them. Council members have opportunities to participate in product pilots, usability studies, and focus groups. Their feedback ensures that the voice of the customer is central to both our product development efforts and our delivery and communication methods. We hear our customers’ challenges, pain points, initiatives, and goals, and then review the results quarterly with senior management to assess and prioritize our product initiatives. Consultative approach We measure our success by your results. We strive to build our relationship with the City by focusing on specific ways to improve your business. With Wells Fargo you will receive recommendations, best practices, and a roadmap to guide you on your way to meet your objectives. As your service provider, we will ensure you will have access to people and technologies to help supplement your own resources. We will work with you to understand your needs and requirements and we will collaborate with you to ensure our products and services evolve as your business needs change. Included in our consultative approach is a comprehensive review of your current banking structure. Observation and analysis – Business Process Review After the City awards this RFP to Wells Fargo, we will observe and analyze the workflows and processes in one or more of the City’s financial back office operations (this could include tasks such as accounts receivable, accounts payable, reconciliation, or cash positioning). We use specialized observation, analysis, and reporting techniques that we have applied to hundreds of organizations, both public and private. Understanding your workflow Once we have observed, documented, and analyzed your current treasury operations, we will provide recommendations on how we believe you can improve those operations to gain efficiencies, take advantage of automation, and improve use of working capital. A free service We provide our consulting services free of charge. The timing and scope shall be at the discretion of Wells Fargo. 9. Transition requirements Prior to the expiration of the Agreement, Offeror shall work with the City to ensure there is no interruption or reduction of services should the Offeror be required to end its services to the City. If a new contractor is awarded after expiration of this Agreement, Offeror shall coordinate and cooperate with the newly selected contractor, as well as with the City, to minimize any disruption in the services provided. This shall include access to current Offeror's website and online reporting capabilities for a minimum of six 118 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. months after the expiration of the Agreement. Acknowledged. In the unlikely event of contract termination, we will work with the City to maintain the highest level of service and to ensure a smooth transition. 10. Performance evaluation During the term of the Agreement, performance shall be evaluated on multiple criteria including service, quality, accessibility, responsiveness, documentation, skills, creativity and innovation, customer interfaces, and flexibility. Substandard performance may be grounds for termination of the Agreement. Acknowledged. 11. Insurance Requirements The Contractor shall, at its own cost and expense, acquire and maintain (and cause any subcontractors to acquire and maintain) during the term with the City, sufficient insurance to adequately protect the respective interest of the parties. Coverage shall be obtained with a carrier having an AM Best Rating of A- VII or better. Specifically the Contractor must carry the following minimum types and amounts of insurance on an occurrence basis or in the case of coverage that cannot be obtained on an occurrence basis, then coverage can be obtained on a claims-made basis with a minimum three (3) year tail following the termination or expiration of this Agreement: a. Commercial General Liability Insurance including but not limited to, premises operations, products/completed operations, products liability, contractual liability, independent contractors, personal injury and advertising injury and $1,000,000 (one million dollars) per occurrence and $2,000,000 (two million dollars) general aggregate and $2,000,000 (two million dollars) products/completed operation aggregate. b. Commercial Automobile Liability Insurance for any owned, non-owned, hired or borrowed automobile is required in the minimum amount of $1,000,000 (one million dollars) combined single limit. c. Statutory Workers’ Compensation Insurance in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida, and Employer’s Liability Insurance in the minimum amount of $100,000 (one hundred thousand dollars) each employee each accident, $100,000 (one hundred thousand dollars) each employee by disease and $500,000 (five hundred thousand dollars) aggregate by disease with benefits afforded under the laws of the State of Florida. Coverage should include Voluntary Compensation and U.S. Longshoremen’s and Harbor Worker’s Act coverage where applicable. Coverage must be applicable to employees, contractors, and subcontractors, if any. d. Professional Liability/Malpractice/Errors or Omissions Insurance coverage appropriate for the type of business engaged in by the Contractor with minimum limits of $1,000,000 (one million dollars) per occurrence. If a claims made form of coverage is provided, the retroactive date of coverage shall be no later than the inception date of claims made coverage, unless Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.119 prior policy was extended indefinitely to cover prior acts. Coverage shall be extended beyond the policy year either by a supplemental extended reporting period (ERP) of as great a duration as available, and with no less coverage and with reinstated aggregate limits, or by requiring that nay new policy provide a retroactive date no later than the inception date of claims made coverage. e. Cyber Liability coverage in an adequate amount to meet or exceed the requirements, including notification and monitoring, under Florida Statute 501.171. The above insurance limits may be achieved by a combination of primary and umbrella/excess liability policies. Insurance comments are provided in the Appendix, Tab G. Other insurance provisions a. Prior to the execution of this Agreement, and then annually upon the anniversary date(s) of the insurance policy’s renewal date(s) for as long as this Agreement remains in effect, the Vendor will furnish the City with a Certificate of Insurance(s) (using appropriate ACORD certificate, SIGNED by the Issuer, and with applicable endorsements) evidencing all of the coverage set forth above and naming the City as an “Additional Insured" on the Commercial General Liability Insurance policy. In addition when requested in writing from the City, Vendor will provide the City with certified copies of all applicable policies. The address where such certificates and certified policies shall be sent or delivered is as follows: City of Clearwater Attn: Purchasing Department, # 22-16 P.O. Box 4748 Clearwater, FL 33758-4748 b. Contractor agrees that no policy shall expire, be canceled, non-renewed, terminated, reduced or materially changed to affect the coverage available without thirty (30) days advance written notice to the City. c. Contractor’s insurance as outlined above shall be primary and non- contributory coverage for Contractor’s negligence. d. The policies required by this agreement (or contract) shall contain a waiver of transfer rights of recovery (subrogation) against City, its agents, representatives, directors, elected officials, officers, employees, and volunteers for any claims arising out of the work of the Contractor. e. Contractor shall defend, indemnify, save and hold the City harmless from any and all claims, suits, judgments and liability for death, personal injury, bodily injury, or property damage arising directly or indirectly including legal fees, court costs, or other legal expenses. The stipulated limits of coverage above shall not be construed as a limitation of any potential liability to the City, and failure to request evidence of this 120 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. insurance shall not be construed as a waiver of Contractor’s obligation to provide the insurance coverage specified. Insurance comments are provided in the Appendix, Tab G. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.121 122 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Section D – Costs In this section, include a completed copy of Appendix A, Investment Cost Summary, and Appendix B, Transaction Cost Summary. These electronic documents are available for download with this RFP document at the following link: http://www.myclearwater.com/apps20/cityprojects/invitationtobid.aspx Provide completed copies of appendices in your hard copy and electronic proposal submissions. All fees shall be listed in the appendices, including costs associated with providing annual responses to external auditors, signature authority requests, and any other services provided by your firm. All applicable pricing immediately follows. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.123 Value Proposition to the City of Clearwater Wells Fargo is pleased to offer the City of Clearwater the following incentive package to transition to Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Analysis Fee Credit $10,000 Supplies Credit (Deposit Bags, deposit tickets, check scanners etc.) 5,000 Waiver of Full Reconciliation Setup Fee 300 Waiver of ACH setup Fees 1,600 Waiver of Wells Fargo Electronic Deposit Fees 2,500 Waiver of E-Box®/Receivables Manager Setup 3,000 Estimated additional ECR annually to offset charges 25,000* Annual Estimated Savings on TM pricing 38,000** Annual estimated savings on Deposit Insurance (Recoupment) Vs current bank based on $10,000,000 in average balances 2,000 TOTAL $87,400 Exhibit B Pricing Pages follow * Based on ECR of 40bps and $10,000,000 in average collected balances **Based on Average Annual Volumes from City of Clearwater Exhibit B Page 2 of 10 Item Description Monthly Volume Rate/Price Total Balance Related:Projected Bal. RFP 22-16, Banking Services Appendix B Transaction Costs Summary 22 Cks Deposited - Foreign Items (Deposited Check Canadian, Deposited Check Foreign)13 $5.00000 65.50 23 Debits Posted - Electronic (Debits Posted - includes all ACH/wire electronic debits)130 $0.03000 3.89 24 Credits Posted - Electronic (Electronic Credits Posted - includes all ACH/wire electronic credits)669 $0.03000 20.07 25 Credits Posted - Electronic-Payroll ZBA (Electronic Credits Posted - includes all ACH/wire electronic credits)2 $0.03000 0.06 26 Deposit Account Statements-Payroll ZBA (No charge if accessed online - there will a $5.00 per account for paper mailed statements.)1 No Charge - 27 Check Deposit - ICL or RDSO (ICL deposits are considered "Electronic Credits Posted" fee of $0.03 per deposit, RDSO deposits are considered "Desktop Deposit Credits Posted" fee of $0.25 per deposit)30 $0.03000 0.89 28 Image Deposited Items - ICL (Electronic Deposit Check-WFB, Electronic Deposit Check-Non WFB)13,586 $0.04000 543.42 29 Transmission Maintenance (No charge for ICL (Wells Fargo Electronic Deposit / WFED) transmissions)1 No Charge - 30 Image Deposited Items - RDSO (Desktop Deposit- WFARGO Deposit Item, Desktop Deposit-NON WFARGO Deposit Item)129 $0.04000 5.16 31 - 32 - 33 - Depository Services Subtotal 2,478.14 Commercial Deposits - Cash Vault: 34 Curr/Coin Dep / $100-QBD-ND (Cash Deposited in Branch/Store - verified in presence of depositor- fee quote actual is $0.0016 per $1) - Please note the City would benefit by moving deposits currently processed at the banking center to be processed at the Vault) 3,179 $0.16000 508.69 35 Curr/Coin Dep / $100-BKG CTR (Post Verify Cash Deposited - verified after hours - fee quote actual is $0.0012 per $1)2,388 $0.12000 286.55 36 Curr/Coin Dep/$100-Vault (Cash Vault Currency/Coin Deposited - fee quote actual is $0.0009 per $1)1,777 $0.09000 159.89 37 Coin Deposit - Non Std Bag - Vault (Cash Vault Coin Deposit Partial/Mix Bag)41 $5.00000 206.00 38 Coin Supp Roll-Box Bkg Ctr (Cash Vault Coin Ordered Standard Box - contains 50 rolls of one denomination)150 $4.00000 600.00 39 Deposit Correction - Cash (Deposit Correction- Night Drop, Cash Vault Deposit Adjustment)2 $7.00000 11.38 40 Coin Deposit - Std Bag - Vault (Cash Vault Coin Deposit-STD Bag)65 $2.50000 163.50 Page 3 of 10 Item Description Monthly Volume Rate/Price Total Balance Related:Projected Bal. RFP 22-16, Banking Services Appendix B Transaction Costs Summary 41 Coin Supp Roll- Bkg Ctr (Rolled Coin Ordered in Branch/Store)232 $0.20000 46.40 42 Change Order - Bkg Ctr (Per Change Order Fee in Branch/Store)21 $4.00000 84.00 43 Curr Supp $100-Bkg Ctr (Cash Ordered in Branch/Store - fee quote actual is $0.0016 per $1)23 $0.16000 3.68 44 - 45 - 46 - Commercial Deposits - Cash Vault Subtotal 2,070.08 General ACH Services: 47 ACH Delete/Reversal-Payroll ZBA (ACH Delete- Item, ACH Reversal-Item)2 $5.00000 7.50 48 ACH Return Item (ACH Return Item-Electronic, ACH Return Admin-Electronic, ACH Return Unauthorized-Electronic)22 $1.00000 22.20 49 ACH Return Item - Payroll ZBA (ACH Return Item- Electronic, ACH Return Admin-Electronic, ACH Return Unauthorized-Electronic)2 $1.00000 1.83 50 ACH Monthly Maintenance (ACH Monthly Base - per ACH Company ID)2 $15.00000 30.00 51 ACH Monthly Maintenance-Payroll ZBA (ACH Monthly Base - per ACH Company ID)2 $15.00000 30.00 52 ACH Input - File (ACH Transmission Charge)23 $5.00000 117.00 53 ACH Input - File - Payroll ZBA (ACH Transmission Charge)6 $5.00000 31.67 54 ACH Blocks Auth Instructions (No charge for adding instructions to ACH Fraud Filter)1 No Charge - 55 ACH Blocks Auth Instructions-Payroll ZBA (No charge for adding instructions to ACH Fraud Filter)1 No Charge - 56 ACH Blocks Auth Maintenance (ACH CEO Fraud Filter-Review/Stop Monthly Base)0 $10.00000 3.33 57 ACH Blocks Auth Maintenance-Payroll ZBA (ACH CEO Fraud Filter-Review/Stop Monthly Base)1 $10.00000 10.00 58 ACH Blocks Auth Add-Change (No Charge for adding/changing preauthorized ACH company IDs)1 No Charge - 59 ACH Originated Agenda-Payroll ZBA (ACH Originated-Addenda Rec)172 $0.01000 1.72 60 Delete/Reversal Batch/File (ACH Delete/Reverse- Batch/File)0 $5.00000 1.25 61 ACH Notif of Change (NOC) (ACH NOC - Info Reporting Advice)7 $1.00000 6.60 62 ACH Notif of Change (NOC)-Payroll ZBA (ACH NOC - Info Reporting Advice)2 $1.00000 2.00 63 ACH Standard Reports - Fax (ACH Fax Service)18 $5.00000 89.00 64 ACH Standard Reports - Fax-Payroll ZBA (ACH Fax Service)2 $5.00000 10.83 65 ACH Standard Reports - Electronic (ACH CEO Return Subscription-Item, ACH CEO Subscription- Item)31 No Charge - Page 4 of 10 Item Description Monthly Volume Rate/Price Total Balance Related:Projected Bal. RFP 22-16, Banking Services Appendix B Transaction Costs Summary 66 ACH Standard Reports-Electronic-Payroll ZBA (ACH CEO Return Subscription-Item, ACH CEO Subscription-Item)6 No Charge - 67 ACH Consumer On US Credits-Payroll ZBA (ACH Two Day-Item, ACH One Day-Item, same day ACH will be $0.50)1,100 $0.03000 33.00 68 ACH Consumer Off US Credits-Payroll ZBA (ACH Two Day-Item, ACH One Day-Item, same day ACH will be $0.50)5,579 $0.03000 167.36 69 ACH Consumer On US Debits (ACH Two Day- Item, ACH One Day-Item, same day ACH will be $0.50)2,022 $0.03000 60.66 70 ACH Consumer Off US Debits (ACH Two Day- Item, ACH One Day-Item, same day ACH will be $0.50)6,711 $0.03000 201.33 71 ACH Corporate Off US Credits-Payroll ZBA (ACH Two Day-Item, ACH One Day-Item, same day ACH will be $0.50)172 $0.03000 5.15 72 ACH Credit Received Item (ACH Received Item)668 No Charge - 73 ACH Credit Received Item-Payroll ZBA (ACH Received Item)2 No Charge - 74 ACH Debit Received Item (ACH Received Item)82 No Charge - 75 ACH Debit Received Item-Payroll ZBA (ACH Received Item)7 No Charge - 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 General ACH Services Subtotal 832.43 Wire Transfers: 83 CPO GP Mthly Maint Basic (Wire Detail Report Subscription-Account)1 No Charge - 84 Elec Wire Out - Domestic (Wire Out Domestic- CEO)44 $5.00000 217.50 85 Elec Wire Out - Book DB (Wire Book Transfer- CEO - internal account transfers)14 $1.00000 - 86 Elec Wire Out - Domestic Repair (Wire Out Repair Surcharge)2 $4.00000 8.80 87 Incoming Domestic Wire (Wire In-Domestic)1 $5.00000 6.25 88 CPO GP Cust Mnt Temp Storage (Wire Template Storage Monthly base-wire room only, no charge for on-line wire templates)59 $0.50000 29.70 89 Elec Wire Out - Intl FX (Wire Out Intl FX - CEO)2 $22.00000 36.67 90 91 92 Wire Transfers Subtotal 298.92 Account Reconciliation: Page 5 of 10 Item Description Monthly Volume Rate/Price Total Balance Related:Projected Bal. RFP 22-16, Banking Services Appendix B Transaction Costs Summary 93 ARP Full Ppay Maint - PPR Supp (ARP Monthly Base - Full. *Positive Pay Monthly Base - provided at no additional charge if used in conjunction with Full or Partial ARP)1 $45.00000 45.00 94 ARP Full Ppay Maint - PPR Supp-Payroll ZBA (ARP Monthly Base - Full. *Positive Pay Monthly Base - provided at no additional charge if used in conjunction with Full or Partial ARP)1 $45.00000 45.00 95 ARP Full Ppay Input Per Item (ARP Full Recon- Item)1,905 $0.05000 95.26 96 ARP Full Ppay Input Per Item-Payroll ZBA (ARP Full Recon-Item)271 $0.05000 13.57 97 ARP Recon Trans End of Cycle (ARP Output- Transmission)1 $5.00000 5.00 98 ARP Void Cancel Items (No charge for void/cancel items)126 No Charge - 99 ARP Void Cancel Items-Payroll ZBA (No charge for void/cancel items)9 No Charge - 100 ARP Stale Date Maint (No charge for stale date option)1 No Charge - 101 ARP Stale Date Maint-Payroll ZBA (No charge for stale date option)1 No Charge - 102 ARP Max Dollar Maint (Payment Authorization Max Check Monthly Base)1 $10.00000 10.00 103 ARP Max Dollar Maint-Payroll ZBA (Payment Authorization Max Check Monthly Base)1 $10.00000 10.00 104 Positive Pay Exceptions (Positive Pay Exceptions- Item)4 $1.00000 3.70 105 ARP Positive Pay Return Default (Positive Pay Exception Checks Returned)2 No Charge - 106 ARP Pos Pay Return Default-Payroll ZBA (Positive Pay Exception Checks Returned)0 No Charge - 107 ARP Positive Pay Return - Other 0 No Charge - 108 Payee Positive Pay - Issue Match (Payee Validation Standard-Item)1,832 $0.02000 36.63 109 Payee Positive Pay Maint (No charge for payee monthly service)1 No Charge - 110 111 112 Account Reconciliation Subtotal 264.15 Information Services: 113 CPO ARP Online Reports (CEO ARP Statements & Reports Monthly Base - PDF only - please note excel format available at an additional charge )2 No Charge - 114 CPO ARP Positive Pay Notif (No charge for positive pay notifications)90 No Charge - 115 CPO Wire Payee Advising (CEO Event Messaging Service - Email)1 No Charge - 116 CPO ARP Issue Not Recd Notif (CEO Event Messaging Service - Email)23 No Charge - 117 CPO ARP Issue Posted Notif (CEO Event Messaging Service - Email)13 No Charge - Page 6 of 10 Item Description Monthly Volume Rate/Price Total Balance Related:Projected Bal. RFP 22-16, Banking Services Appendix B Transaction Costs Summary 118 CPO ARP Issue Recd Notif (CEO Event Messaging Service - Email)38 No Charge - 119 CPO ARP O-S Issue Notif (CEO Event Messaging Service - Email)16 No Charge - 120 CPO Incoming Wire Notif - Email (CEO Event Messaging Service - Email)2 No Charge - 121 CPO Wire Tfr EOD Detail Notif (CEO Event Messaging Service - Email)26 No Charge - 122 CPO Wire Tfr EOD Summary Notif (CEO Event Messaging Service - Email)11 No Charge - 123 CPO Online Subscription (CEO on-line banking is charged per account)1 No Charge - 124 CPO Payments Template Notif (CEO Event Messaging Service - Email)15 No Charge - 125 CPO Info Detail Notif (CEO Event Messaging Service - Email)6 No Charge - 126 CPO Prem IR Maintenance (No charge for IR Maintenance)1 No Charge - 127 CPO Prem PDR Account (CEO Previous Day Subscription Monthly Base)2 $15.00000 30.00 128 CPO Prem PDR ITM Stored (CEO Previous Day Item Loaded)4,342 $0.01000 43.42 129 CPO Prem CDR Account (CEO Intraday Subscription Monthly Base)2 $15.00000 30.00 130 CPO Prem CDR Item (CEO Intraday Item Viewed)2,052 $0.01000 20.52 131 CPO Prem Research Item (CEO Search)448 No Charge - 132 CPO Per Image Access (No charge for Image Access to CEO on-line banking)3 No Charge - 133 CPO Per Image Access (No charge for Image Access to CEO on-line banking)7 No Charge - 134 GCS Transaction History (Elecronic Window Extended Storage 120 days)0 No Charge - 135 136 137 Information Services Subtotal 123.94 EDI Services: 138 EDI Report Per Account (CEO EDI Payment Detail Subscription Monthly Base)1 No Charge - 139 CPC Rec Invoice Volume (CEO EDI Payment Detail-Item)801 No Charge - 140 CPC Rec Cash Pro Monthly Maint (CEO EDI Payment Detail Subscription Monthly Base)1 No Charge - 141 142 143 EDI Services Subtotal - Remote Deposit Services: 144 Remote Dep-Account Maintenance (Desktop Deposit Monthly Base)1 $50.00000 50.00 145 Remote Dep CK Image Processing (Desktop Deposit Report Per Item)145 $0.05000 7.27 146 RDSOL-Item Storage (No charge for storage - There is a $0.25 per image viewed)7,315 No charge - Page 7 of 10 Item Description Monthly Volume Rate/Price Total Balance Related:Projected Bal. RFP 22-16, Banking Services Appendix B Transaction Costs Summary 147 High Volume Scanner Maint 1 No charge - 148 149 Remote Services Subtotal 57.27 Image: 150 CD Rom Maintenance (WellsImage Paid Check Image Monthly Base - per CD-ROM setup rather than per account)1 $25.00000 25.00 151 CD Rom Maintenance-Payroll ZBA (WellsImage Paid Check Image Monthly Base - per CD-ROM setup rather than per account)1 $25.00000 25.00 152 CD Rom Per Image (WellsImage Paid Check Per Item)1,824 $0.02000 36.47 153 CD Rom Per Image-Payroll ZBA (WellsImage Paid Check Per Item)288 $0.02000 5.76 154 CD Rom Disk (WellsImage Paid Check Per CD)1 $15.00000 15.00 155 Image Archive - 90 Days (No charge for image retention on CEO on-line banking - please note images are available for up to 7 years on-line )2,022 No Charge - 156 Image Maintenance CPO (No charge for image retention on CEO on-line banking - please note images are available for up to 7 years on-line)1 No Charge - 157 Image Retrieval CPO (CEO Image View < 90 days, CEO Image View > 90 days)9 $0.25000 2.15 158 159 Image Subtotal 109.38 Miscellaneous Banking Services: 160 Check Copy (Photocopy Customer Service-Item)2 $10.00000 20.00 161 Check Copy-Payroll ZBA (Photocopy Customer Service-Item)1 $10.00000 5.00 162 163 164 165 Misc Banking Services Subtotal 25.00 Custodial Safekeeping: 166 Monthly Maintenance (waived) 1 No Charge - 167 Receipts (based on charging $2 for non pay down securities with a volume of 197 and assuming 56 are paydowns)253 1.56 393.90 168 Interest 97 - - 169 Maturities 4 - 170 Calls 10 - 171 Partial Calls 0 - 172 Paydowns 56 8.00 449.60 173 Average Par 300,972,035 - 174 Clearance In (only for bonds purchased from third parties)3 50.00 145.00 175 - Page 8 of 10 Item Description Monthly Volume Rate/Price Total Balance Related:Projected Bal. RFP 22-16, Banking Services Appendix B Transaction Costs Summary 176 - 177 - 178 - Custodial Safekeeping Subtotal 988.50 Grand Total All 8,149.50 Supplemental Pricing Service Description Charge Basis Price WF CHK CASHED FOR NONACCT HOLDER Check cashed No Charge MISCELLANEOUS CREDITS POSTED Deposit $1.50000 OFFICIAL BANK CHECK Check $10.00000 NEGATIVE COLLECTED BALANCE Wells Fargo Prime + 3% OVERDRAFT CHARGE - PAID ITEM Item $35.00000 Overdraft Charge - Returned Item Item $35.00000 Supplies - At Cost (Wells Fargo will provide a transition supply credit of $5,000.00 and please note charges for supplies can be applied to analysis as long as they are purchased via our preferred vendor, Superior Press) Pass Thru AT COST CASH VAULT COIN DEP-SUBJ TO COUNT Coin bag $5.00000 CASH DEP/$1 VER AT TELLER WINDOW Dollar $0.00160 COIN BAG DEPOSITS IN WF STORE Coin bag $5.00000 CASH DEP/$1 VERIFY IN CASH VAULT T1 Dollar $0.00090 CASH VAULT ADJUSTMENT REPORT-EMAIL Subscription No Charge CASH VAULT CASH ORDERS-CEO cash order $4.00000 CASH VAULT COIN FURNISHED - ROLLED Coin roll $0.12000 CASH VAULT CURRENCY FURN-NONSTD Dollar $0.00090 CASH VAULT CURRENCY FURNISHED Dollar $0.00090 CASH VAULT DEPOSIT REPORT-EMAIL Subscription No Charge CASH VAULT MONTHLY BASE Account No Charge CASH VAULT ORDER REPORT-EMAIL Subscription No Charge CASH VAULT TRANS RECAP RPT-EMAIL Subscription No Charge DESKTOP DEPOSIT IMAGES RETRIEVED Image $0.25000 STOP PAYMENT - AUTO RENEWAL Stop payment No Charge POSITIVE PAY EXCEPTION - CEO IMAGE Image retrieved $0.25000 MICR CHECK REJECTS >1% THROUGH 2%Reject $0.80000 MICR CHECK REJECTS OVER 2%Reject $1.75000 MICR CHECK REJECTS THROUGH 1%Reject No Charge POS PAY CHECK VERIFICATION CALL Call $5.00000 POSITIVE PAY EXCEPTION CHECKS RETND Check returned No Charge POSITIVE PAY MONTHLY BASE (no charge if used in conjunction with Full or Partial Reconcilement services)Account No Charge POSITIVE PAY ONLY - ITEM Occurrence $0.05000 POSITIVE PAY ONLY MONTHLY BASE Account $30.00000 STOP PAYMENT - ONLINE Stop payment $5.00000 STOP PAYMENT - OPERATOR ASSISTED Stop payment $15.00000 CEO REGISTER INPUT - ITEM Check issued $0.05000 ARP AGED ISSUE RECORDS ON FILE-ITEM Record No Charge Page 9 of 10 Item Description Monthly Volume Rate/Price Total Balance Related:Projected Bal. RFP 22-16, Banking Services Appendix B Transaction Costs Summary OUTGOING TRANSMISSION - PER ITEM Item reported No Charge ACH CEO FRAUD FILTER REVIEW/STOP - ITEM Unauthorized Item No Charge ACH CEO RETURN SUBSCRIPTION-ACCOUNT Report No Charge ACH CEO SUBSCRIPTION - ACCOUNT Report No Charge ACH INVESTIGATION Investigation $35.00000 CEO EDI PMT DETAIL - ADDENDA ITEM Item No Charge CEO RETURN ITEM SERVICE MTHLY BASE Account No Charge CEO RETN ITEM SUBSCRIPTION PER ACCT Account No Charge CEO RETN ITEM SUBSCRIPTION PER ITEM Item No Charge CEO RETN ITEM SUBSCRIPTION OPT DETL Item No Charge CASH LETTER FOREIGN DEPOSIT Deposit $3.00000 CASH LETTER FOREIGN DEPOSIT Return $30.00000 WIRE DETAIL RPT SUBSCRIPTION-ITEM Item accessed $0.00000 WIRE IN PHONE ADVICE Call $40.00000 WIRE OUT DOMESTIC-BRANCH Transfer $55.00000 WIRE - OUTGOING INT'L USD - CEO Transfer $22.00000 WIRE IN REPAIR SURCHARGE Exception $1.00000 WIRE IN - INTL- USD OR FX Transfer $5.00000 WIRE IN DRAWDOWN- DOMESTIC Message $5.00000 WIRE OUTGOING FX BRANCH Transfer $60.00000 WIRE OUTGOING FX- CEO Transfer $18.00000 WIRE BOOK TRANSFER - BRANCH Transfer $15.00000 WIRE OUT INTL- USD BRANCH Transfer $65.00000 WIRE INTERBANK CLEARING FEE Beneficiary $20.00000 WIRE INVESTIGATION Investigation $50.00000 CEO EVENT MESSAGING SERVICE - FAX Item reported $2.00000 CEO EVENT MESSAGING SERVICE - TEXT Item reported $0.75000 WFED - IMAGE CASH LETTER Services WFED - Discretionary Data (Optional) - This is also an option on Desktop Deposit Record $0.05000 WFED (Wells Fargo Electronic Deposit) - Implementation - One time fee implementation fee of $2,000 waived for the City. Setup No Charge RECEIVABLES MANAGER/ E-BOX Services E-BOX DAILY DETAIL RPT - PER PAGE Item reported No Charge E-BOX PAYMENT RETURN Return $3.00000 E-BOX DAILY DETAIL REPORT-MO BASE Page $30.00000 E-BOX MONTHLY MAINT (W/CROSS REF)Transmission $75.00000 E-BOX PAYMENT Transaction $0.05000 RECEIVABLES MANAGER MONTHLY BASE Account $35.00000 RECEIVABLES MANAGER OUTGOING TRANSMISSION Transmission $5.00000 Electronic Commerce (EC) IMPLEMENTATION DEV HOURS Hour $200.00000 E-Box Implementation Fee - Standard Implementation fee of $1,500.00 would be waived for the City - if custom implementation is required, per hour fees would apply. No Charge if standard implementation Page 10 of 10 Item Description Monthly Volume Rate/Price Total Balance Related:Projected Bal. RFP 22-16, Banking Services Appendix B Transaction Costs Summary RECEIVABLES MANAGER - Standard Implementation fee Receivables Manager ($1,500) waived for the City. If custom, additional programming fees would apply. Setup No Charge if standard implementation E-Box Positive File Set up (optional) Setup $1,500.00000 E-Box Stop File -Set up (optional) Setup $750.00000 E-Box Positive File - Monthly Maintenance $125.00000 E-Box Stop File - Monthly Maintenance $125.00000 IMAGE FILE IMPORT Services IMAGE FILE IMPORT - MAINTENANCE PER PRODUCT (Per Product - i.e., checks paid, deposits, returns, etc. - regardless of the number of accounts / per month)CEO ID $100.00000 IMAGE FILE IMPORT - PER ITEM Image $0.02000 DIRECT BAI - INFORMATION Services DIRECT BAI MONTHLY BASE Account $100.00000 DIRECT BAI PER ITEM Item $0.02000 Services utilized but not listed on the above schedule of fees will be charged for and appear on the City's monthly analysis statement. It is the responsibility of the City to review their monthly analysis statements on a timely basis and let their Wells Fargo representative know of any discrepancies. Desktop Deposit® – Price Schedule Quick Reference Guide © 2016 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. All rights reserved. Member FDIC. Last updated January 2016 Prices listed are base prices, subject to change without notice, and do not include shipping, handling, or tax. Scanner type Description Warranty Charge basis $ Price* Suggested daily check volume Digital Check Digital Check CheXpress CX 30-IJ – single feed 12 month per unit $468.00 Fewer than 20 per day 24 month per unit $505.00 Digital Check TS 240-50  50 documents per minute 12 month per unit $699.00 Fewer than 100 per day 24 month per unit $749.00 Digital Check TS 240-75  75 document per minute 12 month per unit $799.00 Fewer than 200 per day 24 month per unit $849.00 Digital Check TS 240-100  100 documents per minute 12 month per unit $928.00 Fewer than 300 per day 24 month per unit $978.00 Panini Panini i:Deal  Single feed scanner 12 month per unit $468.00 Fewer than 20 per day  Mac Compatible 24 month per unit $505.00 Panini Vision X 50  50 documents per minute 12 month per unit $740.00 Fewer than 100 per day  Mac Compatible 24 month per unit $790.00 Panini Vision X75  75 documents per minute 12 month per unit $803.00 Fewer than 200 per day  Mac Compatible 24 month per unit $853.00 Panini Vision X60 AGP  60 documents per minute  Advanced graphic printer  Mac Compatible 12 month per unit $1,105.00 Fewer than 150 per day 24 month per unit $1,155.00 Canon CR190i  190 documents per minute 12 month per unit $2,508.00 More than 500 per day Note: Allow five to seven extra business days for delivery. 24 month per unit $2.867.00 The following scanners are not sold through Wells Fargo’s scanner fulfillment partner, but are compatible with our service. You may choose to purchase these models from outside sources.  Panini Vision X Single Feed  Digital Check TS230 Desktop Deposit – Price Schedule Quick Reference Guide January 2016 2 Desktop Deposit price schedule, continued 12-month extended warranty – purchased at expiration Panini i:Deal single feed per unit $83.36 Panini Vision X batch scanners per unit $102.91 Digital Check CX30 single feed per unit $83.36 Digital Check TS240 batch scanners per unit $102.91 Speed upgrade Panini Vision X 50 to 75 per unit $270.65 Maintenance fees Cleaning: Includes removal of loose dirt and debris, complete cleaning of the magnetic head, and cleaning of all rubber roller surfaces. per unit $51.46 Checkout: Includes evaluation and testing of unit/parts to specified standards. Note: Only applies if no problem is found. per unit $51.46 Preventive maintenance: Includes a standard cleaning plus replacement of all O-rings and the drive belt. per unit $154.37 Expedite: One day turnaround on warranty or service procedures. per unit $51.46 Expedite: Same day turnaround on warranty or service procedures. per unit $102.91 Repairs: Not covered under warranty per hour plus parts $154.37 Repairs: Not covered under warranty Flat rate covers all work (except camera or motherboard) $171.86 Supplies Franker for Panini i:Deal per franker $23.53 Ink cartridge for Panini Vision X – HP C6602A per cartridge $22.63 Ink cartridge for Digital Check per cartridge $22.63 3-pack ink cartridge for Panini or Digital Check Per 3-pack of cartridges $59.69 Check retention bags Per 100 bags $23.86 Replacement box w/inserts (CX30) per kit $18.52 Replacement box w/inserts (TS240) per kit $23.51 Replacement box w/inserts (Panini) per kit $36.27 Cleaning kit for Panini per kit $46.99 Cleaning kit for Digital Check per kit $35.92 Cleaning kit for Digital Check (small) per kit $10.24 Cleaning kit for Canon per kit $21.09 Cleaning swabs for Digital Check per pack $7.15 Other Billing adjustments per occasion $15.44 Restocking – Cancelled orders (unopened units only) per unit $77.18 Section F – Other In this section include any other information, not previously requested, you believe is pertinent in the evaluation of your firm’s capability to provide the services specified. Also include information regarding any additional and/or value-added services your firm can offer that would be advantageous and provide a competitive advantage to the City. We have included information on various services in this section. Please note pricing on these services can be provided upon request. Wells Fargo Electronic Deposit With our image cash letter service, you can deposit checks electronically directly from your place of business and convert check payments to invested funds more quickly. We would recommend that the deposits received from your current lockbox vendor, Intuition/Bill2Pay come to the bank through our Wells Fargo Electronic Deposit solution. We have worked with Intuition/Bill2Pay on setting up this service on other government relationships. You (or a third party processor on your behalf) transmit a deposit file that includes MICR-line data and digital images of domestic checks to Wells Fargo, using a variation of the X9.37 format. You can submit one or more deposit files each day; each can contain one or more cash letters. Each cash letter can include up to 9,750 items that are divided into bundles of 300 or fewer items for reconcilement and control purposes. Cash letters can include one deposit or multiple deposits for multiple accounts. A deposit can span one or more bundles; a bundle can also contain multiple smaller deposits. Each incoming electronic check and credit item is assigned a unique item sequence number (ISN) for tracing. We retain and archive the images you transmit for use in research and adjustments, and for legal and compliance purposes. You can also view these images through our online reporting service. How it works The following shows the general workflow of our image cash letter service. Requirements The requirements for using our cash letter service to create files, maintain processes, and safeguard checks are defined below. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.125 General You must be able to:  Scan eligible checks to accurately capture all MICR line data  Capture and store check images and MICR data according to generally accepted industry standards  Create deposit records for the total of checks transmitted and send a balanced file  Format the file according to the specifications Wells Fargo provides during implementation  Transmit a file securely through one of our transmission options Operational requirements You will need to:  Provide file editing, IT backup, and business resumption capability in case there is a problem with a transmitted file  Maintain and operate equipment to ensure ongoing image and MICR data quality so that checks can be collected electronically or converted into substitute checks Check retention You must:  Securely retain original, scanned checks (for five to 14 days)* and then destroy them in a secure manner to help avoid accidental duplicate entry into the payment processing stream  Retrieve individual original items during the retention period in the case of an exception item that must be collected as an original *Consult your legal depart to determine the timeframe that is best for the City. You can automate your entire procure-to-pay cycle — or individual treasury components — with a completely electronic solution that can handle payables, receivables, and invoice management. Our Electronic Commerce Services (ECS) can help you gain efficiencies and cost savings, improve working capital, and increase control and compliance. Rather than implementing a system that requires expensive investments in hardware, infrastructure, and support, you can use modular technology that works with your ERP, treasury workstation, or system of record. This approach lets you invest in a comprehensive solution or start with the individual components that address your most pressing needs. E-Box service Online bill payments are a convenient, simple, and paperless way for your customers to pay you. The multistep validation and handling features of our E- Box service help minimize exceptions while maximizing your straight-through processing rate. You can post payments automatically. We will merge your customer’s online bill payment data, apply additional data transformations, and generate a consolidated data file that is compatible with your accounts receivable system. 126 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Our service accepts payments from many bill service providers, as well as from consumer credit counseling centers and walk-in bill payment providers. How it works When you sign up, we will notify the online service providers in our network* that you can receive payments through our E-Box service. We will consolidate your payments and post a single ACH credit to your account. *We connect to all major originating endpoints and an extensive network of third-party originators. Multistep validation To improve the quality and standardization of the file you receive, you can instruct us to use one or more validation routines to identify, filter out, and repair invalid payments or other types of exceptions. Payments that have errors or exceptions will be suspended. You will then either decision them online (optional) or instruct us to return them to the originator. The following table shows several examples of the validation routines the City can choose from. Validation routine Description Account mask Confirms that the inbound account number matches your billing account number structure. Check digit* Uses a mathematical equation to determine if an account number is valid. Cross-reference database processing Translates consumer-initiated account numbers we receive and corrects the account number prior to validation and processing. This database can correct inaccurate account information your customer enters and can make account number changes that may occur due to a merger, acquisition, or system change. Positive file processing Compares inbound account numbers to a file of valid account numbers you provide. Stop file processing Compares inbound account numbers to a file of unacceptable accounts you provide. *Applies to credit card billers. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.127 Exception handling You can manage your electronic payment transactions and perform research using our online exception management service. Manage payments Using our online decisioning tool, you can:  Return payments that should not process or should not have processed  Repair suspended payments with invalid account numbers  Repair processed payments requiring account number updates for future processing  Update your cross-reference database with substitute account numbers and generate notifications of change (NOCs) to payment originators Dual custody For additional security, a second person can review and approve all processed and suspended payments prior to completing the decision process. Research View and research processed payments and gain access to information for reporting and trend analysis. Payment history There is a search feature that lets you locate payments that meet your criteria. You can access 180 calendar days of payments that successfully processed. Reporting The Return and Repair report provides a comprehensive accounting of all decisioning activity performed during the past 180 calendar days. Tailor it to show only those payments that meet your search criteria. You can view, print, and download the report in HTML, PDF, CSV, and Excel formats. Consolidate payables Payment Manager In a single file, you can send payments (along with accompanying addenda or remittance information) directly from your accounts payable system to Wells Fargo. You can also perform optional secondary approvals online after we receive your file. Once approved, we will generate the payments and send remittance information based on your instructions. We will send you an acknowledgement when we initially receive your file. We can also provide you optional confirmations for domestic and international wire transfers, ACH payments, and commercial card transactions by transmission, secure email, or both. Confirmations provide information up to the point that we release payments to the clearing system. You can include the following types of payments in your file:  U.S. dollar and Canadian dollar paper checks  Domestic ACH transactions (U.S. dollar)  International ACH transactions (foreign currency) 128 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.  Domestic and international U.S. dollar wire transfers  Foreign currency wire transfers  International requests for transfer (SWIFT MT101 wires)  Commercial card transactions (multiple currencies) How it works Consolidate receivables Receivables Manager You can post payments automatically when you receive an electronic payment file from Wells Fargo. This helps you accelerate payment posting while reducing the number of errors caused by manual data entry. Your file can contain receivables data from any combination of the payment types listed in the following table. Payment types ACH Image cash letter Wires Electronic billing service Online bill payments Patient payments Lockbox Multicurrency account (MCA) wire* Remote deposit International letters of credit Wells Fargo Payment Gateway *In pilot. How it works We translate your receivables data and deliver it to you in a format compatible with your ERP platform or accounts receivable system. We can accommodate many custom and proprietary file formats. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.129 Our system is compatible with most proprietary accounting and ERP solutions, including Oracle and SAP. Commercial card / AP Control service With our Commercial Card Expense Reporting AP Control service the City can make accounts payables payments with single-use virtual card numbers. Because your vendor never has access to your WellsOne Commercial Card account number, the City has an added level of security and control when making payment by card. Our Supplier Analysis & Onboarding service can help the City analyze your current vendor list and develop a strategy to enroll suppliers to accept card payments. Your suppliers get full support from our supplier enablement team and you get the convenience of paying your vendors by card. How it works: Our Commercial Card Expense Reporting AP Control solution can be used to make accounts payable invoice payments with the following steps: 1. You set the parameters for each payment, allowing only a specific dollar amount and time frame that they must process the payment within. 2. When you authorize a payment, the service assigns a single-use account number to that payment. 3. A secure email is generated and delivered to your vendor from the system with that single-use account number and the transaction details. 4. Your vendor processes the card payment from the email information in the same way as their other card processing. The single-use solution maintains your unique payment identification information and provides status updates within the application, allowing you to track and reconcile your payments easily. 130 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. An electronic transaction detail file is also available so you can close transactions within your back-end applications, and you gain access to all settled transactions through your WellsOne Commercial Card reporting application. The workflow below describes how this service works: Our Commercial Card Expense Reporting AP Control tool is fully integrated into our treasury management accounts payable solution through the Payment Manager service, which lets the City send one electronic file with multiple payment types and remittance information directly from your treasury workstation, ERP, or accounts payables system to Wells Fargo. We accept most file formats and offer several file transmission protocols. Files are processed as follows:  Wells Fargo separates payments by type and processes them accordingly.  Payments flagged as commercial card are routed automatically through our Commercial Card Expense Reporting AP Control service.  For any other payment types included in the file, we generate payments and send remittance data based on your instructions. Simplify invoicing Invoice Manager By automating your process, you can replace the manual sorting, filing, and retrieval of paper invoices. In addition, you can reduce paper storage costs, improve vendor relationships, capture discounts, increase visibility (for improved tracking and forecasting), and create audit trails. Each invoice will match your contracted pricing and payment terms; your staff will no longer need to make time-consuming manual verifications. Smart functionality reduces errors, overpayments, and duplicates. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.131 For a total payables solution, combine invoice processing with consolidated payables — and have an even more efficient electronic payment stream. How it works: Print services With our comprehensive print facilities the City can streamline routine mailings and improve payment processing efficiency. We offer end-to-end design, print, and mail services to handle your monthly invoices, statements, and customer communications quickly, accurately, and cost-effectively. Send us a data file and we compose, process, and execute the required printing, inserting, addressing, postage application, and quality control. We complete the processing and mailing of your items within 48 hours of file receipt. Design and expertise The City can improve invoice and statement effectiveness with expert design and data services. We will help you create a statement design that achieves maximum customer readability and Optical Character Recognition (OCR) processing efficiency at the lockbox. Postage automation and savings We perform a custom postal analysis and help the City identify ways to improve your data quality, and qualify your file for the highest presort discounts. Services include Coding Accuracy Support System (CASS) and Presort Accuracy Validation and Evaluation (PAVE) address hygiene; presort first-class automation discounts for multiple page and weight statements; and manifest metering to expedite distribution and deepen postage discounts. You can pay for postage with funds from your Wells Fargo account, or use our permit and settle postage with monthly billing. 132 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Fast, flexible inserting Our inserters can handle standard #10s, 6x9”, and flat 9x12” envelopes, and selectively insert based on the requirements indicated within your file. Additionally, our inserters fold and apply postage for optimal efficiency and automation. Project imaging You will have access to an indexed image file transmission for each print project you send us. Complete security and redundancy Mitigate risk and support business continuity with access to multiple facilities across the U.S. located in Charlotte, North Carolina; Tempe, Arizona; and Shoreview, Minnesota. Our print sites have fully redundant connections and servers, and adhere to stringent security and disaster recovery policies so you can be confident in our handling of your sensitive data and communication needs. How it works: . Payment authorization Our payment authorization services help prevent unauthorized transactions by placing dollar limits on specific transactions and by preventing the encashment of checks by individuals at the teller line. The City can elect to place the dollar limit controls defined below on your accounts as fraud protection measures. Maximum over-the-counter amount* You can establish the maximum dollar amount on non-check over-the-counter activity at Wells Fargo stores (such as a change order request or a gift card purchase). Positive pay is a fraud detection service for check disbursements. Positive pay helps to protect you against the encashment of lost, stolen, and counterfeit checks, and can be used in conjunction with full or partial account reconciliation. Maximum check amount† You can establish the maximum dollar amount (of up to 10 digits) authorized for any checks drawn against your account. Although the check will post to your account, Wells Fargo will reverse and return any checks over that amount to the depositor or endorser marked "return to maker." Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.133 Maximum check cashing amount† You can determine the maximum dollar amount that can be paid in cash at Wells Fargo stores. If the payee presents a check over that dollar amount, the teller will not cash the check, but can accept the check as a deposit to the payee's Wells Fargo account. Checks to individuals† You can prevent checks made payable to individuals from being cashed at Wells Fargo stores. If the individual presents a check to a teller for cash, the teller will not cash the check, but can accept the check as a deposit to the payee's Wells Fargo account. *Available if the account has positive pay. †Not available if the account has positive pay. SafeVantage service By using a smart safe, you can increase employee efficiency and productivity, improve accuracy, and improve operational and employee safety. How it works You will choose an armored carrier to install bill validating and counterfeit detecting safes in each of your locations. Your employees will simply insert currency into the bill validators. The safe counts the cash, examines the bills, and rejects any bills suspected of being counterfeit. It also tracks deposits by employee personal identification number. The safe prepares your deposits and reports them to us. You receive provisional credit for the cash in the safe before it physically reaches the bank. The safe holds your cash until your armored carrier picks it up, and delivers it safely to their cash vault. The armored carrier also delivers coin and currency to your locations, and maintains and repairs the safes. Depending on your safe capacity and cash volume, you may be able to reduce the number of courier pick- ups you need per week. In addition to currency deposits, the safe offers the following features. Manual deposits Used for unfit and rejected bills as well as occasional checks or travelers’ checks. Change orders Used to offset change orders you place. Reporting You can access transaction information either directly from the safe, or through the vendor’s online portal. You can program your safes to automatically print reports that show deposit amounts by employee, by shift, and by day. To simplify reconciliation, we identify each type of deposit — currency and manual —by a different description on your reporting services. Deposit cutoff times The following table shows the cutoff times in local time. 134 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Type Cutoff time Provisional credit received Standard 3:00 a.m. Next business day at end of day Premium intraday 4:00 a.m. Next business day by 8:00 a.m. You receive credit for check deposits you make in the safe’s manual drop slot after they are picked up from your locations and delivered to the cash vault. Advantages Our remote cash capture solution offers the City many benefits. Increased efficiency Because the safe counts cash, your employees can focus on customer and business needs instead of spending time handling cash, preparing deposits, and making trips to the bank. Improved safety Criminals may target operations where cash is unsecured. Remote cash capture reduces the risk of losses for cash in transit by eliminating the need to take deposits to the bank. Expedited credit You receive provisional credit and faster access to working capital without being dependent upon a daily armored carrier pickup. Easy reconciliation All transactions flow through our regular information reporting channels, including BAI file transfer and our online reporting service. We offer several reports that provide detailed information about your deposits, and coin and currency orders. Reduced risk of fraud and theft The safe uses a point-of-sale system to track funds. The totals shown on the system should equal the amount deposited. You can access deposit data at a location or employee level, increasing control and providing an audit trail. Lower transportation and supply costs Because we credit deposits to your account through an electronic data transmission from the safe, you can reduce the number of armored car pickups and trips to the bank. Our solution also reduces the need for deposit bags and tickets. Flexibility A variety of safe models is available to meet the size requirements of your locations and suit your business processes. Disadvantages No provisional credit for manual deposits You can place checks and cash rejected by bill validators into the manual drop slot of the safe; however, you will not receive credit for these until your armored carrier picks them up and delivers them to the cash vault for verification. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.135 Coin deposit limitations While most standard safes accept minimal amounts of coin deposits, you cannot receive expedited credit for them. You will receive credit for coin deposits after they are delivered to the cash vault, and verified. Specialized safes are available to help manage large amounts of coin deposits. Risks There are some inherent risks associated with contracting with an armored carrier. The following paragraphs list some of the risks that you may want to consider. Please contact your armored carrier for more information and discuss these issues with your legal counsel as appropriate. Equipment liability If the safe is stolen from your location, destroyed, or damaged, you are responsible for the value of the remaining useful life of the safe. Counterfeit bills Even though the bill validator on each safe comes equipped with counterfeit detection technology, it cannot detect all counterfeit items. Each safe vendor has a guarantee program to protect against losses. You should refer to your vendor’s guarantee program to understand your responsibility for losses. Cost increases Safe vendors reserve the right to increase your fees to cover their costs of labor and servicing of the safes. Such fees include fuel surcharges and excess premise time. Pricing We include detailed pricing information in Section D of our RFP response. Cash flow forecasting Our Cash Flow Analysis service offers you the core cash management functionality found in most treasury workstations without the challenges and expense of implementing new applications. Our solution includes easy-to-use cash positioning, cash forecasting, and journal entry reconciliation — all delivered seamlessly through our single sign-on portal. Cash positioning This feature helps you determine the daily cash position for the City or for a specific entity of the City. You can:  View balances on your accounts at Wells Fargo and at other domestic and international banks at the account, entity, or company level  Display balances in a single selected currency  Enter anticipated transactions up to a year in advance for more accurate positioning and forecasting  View loan information (Wells Fargo term loans and lines of credit)  Print or export your data to spreadsheets with one click 136 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Cash forecasting Use this optional feature to predict your future cash flow, manage your liquidity, and assess short-term financing or investment needs. You can:  Define custom forecasting categories  Generate forecasts using calculations you define  Automatically assign actual (posted transactions) to forecasting categories based on your category rules  Track cash flow actual for your forecast categories  Evaluate your forecasting accuracy with our Report Card feature Journal entries With this optional feature, you can automate your journal entry reconciliation by creating rules that match bank transactions to your general ledger account. You can also export journal entries, customize your export criteria, and save your criteria for future use. Image File Import service Our Image File Import service (IFI) provides the City with a complete file of the images you need to make payment decisions, reconcile, audit, research, and respond to your customers’ inquiries, or mitigate the fraud and privacy concerns associated with long-term physical storage of confidential files. The IFI delivery channel provides the City with a transmission of check images and associated index information through our secure transmission platform. Paid checks, electronically deposited items, returned items, third party drafts, and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.137 lockbox items are available. Once the City imports the files, you can easily use images to support payment decisions using your paid checks file on Reverse Positive Pay. You can also perform receivables matching with your electronic deposits and lockbox files, initiate the collections process with your returned item file, and research and respond to customer inquiries promptly. With the IFI service, your images will be in-house when you need them. Plus, by removing unnecessary paper from the process, you will help save natural resources. We deliver disks weekly, monthly, or semi-monthly. You can view your images using our proprietary viewing software, which is password protected and allows you to restrict user access. How you benefit  Enhance productivity: View and search check images with ease, eliminate paper files, reduce storage and transportation costs, and research and respond to inquiries quickly  Have early access to information: Reduce unnecessary wait time for your items, and support timely decision-making  Mitigate fraud and privacy concerns: Images are stored in-house at your location, which helps ease concerns associated with long-term physical storage of confidential files  Support your green initiatives: Transmission provides an alternative to paper or media (CDs/DVDs) WellsOne Subaccounting The WellsOne Subaccounting service from Wells Fargo enables 100% accurate location reporting to help you manage your complex depository network with ease and convenience. The service simplifies administration of your bank’s multi- state deposits by using individual location codes (subaccounts) to automatically identify all transactions within a single Demand Deposit Account (DDA). WellsOne Subaccounting improves upon the Zero-Balance Account service you may currently use. Instead of transferring only the net ledger balance to your receiving account, subaccounting automatically posts every transaction by codes and names you assign to the receiving account. You no longer have to reconcile numerous bank accounts. How you benefit  Reliability. Accurate location reporting to a single parent account, which provides all the deposit detail needed to manage your cash on a daily basis.  Saves time. Since a location code is attached to every transaction, the time associated with reconciling unidentified transactions is eliminated.  Reduces cost. Your reconciling time is greatly reduced, along with the cost of managing many accounts and reconciling unidentified transactions. A simplified account structure also helps reduce bank service charges.  Convenience. Your locations can make deposits from across the Wells Fargo territory and receive detailed reporting from a single parent account.  Fewer accounts to reconcile and manage. All of your locations use a unique subaccount which posts to one parent account with 100% accuracy. 138 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. How it works  DDA subaccounts are established for each of your locations; these subaccounts are linked to your bank’s primary deposit account (“parent account”).  A unique location code is assigned to each subaccount by the bank. You can provide Wells Fargo the location name associated with that code.  All transactions include the location code and your location name.  Typically, transactions are deposits, returned items, adjustments, and ACH debits and credits.  Each subaccount posts to the parent account at the end of the day. Subaccount transactions are identified by location code and name.  A single DDA statement displays all parent account and subaccount activity that occurred since your last statement. Returns and adjustments, as well as regular deposits, are identified by location code and name.  Previous-day reporting also includes the detailed location information.  Additional subaccounts can easily be linked to your parent account as you add locations. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.139 140 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Section G – Proprietary information Wells Fargo’s RFP response contains no proprietary information. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.141 142 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Appendix Proximity study ............................................................................ Tab A Qualified Public Depository certificate ......................................... Tab B Wells Fargo in the community ..................................................... Tab C Investing in sustainable communities .......................................... Tab D Sample reports and statements .................................................... Tab E Phoenix-Hecht report ................................................................... Tab F Legal agreements .......................................................................... Tab G Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.143 Required documents Wells Fargo Branch locations City Department Location City Department Address City State Zip Bank Name Bank Address City State Zip Distance (In miles) City Hall 112 S. Osceola Ave Clearwater FL 33756 South Fort Harrison 639 S Fort Harrison Ave Clearwater FL 33756 2.05 Clearwater Airpark 1000 N. Hercules Ave Clearwater FL 33765 Sunset Point 2301 Sunset Point Road Clearwater FL 33765 1.75 Clearwater Beach Aquatic Center 51 Bay Esplanade Clearwater FL 33767 Island Estates 130 Island Way Clearwater FL 33767 1.59 Clearwater Beach Library 69 Bay Esplanade Clearwater FL 33767 Island Estates 130 Island Way Clearwater FL 33767 1.62 Clearwater Beach Marina 25 Causeway Blvd Clearwater FL 33767 Island Estates 130 Island Way Clearwater FL 33767 1.01 Clearwater Beach Recreation Complex 69 Bay Esplanade Clearwater FL 33767 Island Estates 130 Island Way Clearwater FL 33767 1.62 Clearwater Community Sailing Center 1001 Gulf Blvd Clearwater FL 33767 Island Estates 130 Island Way Clearwater FL 33767 2.54 Countryside Library 2642 Sabal Springs Dr Clearwater FL 33761 Northwood 2580 N McMullen Booth Road Clearwater FL 33761 1.53 Countryside Recreation Center 2640 Sabal Springs Dr Clearwater FL 33761 Northwood 2580 N McMullen Booth Road Clearwater FL 33761 1.69 East Library 2251 Drew Street Clearwater FL 33765 Clearwater 2363 Gulf to Bay Blvd Clearwater FL 33765 1.19 Finance Dept. MSB Bldg, 100 S. Myrtle Ave Clearwater FL 33756 South Fort Harrison 639 S Fort Harrison Ave Clearwater FL 33756 0.73 Fire Headquarters 1140 Court Street Clearwater FL 33756 South Fort Harrison 639 S Fort Harrison Ave Clearwater FL 33756 0.84 Gas Department 400 N. Myrtle Ave Clearwater FL 33755 South Fort Harrison 639 S Fort Harrison Ave Clearwater FL 33756 1.12 Long Center 1501 N. Belcher Clearwater FL 33765 Sunset Point 2301 Sunset Point Road Clearwater FL 33765 0.88 Main Library 100 N. Osceola Clearwater FL 33756 South Fort Harrison 639 S Fort Harrison Ave Clearwater FL 33756 1.02 Wells Fargo Branch locations City Department Location City Department Address City State Zip Bank Name Bank Address City State Zip Distance (In miles) Morningside Pool 2400 Harn Blvd Clearwater FL 33764 Belcher 1551 S Belcher Road Clearwater FL 33764 1.03 North Greenwood Library 905 N. MLK Ave Clearwater FL 33755 South Fort Harrison 639 S Fort Harrison Ave Clearwater FL 33756 1.75 North Greenwood Recreation & Aquatic Complex 900 N Martin Luther King Jr. Ave Clearwater FL 33755 South Fort Harrison 639 S Fort Harrison Ave Clearwater FL 33756 1.58 Parking Department Me MSB Bldg, 100 S. Myrtle Ave Clearwater FL 33756 South Fort Harrison 639 S Fort Harrison Ave Clearwater FL 33756 0.73 Parks & Rec Dept. MSB Bldg, 100 S. Myrtle Ave Clearwater FL 33756 South Fort Harrison 639 S Fort Harrison Ave Clearwater FL 33756 0.73 Pier 60 1 Causeway Blvd Clearwater FL 33767 Island Estates 130 Island Way Clearwater FL 33767 1.05 Planning & Development Dept. MSB Bldg, 100 S. Myrtle Ave Clearwater FL 33756 South Fort Harrison 639 S Fort Harrison Ave Clearwater FL 33756 0.73 Police Headquarters 645 Pierce St. Clearwater FL 33756 South Fort Harrison 639 S Fort Harrison Ave Clearwater FL 33756 0.67 Public Utilities 1650 N. Arcturas Ave Clearwater FL 33765 Sunset Point 2301 Sunset Point Road Clearwater FL 33765 1.73 Ross Norton Recreation Complex 1426 S. Martin Luther King Jr. Ave Clearwater FL 33755 Largo Midway 1180 Jasper St W Largo FL 33770 1.12 Solid Waste & General Services 1701 N. Hercules Ave Clearwater FL 33765 Sunset Point 2301 Sunset Point Road Clearwater FL 33765 1.25 Utility Customer Service MSB Bldg, 100 S. Myrtle Ave Clearwater FL 33756 South Fort Harrison 639 S Fort Harrison Ave Clearwater FL 33756 0.73 Bank Name Bank Address City State Zip OAKHURST 13099 PARK BLVD SEMINOLE FL 33776 3640 LARGO MALL 10500 ULMERTON RD STE 480 LARGO FL 33771 3535 SEMINOLE 7700 SEMINOLE BLVD SEMINOLE FL 33772 4885 PARK PLACE 7100 US HWY 19 N PINELLAS PARK FL 33781 4602 BELLEAIR BLUFFS 2515 W BAY DR BELLEAIR BLUFFS FL 33770 1934 66TH STREET 3131 66TH ST N SAINT PETERSBURG FL 33710 3115 REDINGTON 17985 GULF BLVD REDINGTON SHORES FL 33708 1135 OLDSMAR 3994 TAMPA RD OLDSMAR FL 34677 3207 PALM HARBOR 33277 US HWY 19 N PALM HARBOR FL 34684 3153 DOWNTOWN ST PETERSBURG 125 5TH ST S SAINT PETERSBURG FL 33701 4168 PARK & BELCHER 7323 PARK BLVD PINELLAS PARK FL 33781 2922 DUNEDIN PLAZA 912 PATRICIA AVE DUNEDIN FL 34698 6023 CLEARWATER MALL 2699 GULF TO BAY BLVD CLEARWATER FL 33759 4936 MID CITY 2350 34TH ST N SAINT PETERSBURG FL 33713 3611 NORTHEAST ST PETERSBURG 9655 4TH ST N SAINT PETERSBURG FL 33702 2515 AUTUMN RUN 10675 66TH ST N PINELLAS PARK FL 33782 2313 CLEARWATER 2363 GULF TO BAY BLVD CLEARWATER FL 33765 4102 49TH STREET 5005 ULMERTON RD CLEARWATER FL 33760 4002 GULFPORT 2001 49TH ST S GULFPORT FL 33707 4915 SUNSET POINT 2301 SUNSET POINT RD CLEARWATER FL 33765 1426 BELCHER 1551 S BELCHER RD CLEARWATER FL 33764 7603 RIDGEMOOR 4949 RIDGEMOOR BLVD PALM HARBOR FL 34685 1745 NORTHWOOD 2580 N MCMULLEN BOOTH RD CLEARWATER FL 33761 4100 COREY LANDING 400 COREY AVE SAINT PETE BEACH FL 33706 1902 LARGO 801 W BAY DR STE 101 LARGO FL 33770 3269 BOOT RANCH 100 E LAKE RD PALM HARBOR FL 34685 2416 SKYWAY 3095 54TH AVE S SAINT PETERSBURG FL 33712 4613 LARGO MIDWAY 1180 JASPER ST W LARGO FL 33770 1840 TARPON SPRINGS 101 FEDERAL PL TARPON SPRINGS FL 34689 3600 ISLAND ESTATES 130 ISLAND WAY CLEARWATER FL 33767 2216 TYRONE BOULEVARD 1000 TYRONE BLVD N SAINT PETERSBURG FL 33710 6309 INDIAN ROCKS 14147 WALSINGHAM RD LARGO FL 33774 3230 TRI-CITY 5250 E BAY DR CLEARWATER FL 33764 5721 DUNEDIN 2494 BAYSHORE BLVD DUNEDIN FL 34698 2065 BARDMOOR 8700 BRYAN DAIRY RD LARGO FL 33777 1205 NORTH COUNTRYSIDE 28059 US HWY 19 N CLEARWATER FL 33761 2633 CENTRAL ST PETE 4100 4TH ST N SAINT PETERSBURG FL 33703 5727 SOUTH FORT HARRISON 639 S FORT HARRISON AVE CLEARWATER FL 33756 5301 MAIN STREET DUNEDIN 1483 MAIN ST DUNEDIN FL 34698 4612 Wells Fargo Pinellas County branch locations PASADENA 1101 PASADENA AVE S SOUTH PASADENA FL 33707 2892 City of Clearwater 1 Our people1: 73 team members who live within Clearwater 75 team members who work within Clearwater Our locations: 5 banking locations, including 1 in an LMI* community 1 mortgage office 6 ATMs, 1 in an LMI community Total loans $ amount Home purchases 175 $26.4 million Home improvement 13 $677,000 Home equity 1,045 $75.2 million Home refinance 74 $10.9 million Home mortgage lending in your community *LMI = low to moderate income 1PeopleSoft as of March 2016 Wells Fargo in your community Our presence in the City of Clearwater supports the local economy by providing jobs, paying taxes and investing in your community City of Clearwater 2 $133,000 through corporate and foundation giving $122,239 in contributions through the annual Team Member Community Support and United Way Campaign $6,282 in matching team member gifts 950 volunteer hours 262 mortgage loans extending $38.0 million in credit2,3 –Of that, 98 were in LMI communities, providing $10.6 million in credit and 57 mortgage loans were made to LMI borrowers, providing $4.6 million in credit 284 small business loans extending $12.4 million in credit3 1 small farm loan, providing $10,000 in credit3 8 community development investments totaling $85,0003,4 Wells Fargo team members participated in 4 community development service activities totaling 13 hours3,4 Company data as of 12/31/14 2Mortgage includes home purchase, home improvement, home refinance, and multifamily originated and purchased loans 3Totals include low, moderate, middle, upper and unclassified income levels 4Some community development activity cannot be tracked at the state level Community development activity is subject to change as updates are received Community support in the City of Clearwater City of Clearwater 3 $242 $211 $126 $114 Wells Fargo JP Morgan Bank of America Citibank Market capitalization Credit ratings Deposit share Rank # Total deposits 13.7% #2 $750.2 million FDIC deposit market share City of Clearwater Source: FDIC Deposit Market Share Report as of 6/30/15 Market capitalization and credit ratings Wells Fargo continues to be one of the strongest capitalized banks as well as among the highest credit rated U.S. banks Source: Yahoo Finance Note: Market capitalization as of 2/18/16 Source: Bloomberg as of 1/26/16 Bank Moody’s S&P Fitch Wells Fargo Aa1 AA- AA U.S. Bank Aa2 AA- AA JP Morgan Chase Aa2 A+ AA- Bank of America A1 A+ A+ Citibank A1 A+ A+ Pinellas County 1 Our people1: 741 team members who live within Pinellas County 664 team members who work within Pinellas County Our locations: 41 banking locations, including 9 in LMI* communities 1 mortgage office and 6 Wells Fargo Advisors offices 56 ATMs, 12 in LMI communities Total loans $ amount Home purchases 1,662 $338.8 million Home improvement 113 $8.1 million Home equity 11,715 $796.8 million Home refinance 777 $120.1 million Home mortgage lending in your community *LMI = low to moderate income 1PeopleSoft as of March 2016 Wells Fargo in your community Our presence in Pinellas County supports the local economy by providing jobs, paying taxes and investing in your community Pinellas County 2 $357,500 through corporate and foundation giving $197,106 in contributions through the annual Team Member Community Support and United Way Campaign $19,461 in matching team member gifts 3,169 volunteer hours 2,552 mortgage loans extending $467.0 million in credit2,3 –Of that, 332 were in LMI communities, providing $36.4 million in credit and 502 mortgage loans were made to LMI borrowers, providing $47.3 million in credit 2,529 small business loans extending $105.1 million in credit3 5 small farm loans, providing $221,200 in credit3 1 community development loan totaling $500,000 and 17 community development investments totaling $1.4 million3,4 Wells Fargo team members participated in 21 community development service activities totaling 63 hours3,4 Company data as of 12/31/14 2Mortgage includes home purchase, home improvement, home refinance, and multifamily originated and purchased loans 3Totals include low, moderate, middle, upper and unclassified income levels 4Some community development activity cannot be tracked at the state level Community development activity is subject to change as updates are received Community support in Pinellas County Pinellas County 3 $242 $211 $126 $114 Wells Fargo JP Morgan Bank of America Citibank Market capitalization Credit ratings Deposit share Rank # Total deposits 10.2% #4 $3.5 billion FDIC deposit market share Pinellas County Source: FDIC Deposit Market Share Report as of 6/30/15 Market capitalization and credit ratings Wells Fargo continues to be one of the strongest capitalized banks as well as among the highest credit rated U.S. banks Source: Yahoo Finance Note: Market capitalization as of 2/18/16 Source: Bloomberg as of 1/26/16 Bank Moody’s S&P Fitch Wells Fargo Aa1 AA- AA U.S. Bank Aa2 AA- AA JP Morgan Chase Aa2 A+ AA- Bank of America A1 A+ A+ Citibank A1 A+ A+ State of Florida 1 Our people1: 13,775 team members who live within Florida 14,146 team members who work within Florida Our locations: 646 banking locations, including 194 in LMI* communities 25 mortgage offices and 81 Wells Fargo Advisors offices 1,039 ATMs, 348 in LMI communities Total loans $ amount Home purchases 33,580 $7.1 billion Home improvement 2,068 $233.9 million Home equity 175,355 $12.8 billion Home refinance 12,704 $2.3 billion Home mortgage lending in your community *LMI = low to moderate income 1PeopleSoft as of March 2016 Wells Fargo in your community Our presence in the State of Florida supports the local economy by providing jobs, paying taxes and investing in your community State of Florida 2 $12,192,720 through corporate and foundation giving $4,012,849 in contributions through the annual Team Member Community Support and United Way Campaign $418,323 in matching team member gifts 84,074 volunteer hours 48,352 mortgage loans extending $9.7 billion in credit2,3 –Of that, 6,951 were in LMI communities, providing $1.1 billion in credit and 8,970 mortgage loans were made to LMI borrowers, providing $926.6 million in credit 37,892 small business loans extending $1.4 billion in credit3 267 small farm loans, providing $8.0 million in credit3 39 community development loans totaling $259.5 million and 424 community development investments totaling $218.6 million3,4 Wells Fargo team members participated in 640 community development service activities totaling 2,264 hours3,4 Company data as of 12/31/14 2Mortgage includes home purchase, home improvement, home refinance, and multifamily originated and purchased loans 3Totals include low, moderate, middle, upper and unclassified income levels 4Some community development activity cannot be tracked at the state level Community development activity is subject to change as updates are received Community support in Florida State of Florida 3 $242 $211 $126 $114 Wells Fargo JP Morgan Bank of America Citibank Market capitalization Credit ratings Deposit share Rank # Total deposits 14.9% #2 $75.1 billion FDIC deposit market share State of Florida Source: FDIC Deposit Market Share Report as of 6/30/15 Market capitalization and credit ratings Wells Fargo continues to be one of the strongest capitalized banks as well as among the highest credit rated U.S. banks Source: Yahoo Finance Note: Market capitalization as of 2/18/16 Source: Bloomberg as of 1/26/16 Bank Moody’s S&P Fitch Wells Fargo Aa1 AA- AA U.S. Bank Aa2 AA- AA JP Morgan Chase Aa2 A+ AA- Bank of America A1 A+ A+ Citibank A1 A+ A+ Investing in sustainable communities In April 2012, Wells Fargo released a set of environmental commitments to be achieved by 2020, including reducing the environmental impact of our operations, taking action in our communities, and investing in a sustainable global economy. This goal includes a $100 million environmental grant to create a more sustainable future for the communities we serve by 2020. From 2012 to 2014, Wells Fargo contributed more than $40.2 million to a range of environmental projects that include conservation efforts and the development of emerging clean technology solutions through universities and accelerator programs. In 2014: •We provided $11 million in grants to more than 385 environmental nonprofits • Our Environmental Solutions for Communities grant program working with the National Fish and Wildlife Foundation supported 55 projects in 49 communities with nearly $2.5 million, and our Clean Tech and Innovation program supported 22 opportunities nationwide with more than $2 million in philanthropic funding •We launched the Wells Fargo Innovation Incubator –IN2 , a five year, $10 million environmental grant program to support clean technology startups in commercial buildings 2014 Wells Fargo Environmental Stewardship: IN THE COMMUNITY Environmental grant program estimated 2014 impacts1 (partial) ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS 32,265 1,823,279 4,992,332 gallons 143,489 trees acres of of runoff water tons planted habitat reduced annually of CO2 reduced restored SOCIAL IMPACTS 25,465 $1.5 million in volunteer 13,520 students 73,541 labor toward environmental jobs involved in created community team members, based on projects by Wells Fargo supported members engaged rate of $22.14/hour environmental nationwide grant programs 4,285 people trained in “green” jobs ECONOMIC IMPACTS 405 new patents $10,617,500 issued for clean technology in prize money awarded for clean technology accelerators and business plan innovations competitions that we supported 1,051 solar photovoltaic systems 3,906 applications for new clean for low-income families, thereby technology start-up companies to helping to reduce utility costs participate in sponsored incubator and accelerator programs 1.The Wells Fargo Environmental Grant Program Impacts figures are aggregated estimates of outcomes funded by the Wells Fargo Foundation. Individual figures were provided directly by the grant recipients, who used various equivalency and impact calculators (e.g., EPA.gov calculator for ghg emissions) to estimate outcomes and ROI. © 2015 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. All rights reserved. ECG-1247431 Account analysis Sample Client Analysis Statement Treasury Management wellsfargo.com/com ©2009 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. All rights reserved. Member FDIC. TM-1185 - 03/09 CLIENT ANALYSIS STA TEMENT 300 515 9594 Z2040 RELATIONSHIP SUMMARY February 2008 Page 1 of 4 Offi cer: Smith, Lee Phone No.: 555-555-1234 WELLS FA RGO BANK, N.A. WA YZAT A OFFICE POST OFFICE BOX B 514 ANYTOWN, ST 12345-1234 CUSTOMER NAME ATTN: ACCOUNTING 123 MAIN STREET ANYTOWN, ST 12345-7890 ANALYSIS SUMMARY BALANCE SUMMARY Av erage Positive Collected Balance............................................... $ Reserve Requirement @ 10.00 % .................................................. - Investable Balance Av ailable for Services...................................... = Earnings Allowance @ 0.15 % ....................................................... $ Current Month Analyzed Charges................................................... - Current Month Position................................................................... = Net Shortfall Due.............................................................................. $ State Sales Ta x................................................................................. + City Sales Ta x.................................................................................. + Local Sales Ta x................................................................................ = Total Shortfall Due = Current Month Fee based Charges................................................... $ Total Amount Due.......................................................................... $ 144,045.16 14,404.52 129,640.64 14.88 194.50 179.62 179.62 1.24 0.25 0.25 181.36 5.85 187.21 *Charges not offset by balances Number of days this cycle: 28 Investable balance required to offset $1.00 of analyzed charges: Balance required to cover all analyzed charges: 9,682.54 1,812,668 $ $ ( ) TOTA L A MOUNT DUE WILL BE DEBITED TO ACCOUNT #395-5009393 ON MARCH 20, 2008. Acount Number Acount Name Av erage Ledger Av erage Collected Av erage Daily negative Coll Negative Coll Use of Fund Rate Service Charge *395-5009393 Account name 1 143,645 143,645 171.85 530-0919074 Account name 2 3,561 3,561 28.50 *Indicates billing account 300 515 9594 C3 Z2040 06/03/08 1 * continued on reverse side Sample Client Analysis Statement (continued) wellsfargo.com/com ©2009 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. All rights reserved. Member FDIC. TM-1185 - 03/09 N ote:C ustomer must examine th is statement and report to Bank any cla im for credit or refundwithin60daysafterBankmakesthestatementavailable.If Bank does not receive notice of error ordiscrepancywithinthistimeframe,items on the statement will be deemed to be correct. C K 001 01 0000 Account Maintenance w /C hk Return 13.50000 2.00 27.00 T *58.500.900056.0detsoPstiderC101010110KCCK191010310DDAFrequentStatementCycle2.50000 7.00 17.50 C S 002 45 0200 Investaccount Base Charg e 150.00000 1.00 150.00 DDA 395-5009393 02/01/06 02/28/06 73,000.0 0 28 (506,290.32 )Balance Adjustment 300 515 9594 Z2040 CUSTOMER NAME February 2008Page2of4 53.05secivreStnuoccAlareneG 00.051secivreSydotsuC/tnemtsevnI 05.491segrahCdezylanAlatoT 58.5segrahCdesaBeeFlatoT*53.002segrahCecivreSlatoT T=Service Subject to Sales Tax )23.092,605(latoTtnuoccA )23.092,605(latoTdnarG Transaction Correction Adjustment Number of Change in AverageAccountDateDateAmountDaysCollectedBalance Description ecivreStinUecivreSPFAcvSsegrahCemuloVecirPnoitpircseDedoCedoC BALANCE ADJUSTMENTS SERVICE DETAIL RELATIONSHIP SUMMARY 300 515 9594 C3 Z2040 MICHBAR TO0001 06/01/03 1 CLIENT ANALYSIS STATEMENT 58.171546,341546,3413939005-593 Number of days this cycle :28Investablebalancerequiredto offset $1.00 of analyzed charges:$8,721.63097,744,1$:segrahcdezylanallarevocotderiuqerecnalaB C K001 01 0000 Account Maintenance w/Chk Return 13.50000 1 .00 13.50 T *58.500.900056.0detsoPstiderC101010110KCCK191010310DDAFrequentStatementCycle2.50000 1.00 2.50 CS002 45 0200 Investacco unt Ba se Charge 150.00000 1.00 150.00 300 515 9594 Z 2040 February 2008 O fficer:Smith,LeePhoneNo.:555-555-1234 Page 4 o f 4 Negative ecivreSfoesUlloCyliaDegarevAegarevAegarevAtnuoccAtnuoccAegrahCetaRdnuFlloCevitageNdetcelloCregdeLemaNrebmuN 58.12secivreStnuoccAlareneG 00.051secivreSydotsuC/tnemtsevnI 00.661segrahCdezylanAlatoT 58.5segrahCdesa-BeeFlatoT*58.171segrahCecivreSlatoT ecivreStinUecivreSPFACVSsegrahCemuloVecirPnoitpircseDedoCedoC BALANCE SUMMARY SERVICE DETAIL ACCOUNT SUMMARY ACCOUNT NAME 1 ATTN: ACCOUNTING 123 MAIN STREET ANYTOWN, ST 12345-7890 CLIENT ANALYSIS STATEMENT Account Name 1 For more information on the Client Analysis Statement, contact your Wells Fargo treasury management representative or visit www.wellsfargo.com/com. Previous Day reports include: Previous Day Composite. This report offers a complete view of previous day information, including balances, transaction summaries, images for each check transaction, and transaction details for your bank accounts. Express Balance. This report gives you a quick snapshot of your previous day account balance information. See the balance data for each account, the total funds available, and a summary total of the debits and credits posted to your account. Month-to-Date. This report provides a daily summary of account balances, aggregate fl oat, and total transactions posted to each of your accounts for the month to date, prior month, or for a specifi c date range. Multibank Status. This report lets you know when all of your bank accounts—including non-Wells Fargo and international accounts—have previous day information available for you to review. Sweep Account Position. For our Stagecoach Sweep®* cash management service, customers who choose money market funds as their investment option, this report shows the investment balance for the prior day and allows you to track month-to-date dividend accruals. You can calculate your dividends earned on the previous day, the total book value of your cash, and your investment position for the next day. Customizable options. Treasury Information Reporting allows you to: •Access information from the CEO homepage through CEO report panels. •Tailor the reports to include only the accounts you wish to see. •Choose the data fi elds you want and the order you want them to appear when you download reports in CSV or Microsoft® Excel formats. •Combine information from your accounts at other banks to get a complete look at your fi nancial picture. Incoming data exchange transmission sends intraday and previous day account balance and/or transaction detail activity to Wells Fargo from participating fi nancial institutions. •Select the details you want to see. Use a range of fi lter options to select a number of variables, including balance type, transaction criteria, transaction amount, and reference number on the Previous Day Composite report. •Use the optional expanded wire feature to view and print full transaction details, originator to benefi ciary information, bank intermediary information, benefi ciary information, and audit information for originated wires when you view reports in HTML and PDF formats. •Choose a reporting period by selecting either the previous processing day or any processing day within the last week, or enter beginning and ending dates. •Save your customization options. Treasury Information Reporting lets each user in your company save up to 100 customized report templates. Technical specifi cations: •View the reports in HTML or PDF formats. •Download the reports in BAI V2, comma-delimited (CSV), or Microsoft® Excel formats. •Data retention: Standard storage—seven days; extended optional storage—30, 60, 90, or 120 days. continued on reverse side Treasury Information Reporting Previous Day reports Treasury Management Helping you make more educated decisions and reconcile accounts quickly and easily by providing comprehensive reporting on the treasury activity for your Wells Fargo, non-Wells Fargo, and international bank accounts Treasury Information Reporting offers a variety of previous day reports to help you determine your cash position. Delivered online through the Commercial Electronic Office® (CEO®) portal, the Previous Day reports provide convenient, customizable access to the transaction details you need to know. Extensive customization features allow you to create reports that fit your exact business requirements. wellsfargo.com/com ©2010 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. All rights reserved. Member FDIC. TM-2007 - 09/10 *Investment Products: Not FDIC insured – no bank guarantee – may lose value Previous Day reports (continued) Note: It is recommended that you subscribe to 90-day extended storage for the Month-to-Date Balance report. For more information on Treasury Information Reporting, contact your Wells Fargo treasury management representative or visit www.wellsfargo.com/com. wellsfargo.com/com ©2010 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. All rights reserved. Member FDIC. TM-2007 - 09/10 The Balances section contains all the balances for each account. This information also appears on the TIR Express Balance report. Transaction details include posting date, BAI code and description, amount, bank ID, fl oat, and any text about the transaction. Debit check transactions have links to check images. A B Treasury Information Reporting Intraday reports include: Cash Letter Detail. This report lists up-to-date float information for each deposit—how much is available immediately, in one day, or in two or more days. It also delivers detailed funds availability information on preencoded check deposits. Intraday Composite. This report provides a comprehensive picture of current day—or not yet posted—information, including balances, transaction summaries, and transaction details for each account. You can access a mobile version of the report through your smartphone or PDA at https://ceomobile.wf.com. You can monitor key account and transaction information when you’re away from your desk at meetings, in airports, across town, or around the globe. Intraday Position. This report collects current day—or not yet posted—balance, debit, and credit information for all the accounts you select. The report summarizes the activity of all types of transactions, including ACH, cash letter, investments, lockbox, wire transfer, and other debits and credits. Customizable options. Treasury Information Reporting allows you to: •Access information from the CEO home page through CEO report panels. •Tailor a report to include accounts you wish to see. •Choose the data fields you want and the order you want them to appear when you download reports in CSV or Excel formats. •Combine information from your accounts at other banks to get a complete look at your financial picture. Incoming Data Exchange sends intraday and previous day account balance and transaction detail activity to Wells Fargo from participating financial institutions. •Save your customization options. Treasury Information Reporting lets each user in your company save up to 100 customized report templates. •View a current picture of your overall cash position. •Reconcile your accounts. Reports include reference numbers, descriptions, and transaction codes for detail items to make reconciling easier. Treasury Information Reporting technical specifications: •View the reports in HTML or PDF formats. • Download the Intraday Composite and Cash Letter reports in BAI V2, CSV, or Excel formats. •Data retention: Standard storage is seven days. Optional extended storage is available for 30, 60, or 90 days. continued on reverse side Treasury Information Reporting Intraday reports Treasury Management Providing you timely notification of transactions that impact your bottom line Treasury Information Reporting offers a variety of intraday reports to help you make timely business decisions. Whether you need to know when a deposit hit your account or when a check is going to clear, you can determine your cash position whenever you need to, because the information is updated throughout the day. Delivered online through our Commercial Electronic Office® (CEO®) portal, our intraday reports provide you convenient, customizable access to your transaction details. Choose the reports and extensive customization features to create a reporting package that fits your exact business requirements. wellsfargo.com/com ©2011 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. All rights reserved. Member FDIC. WIS-1033 - 06/11 Intraday reports (continued) For more information on Treasury Information Reporting, contact your Wells Fargo treasury management representative or visit www.wellsfargo.com/com. wellsfargo.com/com ©2011 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. All rights reserved. Member FDIC. WIS-1033 - 06/11 Wire Transfer Detail report offers: Current, accurate information. Account information is updated continuously throughout the day, ensuring up-to- date information regardless of when you access the reports. This report is often your first notice that you’ve received an incoming wire transfer. Reduced risk of fraud. Wire transfers tend to be large-value transactions posing a serious risk of fraud. Run this report as often as necessary to see your funds transfer activity as soon as possible. Validation of internal records. You can use the Wire Transfer Detail report to validate your internal records of outgoing wires as well as to verify that the bank processed all wires that day. Proactive notification. When you sign up for the Event Messaging service, we will notify you by email, text message, or fax when your Wire Transfer Detail report is ready to view. Flexible delivery. The Wire Transfer Detail report is available through the CEO portal to view, print, or download in BAI V2, CSV, or Excel formats. A host of customization options. Tailor your report to meet your business requirements: •Select only the banks and accounts you want to see. Highlight the accounts you want, or, if you have a long list of accounts, use the filter feature to narrow the list. •Choose a reporting period. Choose either the current business day, any business day within the last week, or enter custom beginning and ending dates. You can also enter a time range to see only those transactions within a specific time period. •Define the report content. Include debits or credits, full transaction details, or subtotals. Or, select by a wire dollar amount or a range of dollar amounts. •View “Transactions Since Last Reported.” This useful feature allows you to view only those transactions that have been reported since your last report retrieval— helping to streamline your processes and save money. •Control how much detail you see. Add details to your report, such as full text details associated with the wire, subtotals, or a summary of your customization selections. •Choose the data fields you want. When you download the report in CSV or Excel format, you can select the data fields you need and the order in which you want them to appear. •Save your customization options. After you tailor your reports to meet your business needs, you can save and reuse them. Each user in your company can save up to 100 customized report templates. You can also easily modify, rename, and delete report templates as your business needs change. Technical specifications: •View the report in HTML or PDF formats. •Download the report in BAI V2, CSV, or Excel formats. •Data retention: Standard storage—seven days; extended optional storage—30, 60, or 90 days. continued on reverse side Treasury Information Reporting Wire Transfer Detail report Treasury Management Giving you comprehensive, current-day detail of all funds transfers The Wire Transfer Detail report is a quick and efficient way to keep track of all your outgoing and incoming funds transfers. This report shows a comprehensive, current-day (not yet posted) detail of all outgoing and incoming funds transfers, conveniently grouped by type: book transfers, Federal Reserve domestic wires, and international wires, including SWIFT and CHIPS. The Wire Transfer Detail report is available whenever and wherever you need it through the Treasury Information Reporting service, the cash management and treasury services component of the Wells Fargo Commercial Electronic Office® (CEO®) portal. wellsfargo.com/com ©2011 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. All rights reserved. Member FDIC. TM-2164 - 05/11 Wire Transfer Detail report (continued) For more information on the Wire Transfer Detail report, contact your Wells Fargo treasury management representative or visit www.wellsfargo.com/com. wellsfargo.com/com ©2011 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. All rights reserved. Member FDIC. TM-2164 - 05/11 Originated ACH transaction reports include: ACH Origination. With this report, you can investigate ACH-originated transactions and confirm that the ACH transactions were processed. You can also view a list of ACH files, see detailed information about accepted or rejected transactions, and verify the origination of a particular transaction. ACH Customer Activity. This report shows how ACH activity is affecting your settlement account. Your account information is updated by 5:00 a.m. CT each business day, so you can confirm that files and delete or reversal requests were received and processed. This report also matches adjustment activity to your bank statement, and provides both a summary of all ACH settlement activity and a summary of returned items and notifications of change (NOCs). ACH Return/NOC. This report provides detailed information on all returned ACH transactions. It automatically matches your returned items to the original transactions. You can view a settlement summary or full details about each return, including transaction detail for ACH returns both inside and outside the U.S., contested or corrected dishonored returns, NOCs, dishonored returns, redeposits, and refused NOCs. Customizable options. Treasury Information Reporting allows you to: •Quickly and easily access information from the CEO portal home page through CEO report panels. • Choose a reporting period by selecting either the current processing day or any processing day within the last week, or by entering beginning and ending dates. •Tailor the report to include only the information you want to see. •Choose the data fields you want and the order you want them to appear when you download reports in CSV or Excel formats. • Save your customization options. Each company user can save up to 100 customized report templates. You can also easily modify, rename, or delete report templates as your business needs change. Technical specifications: •View the reports in HTML or PDF formats. •Download the ACH Origination and ACH Return/NOC reports in BAI V2, CSV, or Excel formats. •Retrieve all reports for seven days. Optional extended storage is available for 30, 60, or 90 days for the ACH Origination and ACH Return/NOC reports, and 30, 60, 90, or 120 days for the ACH Customer Activity report. continued on reverse side Treasury Information Reporting Originated ACH transaction reports Treasury Management Helping you with financial decision making by providing timely ACH transaction reporting on your settlement accounts The Wells Fargo Treasury Information Reporting service offers a variety of ACH reports—with many customizable features—to meet your payment transaction status needs. Whether you need the status of your ACH-originated transactions, a complete listing of activity affecting your settlement account, or information about originated transactions that were returned, we have the report to meet your ACH transaction needs. ACH reports are available online when you need them, from your desktop or laptop, by logging on to our Commercial Electronic Office® (CEO®) portal. wellsfargo.com/com ©2011 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. All rights reserved. Member FDIC. TM-2022 - 03/11 Originated ACH transaction reports (continued) For more information on Treasury Information Reporting, contact your Wells Fargo treasury management representative or visit www.wellsfargo.com/com. wellsfargo.com/com ©2011 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. All rights reserved. Member FDIC. TM-2022 - 03/11 Treasury Information Report https://wellsoffice.wellsfargo.com/ceo_public/product_demos/treasury_information/reports/report_ach_return.html[10/26/2011 5:27:32 PM] 06/14/20XX 03:03 PM ET CUSTOMER ID: WELLS OPERATOR ID: HENRY HENRY WELLS, INC. ACH Return/NOC Report As of 06/14/20XX Commercial Electronic Office ® Treasury Information Reporting File ID: GDIZ000001 Name:WIDGETS INC. Company ID: 1111111111 Settlement Summary Settlement Bank:073000228 Company:WIDGETS INC. Settlement Account:12345 Returned Items: (Includes Redeposited and Dishonored Totals below.) Account 12345 will be debited 240.87 on 06/14/20XX Transaction Detail Returns Individual ID Eff Date Receiving RDFI/Acct No Acct Type Amount Reason Cd/Desc Name Desc Date Co Entry Desc/Retn Trace #Tran Type Original Trace No 111111111111 06/14/20XX 092901191/1000000001 SAV 136.88 R03/NO ACCOUNT JOHN WELLS 010101 MPS PAYMNT/092901190054001 DB 091000010608911 Comments: 222222222222 06/14/20XX 092905278/10000000002 SAV 103.99 R03/NO ACCOUNT MARY WELLS 010101 MPS PAYMNT/091000011988982 DB 091000010608970 Comments: Notifications of Change Individual ID Eff Date Receiving RDFI/Acct No Acct Type Amount Reason Cd/Desc Name Desc Date Co Entry Desc/Retn Trace #Tran Type Original Trace No 333333333333 06/14/20XX 292970854/3000000000001 SAV .00 C06/ACCOUNT NO TONY WELLS 010101 MPS PAYMNT/292970850042001 DB 091000010608966 Correction:Account should be 30000000001 Addenda:091000010608966 2929708530000000001 444444444444 06/14/20XX 292970854/900000001 SAV .00 C06/ACCOUNT NO JUDY WELLS 010101 MPS PAYMNT/292970850051001 DB 091000010608991 Correction:Account should be 9000000002 Addenda:091000010608991 292970859000000002 555555555555 06/14/20XX 292970854/0900000005 SAV .00 C06/ACCOUNT NO ACME CORP 010101 MPS PAYMNT/292970850052001 DB 091000010609021 Correction:Account should be 00900000005 Addenda:091000010609021 2929708500900000005 666666666666 06/14/20XX 292970854/0900000005 SAV .00 C06/ACCOUNT NO ACME INC 010101 MPS PAYMNT/292970850053001 DB 091000010609022 Treasury Information Report https://wellsoffice.wellsfargo.com/ceo_public/product_demos/treasury_information/reports/report_ach_return.html[10/26/2011 5:27:32 PM] Correction:Account should be 00900000005 Addenda:091000010609022 2929708500900000005 Transaction Recap Debit Items Debit Amount Credit Items Credit Amount Returns 2 240.87 .00 Notifications of Change 4 .00 .00 ---- END OF REPORT ---- Previous Page 11 ARP optional reports offer: Detailed transaction data in 14 specific areas. The areas include paid checks, posted items, outstanding checks, deposit locations, credits, bank-originated entries, stop payments, reversed checks, issue notices not received, voids and cancels, issues this cycle, unpaid checks, matched paid items, and prior payments. Convenient and timely delivery. Reports can be delivered online through the Commercial Electronic Office® (CEO®) portal, via transmission, or on paper. They can be delivered with your standard statement or on a regular daily, weekly, monthly, or twice-monthly schedule. You may also request reports at any time during the month on a one-time-only basis. Turnaround time on special requests is one business day. Sorting to match your needs. At no extra charge, we will group, sort, and subtotal activity on your ARP statement and optional reports by a variety of information fields to match your accounting system or management information needs. The default order is by serial number, then by posted date. Account Reconciliation Plan (ARP) service ARP optional reports Treasury Management Helping you make better-educated decisions and reconcile accounts quickly and easily by providing comprehensive reporting on your ARP data Choose from 14 optional ARP reports—available on an ongoing or as-needed basis—that focus on specific portions of your statement. Our ARP reports allow you to review information and research transactions quickly and easily, helping you eliminate time-consuming searches. wellsfargo.com/com ©2010 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. All rights reserved. Member FDIC. TM-2203 - 02/10 Sample reports: Paid Checks. This report identifies which checks have been paid, calculates their total value, and provides a simple means of investigating “checks paid” discrepancies between your bank statement and internal accounting records. continued on next page ISSUE 5-30-08 5-30-08 5-30-08 SERIAL 450201004 450201005 4050101002 4050101004 4050101005 4050201001 4050201002 4050201003 8 POSTED 5-31-08 5-31-08 5-30-08 5-30-08 5-31-08 5-31-08 5-31-08 5-31-08 AMOUNT 20.00 200.00 100.00 20.00 200.00 10.00 109.00 1,000.00 1,659.00 TRANSACTION DESCRIPTION INNR INNR INNR TOTAL WELLS FARGO P.O. BOX 63020 SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94163 ACCOUNT: 4999 222222 ACCOUNT RECONCILEMENT ABC CORPORATION PAID CHECKS REPORT PRINTED: 05-31-08 PAGE 1 TREASURY MANAGEMENT CLIENT SERVICES1-800-AT-WELLS OPTION #2 PERIOD: 05-31-08 TO 05-31-08 22 ARP optional reports (continued) wellsfargo.com/com ©2010 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. All rights reserved. Member FDIC. TM-2203 - 02/10 Posted Items Listing. This report summarizes all transactions (including detail checks, detail other debits, and detail credits) that are posted to your account (initiated by either you or Wells Fargo) during the accounting period you select. Note: This sample Posted Items Listing report reflects activity for a Full Reconciliation account. Outstanding Checks.* This report provides a complete, detailed listing of all outstanding checks for the accounting period you have specified by summarizing your outstanding checks as of your statement date. Deposit Location. This report includes four sections: Deposit Detail—lists all deposit-related transactions for each location. • Return Detail—lists only returned deposited items. • continued on next page AS/OF 5-30-08 5-30-08 5-30-08 5-30-08 5-30-08 5-30-08 SERIAL 450101004 450101005 450201004 450201005 1400076517 4050201002 4050201002 4050101004 4050101005 4050201001 4050201002 4050201003 8 4 POSTED 5-31-08 5-31-08 5-30-08 5-30-08 5-31-08 5-31-08 5-31-08 5-31-08 5-31-08 5-31-08 5-31-08 5-31-08 AMOUNT 20.00 200.00 20.00 200.00 1,330.00 100.00 109.00 20.00 200.00 10.00 109.00 1,000.00 1,659.00 1,659.00 TRANSACTION DESCRIPTION REVERSAL OF CHECK POSTED 5-30-08 REPOSTED 5-31-08 AS SERIAL 4050101004 OURREF: 8-30-00 0000000 REVERSAL OF CHECK POSTED 5-30-08 REPOSTED 5-31-08 AS SERIAL 4050101005 OURREF: 8-30-00 0000000 INNR INNR ZERO BALANCE ACCOUNT TRANSFER FROM 0000000001 STORE #1 SUB ACCT 00000XXXXXXX999 00076517 REVERSAL OF CHECK POSTED 5-30-08 REPOSTED 5-31-08 AS SERIAL 4050101002 OURREF: 8-30-00 0000000 INNR TOTAL DEBITS & CR.REV. TOTAL CREDITS & DR. REV. WELLS FARGO P.O. BOX 63020 SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94163 ACCOUNT: 4999 222222 ACCOUNT RECONCILEMENT ABC CORPORATION POSTED ITEMS LISTING PRINTED: 06-30-08 PAGE 1 TREASURY MANAGEMENT CLIENT SERVICES1-800-AT-WELLS OPTION #2 PERIOD: 05-31-08 TO 06-30-08 ISSUE 5-3-08 5-3-08 5-3-08 5-3-08 5-3-08 5-3-08 5-3-08 5-3-08 5-3-08 SERIAL 3051101003 3051101004 3051101005 3051201001 3051201002 3051201003 3051201004 3051201005 3051301001 18 CODE 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 TOTAL AMOUNT 1,000.00 20.00 200.00 10.00 100.00 1,000.00 20.00 200.00 10.00 5,210.00 OPTIONAL INFO WELLS FARGO P.O. BOX 63020 SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94163 ACCOUNT: 4999 222222 ACCOUNT RECONCILEMENT ABC CORPORATION OUTSTANDING CHECKS REPORT PRINTED: 05-06-08 PAGE 1 TREASURY MANAGEMENT CLIENT SERVICES1-800-AT-WELLS OPTION #2 PERIOD: 0-00-00 TO 05-06-08 SERIAL 3051101002 3051101003 3051101004 3051201005 4051201001 4051201002 4051201003 4051201004 4051301005 ISSUE 5-05-08 5-05-08 5-05-08 5-05-08 5-06-08 5-06-08 5-06-08 5-06-08 5-06-08 AMOUNT 1,000.00 20.00 200.00 10.00 100.00 1,000.00 20.00 200.00 10.00 5,210.00 CODE 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 TOTAL OPTIONAL INFO PAYEE NAME 1 PAYEE NAME 3 PAYEE NAME 3 PAYEE NAME 4 PAYEE NAME 5 POSTED 5-09-08 5-09-08 5-09-08 5-12-08 5-12-08 5-06-08 5-06-08 5-29-08 LOC REF 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 AS OF TYPE C C D C C D C C AMOUNT 400.00 500.00 50.00 400.00 500.00 1.00 50.00 5.00 TRANSACTION DESCRIPTION DEPOSIT FROM 0000000001 STORE #1 SUB ACCT 00000XXXXXXX123 DEPOSIT FROM 0000000001 STORE #1 SUB ACCT 00000XXXXXXX123 RETURN ITEM CHARGE - PAPER AZ 050909 0000000001 FROM 0000000001 STORE #1 SUB ACCT 00000XXXXXXX555 ORIG SERIAL # 0000000001 CASH VAULT DEPOSIT FROM 0000000001 STORE #1 SUB ACCT 00000XXXXXXX12 CASH VAULT DEPOSIT FROM 0000000001 STORE #1 SUB ACCT 00000XXXXXXX12 MERCHANT BNKCD FEE 050902 XXXXXXXXX999 STORE #11113111249 XXXXXXXXX999+ ROM 0000000001 STORE #1 SUB ACCT 00000XXXXXX MERCHANT BNKCD DEPOSIT 050902 XXXXXXXXX999 STORE #1 XXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXX99 AMERICAN EXPRESS SETTLEMENT 050929 XXXXXXXX99 STORE 001 XXXXXXXX99XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX 9+ FROM 0000000001 STORE #1 SUB ACCT 00000XXXXXX WELLS FARGO P.O. BOX 63020 SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94163 ACCOUNT: 4999 222222 ACCOUNT RECONCILEMENT ABC CORPORATION DEPOSIT DETAIL REPORT PRINTED: 06-05-08 PAGE 1 TREASURY MANAGEMENT CLIENT SERVICES1-800-AT-WELLS OPTION #2 PERIOD: 5-01-08 TO 5-31-08 CREDITS: 6 DEBITS: 2 TOTAL: 8 TOTAL TOTAL TOTAL 1,860.00 56.00 1,804.00 FOR LOCATION: STORE #1 POSTED 5-09-08 1 LOC REF 1 TOTAL: AS OF TYPE D AMOUNT 50.00 50.00 TRANSACTION DESCRIPTION RETURN ITEM CHARGE - PAPER AZ 050909 0000000001 FROM 0000000001 STORE #1 SUB ACCT 00000XXXXXXX555 ORIG SERIAL # 0000000001 FOR LOCATION: STORE #1 WELLS FARGO P.O. BOX 63020 SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94163 ACCOUNT: 4999 222222 ACCOUNT RECONCILEMENT ABC CORPORATION RETURNED DETAIL REPORT PRINTED: 06-05-08 PAGE 2 TREASURY MANAGEMENT CLIENT SERVICES1-800-AT-WELLS OPTION #2 PERIOD: 5-01-08 TO 5-31-08 TOTAL *These reports are not available with Partial ARP. 33 ARP optional reports (continued) wellsfargo.com/com ©2010 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. All rights reserved. Member FDIC. TM-2203 - 02/10 Deposit Recap—summarizes total deposit-related transactions by location by day. • Deposit Summary—summarizes all activity by location, and lists any locations without activity for the period. • Credits. This report provides a detailed listing of credits and credit reversals. It allows you to sort and subtotal credit transactions to accommodate your specific accounting requirements. Bank Originated Entries. This report delivers a complete, detailed listing of all debit and credit transactions initiated by Wells Fargo. continued on next page LOCATION NAME STORE #1 8 TOTAL 1,875.00 3 TOTAL 56.00 11 TOTAL 1,819.00 FOR CURRENT ACTIVITY PERIOD NO DEPOSIT ACTIVITY FOR CURRENT REPORTING PERIOD STORE #2 STORE #3 LOCATION # 1 CREDITS: DEBITS: TOTAL: 2 3 # ITEMS 11 WELLS FARGO P.O. BOX 63020 SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94163 ACCOUNT: 4999 222222 ACCOUNT RECONCILEMENT ABC CORPORATION DEPOSIT SUMMARY REPORT PRINTED: 06-05-08 PAGE 4 TREASURY MANAGEMENT CLIENT SERVICES1-800-AT-WELLS OPTION #2 PERIOD: 5-01-08 TO 5-31-08 AMOUNT 1,819.00 AS/OF POSTED 5-01-08 5-06-08 5-20-08 5-06-08 5-06-08 5-06-08 5-01-08 5-08-08 5-13-08 5-13-08 5-19-08 5-01-08 5-07-08 5-23-08 5-26-08 5-27-08 5-21-08 5-26-08 5-13-08 5-02-08 5-26-08 5-20-08 5-01-08 5-15-08 SERIAL 1 1 1 1 1 11 11 XXXX999 XXXX999 XXXX555 XXXX555 32100000 32100000 XXXXXXX456 XXXXXXX456 XXXXXXX999 XXXXXXX999 XXXXXXX123 23 0 23 TRANSACTION DESCRIPTION EURODOLLAR SWEEP CREDIT FROM 0000000000 STORE #1 SUB ACCT 00000XXXXX6789 WT SEQ#12345 ABC CO /ORG=ABC INC SRF#IN0XXXXXXXXXX999 TRN XXXXXX12345 RFB# 000000099 WT SEQ#12345 ABC CO /ORG=ABC INC SRF#IN0XXXXXXXXXX999 TRN XXXXXX12345 RFB# 000000099 DEPOSIT WHOLESALE LOCKBOX DEPOSIT WHOLESALE LOCKBOX DEPOSIT DEPOSIT FROM 0000000001 STORE #1 SUB ACCT 00000XXXXXXX999 DEPOSIT FROM 0000000001 STORE #1 SUB ACCT 00000XXXXXXX999 CASH VAULT DEPOSIT FROM 0000000001 STORE #1 SUB ACCT 00000XXXXXXX999 CASH VAULT DEPOSIT FROM 0000000001 STORE #1 SUB ACCT 00000XXXXXXX999 Cash Only Customer Deposit FROM 0000000001 STORE #1 SUB ACCT 0000099 DEPOSIT DEPOSIT MERCHANT BNKCD DEPOSIT 050922 XXXXXXXXX999 BEMIDJI1680338392 XXXXXXXXX999 MERCHANT BNKCD DEPOSIT 050922 XXXXXXXXX999 BEMIDJI1680338392 XXXXXXXXX999 DISCOVER NETWORK SETTLEMENT 050925 XXXXXXXXXX555ABC HEALTHCARE AXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXX555 DISCOVER NETWORK SETTLEMENT 050920 XXXXXXXXXX555ABC HEALTHCARE AXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXX555 09/26BANKCARD DEPOSIT -XXXXXX3210 09/13BANKCARD DEPOSIT -XXXXXX3210 AMERICAN EXPRESS SETTLEMENT 050902 XXXXXXX456 ABC INC XXXXXXX456XXXXXXX250 XXXXXXX456 AMERICAN EXPRESS SETTLEMENT 050924 XXXXXXX456 ABC INC XXXXXXX456XXXXXXX250 XXXXXXX456 CONTROLLED DISBURSEMENT VAN WERT FUNDINGFROM 00000XXXXXXX456 CONTROLLED DISBURSEMENT VAN WERT FUNDINGFROM 00000XXXXXXX456 ZERO BALANCE ACCOUNT TRANSFER FROM 0000000000 STORE #1 SUB ACCT 00000XXXXXXX123 TOTAL CREDITS TOTAL CREDITS REVERSALS TOTAL NET CREDITS WELLS FARGO P.O. BOX 63020 SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94163 ACCOUNT: 4999 222222 ACCOUNT RECONCILEMENT ABC CORPORATION CREDITS REPORT PRINTED: 05-31-08 PAGE 1 TREASURY MANAGEMENT CLIENT SERVICES1-800-AT-WELLS OPTION #2 PERIOD: 04-28-08 TO 05-28-08 AMOUNT 100,000.00 200,000.00 200,000.00 1,000.00 2,000.00 3,000.00 100.00 200.00 300.00 400.00 500.00 100.00 200.00 50.00 100.00 1.00 15.00 100.00 200.00 5,000.00 5,000.00 20,000.00 50,000.00 50,000.00 438,266.00 0.00 438,266.00 # ITEMS 2 3 4 1 1 ------ 11 DATE 5-06-08 5-09-08 5-15-08 5-29-08 5-30-08 TOTALS AMOUNT 49.00 650.00 900.00 5.00 15.00 ----------------- 1,819.00 FOR LOCATION: STORE #1 WELLS FARGO P.O. BOX 63020 SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94163 ACCOUNT: 4999 222222 ACCOUNT RECONCILEMENT ABC CORPORATION DEPOSIT RECAP REPORT PRINTED: 06-05-08 PAGE 3 TREASURY MANAGEMENT CLIENT SERVICES1-800-AT-WELLS OPTION #2 PERIOD: 5-01-08 TO 5-31-08 AS/OF POSTED 4-29-08 4-29-08 5-15-08 5-15-08 4-29-08 5-21-08 5-21-08 4-28-08 4-31-08 5-08-08 5-01-08 5-15-08 5-13-08 5-21-08 4-29-08 SERIAL 6 9 TRANSACTION DESCRIPTION BC BC BC BC BC BC BC BC BC BD BD BD BD BD BD TOTAL DEBITS & CR. REV. TOTAL CREDITS & DR. REV. WELLS FARGO P.O. BOX 63020 SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94163 ACCOUNT: 4999 222222 ACCOUNT RECONCILEMENT ABC CORPORATION BANK ORIGINATED ENTRIES PRINTED: 05-31-08 PAGE 1 TREASURY MANAGEMENT CLIENT SERVICES1-800-AT-WELLS OPTION #2 PERIOD: 04-28-08 TO 05-28-08 AMOUNT 268.07 294.10 339.96 339.96 474.98 608.62 608.92 833.72 1,330.00 13,198.54 13,498.27 16,974.03 30,623.71 37,523.87 44,385.66 156,204.10 5,098.33 44 ARP optional reports (continued) wellsfargo.com/com ©2010 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. All rights reserved. Member FDIC. TM-2203 - 02/10 Stop Payments. This report gives you a detailed listing of all stop payments, including stop payment renewals, releases, and expirations. Reversed Checks.** This report provides you with a list of checks that were reversed during the current statement cycle due to posting errors, such as dollar values that do not match your register. Reversed Issue Notices Not Received (INNRs) are also listed. Bank-originated entries are excluded from the report. Issue Notices Not Received.** This report helps you identify accounting discrepancies between your books and your bank statement by focusing on checks paid during the current statement cycle for which Wells Fargo did not receive an issue notice or could not match to your register. Voids and Cancels.* This report gives you a complete list of all checks that have either been canceled or voided as of the date indicated on the report. continued on next page REL/EXP 3-07-09 3-10-09 3-12-09 3-14-09 SERIAL 3051100621 3051100378 3051100726 3051101003 6 6 1 CODE STOP/I STOP/I STOP/R STOP/NI TOTAL NEW STOP PAYMENTS TOTAL STOP PAYMENTS STOP PAY RELEASES WELLS FARGO P.O. BOX 63020 SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94163 ACCOUNT: 4999 222222 ACCOUNT RECONCILEMENT ABC CORPORATION STOP PAYMENTS REPORT PRINTED: 05-30-08 PAGE 1 TREASURY MANAGEMENT CLIENT SERVICES1-800-AT-WELLS OPTION #2 PERIOD: 04-28-08 TO 05-28-08 AMOUNT 592.84 273.37 668.96 1,000.00 2,086.21 2,086.21 668.96 STOP 9-08-08 9-11-08 9-13-08 9-15-08 OPTIONAL INFO SERIAL 3051101005 3051201008 3051301008 STOP 9-15-08 9-18-08 9-21-08 REL/EXP 3-14-09 3-17-09 3-20-09 AMOUNT 200.00 10.00 10.00 CODE STOP/NI STOP/NI STOP/NI OPTIONAL INFO POSTED 5-30-08 5-30-08 5-30-08 SERIAL 450101004 450101005 4050101002 3 0 TRANSACTION DESCRIPTION REV/CK REV/CK REV/CK TOTAL REVERSED CHECKS TOTAL REVERSED INNRS WELLS FARGO P.O. BOX 63020 SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94163 ACCOUNT: 4999 222222 ACCOUNT RECONCILEMENT ABC CORPORATION REVERSED CHECKS REPORT PRINTED: 05-31-08 PAGE 1 TREASURY MANAGEMENT CLIENT SERVICES1-800-AT-WELLS OPTION #2 PERIOD: 05-31-08 TO 05-31-08 AMOUNT 20.00 200.00 109.00 329.00 0.00 REVERSED 5-31-08 5-31-08 5-31-08 POSTED 5-31-08 5-31-08 5-31-08 SERIAL 450101004 450101005 4050101002 3 TRANSACTION DESCRIPTION INNR INNR INNR TOTAL TOTAL WELLS FARGO P.O. BOX 63020 SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94163 ACCOUNT: 4999 222222 ACCOUNT RECONCILEMENT ABC CORPORATION ISSUE NOTICES NOT RECEIVED PRINTED: 05-31-08 PAGE 1 TREASURY MANAGEMENT CLIENT SERVICES1-800-AT-WELLS OPTION #2 PERIOD: 05-31-08 TO 05-31-08 AMOUNT 20.00 200.00 109.00 329.00 0.00 POSTED 5-06-08 5-06-08 5-06-08 SERIAL 3051101001 3051101002 3051101003 1 2 0 TRANSACTION DESCRIPTION CANCL/I CANCL/I VOID TOTAL VOIDS TOTAL CANCELS/I TOTAL CANCELS/NI WELLS FARGO P.O. BOX 63020 SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94163 ACCOUNT: 4999 222222 ACCOUNT RECONCILEMENT ABC CORPORATION VOIDS AND CANCELS REPORT PRINTED: 05-06-08 PAGE 1 TREASURY MANAGEMENT CLIENT SERVICES1-800-AT-WELLS OPTION #2 PERIOD: 05-06-08 TO 05-06-08 AMOUNT 10.00 100.00 0.00 0.00 110.00 0.00 ISSUE 5-03-08 5-03-08 *These reports are not available with Partial ARP. **Issue Notices Not Received, Reversed Checks, and Matched Paid reports are available for Partial ARP only when in conjunction with Positive Pay. 55 ARP optional reports (continued) For more information on the ARP service, contact your Wells Fargo treasury management representative or visit www.wellsfargo.com/com. wellsfargo.com/com ©2010 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. All rights reserved. Member FDIC. TM-2203 - 02/10 Issues This Cycle.* This report recaps your checks-issued information as received by Wells Fargo and is helpful in identifying “checks issued” input errors, as well as the cause of “checks issued” versus “checks paid” differences (INNR activity). Unpaid Checks.* This report provides a detailed listing of transactions that do not affect your account’s ledger balance, such as voids, cancellations, stop payments, and outstanding items. Totals for stops and outstanding checks reflect cumulative balances. Totals for voids and cancels represent the current statement cycle’s activity. Matched Paid.** This report delivers a detailed list of every check that has been paid during the current statement cycle and matched with one of your check registers to help simplify your account reconciliation process. Prior Payments.* This report helps you effectively manage and reduce your Issue Notices Not Received (INNR) balance by identifying the checks paid by Wells Fargo during a previous statement cycle but received as an issue during the current cycle. *These reports are not available with Partial ARP. **Issue Notices Not Received, Reversed Checks, and Matched Paid reports are available for Partial ARP only when in conjunction with Positive Pay. CODE 0 0 0 TOTAL SERIAL 4050201001 4050201002 4050201003 5 OPTIONAL INFO PAYEE NAME 1 PAYEE NAME 2 PAYEE NAME 3 WELLS FARGO P.O. BOX 63020 SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94163 ACCOUNT: 4999 222222 ACCOUNT RECONCILEMENT ABC CORPORATION ISSUES THIS CYCLE REPORT PRINTED: 05-31-08 PAGE 1 TREASURY MANAGEMENT CLIENT SERVICES1-800-AT-WELLS OPTION #2 PERIOD: 05-31-08 TO 05-31-08 AMOUNT 10.00 100.00 1,000.00 1,330.00 ISSUE 5-30-08 5-30-08 5-30-08 SERIAL 4050201004 4050201005 ISSUE 5-30-08 5-30-08 AMOUNT 20.00 200.00 CODE 0 0 OPTIONAL INFO PAYEE NAME 4 PAYEE NAME 5 CODE 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 TOTAL OUTSTANDINGS TOTAL CANCELS & VOIDS TOTAL STOP PAYMENTS SERIAL 3051101001 3051101002 3051101003 3051101004 3051101005 3051201001 3051201002 3051201003 3051201004 15 2 1 OPTIONAL INFO WELLS FARGO P.O. BOX 63020 SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94163 ACCOUNT: 4999 222222 ACCOUNT RECONCILEMENT ABC CORPORATION UNPAID CHECKS REPORT PRINTED: 05-05-08 PAGE 1 TREASURY MANAGEMENT CLIENT SERVICES1-800-AT-WELLS OPTION #2 PERIOD: 5-05-08 TO 5-05-08 AMOUNT 10.00 100.00 1,000.00 20.00 200.00 10.00 100.00 1,000.00 20.00 3,990.00 10.00 10.00 ISSUE 5-05-08 5-05-08 5-05-08 SERIAL 3051201005 3051201008 3051301001 3051301002 3051301003 3051301004 3051301005 3051301006 3051301007 ISSUE 5-05-08 5-05-08 5-05-08 5-05-08 5-05-08 5-05-08 5-05-08 5-05-08 AMOUNT 200.00 10.00 10.00 100.00 1,000.00 20.00 200.00 10.00 0.00 CODE 0 STOP/NI 0 0 0 0 0 CANCL/NI VOID OPTIONAL INFOSTOPSTOP 5-05-08 5-05-08 TRANSACTION DESCRIPTION TOTAL SERIAL 4050101002 4050101004 4050101005 4050201001 4050201003 5 WELLS FARGO P.O. BOX 63020 SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94163 ACCOUNT: 4999 222222 ACCOUNT RECONCILEMENT ABC CORPORATION MATCHED PAID REPORT PRINTED: 05-31-08 PAGE 1 TREASURY MANAGEMENT CLIENT SERVICES1-800-AT-WELLS OPTION #2 PERIOD: 5-31-08 TO 5-31-08 AMOUNT 100.00 20.00 200.00 10.00 1,000.00 1,330.00 ISSUE 5-30-08 5-30-08 5-30-08 5-30-08 5-30-08 POSTED 5-31-08 5-31-08 5-31-08 5-31-08 5-31-08 CODE PRIORPAY TOTAL SERIAL 216524 2 WELLS FARGO P.O. BOX 63020 SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94163 ACCOUNT: 4999 222222 ACCOUNT RECONCILEMENT ABC CORPORATION PRIOR PAYMENTS REPORT PRINTED: 05-31-08 PAGE 1 TREASURY MANAGEMENT CLIENT SERVICES1-800-AT-WELLS OPTION #2 PERIOD: 5-01-08 TO 5-31-08 AMOUNT 11,539.59 11,961.35 ISSUE 5-12-08 POSTED 5-31-08 SERIAL 216527 ISSUE 5-23-08 POSTED 5-31-08 AMOUNT 421.76 CODE PRIORPAY Most A+ grades of any bank 2016 Phoenix-Hecht® Large Corporate Quality Index™ results Treasury Management 2016 Wells Fargo Large Corporate grades Product Operations Timeliness of web-based information reporting A+ Timeliness of incoming wire notification A Accuracy of processing for wholesale lockbox B+ Accuracy of payee recognition A+ Speed of ACH error correction A- ACH positive pay features A Overall product satisfaction Web-based product A Wire transfer A Wholesale lockbox B+ Controlled disbursement/positive pay A+ ACH A Remote deposit A Credit cards (used for invoice payments)B+ Perceptions about bank Processing account maintenance requests A+ Customer service A+ In-person calling program A+ Technical support Web-based reporting and transactions A ACH A+ Credit card (used for invoice payments)A- Treasury management relationship manager Anticipates needs for new/modified services A+ Prompt call follow-up A+ Overall effectiveness A+ How does your treasury management bank rate? Organizations on a path toward best-in-class treasury performance need to work with best-in-class providers. The Phoenix-Hecht Large Corporate Quality Index statistically compares national treasury management banks to help you evaluate your current bank and others you may be considering. Grades and ratings are derived from interviews with your peers — executives of corporations with annual revenues of $500 million or more. A+ A+ A A- A- Bank perception TM relationship manager Technical support Product operations Product satisfaction Straight A averages © 2016 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. All rights reserved. Member FDIC. TM-12084 02/16 With you anywhere, everywhere you are Your work can’t wait until you’re at your desk. Today more than ever, you find yourself working on the way to work, in meetings, when traveling, and at home. In 2007, Wells Fargo became the first major U.S. bank to offer mobile banking for business with the introduction of the CEO Mobile® service. Today, customers give us the highest rating of all banks for overall product satisfaction with our mobile banking services. Service — a true differentiator When products are similar, what differentiates banks often is the quality of service you receive during the selection process, implementation, when you have questions or problems, and throughout the relationship. Large corporate customers give Wells Fargo the highest rating of all banks for overall customer service. Putting you first You, your business, and your needs are at the center of everything we do. By putting you first, Wells Fargo Treasury Management Sales Officers received the highest rating of all banks for overall effectiveness. They are the only treasury management relationship managers to receive an A+ grade in anticipating your needs for new or modified services. Satisfying your credit needs Treasury management services are only one of your financial needs. Phoenix-Hecht asked survey respondents how well their banks meet their credit needs. Wells Fargo large corporate customers give us the highest rating of all banks for meeting their credit needs. For more information, contact your treasury management representative. Revised 11/6/2014 Municipal Advisor RFP Disclosure This proposal is submitted in response to your Request for Proposal #22-16 for Banking Services dated March 8, 2016. The contents of this proposal and any subsequent discussions between us, including any and all information and analysis with respect to product is provided to you in reliance upon your compliance with the guidance of the staff of the SEC’s office of Municipal Securities in order for a request for proposal to be consistent with the exemption for responses to requests for proposals or qualifications provided under the municipal advisor rules (the “Muni Advisor Rules”) of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) (240 CFR 15Ba1-1 et seq.). In submitting this proposal (a) Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo”) is not acting as an advisor to the City of Clearwater (“you”) and does not owe a fiduciary duty pursuant to Section 15B of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 to you with respect to the information and material contained in this proposal; (b) Wells Fargo is acting for its own interests; and (c)you should discuss any information and material contained in this proposal with any and all internal or external advisors and experts that you deem appropriate before acting on this information or material. Proposed contract exceptions Wells Fargo notes all exceptions and language modifications in the table below. Unless noted here, Wells Fargo can meet all requirements outlined in the RFP. We are happy to discuss these further with you to ensure compliance with the City’s requirements. Upon award of business, Wells Fargo will enter into mutually acceptable agreement(s) in connection with the services and products requested under this RFP. Page_Section Comment Pg. 8_ S.3- Subcontracting Wells Fargo is part of a diversified financial services company that provides retail, commercial and corporate banking services throughout much of the United States. Wells Fargo utilizes various vendors and other third parties to handle portions of its business on a geographic and/or line of business basis. Accordingly, Wells Fargo reserves the right to subcontract freely. It is not feasible for Wells Fargo to obtain the prior written consent of any customer with respect to any service that may utilize such vendor or subcontractor. However, should the Wells Fargo choose to subcontract, it shall remain fully responsible for the performance of all obligations pursuant to the contract including those performed by a subcontractor. In addition, Wells Fargo does not consider an arrangement with a third party under which the third party assists Wells Fargo in providing services or products which are not specific to City of Clearwater to be a subcontract for purposes of this Agreement. Pg. 19_k. Records Retention Wells Fargo cannot allow physical facility audits for security and confidentiality reasons. Wells Fargo can allow audits of relevant records with reasonable prior notice during normal business hours. Wells Fargo will retain the agreements and records in accordance with its records retention policy, which is not tied to the end date of specific customer agreements. For example, transaction records will be retained on a rolling seven-year basis. Pg. 11_ S. 20 Termination for Convenience: Bank reserves the right to terminate without cause subject to reasonable termination periods, which may be negotiated upon award of business. Pg. 12_ S. 25- Indemnification/Liability Wells Fargo will provide an appropriate indemnity for claims and losses directly resulting from the negligence or willful misconduct of its officers, directors, employees, agents, subcontractors and assigns in connection with providing the services contemplated under the RFP. Wells Fargo believes that each party should be responsible to the other party for claims and losses directly resulting from the negligent or intentional acts and omissions of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents and assigns taking into consideration the principles of comparative fault. Further, Wells Fargo believes that neither party should be responsible for any indirect, special, consequential or punitive damages. We understand the importance of this requirement and, upon the award of business to Wells Fargo, will discuss and negotiate the indemnity based on the parameters set forth herein. Pg. 13_ S. 29- Ownership Wells Fargo will provide customary data and reports associated with the requested services. However, Wells Fargo is a service provider, and is not delivering “work product”. Wells Fargo will retain all ownership and related rights in its intellectual property (including, but not limited to, systems, software and hardware, regardless of location or date of development), used or developed in connection with the requested services, now and hereafter. Pg. 13_ S. 36- Proprietary Rights Indemnification Wells Fargo can provide the following intellectual property indemnity: During the term of this Agreement, Wells Fargo will indemnify, defend and hold harmless the City of Clearwater and its officers, directors, employees, agents and assigns (the “Indemnified Parties”) against any allegation that materials or services provided by Wells Fargo under this Agreement infringe or violate any copyright, trademark, patent, trade secret, or any other intellectual, property or proprietary right of any third party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Wells Fargo shall have no liability for such infringements or violations based on (i) any unauthorized alteration or modification of the materials or services by any party other than Wells Fargo, (ii) use of the materials or services in any manner other than as permitted under this Agreement, (iii) use of the materials or services in combination with any equipment or software not authorized by Wells Fargo or reasonably intended for use with the materials or services, or (iv) Wells Fargo’s compliance with specific information or instructions provided to Wells Fargo by any Indemnified Party. In no event will Wells Fargo be liable for any indirect, special, consequential or punitive damages, whether or not the likelihood of such damages was known to Wells Fargo, and regardless of the form of the claim or action or the legal theory on which it is based. If any Indemnified Party determines to seek indemnification from Wells Fargo under this provision of this Agreement, the Indemnified Party shall provide written notice of the suit, claim or action to Wells Fargo as soon as practicable but in any event not later than ten (10) business days following the Indemnified Party’s receipt of notice of such suit, claim or action. Said written notice shall specify in detail: (i) the facts constituting the basis for the allegations and (ii) if known, the aggregate amount of Losses for which a claim is being made, or to the extent that such Losses are not known or have not been incurred at the time such claim is made, an estimate, to be prepared in good faith and accompanied by supporting documentation, of the aggregate potential amount of such Losses. In the case of any suit, claim or action for which indemnification is sought by any Indemnified Party under this provision of this Agreement, the Indemnified Party shall permit Wells Fargo to assume and control the defense or settlement of such suit, claim or action at Wells Fargo’s expense. The Indemnified Parties and Wells Fargo shall reasonably cooperate in the investigation, pre-trial activities, trial, compromise, settlement, discharge and/or defense of any suit, claim or action for which indemnification is sought under this section of the Agreement and the records and employees of the indemnified Parties shall be made reasonably available to Wells Fargo with respect to such defense. Pg. 21-22. Insurance Requirements Please refer to the Insurance comments immediately following. Pg. 23_4a. Prices Note: Paragraph a. includes a “most favored nation” provision that is difficult for the bank to verify and comply with. Upon award of the business we will negotiable mutually agreeable terms. 1. Insurance Requirements The Contractor shall, at its own cost and expense, acquire and maintain (and cause any subcontractors to acquire and maintain) during the term with the City, sufficient insurance to adequately protect the respective interest of the parties. Coverage shall be obtained with a carrier having an AM Best Rating of A-VII or better. Specifically the Contractor must carry the following minimum types and amounts of insurance on an occurrence basis or in the case of coverage that cannot be obtained on an occurrence basis, then coverage can be obtained on a claims-made basis with a minimum three (3) year tail following the termination or expiration of this Agreement: a. Commercial General Liability Insurance including but not limited to, premises operations, products/completed operations, products liability, contractual liability, independent contractors, personal injury and advertising injury and $1,000,000 (one million dollars) per occurrence and $2,000,000 (two million dollars) general aggregate and $2,000,000 (two million dollars) products/completed operation aggregate. b. Commercial Automobile Liability Insurance for any owned, non-owned, hired or borrowed automobile is required in the minimum amount of $1,000,000 (one million dollars) combined single limit. c. Statutory Workers’ Compensation Insurance in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida, and Employer’s Liability Insurance in the minimum amount of $100,000 (one hundred thousand dollars) each employee each accident, $100,000 (one hundred thousand dollars) each employee by disease and $500,000 (five hundred thousand dollars) aggregate by disease with benefits afforded under the laws of the State of Florida. Coverage should include Voluntary Compensation and U.S. Longshoremen’s and Harbor Worker’s Act coverage where applicable. Coverage must be applicable to employees, and contractors, if any. d. Professional Liability/Malpractice/Errors or Omissions Insurance coverage appropriate for the type of business engaged in by the Contractor with minimum limits of $1,000,000 (one million dollars) per occurrence. If a claims made form of coverage is provided, the retroactive date of coverage shall be no later than the inception date of claims made coverage, unless prior policy was extended indefinitely to cover prior acts. Coverage shall be extended beyond the policy year either by a supplemental extended reporting period (ERP) of as great a duration as available, and with no less coverage and with reinstated aggregate limits, or by requiring that nay new policy provide a retroactive date no later than the inception date of claims made coverage. Deleted: and subcontractors Comment [SE1]: We do not provide insurance coverage for subcontractors. Deleted: , e. Cyber Liability coverage in an adequate amount to meet or exceed the requirements, including notification and monitoring, under Florida Statute 501.171. The above insurance limits may be achieved by a combination of primary and umbrella/excess liability policies. To the extent that a subcontractor is engaged, Contractor will require subcontractor to provide evidence of insurance that meets or exceeds the insurance requirements outlined herein. Other Insurance Provisions: a. Prior to the execution of this Agreement, and then annually upon the anniversary date(s) of the insurance policy’s renewal date(s) for as long as this Agreement remains in effect, the Vendor will furnish the City with a Certificate of Insurance(s) (using appropriate ACORD certificate, SIGNED by the Issuer, and with applicable endorsements) evidencing all of the coverage set forth above and naming the City as an “Additional Insured" on the Commercial General Liability Insurance policy. b. Contractor agrees that no policy shall expire, be canceled, non-renewed, terminated, reduced or materially changed to affect the coverage available without thirty (30) days advance written notice to the City if it results in non-compliance with the insurance requirements contained herein. c. Contractor’s insurance as outlined above shall be primary and non-contributory coverage for Contractor’s negligence. d. The General Liability and Automobile Liaiblity policies required by this agreement (or contract) shall contain a waiver of transfer rights of recovery (subrogation) against City, its agents, representatives, directors, elected officials, officers, employees, and volunteers for any claims arising out of the work of the Contractor. e. Contractor shall defend, indemnify, save and hold the City harmless from any and all claims, suits, judgments and liability for death, personal injury, bodily injury, or property damage arising directly or indirectly including legal fees, court costs, or other legal expenses. The stipulated limits of coverage above shall not be construed as a limitation of any potential liability to the City, and failure to request evidence of this insurance shall not be construed as a wai ver of Co ntrac tor’s o bl ig atio n to pro vi de t he ins uran c e coverage specified. Comment [SE2]: Please advise required limit of insurance (it is highly likely that Wells Fargo is compliant with the requirements). Deleted: In addition when requested in writing from the City, Vendor will provide the City with certified copies of all applicable policies. The address where such certificates and certified policies shall be sent or delivered is as follows:¶ ¶ City of Clearwater¶ Attn: Purchasing Department, # 22- 16¶ P.O. Box 4748¶ Clearwater, FL 33758-4748 Comment [SE3]: Wells Fargo's Risk & Insurance Management Policy prohibits distribution of our proprietary insurance policies to business partners. We cannot agree to this language. Deleted: ¶ Comment [SE4]: We grant a waiver of subrogation regarding General Liability and Automobile liability insurance coverages only. Comment [SE5]: IMPORTANT: Risk & Insurance Management (RIM) does not opine on indemnification wording. This must be reviewed by your legal resource. Commercial Account Agreement Effective October 1, 2014 2 Table of Contents I. Terms Applicable to All Commercial Deposit Accounts ................................ 6 Introduction Defined Terms Affiliate.......................................................................................................................................................................6 Authorized Signer ............................................................................................................................................6 Business Day ....................................................................................................................................................... 7 Collected Balance ............................................................................................................................................ 7 Commercial Deposit Account ............................................................................................................... 7 Deposit Float ....................................................................................................................................................... 7 Deposited Item .................................................................................................................................................. 7 Investable Balance .......................................................................................................................................... 7 Item ............................................................................................................................................................................ 7 Ledger Balance ....................................................................................................................................................8 Overdraft ...................................................................................................................................................................8 Paper Item ................................................................................................................................................................8 Service .........................................................................................................................................................................8 Arbitration Agreement Agreement to Arbitrate ...................................................................................................................................8 Governing Rules ...................................................................................................................................................8 No Waiver of Self-Help or Provisional Remedies ......................................................................9 Arbitrator Qualifications and Powers .................................................................................................9 Discovery .................................................................................................................................................................10 Class Actions and Consolidations .....................................................................................................10 Payment of Arbitration Costs and Fees .........................................................................................10 Miscellaneous .......................................................................................................................................................11 Statements and Other Account-Related Information Mailing Statements and Other Account-Related Information to Company ............................................................................................................................. 11 Company’s Obligation to Review Statements and Other Account-Related Information and to Notify Bank of Errors ..................................................................................... 11 Returned, Unclaimed Statements or Other Account-Related Information ................................................................................................................ 12 Address Changes for Statements for Company’s Account and Other Account-Related Information ................................................................................................................ 12 Notices and Other Mail .................................................................................................................................13 3 Contacting Company Regarding Servicing and/or Collections...................................13 Electronic Communications ......................................................................................................................13 Fraud Prevention Protection Against Unauthorized Items ...........................................................................................14 Lost or Stolen Paper Items; Unauthorized Items ......................................................................14 Preventing Misuse of Company’s Account ....................................................................................15 Claim of Unauthorized Transactions; Bank’s Rights and Liability Investigation by Bank; Company’s Agreement to Cooperate ......................................16 Standard of Care ................................................................................................................................................16 Limitation of Liability; Indemnification .........................................................................................16 Adverse Claims ....................................................................................................................................................17 Legal Process ........................................................................................................................................................17 “Freezing” Company’s Account ..............................................................................................................17 Force Majeure ........................................................................................................................................................17 Company’s Insurance Coverage .......................................................................................................... 18 Substitute Checks Deposits to Company’s Account General .................................................................................................................................................................... 18 Collection Items ............................................................................................................................................... 19 Endorsements .................................................................................................................................................... 19 Material Appearing on the Back of Items; Check Legends ........................................... 19 Breach of Warranties ................................................................................................................................... 19 When Deposits are Credited to Company’s Account ........................................................ 20 Company’s Use of Funds .......................................................................................................................... 20 Deposits at Affiliates .................................................................................................................................... 20 Deposits of Non-U.S. Items ..................................................................................................................... 20 Acts and Omissions of Other Financial Institutions .......................................................... 21 Deposited Items Returned ...................................................................................................................... 21 Direct Deposits Returned by Bank ....................................................................................................22 Reconstructing Lost or Destroyed Deposited Items ...........................................................22 Withdrawals from Company’s Account Determining Company’s Account’s Balance; Debiting Company’s Account ...............................................................................................................22 Order of Posting; Categories of Items ............................................................................................23 Relation between posting orders & overdrafts/returned item……………………….24 Paper Items Presented Over-the-Counter for Payment by a Non-Customer ...................................................................................................................................................24 4 Large Cash Withdrawals ............................................................................................................................25 Withdrawals at Affiliates ...........................................................................................................................25 Items Resulting From Company’s Disclosure of Company’s Account Number .............................................................................................................................................25 Missing Signatures; Alterations; Forgeries .................................................................................25 Dates and Special Instructions on Paper Items ..................................................................... 26 Facsimile or Mechanical Signatures ................................................................................................ 26 Consumer ACH Debit Entries ............................................................................................................. 26 Stop Payment Orders; Notices of Post-Dating General ................................................................................................................................................................... 26 Content of Stop Payment Order .........................................................................................................27 Effective Period of Stop Payment Order; Renewal; Revocation .................................27 Liability to Holder in Due Course .....................................................................................................27 Paper Items Paid Over Valid Stop Payment Orders ..........................................................27 Overdrafts; Security Interest; Bank’s Right to Setoff Overdrafts and Insufficient Funds ....................................................................................................28 Security Interest; Bank’s Right to Setoff .......................................................................................28 Bank Fees and Expenses General .................................................................................................................................................................... 29 Payment of Bank Fees and Expenses; Finance Charges ................................................. 29 Earnings Allowance ...................................................................................................................................... 30 Recoupment Fee .............................................................................................................................................. 30 Bank’s Use of Funds ...................................................................................................................................... 30 Checking Subaccounts Miscellaneous Acceptable Form of Paper Items; Document and Image Quality ..............................31 Closing Company’s Account ....................................................................................................................31 Contract Language .........................................................................................................................................32 Credit Reports .....................................................................................................................................................32 Dormant and Unclaimed Accounts .................................................................................................33 Entire Agreement; Headings; No Third Party Beneficiary ............................................33 Laws Governing this Agreement ........................................................................................................33 Minimum Balance Requirements; Other Restrictions ......................................................34 Modification of Agreement; Account Conversion ................................................................34 Monitoring and Recording Communications .........................................................................35 No Fiduciary Relationship .......................................................................................................................35 Reliance on Bank’s Records ....................................................................................................................35 5 Reordering Checks .........................................................................................................................................35 Restricted Transactions ..............................................................................................................................35 Transferring an Interest in Company’s Account ....................................................................35 II. Additional Terms Applicable to All Commercial Interest-Bearing, Savings and Time Accounts ...........................................................................36 Interest-Bearing Accounts Variable/Fixed-Rate Accounts ..............................................................................................................36 Method Used to Calculate Earned Interest ................................................................................36 Interest Accrual .................................................................................................................................................36 Compounding and Crediting .................................................................................................................36 Target Balance Accounts ...........................................................................................................................36 Interest Adjustments .................................................................................................................................. 37 Tax Identification Number Certification .................................................................................... 37 Commercial Savings Accounts Bank’s Right to Require Notice ...........................................................................................................38 Regulation D savings account transaction limit and other limited activity………………………………………………………………………….38 Commercial Time Accounts General .......................................................................................................................................................................39 Certificated Time Accounts .......................................................................................................................39 Maturity Date ........................................................................................................................................................39 Time Requirements ..........................................................................................................................................39 Payment of Interest ...........................................................................................................................................39 Additional Deposits ..........................................................................................................................................40 Withdrawal of Interest Prior to Maturity .........................................................................................40 Renewal Policies ..................................................................................................................................................40 Early Withdrawal Fee ………………………………………………………40 III. Funds Transfers ............................................................................................... 41 General .......................................................................................................................................................................41 Notice of Receipt of Funds ........................................................................................................................ 41 Reliance on Identification Numbers ................................................................................................. 41 Duty to Report Unauthorized and Erroneous Fund Transfers ..................................... 41 Erroneous Payment Orders ...................................................................................................................... 42 Automated Clearing House (ACH) Transactions ................................................................ 42 IV. Selected Services ...............................................................................................42 Stagecoach Deposit® – ATM Deposit Only Card Service .................................................. 42 Stagecoach Deposit ® – Post Verify Service ...................................................................................43 6 I.Terms Applicable to All Commercial Deposit Accounts Introduction In this Commercial Account Agreement (“Agreement”), “Company” refers to the owner or accountholder of a Wells Fargo bank commercial deposit account (“Account”). “Bank” refers to the Wells Fargo bank at which Company’s Account is maintained. This Agreement includes the following disclosures applicable to Bank’s commercial deposit accounts and related services (each, a “Service”), that Bank has separately provided to Company: (i)the schedule of Bank’s fees and other account-related information (the “fee and information schedule”), (ii) the collection schedule, (iii) the funds availability policy, (iv) the privacy policy, (v) the rate sheets for interest- bearing accounts, each as modified by Bank from time to time, and (vi) any additional disclosures regarding Company’s Account that Bank may provide to Company. Company is responsible for ensuring that each Authorized Signer is familiar with this Agreement. Unless Company has instructed Bank in writing to the contrary, Bank may consider communications about Company’s Account from an Authorized Signer on Company’s Account as communications from Company. Company agrees to notify Bank immediately in writing if any Authorized Signer’s authority has been terminated. This Agreement replaces all prior agreements with Bank regarding Company’s Account other than agreements regarding security interests in, or services utilizing, the Account. By signing Bank’s signature card for Company’s Account or by using Company’s Account or a Service, Company will be deemed to have agreed to this Agreement. Company should retain a copy of this Agreement (and any information that Bank provides Company regarding changes to this Agreement) for as long as Company maintains its Account with Bank. Defined Terms In this Agreement, certain words have a special meaning and are therefore defined. Certain terms and their definitions are found in this Section, and others are found in the text of this Agreement. Affiliate. An “Affiliate” is a bank that is, directly or indirectly, a wholly or substantially owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company. Authorized Signer. An “Authorized Signer” is a person who has Company’s actual or apparent authority to transact business on Company’s Account(s), whether or not such person has signed the signature card or other documentation for 7 Company’s Account(s). Bank may continue to recognize an Authorized Signer’s authority until Bank has received and had a reasonable time to act upon Company’s written modification or revocation of it. Business Day. A “Business Day” is every day except Saturdays, Sundays and federal holidays. Collected Balance. The “Collected Balance” is the Ledger Balance in Company’s Account less Deposit Float. Commercial Deposit Account. A “Commercial Deposit Account” is any deposit account, other than one of Bank’s business deposit accounts, that is not held or maintained primarily for personal, family or household purposes. Examples of commercial deposit accounts include an account owned by an individual acting as a sole proprietor, a partnership, a limited partnership, a limited liability partnership, a limited liability company, a corporation, a joint venture, a non-profit corporation, an employee benefit plan or a governmental unit including an Indian tribal entity. Deposit Float. “Deposit Float” is the total dollar amount of Items deposited in Company’s Account for which, based on the collection schedule used by Bank or the applicable Affiliate for this type of account, Company’s Account has not yet been credited for purposes of calculating the Collected Balance. Deposited Item. A “Deposited Item” is an Item (including a non-U.S. Item) that Bank cashes or collects for Company or accepts for deposit to Company’s Account. Investable Balance. The “Investable Balance” is the Collected Balance in Company’s Account less (i) the portion of such Collected Balance that Bank is required by law to hold in reserve at a Federal Reserve Bank and (ii) other adjustments. Item. An “Item” is an order, instruction, or authorization to withdraw or pay funds from Company’s Account. Examples include checks and electronic transactions including Automated Clearing House (ACH) and wire transfers. 8 Ledger Balance. The “Ledger Balance” is the balance in Company’s Account after all debits and credits for the Business Day are posted. Overdraft. An “Overdraft” is any event that results in a negative balance in Company’s Account. Paper Item. A “Paper Item” is an Item that is in paper form. Service. A “Service” is any service Bank provides to Company including without limitation any Treasury Management Service. Arbitration Agreement Agreement to Arbitrate. Except as stated in “No Waiver of Self-Help or Provisional Remedies” below, Company and Bank agree, at Company’s or Bank’s request, to submit to binding arbitration all claims, disputes and controversies between or among Company and Bank (and their respective employees, officers, directors, attorneys and other agents), whether in tort, contract or otherwise arising out of or relating in any way to Company’s Account(s) and/or Service(s) and their negotiation, execution, administration, modification, substitution, formation, inducement, enforcement, default or termination (each, a “Dispute”). Governing Rules. Any arbitration proceeding will (i) proceed in a location selected by the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) in the state whose laws govern Company’s Account; (ii) be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act (Title 9 9 of the United States Code), notwithstanding any conflicting choice of law provision in any of the documents between Company and Bank; and (iii) be conducted by the AAA, or such other administrator as Company and Bank shall mutually agree upon, in accordance with the AAA’s commercial dispute resolution procedures, unless the claim or counterclaim is at least $1,000,000.00 exclusive of claimed interest, arbitration fees and costs in which case the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the AAA’s optional procedures for large, complex commercial disputes (the commercial dispute resolution procedures or the optional procedures for large, complex commercial disputes to be referred to, as applicable, as the “Rules”). If there is any inconsistency between the terms hereof and any such Rules, the terms and procedures set forth herein shall control. Any party who fails or refuses to submit to arbitration following a lawful demand by any other party shall bear all costs and expenses incurred by such other party in compelling arbitration of any Dispute. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to be a waiver by Bank of the protections afforded to it under 12 U.S.C. Section 91 or any similar applicable state law. No Waiver of Self-Help or Provisional Remedies. This arbitration requirement does not limit the right of either party to (i) exercise self-help remedies including setoff or (ii) obtain provisional or ancillary remedies such as injunctive relief or attachment, before, during or after the pendency of any arbitration proceeding. This exclusion does not constitute a waiver of the right or obligation of either party to submit any Dispute to arbitration or reference hereunder, including those arising from the exercise of the actions detailed in (i) and (ii) of this subsection. Arbitrator Qualifications and Powers. Any Dispute in which the amount in controversy is $5,000,000.00 or less will be decided by a single arbitrator selected according to the Rules, and who shall not render an award of greater than $5,000,000.00. Any Dispute in which the amount in controversy exceeds $5,000,000.00 shall be decided by majority vote of a panel of three arbitrators; provided however, that all three arbitrators must actively participate in all hearings and deliberations. Each arbitrator will be a neutral attorney licensed in the state whose laws govern Company’s Account and who has a minimum of ten (10) years experience in the substantive law applicable to the subject matter of the Dispute to be arbitrated. The arbitrator(s) will determine whether or not an issue is arbitratable and will give effect to the statutes of limitation in determining any claim. In any arbitration proceeding the arbitrator(s) will decide (by documents only or with a hearing at the discretion of the arbitrator(s)) any pre-hearing motions which are similar to motions to dismiss for failure to state a claim or motions for summary adjudication. 10 The arbitrator(s) shall resolve all Disputes in accordance with the substantive law of the state whose laws govern Company’s Account and may grant any remedy or relief that a court of such state could order or grant within the scope hereof and such ancillary relief as is necessary to make effective any award. The arbitrator(s) shall also have the power to award recovery of all costs and fees, to impose sanctions and to take such other action as deemed necessary to the same extent a judge could pursuant to the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, the state rules of civil procedure for the state whose laws govern Company’s Account or other applicable law. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any court having jurisdiction. The institution and maintenance of an action for judicial relief or pursuit of a provisional or ancillary remedy shall not constitute a waiver of the right of any party, including the plaintiff, to submit the controversy or claim to arbitration if any other party contests such action for judicial relief. Discovery. In any arbitration proceeding, discovery will be permitted in accordance with the Rules. All discovery shall be expressly limited to matters directly relevant to the Dispute being arbitrated and must be completed no later than twenty (20) days before the hearing date and within 180 days of the filing of the Dispute with the AAA. Any requests for an extension of the discovery periods, or any discovery Disputes, will be subject to final determination by the arbitrator(s) upon a showing that the request for discovery is essential for the party’s presentation and that no alternative means for obtaining information is available. Class Actions and Consolidations. Company and Bank agree that the resolution of any Dispute arising pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be resolved by a separate arbitration proceeding and shall not be consolidated with other Disputes or treated as a class. Neither Company nor Bank shall be entitled to join or consolidate Disputes by or against others in any arbitration, or to include in any arbitration any Dispute as a representative or member of a class, or to act in any arbitration in the interest of the general public or in a private attorney general capacity. Payment of Arbitration Costs and Fees. The arbitrator(s) shall award all costs and expenses of the arbitration proceeding. 11 Miscellaneous. To the maximum extent practicable, the AAA, the arbitrator(s), Company and Bank shall take all action required to conclude any arbitration proceeding within 180 days of the filing of the Dispute with the AAA. The arbitrator(s), Company or Bank may not disclose the existence, content or results thereof, except for disclosures of information by Company or Bank required in the ordinary course of business, by applicable law or regulation, or to the extent necessary to exercise any judicial review rights set forth herein. If more than one agreement for arbitration by or between Company and Bank potentially applies to a Dispute, the arbitration agreement most directly related to Company’s Account or the subject matter of the Dispute shall control. This arbitration agreement shall survive the closing of Company’s Account or termination of any Service or the relationship between Company and Bank. Statements and Other Account-Related Information Mailing Statements and Other Account-Related Information to Company. Except as expressly provided otherwise in this Agreement, Bank will mail (or otherwise make available to Company) statements for Company’s Account and notices and other information regarding Company’s Account or any Service (collectively, “Account-Related Information”) to the postal or electronic address reflected in Bank’s records for Company’s Account. Any statement or Account-Related Information will be deemed to have been sent to Company on the first Business Day following the date on it. A statement or other Account-Related Information that is held for Company to pick up will be deemed to be delivered to Company at the time that Bank makes it available for pick up. Company’s Obligation to Review Statements and Other Account- Related Information and to Notify Bank of Errors. Company agrees to promptly and carefully examine each statement for Company’s Account and any other Account-Related Information and any paid Items that are returned with (or described in) the statement and any other Account-Related Information and to promptly notify Bank of, and reimburse Bank for, any erroneous credit to Company’s Account. Within thirty (30) days after Bank mails or otherwise makes the statement or other Account-Related Information available to Company, Company will notify Bank of any claim for credit or refund due, for example, to an erroneous or unauthorized debit, a missing signature, an unauthorized signature, or an alteration (each, an “unauthorized transaction”). Within six (6) months after Bank mails or otherwise makes the statement or other Account-Related Information available to Company, Comp any will notify Bank of any claim 12 for credit or refund resulting from a forged, unauthorized, or missing endorsement. Such notification is to be made by (i) calling the telephone number listed on the statement for Company’s Account or in the other Account-Related Information for such purpose and (ii) submitting a written report to Bank as soon as possible, but, in any event, within the timeframes specified above. If Company fails to notify Bank within the timeframes specified above, the balance shown on the statement for Company’s Account or other Account-Related Information will be conclusively presumed to be correct, and Company will be deemed to have released Bank from all liability for the Items charged to Company’s Account and for all other transactions covered by the statement or other Account-Related Information. In addition, if Company fails to notify Bank of an unauthorized transaction on Company’s Account within thirty (30) days after Bank mails or otherwise makes the statement for Company’s Account or other Account- Related Information describing the unauthorized transaction available to Company, Bank will not be liable to Company for any unauthorized transactions on Company’s Account by the same person that could have been prevented if Company had complied with Company’s obligations under this subsection. If Company notifies Bank of any claim for credit or refund later than required by this subsection, Bank may assert, at Company’s request and on Company’s behalf, any claim against a third party that Bank determines in Bank’s sole discretion is permitted under the laws governing this Agreement or applicable rule. Returned, Unclaimed Statements or Other Account-Related Information. Unless otherwise prohibited by the laws governing this Agreement, (i) if two or more statements for Company’s Account are returned, Bank may discontinue sending statements for Company’s Account and other Account- Related Information to Company until Company provides a valid address to Bank; (ii) Bank may destroy statements for Company’s Account and other Account-Related Information that are sent to Company and returned to Bank as undeliverable; and (iii) if Bank holds the statement for Company’s Account or other Account-Related Information for Company to pick up and the statement remains unclaimed for sixty (60) days, Bank may send the statement to the address reflected in Bank’s records for Company’s Account or destroy it. Address Changes for Statements for Company’s Account and Other Account-Related Information. Company may instruct Bank to change the address to which Bank mails (or the means by which Bank otherwise makes available) statements for Company’s Account and other Account-Related Information at any time. Bank may act on any such instruction purportedly made on Company’s 13 behalf within a reasonable time after Bank receives such instruction. Unless Company instructs Bank otherwise, Bank may in its sole discretion change the address only for the Account(s) Company specifies or for all or some of Company’s other Accounts with Bank. Bank may change Company’s address of record if Bank receives an address change notice from the U.S. Postal Service or if Bank receives information from a third party in the business of providing correct address information that the address in Bank’s records no longer corresponds to Company’s address. Notices and Other Mail. Any notice Company sends Bank will not be effective until Bank actually receives it and has a reasonable opportunity to act on it. If there is more than one Authorized Signer on Company’s Account, Bank may send statements and other Account-Related Information to any one of them (unless Company has otherwise instructed Bank in writing). Company assumes the risk of loss in the mail. Any notice Bank sends Company will be effective when mailed or otherwise made available to Company. Contacting Company Regarding Servicing and/or Collections. In order for Bank to service the Account or to collect any amounts Company owes to Bank, Bank may from time to time make calls and/or send text messages to Company at any telephone number(s) associated with Company’s Account, including wireless telephone numbers that could result in charges to Company. The manner in which these calls or text messages are made to Company may include without limitation prerecorded/artificial voice messages and/or an automatic telephone dialing system. In addition, in order for Bank to service the Account or to collect any amo unts Company owes to Bank, Bank may send e-mails to Company at any e-mail address Company provides to Bank. Electronic Communications. If Company provides Bank with an electronic address to which Bank may send electronic communications, Company agrees that Bank may send to Company by electronic communication any information that the laws governing this Agreement require be sent to Company in writing, provided such electronic communication does not violate the laws governing this Agreement. “Electronic communication” means a message transmitted electronically in a format that allows visual text or images to be displayed on equipment such as a personal computer monitor. 14 Fraud Prevention Protection Against Unauthorized Items. Company acknowledges that there is a growing risk of losses resulting from unauthorized Items. Bank offers Services that provide effective means for controlling the risk from unauthorized Items. These Services include: • Positive Pay, Positive Pay with Payee Validation, or Reverse Positive Pay (each offered by Bank in conjunction with Bank’s Account Reconciliation Plan Service); • ACH Fraud Filter; and • Payment Authorization Service. In addition, Bank may recommend Company use certain fraud prevention practices to reduce Company’s exposure to online fraud. Each of these practices is an industry “best practice”. An example of a best practice is dual custody, which requires a payment or user modification initiated by one user to be approved by a second user on a different computer or mobile device before it takes effect. Company will be treated as having assumed the risk of any loss that could have been prevented by its use of any fraud prevention Service or best practice Bank has recommended to Company, if Company: • Declines to enroll in the fraud prevention Service(s); • Enrolls in the fraud prevention Service but fails to use it in accordance with the Service Documentation applicable to it; or • Fails to adopt and follow a best practice. Lost or Stolen Paper Items; Unauthorized Items. If any of Company’s unissued Paper Ite ms has been lost or stolen, or if Company learns that unauthorized Items are being issued on Company’s Account, Company agrees to notify Bank at once. To the extent that Company’s failure to so notify Bank hampers Bank’s ability to prevent loss, Bank will be relieved of any liability for such Ite ms. Upon receipt of any such notice, Bank may at its sole discretion and without any liability to Company take one or more of the following actions: (i) close Company’s Account and open a new account for Company; (ii) dishonor any Paper Item Company or an Authorized Signer has indicated may have been lost or stolen (unless Company or an Authorized Signer subsequently has instructed Bank to honor such an Item); or (iii) pay any Paper Item presented for payment on Company’s Account, provided Company has 15 instructed Bank to pay such Paper Item and given Bank the number of that Paper Item. If Bank opens a new account for Company and Company has authorized a third party to automatically make regular deposits to or withdrawals from Company’s Account (such as wire or ACH transfers), Bank shall have no liability to Company if Company does not receive any regularly scheduled deposit or if a regularly scheduled payment is not made for Company due to Company’s failure to notify that third party in a timely fashion of the number of Company’s new Account. Preventing Misuse of Company’s Account. Company agrees to take reasonable steps to ensure the integrity of Company’s internal procedures with respect to Company’s Account and Items drawn on Company’s Account or deposited to it. To help prevent embezzlement and protect Company’s business assets, Bank recommends Company: • Assign responsibilities for Company’s Account to multiple individuals. Those who reconcile statements for Company’s Account should be different from those who issue Items drawn on Company’s Account. • Reconcile statements for Company’s Account as received and notify Bank immediately of any problem. • Contact Bank immediately if Company does not receive the statement for Company’s Account when Company would normally expect to. • Watch for Paper Ite ms cashed out of sequence or made out to cash. These are classic red flags for embezzlement. • Secure Company’s supply of Paper Items at all times. Stolen Paper Items are a common method of embezzlement. • Periodically reassign accounting duties such as reconciling Company’s Account or making a deposit. • Review transaction activity on Company’s Account for unexpected fluctuations. For example, compare the percentage of cash deposits to total deposit size. Most businesses will maintain a constant average. A large fluctuation might indicate embezzlement. • Destroy any Paper Item that Company does not intend to use. • Use tamper-resistant Paper Ite ms at all times. • Notify Bank immediately when an Authorized Signer’s authority ends so that his/her name can be removed from all signature cards and Online Banking access, and any Cards that Bank has issued to him/her can be cancelled. 16 • Do not sign blank Paper Items. • Obtain insurance coverage for these risks. Claim of Unauthorized Transactions; Bank’s Rights and Liability Investigation by Bank; Company’s Agreement to Cooperate. Bank shall investigate any transaction Company has reported to Bank as unauthorized (a “Claim of Unauthorized Transaction”). Company agrees to (i) submit Company’s Claim of Unauthorized Transaction in writing to Bank by completing or obtaining a declaration under penalty of perjury describing Company’s Claim of Unauthorized Transaction (in an affidavit form approved by Bank, if so requested); (ii) file a police report; (iii) complete and return to Bank any documents requested of Company; and (iv) in all respects cooperate fully at Company’s expense with Bank in Bank’s investigation of Company’s Claim of Unauthorized Transaction. Standard of Care. Bank will meet its standard of care for Company’s Account by exercising ordinary care in the transaction at issue. When Bank takes an Item for processing by automated means, “ordinary care” does not require Bank to examine the Item. In all other cases, “ordinary care” requires only that Bank follow standards that do not vary unreasonably from the general standards followed by similarly situated banks. Bank’s policies and procedures are general internal guidelines for Bank’s use and do not establish a higher standard of care for Bank than is otherwise established by the laws governing this Agreement. A mere clerical error or an honest mistake will not be considered a failure of Bank to perform any of its obligations. If Bank waives any of its rights as to Company or Company’s Account on one or more occasions, it will not be considered a waiver of Bank’s rights on any other occasion. Limitation of Liability; Indemnification. Whether in connection with Company’s Account or a Service, in no event will either party to this Agreement or its respective directors, officers, employees, or agents be liable to the other party for any special, consequential, indirect or punitive damages, whether any claim is based on contract or tort or whether the likelihood of such damages was known to either party. The foregoing limitation of liability will not apply where expressly prohibited by the laws governing this Agreement. Bank will not have any liability to Company if there are insufficient available funds in Company’s Account to pay Company’s Items due to actions taken by (i) Bank in accordance with this Agreement or (ii) any third party. Except to the extent that Bank fails to exercise ordinary care or breaches this Agreement, 17 Company agrees to indemnify and hold Bank and its directors, officers, employees and agents harmless from all claims, demands, losses, liabilities, judgments and expenses (including their attorneys’ fees and legal expenses) arising out of or in any way connected with Bank’s performance under this Agreement. Company agrees this indemnification will survive the closing of Company’s Account and the termination of any Service. Adverse Claims. If any person or entity makes a claim against funds in Company’s Account, or if Bank believes that a conflict exists between or among the Authorized Signers on Company’s Account or that there is a dispute over matters such as the ownership of Company’s Account or the authority to withdraw funds from Company’s Account, Bank may, without any liability to Company, take one or more of the following actions: (i) continue to rely on Bank’s records to determine the ownership of or the identity of the Authorized Signer(s) for Company’s Account; (ii) honor the claim upon receipt of evidence satisfactory to Bank to justify such claim; (iii) freeze all or a part of the funds in Company’s Account until the dispute is resolved to Bank’s satisfaction; (iv) close Company’s Account and send a check for the available balance in Company’s Account payable to Company or to Company and each claimant; or (v) pay the funds into an appropriate court. Legal Process. Bank may accept and act on any legal process it believes is valid, whether served in person, by mail or by electronic notification, at any location of Bank. “Legal process” includes a levy, garnishment or attachment, tax levy or withholding order, injunction, restraining order, subpoena, search warrant, government agency request for information, forfeiture, seizure or other legal process relating to Company’s Account. Any such legal process is subject to Bank’s security interest and right of setoff. Bank will not notify Company of a grand jury subpoena affecting Company or Company’s Account. “Freezing” Company’s Account. As part of Bank’s loss prevention program, when Bank suspects that irregular, unauthorized, or unlawful activities may be occurring in connection with Company’s Account, Bank may “freeze” (or place a hold on) the balance in Company’s Account (and in other Account(s) Company maintains with Bank) pending an investigation of such suspected activities. If Bank freezes Company’s Account, Bank will give any notice required by the laws governing this Agreement. Force Majeure. Neither party to this Agreement shall be deemed to be in default of any of 18 its obligations under this Agreement if its performance is delayed, hindered or becomes impossible because of any act of God or of any public enemy, hostilities, war (declared or undeclared), guerilla or terrorist activities, act of sabotage, blockade, earthquake, flood, landslide, avalanche, tremor, ground movement, hurricane, storm, explosion, fire, labor disturbance, riot, insurrection, strike, sickness, accident, civil commotion, epidemic, act of government or its agencies or officers, power interruption or transmission failure or any cause beyond the control of either party. Company’s Insurance Coverage. Many businesses carry special insurance for employee fraud/embezzlement. If Company does, Bank reserves the right to require Company to file a claim with its insurance company before making any claim against Bank. In such event, Bank will consider Company’s claim only after Bank has reviewed Company’s insurance company’s decision, and Bank’s liability to Company, if any, will be reduced by the amount Company’s insurance company pays Company. Substitute Checks A federal law, known as the “Check Clearing for the 21st Century Act” or “Check 21,” took effect on October 28, 2004. This law provides for an instrument called a “substitute check.” A substitute check contains an accurate copy of the front and back of the original draft and bears the legend: “This is a legal copy of your check. You can use it the same way you would use the original check.” As noted in the legend, a substitute check is the same as the original draft for all purposes, including proving that Company made a payment. Any Paper Item Company issues or deposits that is returned to Company may be returned in the form of a substitute check. Even if Company has cancelled Items returned with the statements for Company’s Account, Bank may in its sole discretion withhold substitute checks therefrom. Company agrees Company will not transfer a substitute check to Bank, by deposit or otherwise, if Bank would be the first financial institution to take the substitute check, unless Bank has expressly agreed in writing to take it. Deposits to Company’s Account General. Unless otherwise agreed in writing, Bank may, without inquiry, accept a deposit to Company’s Account at any time, from any person or entity, made in any manner including without limitation a deposit based on an image of an Item. Bank may also refuse to accept all or any part of any deposit. Bank may use time and place of receipt, method of delivery, and status of set up to determine when Company’s deposit is received. Bank may require that Company deposit an Ite m made payable to Company to Company’s Account, instead of permitting Company to cash the Item. Bank is not 19 responsible for a deposit until a Bank employee has received and verified it. The receipt received at the time of deposit is not evidence a deposit has been verified. Bank may reverse or otherwise adjust any credit Bank believes it has erroneously made to Company’s Account at any time without prior notice to Company. Collection Items. Bank may, in its sole discretion and with notice to Company, handle a Paper Item as a collection Item, instead of as a deposit. This means Bank sends the Item to the issuer’s bank for payment and credits Company’s Account for the Item when Bank receives payment for the Item. If the Item is returned unpaid, Bank will return the Item to Company. Endorsements. This subsection applies if an endorsement is necessary for the transfer or negotiation of an Item. Company authorizes Bank to supply Company’s endorsement on any Item Bank takes for collection, payment or deposit to Company’s Account. Company also authorizes Bank to collect any unendorsed Item that is made payable to Company without first supplying Company’s endorsement, provided the Item was deposited to Company’s Account. Bank may refuse to pay any Ite m or accept any Item for deposit or collection unless Bank is able to verify to its satisfaction that all of the necessary endorsements are present on the Item. For example, Bank may require that all endorsers be present at the time that an Item is presented to Bank for payment or accepted for deposit or collection. Material Appearing on the Back of Paper Items; Legends on Paper Items. Company is responsible for losses incurred by any person that cashes or accepts Company’s Paper Items for deposit, if: (i) the loss is due to a delay in the return of the Item; and (ii) the delay is caused by material appearing on the back of the Item when it was issued or transferred by Company. This material may include, but is not limited to, carbon bands, blacked out areas, and printed or written text or numbers. Company is responsible for all losses, claims, damages or expenses that result from a restrictive legend or notation on Company’s Paper Items. Breach of Warranties. If Company breaches any warranty Company makes under the laws governing this Agreement or rule with respect to any Item, Company shall not be released or otherwise discharged from any liability for such breach so long as Bank notifies Company of the breach within 120 days after Bank learns of the breach. If Bank fails to notify Company within this 120-day 20 period, Company shall be released from liability and discharged only to the extent Bank’s failure to notify Company within such time period caused a loss to Company. When Deposits are Credited to Company’s Account. All over-the-counter deposits or ATM deposits to Company’s Account which are received before Bank’s established cut-off time on any Business Day will be credited (and will be considered deposited) to Company’s Account as of the close of business that day, and will be reflected in that day’s Ledger Balance for Company’s Account. All other deposits will be processed in accordance with the written agreements governing such deposits or, if there is no written agreement, banking practice. All deposits received after Bank’s established cut-off time on a Business Day or at any time on a day which is not a Business Day will be credited (and will be considered deposited) to Company’s Account at the end of the next Business Day. Deposits placed in one of Bank’s “night depositories” before the established deadline on any Business Day will be credited to Company’s Account at the close of business on that same day. All other deposits placed in the “nigh t depository” will be credited to Company’s Account at the end of the next Business Day. Company’s Use of Funds. Company’s use of funds deposited to Company’s Account will be governed by Bank’s separately disclosed collection schedule and, if Company’s Account is a checking account, funds availability policy. Bank’s collection schedule describes when deposits of Items that satisfy certain criteria will be considered collected. A fee may be charged in connection with any use of uncollected funds permitted by Bank. The then-current rate will appear on the statement for Company’s Account. Bank’s funds availability policy describes when funds deposited to Company’s checking Account will be available to be used for all purposes. Bank may change its collection schedule and funds availability policy from time to time without prior notice to Company. Deposits at Affiliates. Company may make deposits to Company’s Account(s) at an Affiliate, provided the Affiliate agrees. If Company makes a deposit to Company’s Account at an Affiliate, that Affiliate’s collection schedule and funds availability policy will determine when the funds deposited to Company’s Account will be considered collected and available. Deposits of Non-U.S. Items. Bank may refuse to accept for deposit or collection an Item that is payable in currency other than U.S. dollars or an Item that is not drawn on a financial 21 institution chartered in the United States (each, a “non-U.S. Item”). If Bank accepts a non-U.S. Ite m for deposit to Company’s Account or collection, Company accepts all risk associated with foreign currency fluctuation (exchange rate risk) and any late return of the non-U.S. Item. Company agrees Bank may use Bank’s current buying and selling rate, as applicable, when processing a non-U.S. Item and may recover from Company’s Account any loss Bank incurs as a result of processing such an Item for Company. Bank reserves the right to place longer holds on non-U.S. Ite ms than the timeframes specified in Bank’s funds availability policy for Deposited Items. Acts and Omissions of Other Financial Institutions. Bank is not liable for the insolvency, neglect, misconduct, mistake, or default of another bank or person, or for the loss or destruction of a Deposited Item or of a notice of nonpayment relating thereto. If a Deposited Item is lost or misrouted during the collection process: (i) Bank shall have no responsibility to Company for the actions or inactions of any collecting bank; (ii) Bank may charge Company’s Account for the amount of the Deposited Item (and reverse any interest that may have accrued to Company’s Account in connection with the Deposited Item); and (iii) Company agrees to cooperate with Bank in recreating the Deposited Item. Deposited Items Returned. Bank has the right to charge back to or otherwise debit any of Company’s Account(s) for any Deposited Item that is returned (and to reverse or recover any associated interest that may have accrued), even if Company has made withdrawals against it. This right of charge back or debit is not affected by the expiration of any applicable midnight deadline, provided Bank does not have actual knowledge that such deadline has expired or, having such knowledge, (i) Bank concludes that the Deposited Item has been returned in accordance with the laws governing this Agreement or a rule (including a clearing house rule); or (ii) Bank has received a breach of warranty claim in connection with the Deposited Item. Bank has the right to pursue collection of such Deposited Item, even to the extent of allowing the payor bank to hold the Deposited Item beyond the midnight deadline in an attempt to recover payment. Bank may redeposit a returned Deposited Item and re-present it for payment by any means (including electronic means), unless Bank has received instructions from Company not to redeposit such Deposited Item. Bank will have no liability for taking or failing to take any action to recover payment of a returned Deposited Item. 22 If one of Company’s Deposited Items is returned with a claim that there is a breach of warranty (for example, that it bears a forged endorsement or is altered in any way), Bank may debit Company’s Account for the amount of the Ite m (plus any associated fees) and pay the amount to the person or entity making the claim. Bank is under no duty to question the truth of the facts that are being asserted, to assess the timeliness of the claim, or to assert any defense. Bank need not give Company any prior notification of its actions with respect to the claim. Company agrees to immediately repay any Overdraft caused by the return of a Deposited Item. Direct Deposits Returned by Bank. If, in connection with a direct deposit plan funds are deposited to Company’s Account and later returned to the originator, Bank may deduct the amount from that or any other Account Company maintains at Bank, without prior notice and at any time, except as prohibited by the laws governing this Agreement. Bank may also use any other legal remedy to recover the amount. Reconstructing Lost or Destroyed Deposited Items. If a Deposited Item is lost or destroyed during processing or collection (either at Bank or at another point in the payments system), Company agrees to cooperate fully with Bank to reconstruct the Deposited Item by promptly: (i) providing Bank with a copy of the front and back of the Deposited Item from Company’s or the issuer’s records; (ii) asking the issuer to place a stop payment on it (at Bank’s expense) and issue a replacement Item to Company (if the Deposited Item has not been paid); or (iii) reviewing Company’s records and other information and conducting any additional research as may be reasonable to determine the issuer’s identity (if Company does not know the identity of the issuer of the Deposited Item). If Company fails to cooperate with Bank, Bank may, at any time and without advance notice to Company, reverse or otherwise adjust any credit made to Company’s Account for a lost or destroyed Deposited Item. Withdrawals from Company’s Account Determining Company’s Account’s Balance; Debiting Company’s Account. In determining the balance in Company’s Account that is available to pay Items, Bank may reduce the available balance by the amount of any hold that Bank has placed on Company’s Account under this Agreement. Additionally, Bank may place a hold on Company’s Account if Bank receives an electronic notice that an Item will be presented for payment or collection against Company’s Account (a “Notice of Presentment”). The hold may remain in effect from the time the Notice of Presentment is received until 23 the Item is presented or notice is received that the Item will not be presented, whichever first occurs. Bank may conclusively rely on the information it receives in an electronic presentment or notification when determining the available balance in Company’s Account, and Bank will not have any liability for refusing to honor any of Company’s Items because of insufficient funds, even if the electronic presentment or notification incorrectly describes the Item, including its amount. Bank may debit Company’s Account on the day an Item is presented by any means, including without limitation electronically, or at an earlier time based on notification received by Bank that an Item drawn on Company’s Account will be presented for payment or collection. A determination of the balance in Company’s Account for purposes of making a decision to dishonor an Item for insufficiency or unavailability of funds may be made at any time between the presentment of the Item (or earlier upon receipt of any Notice of Presentment) and the time of return of the Item. No more than one such determination need be made. Order of Posting; Categories of Items Bank posts transactions during its nightly processing each Business Day. Generally, Bank first posts deposits or incoming transfers received before the deposit cutoff time that day. Bank then posts withdrawals (such as ATM, debit card or check transactions) that have been received for payment from Company’s Account. Bank pays some categories (or types) of transactions, such as debit card transactions, before other types of transactions, such as checks. The order in which Bank posts Items to Company’s Account will depend upon a number of factors. For example, in connection with the process of posting Items, Bank has the right to (i) establish different categories of Items, (ii) establish a posting order for each category of Item(s), and (iii) establish different posting orders for Items within each category. Except to the extent limited by federal regulatory and judicial authorities, Bank has the right to change any of the factors described in (i), (ii) and (iii) above at any time without notice to Company. Establishing categories of Items. Bank groups Items into categories it establishes. For example, Bank may group debit card transactions into one category, and group checks into another category. Bank may include more than one type of Item in a single category. Establishing a posting order for each category of Items. Bank pays some categories (or types) of transactions, such as debit card transactions, before other types of transactions, such as checks. Establishing a posting order of Items within a single category. If there are multiple transactions within a category, the order in which the transactions are posted will vary depending on the type of transaction. 24 For example, Bank will pay the most common types of transactions in the following order: • ATM, debit card, account transfers, teller cashed checks and teller cash withdrawals – transactions will be sorted by the date the transaction was conducted. For a debit card transaction, if a merchant does not seek pre-authorization from the Bank at the time of the transaction, Bank will use the date the transaction is received for payment from Company’s account. If there are multiple transactions on a date, those transactions will be sorted by time (where that information is available to Bank’s posting systems); the remaining transactions on that date will be sorted and paid from lowest to highest dollar amount. • Checks and automatic payments (also known as ACH). If there are multiple transactions, the transactions will be sorted and paid from highest to lowest dollar amount. Relation between posting order and overdrafts/returned items On any given Business Day, if Bank receives more than one Item for payment and determines there are sufficient funds to pay one or more but not all of the Items, then the number of Items paid and the overdraft and returned Item fees assessed could be affected by the order that Bank chooses to post those Items. For example, if Bank posts Items in the order of highest to lowest dollar amount, the total number of overdraft and returned Item fees Company is charged could be larger than if Bank were to post the Items in a different order. Paper Items Presented Over-the-Counter for Payment by a Non-Customer. If a Paper Ite m drawn against Company’s Account is presented over-the- counter for payment by a person who does not have a deposit account at Bank, Bank may charge a fee to the person presenting the Paper Item as a condition for payment of the Paper Item. Company should contact its banker if Company has questions or if Company is required for any reason to have a place where Company’s Paper Ite ms can be cashed without a fee. The amount of the fee is disclosed in the fee and information schedule. Bank 25 may require identification acceptable to Bank and not prohibited by the laws governing this Agreement, including a fingerprint of the person presenting the Paper Item. Bank may dishonor the Paper Item if the person refuses to pay this fee or provide the identification Bank requests. Large Cash Withdrawals. If Company wants to cash a check (or make a cash withdrawal from Company’s Account) for a very large amount, Bank may require five (5) Business Days’ advance notice so that it can order the cash from its vault. Bank may, but is not obligated to, require that Company provide adequate security when Company picks up the cash and may also require Company to pick up the cash at Bank’s central vault or other location. Withdraw als at Affiliates. Company may make withdrawals from Company’s Account at an Affiliate, provided the Affiliate agrees. If an Affiliate cashes an Item for Company, Bank may place a hold on Company’s Account(s) for a corresponding amount of funds. If the Ite m is later returned to the Affiliate for any reason, Bank may debit one or more of Company’s Accounts for the amount of the Item. Items Resulting From Company’s Disclosure of Company’s Account Number. If Company voluntarily discloses Company’s Account number to another person orally, electronically, in writing, or by some other means, and Bank determines that the context of such disclosure implies Company’s authorization to debit Company’s Account, Bank may treat such disclosure as Company’s authorization to that person to issue Ite ms drawn on Company’s Account. Missing Signatures; Alterations; Forgeries. Bank will have no responsibility for reviewing the number or combination of signatures on an Item drawn on Company’s Account. This means that if Company has indicated that more than one signature is required in connection with an Item drawn on Company’s Account, Bank will have no liability to Company if a transaction is conducted on or through Company’s Account contrary to the signature requirements Company has specified, provided at least one of the required signatures appears on the Item. Bank will have no liability to Company for failing to detect a forgery of the signature of an Authorized Signer or an alteration of one of Company’s Ite ms, if the forgery or alteration is such that a reasonable person could not reasonably be expected to detect it. 26 Dates and Special Instructions on Paper Items. Bank may, without inquiry or liability, pay one of Company’s Paper Items even though: (i) special instructions written on the Paper Item indicate that Bank should refuse payment (e.g., “Void after thirty (30) days,” “Paid-In-Full,” or “Void over $100”); (ii) the Paper Ite m is staledated (e.g., it bears a date that is more than six (6) months in the past), even if Bank has knowledge of the date on the Paper Item; (iii) the Paper Item is post-dated (e.g., it bears a date in the future), unless an Authorized Signer has given Bank a notice of post-dating; or (iv) the Paper Item is not dated. In addition, Bank may pay in U.S. dollars the amount that has been MICR-encoded on Company’s Paper Item, even though Company has purportedly drawn the Paper Item in a foreign currency. Facsimile or Mechanical Signatures. If Company has elected to use a facsimile, other mechanical signature (including a stamp) to sign or endorse Paper Items or a Company logo or other mark in lieu of a signature, Bank may rely on that signature (or any signature that purports to be the facsimile, other mechanical signature of an Authorized Signer) or the Company logo or other mark as Company’s authorized signature without regard to when or by whom or by what means or in what ink color such signature, Company logo or other mark may have been made or affixed to a Paper Item deposited to, drawn on or otherwise debited to Company’s Account. Consumer ACH Debit Entries. Under the ACH Operating Rules, certain types of ACH entries may only be presented on a consumer account. These entries (each, a “Consumer ACH Debit Entry”) include without limitation Point of Purchase (“POP”), account receivable (“ARC”), destroyed check (“XCK”) and returned check (“RCK”) entries. Bank shall have no obligation to pay, and no liability for paying, any Consumer ACH Debit Entry on Company’s Account. Stop Payment Orders; Notices of Post-Dating General. “Stop payment order” refers to both an order to Bank not to pay a Paper Item and to a notice of post-dating. To be effective, a stop payment order must be received in a time and manner that gives Bank a reasonable opportunity to act on it before paying, accepting, certifying, cashing or otherwise becoming obligated to pay Company’s Paper Ite m as provided in the Uniform Commercial Code. Each stop payment order is subject to Bank’s verification that the Paper Item described in the order has not been 27 paid. This verification may occur subsequent to the time Bank accepts the stop payment order. Content of Stop Payment Order. Bank requires the exact (i) name of the payee, (ii) number of Company’s Account on which Paper Ite m is drawn, (iii) Paper Item amount and (iv) the Paper Item number or a range of Paper Item numbers. Bank may, at its sole discretion, use only a portion of the required information in order to identify a Paper Item. Failure to provide correct and complete information may make it impossible for Bank to stop payment of a Paper Item. Company agrees to indemnify and hold Bank harmless from and against any loss incurred by Bank as a result of Bank’s paying a Paper Item if any of the information relied upon in the stop payment order is incorrect or incomplete (or as a result of Bank’s not paying a Paper Item for which a valid stop payment order is in effect). Effective Period of Stop Payment Order; Renewal; Revocation. Bank need not honor a written stop payment order for more than six (6) months. For accounts that do not have Bank’s STOP AUTO-RENEWAL Service, Company must renew a stop payment order if Company does not want the stop payment order to expire after six (6) months. Each renewal is treated as a new stop payment order. For accounts with Bank’s STOP AUTO-RENEWAL Service, a stop payment order is subject to annual renewals for up to six (6) twelve-month periods, unless Company has otherwise notified Bank in writing. Bank may pay a Paper Ite m after a stop payment order has expired, even though the Paper Item is more than six (6) months old. An instruction to revoke a stop payment order must be received in a time and manner that gives Bank a reasonable opportunity to act on it. Liability to Holder in Due Course. Notwithstanding Bank’s timely return of any Paper Item due to a valid stop payment order, Company may still be liable under the laws governing this Agreement for the amount of that Item. Paper Items Paid Over Valid Stop Payment Orders. If Bank pays a Paper Item over a valid stop payment order, Bank may require Company to provide Bank with an affidavit describing in detail Company’s dispute with the payee. If Bank credits Company’s Account after paying a post-dated Paper Item over a valid and timely notice of post-dating, Bank may charge Company’s Account for the amount of the Paper Item as of the date of the Paper Item. 28 Overdrafts; Security Interest; Bank’s Right to Setoff Overdrafts and Insufficient Funds. Bank may, at its option, pay or refuse to pay any Item if it would create an Overdraft on Company’s Account, without regard to whether Bank may have previously established a pattern of honoring or dishonoring such an Item. Bank may take either of the following actions if Bank receives an Item drawn on Company’s Account and there are insufficient available funds in Company’s Account to cover the Item, without prior notice to Company: • Pay the Item and create an Overdraft on Company’s Account. • Return the Item if the Item would create an Overdraft on Company’s Account. Company agrees to pay Bank’s fee that may vary depending on the action Bank takes. Any Overdraft on Company’s Account is immediately due and payable, unless Bank agrees otherwise in writing. Comp any agrees to reimburse Bank for the attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses Bank incurs in recovering the Overdraft (including Overdraft and associated fees). On a Business Day when Bank determines that there are sufficient funds in Company’s Account to pay one or more but not all of the Items presented for payment on Company’s Account, the order in which Bank posts such Items may affect the number of Ite ms paid and the Overdraft and returned Item fees assessed. When Bank posts Items in the order of highest to lowest dollar amount, the Overdraft and returned Ite m fees may be more than these fees would be if Bank were to post the Items in the order of lowest to highest dollar amount. Security Interest; Bank’s Right to Setoff. To secure Company’s performance of this Agreement, Company grants Bank a lien on and security interest in Company’s Account and Company’s accounts with any Affiliate. In addition, Company acknowledges Bank may setoff against any Account(s) (including matured and unmatured time Account(s)) for any obligation Company owes Bank at any time and for any reason as allowed by the laws governing this Agreement. These obligations include both secured and unsecured debts and debts Company owes individually or together with another person. Bank may consider this Agreement as Company’s consent to Bank’s asserting its security interest or exercising its right of setoff should the laws governing this Agreement require Company’s consent. If Company’s Account is an unmatured time account, Bank may deduct any early withdrawal fee that may be due as a result of Bank having exercised its right of setoff. If Company has a Sweep 29 Account, Company also authorizes Bank to redeem Company’s shares in the Designated Money Market Fund and apply the proceeds to any obligation Company owes Bank. The rights described in this subsection are in addition to and apart from any other rights, including any rights granted under any security interest that Company may have granted to Bank. Bank Fees and Expenses General. Company agrees to pay Bank in accordance with the fee and information schedule. Company also agrees to pay an amount equal to any applicable taxes, however designated, exclusive of taxes based on the net income of Bank. Payment of Bank Fees and Expenses; Finance Charges. Bank may either directly debit Company’s Account or invoice Company for Bank fees and expenses and taxes incurred in connection with Company’s Account and any Service. If an Earnings Allowance accrues on Company’s Account, Bank will periodically apply Company’s accrued Earnings Allowance to Bank fees and expenses (unless Bank otherwise indicates in writing). Bank may debit Company’s Account (or any other Account Company maintains at Bank) or invoice Company for any amount by which the fees and expenses exceed the accrued Earnings Allowance on Company’s Account. Bank may also debit Company’s Account (and any other account Company maintains at Bank) for attorneys’ fees and any other fees and expenses Bank incurs in exercising its rights under this Agreement including Bank’s rights in connection with Overdrafts, Adverse Claims, Legal Process and “Freezing” Company’s Account. If there are insufficient funds in Company’s Account to cover the debit, Bank may overdraw Company’s Account. Company agrees to promptly pay any invoiced amo unt. Bank may assess finance charges on any invoiced amounts that are not paid within forty-five (45) days of the date of invoice. Finance charges are assessed at a rate of 1.5% per month (18% per annum) or the highest amo unt permitted by the laws governing this Agreement, whichever is less. Charges for accrued and unpaid interest and previously assessed finance charges will not be included when calculating finance charges. Payments and other reductions of amounts owed will be applied first to that portion of outstanding fees attributable to charges for accrued and unpaid interest and previously assessed finance charges, then to other fees and expenses. Debiting of service fees occurs on the day of each calendar month Bank separately discloses to Company, or if the disclosed day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day. 30 Earnings Allowance. Each month, the average monthly Investable Balance in a commercial demand deposit account may earn an “Earnings Allowance” which, depending on the arrangement with Bank, may be applied against that month’s fees for the account. An Earnings Allowance in excess of the total monthly fees cannot be credited to the account as interest and may not be carried forward to the following month. Earnings Allowances are calculated on a 365/366-day year basis using an “Earnings Allowance Rate,” which is a variable rate established by Bank (and which may be as low as zero percent). Bank reserves the right to change this rate at any time without notice to Company. If the account is an interest-bearing account, the account is not eligible to earn an Earnings Allowance. Recoupment Fee. The FDIC charges each insured bank a fee to cover its share of the cost of providing deposit insurance to depositors. The FDIC does not charge a bank’s depositors for deposit insurance or require banks to pass the cost of deposit insurance on to their depositors. The FDIC does, however, permit a bank to recoup the cost of deposit insurance from its depositors, so long as the fee the bank charges its depositors does not reveal information that could be used to determine the bank’s confidential supervisory ratings or mislead depositors by implying the FDIC is charging the fee. Bank assesses this Recoupment Fee to partially recover insurance premiums it pays to the FDIC for deposit insurance. The amount of the Recoupment Fee appears on the periodic statement or client analysis statement for Company’s account and is based on the monthly average ledger balance Company maintains in its account. The Recoupment Fee is subject to change by Bank at any time without notice. For questions about the Recoupment Fee, Company may contact its relationship manager at Bank. Bank’s Use of Funds. Bank may benefit from having the use of funds in customers’ non-interest bearing accounts. Bank may use these funds to reduce its borrowing from other sources such as the Fed Funds market or invest them in short-term investments such as its Federal Reserve Account. This benefit may be referred to as “spread”. It is not possible to quantify the benefit to Bank that may be attributable to a particular customer’s funds because funds from all customers’ non-interest bearing accounts are aggregated both for purposes of reducing Bank’s borrowing costs and for investment and because Bank’s use of funds may vary depending on a number of factors including interest rates, Federal Funds rates, credit risks and Bank’s anticipated funding needs. Bank’s use of funds as described in this paragraph has no effect or impact on Company’s use of and access to funds in Company’s account. 31 Checking Subaccounts For each checking account, Bank may establish on Company’s behalf a master account and two subaccounts. All information that is made available to Company about Company’s Account will be at the master account level. The subaccounts are comprised of a savings account and a transaction account. On the first day of each month, Bank will allocate funds between the two subaccounts as it deems appropriate. Items received by Bank that are drawn against Company’s master account will be presented for payment against the transaction subaccount. Funds will be transferred from the savings subaccount to cover Items presented against the transaction subaccount as may be needed. On the sixth (6th) transfer from the savings subaccount during a statement period all of the funds on deposit in the savings subaccount will be transferred to the transaction subaccount. If Company’s Account earns interest, the use of subaccounts will not affect the interest Company earns. Miscellaneous Acceptable Form of Paper Items; Document and Image Quality. Company agrees to comply with Bank’s specifications for Paper Items, including without limitation paper stock, dimensions, and other generally applicable industry standards for Paper Items and to include on Company’s Paper Items Bank’s name and address as directed by Bank. Certain features (such as security features) of an originally issued Item or a Deposited Item may impair the image quality of a substitute check, purported substitute check or electronic Item created by Bank or any third party. Bank will not be liable for any claims, demands, judgments or expenses paid, suffered or incurred by Company, and Company will indemnify Bank from and hold Bank harmless against any claims, demands, judgments or expenses paid, suffered or incurred by Bank, arising directly or indirectly as a result of or in connection with (i) the untimely return of any Paper Item Company has issued as a result of, and any presentment-related problem resulting from, the failure of the Paper Item to conform in any respect to Bank’s Paper Item specifications, including without limitation, failure to include Bank’s full name and address on the Paper Item, and (ii) any claim based on the image quality of a substitute check, purported substitute check or electronic Item, whether created by Bank or any third party. Closing Company’s Account. Company may close Company’s Account at any time. Bank may, in its sole discretion, close Company’s Account at any time. If Bank closes Company’s Account, Bank may send the Collected Balance on deposit in Company’s 32 Account by ordinary mail to Company’s most recent address shown on Bank’s account records. Whether Company or Bank closes Company’s Account, Company agrees to maintain on deposit in Company’s Account sufficient funds (determined in Bank’s sole discretion) to cover outstanding Items to be paid from Company’s Account, charge-backs including without limitation returned Deposited Items and Bank’s fees and expenses. This Agreement shall continue to govern Company’s Account until Bank makes a final disbursement from it. In addition, Bank will not be liable for any loss or damage that may result from dishonoring any of Company’s Ite ms that are presented or otherwise received after Company’s Account is closed. If Company’s Account is an interest bearing account, the Account will cease earning interest from the date Company requests it be closed. If the Account balance does not reach zero within three (3) months from the date of Company’s request, Bank may close the Account and send Company the balance as described above or return the Account to active status. Contract Language. English is the controlling language of the relationship between Company and Bank. Bank may translate its agreements, forms, disclosures and advertisements into another language for Company’s convenience. However, if there is a discrepancy between Bank’s English language materials and the materials in another language, the English language version is controlling, unless (i) Bank otherwise agrees with Company in writing; or (ii) the laws governing this Agreement specifically provide for a different result. Credit Reports. Company authorizes Bank to make any inquiries that Bank considers appropriate to determine if Bank should open and maintain an Account for Company. This may include ordering a credit (or other) report (e.g., information from any motor vehicle department or other state agency) on Company. 33 Dormant and Unclaimed Accounts. Company’s Account is dormant if, for one year for a checking account or three years for a Commercial savings or time account, there is no customer initiated activity (except where the laws governing this Agreement require otherwise). If Company’s Account is dormant, Bank may hold all statements on Company’s Account, but Bank’s normal maintenance and other fees will continue to be assessed except where prohibited and ATM and Point-of-Sale (“POS”) access may be blocked. If Company’s Account remains dormant and is unclaimed by Company for the period required under the laws governing this Agreement, Bank is required by those laws to “escheat” the funds; that is, to deliver the funds in Company’s Account to the state whose laws govern Company’s Account. Bank may charge a fee to Company’s Account for mailing an escheat notice. When the funds in Company’s Account are delivered to the state, Company’s Account is closed, and no interest accrues. To recover funds delivered to the state, Company must file a claim with the state. Entire Agreement; Headings; No Third Party Beneficiary. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between Company and Bank regarding the subjects addressed in it and supersedes prior oral or written representations, conditions, warranties, understandings, proposals or agreements regarding Company’s Account. Headings do not constitute a part of this Agreement. No person or entity will be deemed to be a third party beneficiary under this Agreement. Laws Governing this Agreement. The laws governing this Agreement include the laws and regulations of the United States and, to the extent applicable, the laws of the state in which the Bank office that maintains Company’s Account is located (unless Bank has notified Company in writing that the laws of another state shall govern Company’s Account), without regard to conflicts of laws principles. If Company’s Account was not opened in person at a Bank office (for example, if Company opened its Account by phone, through the mail or over the Internet), this Agreement will be governed by the laws of the state in which 34 Bank’s main office is located, unless Bank notifies Company that its Account has been assigned to a particular Bank office, in which event the laws of the state in which that office is located will govern this Agreement. Any lawsuits, claims or other proceedings relating in any way to Company’s Account, any Service or this Agreement, including without limitation, the enforcement of the Arbitration Agreement in this Agreement and the entry of judgment on any arbitration award shall be venued exclusively in the courts of the state whose laws govern this Agreement, without regard to conflict of laws principles. Each provision of this Agreement stands alone. Any provision of this Agreement which is inconsistent with the laws governing this Agreement, either in its entirety or with respect to a particular type of transaction or Item, will be deemed modified and applied in a manner consistent with the laws governing this Agreement. Any provision of this Agreement which a court of competent jurisdiction determines to be unenforceable or invalid, either in its entirety or with respect to a particular type of transaction or Item, will not affect the enforceability or validity of the remaining provisions of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, any funds transfer that is a “remittance transfer” as defined in Regulation E, Subpart B, as amended from time to time, will be governed by the laws of the state of New York, including New York’s version of Article 4A of the Uniform Commercial Code, without regard to its conflict of laws principles. Minimum Balance Requirements; Other Restrictions. Bank may impose minimum balance requirements or other applicable limitations, or restrictions on Company’s Account, provided such requirements, limitations or restrictions are disclosed to Company. Modification of Agreement; Account Conversion. Bank may in its sole discretion from time to time change this Agreement by adding new provisions or by modifying or deleting existing provisions. Each such addition, modification or deletion is referred to in this Agreement as a “modification.” When applicable law requires Bank to notify Company of a modification, Bank may do so by posting notice of the modification in Bank or at Bank’s home page (www.wellsfargo.com), by including a message on or with the statement for Company’s Account, or by any other means that Bank considers appropriate, unless the laws governing this Agreement requires notice by a specific means. In addition, Bank may agree in writing to waive a provision of this Agreement including without limitation a fee (a “waiver”). Bank may, upon prior written notice to Company, revoke any waiver. Company’s continued use of Company’s Account or a related Service following the effective date of any modification or revocation of any waiver 35 will show Company’s consent to that modification or revocation of waiver. Bank may convert Company’s Account to another type of account at any time, provided Bank gives Company any advance notice that may be required. Monitoring and Recording Communications. Bank may without liability monitor, record and retain telephone conversations, electronic messages, electronic records and other data transmissions between Company and Bank at any time without further notice to Company, unless further notice is otherwise required by the laws governing this Agreement. No Fiduciary Relationship. Bank’s relationship with Company concerning Company’s Account is that of debtor and creditor; no fiduciary, quasi-fiduciary or special relationship exists between Company and Bank. Reliance on Bank Records. Bank may rely solely on its records to determine the form of ownership of and the Authorized Signers on Company’s Account. Reordering Checks. Company can reorder checks by mailing the reorder form enclosed in Company’s current order of checks or by calling Bank at the telephone number shown on the statement for Company’s Account. If Company or a third party prints its checks, Bank shall have no liability to Company if Bank is unable to process such checks by automated means. Restricted transactions. Company acknowledges and agrees that “restricted transactions,” as defined in the Unlawful Internet Gambling Enforcement Act of 2006 and Regulation GG issued thereunder, are prohibited from being processed through Company’s Account or any relationship between Company and Bank. In the event Bank identifies a suspected restricted transaction, Bank may block or otherwise prevent, or prohibit such transaction and, further, Bank may close the Account or end the relationship. Transferring an Interest in Company’s Account. Company’s Account may not be pledged, assigned or in any other manner transferred, whether in whole or in part, without Bank’s written agreement. 36 II. Additional Terms Applicable to All Commercial Interest-Bearing, Savings and Time Accounts Interest-Bearing Accounts Variable/Fixed-Rate Accounts. Company’s interest-bearing Account may be either a variable-rate or fixed- rate account. Unless Bank has specified otherwise in writing, Company’s Account will be a variable-rate account. That means Bank may in its sole discretion change the interest rate on Company’s Account at any time. If Company’s Account is a fixed-rate account and it is not a time account, Company will be paid the specified interest rate for at least thirty (30) days. Method Used to Calculate Earned Interest. Bank may use either the average daily balance or daily balance method to calculate interest. The average daily balance method applies a periodic rate to the average daily collected balance for the period. The average daily balance is calculated by adding principal for each day and dividing by the number of days in the period. The daily balance method applies a daily periodic rate to principal each day. Unless Bank has specified otherwise in writing, it will use the daily balance method to calculate interest. If Company’s Account is a tiered-rate account, Bank may pay the same interest rate on more than one tier. Interest Accrual. If Company deposits a non-cash Item, such as a check, interest begins to accrue no later than the Business Day Bank receives credit for the deposit of that Item. This may not be the same day that Company deposits the non- cash Item to Company’s Account. Compounding and Crediting. Interest will compound on a daily basis. For checking and savings accounts, interest will be credited on a monthly basis. For time accounts, Bank will notify Company separately as to the frequency with which interest will be credited to Company’s Account. Target Balance Accounts. If Company maintains multiple accounts at Bank, Company may, with Bank’s consent, designate in writing one such account as its “Principal Account” and one or more additional accounts as “Target Balance Accounts.” For each Target Balance Account, Company will separately specify to Bank in writing the Ledger Balance or Collected Balance which Company wishes 37 to maintain in such account (the “Target Balance”). At the end of each Business Day, Bank will determine the applicable balance on deposit in each Target Balance Account. If the applicable balance in a Target Balance Account exceeds its Target Balance, Bank will transfer from the Target Balance Account to the Principal Account such funds as are necessary to bring the applicable balance to the Target Balance. If the applicable balance is less than the Target Balance, Bank will transfer from the Principal Account to the Target Balance Account such funds as are necessary to bring the applicable balance to the Target Balance. Bank may, but will not be required to, transfer funds if the transfer would create an Overdraft or exceed the Collected Balance then on deposit in the Principal Account. Interest Adjustments. An interest adjustment may be reflected on the statement for Company’s Account for the month after it occurs rather than the month in which it occurs. Tax Identification Number Certification. Treasury regulations require Bank to obtain a Tax Identification Number (“TIN”) certification for each account. To avoid backup withholding tax on accounts that earn interest or dividends, Company must submit Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) Form W-9 or the appropriate Form W-8 and supporting information and/or documentation to Bank. U.S. citizens or other U.S. persons, including resident alien individuals, must provide a Form W-9. If Company is a non-resident alien as defined by the IRS, Company must provide the appropriate Form W-8. Additional documentation may be required if Company is a foreign partnership, foreign government, or is claiming an exemption based on Effectively Connected Income. Until Bank has received the completed and signed Form(s) W-9 or W-8, or any other required forms, Bank will pay interest and comply with the backup withholding requirements of the IRS. If, at any time, Bank receives information that someone other than Company is using the same TIN that Company certified as its TIN on Form W-9, and Bank is not able to determine to its own satisfaction that the TIN has been assigned to Company, Bank may at its option and without notice (i) stop paying interest on Company’s Account, (ii) continue paying interest but comply with the backup withholding requirements of the IRS and/or, (iii) take any other action which Bank believes is reasonable in the circumstances. If Company is an individual who owns its Account as a sole proprietor, upon that individual’s death, Bank must be provided with the individual’s estate’s or successor’s TIN or Bank may either refuse to pay interest earned on Company’s Account since the date of the individual’s death or withhold a portion of the interest that has been earned on Company’s Account since the date of the individual’s death. 38 Commercial Savings Accounts Bank’s Right to Require Notice. Bank has the right to require seven (7) days’ written notice before Company withdraws money from Company’s Negotiable Order of Withdrawal (NOW) or savings Account. Regulation D savings account transaction and other limited activity Regulation D and Bank limit certain types of withdrawals and transfers from a Federal savings or money market account to a combined total of six (6) per monthly statement period (exceptions to the statement period may apply): Limited by Regulation D:- • Transfers by phone using Bank’s automated banking service or speaking with a banker on the phone • Transfers or payments through online, mobile, and text banking (including bill pay) • Transfers to a checking account for overdraft protection coverage • Preauthorized transfers and withdrawals (including recurring and one time) • Payments to third parties such as checks, drafts, or similar transactions (counted when they are posted to the account and not when they are written) • Debit or ATM card purchases that post to the savings or money market account Limited by Bank: • Transfers and payments to Wells Fargo credit cards, lines of credit, and loans • Wires whether made in person, on the telephone, or online Not limited: Except wire transfers as described above, there is no limit on withdrawals or transfers made in person at an ATM or a Wells Fargo banking location or on any types of deposits. An excess activity fee is assessed for transactions exceeding the limits stated above. If the limit is exceeded on more than an occasional basis, Bank may be required to close or convert the savings or money market account to a checking account, which would discontinue any overdraft protection it might be providing to another account, or close the account. If the withdrawal and 39 transfer limit is reached, Bank may decline transfers and withdrawals for the remainder of the monthly statement period (exceptions to the statement period may apply) to help Company avoid a fee and account conversion or closure. The Excess Activity Fee for Savings and Money Market Accounts is $10 per excess transaction. Commercial Time Accounts General. Commercial Time (“time”) Accounts include deposits which are payable, either on a specified date or at the expiration of a specified time, no less than seven (7) calendar days after the date of deposit. Bank may refer to a time account as a “certificate of deposit” or a “CD,” even though the time account is not represented by a certificate. Certificated Time Accounts. If Company receives a certificate evidencing Company’s time Account, Bank may require Company to present the certificate and any amendments to receive payment or transfer ownership. Maturity Date. Company’s time Account will mature at the end of the term stated on Company’s receipt, disclosure or certificate, as applicable. Time Requirements. Company agrees to keep Company’s funds on deposit until the maturity date. Company may make withdrawals from Company’s time Account on the maturity date or within the grace period after that date. Bank will not agree in advance to allow withdrawal before maturity. Payment of Interest. If Company has elected a payment of interest other than a credit to Company’s time Account, Bank may in its sole discretion terminate it in favor of crediting Company’s time Account. Ordinarily, such discretion will be exercised when an interest payment mailed to Company’s Account address has been returned undelivered or when an Account to which Company’s interest payments were automatically credited has been closed, or if the interest payment amount is less than any minimum amount disclosed in the fee and information schedule. 40 Additional Deposits. Other than during the grace period, Company may not make additional deposits to Company’s time Account, unless Bank otherwise agrees in writing. Withdraw al of Interest Prior to Maturity. A withdrawal of interest prior to maturity will reduce earnings. Renewal Policies. If Company’s time Account is automatically renewable, at maturity it will renew (i) for a like term; and (ii) at Bank’s interest rate in effect on the maturity date for a new time deposit of the same term and amount, unless Bank has notified Company that it will not renew Company’s Account. Company may withdraw Company’s funds anytime during the grace period without a fee. If Company does, Bank will not pay interest for that period on the funds withdrawn. If Company’s time Account is not automatically renewable and Company does not withdraw the funds on the maturity date, the funds will no longer earn interest after the maturity date and will be placed in a non-interest-bearing checking Account. Early withdrawal fee. If Company withdraws funds from its time Account before the maturity date, an early withdrawal fee will be assessed: • For terms less than three months (or less than 90 days), the fee is one month’s interest • For terms three months (or 90 days) through 12 months (or 365 days), the fee is three months’ interest • For terms over 12 months through 24 months, the fee is six months’ interest • For terms over 24 months, the fee is 12 months’ interest • Minimum fee is $100 The early withdrawal fee is based on the principal amount withdrawn, at the interest rate on Company’s time account at the time of withdrawal. For purposes of determining the amount of the early withdrawal fee, one month’s interest is equal to one year’s interest, at the interest rate in effect at the time of withdrawal, divided by 12. The amount of the early withdrawal fee is deducted from earned interest. If the fee is greater than the earned interest, the difference is deducted from the principal. In no event will the early 41 withdrawal fee for a withdrawal during the first six days after the date of deposit be less than seven days’ simple interest.\ III. Funds Transfers General. Funds transfers to or from Company’s Account will be governed by the rules of any funds transfer system through which the transfers are made, as amended from time to time, including, without limitation, the National Automated Clearing House Association and any regional association (each, an “ACH”) and Clearing House Interbank Payments System (“CHIPS”). The following terms are in addition to, and not in place of, any other agreements between Company and Bank regarding funds transfers. Notice of Receipt of Funds. Unless Bank has otherwise agreed in writing, it will notify Company of funds electronically debited or credited to Company’s Account through the statement for Company’s Account covering the period in which the transaction occurred. Bank is under no obligation to provide Company with any additional notice or receipt. Reliance on Identification Numbers. If a transfer instruction describes the person to receive payment inconsistently by name and account number, payment may be made on the basis of the account number even if the account number identifies a person different from the named person. If a transfer instruction describes a participating financial institution inconsistently by name and identification number the identification number may be relied upon as the proper identification of the financial institution. Duty to Report Unauthorized and Erroneous Fund Transfers. Company agrees to exercise ordinary care to determine whether a fund transfer to or from Company’s Account was either erroneous or not authorized and will notify Bank of the facts within a reasonable time not exceeding fourteen (14) days after Bank sends or makes available to Company the statement for Company’s Account on which the transfer appears or Company otherwise has notice of the transfer, whichever is earlier. Comp any will be precluded from asserting that Bank is not entitled to retain payment unless Company objects to payment within the fourteen (14) day period. 42 Erroneous Payment Orders. Bank has no obligation to detect errors in payment orders (for example, an erroneous instruction to pay a beneficiary not intended by Company or to pay an amount greater than the amount intended by Company, or an erroneous transmission of a duplicate payment order previously sent by Company). Should Bank detect an error on one or more occasions, it shall not be construed as obligating Bank to detect errors in any future payment order. Automated Clearing House (ACH) Transactions. The following terms apply to payments to or from Company’s Account that are transmitted through an ACH: • Company’s rights as to payments to or from Company’s Account will be governed by the laws that govern Company’s Account. • Credit given by a receiving bank to its customer for a payment from Company’s Account is provisional until final settlement has been made or until payment is considered received under the laws that govern Company’s Account. • If final settlement or payment is not made or received, the receiving bank will be entitled to a refund from its customer and Company, as the originator of the payment will not be considered to have paid Company’s customer. • If a payment is made to Company’s Account and Bank does not receive final settlement or payment is not received under the laws governing this Agreement, Company will not be considered to have received payment, and Bank will be entitled to reimbursement from Company for that payment. • Company hereby authorizes any Originating Depositary Financial Institution (ODFI) to initiate, pursuant to ACH Operating Rules, ACH debit entries to Company’s Account for electronic presentment or re- presentment of Items written or authorized by Company. IV. Selected Services Stagecoach Deposit® – ATM Deposit Only Card Service. Company may elect to utilize Bank’s Stagecoach Deposit® – ATM Deposit Only Card Service by completing and returning to Bank the setup form for the Service. This Service allows Company to make deposits to Company’s Account using a Stagecoach Deposit® – ATM Deposit Only card (“Deposit 43 Card”) and a designated Wells Fargo® ATM (“ATM”). Company will make such deposits according to the instructions Bank provides and will gain access to the ATM using the Deposit Card and a Personal Identification Number (“PIN”), the risk of misuse of both of which Company assumes. Bank will provisionally credit each deposit to Company’s Account based on the amo unt Company keys into the ATM. Company’s ATM deposits are subject to the standard cut-off time established for the ATM into which the deposit was made and Bank’s funds availability policy applicable to Company’s Account. If the dollar amount of Company’s deposit as determined by Bank differs from Company’s total (as shown on Company’s ATM receipt), Bank will send Company a statement showing the amount of this difference. Company agrees Bank’s count of the dollar amount of Company’s deposit will be conclusive and binding on Company. Company will have full responsibility for each deposit and its contents until the deposit has been completely and physically accepted into the ATM. If Company claims any portion of a deposit was lost or stolen while in Bank’s custody, Company acknowledges Company has the burden of proving its claim. If Company orders supplies for the ATM Deposit Service through the ATM, Company authorizes Bank to initiate debits to Company’s Account and credits to the accounts of third party vendors to cover the cost of such supplies provided to Company. Such transfers may be processed through an automated clearing house or any other means chosen by Bank and will be subject to the rules of the funds transfer system used by Bank. Company’s authorization will remain in full force and effect until Bank has received written notification from Company of its termination in such time and manner as to afford Bank and any third-party vendor a reasonable opportunity to act on it. Stagecoach Deposit® – Post Verify Service. If Company elects to utilize Bank’s Stagecoach Deposit® – Post Verify Service, Company will prepare, package and deliver Stagecoach deposits to Bank in accordance with Bank’s instructions. Bank will provisionally credit Company’s Account for the currency shown on the deposit ticket enclosed in Company’s Stagecoach deposit bag as follows: (i) same day credit for deposits delivered to an office of Bank before that office’s cut-off time on any Business Day or for deposits placed in night depository of Bank before 6:00 a.m. on any Business Day; or (ii) next Business Day credit for deposits delivered to an office of Bank on any Business Day on or after Bank’s office’s cut-off time or on any non-Business Day. All Stagecoach deposits are subject to Bank’s acceptance and verification. Bank will verify the currency in Company’s Stagecoach deposit bag either at a later time in Bank’s office or 44 COM 1416 (Rev10/14) when Company’s Stagecoach deposit bag is delivered to Bank’s cash vault. Checks will be verified when they are delivered to Bank’s check processing center. Bank reserves the right to adjust (debit or credit) Company’s Account if Bank determines that the amo unt shown on Company’s deposit ticket is incorrect. Because the frequency of armored courier transportation from Bank’s offices to Bank’s vaults varies from office to office, the time it takes to verify Company’s Stagecoach deposit may vary, depending on the office to which Company’s Stagecoach deposit bag is delivered. In most cases, adjustments will be made and notification will be sent within three (3) Business Days. Adjustments will be effective when they are processed. © 2014 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Wells Fargo Bank Northwest N.A. All rights reserved. Members FDIC Treasury Management Product Enrollment Click here to save changes into TMLW Master Agreement TM-1450 Page 1 of 8 Revised 05-01-2015 Master Agreement for Treasury Management Services The Service Documentation described below contains the terms under which Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and the banks, branches or subsidiaries listed in Appendix X (each, “Bank”) provide treasury management services (“Services”). The Bank customer to which the Services will be provided (“Customer”) is identified in the Treasury Management Product Enrollment form or other product enrollment form(s) with acceptance of services language acceptable to Bank (e.g., Mandate Letter) (collectively, the “Acceptance”). Bank and Customer agree: 1. Service Documentation. The Service Documentation contains the terms governing each Service and includes: 1.1. The Service Description; 1.2. The Acceptance; 1.3. This Master Agreement for Treasury Management Services (“Agreement”); 1.4. The account agreement governing the account(s) (each, an “Account”) Customer uses in connection with the Service; and 1.5. User Guides, which include Terms of Use, software, software licenses, price schedules, specifications, instructions, and notices. The documents and individual provisions of the Service Documentation are intended to complement one another, and the Service Documentation as a whole. This Agreement and Service Descriptions are posted at Bank’s Commercial Electronic Office® (CEO®) portal. If there is a conflict among the documents comprising the Service Documentation, they will govern in the order listed above. Customer’s use of a Service confirms Customer’s receipt of and agreement to be bound by the applicable Service Documentation. If an enhancement to a Service or other change requires a change to a Service Description, Bank will post an updated Service Description on the CEO portal. When required by Applicable Law (as defined below), Bank will notify Customer of the update. If Customer continues to use the Service after the update takes effect, Customer will be deemed to have agreed to the update. As used in this Agreement, the term “Applicable Law” means all applicable laws (including common or customary laws), statutes, constitutions, policies, decrees, judgments, treaties, regulations, directives, by-laws, rulings, orders or operating circulars governing the activities of Bank and/or any transaction effected under this Agreement, including, but not limited to, all applicable funds transfer system and Master Agreement TM-1450 Page 2 of 8 Revised 05-01-2015 clearing and settlement house rules governing the transactions effected under this Agreement. 2. Services. Bank and Customer will agree upon the Service(s) to be provided. Each Service in the applicable jurisdiction is subject to the approval by the applicable branch or subsidiary of Bank. Customer may not begin using a Service until Bank has received all required and properly executed forms and Customer has successfully completed any testing or training requirements. To assist in Bank’s establishment or maintenance of its limits or other processing arrangements, or to assist in Bank’s compliance with Applicable Law, Customer will provide Bank with all such financial and/or other information Bank reasonably requests. 3. Changes to Services. Bank may change (or add to) the terms and fees in the Service Documentation at any time. When required by Applicable Law, Bank will notify Customer of the change. If Customer continues to use a Service after the change becomes effective, it will be bound by the change. 4. Term and Termination. Unless earlier terminated in accordance with the Service Documentation, this Agreement and each Service will continue in effect until terminated by either party upon 30 days’ prior written notice to the other party. Bank may suspend or terminate any Service: (a) following notice to Customer of a breach of any provision of the Service Documentation or any other agreement with Bank, and Customer’s failure to cure the breach (if capable of cure) within 15 days of the date of such notice; or (b) without prior notice to Customer if (i) Bank reasonably suspects that an Account associated with a Service has been compromised or otherwise subject to irregular, unauthorized, fraudulent or illegal activity, (ii) Customer is subject to, voluntarily or involuntarily, or any action or step is commenced or any resolution is passed that may result in Customer being subject to any bankruptcy, insolvency, winding up, liquidation, judicial management, receivership, administrative management, reorganization or other similar proceeding in any jurisdiction, (iii) Bank determines in its sole discretion that its continued provision of a Service may place Bank at risk of financial loss or result in an unacceptable credit exposure, (iv) Customer terminates, liquidates, or dissolves its business or disposes of a substantial portion of its assets, (v) Customer fails to timely pay its debts, (vi) Customer initiates any composition with its creditors, (vii) any guaranty of Customer’s obligations to Bank is terminated, revoked, or its validity contested by the guarantor, (viii) Bank determines in its sole discretion that a material adverse change has occurred in Customer’s ability to perform its obligations under the Service Documentation, or in the ability of a guarantor of Customer’s obligations to Bank to perform its obligations under the applicable guaranty agreement, or (ix) the Account necessary to provide a Service is closed. The termination of a Service will not affect Customer’s or Bank’s rights with respect to transactions occurring before termination. Bank will not be liable to Customer for any losses or damages Customer may incur as a result of any termination of any Service. 5. Service Fees. Customer will pay Bank the fees described in the Service Documentation and any taxes applicable to each Service however designated exclusive of taxes based on Bank’s net income. Bank may debit the Account(s) for any fees not covered by earnings credits and any taxes that are due, or it may send an invoice to Customer for such amounts, which Customer shall promptly pay. Master Agreement TM-1450 Page 3 of 8 Revised 05-01-2015 Bank’s charges and fees shall be set forth as expressed in Bank’s applicable fee schedule for Services used in connection with the Account. 6. Confidential Information. Unless otherwise provided in the Service Documentation, all User Guides and Terms of Use constitute Bank’s or its vendor's confidential information ("Confidential Information"), and Customer will not acquire any ownership interest in or rights to Confidential Information as a result of Customer’s use of any Service. Customer will (a) maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information; (b) not disclose (or permit its employees or agents to disclose), copy, transfer, sublicense or otherwise make any of it available to any person or entity, other than Customer’s employees who have a need to use the Confidential Information in connection with the applicable Service; and (c) not decompile, reverse engineer, disassemble, modify, or create derivative works of any Confidential Information. Customer will notify Bank immediately if it knows or suspects that there has been any unauthorized disclosure, possession, use or knowledge (each, an “Unauthorized Use”) of any Confidential Information. If Customer (or its employees or agents) is responsible for the Unauthorized Use, Customer will, at its expense, promptly take all actions, including without limitation initiating court proceedings to recover possession and prevent further Unauthorized Use of the Confidential Information and obtain redress for any injury caused to Bank as a result of such Unauthorized Use. 7. Currency. When Customer requests or instructions require that Bank convert the amount of a payment order from the currency in which the Account is denominated (“Account Currency”) to another currency (“Foreign Currency”), Bank will do so using its applicable rate of exchange in effect at the time on the day Bank executes the payment order. If a financial institution designated to receive the funds does not pay the beneficiary specified in the payment order, and the funds are returned to Bank, Bank will not be liable to Customer for a sum in excess of the amount of the payment order after Bank has converted it from the Foreign Currency to the Account Currency using the applicable rate of exchange in effect at the time on the day Bank confirms the cancellation of the payment order. Bank bears no liability if the rate it uses for a particular transaction, i.e., the “applicable rate,” differs from rates offered or reported by Bank or by third parties, or based upon different times of day, amounts, locations or involving different systems, agents or procedures. Currency exchange rates fluctuate over time, based upon market conditions, liquidity and risk. Customer acknowledges and accepts the risks of such fluctuations between the time Customer requests a payment order and the time the payment order is either completed or is unwound due to a cancellation, an amendment, a rejection or a return. 8. Liability and Indemnification. 8.1. Bank is under no obligation to honor, in whole or in part, any payment order or other instruction that: (a) exceeds the available balance in the Account, unless otherwise provided in the Service Documentation; (b) is not in accordance with the Service Documentation or Bank’s applicable policies, procedures or practices as made available to Customer; (c) Bank has reason to believe may not have been duly authorized, should not be honored for its or Customer’s protection, or involves funds subject to a hold, dispute, Master Agreement TM-1450 Page 4 of 8 Revised 05-01-2015 restriction or legal process; or (d) would possibly result in Bank’s contravention of any Applicable Law. 8.2. All uses of Services through Customer’s ID codes, passwords, token cards, PINs, or passcodes (each, a “Code”) will be deemed to be authorized by and binding on Customer, except as provided for in the Service Documentation. Customer’s failure to protect Codes may allow an unauthorized party to: (a) use the Services; (b) access Customer’s electronic communications and financial data; and (c) send or receive information and communications to Bank. Customer assumes the entire risk of unauthorized use of Codes and unencrypted electronic transmissions. 8.3. Neither Bank nor any software vendor makes any express or implied representations or warranties with respect to the Services or any software used in connection with the Services including without limitation any warranty as to the merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose, other than those expressly set forth in the Service Documentation. 8.4. Customer will promptly furnish written proof of loss to Bank and notify Bank if it becomes aware of any third party claim related to a Service. Customer will cooperate fully (and at its own expense) with Bank in recovering a loss. If Customer is reimbursed by or on behalf of Bank, Bank or its designee will be subrogated to all rights of Customer. 8.5. Except as otherwise provided in the account agreement governing the Account, any claim, action or proceeding against Bank for losses or damages arising from a Service, must be brought within one year from the date of the act or omission. 8.6. Bank will have no liability for failure to perform or delay in performing a Service if the failure or delay is due to circumstances beyond Bank’s reasonable control. If Bank determines that any funds transfer or communications network, Internet service provider, or other system(s) it has selected to provide a Service is unavailable, inaccessible or otherwise unsuitable for use by Bank or Customer, Bank may, upon notice to Customer, suspend or discontinue the affected Service. 8.7. Except in the case of Bank’s negligence or intentional misconduct, Customer will indemnify and hold Bank, its directors, officers, employees and agents harmless from all losses or damages that arise out of: (a) the performance of a Service in accordance with the Service Documentation including without limitation any warranty Bank is required to make to a third party in connection with a Service; (b) an act or omission of any agent, courier or authorized representative of Customer; and (c) if the Service includes a license or sublicense of any software to Customer, the use or distribution of the software by Customer or any person gaining access to the software through Customer that is inconsistent with the license or sublicense. 8.8. Bank will only be liable to Customer for actual damages incurred as a direct result of Bank’s failure to exercise reasonable care in providing the Services. Reasonable care requires only that Bank follow standards that do not vary Master Agreement TM-1450 Page 5 of 8 Revised 05-01-2015 unreasonably from the general standards followed by similarly situated banks. Bank’s policies and procedures are general internal guidelines for Bank’s use and do not establish a higher standard of care for Bank than otherwise established under Applicable Law. A mere clerical error or an honest mistake will not be considered a failure of Bank to perform any of its obligations. Bank’s liability to Customer will be limited to an amount not to exceed 10 times Bank fees incurred during the calendar month immediately preceding the calendar month in which such loss or damages were incurred (or, if no Bank fees were incurred in such month, Bank fees incurred in the month in which the losses or damages were incurred). 8.9. Except as expressly provided otherwise in the Service Documentation, neither party to this Agreement nor its respective directors, officers, employees or agents will be liable to the other party for: (a) any special, consequential, incidental (including without limitation court costs and attorneys’ fees), indirect, or punitive losses or damages; or (b) business interruption, loss of profits, loss of business, loss of revenue, loss of goodwill, loss of opportunity, loss or injury to reputation or loss of anticipated savings, whether any claim is based on contract or tort, or whether the likelihood of such losses or damages was known to the other party and regardless of the form of the claim or action. 8.10. Where Customer sends payments on behalf of its third party customers, Customer agrees it is solely liable to its customers for any and all losses such customers may suffer. Bank hereby excludes all and any liability of whatever nature (including those losses enumerated in subsection 8.9 of this Agreement) arising out of Customer's relationship with its customer. 9. Governing Law. The Service Documentation shall be governed by: (a) U.S. federal law and (b) the law of (i) the U.S. state in which the office of Bank that maintains the Account is located or, if there is no such state or no account associated with such Service, (ii) the State of New York, without reference to its principles of conflicts of laws (“Governing Law”). 10. Arbitration Agreement. Upon demand of either party, any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Account Agreement, or the breach thereof, must be submitted to arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) under its Commercial Arbitration Rules, and must be heard before three arbitrators if the amount in controversy is US $5,000,000 or more or its equivalent in any other currency, and before one arbitrator for amounts in controversy of less than US $5,000,000 or its equivalent in any other currency. Arbitration will proceed in a location selected by AAA in the state of the applicable Governing Law, and if there is no such state, the place of arbitration must be New York, NY. The language of the arbitration must be English. Judgment on the award rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. This arbitration requirement does not limit the right of either party to: (a) exercise self- help remedies including setoff or (b) obtain provisional or ancillary remedies such as injunctive relief or attachment, before, during or after the pendency of any arbitration proceeding. This exclusion does not constitute a waiver of the right or obligation of either party to submit any dispute to arbitration hereunder, including Master Agreement TM-1450 Page 6 of 8 Revised 05-01-2015 those arising from the exercise of the actions detailed in (a) and (b) of this subsection. 11. Jurisdiction. For any proceedings regarding this Agreement (not subject to arbitration in Section 10), Customer hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of the courts of the Borough of Manhattan, New York City, in the State of New York or the federal courts located therein over any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement and irrevocably agrees that all claims in respect of such action or proceeding may be heard or determined in such courts. 12. Miscellaneous. 12.1 Severability. Any portion of the Service Documentation which is inconsistent with Applicable Law or Governing Law will be deemed modified and applied in a manner consistent therewith, and Bank will incur no liability to Customer as a result of the inconsistency or modification and application to any dispute regarding the Service Documentation. If any portion or provision of the Service Documentation is deemed unenforceable, it will not affect the legality, enforceability or validity of the remaining Service Documentation nor the legality, enforceability or validity of such portion or provision under the law of any other jurisdiction. 12.2 Entire Agreement. The Service Documentation (and any documents referred to therein) constitutes and represents the entire agreement between Bank and Customer regarding the Services we provide for all Accounts opened at Bank and supersedes and extinguishes all prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties and arrangements of any nature (including requests for proposals and other sales material), whether oral or written, between Customer and Bank relating to any such Service (including any other Master Agreement for Treasury Management Services, but excluding the current Commercial Account Agreement or Global Commercial Account Agreement, as applicable). 12.3 No Waiver. Neither the failure nor any delay by Bank in exercising any right, remedy, power or privilege shall be deemed to be a waiver of such right, remedy, power or privilege. No course of dealing or waiver of any right on one occasion will constitute a modification of the Service Documentation or be a waiver of that right on a subsequent occasion. 12.4 No Third Party Beneficiaries. Except as otherwise provided in the Service Documentation, no person or entity other than Customer and Bank will be deemed to be a third party beneficiary under the Service Documentation. 12.5 Financial Condition. Customer will provide Bank promptly upon Bank’s request any existing financial statements or other information pertaining to Customer’s financial condition or any previously unprepared financial statements which Bank may require Customer to prepare and/or to be audited or reviewed by independent certified public accountants acceptable to Bank. Master Agreement TM-1450 Page 7 of 8 Revised 05-01-2015 12.6 Customer’s Representations and Warranties. Customer represents and warrants that: (a) it will not use any Service in a manner that could result in a contravention of Applicable Law by Customer or Bank; and (b) if Customer employs an agent in connection with its use of any Service, Customer represents and warrants to Bank that: (i) Customer’s governing body has duly authorized the agent and (ii) Customer will exercise appropriate controls to ensure each agent so authorized does not exceed the authority so granted to it. 12.7 Customer Communications. Any communication to Bank regarding Customer’s use of a Service from Customer’s agent will be deemed to be a communication from Customer, and Customer authorizes Bank to communicate with Customer’s agent regarding any such communication or Service. 12.8 Notice. Either party may provide notice to the other party by mail, personal delivery, or electronic transmission. Customer will notify Bank promptly in writing of any change in its name, Address, legal status, electronic contact information (including an e-mail address or otherwise), or any other changes relevant to the conduct of the Account or affecting Customer’s business relationship with Bank. The term “Address” as used herein refers to a mailing or electronic address. Customer will use the Address where Customer’s relationship manager or other manager is located and will address any notice to the attention of such manager. Bank will be entitled to rely on any notice from Customer that it believes in good faith was authorized by an authorized representative of Customer and, except as expressly stated in another agreement between Customer and Bank, will have no obligation to verify the signature (including an electronic signature). Each party will have a reasonable time after receipt of any notice to act on it 12.9 Survival. Sections 1, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, and 12 will survive termination of this Agreement. Master Agreement TM-1450 Page 8 of 8 Revised 05-01-2015 APPENDIX X Applicable Branches or Subsidiaries of Bank 1. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. – London Branch 2. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. – Cayman Islands Branch TM-1416 Commercial Depository Service Description Page 1 of 6 Revised 04-30-2014 COMMERCIAL DEPOSITORY SERVICE DESCRIPTION 1. Introduction. The Service Documentation contains the terms governing the Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Bank”) Commercial Depository service (“Service”) and includes: (a) this Service Description; (b) the Acceptance of Services or Treasury Management Product Enrollment form; (c) the Master Agreement for Treasury Management Services ("Master Agreement"); (d) the account agreement governing the account(s) Company uses in connection with the Service; and (e) User Guides which include Terms of Use, software, software licenses, price schedules, specifications, instructions, and notices; This Service Description and the Master Agreement are posted at Bank’s Commercial Electronic Office® (CEO®) portal. If there is a conflict among the documents comprising the Service Documentation, they will govern in the order listed above. Company’s use of the Service confirms Company’s receipt of and agreement to be bound by the applicable Service Documentation. If an enhancement to the Service or other change requires a change to this Service Description, Bank will post an updated Service Description on the CEO® portal. When required by applicable law, Bank will notify Company of the update. If Company continues to use the Service after the update takes effect, Company will be deemed to have agreed to the update. 2. Description of Service. With the Service, Company may (a) order currency and coin (collectively, “cash”) from Bank’s cash vault and Bank will make such cash available to an armored car service acting as Company’s agent (“Agent”) at Bank’s cash vault, and (b) deliver currency, coin, checks and other negotiable instruments to Bank’s cash vault or night depository locations for processing. 3. Cash Orders from Bank’s Cash Vault. 3.1. Cash Requests. Company may request in writing, telephonically by operator-assisted call or by touch tone/automated response, or electronically via transmission, facsimile, or Bank’s Commercial Electronic Office® (CEO®) portal (each a “Cash Request”) that Bank make available to Company’s Agent at Bank’s cash vault, in an amount designated in the Cash Request, shipments of cash (each a “Cash Shipment”) in bags or other containers (“Cash Bags”). Bank is authorized to act upon any Cash Request Bank receives in accordance with this Service Description, and which Bank believes in good faith to have been made by an authorized representative of Company. Bank has no obligation whatsoever to verify, and will not be liable for its failure to verify or investigate, any Cash Request. TM-1416 Commercial Depository Service Description Page 2 of 6 Revised 04-30-2014 3.2. Making Cash Available to Company’s Agent. Bank is authorized to make Cash Shipments available to any person whom Bank in good faith believes to be Company’s Agent. Bank will have no further responsibility, and Company assumes all risk of loss for cash made available to any such person. Bank will make Cash Shipments available only at the locations, on days, and during the hours published by Bank from time to time. Bank reserves the right to suspend the Service at any time without notice. 3.3. Company’s Authorized Representatives. Company will promptly certify to Bank the identity of: (a) the person with whom Bank is authorized to communicate regarding authorization codes or other security procedures; (b) Company’s Agent authorized to accept delivery of cash; and (c) where applicable, the persons who are authorized users of the Service. Company will give prior written notice to Bank of any change in the person(s) or Agent so authorized by Company. Bank will be fully protected in relying on each such notification and on the obligation of Company to promptly notify Bank of any change in the person(s) or Agent so authorized by Company. 3.4. Security Procedures. For requests made in writing or by facsimile, operator-assisted telephone call or transmission, a Customer ID assigned by Bank is required. For CEO requests, a User ID assigned by Bank is required. For touch-tone/automatic response telephone requests, an Access Code is required which can be assigned either by Bank or by Company. Operator limits may also be required. It is Company’s responsibility to put into place internal procedures that will minimize the risk of an unauthorized person gaining access to the Customer ID, User ID(s) and Access Code(s). Such internal procedures include without limitation requiring users to maintain such number(s) and code(s) in strict confidence. Company will notify Bank immediately in the event a breach of security is suspected. 3.5. Debit of Account. On the Business Day that Bank makes available any Cash Shipment to Company’s Agent, Bank is authorized to debit Company’s designated Account for the aggregate amount of the shipment. Company will maintain collected balances in the designated Account sufficient at all time to cover fully any debit. Bank has no obligation to release a requested Cash Shipment or any portion thereof to Company’s Agent unless there are sufficient collected funds in the Account to fully cover the amount of the Shipment at the time the Shipment is to be made available to Company’s Agent. If Company fails to specify an Account to Bank, Bank may debit any account which Company maintains with Bank for the amount of a requested Cash Shipment. 3.6. Packing Slip; Differences in Shipment Amount. Each Cash Shipment will be accompanied by a packing slip. The packing slip will disclose the aggregate amount of the Cash Shipment, the overall number of containers included in the Cash Shipment, and the number of containers delivered to Company’s Agent for transmittal to Company. With respect to any Cash Shipment made available to Company’s Agent, Company will notify Bank immediately in writing of any difference between the amount specified on the packing slip for that Shipment and the amount, as counted by Company, of the Shipment. In the event that the difference cannot be resolved, Bank’s count of the amount of the disputed Shipment will be conclusive and binding on Company. 4. Delivery and Processing of Deposit Shipments at Bank’s Cash Vault. The following procedures will govern Company’s delivery of currency, coin, checks, and other negotiable instruments to Bank’s cash vault locations (each a “Deposit Shipment”), and Bank’s processing of such Deposit Shipments: TM-1416 Commercial Depository Service Description Page 3 of 6 Revised 04-30-2014 4.1. Use of Agent to Deliver Shipments. Company will deliver Deposit Shipments in deposit bags or other containers (“Deposit Bags”) to one of Bank’s cash vaults via an armored car service or, in Alaska only, the U.S. Postal service acting as Company’s agent (“Agent”). Company is responsible for making all arrangements with its Agent for delivery of Deposit Shipments, and Company assumes all risk of loss while a Deposit Shipment is in the possession of its Agent. Bank may accept Deposit Shipments from any person Bank believes in good faith to be Company’s Agent. The delivery of a Deposit Bag to Bank or Bank’s receipt for it on a manifest will not be deemed proof of Bank’s receipt of the contents listed on the deposit slip contained in the Deposit Bag or Company’s records. Bank will have no responsibility for any Deposit Bag or its contents delivered to one of Bank’s cash vaults until the Deposit Bag is accepted by Bank in accordance with its procedures and the contents of the Deposit Bag are counted by Bank. 4.2. Delivery Procedures. In delivering a Deposit Shipment to Bank’s cash vault, Company agrees to comply (and to cause its Agent to comply) with the following procedures: • Deliver Deposit Bags only at the locations, on the days, and during the hours published by Bank from time to time; • Properly endorse all checks and other negotiable instruments included in a Deposit Shipment; • Use only Bank-approved Deposit Bags that are properly secured; • Specify the number of Deposit Bags belonging to Company which are included in the overall shipment delivered to Bank, as well as the contents of each Deposit Bag, on a delivery manifest, a copy of which Company’s Agent will provide to Bank at the time of delivery; • Obtain the signature of Bank’s employee who accepts delivery on that portion of the delivery manifest which the Agent retains; and • Retain a copy of the receipt or other document covering each Deposit Bag delivered by Company to its Agent for at least one year from the date of delivery to Company’s Agent. Company agrees that Deposit Bags will be used only for the deposit of currency, coin, checks, other negotiable instruments (collectively “items”), and will not be used in any unauthorized manner or for any unlawful purpose. As to any property other than items included in a Deposit Bag, Bank will not be deemed a bailee and will have no liability for any loss of or damage to such property which may occur. 4.3. Cut-off Time; Deposit to Account. If a Deposit Shipment is received at one of Bank’s cash vaults on a Business Day before Bank’s published “cut-off time” for that cash vault, the aggregate amount of the deposits in such Shipment will be credited on that Business Day to the Account with Bank specified on the deposit slip for that Shipment. If a Deposit Shipment is received at a cash vault on a Business Day after Bank’s “cut-off time,” the aggregate amount of the deposits in that Shipment will be credited to the Account on the next succeeding Business Day. Bank will not deposit any items received in any Deposit Shipment unless the account number of the Account into which the deposit is to be made is specified on the deposit slip for that Shipment. TM-1416 Commercial Depository Service Description Page 4 of 6 Revised 04-30-2014 4.4. Processing of Deposit Shipments. Company authorizes Bank to open each Deposit Bag, count the contents, credit the amount of items to the Depository Account indicated on the deposit slip contained in the Deposit Bag and process, all in accordance with Bank’s customary procedures. All deposits are subject to verification, and Bank’s count of the items will be conclusively deemed to be correct and complete for all purposes. No relationship of debtor and creditor will arise between Bank and Company until the count has been completed and the deposit credited to the Account. Company acknowledges that it has had an opportunity to have Bank’s applicable count and verification procedures explained to its representative and agrees that the same will be deemed commercially reasonable. Company understands that no photocopying or microfilming of items will be performed at any cash vault location. 4.5. Adjustment Procedures. If the aggregate amount of the items in any Deposit Shipment, as counted by Bank, is less than that reported on the deposit slip covering that Shipment, Bank will debit the Account specified on the deposit slip by such difference and report the difference to Company. If that Account has an insufficient collected and available balance to cover the debit, Bank will debit any of Company’s other accounts with Bank for the difference, and Company agrees to promptly reimburse Bank for the difference (or any portion thereof) for which there are insufficient available balances in Company’s accounts with Bank. If the aggregate amount of the items in any Deposit Shipment, as counted by Bank, is more than that reported on the deposit slip covering the Shipment, Bank will credit the Account specified on the deposit slip for the difference and notify Company of the difference. 5. Delivery and Processing of Deposit Shipments at Bank’s Night Depository Locations. The following procedures will govern Company’s delivery of currency, coin, checks, and other negotiable instruments (each a “Night Deposit”) to Bank’s night depository locations (each a “Night Deposit”), and Bank’s processing of Night Deposits. 5.1. Night Depository Locations; Issuance of Keys. Company may make Night Deposits to its deposit account(s) with Bank by placing the items to be deposited into disposable bags furnished by Bank (each a “Night Bag”) and then placing the Night Bags in the night depository receptacle (“Night Depository”) at one of Bank’s branches/stores (each a “Store”) listed on Bank’s Night Depository Set-up Form. Each office of Company listed on the Night Depository Set-up Form will receive one key to the Night Depository at a designated Store. Company will designate in writing to Bank the individuals to receive the key for each of its offices; Bank may require such individuals to sign a receipt for the keys they receive. 5.2. Contents of Night Bags; Deposit of Night Bags. Company agrees that Night Bags will be used only for the deposit of currency, coin, checks or negotiable instruments properly endorsed by Company (collectively “items”), and will not be used in any unauthorized manner or for any unlawful purpose. As to any property other than items included in a Night Bag, Bank will not be deemed a bailee and will have no liability for any loss of or damage to such property which may occur. Each Night Bag must contain one or more deposit slips listing all the items contained in that Bag and their total dollar amount, and identifying the deposit Account of Company to which the dollar amount of the deposit is to be credited. After each Night Bag is placed in a Night Depository, the Night Depository must be securely locked. At the time each Night Bag is placed in a Night Depository the Bag must be securely closed and placed completely in the Night Depository. TM-1416 Commercial Depository Service Description Page 5 of 6 Revised 04-30-2014 5.3. Processing of Night Deposits. Bank may open each Night Bag and remove its contents without Company or any of its representatives being present. The contents of each Night Bag will be processed in accordance with Bank’s standard procedures, and if placed in a Night Depository before Bank’s established “cut-off time” on any Business Day, those items acceptable for deposit will be deposited into the Account as of the close of business on that same Business Day. The cut-off time for deposits made through the night depository may be different from that for deposits made at the teller line. Night Deposits placed in a Night Depository after Bank’s established “cut-off time” will be credited to the Account on the next succeeding Business Day. Company understands and agrees that the contents of a Night Bag will not be credited to the Account, nor will the relationship between Company and Bank be that of a debtor to a creditor with respect to any item in a Bag, until Bank has accepted the item for deposit into the Account after counting all the items in the Bag and calculating the total dollar amount of all such items. 5.4. Counting and Adjustment Procedures. If Company’s records regarding the total dollar amount of the items in any Night Bag differ from Bank’s calculation of the total dollar amount of the items in the Bag, Company has the burden of proving that its records show the correct amount in the Bag or Bank’s total will be accepted as final. If there is a difference between Bank’s total and Company’s total for the amount of items in a Night Bag (as Company’s total is shown on the deposit slip or slips in the Bag), Bank will send Company a statement indicating the amount of the difference. In the event that the difference cannot be resolved, Bank’s count of the dollar amount will be conclusive and binding on Company. 5.5. Claims of Lost or Stolen Items. Company will have the burden of proving the amount of any item which it claims was lost or stolen while it was at a designated Store and that disappearance of the item occurred while it was at the designated Store. Company agrees to notify Bank immediately if Company determines that any Night Bag or any item in a Night Bag has been lost or stolen while at one of Bank’s Stores. Company agrees that it will have total responsibility for each Night Bag and its contents until the Bag has dropped completely into a Night Depository. 6. Special Instructions. Company may submit to Bank in writing any special instructions it may have in connection with cash orders or deposits of items at Bank’s cash vault or night depository locations. Bank may at its option accept or reject the instructions and so notify Company. Even if accepted, Bank may stop complying with the instructions upon prior notice to Company if, in Bank’s opinion, continued compliance would increase Bank’s costs or risks, interfere with its established or revised procedures, or diminish the efficiency of Bank’s operations. Any loss attributable to increased risk resulting from a special procedure will be borne solely by Company. 7. Further Assurances. Company agrees to do any and all such further acts Bank may consider reasonably necessary or desirable to implement and carry out the intent of this Service Description, including, without limitation, providing information Bank requests regarding any Deposit Shipment, including, without, limitation, information necessary to file a Currency Transaction Report under the regulations implementing the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended from time to time, and to determine the source of any cash or items in a Deposit Shipment. TM-1416 Commercial Depository Service Description Page 6 of 6 Revised 04-30-2014 8. Representations and Warranties regarding Deposit Shipments. To be eligible to make Deposit Shipments at a cash vault or Night Depository, Company hereby represents and warrants to Bank at the time of the delivery of each Deposit Shipment that: 8.1 Deposits for Own Account. Company makes Deposit Shipments for its sole account and does not directly or indirectly make any Deposit Shipments on behalf of any other party; unless such party has been previously disclosed to Bank and approved in writing by Bank, in its sole discretion. 8.2 No Deposits from Outside the United States. Company does not make Deposit Shipments from a source or sources known, or which upon reasonable inquiry would be known, to Company to be outside the United States. 8.3. No Business as a Foreign Exchange House. Company does not conduct any business, whether in whole or any part, as a foreign exchange house including, without limitation, as a Casa de Cambio. 9. Termination of Services. Bank may immediately terminate any or all of the Services described herein in the event of Company’s breach of any representation or warranty in Section 8. Otherwise, Bank may terminate this Service upon sixty (60) days prior notice to Company. 10. Survival. Sections 3.6, 4.4., 4.5., 5.4., 5.5., 7 and 10 will survive termination of the Service. © 2014 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. All rights reserved. TM-2163 Returned Item Service Description Page 1 of 3 Revised 04-30-2014 RETURNED ITEM SERVICE DESCRIPTION 1. Introduction. The Service Documentation contains the terms governing the Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Bank”) Returned Item service (“Service”) and includes: (a) this Service Description; (b) the Acceptance of Services or Treasury Management Product Enrollment form; (c) the Master Agreement for Treasury Management Services ("Master Agreement"); (d) the account agreement governing the account(s) Company uses in connection with the Service; and (e) User Guides which include Terms of Use, software, software licenses, price schedules, specifications, instructions, and notices; This Service Description and the Master Agreement are posted at Bank’s Commercial Electronic Office® (CEO®) portal. If there is a conflict among the documents comprising the Service Documentation, they will govern in the order listed above. Company’s use of the Service confirms Company’s receipt of and agreement to be bound by the applicable Service Documentation. If an enhancement to the Service or other change requires a change to this Service Description, Bank will post an updated Service Description on the CEO® portal. When required by applicable law, Bank will notify Company of the update. If Company continues to use the Service after the update takes effect, Company will be deemed to have agreed to the update. 2. Description of Bank’s Returned Items Services. Bank’s Returned Item Services enable Company to have Bank (a) act as Company’s returned Item processor with respect to Items payable to Company that are presented to Bank or another financial institution for payment and returned to Bank unpaid (each, a “Returned Item”) in accordance with Company’s Special Instructions to Bank for Returned Items (“Special Instructions”) and (b) originate debits and report and process credits received for Company’s returned check fee (“Returned Item Service Fee Recovery”). Company will communicate its Special Instructions regarding Company’s Returned Items to Bank, and Bank will communicate to Company regarding the Services, using the media, format and communication channel(s) to which Company and Bank agree, seperately. 3. Conditions to Provision of Bank’s Service. As conditions to Bank’s provision of the Services, Company will at all times (a) maintain Company’s demand deposit account(s) at Bank (each, an “Account”) in good standing; (b) subscribe to Bank’s Commercial Electronic Office® (“CEO®”) Service; and (c) comply with all Rules Applicable to Bank’s Returned Item Services as set forth in this Service Description. 4. Rules Applicable to Bank’s Returned Item Services. Bank will provide its Services to Company in accordance with: TM-2163 Returned Item Service Description Page 2 of 3 Revised 04-30-2014 4.1. the Service Documentation including without limitation the User Guide that Bank makes available to Company at www.wellsfargo.com; and 4.2. State and federal laws and regulations and clearinghouse rules applicable to a Returned Item which may include Federal Reserve Board Regulation CC Subpart C relating to the collection of checks (“Reg CC”), Federal Reserve Board Regulation E (“Reg E”) and, in the case of Bank’s Returned Item Service Fee Recovery Service when Bank originates an ACH entry on Company’s behalf, the National Automated Clearinghouse Association Operating Rules, as supplemented by any applicable operating rules of any automated clearing house of which Bank is a member (together, the “NACHA Rules”), all as amended from time to time. 5. Special Instructions. Bank will process Company’s Returned Items in accordance with Company’s Special Instructions, unless Bank determines in Bank’s sole discretion that doing so with respect to a Returned Item would prevent Bank from effectively providing Bank’s Service to Company. 6. Bank’s Right to Chargeback Returned Items. Bank may chargeback a Returned Item to any account Company owns in whole or in part at Bank or any affiliate of Bank without regard to whether the Returned Item was initially deposited to the account or to an account at another financial institution. 7. Returned Item Service Fee Recovery. Bank determines the state whose laws establish the maximum returned check fee that Company may assess a customer who issues a Returned Item to Company based on information about Company’s retail locations Company provides to Bank when Company enrolls in the Service and subsequently after Bank receives notice from Company regarding a location change in Company’s retail locations. If Company fails to provide information to Bank regarding a location change in a timely fashion, Bank will assess the lowest maximum fee permitted in the states for which Company has provided location information. 8. ACH Entries. 8.1. Payment Obligations; Settlement; Returned Debit Entries. In the case of Services for which Bank originates ACH debit entries on Company’s behalf, each credit to Company’s Account will be made on the applicable settlement date. Bank may charge Company’s Account for any debit, correcting or reversing entry which is later returned to Bank. Company authorizes Bank upon prior oral or written notice to Company to place a hold on an equal amount of funds in Company’s Account or to take any other action Bank deems appropriate to ensure Bank receives payment for any debit, correcting or reversing entry which is later returned to Bank. 8.2. Reimbursement. Company will reimburse Bank for any loss or expense Bank incurs, including reasonable attorney's fees and legal expenses, as the result of (a) a breach of any warranty Bank makes under the NACHA Rules in connection with providing the Services to Company, (b) a breach of any representation or warranty that Company makes in this Service Description, or (c) an action Company asks Bank to take in connection with Bank’s providing the Services to TM-2163 Returned Item Service Description Page 3 of 3 Revised 04-30-2014 © 2014 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. All rights reserved. Company. Company authorizes Bank to recover any such amount by debit to any account Company owns in whole or in part at Bank or any affiliate of Bank. 9. Company’s Representations and Warranties. Company represents and warrants to Bank that: 9.1. The information about Company’s retail locations that Company provides to Bank in accordance with section 7 is accurate. 9.2. Company has received and will maintain current copies of the Rules Applicable to Services including without limitation Reg CC, Reg E and the NACHA Rules and is in compliance therewith. 10. Company’s Agreement to Indemnify Bank. Company will indemnify, defend, and save harmless Bank, its parent company, and its affiliates and each of their respective directors, officers, employees, and agents (collectively in this section 10, “Indemnified Persons”) from and against all liabilities, losses, damages, claims, obligations, demands, charges, costs, or expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of legal counsel and accountants) (collectively, "Losses and Liabilities") awarded against or incurred or suffered by Indemnified Persons arising directly or indirectly from or related to: 10.1. Any negligent or intentional act or omission by Company in the performance of its obligations under the Service Documentation including without limitation Company’s obligation to provide Bank with information about Company’s locations. 10.2. Any material breach in a representation, warranty, covenant, or obligation of Company contained in the Service Documentation; 10.3. The violation of any applicable law, statute, or regulation or of the Rules Applicable to Bank’s Returned Items Services including without limitation Reg CC, Reg E and the NACHA Rules in the performance of Company’s obligations under the Service Documentation; and 10.4. A breach of any warranty Bank makes under the NACHA Rules in connection with Bank’s Services under this Service Description, any failure by Bank to assess the correct Returned Item Service fee based and any delay in the return of any Returned Item. 11. Bank’s Assessment of Services. Company agrees Bank may at any time or times modify this Service Description upon notice to Company, and the Service Description as modified will supersede this Addendum and be binding upon Company. 12. Survival. Sections 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10 of this Service Description will survive termination of the Service. TM-1427- Receivables Manager Service Description Page 1 of 2 Revised 04-30-2014 RECEIVABLES MANAGER SERVICE DESCRIPTION 1. Introduction. The Service Documentation contains the terms governing the Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Bank”) Receivables Manager services (each, a “Service”) and includes: (a) this Service Description; (b) the Acceptance of Services or Treasury Management Product Enrollment form; (c) the Master Agreement for Treasury Management Services ("Master Agreement"); (d) the account agreement governing the account(s) Company uses in connection with the Service; and (e) User Guides which include Terms of Use, software, software licenses, price schedules, specifications, instructions, and notices; This Service Description and the Master Agreement are posted at Bank’s Commercial Electronic Office® (CEO®) portal. If there is a conflict among the documents comprising the Service Documentation, they will govern in the order listed above. Company’s use of the Service confirms Company’s receipt of and agreement to be bound by the applicable Service Documentation. If an enhancement to the Service or other change requires a change to this Service Description, Bank will post an updated Service Description on the CEO® portal. When required by applicable law, Bank will notify Company of the update. If Company continues to use the Service after the update takes effect, Company will be deemed to have agreed to the update. 2. Description of Service. The Service enables Company to receive consolidated electronic files and/or human readable documents containing information (each, a “File”) regarding credits and/or debits to the deposit accounts at Bank that Company enrolls in the Service (each, an “Account”) and associated remittance information. The User Guide details (a) the types of payments for which Bank provides the Service, (b) the options Bank offers for formatting Files, (c) the secure transmission platforms Bank offers to deliver Files to Company, (d) the schedule Bank follows in providing the Service, and (e) Bank’s Service level goals. 3. Re-association Service. If Company enrolls in Bank’s Re-association Service, Bank will accept a File containing remittance information from a trading partner of Company and attempt to re-associate payments the trading partner makes separately by ACH or wire transfer, provided the trading partner (a) sends the remittance information to Bank in advance of the payment and (b) includes an originating company ID and a transaction reference number with both the remittance information and the associated payment. 4. Company’s Receipt of Files; Acknowledgments. Bank will not monitor Files transmitted to Company through the Service including without limitation any TM-1427- Receivables Manager Service Description Page 2 of 2 Revised 04-30-2014 acknowledgment Company’s system may generate upon its receipt of a File. If Company does not receive a File when it expects to, Company will notify Bank. If Company requests Bank resend a File within fourteen days after Bank initially transmits the File to Company, Bank will attempt to honor such request but will have no liability for not doing so. 5. Incorrect, Incorrectly Formatted Information. Bank is not responsible for the accuracy of and will not verify remittance information it receives from Company’s trading partners and provides to Company through the Service. © 2014 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. All rights reserved. TM –2383 E -Box Service Description Page 1 of 1 Revised 04-30-2014 E-BOX® SERVICE DESCRIPTION 1. Introduction. The Service Documentation contains the terms governing the Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Bank”) E-Box® service (“Service”) and includes: (a) this Service Description; (b) the Acceptance of Services or Treasury Management Product Enrollment form; (c) the Master Agreement for Treasury Management Services ("Master Agreement"); (d) the account agreement governing the account(s) Company uses in connection with the Service; and (e) User Guides which include Terms of Use, software, software licenses, price schedules, specifications, instructions, and notices; This Service Description and the Master Agreement are posted at Bank’s Commercial Electronic Office® (CEO®) portal. If there is a conflict among the documents comprising the Service Documentation, they will govern in the order listed above. Company’s use of the Service confirms Company’s receipt of and agreement to be bound by the applicable Service Documentation. If an enhancement to the Service or other change requires a change to this Service Description, Bank will post an updated Service Description on the CEO® portal. When required by applicable law, Bank will notify Company of the update. If Company continues to use the Service after the update takes effect, Company will be deemed to have agreed to the update. 2. Description of Service. Bank (a) receives electronic information (“Remittance Information”) about payments Company’s customers make to Company through online bill payment services and other payment channels described in Bank’s Reference Guide for the Service (each, a “Payment”); (b) processes Payments for credit to Company’s account at Bank (“Account”); and (c) provides information reporting on Payments to Company through Bank’s separate Receivables Manager Service ("Remittance File"). The specific processing services Bank will provide to Company are detailed in the Statement of Work to which Company and Bank agree separately (“SOW”). Each Business Day, Bank credits Company’s Account for Funded Payments (see section 3) via a consolidated Automated Clearing House (“ACH”) credit entry (“File”). Bank originates each File in accordance with the National Automated Clearing House Association Operating Rules and any applicable local ACH rules (collectively, the “ACH Rules”). In order to enroll in the Service, Company will also enroll in Bank’s Receivables Manager Service. 3. Funded Payments. A “Funded Payment” is a payment for which Bank receives Remittance Information and the funds relating to the Payment. Bank will process Payments for which Bank has received Remittance Information but not funding (each, an “Unfunded Payment”) in accordance with the SOW. © 2014 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. All rights reserved. TM-1426 Commercial Electronic Office (“CEO®”) Service Description EDOCS#4472422 Revised 02-25-2016 Page 1 of 3 COMMERCIAL ELECTRONIC OFFICE® (“CEO”®) SERVICE DESCRIPTION 1. Introduction. The Service Documentation contains the terms governing the Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Bank”) Commercial Electronic Office® service (“Service”) and includes: (a) this Service Description; (b) the Acceptance of Services, Treasury Management Product Enrollment form, or other product enrollment form acceptable to Bank (each, “Acceptance”); (c) the Master Agreement for Treasury Management Services ("Master Agreement"); (d) the account agreement governing the account(s) Customer uses in connection with the Service; and (e) User Guides which include Terms of Use, software, software licenses, price schedules, specifications, instructions, and notices. This Service Description and the Master Agreement are posted at Bank’s Commercial Electronic Office® (CEO®) portal. If there is a conflict among the documents comprising the Service Documentation, they will govern in the order listed above. Customer’s use of the Service confirms Customer’s receipt of and agreement to be bound by the applicable Service Documentation. If an enhancement to the Service or other change requires a change to this Service Description, Bank will post an updated Service Description on the CEO portal. When required by applicable law, Bank will notify Customer of the update. If Customer continues to use the Service after the update takes effect, Customer will be deemed to have agreed to the update. 2. Description of Service. The CEO portal is Bank’s electronic banking portal that is accessed via the Internet. Authorized Representatives (see section 3) may use the CEO portal to access (a) Bank Services in which Customer has separately enrolled (each, an “Accessed Service”) and (b) third-party sites Bank may make available through the CEO portal. Bank offers different channels through which Customer may access the CEO portal that may include without limitation personal computers and mobile devices. Bank may add or eliminate channels at any time. A Bank Service or third party site accessible through one channel may not be accessible through another channel. The Service Documentation includes the Service Description for each Accessed Service. In the event of a conflict between the Service Description for the Accessed Service and this Service Description, the Service Description for the Accessed Service will control. 3. Access to the CEO portal. When Customer enrolls in the CEO portal and as Bank may determine is necessary after enrollment, Bank will (in accordance with section 4) provide one or more secure means of accessing the Services (each, a “Log-On Credential”) to the persons who are authorized to access the CEO portal on Customer’s behalf (each an, “Authorized Representative”). Log-On Credentials may include without limitation Customer and user IDs, passwords, token IDs and other means of providing secure access to the CEO portal Service that Bank adopts after the date Customer begins using the CEO portal and may be changed by Bank at any time. Bank will have no obligation to Customer to verify or authenticate separately TM-1426 Commercial Electronic Office (“CEO®”) Service Description EDOCS#4472422 Revised 02-25-2016 Page 2 of 3 any communication Bank receives in Customer’s name through the CEO portal, whether or not an Authorized Representative actually issued the communication. Bank may, at Bank ’s sole option, contact Customer with respect to any communication Bank receives in Customer’s name, but Bank’s election to contact Customer with respect to one or more communication will not obligate Bank to contact Customer with respect to any subsequent communication Bank receives in Customer’s name. 4. Administration of the CEO Portal. 4.1. General. Bank offers two options for administering the CEO portal: (a) self- administration and (b) Bank administration. 4.2. Self-Administration. If Customer enrolls in Bank’s self-administration option, there are three categories of Authorized Representatives: Customer Administrator, Administrator or User. Bank provides Bank’s then-current Log-On Credentials only to Customer’s initial Customer Administrator(s) who will (a) assign Bank’s Log-On Credentials to other individuals and (b) designate each such individual as (i) a Customer Administrator, who may perform all functions of Customer’s initial Customer Administrator; (ii) an Administrator, who may perform all the functions of an Administrator including without limitation designating other Administrator(s) and User(s); or (iii) a User, who may access those Services as designated by a Customer Administrator or an Administrator and those in which Bank permits a User to self-enroll. Each Customer Administrator and Administrator has the authority to enroll Customer in additional Services. Customer will promptly revoke the Log-On Credentials of any Authorized Representative when that individual is no longer an Authorized Representative. 4.3. Bank Administration. If Customer does not enroll in Bank’s self-administration option, there is one category of Authorized Representatives: Users. Bank will assign Bank’s then-current Log-On credentials to each User Customer designates. Each User Customer designates will remain authorized until Bank has a reasonable time to act after receiving Customer’s notification that the User is no longer so authorized. 5. Restricting or Terminating Access to the CEO Portal. Bank will not be obligated to permit any Authorized Representative to use any Service through the CEO portal if Bank determines such use is (a) not in accordance with any term applicable to the CEO portal, (b) not permitted by Applicable Law, (c) not authorized by Customer or any third party whose authorization Bank believes is necessary for such use, or (d) should be denied for Customer’s or Bank’s protection (without Bank’s agreeing to, or being required to, make this determination in any circumstance). 6. Financial Information. Financial market data, quotes, news, research, and other financial information developed by third parties and transmitted to Bank (collectively, "Financial Information") may be available to Customer at the CEO portal. The posting of any Financial Information or any other information or data at the CEO portal will not be a recommendation by Bank of any particular Service or transaction. Bank does not guarantee the accuracy or completeness, (a) of any Financial Information, (b) is not responsible for (i) the actions or omissions of the third parties developing or transmitting Financial Information or (ii) for any decision made or action taken by Customer in reliance on any Financial Information. 7. Cash Flow Analysis Service. This section contains additional terms applicable to Bank’s Cash Flow Analysis Service. This Service enables Customer to view and use certain data for global cash positioning and forecasting and journal entry. Bank will automatically populate data from Customer’s deposit account(s) at Bank and other financial institutions Customer directs to TM-1426 Commercial Electronic Office (“CEO®”) Service Description EDOCS#4472422 Revised 02-25-2016 Page 3 of 3 provide data to Bank. Customer may also manually populate data. Bank will not verify the accuracy or completeness of data from other financial institutions, customer-populated data or forecasting information. Forecasting information is not a guarantee of actual performance. If Customer uses this Service to convert balances to a currency other than the currency in which the account is denominated, the conversion rate used through the Service may differ from the conversion rate actually used when the funds are converted on a given Business Day. 8. Customer’s Representations and Warranties. Customer represents and warrants to Bank: 8.1. Customer’s governing body has duly authorized each Authorized Representative, regardless of whether Customer enrolls in Bank’s self-administration option, Bank administration or whether the individual is designated to act as Customer Administrator, Administrator or User; and 8.2. Customer will preserve the confidentiality of the Log-On Credentials and immediately notify Bank if Customer becomes aware or suspects that any Log-On Credential may have been compromised. 9. Customer’s Agreement to Indemnify Bank. Customer will indemnify and hold Bank, its parent company, and its affiliates and each of their respective directors, officers, employees, and agents harmless from and against all losses, damages, claims, demands, charges, costs, or expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of legal counsel and accountants) awarded against or incurred or suffered by any of them arising directly or indirectly from or related to any material breach in a representation, warranty, covenant, or obligation of Customer contained in this Service Description. 10. Survival. Sections 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9 will survive termination of the Service. © 2016 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. All rights reserved. TM-1864 Wells Fargo Remote Deposit Capture Service Description Page 1 of 5 Revised 06-16-2014 WELLS FARGO REMOTE DEPOSIT CAPTURE SERVICE DESCRIPTION (Wells Fargo Electronic Depositsm and Desktop Deposit®) 1. Introduction. The Service Documentation contains the terms governing the Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Bank”) remote deposit capture services (collectively, “Service”) and includes: (a) this Service Description; (b) the Acceptance of Service or Treasury Management Product Enrollment form; (c) the Master Agreement for Treasury Management Services ("Master Agreement"); (d) the account agreement governing the account(s) Company uses in connection with the Service; (e) User Guides which include Terms of Use, software, software licenses, price schedules, specifications, instructions, and notices.; and (f) the then-current Electronic Check Clearing House Organization Operating Rules and Commentary (“ECCHO Operating Rules”). This Service Description and the Master Agreement are posted at Bank’s Commercial Electronic Office® (CEO®) portal. If there is a conflict among the documents comprising the Service Documentation, they will govern in the order listed above. Company’s use of the Service confirms Company’s receipt of and agreement to be bound by the applicable Service Documentation. If an enhancement to the Service or other change requires a change to this Service Description, Bank will post an updated Service Description on the CEO® portal. When required by applicable law, Bank will notify Company of the update. If Company continues to use the Service after the update takes effect, Company will be deemed to have agreed to the update. 2. Description of Service. The Service enables Company to create Electronic Items from eligible paper items and transmit the Electronic Items in an electronic file (“Electronic File”) to Bank for review and processing for credit to Company’s deposit account at Bank (“Account”) in accordance with this Service Documentation. An “Electronic Item” is the electronic image of the front and back of each eligible U.S. Dollar paper item and other information captured from the paper item including without limitation MICR data (and will be deemed to be an “item” for purposes of the Uniform Commercial Code). Bank’s Reference Guide for the Service lists eligible U.S. Dollar items (and ineligible items). For each Electronic Item Bank determines is eligible for processing, Bank will: 2.1. create a substitute check as defined in the Account Agreement that Bank will present directly or indirectly to the bank (a) on which the original paper item to which the Electronic Item relates is drawn, or (b) at or through which the original paper item is payable (each, the “Paying Bank”); 2.2. include the Electronic Item in an electronic file for presentment directly or indirectly to the Paying Bank; or TM-1864 Wells Fargo Remote Deposit Capture Service Description Page 2 of 5 Revised 06-16-2014 2.3. post any Electronic Item for which Bank is the Paying Bank. 3. Creating Electronic Items and Transmitting Company’s Electronic File to Bank. To create Electronic Items and transmit Company’s Electronic File to Bank, Company will use either (a) Bank provided software and Bank provided, certified or approved hardware, or (b) Company’s software and hardware or third-party provided software and hardware, provided each generates Electronic Items and Electronic Files that meet Bank’s then current standards and specifications. Any third-party processor Company uses to prepare and/or transmit Company’s Electronic File is Company’s agent, and Company will be responsible for ensuring its agent complies with Company’s responsibilities under this Service Description. In particular, each Electronic File Company’s agent transmits to Bank will include only Electronic Items payable or endorsed to Company, unless Bank expressly agrees to permit Company’s agent to include Electronic Items payable to multiple customers of Bank. 4. Processing Company’s Electronic File. Bank will review each Electronic Item and process the Electronic Items Bank determines are eligible for processing on the Business Day Company transmits Company’s Electronic File to Bank, if Bank receives Company’s Electronic File before the processing deadline Bank separately discloses to Company (“Cut-Off Time”) on that Business Day and on the next Business Day if Company transmits Company’s Electronic File to Bank after Bank’s Cut-Off Time. “Business Day” is every day except Saturday, Sunday and any federal holiday. 5. Exception Items. Each Business Day on which Bank processes Company’s Electronic File, Bank may, without liability to Company, reject Electronic Items Bank determines are ineligible for the Service (each, an “Exception Item”). “Exception Item” includes without limitation an Electronic Item that (a) is illegible or contains MICR data that is not machine-readable, (b) was previously processed as an Electronic Item, (c) is drawn on a bank located outside the United States and is not payable at or through a bank located within the United States, or (d) any Electronic Item other than one described in (a), (b), or (c) of this section 5 that applicable law prohibits Bank from accepting through a remote deposit capture platform. Bank will notify Company of each Exception Item through Bank’s Commercial Electronic Office® service or other communication channel at Bank’s discretion. Company will deposit an Exception Item to Company’s Account only by depositing the original Paper Item to which the Exception Item relates or as otherwise agreed by Bank and Company. Even if Bank does not identify an Exception Item when Bank processes the Electronic File that includes the Exception Item, the substitute check or purported substitute check Bank creates from the Electronic Item may be returned to Bank because, among other reasons, the Paying Bank determines it is illegible or missing an image. Bank’s failure to identify an Exception Item will not limit Company’s obligations to Bank under section 9. 6. Deposits to Company’s Account. Bank will be deemed to have accepted each Electronic Item for deposit to Company’s Account (other than any Exception Item) (a) on the Business Day Bank processes the Electronic Item (b) at the Bank office where Company’s Account is maintained. Funds from these Electronic Items will be made available in accordance with Bank’s Funds Availability Policy applicable to Company’s Account and will be deemed to be collected in accordance with Bank’s Electronic Deposit Collected Funds Schedule which Bank will provide to Company upon request and may amend from time to time. TM-1864 Wells Fargo Remote Deposit Capture Service Description Page 3 of 5 Revised 06-16-2014 7. Third-Party Processors. 7.1. General. This section contains additional terms applicable when Company is a third- party processor. Company is a “third-party processor” when it uses the Service either to (a) create and process an Electronic Item on behalf of a customer or (b) process an Electronic Item one of its customers has created and transmitted to Company. 7.2. Prerequisites for Acting as a Third-Party Processor. Prior to acting as a third-party processor with respect to any customer, Company will conduct due diligence appropriate to the type of Customer (consumer or business). As part of Company’s due diligence, at time a customer initially opens an account with Company, Company will obtain the customer’s name, Taxpayer Identification Number, and address. In addition, Company will fulfill obligations under applicable law with respect to (a) establishing and maintaining a Customer Identification Program and an Anti-Money Laundering Program and (b) suspicious activity monitoring and reporting. Company will also enter into an agreement with each of its customers which includes (i) provisions paralleling those in this Service Description relating to creating Electronic Items and maintaining the security of original Paper Items; (ii) warranties paralleling each of the warranties Company makes to Bank in this Service Description; (iii) an acknowledgement that Bank may at any time refuse to process Electronic Items for that customer; and (iv) if the customer is a business entity, an obligation that customer, upon request by Company, provide Company the information Company requires to enable Company to understand the nature of the customer’s business. 7.3 Risk Parameters; Ongoing Monitoring. For each customer for which Company acts as a third-party processor, Company will, in accordance with reasonable commercial standards, monitor the customer’s deposits for suspicious activity including out-of- pattern, duplicate and suspicious Electronic Items on an ongoing basis and take appropriate actions with respect to the customer’s account with Company, up to and including refusing to process Electronic Items for the Customer and/or preventing the Customer from transacting on its account(s) with Company. Bank will establish and maintain confidential internal risk parameters for Company’s Electronic File but Company is solely responsible for monitoring its customer’s Electronic Items. 8. Company’s Representations and Warranties. Company represents and warrants to Bank Company will: 8.1. use the Service only for eligible paper items payable to or endorsed for deposit by Company (unless Bank expressly agrees otherwise); 8.2. transmit to Bank only Electronic Items suitable for processing including without limitation legible Electronic Items containing machine-readable MICR data; 8.3. not transmit to Bank any Electronic Item that duplicates an Electronic Item previously transmitted to Bank or that did not originate as an eligible paper item; 8.4. maintain control over and sole responsibility for secure retention and destruction of each original eligible paper item for which Company or one of Company’s customers has created an Electronic Item (including the security and integrity of nonpublic personal information appearing on the original paper item throughout the transmission flow and TM-1864 Wells Fargo Remote Deposit Capture Service Description Page 4 of 5 Revised 06-16-2014 while in storage) and properly secure all hardware Company uses in connection with the Service at all times; 8.5. not transmit to Bank, deposit to Company’s Account, or otherwise negotiate any original eligible paper item with respect to which Company has transmitted an Electronic Item to Bank, unless Bank has notified Company that the Electronic Item is an Exception Item; 8.6. if Company uses an agent to create Electronic Items and/or transmit Company’s Electronic File to Bank, Company will ensure its agent includes only Electronic Items payable to Company in an Electronic File, unless Bank expressly agrees to permit the agent to include Electronic Items payable to multiple customers of Bank; and 8.7. if Company is a third-party processor as set forth in section 7 of this Service Description, comply with section 7 of this Service Description. 9. Company’s Agreement to Indemnify Bank. Company will indemnify, defend, and save harmless Bank, its parent company, and its affiliates and each of their respective directors, officers, employees, and agents (collectively in this section 9, “Indemnitees”) from and against all liabilities, losses, damages, claims, obligations, demands, charges, costs, or expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of legal counsel and accountants) awarded against or incurred or suffered (collectively, "Losses and Liabilities") by Indemnitees arising directly or indirectly from or related to: 9.1. Any negligent or intentional act or omission by Company in the performance of its obligations under this Service Description including without limitation failing to maintain control over and sole responsibility for secure retention and destruction of each original paper item for which Company has created an Electronic Item (including the security and integrity of nonpublic personal information appearing on the original paper item throughout the transmission flow and while in storage), in which event Losses and Liabilities will include without limitation consequential damages; 9.2. Any material breach in a representation, warranty, covenant, or obligation of Company contained in this Service Description; 9.3. Bank acting as a "reconverting bank" under the Check Clearing for the 21st Century Act through the creation of “substitute checks” or purported substitute checks using an Electronic Item, an Exception Item or an Electronic File, in which event Losses and Liabilities will include without limitation consequential damages; and 9.4. Bank presenting an Electronic Item to the Paying Bank for payment. 10. Termination. In addition to its rights to discontinue providing Services under the Master Agreement, Bank may discontinue providing the Service to Company immediately upon notice if Bank determines in its sole discretion that Company has breached any of Company’s obligations under sections 8 or 9 of this Service Description. 11. Additional Controls on Company. 11.1. General. In FIL-4-2009, Risk Management of Remote Deposit Capture (“RDC”) Guidelines, the FFIEC sets forth guidelines for agreements between a financial institution and its RDC customers. In accordance with these guidelines, Bank has the authority upon reasonable prior notice to Company to (a) mandate specific internal TM-1864 Wells Fargo Remote Deposit Capture Service Description Page 5 of 5 Revised 06-16-2014 controls at Company’s locations, (b) periodically audit or require audits of Company’s RDC operations including Company’s IT infrastructure at Company’s expense, and (c) request additional information about Company. 11.2. Company’s Internal Controls. Company will establish internal controls related to Company’s RDC operations. Upon reasonable request, Company will provide Bank with information about its internal controls and will work in good faith with Bank to resolve any concerns that Bank identifies with respect to such internal controls; 11.3. Company’s Consumer Complaints. Bank may upon reasonable prior notice to Company request information about (a) Company’s procedures for handling consumer complaints relating to Company’s RDC product (“consumer complaints”), (b) the number of consumer complaints Company received in the prior calendar quarter, and (c) the then current status of each consumer complaint. 12. Survival. Sections 8 and 9 of this Service Description will survive termination of the Service. © 2014 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. All rights reserved. TM-1423 ACH Origination Services EDOCS-#3784910 Page 1 of 7 Revised 10-30-2014 ACH ORIGINATION SERVICE DESCRIPTION 1. Introduction. The Service Documentation contains the terms governing the Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Bank”) ACH origination service (“Service”) and includes: (a) this Service Description; (b) the Acceptance of Services or Treasury Management Product Enrollment form; (c) the Master Agreement for Treasury Management Services ("Master Agreement"); (d) the account agreement governing the account(s) Company uses in connection with the Service; and (e) User Guides which include Terms of Use, software, software licenses, price schedules, specifications, instructions, and notices. This Service Description and the Master Agreement are posted at Bank’s Commercial Electronic Office® (CEO®) portal. If there is a conflict among the documents comprising the Service Documentation, they will govern in the order listed above. Company’s use of the Service confirms Company’s receipt of and agreement to be bound by the applicable Service Documentation. If an enhancement to the Service or other change requires a change to this Service Description, Bank will post an updated Service Description on the CEO® portal. When required by applicable law, Bank will notify Company of the update. If Company continues to use the Service after the update takes effect, Company will be deemed to have agreed to the update. 2. Description of Services. The Service enables Company to originate automated clearing house (“ACH”) credit and debit entries in accordance with the National Automated Clearing House Association Operating Rules and any applicable local ACH rules (collectively, the “ACH Rules”; see section 3). Company will maintain one or more deposit account(s) at Bank or Bank’s affiliate (each, an “Account”), that Bank may use to process such Entries. An “Entry” is an ACH debit or credit entry issued in Company’s name, and a “File” is the data file or batch release used to transmit one or more Entries to Bank. Section 6 of this Service Description describes (a) the means Bank offers to Company for transmitting Files to Bank (each, an “Initiation Method”) and (b) the means Bank will use to verify Company’s authorization of a File or a communication amending or canceling an Entry or File (each, a “Security Procedure”). When Bank acts with respect to an Entry as both the originating depository financial institution (“ODFI”) and receiving depository financial institution (“RDFI”), as ODFI and RDFI are defined by the ACH Rules, the Entry is an “on-us Entry.” 3. ACH Rules. Company (a) authorizes Bank to originate Entries on behalf of Company to Receivers’ accounts; (b) agrees to be bound by the ACH Rules; and (c) agrees not to originate Entries that violate the laws of the United States. In addition, Company agrees Bank may audit Company’s compliance with the Service Documentation and the ACH Rules. 4. Preparation of Entries and Files; Processing Schedules. Company will prepare each File in accordance with the ACH Rules and the guidelines Bank separately makes available to Company. Bank will process each File in accordance with Bank’s then current processing schedule and any instructions regarding the date an Entry is to be settled that Company furnishes with the Entry provided (a) Bank receives the File by Bank’s applicable cutoff time on a Business Day and (b) the ACH is open for business. Files will be deemed received by Bank when the transmission of the File to Bank is TM-1423 ACH Origination Services EDOCS-#3784910 Page 2 of 7 Revised 10-30-2014 completed and authenticated in compliance with the Security Procedure. If Bank receives a File after Bank’s applicable cutoff time or on a day when the ACH is not open for business, the File will be treated as having been received prior to Bank’s applicable cutoff time on the next Business Day on which the ACH is open for business. A “Business Day” is every day except Saturday, Sunday and federal holidays. 5. Inconsistency of Name and Number. If an Entry describes a “Receiver” (as defined in the ACH Rules), both by name and identifying number, the RDFI may pay the Entry on the basis of the identifying number, even if the number identifies a person different from the named Receiver. If an Entry describes the RDFI both by name and identifying number, Bank, a gateway operator or another financial institution handling the Entry may rely on the identifying number to identify the RDFI, even if the identifying number refers to an institution other than the named RDFI. 6. Initiation Methods and Security Procedures. This section lists the Initiation Methods and describes the Security Procedures Bank offers for ACH origination. Company’s elections regarding Initiation Methods and Security Procedures are set forth in the Acceptance. 6.1. Commercial Electronic Office® (CEO®) Initiation Method. The CEO® portal is Bank’s electronic banking portal that is accessed via the Internet. The CEO® security procedures are log-on credentials specified by Bank including a company ID, user ID, password, token, and any other authentication or authorization process Bank requires from time to time. Bank’s standard CEO® security procedures also include dual custody for select, high-risk ACH activities. With dual custody, an authenticated second user approves these activities. There is no additional charge for dual custody. 6.2. Direct Origination Initiation Method. Secure Application File Exchange Transmission (“SAFE-T”). This transmission platform offers a variety of transmission protocols including hypertext transfer protocol secured (https), FTP over SSL (FTP/S), secure FTP (S-FTP), and Applicability Statement 2 (AS2). IBM® Connect:Direct® with Secure Plus+. Secure Plus+ is an add-on to Connect Direct to enhance security by means of Secure Socket Layer (“SSL”) or Transport Layer Security (“TLS”). Connect Direct® is a registered trademark of Sterling Commerce, Inc. an IBM Company. SWIFT® FileAct. SWIFT has established procedures for controlling access to SWIFT messaging services that may include access codes, message authentication codes, secure card readers, digital signatures, and Hardware Security Modules. In addition, SWIFT authenticates certain messages including without limitation Files based on SWIFT message type prior to accepting them for routing as SWIFT messages. This authentication may include confirming the sender and recipient of the message have exchanged bilateral keys (“BKE”), entered into a relationship management application (“RMA”) agreement, or taken other steps to secure the transmission of SWIFT messages between them as SWIFT requires from time to time. 6.3. Payment Manager® Initiation Method. Secure Application File Exchange Transmission (“SAFE-T”). This transmission platform offers a variety of transmission protocols including hypertext transfer protocol secured (https), FTP over SSL (FTP/S), secure FTP (S-FTP), and Applicability Statement 2 (AS2). TM-1423 ACH Origination Services EDOCS-#3784910 Page 3 of 7 Revised 10-30-2014 Machine-to-Machine (“M2M”). This transmission method may use an XML message interface that is based on the Interactive Financial eXchange (IFX) message standard using SOAP structured messages or other formats and protocols such as JSON and REST. Data is communicated via the Internet using 128-bit encryption and Secure Socket Layers (SSL). IBM® Connect:Direct® with Secure Plus+. Secure Plus+ is an add-on to Connect Direct to enhance security by means of Secure Socket Layer (“SSL”) or Transport Layer Security (“TLS”). Connect Direct® is a registered trademark of Sterling Commerce, Inc. an IBM company. Value-Added Network (“VAN”). With this transmission method, a third party serves as an intermediary for transmitting data between Company and Bank. Procedures for transmitting Payment Orders may vary by VAN. Bank follows the procedures of the VAN selected by Company to authenticate each File transmitted to Bank through the VAN in Company’s name. SWIFT® File Act. SWIFT has established procedures for controlling access to SWIFT messaging services that may include access codes, message authentication codes, secure card readers, digital signatures, and Hardware Security Modules. In addition, SWIFT authenticates certain messages including without limitation Files based on SWIFT message type prior to accepting them for routing as SWIFT messages. This authentication may include confirming the sender and recipient of the message have exchanged bilateral keys (“BKE”), entered into a relationship management application (“RMA”) agreement, or taken other steps to secure the transmission of SWIFT messages between them as SWIFT requires from time to time. 6.4. Security Procedure Elected by Company’s Third Party Service Provider. Company is utilizing a Third Party Service Provider (“TPSP”) as defined in the ACH Rules to originate Entries and Files on Company’s behalf. Bank will authenticate each File transmitted to Bank in Company’s name in accordance with the security procedure the Company’s TPSP has elected. Company will notify Bank of any change to Company’s TPSP in a manner affording Bank a reasonable opportunity to act on the information. 6.5. Non-Standard Security Procedure. If Company has refused to utilize any of the security procedures described above, then the Security Procedure Company will use is described on Attachment B to the Treasury Management Product Enrollment form. 7. Company’s Payment Obligations. As of the applicable settlement date, Company will maintain available funds in each Account sufficient to cover the credit Entries originated against it. Company’s obligation to pay Bank for each credit Entry matures when Bank transmits the credit Entry to the ACH or gateway operator or posts an on-us Entry. Bank is authorized to debit the Account for the total amount of all credit Entries originated from it at any time. If requested by Bank, Company will pay to Bank, in immediately available funds, an amount equal to all credit Entries Company originates through Bank before the date Bank delivers the credit Entries to the ACH or gateway operator or posts an on-us Entry. If Company fails to comply with Bank’s request, Bank may refuse to send the Entries to the ACH or gateway operator or post an on-us Entry. Bank may take such other actions as it deems necessary or appropriate to ensure Bank receives payment for Company’s credit Entries including without limitation (a) upon notice to Company, placing a hold on funds in any account at Bank or any affiliate of Bank that Company owns in whole or in part sufficient to cover Company’s credit Entries and (b) setting TM-1423 ACH Origination Services EDOCS-#3784910 Page 4 of 7 Revised 10-30-2014 off against any amount Bank or an affiliate of Bank owes Company. In addition, Bank may charge the Account or any other Company account at Bank or any affiliate of Bank for any debit, correcting or reversing Entry which is later returned to Bank. 8. Provisional Credit. A credit to Company’s Account for an Entry is provisional until Bank receives final settlement for the Entry. If Bank does not receive final settlement, Bank is entitled to debit Company’s Account or any other accounts Company owns in whole or in part at Bank or any affiliate of Bank for the amount of the Entry. Company will pay any shortfall remaining after such debit to Bank immediately upon demand. 9. Rejected Entries. Bank may reject an Entry or File if Company fails to comply with the terms of this Service Description. Bank will attempt to notify Company promptly so Company may cure the defect but will have no liability to Company for rejecting an Entry or File or any loss resulting from Bank’s failure to provide notice. If Company requests Bank repair an Entry or File and Bank attempts to do so, Bank will not be liable if it is unable to make the requested repair. Company will pay all charges and expenses Bank incurs in connection with any repair or attempted repair. 10. Cancellation, Amendment, Reversal. Company has no right to cancel, amend or reverse an Entry or File after its receipt by Bank. If Company requests Bank cancel, amend or reverse an Entry or File, Bank may, at its sole discretion, attempt to honor such request but will have no liability for its failure to do so. Company will reimburse Bank for any expenses, losses or damages Bank incurs in effecting or attempting to effect Company’s request. 11. Returned Entries. Bank will have no obligation to re-transmit a returned Entry or File to the ACH or gateway operator, or to take any further action with respect to a returned on-us Entry, if Bank complied with the terms of this Service Description with respect to the original Entry or File. Company will reimburse Bank for any returned debit Entries on the same day Company receives notice of such returned Entry. 12. Reconstruction of Entries and Files. Company will retain sufficient records to permit it to reconstruct each Entry and File it delivers to Bank for a period of five (5) Business Days after the applicable settlement date and will submit the reconstructed Entry or File to Bank upon request. 13. Audit. Company grants Bank ongoing access to Company’s Files and the right to audit periodically such Files and Company’s ACH processes and controls so Bank can verify Company’s compliance with this Service Description. 14. Bank’s Internal Risk Parameters. Bank establishes internal risk parameters to identify out-of-pattern or suspect Entries or Files and protect Company and Bank from potential losses. These parameters may include without limitation limits on debit and credit settlements on a single Business Day and/or over multiple consecutive Business Days. Bank may pend or delete an Entry or File exceeding the applicable parameters. In addition, any transaction TYPE (debit or credit) or SEC (standard entry class) as defined in the ACH Rules may, at Bank’s option, be conditioned upon Bank’s prior approval. Upon notice to Company, Bank may discontinue processing a TYPE and/or SEC of transactions Bank has previously processed for Company. 15. International Entries. 15.1. General. This section contains additional terms applicable when the financial institution holding the account designated to receive an Entry is in a jurisdiction (“Receiving Country”) other than the United States (each, an “International Entry”). Bank will process each International Entry in accordance with (a) the laws and payment system rules of the Receiving Country (b) any agreement governing International Entries between Bank and the gateway operator through which Bank processes the International Entry, the terms of which Bank communicates to Company prior to Company’s use of the Service or from time to time thereafter, and (c) the ACH TM-1423 ACH Origination Services EDOCS-#3784910 Page 5 of 7 Revised 10-30-2014 Rules. If there is a conflict among these three clauses, they will govern in the order set forth in this subsection. 15.2. Credit Entries. With respect to credit Entries Bank agrees to originate in the currency of a designated foreign government or intergovernmental organization (“Foreign Currency”), Bank will convert the amount to be transferred from U.S. dollars (“USD”) to the Foreign Currency at Bank’s sell rate for exchange in effect on the Business Day the Entry is transmitted by Bank to the ACH or gateway operator. If the financial institution designated to receive the funds does not pay the Receiver specified in the Entry, or if the Entry is subsequently determined to be erroneous, Bank will not be liable for a sum in excess of the amount of the original Entry after it has been converted from the Foreign Currency to USD at Bank’s buy rate for exchange at the time the Entry is returned to Bank. 15.3. Debit Entries. With respect to debit Entries Bank agrees to originate in a Foreign Currency, Bank will convert the amount of each Entry from the Foreign Currency to U.S. Dollars at Bank’s buy rate for exchange in effect on the settlement date of the Entry. If the financial institution designated to receive the Entry subsequently returns it, Bank may charge the applicable Account (or any other accounts Company owns in whole or in part at Bank or any affiliate of Bank) for the amount equal to the value of the returned Entry, after Bank has converted the Foreign Currency to USD at Bank’s sell rate for exchange at the time the Entry is returned to Bank. Bank will not be liable for a sum in excess of the original amount of the Entry after conversion. 15.4. Acts or Omissions of Third Parties. Bank will not be liable for any failure or delay by a gateway operator, any intermediary financial institution, or the financial institution designated to receive the Entry in the Receiving Country in processing or failing to process any Entry Bank transmits to the Receiving Country, or for acts or omissions by a third party including without limitation the delay or failure of any third party to process, credit or debit any Entry. 16. Third-Party Sender Activities. This section contains additional terms applicable when Company is a Third-Party Sender, as defined by the ACH Rules. 16.1 General. Prior to originating any Entry on behalf of a customer of Company, Company will (a) notify Bank in writing of any other financial institution Company is using to originate transactions as a Third-Party Sender and thereafter notify Bank before Company adds any new financial institution for this purpose; (b) provide Bank with the information Bank requires to enable it to understand the nature of Company’s customer’s business including without limitation the name, Taxpayer Identification Number, business activity and geographic location of Company’s customer; (c) if specifically required by Bank, obtain Bank’s written approval to initiate or continue to initiate Entries for that customer, which approval Bank may rescind upon written notice to Company; and (d) enter into a written agreement with that customer whereby that customer agrees: 16.1.1. to assume the responsibilities of an originator under the ACH Rules and to be bound by the ACH Rules as in effect from time to time; 16.1.2. ACH entries may not be initiated in violation of the laws or regulations of the United States including without limitation the regulations issued by the Office of Foreign Assets Control; 16.1.3. to grant Bank ongoing access to audit it and any ACH entry that it has transmitted to Company for transmission to Bank; and 16.1.4. Bank may at any time refuse to process an ACH entry for that customer. TM-1423 ACH Origination Services EDOCS-#3784910 Page 6 of 7 Revised 10-30-2014 16.2. Representations and Warranties. Company represents and warrants to Bank Company (a) has conducted due diligence with respect to each customer of Company for which Company is originating transactions through Bank and determined that each such customer is engaged in a legitimate business and that the type, size and frequency of transactions that each such customer is originating is normal and expected for the customer’s type of business; and (b) will, in accordance with reasonable commercial standards, monitor each customer’s business and transactions on an ongoing basis and notify Bank promptly if Company identifies any unusual activity by Company’s customer. 17. Perfect NOC Service. This section contains additional terms applicable to Bank’s Perfect NOC Service. Bank maintains a database of Notifications of Change (each, a “NOC”) that Bank receives and uses this database to update Company’s Entries in accordance with the Service options Company selects from time to time. Bank will notify Company of each NOC Bank receives in connection with Company’s Entries. 18. Smart Decision Service. This section contains additional terms applicable to Bank’s Smart Decision Service. Bank will process for credit to the Account specified by Company checks and other instruments payable to Company (each, an “Item”) that Company delivers to Bank. Company will use the depository channels through which Bank offers the Service including electronic channels and other channels specified by Bank through which Bank accepts Items for processing. When Company uses electronic depository channels, Company transmits an “Electronic File” to Bank that includes electronic images of Items (each, an “Electronic Image”) and other information regarding Items in the Electronic File. Each Business Day, Bank processes Company’s Electronic File and other Items according to the processing criteria Bank has on file for Company, the issuer of an Electronic Image or Item, and Bank (each, respectively, a “Company Preference,” an “Issuer Preference,” or a “Bank Preference.”) Based on these Preferences, Bank will (a) convert each eligible Electronic Image and Item to an ACH debit Entry on the deposit account on which it was drawn; (b) process remaining Electronic Images in accordance with Bank’s separate Service Documentation governing the electronic depository channel Company used to deliver the Electronic Image to Bank; or (c) process remaining Items in accordance with Bank’s Commercial Account Agreement. If a Company Preference or an Issuer Preference conflicts with a Bank Preference, Bank will follow the Bank Preference. 19. Warranties. 19.1 General. Company acknowledges Bank makes certain warranties under the ACH Rules with respect to each Entry. Company will reimburse Bank for any loss Bank incurs, including Bank’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and legal expenses, as the result of a breach of a warranty made by Bank in connection with any Entry Bank originates upon the instructions received from Company, except to the extent that the loss resulted from Bank’s own gross negligence or intentional misconduct. 19.2 Smart Decision Service. If Company subscribes to Bank’s Smart Decision Service, Company warrants Company (a) will transmit to Bank only Electronic Images that are suitable for processing, including, but not limited to, Electronic Images that are legible and contain machine- readable MICR data; (b) will not deposit to the Account or otherwise negotiate any original Paper Item from which Company has previously created and submitted to Bank an Electronic Image, unless Bank has notified Company the Electronic Image is not legible or contains MICR data that is not machine readable; and (c) has received copies of the then-current ACH Rules and Reg E and will comply with both at all times Bank provides the Service. 20. Indemnification. Company acknowledges Bank indemnifies certain persons under the ACH Rules. Company agrees to reimburse Bank for any loss Bank incurs, including its reasonable attorneys’ fees and legal expenses, as the result of the enforcement of any such indemnity, except to the extent the loss resulted solely from Bank’s own gross negligence or intentional misconduct. In addition, Company will indemnify Bank from and against all liabilities, losses, damages, claims, obligations, demands, TM-1423 ACH Origination Services EDOCS-#3784910 Page 7 of 7 Revised 10-30-2014 charges, costs, or expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of legal counsel and accountants) awarded against or incurred or suffered by Bank arising directly or indirectly from or related to any material breach in a representation, warranty, covenant, or obligation of Company contained in this Service Description. 21. Termination. In addition to the termination provisions contained in the Master Agreement, Bank may terminate the Services immediately upon notice to Company if Bank determines in its sole discretion: (a) the number of returned debit Entries originated under this Service Description is excessive; or (b) Company has breached a warranty provided under the ACH Rules or this Service Description or otherwise failed to comply with the ACH Rules. 22. Survival. Sections 4, 5, and 7-20 will survive termination of the Services. © 2014 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. All rights reserved. © 2014 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. All rights reserved. TM-1414 Target Balance Account Service Description Page 1 of 1 Revised 04-30-2014 TARGET BALANCE ACCOUNT SERVICE DESCRIPTION 1. Introduction. The Service Documentation contains the terms governing the Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Bank”) Target Balance Account service (“Service”) and includes: (a) this Service Description; (b) the Acceptance of Services or Treasury Management Product Enrollment form; (c) the Master Agreement for Treasury Management Services ("Master Agreement"); (d) the account agreement governing the account(s) Company uses in connection with the Service; and (e) User Guides which include Terms of Use, software, software licenses, price schedules, specifications, instructions, and notices; This Service Description and the Master Agreement are posted at Bank’s Commercial Electronic Office® (CEO®) portal. If there is a conflict among the documents comprising the Service Documentation, they will govern in the order listed above. Company’s use of the Service confirms Company’s receipt of and agreement to be bound by the applicable Service Documentation. If an enhancement to the Service or other change requires a change to this Service Description, Bank will post an updated Service Description on the CEO® portal. When required by applicable law, Bank will notify Company of the update. If Company continues to use the Service after the update takes effect, Company will be deemed to have agreed to the update. 2. Description of Service. If Company maintains multiple accounts at Bank, Company may designate in writing one such account as its "Principal Account" and one or more additional accounts as "Target Balance Accounts". For each Target Balance Account, Company will separately specify to Bank in writing the Ledger Balance or Collected Balance which Company wishes to maintain in such account (the "Target Balance"). At the end of each Business Day, Bank will determine the applicable balance on deposit in each Target Balance Account. If the applicable balance in a Target Balance Account exceeds its Target Balance, Bank will transfer from the Target Balance Account to the Principal Account such funds as are necessary to bring the applicable balance to the Target Balance. If the applicable balance is less than the Target Balance, Bank will transfer from the Principal Account to the Target Balance Account such funds as are necessary to bring the applicable balance to the Target Balance. Bank may, but will not be required to, transfer funds if the transfer would create an overdraft or exceed the Collected Balance then on deposit in the Principal Account. TM-1440 Wire Transfer Services Service Description eDOCS - #7690463 Revised 03-04-2016 Page 1 of 4 WIRE TRANSFER SERVICE DESCRIPTION 1. Introduction. The Service Documentation contains the terms governing the Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Bank”) Wire Transfer service (“Service”) and includes: (a) this Service Description; (b) the Acceptance of Services, Treasury Management Product Enrollment form, or other product enrollment form acceptable to Bank (each, “Acceptance”); (c) the Master Agreement for Treasury Management Services ("Master Agreement"); (d) the account agreement governing the account(s) Customer uses in connection with the Service; and (e) User Guides which include Terms of Use, software, software licenses, price schedules, specifications, instructions, and notices. This Service Description and the Master Agreement are posted at Bank’s Commercial Electronic Office® (CEO®) portal. If there is a conflict among the documents comprising the Service Documentation, they will govern in the order listed above. Customer’s use of the Service confirms Customer’s receipt of and agreement to be bound by the applicable Service Documentation. If an enhancement to the Service or other change requires a change to this Service Description, Bank will post an updated Service Description on the CEO portal. When required by applicable law, Bank will notify Customer of the update. If Customer continues to use the Service after the update takes effect, Customer will be deemed to have agreed to the update. 2. Description of the Service. The Service enables Customer to instruct Bank to transfer funds by wire. Customer agrees to comply with all applicable payment system rules, including the national payment system rules and and any other applicable laws and regulations of the receiving country of the transaction. In this Service Description, an instruction to Bank (including any communication cancelling or amending an instruction) in Customer’s name to transfer funds from Customer’s account at Bank or Bank’s affiliate (each, an “Account”) is a “Payment Order.” Section 5 of this Service Description describes (a) the means Bank offers to Customer for transmitting Payment Orders to Bank (each, an “Initiation Method”) and (b) the means Bank will use to verify Customer’s authorization of a Payment Order or a communication amending or canceling a Payment Order (each, a “Security Procedure”). 3. Preparation of Payment Orders; Processing Schedules. Customer will prepare each Payment Order in accordance with guidelines Bank separately makes available from time to time. Bank will execute each Payment Order in accordance with Bank’s then current processing schedule and any instructions Customer furnishes with the Payment Order regarding the date a Payment Order is to be executed. A Payment Order will be deemed received by Bank when Bank has verified it in compliance with the Security Procedure. If Bank receives a Payment Order after Bank’s applicable cutoff time on any Business Day, Bank will treat the Payment Order as having been received prior to Bank’s applicable cutoff time on Bank’s next Business Day. “Business Day” means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which the applicable branch or subsidiary of Bank is open for general business in the country or jurisdiction in which TM-1440 Wire Transfer Services Service Description eDOCS - #7690463 Revised 03-04-2016 Page 2 of 4 the Account is maintained. When used in connection with funds transfer services, “Business Day” means each day on which Bank or the Bank office providing or facilitating the service is open for business related to that service. 4. Inconsistency of Name and Number. If a Payment Order describes the person to receive the funds that are the subject of the Payment Orders both by name and identifying number, Bank may execute the Payment Order solely on the basis of the identifying number, even if the number identifies a person different from the named person. If a Payment Order describes a financial institution both by name and identification number, the identification number may be solely relied upon to identify the financial institution, even if the identification number refers to a financial institution other than the named financial institution. 5. Initiation Methods and Security Procedures. This section lists the Initiation Methods and Security Procedures Bank offers for wire transfers. The availability of certain Initiation Methods and Security Procedures may vary by jurisdiction. Customer’s elections regarding Initiation Methods and Security Procedures is/are set forth in the Acceptance. 5.1. Voice Initiation Method. Bank's voice initiation security procedure consists of confirming that the personal identification number ("PIN") accompanying a Payment Order corresponds with a valid PIN assigned to Customer for voice-initiated Payment Orders. 5.1.1. Telephone Verification Service. If Bank receives a voice-initiated, non-repetitive Payment Order that exceeds the applicable pre-designated limit, Bank will make one attempt to telephone person(s) designated by Customer on the most current setup form for Customer in Bank’s records to verify the Payment Order. If Bank is unable to complete the call, Bank will not process the Payment Order. 5.2. CEO Portal Initiation Method. The CEO portal is Bank’s electronic banking portal that is accessed via the Internet. Authorized users may access Bank's CEO Internet Wire Transfer Service through the CEO portal. CEO security procedures include log-on credentials specified by Bank (that may include a Customer ID, user ID and password) and any other authentication or authorization process Bank requires from time to time. Bank will use the CEO security procedures to authenticate each Payment Order received through the CEO portal in Customer’s name. 5.3. Direct Origination Initiation Method. Secure Application File Exchange Transmission (“SAFE-T”). This transmission platform offers a variety of transmission protocols including hypertext transfer protocol secured (https) FTP over SSL (FTP/S), secure FTP (S-FTP), and Applicability Statement 2 (AS2) that Bank uses to authenticate each Payment Order transmitted to Bank in Customer’s name. IBM® - Sterling Connect:Direct® with Secure Plus+. Secure Plus+ is an add-on to Connect:Direct® to enhance security by means of Secure Socket Layer (“SSL”) or Transport Layer Security (“TLS”). Connect:Direct® is a registered trademark of Sterling Commerce, Inc., an IBM Company. Revised 03-04-2016 5.4. Payment Manager® Initiation Method. Secure Application File Exchange Transmission (“SAFE-T”). This transmission platform offers a variety of transmission protocols including hypertext transfer protocol secured (https), FTP over SSL (FTP/S), secure FTP (S-FTP), and Applicability Statement 2 (AS2) that Bank uses to authenticate each Payment Order transmitted to Bank in Customer’s name. Machine-to-Machine (“M2M”). This transmission method uses an XML message interface that is based on the Interactive Financial eXchange (IFX) message standard using SOAP structured messages. Data is communicated via the Internet using 128-bit encryption and Secure Socket Layers (SSL). Bank uses digital certificates to authenticate each Payment Order transmitted to Bank in Customer’s name. IBM® - Sterling Connect:Direct® with Secure Plus+. Secure Plus+ is an add-on to Connect:Direct® to enhance security by means of Secure Socket Layer (“SSL”) or Transport Layer Security (“TLS”). Connect:Direct® is a registered trademark of Sterling Commerce, Inc., an IBM Customer. Value-Added Network (“VAN”). With this transmission method, a third party serves as an intermediary for transmitting data between Customer and Bank. Procedures for transmitting Payment Orders may vary by VAN. Bank follows the procedures of the VAN selected by Customer to authenticate each Payment Order transmitted to Bank through the VAN in Customer’s name. 5.5. SWIFT® Initiation Method. SWIFT has established procedures for controlling access to SWIFT messaging services (each, an “Access Control”) that may include without limitation access codes, message authentication codes, secure card readers, digital signatures, and Hardware Security Modules. In addition, SWIFT authenticates certain messages including without limitation Payment Orders based on SWIFT message type prior to accepting them for routing as SWIFT messages (each, an “Authenticated Message”). This authentication may include confirming that the sender and recipient of the message have exchanged bilateral keys (“BKE”), entered into a relationship management application (“RMA”) agreement, or taken other steps to secure the transmission of SWIFT messages between them as SWIFT requires from time to time (each, an “Authentication Procedure”). 5.6. Non-Standard Security Procedure. If Customer has refused to utilize any of the security procedures described above, then the Security Procedure Customer will use is described on Attachment B to the Acceptance. 6. Authorization to Pay. Customer authorizes Bank to (a) execute any Payment Order Bank verifies in accordance with the applicable Security Procedure and (b) debit the account specified in the Payment Order (and if no account is specified, the Account or any other account of Customer at Bank or an affiliate) even if a debit results in an overdraft on the execution date. Customer will maintain sufficient available funds in the account specified in the Payment Order at the time of each debit. 7. Customer’s Duty to Report Erroneous or Unauthorized Tranfer Instructions. Customer will exercise reasonable care to determine whether a Payment Order accepted by Bank was either erroneous or not authorized and to notify Bank of the relevant facts within a reasonable time not TM-1440 Wire Transfer Services Service Description eDOCS - #7690463 Page 3 of 4 Revised 03-04-2016 exceeding 14 days after Customer receives notification from Bank that the Payment Order was accepted or that the Account was debited with respect to the Payment Order, whichever is earlier. Customer will be liable to Bank for the loss Bank incurs as a result of Customer’s failure to act in accordance with this section. 8. Rejected Payment Orders. If a Payment Order is rejected for any reason Bank will attempt to notify Customer promptly so Customer may cure the defect but will have no liability to Customer for a rejected Payment Order or any loss resulting from Bank’s failure to provide notice. 9. Cancellation, Amendment, Reversal. A Payment Order will be final and not subject to cancellation, amendment or reversal by Customer, except Bank may, at Customer’s request, make an effort to effect such cancellation, amendment or reversal without incuring any liability for its failure or inability to do so. 10. Drawdown Requests. A “drawdown request” is an instruction from Customer to another depository institution to debit (a) an account at that institution and transfer the funds to Bank (each, an “outgoing drawdown request”) or (b) the Account and transfer the funds to that institution (each, an “incoming drawdown request”). In this Service Description, “Payment Order” includes drawdown requests. Bank may execute an incoming drawdown request that conforms with instructions it receives through Fed Wire, SWIFT, CHIPs or any other funds transfer system, provided such instructions are not inconsistent with instructions Customer separately provides in writing. The authority to execute the incoming drawdown request will continue until Bank receives express written notice from Customer that such authority is revoked. 11. Limitation of Bank’s Liability. If Bank executes Customer’s Payment Order by sending instructions to another financial institution, Bank may send the payment order by any transmission method and by any route Bank in its sole discretion considers reasonable. Bank will not be liable for any third party’s failure to or delay or error in processing a Payment Order. If the beneficiary bank does not pay the beneficiary specified in the Payment Order, a refund will be made only after Bank has received confirmation of the effective cancellation of the Payment Order and Bank is in free possession of the funds debited or earmarked in connection with the Payment Order. If Bank is notified it did not transfer the full amount stated in a Payment Order, Bank’s sole obligation will be to promptly execute a second Payment Order in the amount of the stated deficiency. If Bank executes a Payment Order in excess of the amount stated in the Payment Order, to the extent Customer does not receive the benefit of the Payment Order, Bank will only be liable for any loss of the principal amount transferred in excess of the amount stated in the Payment Order. Additionally, Bank will be liable for the amount of interest Customer has lost due to the transfer of the excess amount, computed at the Federal Funds rate or as otherwise agreed. However, Bank’s liability for loss of interest will be limited to 20 calendar days’ interest. This section sets forth Bank’s complete liability for a Payment Order issued or received under this Service Description. 12. Survival. Sections 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 and 12 will survive the termination of Services. © 2016 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. All rights reserved. TM-1440 Wire Transfer Services Service Description eDOCS - #7690463 Page 4 of 4 TM-1431 Information Reporting and Image Delivery Service Description EDOCS#4475481 Revised 02-25-2016 Page 1 of 2 INFORMATION REPORTING and IMAGE DELIVERY SERVICE DESCRIPTION 1. Introduction. The Service Documentation contains the terms governing the Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Bank”) information reporting and image delivery ( “Service”) and includes: (a) this Service Description; (b) the Acceptance of Services, Treasury Management Product Enrollment form, or other product enrollment form acceptable to Bank (each, “Acceptance”); (c) the Master Agreement for Treasury Management Services (“Master Agreement”); (d) the account agreement governing the account(s) Customer uses in connection with the Service; and (e) User Guides which include Terms of Use, software, software licenses, price schedules, specifications, instructions, and notices. This Service Description and the Master Agreement are posted at Bank’s Commercial Electronic Office® (CEO®) portal. If there is a conflict among the documents comprising the Service Documentation, they will govern in the order listed above. Customer’s use of the Service confirms Customer’s receipt of and agreement to be bound by the applicable Service Documentation. If an enhancement to the Service or other change requires a change to this Service Description, Bank will post an updated Service Description on Bank’s CEO portal. When required by applicable law, Bank will notify Customer of the update. If Customer continues to use the Service after the update takes effect, Customer will be deemed to have agreed to the update. 2. Description of Services. Through the Service, Bank makes available to Customer data regarding transactions on and/or images of Items posted to (or other instruments processed through) deposit account(s) at Bank that Customer enrolls in the Service (each, “Account”). The data and images are referred to collectively in this Service Description as “information.” The means used to make information available to Customer include without limitation BAI File Transfer, Bank’s CEO portal, physical media (CD-ROM and DVD), transmission, and Machine- to-Machine (M2M). Depending on the Service Customer elects, the information may include images of items or other instruments (a) posted to or processed through the Account; (b) cashed or collected by Bank or accepted for deposit to the Account; and (c) returned unpaid to the Account. “Item” is defined in Customer’s Account agreement. Images of posted Items that have been converted pursuant to the National Automated Clearing House Association Rules may not be available through the Service. Bank also offers an optional service through which Customer can place stop payment orders. 3. Software Sublicense. If a software license or sublicense is required for Customer to access the Service (“Software Sublicense”), Bank will make the terms of the Software Sublicense available to Customer as part of the set up process for the Service. Customer will be required to accept the Software Sublicense before being allowed to access the Service. Bank may terminate any Service requiring use of a Software Sublicense immediately on written notice to Customer, including without limitation if Customer fails to comply with the Software Sublicense. Customer’s obligations under this section 3 will survive the termination of Service. TM-1431 Information Reporting and Image Delivery Service Description EDOCS#4475481 Revised 02-25-2016 Page 2 of 2 4. Stop Payment Orders. If Customer elects a Service through which Customer is able to place stop payment orders, Customer’s rights and Bank’s obligations with respect to any stop payment order will be determined in accordance with the applicable Account agreement. 5. Survivorship. Sections 3 and 4 will survive the termination of the Service. © 2016 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. All rights reserved. TM-1408 Account Reconciliation Plan Service Description Page 1 of 1 Revised 01/31/2010 ACCOUNT RECONCILIATION PLAN SERVICE SERVICE DESCRIPTION 1. Introduction. This Service Description is part of the Service Documentation governing the Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Bank”) Account Reconciliation Plan service (“Service”). “Service Documentation” is defined in Bank’s Master Agreement for Treasury Management Services (“Master Agreement”). The Service Documentation includes the Acceptance of Services (“Acceptance”), and “Company” is the company identified in the Acceptance. 2. Description of Services. Bank's ARP Services enable Company to use Bank to (a) store information about Items Company issues on demand deposit accounts that Company enrolls in the Services (each, an "Account"); and (b) process the information in accordance with the Service option(s) that Company elects during the set up process for the Services and from time to time thereafter. Bank's User Guide for the Services details the Service options. “Item” is defined in Bank’s Commercial Account Agreement. 3. Issued Check Information. If Company elects Bank’s full ARP Service, each Business Day prior to the cutoff time Bank seperately discloses,Company will provide Bank with the issue date, serial number and dollar amount of each Item Company issues on the Account (“Issued Check Information”) using the communication channel(s) Company elects. If Company elects Bank’s Deposit Location Reporting Service, Company will provide Bank with a list of Company’s location numbers and names and may amend the list from time to time by notifying Bank in writing. 4. Stop Payment Orders. If Company uses the Service to place a stop payment order on any Item, Company understands that (a) Bank’s Commercial Account Agreement governs the stop payment order; (b) each stop payment order is subject to Bank’s verification that the Item described in the stop payment order has not been paid; and (c) this verification may occur a minimum of ninety (90) minutes after the time Company transmits the stop payment order to Bank. © 2010 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. All rights reserved. TM-1410 CheXstor Service Description Page 1 of 1 Revised 04-30-2014 CHEXSTOR® SERVICE DESCRIPTION 1. Introduction. The Service Documentation contains the terms governing the Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Bank”) CheXstor service (“Service”) and includes: (a) this Service Description; (b) the Acceptance of Services or Treasury Management Product Enrollment form; (c) the Master Agreement for Treasury Management Services ("Master Agreement"); (d) the account agreement governing the account(s) Company uses in connection with the Service; and (e) User Guides which include Terms of Use, software, software licenses, price schedules, specifications, instructions, and notices; This Service Description and the Master Agreement are posted at Bank’s Commercial Electronic Office® (CEO®) portal. If there is a conflict among the documents comprising the Service Documentation, they will govern in the order listed above. Company’s use of the Service confirms Company’s receipt of and agreement to be bound by the applicable Service Documentation. If an enhancement to the Service or other change requires a change to this Service Description, Bank will post an updated Service Description on the CEO® portal. When required by applicable law, Bank will notify Company of the update. If Company continues to use the Service after the update takes effect, Company will be deemed to have agreed to the update. 2. Description of Service. The Service enables Company to have Bank maintain microfilm records of all Items paid on each deposit account of Company at Bank that Company enrolls in the Service (each an "Account"). Bank will maintain microfilm records for a period of seven years or any longer period required by applicable law ("Record Period"). Each Item Bank microfilms will be shredded and recycled. As part of the Service, Bank will provide a photocopy of any Item posted against the Account which Company requests during the Record Period. Company may request a photocopy electronically via Bank’s Commercial Electronic Office® or by contacting Bank at the telephone number on Company's account statement. 3. Liability. If Bank fails to provide in a timely manner a copy of an Item Company requests during the Record Period, Bank will reimburse Company for (and Bank's liability will be limited to) any direct monetary loss Company incurs as a result of the Item's unavailability (not to exceed the amount of the Item). Bank will require Company to substantiate any claimed loss. © 2014 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. All rights reserved. TM-1418 Image Positive Pay Service Description Page 1 of 5 Revised 04-30-2014 IMAGE POSITIVE PAY SERVICE DESCRIPTION 1. Introduction. The Service Documentation contains the terms governing the Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Bank”) Image Positive Pay service (“Service”) and includes: (a) this Service Description; (b) the Acceptance of Services or Treasury Management Product Enrollment form; (c) the Master Agreement for Treasury Management Services ("Master Agreement"); (d) the account agreement governing the account(s) Company uses in connection with the Service; and (e) User Guides which include Terms of Use, software, software licenses, price schedules, specifications, instructions, and notices; This Service Description and the Master Agreement are posted at Bank’s Commercial Electronic Office® (CEO®) portal. If there is a conflict among the documents comprising the Service Documentation, they will govern in the order listed above. Company’s use of the Service confirms Company’s receipt of and agreement to be bound by the applicable Service Documentation. If an enhancement to the Service or other change requires a change to this Service Description, Bank will post an updated Service Description on the CEO® portal. When required by applicable law, Bank will notify Company of the update. If Company continues to use the Service after the update takes effect, Company will be deemed to have agreed to the update. 2. Description of Service. The Service enables Company to instruct Bank to pay or return counterfeit Checks, Checks otherwise not validly issued and certain altered Checks presented to Bank for payment on the deposit account(s) at Bank that Company enrolls in the Service (each, an “Account”). Each Business Day, Bank electronically compares the serial number and numeric amount of each Check presented to Bank for payment before Bank’s separately- disclosed cutoff time on the prior Business Day to Company’s Check Issue Data (see section 5). In accordance with section 7, Bank will notify Company of each Check that does not match Company’s Check Issue Data (each, an “Exception Item”) and will pay or return each Exception Item in accordance with this Service Description. “Check” refers to each check presented for payment on Company’s Account, whether it is counterfeit, not validly issued, altered or validly issued by Company. A “Business Day” is every day except Saturdays, Sundays, and federal holidays. Except as otherwise provided in this Service Description, enrollment in Bank’s Account Reconcilement Plan (“ARP”) Service is required. 3. Service Options. Company may enroll an Account in one of three options of the Service. The Service options differ based on (a) when Bank electronically compares a Check to Company’s Check Issue Data (before or after posting the Check to Company’s Account); (b) Bank’s handling of errors on Checks; (c) the content of Bank’s report to Company of discrepancies between a Check and Company’s Check Issue Data ("Exceptions Report"); and (d) the time by which Company must notify Bank of Company’s pay or return decision (“Decision Deadline”), as specified in the Exceptions Report. Each discrepancy is an “Exception,” and each Check with a discrepancy is an “Exception Item.” TM-1418 Image Positive Pay Service Description Page 2 of 5 Revised 04-30-2014 3.1. Perfect Presentment® Positive Pay. Bank electronically compares a Check to Company’s Check Issue Data prior to posting the Check to Company’s Account. Each Check with error(s) that Bank can correct, such as an encoding error, will be corrected, so that the Exceptions Report includes only unresolved Exception Items. This option is offered only on an Account enrolled in Bank’s Controlled Disbursement Service. 3.2. Positive Pay and Positive Pay Only. Bank electronically compares a Check to Company’s Check Issue Data after posting the Check to Company’s Account. Bank then reviews each Exception Item, and reverses and reposts each Exception Item with error(s) that Bank can correct, such as encoding errors, so that the Exception Report includes only unresolved Exception Items. Enrollment in Bank’s ARP Service is not required for Positive Pay Only. 3.3. Basic Positive Pay. Bank electronically compares a Check to Company’s Check Issue Data after posting the Check to Company’s Account and provides Company with an Exceptions Report containing all Exception Items including Checks with encoding errors. 4. Payee Validation. In addition to performing the electronic comparison described in section 2, Bank electronically compares the payee’s name on each Check exceeding the dollar threshold determined by Bank to the payee’s name in Company’s Check Issue Data. If there is a discrepancy between the two names that is not within parameters Bank establishes, Bank will (a) include the Check as an Exception Item in Company’s Exceptions Report (and the discrepancy will constitute an Exception), or (b) manually review the Check. Bank will not perform Payee Validation with respect to a Check if (i) Company fails to include the payee's name on the Check in Company’s Check Issue Data; (ii) Bank does not receive Company’s Check Issue Data for the Check before the cutoff time Bank separately discloses; or (iii) Company requests Bank add the payee’s name manually to Check Issue Data Company has previously provided to Bank. Bank will reimburse Company for the face amount of any Check Bank pays if the Company incurs a loss as a result of an unauthorized alteration of the payee’s name on the Check, except if the Check with the unauthorized alteration is hand-written or if Bank fails to identify an alteration or other exception in the payee’s name because Company has (x) truncated the payee’s name in Company’s Check Issue Data, or (y) elected to use customized zone formatting (as detailed in Bank’s Customer Guidelines for the Service). 5. Check Issue Data. The “Check Issue Data” for any Check is the Check’s complete serial number and numeric amount, and if Company has selected Payee Validation, the payee’s name (or truncated name). As detailed in Bank’s User Guide for the Service, a “truncated name” is the portion of a payee’s name Company includes in its Check Issue Data based on the option it has elected from the options for truncation Bank offers. Each Business day not later than the cutoff time Bank separately discloses, Company will provide the Check Issue Data for all Checks issued through that Business Day to Bank in the format, through the medium, and at the place(s) Bank specifies. In performing the Service, Bank will use only the Check Issue Data Company provides to Bank. Bank will not electronically or manually compare a Check with an issue date after the current Business Day against the Checks presented for payment on the Account until the issue date contained on Company’s future-dated Check register matches the current Business Day’s calendar date. Bank will not accept Check Issue Data containing an issue date more than forty-five (45) calendar days in the future. 6. Payment of Matching Checks. If a Check presented to Bank matches the Check Issue Data Company has provided to Bank (a “Matching Check”), Bank will make final payment on the Check and charge the Check to Company’s Account (subject to section 13). TM-1418 Image Positive Pay Service Description Page 3 of 5 Revised 04-30-2014 7. Notification of Exception Item; Image of Exception Item. 7.1. Electronic Comparison. When Bank identifies an Exception Item through its electronic comparison process, Bank notifies Company of the Exception Item through the Exceptions Report Bank makes available to Company via Bank’s Commercial Electronic Office® (CEO®) portal. 7.2. Manual Review. When Bank manually reviews a Check in accordance with section 4 and identifies a payee name discrepancy, Bank will use its best efforts but in no event make more than one attempt to notify Company of the discrepancy by telephoning Company at the number Bank has on file for Company. 7.3. Holdover Exception Items. This subsection applies when Company has enrolled its Controlled Disbursement Account in Bank’s Perfect Presentment Positive Pay Service. A “Holdover Exception Item” is an Exception Item Bank identifies after Bank prepares and transmits the Exceptions Report to Company. Bank will use its best efforts but in no event make more than one attempt to notify Company of each Holdover Exception Item by telephoning Company at the number Bank has on file for Company. 7.4. Image of Exception Item. Bank will use reasonable efforts to provide an image of any Exception Item (including a Holdover Exception Item) to Company, but Bank will have no liability if Bank is unable to do so prior to Company’s Decision Deadline. 8. Default Options. A “Default Option” is the action Bank takes with respect to each Exception Listed in the Exceptions Report (see subsection 7.1) if Company does not instruct Bank to pay or return it before the Decision Deadline applicable to it (see subsection 9.3). Bank offers two Default Options: (a) “Return”, under which Bank returns the Exception Item to the bank of first deposit marked “refer to maker” even if Company validly issued the Exception Item (and does not charge it to Company’s Account); or (b) “Pay”, under which Bank charges the Exception Item to Company’s Account (even if it is counterfeit, altered or not validly issued). 9. Company’s Instructions to Bank; Failure to Instruct By Decision Deadline. 9.1. Company’s Pay or Return Decision. Company will make its pay or return decision based on the information about the serial number and amount of the Exception Item in the Exceptions Report, and if Company has elected Payee Validation, on any payee information Bank provides to Company. 9.2. Instructions Prior to Decision Deadline. If, prior to Company’s Decision Deadline, Company instructs Bank to pay or return an Exception Item, Bank will follow Company’s instructions (subject to section 13). For each Exception Item, Company will use the same communications channel to instruct Bank that Bank used to notify Company of the Exception Item. If Bank included the Exception Item on the Exception Report Bank makes available to Company via the CEO portal, Company will use the CEO portal to communicate its instruction regarding the Exception Item to Bank. If Bank attempted to contact Company by telephone, Company will telephone Bank to communicate its instruction. 9.3. No Instructions Prior to Decision Deadline. If Company does not instruct Bank prior to Company’s Decision Deadline with respect to an Exception Item described in subsection 7.1, Bank will process the Check in accordance with Company’s Default Option. If Bank is unable to obtain Company’s instructions prior to the Decision Deadline regarding an Exception Item described in subsection 7.2, Bank will return the TM-1418 Image Positive Pay Service Description Page 4 of 5 Revised 04-30-2014 Exception Item unpaid (regardless of Company’s Default Option). If Bank is unable to obtain Company’s instructions prior to the Decision Deadline regarding a Holdover Exception Item described in subsection 7.3, Bank will process the Holdover Exception Item in accordance with Company’s Default Option. 10. Teller Line Checks. A Check presented for encashment at Bank’s teller line is a “teller line Check”. A teller line Check that is not included in Company’s Check Issue Data on file with Bank at the time it is presented for encashment is a “teller line Exception Item”. Bank will take those steps to review and cash or refuse to cash a teller line Exception Item as Bank in its sole discretion determines are commercially reasonable. Company may instruct Bank to exclude all teller line Checks from this process, in which event each teller line Check will be deemed to be a Matching Check, even if it is not included in Company’s Check Issue Data on file with Bank at the time it is presented for encashment. 11. Limitation of Liability and Indemnification. Bank will pay each Check Company has authorized Bank to pay in accordance with this Service Description (including each Matching Check) and each Check Company is deemed to have authorized Bank to pay (including each Check Bank pays in accordance with Company’s Default Option) without performing any Check verification procedure other than those procedures described in this Service Description. Bank will have no liability for paying a Matching Check or an Exception Item Company is deemed to have approved if (a) there is an alteration in its serial number or amount; (b) it is counterfeit, bears a forged or unauthorized signature; or (c) it was otherwise not validly issued. Each Check that Bank pays in accordance with this Service Description will be deemed to be properly payable, and each Check that Bank returns in accordance with this Service Description will be deemed not to be properly payable. Without limiting the indemnification provisions contained in the other Service Documentation, Company (i) indemnifies and holds Bank harmless from any and all liabilities, losses, damages, claims, obligations, demands, charges, costs, or expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of legal counsel and accountants) that Bank may suffer or incur as a result of Bank’s payment or return of a Check at Company’s instruction or otherwise in accordance with sections 9 or 10 of this Service Description, and (ii) releases and forever discharges Bank from all claims and damages, whether known or unknown, liquidated or unliquidated, contingent, direct or indirect, which Company has, or claims to have against Bank relating to the payment or return of any Check in accordance with this Service Description. 12. Stop Payment; Cancel and Void Instructions; Stale-Dated Checks. Company will not use the Service as a substitute for Bank’s stop payment service. Company will follow Bank’s standard stop payment procedures if it desires to stop payment on a Check that was validly issued. Company will use (a) a cancel instruction only to delete an outstanding Check included in its Check Issue Data and (b) a void instruction only to notify Bank that a Check included in Company’s Check Issue Data has been destroyed and will not be re-issued. If Company elects to use Bank’s “stale-dated” feature, Bank will return each Matching Check that is stale-dated unless Company instructs Bank to pay the Check. A Check is “stale-dated” when it is a Matching Check with an issue date exceeding the number of months Company elects as its stale date. 13. Bank’s Right to Return Checks. Nothing in this Service Description will limit Bank’s right to return any Check that Company has authorized Bank to pay in accordance with this Service Description if Bank determines (a) the Check is not properly payable for any reason (without Bank’s agreeing to, or being required to, make such determination in any circumstance), or (b) there are insufficient collected and available funds in the Account to pay the Check. As between Company and Bank, any determination by Bank not to pay a Check will not constitute wrongful dishonor of such Check. TM-1418 Image Positive Pay Service Description Page 5 of 5 Revised 04-30-2014 14. Survival. Sections 4, 5, 7, 9, 10, 11 and 13 will survive termination of the Service. © 2014 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. All rights reserved. TM-1420 Payment Authorization Service Description Page 1 of 1 Revised 04-30-2014 PAYMENT AUTHORIZATION SERVICE DESCRIPTION 1. Introduction. The Service Documentation contains the terms governing the Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Bank”) Payment Authorization service (“Service”) and includes: (a) this Service Description; (b) the Acceptance of Services or Treasury Management Product Enrollment form; (c) the Master Agreement for Treasury Management Services ("Master Agreement"); (d) the account agreement governing the account(s) Company uses in connection with the Service; and (e) User Guides which include Terms of Use, software, software licenses, price schedules, specifications, instructions, and notices; This Service Description and the Master Agreement are posted at Bank’s Commercial Electronic Office® (CEO®) portal. If there is a conflict among the documents comprising the Service Documentation, they will govern in the order listed above. Company’s use of the Service confirms Company’s receipt of and agreement to be bound by the applicable Service Documentation. If an enhancement to the Service or other change requires a change to this Service Description, Bank will post an updated Service Description on the CEO® portal. When required by applicable law, Bank will notify Company of the update. If Company continues to use the Service after the update takes effect, Company will be deemed to have agreed to the update. 2. Description of Service. Company may, by executing and delivering to Bank a Payment Authorization Service Set-up Form, elect to utilize the Service for deposit accounts which Company maintains at Bank (each an "account"). Under the terms of the Service, Bank will without Company's specific approval as to any particular Item, (a) automatically return unpaid (marked "REFER TO MAKER") Items drawn against the account which are presented to Bank, and which exceed the "Maximum Dollar Authorized Payment Amount" specified on the Setup Form, (b) refuse encashment of Items drawn against the account which are presented to Bank through its branch/store network, and which exceed the "Maximum Check Cashing Amount" specified on the Setup Form, (c) refuse withdrawal requests against the account which are presented to Bank through its branch/store network, and which exceed the "Maximum over the Counter Withdrawal Amount" specified on the Setup Form, and/or (d) refuse encashment of Items drawn against the account which are presented to Bank through its branch/store network, and which are made payable to an individual. © 2014 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. All rights reserved. TM-1997 Stagecoach Sweep Service Description Page 1 of 8 Revised 12-15-2015 WELLS FARGO STAGECOACH SWEEP ® SERVICE DESCRIPTION 1. Introduction. The Service Documentation contains the terms governing the Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Bank”) Stagecoach Sweep service (“Service”) and includes: (a) this Service Description; (b) the Acceptance of Services or Treasury Management Product Enrollment form; (c) the Master Agreement for Treasury Management Services ("Master Agreement"); (d) the account agreement governing the account(s) Company uses in connection with the Service; and (e) User Guides which include Terms of Use, software, software licenses, price schedules, specifications, instructions, and notices; This Service Description and the Master Agreement are posted at Bank’s Commercial Electronic Office® (CEO®) portal. If there is a conflict among the documents comprising the Service Documentation, they will govern in the order listed above. Company’s use of the Service confirms Company’s receipt of and agreement to be bound by the applicable Service Documentation. If an enhancement to the Service or other change requires a change to this Service Description, Bank will post an updated Service Description on the CEO® portal. When required by applicable law, Bank will notify Company of the update. If Company continues to use the Service after the update takes effect, Company will be deemed to have agreed to the update. 2. Description of Service. The Service enables Company to link each domestic demand deposit account Company enrolls in the Service (“Account”) to (a) one of the non FDIC insured options described in Section 4 (each, an “Investment Sweep Option”) or (b) Company’s FDIC insured Money Market Savings Account (“Savings Account”) as described in section 6. Company may also link Company’s Account to Company’s line of credit with Bank (“Credit Sweep Option”), as described in section 7. At the end of each Business Day, funds are transferred automatically or “swept” from the Account in accordance with Company’s designation(s) in the Acceptance. The amount swept (“Transferable Balance”) is the Collected Balance in the Account less the Target Collected Balance. The “Collected Balance” is the amount available for immediate withdrawal from the Account. The “Target Collected Balance” is the amount that Bank and Company have agreed will be maintained in the Account. A “Business Day” is every day except Saturdays, Sundays, federal holidays and days when the New York Stock Exchange is closed. Company may access its funds only through the Account(s) it has enrolled in the Service. Circumstances in which the entire Transferable Balance may not be invested are described in section 5. Important disclosures pertaining to the Investment Sweep Options are set forth in sections 8 through 13. 3. Authorization. Company appoints Bank as its agent to act with respect to the Service and the Investment Sweep Option Company has elected in the Acceptance. 4. Investment Sweep Options. Bank offers the following Investment Sweep Options, each of which is subject to section 5: TM-1997 Stagecoach Sweep Service Description Page 2 of 8 Revised 12-15-2015 4.1. Wells Fargo Stagecoach Sweep Preferred Option. The Transferable Balance that is (a) equal to or greater than $100,000 will be swept to Bank’s designated account at Bank’s Cayman Islands Branch (“Offshore Account”), or (b) less than $100,000 will remain in the Account and not earn interest. At the beginning of the next Business Day the entire amount held in Company’s Investment Sweep Option, less any earnings, will be swept back to the Account. 4.2. Wells Fargo Stagecoach Sweep Preferred Option with secondary Wells Fargo Stagecoach Sweep Repurchase Agreement Option. If the Transferable Balance is (a) equal to or greater than $100,000, the entire amount will be swept to the Offshore Account, or (b) less than $100,000, the entire amount will be swept to the Wells Fargo Stagecoach Sweep, Repurchase Agreement (“Repurchase Agreement”) Option. Any portion of the Transferable Balance not swept to a Repurchase Agreement will remain in the Account and not earn interest. At the beginning of the next Business Day the entire amount held in Company’s Investment Sweep Option, less any earnings, will be swept back to the Account. 4.3. Wells Fargo Stagecoach Sweep Repurchase Agreement Option with secondary Wells Fargo Stagecoach Sweep Preferred Option. The Transferable Balance will be swept to the Wells Fargo Stagecoach Sweep Repurchase Agreement (“Repurchase Agreement”) Option. Any portion of the Transferable Balance which is not swept to a Repurchase Agreement will be swept to the Offshore Account, provided such portion is equal to or greater than $100,000; otherwise such portion will remain in the Account and not earn interest. At the beginning of the next Business Day the entire amount held in Company’s Investment Sweep Option, less any earnings, will be swept back to the Account. 4.4. Wells Fargo Stagecoach Sweep Repurchase Agreement Option. The Transferable Balance will be swept to the Wells Fargo Stagecoach Sweep Repurchase Agreement (“Repurchase Agreement”) Option. Any portion of the Transferable Balance not swept to a Repurchase Agreement will remain in the Account and not earn interest. At the beginning of the next Business Day the entire amount held in Company’s Investment Sweep Option, less any earnings, will be swept back to the Account. 4.5. Wells Fargo Stagecoach Sweep, Money Market Mutual Fund (“MMMF”) Option. The Transferable Balance will be transferred to an omnibus deposit account at Bank. At the beginning of the next Business Day, the Transferable Balance will be transferred from the omnibus deposit account at Bank to an omnibus investment account in Bank’s name at the custodian of the MMMF. MMMF shares belonging to multiple Bank customers are held in this investment account. Any portion of the Transferable Balance not swept to the MMMF will remain in the Account, and no dividends will accrue on it. If the Collected Balance in the Account on any Business Day is less than the Target Collected Balance, Bank will redeem a sufficient number of Company's MMMF shares, as determined on the Business Day following the Business Day on which this shortfall occurs, to restore the Collected Balance to the Target Collected Balance. Purchases and redemptions of MMMF shares in connection with this Investment Sweep Option may occur only through deposits to or withdrawals from the Account. This option is available only to entities having a United States presence, as demonstrated by a U.S. mailing address in Bank’s records for Company. TM-1997 Stagecoach Sweep Service Description Page 3 of 8 Revised 12-15-2015 5. Maximum Investment Amount; Transferable Balance Not Invested; Earnings on Investment Sweep Option. 5.1. Maximum Investment Amount. If Company has designated a maximum amount for investment in Company’s Investment Sweep Option (“Maximum Investment Amount”), then the maximum amount invested for Company on any given Business Day will equal the lesser of the Company’s Transferable Balance or Maximum Investment Amount. Any portion of Company’s Transferable Balance that is not invested pursuant to this section 5.1 will remain in the Account and not earn interest. 5.2. Transferable Balance Not Invested. Bank will exercise reasonable efforts to invest the entire Transferable Balance but reserves the right to invest less when Bank determines in its sole discretion that the entire Transferable Balance exceeds the amount Bank is able to invest for Company in the ordinary course of business. Any Transferable Balance not invested pursuant to this section 5.2 will be held in accordance with Company’s Investment Sweep Option. 5.3. Earnings on Company’s Investment Sweep Option. Bank will handle any earnings on Company’s Investment Sweep Option in accordance with Company’s separate instructions to Bank. 6. Wells Fargo Money Market Savings Account Sweep Option. At the end of each Business Day, the Transferable Balance will be swept to the Company's Savings Account. If the Ledger Balance in the Account on any Business Day is negative, Bank will, up to five times per monthly statement period for the Savings Account, transfer collected funds from the Savings Account to the Account to restore the ledger balance in the Account to a positive status (or to the Target Collected Balance, if applicable). If the Ledger Balance in the Account is negative for a sixth time during the monthly statement period, Bank will transfer the entire collected balance in the Savings Account to the Account and initiate no more sweeps of the Transferable Balance to the Savings Account for the remainder of the monthly statement period. 7. Credit Sweep Option. At the end of each Business Day, the Transferable Balance will first be applied to the outstanding balance on the line of credit specified by Company in the Acceptance (“LOC”). Any remaining funds will then be deemed to be the Transferable Balance with respect to the Investment Sweep Option or MMS Account that Company may have also selected. If the Collected Balance is less than the Target Collected Balance, funds will be advanced from the LOC and credited to the Account. The application of payments to and advances from the LOC are governed by the documents governing the LOC as amended or replaced from time to time (collectively, “Loan Documentation”). Bank may terminate the Credit Sweep Option immediately without notice to Company if an event of default occurs under the Loan Documentation. 8. Disclosures Applicable To Each Investment Sweep Option. NO EMPLOYEE OR AGENT OF BANK HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO PROVIDE ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION REGARDING A SWEEP OPTION OTHER THAN THE INFORMATION AND REPRESENTATIONS CONTAINED IN THE SERVICE DOCUMENTATION AND IF SUCH INFORMATION IS PROVIDED OR SUCH A REPRESENTATION IS MADE, IT MAY NOT BE RELIED UPON AS BEING AUTHORIZED BY BANK. TM-1997 Stagecoach Sweep Service Description Page 4 of 8 Revised 12-15-2015 9. Additional Disclosures Applicable to Wells Fargo Stagecoach Sweep Preferred Option. FUNDS TRANSFERRED TO BANK'S OFFSHORE ACCOUNT ARE NOT INSURED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION THE UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT OR ANY GOVERNMENT AGENCY; IN A LIQUIDATION HAVE LESSER PREFERENCE THAN DEPOSITS HELD IN THE UNITED STATES, AND ARE SUBJECT TO CROSS-BORDER RISKS. 9.1. General. Funds held in Bank’s Offshore Account in accordance with the Wells Fargo Stagecoach Sweep Preferred Option in sections 4.1, 4.2 and 4.3 are denominated in United States Dollars and payable only at Bank's Cayman Islands Branch. This Branch is a foreign branch located in Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands, British West Indies. Funds in Bank's Offshore Account are subject to the laws of the Cayman Islands, including existing and future laws, regulations and governmental actions regarding exchange controls, assets seizures and other restrictions. Bank does not accept responsibility for any failure to make transfers with respect to funds held in Bank's Offshore Account as a result of exchange or other governmental controls or other extraordinary circumstances beyond Bank's reasonable control. 9.2. Interest. Funds in Bank's Offshore Account will bear interest at a variable rate determined by Bank from time to time in its sole discretion. Interest on funds in Bank's Offshore Account will be calculated on a simple basis and credited to the Account as agreed by Company and Bank. If Company has elected to be paid interest on a monthly basis, pending any such payment, Company’s interest accrued each day from the Offshore Account will continue to accrue and compound on a daily basis. For advance information about the interest rate on any given Business Day, Company may contact its relationship manager at Bank. 9.3. Statements. Bank will make a periodic statement available to Company showing the Account balance for each day in, and the amount of interest earned for, the statement period. Additionally, Company may elect to receive a daily confirmation showing the Account balance and the amount of interest earned for the preceding day. 10. Ad ditional Disclosures Applicable to Wells Fargo Stagecoach Sweep Repurchase Agreement Option. INVESTMENTS IN REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS ARE NOT DEPOSITS, ARE NOT INSURED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION AND ARE NOT GUARANTEED BY THE UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT OR ANY AGENCY OF IT, OR BY BANK, NOR IS BANK’S OBLIGATION TO REPURCHASE COMPANY'S FRACTIONAL INTEREST IN ANY SECURITIES ACQUIRED UNDER REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS. THE MASTER REPURCHASE AGREEMENT CONTAINS SPECIFIC PROVISIONS AND ADDITIONAL DISCLOSURES. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. THE REPO SECURITIES MAY OR MAY NOT BE GUARANTEED BY THE UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT BUT ANY SUCH GUARANTY DOES NOT FLOW TO COMPANY. ALL SECURITIES CARRY INVESTMENT RISK AND MAY LOSE VALUE. THE RATE OF RETURN ON THE REPURCHASE AGREEMENT INVESTMENT IS NOT THE SAME AS THE RATE OF RETURN ON THE UNDERLYING GOVERNMENT SECURITIES. GENERAL BANKING ASSETS MAY BE USED TO SATISFY BANK’S REPURCHASE OBLIGATIONS TO COMPANY. TM-1997 Stagecoach Sweep Service Description Page 5 of 8 Revised 12-15-2015 10.1. General. If Company has elected an Investment Sweep Option that includes a Repurchase Agreement, then the Master Repurchase Agreement including Annex I between Company and Bank (collectively, “Master Repurchase Agreement”) is part of the Service Documentation. If there is a conflict between a term in this Service Description and a term in the Master Repurchase Agreement, the term in this Service Description will control. 10.2. Purchases and Sales. In accordance with, and as more particularly described in, the Master Repurchase Agreement, and subject to the limitations described in section 10.3, Bank will sell to Company on each Business Day on which there is a Transferable Balance an interest (“Fractional Interest”) in a pool of securities used by Bank as repurchase agreement collateral (“Repo Securities”), which will be described in a written confirmation to Company (see section 10.8). Subject to section 10.3 regarding purchase increments, the price of Company’s Fractional Interest (“Purchase Price”) will equal the Transferable Balance. The Fractional Interest equals a fraction having the Transferable Balance as its numerator and the market value of the Repo Securities owned by Bank on the purchase date as its denominator. On each Business Day following the sale to Company of a Fractional Interest, Bank will repurchase that Fractional Interest from Company at (a) the Purchase Price thereof, regardless of any fluctuation in the market value of the Repo Securities, payable immediately, plus (b) a rate of return equal to 1/360 of the Pricing Rate, payable at the time agreed by Company and Bank. The “Pricing Rate” is a variable rate determined by Bank from time to time in its sole discretion and will be reflected in the confirmation sent to Company. For advance information regarding the Pricing Rate on any given Business Day, Company may contact its relationship manager at Bank. The Service will be governed by all applicable federal and state laws and regulations, including without limitation any requirements applicable to “public funds”. Company represents and warrants to Bank that Company (i) is authorized pursuant to its governing documents and applicable law to enter into repurchase agreements; (ii) is authorized pursuant to its governing documents and applicable law to invest in the type of securities designated by Bank in connection with Company’s repurchase agreement transactions; and (iii) has obtained all necessary approvals required by its governing documents and applicable law, including but not limited to resolutions of Company’s governing body to enter into the Master Repurchase Agreement. 10.3. Purchase Increments. To avoid odd lot purchases of Repo Securities, Bank may require that Transferable Balances be used to purchase Company’s Fractional Interest in increments of $100 (with any unused Transferable Balance remaining in the Account). 10.4. Holding of Securities. Unless required by applicable law, Bank and its custodian will be permitted to hold, transfer and deliver Repo Securities by segregation in bulk together with other securities held for the benefit of other Bank customers pursuant to other repurchase agreements. On the date that Bank repurchases Company’s Fractional Interest, any Repo Securities designated to Company as collateral will be released to Bank’s account. Bank acts as Company’s agent and in the event of default (i.e., Bank failure) Company has the right to direct Bank to sell the Repo Securities and apply the proceeds in satisfaction of Bank’s obligations to Company under this Repurchase Option. 10.5. Right of Substitution. Bank will not have any right of substitution with respect to the Repo Securities. TM-1997 Stagecoach Sweep Service Description Page 6 of 8 Revised 12-15-2015 10.6. Margin. Because all repurchase transactions under the Investment Sweep Option are overnight securities transactions backed by the federal government or federal agency securities in which Bank has an interest, Bank will not be required to maintain margin (instead, Company will have the security interest described in section 13.2). In addition, because Company will purchase its Fractional Interest from Bank using the Transferable Balance, and only if a Transferable Balance is available on any given Business Day to execute such transaction, Company will not be required to maintain margin. 10.7. Pledge of Securities. Although the Repo Securities may be guaranteed as to principal and interest by the federal government or by the issuing federal agency, any such guarantee runs only to Bank by virtue of its direct ownership of the Repo Securities and does not extend to Company as a Fractional Interest holder. To collateralize Bank’s repurchase obligation, a security interest in certain Repo Securities is transferred to Company. This security interest is described in section 13.2. In addition, the market value of the Repo Securities may fluctuate rendering liquidation insufficient to fulfill the Bank’s entire obligation to Company in a default situation. If the liquidation value of the Repo Securities is insufficient for full reimbursement, or if another creditor successfully claims rights to the securities, then Company will have to look to other assets of Bank as an unsecured general creditor for repayment of any uncovered portion of the repurchase obligation. 10.8. Confirmations and Statements. Bank will make a daily confirmation available to Company showing Company’s principal sweep amount, purchase date, repurchase date, Fractional Interest, market price and the CUSIP number(s) of the Repo Securities, and accrued rate of return credited for the preceding Business Day. The confirmation, together with the Service Documentation, will constitute conclusive evidence of the terms agreed between Company and Bank with respect to the transaction to which the confirmation relates, unless with respect to the confirmation specific objection is made promptly after receipt thereof. In the event of a conflict between a term of the confirmation and the Service Documentation, the confirmation will control. Bank will also make a periodic statement available to Company showing the Account balance for each day in, and the amount of interest earned for, the statement period. 11. Additional Disclosures Applicable to Wells Fargo Stagecoach Sweep Money Market Mutual Fund Option. MONEY MARKET MUTUAL FUNDS (EACH, A “MMMF”) ARE NOT FDIC INSURED, HAVE NO BANK GUARANTY AND MAY LOSE VALUE. AN INVESTMENT IN A MMMF IS NOT INSURED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCY. ALTHOUGH THE MMMFS SEEK TO PRESERVE THE VALUE OF COMPANY’S INVESTMENT AT $1.00 PER SHARE, IT IS POSSIBLE TO LOSE MONEY BY INVESTING IN A MMMF. FOR MORE INFORMATION REGARDING WELLS FARGO FUNDS INCLUDING THE MMMF OPTION COMPANY SELECTED, OBTAIN A CURRENT PROSPECTUS BY CALLING 1-800-260- 5969, OR BY VISITING www.wellsfargofunds.com. CONSIDER THE INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES, RISKS, CHARGES AND EXPENSES OF THE INVESTMENT CAREFULLY BEFORE INVESTING. THIS AND OTHER INFORMATION ABOUT WELLS FARGO FUNDS CAN BE FOUND IN A CURRENT PROSPECTUS. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY BEFORE INVESTING. TM-1997 Stagecoach Sweep Service Description Page 7 of 8 Revised 12-15-2015 11.1. General. If Company has elected the MMMF Investment Sweep Option, then it acknowledges receiving a copy of the prospectus relating to MMMF shares that will be purchased using this Investment Sweep Option. This prospectus forms part of the Service Documentation and will control over the other Service Documentation with respect to the MMMF shares. 11.2. Purchase of Shares. Bank will transfer funds to purchase shares of the MMMF at their net asset value (“NAV”) as determined on the Business Day following the transfer of Company’s Transferable Balance to the omnibus deposit account at Bank. Company’s shares of the MMMF (“Investment Balance”) will be held in Bank’s name, as agent on behalf of all of its customers invested in the MMMF, in an omnibus investment account at the custodian for the MMMF. Company’s funds held in the omnibus deposit account at Bank are eligible for FDIC insurance; Company’s Investment Balance is not FDIC insured. 11.3. Statements. Bank will make a periodic statement available to Company showing the Investment Balance and Company's purchases and redemptions of MMMF shares during the statement period. Company may also telephone Bank at its customer service number (1-800-289-3557) to determine the Investment Balance as of the close of the previous Business Day. 11.4. Termination, Suspension of Service. Company’s investment in the MMMF shares will be credited by Bank to the Account within three Business Days from Bank’s (i) receipt of a notice from Company to Bank terminating the Service or (ii) suspension of the Service, on the closing price of the Business Day on which Company’s MMMF shares are sold. Accrued dividends attributable to the period when the Investment Sweep Option was in effect will be paid no later than the fifth Business Day of the month following the last month that the Investment Sweep Option was in effect. 11.5. Shareholder Communications. All shareholder communications with respect to the MMMF will be forwarded to Company’s current address as shown on Bank’s records. 11.6. Dividend Accruals. Daily dividend accruals are based on the Investment Balance at the end of each day. If Company's Account is credited for a MMMF redemption on a day preceding a non-Business Day, the redemption amount will be subtracted from the Investment Balance before the non-Business Day dividend accruals are calculated. 12. Additional Disclosures Applicable to Wells Fargo Money Market Savings Account Sweep Option. Company’s Savings Account is governed by Bank’s Commercial Account Agreement and applicable Treasury Management pricing schedule, both of which are made available separately to Company. 13. FDIC Disclosures. FDIC regulations require all insured depository institutions to disclose in writing to sweep account customers whether funds in a sweep account are deposits within the meaning of 12 U.S.C. 1813(l) and, if the funds are not deposits, the status such funds would have if the depository institution failed. WELLS FARGO FUNDS MANAGEMENT, LLC, A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF WELLS FARGO & COMPANY, PROVIDES INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES FOR WELLS FARGO FUNDS®. OTHER AFFILIATES OF WELLS FARGO & COMPANY PROVIDE SUB-ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES FOR THE FUNDS. THE FUNDS ARE DISTRIBUTED BY WELLS FARGO FUNDS DISTRIBUTOR, LLC, MEMBER FINRA/SIPC, AN AFFILIATE OF WELLS FARGO & COMPANY. TM-1997 Stagecoach Sweep Service Description Page 8 of 8 Revised 12-15-2015 13.1. Wells Fargo Stagecoach Sweep Preferred Option. Funds held on Company’s behalf in Bank’s Offshore Account are not deposits. If Bank were to fail, these funds would be treated as non-deposit, unsecured, general creditor claims against the receivership and will not be eligible for FDIC insurance or depositor preference status. 13.2. Wells Fargo Stagecoach Sweep Repurchase Agreement Option. Company’s Fractional Interest is not a deposit. The Repurchase Agreement Option meets the FDIC’s requirements for a properly executed repurchase agreement. If Bank were to fail, Company’s funds used to purchase Company’s Fractional Interest would not be eligible for FDIC insurance. The FDIC would treat Company as a secured creditor to the extent of the then-current value of Company’s Fractional Interest and as an unsecured general creditor to the extent the Repurchase Price exceeded the then-current value of Company’s Fractional Interest. 13.3. Wells Fargo Stagecoach Sweep Money Market Mutual Funds Option. Funds held on Company’s behalf in the omnibus deposit account at Bank are deposits and are insured under applicable FDIC insurance rules and limits. Company’s MMMF shares held in the omnibus investment account in Bank’s name at the custodian of the MMMF are not deposits and will not be eligible for FDIC insurance. Company is the owner of its MMMF shares. 13.4. Wells Fargo Money Market Savings Account Sweep Option. Funds held in Company’s Savings Account are deposits. © 2015 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. All rights reserved. © 2016 Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. All rights reserved. Member FDIC. 1 (For GIB Use Only - Std - 2.14.2011) MASTER BANKING SERVICES AGREEMENT This Master Services Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of the day of , 2016 by and between Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Bank”), and the City of Clearwater (“Customer”). Recitals WHEREAS, the Customer requested proposals pursuant to its Request for Proposal Number 22-16 issued March 8, 2016 (“RFP”); and WHEREAS, Bank submitted a proposal dated April 20, 2016, including all agreements, service descriptions, and other documents included therewith and appended thereto (“Proposal”) in response to the RFP: and WHEREAS, Customer has requested that Bank provide certain banking and treasury management services (collectively, the “Services”) to Customer; and WHEREAS, Bank has agreed to provide the Services to Customer, and Customer has agreed to accept the Services, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which, each of Bank and the Customer expressly acknowledge, each of Bank and Customer hereby agree as follows: Agreement 1.Service Documentation. Bank shall provide, and Customer shall accept, the Services pursuant to the terms and conditions of the “Service Documentation”, which are expressly incorporated herein by reference, and any amendments, which include: 1.1 This Agreement; 1.2 Bank’s Response to Request for Proposal #22-16, dated April 20, 2016 (“Proposal”); 1.3 The Customer’s Request for Proposal #22-16, dated March 8, 2016 (the “RFP”), which includes: 1.3.1 Customer’s Terms and Conditions 1.4 The Service Description for each Service (each, a “Service Description”); 1.5 The account agreement for the deposit accounts that Customer maintains at Bank (the “Deposit Agreement”); and 1.6 User guides, which may include software, software licenses, price schedules, specifications, instructions and notices. If there is a conflict among the documents that make up the Service Documentation, the documents will govern in the order set forth above. The Deposit Agreement and the Service Descriptions in effect as of the date of this Agreement are included under Tab G of the Bank’s Proposal in response to the RFP dated April 20, 2016. 2 (For GIB Use Only - Std - 2.14.2011) The Service Documentation constitute the entire agreement between Bank and Customer and supersedes all prior representations, conditions, warranties, understandings, proposals or agreements regarding a Service. No course of dealing or waiver of any right on one occasion will constitute a modification of the above referenced documents or be a waiver of that right on a subsequent occasion. 2.Services; Additional Services.Bank and Customer will agree upon the Service(s) to be provided. If Customer requests and Bank agrees to provide additional services after the date of this Agreement, which are governed by additional service descriptions, pricing or other documents, the terms and conditions thereof shall be deemed to be incorporated herein by reference without the need to either amend this Agreement or to add such service descriptions, pricing or other documents as attachments to this Agreement. 3.Changes to Services or Service Documentation. Bank may change the Service Description or Services offered at any time upon prior written notification. If Customer discontinues using the affected Service before the change becomes effective, it will not be bound by the change. If Customer continues to use a Service after the change becomes effective, it will be bound by the change. 4.Term and Termination. Term. The initial term of the Agreement is three (3) years, commencing on October 1, 2016 and shall continue in full force and effect until September 30, 2019, unless otherwise terminated in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. The City shall be provided with two (2), two (2) year extension options. Said contract extensions will be subject to pricing negotiation mutually agreeable to both parties. Bank shall provide written notice of any request for fee increases no later than 60 days prior to the term expiration date. Extension prices shall be firm for the extension term. Termination. Unless terminated sooner in accordance with the Service Documentation, this Agreement and all Services will continue in effect until terminated by either party, with or without cause, upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to the other party (unless a Service is terminated sooner in accordance with the Service Documentation). Bank may terminate any Service (a) following notice to Customer of a breach of any provision of the Service Documentation and Customer’s failure to cure the breach within fifteen (15) days of the date of such notice, or (b) without notice to Customer if (i) Customer is subject to a petition under the U. S. Bankruptcy Code or (ii) Bank determines in its sole discretion that a material adverse change has occurred in Customer’s ability to perform its obligations under the Service Documentation. The termination of a Service will not affect Customer’s or Bank’s rights with respect to transactions occurring before termination. Bank will not be liable to Customer for any losses or damages Customer may incur as a result of any termination of any Service. Rights and Remedies. Either party may pursue such rights and remedies at law or in equity as may be available to it as limited or defined in this Agreement. 5. Compensation. The City will pay Bank a sum not to exceed $125,000 annually, (“Compensation”) for the Services as set forth in the Proposal dated April 20, 2016, Section D, Appendix A and B and attachments thereto. The Compensation shall constitute full compensation for all Services that are actually performed pursuant to this Agreement. Fees for 3 (For GIB Use Only - Std - 2.14.2011) the Services will be in accordance with the fee structure outlined in the Proposal. If, during any Customer fiscal year (October 1 – September 30), either party notifies the other party that the Customer’s expenditures are likely to exceed the not-to-exceed Compensation, the parties will seek to conform usage to the not-to-exceed Compensation through mutual agreement, amendment, and the Customer may seek additional funding, as necessary, at its discretion. If the parties are unable to make adequate adjustments to avoid potential exhaustion of the not- to-exceed Compensation, either party may terminate this agreement immediately upon written notice as provided for herein. Bank shall submit monthly invoices for any fees not covered by earnings credits, which Customer will promptly pay in accordance with Section 218.70 et. seq., Florida Statutes, “The Local Government Prompt Payment Act”. Customer reserves the right to dispute any payments invoiced by Bank in accordance with Section 218.76, Florida Statutes and Customer’s Dispute Resolution Process. It is understood that Customer is a tax exempt entity and shall only be responsible for the payment of applicable taxes, if any, if and when it loses tax exempt status. Compensation due to Bank under this Agreement is subject to the appropriation of such Compensation in each fiscal year of this Agreement, by Customer’s governing board. If funds are not appropriated by Customer’s governing board, Customer shall not be obligated to pay Compensation due under this Agreement beyond those funds which have been properly appropriated. 6.Confidential Information; Access to Records.Unless otherwise provided in the Service Documentation, all User Guides and software provided to Customer constitute Bank's or its vendor's confidential information ("Confidential Information"), and Customer will not acquire any ownership interest in or rights to Confidential Information as a result of Customer's use of any Service. Subject to federal law and the laws of the State of Florida related to public records disclosure, Customer will (a) maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information; (b) not disclose (or permit its employees or agents to disclose), copy, transfer, sublicense or otherwise make any of it available to any person or entity, other than Customer's employees who have a need to use the Confidential Information in connection with the applicable Service; and (c) not decompile, reverse engineer, disassemble, modify, or create derivative works of any Confidential Information. Customer will notify Bank immediately if it knows or suspects that there has been any unauthorized disclosure, possession, use or knowledge (each, an "Unauthorized Use") of any Confidential Information. If Customer (or its employees or agents) is responsible for the Unauthorized Use, Customer will, at its expense, if directed by Bank in lieu of Bank taking such action itself, promptly take all actions, including without limitation initiating court proceedings to recover possession and prevent further Unauthorized Use of the Confidential Information and obtain redress for any injury caused to Bank as a result of such Unauthorized Use. Bank acknowledges that the Customer is subject to public records law, including but not limited to Chapter 119, Florida Statutes, and that any of the Customer’s obligations under this Section may be superseded by its obligations under and requirements of said laws. Bank will hold Customer Confidential Information in trust and confidence and shall not disclose to any third party, except for disclosures to Bank representatives in connection with performing the Services or in the performance of this Agreement; as required by law; to federal and state bank examiners, and other regulatory officials having jurisdiction over Bank; or as approved by Customer authorized representatives. Public Records. Bank acknowledges that information and data it manages as part of the Services may be public records in accordance with Chapter 119, Florida Statutes and Customer public records policies. Bank agrees that prior to providing Services it will implement policies 4 (For GIB Use Only - Std - 2.14.2011) and procedures to maintain, produce, secure, and retain public records in accordance with applicable laws, and regulations. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Bank agrees to charge the Customer requesting public records only such fees as are permitted under Chapter 119, Florida Statutes for locating and producing public records related to this Agreement. Inspection of Records; Audit.Bank shall retain all records relating to this Agreement for a period of at least seven (7) years following the date of their creation. All records shall be kept in such a way as will permit their inspection pursuant to Chapter 119, Florida Statutes. In addition, Customer reserves the right to audit contract and pricing records related to this Agreement. None of the foregoing shall provide a right for the Customer to conduct physical audits of Bank’s facilities or to access Bank’s systems, networks or equipment. 7.Representations and Warranties. 7.1 Mutual Representations and Warranties.Each of the parties hereto represents and warrants to the other party that: (i) such party is duly organized and in good standing in all appropriate jurisdictions; (ii) each party is fully authorized to execute and perform under this Agreement and the execution of and performance under this Agreement does not violate any law, regulation, contract or organizational document by which such party is bound; and (iii) the individual(s) executing this Agreement on behalf of such party has full corporate and/or organizational authority to do so; 7.2 Customer warrants it will not use any Service in a manner which violates any federal or state law including without limitation any sanction or control administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control or Bureau of Export Administration. 7.3 If Customer employs an agent in connection with its use of any Service, Customer represents and warrants to Bank that (a) Customer’s governing body has duly authorized the agent and (b) Customer will exercise appropriate controls to ensure each agent so authorized does not exceed the authority so granted to it. Any communication to Bank regarding Customer’s use of a Service from Customer’s agent will be deemed to be a communication from Customer, and Customer authorizes Bank to communicate with Customer’s agent regarding any such communication or Service. 7.4 Neither Bank nor any software vendor makes any express or implied representations or warranties with respect to the Services or any software used in connection with the Services including without limitation any warranty as to the merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose, other than those expressly set forth in the Service Documentation. 7.5 Independent Bank Status and Compliance with the Immigration and Control Act. Bank shall remain an independent contrator and is neither agent, employee, partner, nor joint venturer of Customer. Bank acknowledges that it is responsible for complying with the provisions of the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 located at 8 U.S.C. 1324, et. seq., and regulations relating thereto, as either may be amended from time to time. Failure to comply with the above provisions shall be considered a material breach of the Agreement. 8.Liability and Indemnification; Insurance. 5 (For GIB Use Only - Std - 2.14.2011) 8.1 Bank will perform each Service in accordance with reasonable commercial standards applicable to Bank’s business; laws, regulations and operating circulars governing the activities of Bank; applicable funds transfer system(s) and clearinghouse rules; and the Service Documentation. 8.2.Bank is under no obligation to honor, in whole or in part, any entry, file, batch release, transfer instruction, payment order, transaction or instruction that (a) exceeds the available balance in Customer’s account, unless otherwise provided in the Service Documentation; b) is not in accordance with the Service Documentation or Bank’s applicable policies, procedures or practices as made available to Customer; c) Bank has reason to believe may not have been duly authorized, should not be honored for its or Customer’s protection, or involves funds subject to a hold, dispute, restriction or legal process; or d) would possibly result in Bank violating any applicable rule or regulation of any federal or state regulatory authority including without limitation any Federal Reserve guidelines such as the limitations on Bank’s intra-day net funds position. 8.3 All uses of Services through Customer’s ID codes, passwords, token cards, PINs, or passcodes (each, a “Code”) will be deemed to be authorized by and binding on Customer. Customer’s failure to protect Codes may allow an unauthorized party to (a) use the Services, (b) access Customer’s electronic communications and financial data, and (c) send or receive information and communications to Bank. Customer assumes the entire risk of unauthorized use of Codes and unencrypted electronic transmissions. 8.4 Customer will promptly furnish written proof of loss to Bank and notify Bank if it becomes aware of any third party claim related to a Service. Customer will cooperate fully (and at its own expense) with Bank in recovering a loss. If Customer is reimbursed by or on behalf of Bank, Bank or its designee will be subrogated to all rights of Customer. 8.5 Bank will have no liability for failure to perform or delay in performing a Service if the failure or delay is due to circumstances beyond Bank’s reasonable control. If Bank determines that any funds transfer or communications network, Internet service provider, or other system(s) it has selected to provide a Service is unavailable, inaccessible or otherwise unsuitable for use by Bank or Customer, Bank may, upon notice to Customer, suspend or discontinue the affected Service. 8.6 Except in the case of Bank’s negligence or intentional misconduct, Customer will reimburse and hold Bank, its directors, officers, employees and agents harmless from all losses or damages that arise out of: (a) an act or omission of any agent, courier or authorized representative of Customer; and (b) if the Service includes a license or sublicense of any software to Customer, the use or distribution of the software by Customer or any person gaining access to the software through Customer that is inconsistent with the license or sublicense. Bank agrees to indemnify, pay the cost of defense, including attorney’s fees, and hold harmless the Customer, its officers, employees and agents from all damages, suits, actions or claims of any character brought on account of any injuries or damages received or sustained by any persons or property, or in any way relating to or arising from the breach of this Agreement, negligence or willful misconduct of the Bank, except to the extent any such suit, action, claim, injury or damages shall have been occasioned by the breach of this Agreement, negligence or willful misconduct of Customer. 6 (For GIB Use Only - Std - 2.14.2011) Nothing stated in this Agreement shall be construed to be (i) a waiver of Customer’s sovereign immunity, as set out in Section 768, Florida Statutes, or (ii) an acknowledgement or agreement by Bank that any claim or cause of action is subject to a sovereign immunity defense. 8.7 Bank will only be liable to Customer for Customer’s direct monetary losses due to Bank’s negligence or intentional misconduct. Except as expressly provided otherwise in the Service Documentation, neither party to this Agreement will be liable to the other party for any special, consequential, incidental (including without limitation court costs and attorneys’ fees), indirect, or punitive losses or damages, whether any claim is based on contract or tort, or whether the likelihood of such losses or damages was known to the other party and regardless of the form of the claim or action. 8.8 Insurance.Bank shall comply with the insurance requirements set forth in Exhibit “A”, attached hereto and incorporated herein. 9.Miscellaneous. 9.1 The Service Documentation will be governed by substantive federal laws, regulations and rules and, to the extent such laws, regulations and rules are not applicable, those of the State of Florida, without regard to conflicts of laws principles. Any portion of the Service Documentation which is inconsistent with applicable laws, regulations or rules will be deemed modified and applied in a manner consistent therewith, and Bank will incur no liability to Customer as a result of the inconsistency or modification and application. If any portion of the Service Documentation is deemed unenforceable, it will not affect the enforceability of the remaining Service Documentation. 9.2 Either party may provide notice to the other party by mail, personal delivery, or electronic transmission. Bank will use the most recent address for Customer in Bank’s records, and any notice from Bank will be effective when sent. Customer will use the address where Customer’s relationship manager or other manager is located and address any notice to the attention of such manager. Any notice from Customer will be effective when actually received by Bank. Bank will be entitled to rely on any notice from Customer that it believes in good faith was authorized by an authorized representative of Customer and, except as expressly stated in the Service Documentation, will have no obligation to verify the signature (including an electronic signature). Each party will have a reasonable time after receipt of any notice to act on it. 9.3 The Services rely upon a robust network of Bank assets, employees and third-party resources located in the United States and around the world to provide service to Bank’s customers. Bank reserves the right to perform services using this model and to add and delete service providers at Bank’s discretion. Bank has rigorous vendor engagement policies and procedures. Bank takes responsibility for the actions of the providers with whom it enters into contracts to provide services to Bank’s customers. 9.5 This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, which when taken together shall constitute one complete original of this Agreement. This Agreement may be executed and delivered via facsimile or any electronic means, such as email. 7 (For GIB Use Only - Std - 2.14.2011) 9.6 Time is of the essence with respect to all provisions of the Service Documentation that specify a time for performance; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not be construed to limit a party’s grace period allowed in the Service Documentation. 9.7 Compliance with Laws. Each party shall comply with all applicable federal, state, county and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations in the performance of this Agreement. 9.8 Public Entities Crimes. Bank is directed to the Florida Public Entities Crime Act, §287.133, Florida Statutes, and represents to Customer that Bank is qualified to transact business with public entities in Florida. 9.9 Severability.The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be deemed to be severable. Consequently, if any clause, term, or condition hereof shall be held to be illegal or void, such determination shall not affect the validity or legality of the remaining terms and conditions, and notwithstanding such determination, this agreement shall continue in full force and effect unless the particular clause, term, or condition held to be illegal or void renders the balance of the agreement impossible to perform. 9.10 Applicable Law and Venue.This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the United States and the State of Florida. The parties agree that all actions or proceedings arising in connection with this Agreement shall be tried and litigated exclusively in the state or federal courts located in Pinellas County, Florida. 9.11 Waiver. No waiver by either party of any breach or violation of any covenant, term, condition, or provision of this Agreement or of the provisions of any ordinance or law, shall be construed to waive any other term, covenant, condition, provisions, ordinance or law, or of any subsequent breach or violation of same. 9.12 Entire Agreement.This Agreement (including the Service Documentation incorporated) constitutes the entire Agreement between the parties and supersedes all prior negotiations, representations or agreements either oral or written. Each of the parties hereto agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement and each of the Attachments, as of the above written date. WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A. By: ________________________ Name: _____________________ 8 (For GIB Use Only - Std - 2.14.2011) Title: _______________________ (If approved by Council) CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA Countersigned: __________________________By:________________________ George N. Cretekos William B. Horne II Mayor City Manager Approved as to form:Attest: ______________________________________________________ Pamela Akin Rosemarie Call City Attorney City Clerk Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Attest: __________________________By:________________________ Print Name: ________________Print Name: ___________________ Secretary Title: ________________________ Exhibit A Insurance Requirements The Contractor shall, at its own cost and expense, acquire and maintain (and cause any subcontractors to acquire and maintain) during the term with the City, sufficient insurance to adequately protect the respective interest of the parties. Coverage shall be obtained with a carrier having an AM Best Rating of A-VII or better. Specifically the Contractor must carry the following minimum types and amounts of insurance on an occurrence basis or in the case of coverage that cannot be obtained on an occurrence basis, then coverage can be obtained on a claims-made basis with a minimum three (3) year tail following the termination or expiration of this Agreement: a. Commercial General Liability Insurance including but not limited to, premises operations, products/completed operations, products liability, contractual liability, independent contractors, personal injury and advertising injury and $1,000,000 per occurrence and $2,000,000 general aggregate and $2,000,000 products/completed operation aggregate. b. Commercial Automobile Liability Insurance for any owned, non-owned, hired or borrowed automobile is required in the minimum amount of $1,000,000 combined single limit. c. Statutory Workers’ Compensation Insurance in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida, and Employer’s Liability Insurance in the minimum amount of $100,000 each employee each accident, $100,000 each employee by disease and $500,000 aggregate by disease with benefits afforded under the laws of the State of Florida. Coverage should include Voluntary Compensation and U.S. Longshoremen’s and Harbor Worker’s Act coverage where applicable. Coverage must be applicable to employees, and contractors, if any. d. Professional Liability/Malpractice/Errors or Omissions Insurance coverage appropriate for the type of business engaged in by the Contractor with minimum limits of $1,000,000 per occurrence. If a claims made form of coverage is provided, the retroactive date of coverage shall be no later than the inception date of claims made coverage, unless prior policy was extended indefinitely to cover prior acts. Coverage shall be extended beyond the policy year either by a supplemental extended reporting period (ERP) of as great a duration as available, and with no less coverage and with reinstated aggregate limits, or by requiring that nay new policy provide a retroactive date no later than the inception date of claims made coverage. b. Cyber Liability coverage in an amount not less than $2,000,000 per occurrence and $4,000,000 in the aggregate; such coverage shall meet or exceed the requirements for notification and monitoring under Florida Statute 501.171. The above insurance limits may be achieved by a combination of primary and umbrella/excess liability policies. To the extent that a subcontractor is engaged, Contractor will require subcontractor to provide evidence of insurance that meets or exceeds the insurance requirements outlined herein. Other Insurance Provisions: a. Prior to the execution of this Agreement, and then annually upon the anniversary date(s) of the insurance policy’s renewal date(s) for as long as this Agreement remains in effect, the Vendor will furnish the City with a Certificate of Insurance(s) (using appropriate ACORD certificate, SIGNED by the Issuer, and with applicable endorsements) evidencing all of the coverage set forth above and naming the City as an “Additional Insured" on the Commercial General Liability Insurance policy. Exhibit A In addition, in the event of a claim involving the City, a copy of the policy/policies will be made available by the Contractor for viewing in a secure, controlled environment, mutually agreed upon by the City and Contractor. Policy copies shall not be released unless required to do so under subpoena. b. Contractor agrees that no policy shall expire, be canceled, non-renewed, terminated, reduced or materially changed to affect the coverage available without thirty (30) days advance written notice to the City if it results in non-compliance with the insurance requirements contained herein. c. Contractor’s insurance as outlined above shall be primary and non-contributory coverage for Contractor’s negligence. d. The General Liability and Automobile Liability policies required by this agreement (or contract) shall contain a waiver of transfer rights of recovery (subrogation) against City, its agents, representatives, directors, elected officials, officers, employees, and volunteers for any claims arising out of the work of the Contractor. e. Contractor shall defend, indemnify, save and hold the City harmless from any and all claims, suits, judgments and liability for death, personal injury, bodily injury, or property damage arising directly or indirectly including legal fees, court costs, or other legal expenses. The stipulated limits of coverage above shall not be construed as a limitation of a ny potential liability to the City, and failure to request evidence of this insurance shall not be construed as a waiver of Contractor’s obligation to provide the insurance coverage specified. Cover Memo City of Clearwater City Hall 112 S. Osceola Avenue Clearwater, FL 33756 File Number: ID#16-2559 Agenda Date: 7/21/2016 Status: Agenda ReadyVersion: 1 File Type: Action ItemIn Control: Engineering Department Agenda Number: 9.3 SUBJECT/RECOMMENDATION: Approve a proposal from Construction Manager at Risk J. Kokolakis Contracting, Inc. of Tarpon Springs, Florida in the amount of $1,785,005.66 to construct the Sherwood Yard Street Sweeping Facility, approve Engineer of Record Supplemental Work Order 3 to Geosyntec in the amount of $18,415.00 for Final Site Layout Modifications and Construction Phase Services, and authorize appropriate officials to execute same. SUMMARY: On June 6, 2013, City Council approved the use of Construction Manager at Risk Services (CMR) for Continuing Contracts with Biltmore Construction Co., Inc of Bellaire, FL; Peter Brown Construction Solutions of Clearwater, FL; Certus Builders, Inc. of Tampa, FL; Creative Contractors, Inc. of Clearwater, FL; Honeywell Building Solutions of Orlando, FL; Keystone Excavators, Inc. of Oldsmar, FL; and J. Kokolakis Contracting, Inc. of Tarpon Springs, FL. These firms were selected in accordance with Florida Statutes 255.103 and 287.055 under Request for Qualifications 15-13 based upon construction experience, financial capability, availability of qualified staff, local knowledge and involvement in the community. The intent of this project is to construct a facility for the collection and processing of soil, rocks, vegetative debris, asphalt, and similar materials normally associated with and actually from construction and routine maintenance of roads and stormwater facilities, when such materials are beneficially used or reused by the generator as part of a roadway or stormwater maintenance project. On November 15, 2011, City Council approved a Professional Services Agreement with Geosyntec Consultant for Engineering Design and Permitting services for the Sherwood Yard Street Sweeping Facility in an amount not to exceed $300,000.00. This total budget is to be the funding mechanism for each phase of the project. December 27, 2011, the initial Work order initiation was executed for the Pre-Design Phase in the amount of $63,378.00 September 26, 2012, Supplemental Work Order 1 was executed for the Design Phase in the amount of $219,080.00 February 10, 2014, Supplemental Work Order 2 was executed for additional site layout modification in the amount of $10,000.00 Supplemental Work Order 3 in the amount of $18,415.00 is for Final Construction Plan modification and Construction Phase Services for a new Work Order value of $310,873.00. Construction is expected to be completed 245 days from date of Notice to Proceed. Sherwood Yard Street Sweeping Facility is owned, operated and maintained by the Page 1 City of Clearwater Printed on 7/19/2016 File Number: ID#16-2559 Stormwater Division. APPROPRIATION CODE AND AMOUNT: 0315-96180-563700-539-000-0000 $1,785,005.66 0315-96180-561200-539-000-0000 $ 18,415.00 Third quarter budget amendments will transfer $1,640,404.19 from Capital Improvement Projects (CIP) consisting of $680,000 from 0315-96129, Stevenson Creek Estuary Restoration, $424,607.74 from 0315-96168, Stormwater System Expansion, and $535,796.45 from 0315-96178, Smallwood Circle, to 0315-96180, Stormwater Maintenance Street Sweeping Facility. Funds are available in CIP 0315-96180, Stormwater Maintenance Street Sweeping Facility, in the amount of $163,016.47. Page 2 City of Clearwater Printed on 7/19/2016 Prepared for: City of Clearwater Project No.: 11-0058-EN STREET SWEEPING FACILITY AT SHERWOOD YARD GUARANTEED MAXIMUM PRICE NORTH ELEVATION SOUTH ELEVATION WEST ELEVATION Prepared by: J. Kokolakis Contracting, Inc. 202 East Center Street • Tarpon Springs, FL 34689 (727) 942-2211 • (727) 937-5708 fax www.jkokolakis.com CGC062093 TABLE OF CONTENTS CITY OF CLEARWATER STREET SWEEPING FACILITY AT SHERWOOD YARD GUARANTEED MAXIMUM PRICE Section One: Summary of Work Section Two: Price Summary  Schedule of Values  CM Supervision  CM General Conditions  Alternates Section Three: Clarifications & Assumptions Section Four: Completion Schedule Section Five: List of Documents Section Six: Exhibits  Paving and Grading Plan Bid Exhibit Revised 2.25.16  On-Screen Take-off Images Base Bid  3-D Earthworks Images  On-Screen Take-off Image Alternate #1  On-Screen Take-off Image Alternate #2 City of Clearwater Street Sweeping Facility at Sherwood Yard Guaranteed Maximum Price June 21, 2016 Page 1 of 1 O:\Bids 2015-2016\E045 City of Clearwater CMARCC Street Sweeping Facility Sherwood Yd\Submit\Revised GMP\01 Section One Summary of Work.docx SECTION ONE SUMMARY OF WORK City of Clearwater Street Sweeping Facility at Sherwood Yard Guaranteed Maximum Price June 21, 2016 Page 1 of 2 O:\Bids 2015-2016\E045 City of Clearwater CMARCC Street Sweeping Facility Sherwood Yd\Submit\Revised GMP\01 Summary of Work.docx Summary of Work Preface J. Kokolakis Contracting, Inc. submits this Guaranteed Maximum Price (GMP) for the Street Sweeping Facility at Sherwood Yard in Clearwater Florida. The pricing is based on the List of Documents and the Bid Exhibit which detail the work area for the project, as some of the work described by the drawings will be Phased or performed by others. Permits The City has already submitted for permits and will coordinate the design updates from GMP and review comments with Designer of Record for a resubmittal to the Permit Department. The cost for the City plan review fees, Building Permits, NOI permit fees, State Fire Marshal fees and the building permit fee are not included. Sitew ork The sitework the includes reconstruction of the airfield pond with new undrain system, importing sand and sodding the entire pond and banks with Bahia. The sitework for the new Street Sweeping Facility includes clearing out all of the existing gravel, removing concrete and concrete blocks. Fill will be imported to raise up the building pad and curbs will be installed along the North, South and West sides of the site. Asphalt paving will cover the majority of the remaining site with new landscaping along Arcturus Ave and the North end of the site. The portion of the site West of the new Ribbon Curb is not included. See the Paving and Grading Plan Bid Exhibit Revised 2.25.16 for the specific work areas. Building The building will be a 9,430 SF Pre-Engineered Metal Building with a Drive-Thru Wash out Station attached to the building on the NE side. The city will use this building to empty the street sweeping trucks out and sort the materials. The building will contain 6’ tall concrete perimeter walls to keep the debris in and to protect the Pre-Engineered Metal Building from the heavy equipment and trucks. The floor is tiered, half for dumping materials (Tipping Floor) and half for the Processing Equipment. The Pre-Engineered Metal Building is supported by a 16” concrete slab on grade beams. The top 4” inches of the slab on grade are constructed with 8,000 PSI concrete to allow for extended durability. The rest of the slab and grade beams will use 4,000 psi concrete and be supported by (75) 12” x 12” x 45’ prestressed piles tied into grade beams. The primary steel members will be coated with acrylic paint in the field and the secondary members will be galvanized with a G90 coating. The exterior wall panels are Panel Rib with a KXL (Kynar) finish. The Standing Seam Roof is 24-gauge Galvalume. The plumbing consists of 10 hose bibbs and 8” Trench Drains. The Trench Drains will drain into the existing swale along Arcturus Ave. Two 1,500 CFM exhaust fans are assumed to be roof mounted. Final design is pending by Designer of Record. Primary power will be provided by Owner to a pad mounted located in the grass island on the North East side of the building. The Nema 3-R panel will be mounted to the building wall adjacent to the transformer. The City of Clearwater Street Sweeping Facility at Sherwood Yard Guaranteed Maximum Price June 21, 2016 Page 2 of 2 O:\Bids 2015-2016\E045 City of Clearwater CMARCC Street Sweeping Facility Sherwood Yd\Submit\Revised GMP\01 Summary of Work.docx building will be illuminated with wall pack lighting and emergency lighting within the building. Power will be run to the roof mounted exhaust fans and to the new gate operators. General These estimates are intended to cover the period of time from this proposal to the receipt of subcontractor proposals and a Notice to Proceed with construction activities as indicated in the attached Completion Schedule. It is anticipated that mobilization for this project will take place by October 5, 2016; the duration of this work is approximately 31 weeks with substantial completion taking place on or about March 5, 2017. These dates are based on City approval by July 22, 2016 and receipt of permits by August 8, 2016. The Street Sweeping Facility at Sherwood Yard will be constructed in accordance with the plans, specifications and other items enumerated in the Guaranteed Maximum Price, as well as further guidance provided by the design professionals in subsequent meetings or by formal Requests for Information, Addenda or Supplemental Instruction. Material changes to the scope of work will be governed by the provisions of the Agreement Between Owner and Construction Manager. City of Clearwater Street Sweeping Facility at Sherwood Yard Guaranteed Maximum Price June 21, 2016 Page 1 of 1 O:\Bids 2015-2016\E045 City of Clearwater CMARCC Street Sweeping Facility Sherwood Yd\Submit\Revised GMP\02 Section Two Price Summary.docx SECTION TWO PRICE SUMMARY Project: Location: Date: LEED N/A Street Sw eeping Facility at Sherwood Yard Clearwater, FL Tuesday, June 21, 2016 Schedule of Values Florida Bond 211 Days to Substantial Completion 30 Days for Final Completion Liquidated Damages 9,430 6/21/16 6:05 PM 31.00 Weeks 5.00 Weeks 7.0 Months 1.0 Months $1,000 per Day $1,739,266 $ 184.44 SF Page 1 of 2 O:\Bids 2015‐2016\E045 City of Clearwater CMARCC Street Sweeping Facility Sherwood Yd\Estimate Summary\Estimate Summary ‐ Revised GMP 6‐21‐16 Div. Description Quantity Responsibility Labor Materials Other Subcontractor Sub. Bond Total Division 1 General Requirements CM Supervision See Breakdown - - 145,360.53 - $145,360.53 CM General Conditions See Breakdown - - 19,909.86 - $19,909.86 $0 01 14 19 Use of Site/Temp Access $0 01 31 13 LEED Registration & Certification N/A $0 01 32 23 Surveying - Building Polaris 1,700.00 $1,700 01 32 23 Surveying & Asbuilts - Site G.A. Nichols 13,000.00 169.00 $13,169 01 32 23 Surveying - Piles Layout and cutoff 75.00 Polaris 4,300.00 $4,300 01 45 23 Threshold Inspections N/A $0 01 45 29 Material Testing - Building/ Site Anticus Eng. 17,515.00 $17,515 01 56 00 Cross Fencing 400.00 JKC 4,000.00 $4,000 01 79 00 Closeout - Demonstration and Training JKC $0 01 91 00 Commissioning Agents N/A $0 Permits By Owner $0 $0 Division 2 Existing Conditions 02 30 00 Subsurface Investigation N/A $0 02 40 00 Demolition and Structure Moving N/A $0 02 50 00 Site Remediation Excluded $0 02 60 00 Contaminated Site Material Removal Excluded $0 02 70 00 Water Remediation Excluded $0 02 80 00 Facility Remediation Excluded $0 $0 Division 3 Concrete 03 10 00 Concrete Forming and Accessories In CIP $0 03 20 00 Concrete Reinforcing In CIP $0 03 30 00 Cast-in-Place Concrete 685.00 Pardue Masonry 417,918.50 13,582.35 $431,500.85 4" 8,000 PSI Silica Flume Topping Slab 9,434.00 In CIP $0 03 60 00 Grouting Base Plates 17.00 In CIP $0 Trench Drain Labor 162.00 In CIP $0 $0 Division 5 Metals Anchor Bolts 68.00 Bolt & Nut, Inc./ CIP 309.23 $309.23 05 53 00 Metal Gratings 162.00 In Storm Drain $0 $0 Division 7 Thermal and Moisture Protection 07 90 00 Joint Protection 1,474.00 JKC 9,225.77 $9,225.77 $0 Division 9 Finishes 09 90 00 Painting and Coating 9,430.00 B&G Painting 14,950.00 $14,950 $0 Division 10 Specialties 10 40 00 Fire Extinguisher Cabinet & Extinguisher Excluded $0 $0 Division 13 Special Construction Pre-Engineered Metal Buildings 9,430.00 JKC/VP 101,202.92 $101,202.92 Pre-Engineered Metal Buildings - Erection Vasco Industrial 54,800.00 $54,800 $0 Division 21 Fire Suppression 21 10 00 Water-Based Fire-Suppression Systems N/A $0 21 20 00 Fire-Extinguishing Systems N/A $0 21 30 00 Fire Pumps N/A $0 $0 Division 22 Plumbing 22 11 00 Facility Water Distribution In Water Utilities $0 22 13 00 Facility Sanitary Sewerage N/A $0 22 14 00 Facility Storm Drainage In Storm Drainage $0 22 40 00 Plumbing Fixtures In Water Utilities $0 $0 Division 23 Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Roof Mounted Exhaust Fans 2.00 Spectrum Mech 4,970.00 $4,970 $0 Division 26 Electrical 26 00 00 Electrical 9,430.00 MCS 17,522.00 $17,522 26 30 00 Facility Electrical Power Generating and Storing Equipment N/A $0 26 40 00 Electrical and Cathodic Protection N/A $0 26 50 00 Lighting In Electrical $0 $0 Division 27 Communications 27 10 00 Structured Cabling N/A $0 27 20 00 Data Communications N/A $0 27 30 00 Voice Communications N/A $0 27 40 00 Audio-Video Communications N/A $0 27 50 00 Distributed Communications and Monitoring Systems N/A $0 $0 Division 28 Electronic Safety and Security 28 10 00 Electronic Access Control and Intrusion Detection N/A $0 28 20 00 Electronic Surveillance N/A $0 28 30 00 Electronic Detection and Alarm N/A $0 28 40 00 Electronic Monitoring and Control N/A $0 $0 Division 31 Earthwork Erosion Control 2,904.00 G.A. Nichols 10,952.50 142.38 $11,094.88 Tree Protection 137.00 In Erosion Control $0 31 10 00 Site Clearing 204,489.00 G.A. Nichols 9,700.60 126.11 $9,827.71 Tree and Lanscape Demo In Site Clearing $0 31 20 00 Earth Moving 8,376.00 G.A. Nichols 179,809.50 2,337.52 $182,147.02 12" x 12" x 45' Precast Piles 75.00 Speeler & Associates 123,527.00 $123,527 Pile Cut off and Coring 75.00 In Precast Piles $0 Pile Haul Off 75.00 JKC 1,050 $1,050 Pile Monitoring In Material - Building $0 PDA Testing In Material - Building $0 Termite 9,430.00 In CIP $0 ` $0 Division 32 Exterior Improvements 32 10 00 Bases, Ballasts, and 2" Asphalt Paving G.A. Nichols 151,829.07 1,973.78 $153,802.85 Curbs & Gutter G.A. Nichols 22,587.50 293.64 $22,881.14 Traffic Control In Bases, Ballasts $0 Striping & Signage N/A $0 32 80 00 Irrigation Raulerson 3,931.85 $3,931.85 32 90 00 Planting Raulerson 9,195.54 $9,195.54 Bahia Sod for Site 18,290.00 Raulerson 4,572.50 $4,572.50 Bahia Sod for Pond 126,010.00 Raulerson 31,502.50 $31,503 90 Day Maintenance until Acceptance Raulerson 2,931.00 $2,931 Gate Operator 2.00 Smith Fence 14,265.00 $14,265 $0 0.00 Project: Location: Date: LEED N/A Street Sw eeping Facility at Sherwood Yard Clearwater, FL Tuesday, June 21, 2016 Schedule of Values Florida Bond 211 Days to Substantial Completion 30 Days for Final Completion Liquidated Damages 9,430 6/21/16 6:05 PM 31.00 Weeks 5.00 Weeks 7.0 Months 1.0 Months $1,000 per Day $1,739,266 $ 184.44 SF Page 2 of 2 O:\Bids 2015‐2016\E045 City of Clearwater CMARCC Street Sweeping Facility Sherwood Yd\Estimate Summary\Estimate Summary ‐ Revised GMP 6‐21‐16 Contingency 3.3525% $52,178.00 Construction Phase Fee 6.7049% $104,356.00 SUBTOTAL $1,712,947.26 P&P Bond Premium 1.011% $17,311.00 Extended Bond Premium GL Insurance Premium Allocation 0.526% $9,008.00 Builders Risk - By Owner 0.0000% $0.00 Misc Cut/Add (Lump Sum) 0.00% $0.00 T O T A L 10.51% $1,739,266.26 Div. Description Quantity Responsibility Labor Materials Other Subcontractor Sub. Bond Total Division 33 Utilities 33 10 00 Water Utilities G.A. Nichols 12,555.40 163.22 $12,718.62 Irrigation Ta p G.A. Nichols 1,300.00 16.90 $1,316.90 33 30 00 Sanitary Sewerage Utilities N/A $0 33 40 00 Storm Drainage Utilities G.A. Nichols 102,321.70 1,330.18 $103,651.88 Trench Drain Materials 162.00 G.A. Nichols 27,209.00 353.72 $27,562.72 33 70 00 Electrical Utilities In Electric $0 33 80 00 Communications Utilities N/A $0 $0 Bare Costs 54,800.00 101,512.15 183,846.16 1,195,766.16 20,488.80 $1,556,413.26 ALTERNATE NO. 4: Upgrade to 3" Asphalt $45,739.40 Total GMP with Alternate No. 4 $1,785,005.66 GMP Alternates 6/21/2016 5:59 PM Project: Street Sweeping Facility at Sherwood Yard Location: Clearwater, FL Date: Tuesday, June 21, 2016 ALTERNATE NO. 1: The work required to install the 18” RCP and (2) C Inlets in the Red Box shown on the Bid Exhibit Div. Description Responsibility Labor Materials Other Sub. Total 18" RCP Pipe Excavation, Backfill, Compactio nG.A. Nichols 24,914.50 $24,914.50 Type C Inlets In 18" RCP $0.00 TV Inspection In 18" RCP $0.00 Dewatering In 18" RCP $0.00 Sod Restoration Base Bid $0.00 $0.00 Subtotals 0.00 0.00 0.00 24,914.50 $24,914.50 CM Fee, Insurance & Bonds 7.51% $26,938.44 ALTERNATE 1 TOTAL $26,900 ALTERNATE NO. 2: The work required to install the 18” RCP West of the C Inlet in the Brown Box on the Bid Exhibit Div. Description Responsibility Labor Materials Other Sub. Total 18" RCP Pipe Excavation, Backfill, Compactio G.A. Nichols 35,486.10 $35,486.10 Connection to Existing Inlet In 18" RCP $0.00 TV Inspection In 18" RCP $0.00 Dewatering In 18" RCP $0.00 Sod Restoration In 18" RCP 0.00 $0.00 Asphalt Restoration In 18" RCP $0.00 Tree Protection In 18" RCP 0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Subtotals 0.00 0.00 0.00 35,486.10 $35,486.10 CM Fee, Insurance & Bonds 7.51% $38,368.83 ALTERNATE 2 TOTAL $38,400 ALTERNATE NO. 3: Mat Foundation Div. Description Responsibility Labor Materials Other Sub. Total Foundation Design and Engineering By Others $0.00 Mat Foundation Pardue Masonry 256,462.00 $256,462.00 Precast Pile Deduct Speeler & Associates (127,277.00) ($127,277.00) Pile Survey Deduct Polaris (4,300.00) ($4,300.00) Reinforcing Allowance Same as Existing $0.00 $0.00 Subtotals 0.00 0.00 0.00 124,885.00 $124,885.00 Contingency, CM Fee, Insurance & Bonds 10.51% $139,556.89 ALTERNATE 3 TOTAL $139,600 ALTERNATE NO. 4: Upgrade to 3" Asphalt Div. Description Responsibility Labor Materials Other Sub. Total Increase from 2" Asphalt to 3" Asphalt G.A. Nichols 42,302.91 $42,302.91 $0.00 Subtotals 0.00 0.00 0.00 42,302.91 $42,302.91 CM Fee, Insurance & Bonds 7.51% $45,739.40 ALTERNATE 4 TOTAL $45,739.40 O:\Bids 2015‐2016\E045 City of Clearwater CMARCC Street Sweeping Facility Sherwood Yd\Estimate Summary\Estimate Summary ‐ Revised GMP 6‐21‐16 Page 1 of 1 City of Clearwater Street Sweeping Facility at Sherwood Yard Guaranteed Maximum Price June 21, 2016 Page 1 of 1 O:\Bids 2015-2016\E045 City of Clearwater CMARCC Street Sweeping Facility Sherwood Yd\Submit\Revised GMP\03 Section Three Clarifications & Assumptions.docx SECTION THREE CLARIFICATIONS & ASSUMPTIONS City of Clearwater Street Sweeping Facility at Sherwood Yard Guaranteed Maximum Price June 21, 2016 Page 1 of 5 O:\Bids 2015-2016\E045 City of Clearwater CMARCC Street Sweeping Facility Sherwood Yd\Submit\Revised GMP\03 GMP Clarifications and Assumptions.docx Clarifications and Assumptions Preface The proposal incorporates a number of assumptions regarding the project that further explains the scope, program, or quality of construction. The following are a summary of these assumptions. These assumptions and clarifications take precedence over all contract documents. General Clarifications 1. This Estimate is based on attached List of Documents dated 3/21/16. 2. The cost for Builder’s Risk Insurance and related deductibles for any and all perils, are not included in the contract price. 3. To maintain cost efficiency, and to pass the savings on to our clients, our general liability is based on an estimated volume of annual revenue, and therefore is not calculated nor invoiced as a project specific rate. The rate included within the GMP and agreed to by the parties is 0.5179% and shall be invoiced as part of the first pay application. 4. Boundary Surveys, Topographical Surveys, Title Searches, Easement Recording, Platting, Zoning, Traffic Studies, PUD or Land Use applications are not included. Legal Description of property and PIN to be provided by Architect/Engineer. 5. Building Permit and Impact Fee costs of any kind are not included. Permits associated with Water Management Districts, Florida Department of Environmental Protection (including air quality, water, sanitary sewer, NOI, NPDES, SWPPP, Asbestos Abatement or Lead Abatement) are to be procured by others. 6. Coordination with local utility providers for new or existing utilities to be facilitated by Architect/Engineer and all pre-construction and post-construction requirements to be listed on Permit Documents. 7. The GMP includes a “Contractors” contingency in the amount of 3% and shall be used exclusively by the Construction Manager to cover costs due to errors in estimating both time and cost. It shall not be used for Owner changes, delays beyond the Contractor’s control or unforeseen conditions. Construction Manager shall provide a monthly reconciliation of all contingency expenditures. 8. The costs contained within the Proposal, unless specifically noted otherwise, are based upon manufacturer’s standard listings of colors, finishes, etc. 9. Proposal is valid for 30 days from the date of GMP Issuance (6/21/16). This GMP assumes receipt of a Notice to Proceed no later than 8/7/16 as listed in the Construction Schedule included in this document in Section Five. 10. The costs for temporary power and water use are not included and to furnished by the Owner free of charge to contractor. City of Clearwater Street Sweeping Facility at Sherwood Yard Guaranteed Maximum Price June 21, 2016 Page 2 of 5 O:\Bids 2015-2016\E045 City of Clearwater CMARCC Street Sweeping Facility Sherwood Yd\Submit\Revised GMP\03 GMP Clarifications and Assumptions.docx 11. The costs for Asbestos Surveys, Hazardous Material Surveys or Lead Testing are not included. Lead testing and removal requirements are listed on http://www.epa.gov/lead/. 12. The demolition, abatement, removal or disposal of any contaminated, hazardous materials including but not limited to asbestos, lead, toxic saturated materials as well as any other unforeseen subsurface conditions such as sink holes, radon gas, unsuitable soils and abandoned utilities are not included. Hazardous materials surveys or engineering are excluded as well. 13. Davis Bacon, prevailing wage, grant requirements are not required or included 14. Background checks (FDLE, JLA, etc) are not required or included. 15. The Guaranteed Maximum Price is based on normal working hours 7:00 AM to 5:00 PM Monday through Friday. 16. The aggregate amount of outstanding change directives shall be capped at 25% of the Construction Manager’s Fee. 17. Unit rates and percentages listed within the contract are agreed to as Lump Sums and are therefore not auditable. Scope Clarifications 02A Site Work 02A-1. All onsite asphalt is the 2” Type S-1 Asphalt Paving in lieu of the 1” FC-3 Asphalt per detail 2/7 on 8 of 16. The 1” FC-3 is a friction course and not recommended for this project. 02A-2. A Ribbon Curb running North/ South is included to separate the work in this GMP from the rest of the site at the West boundary. 02A-3. The Concrete Swale running East/ West is included to separate the work in this GMP from the rest of the site at the South boundary. 02A-4. The pipe extending from the trench drains to the drain outfall pad will be 6” PVC. 02A-5. The pipe extending from the center of the Drive-Thru Wash Out Station will also be 6” PVC. 02A-6. The water meter indicated on Sheet 7 of 16 Paving and Grading Plan and Sheet 13 of 16 Utilities Plan references a water meter and backflow that is not included per RFI001 responses by the city. 02A-7. Dominion Termiticide is included under the building slab only. 02A-8. Note 44 on Sheet 2 of 16 indicates Contractor to acquire Septic Tank Abandonment Permit. Per RFI responses from Roger Johnson received January 1, 2016 there is no record of a septic tank on site. Please disregard the note. Removal or Remediation for any Septic Tank is not included. 02B Demolition 02B-1. Excavated soils from the site are assumed as usable for other locations on-site. City of Clearwater Street Sweeping Facility at Sherwood Yard Guaranteed Maximum Price June 21, 2016 Page 3 of 5 O:\Bids 2015-2016\E045 City of Clearwater CMARCC Street Sweeping Facility Sherwood Yd\Submit\Revised GMP\03 GMP Clarifications and Assumptions.docx 02C Fence 02C-1. Two new 6’ high by 20’ long galvanized chain link cantilever slide gate installed into the existing fence are included. 02C-2. Cantilevered gates include Viking L3 slide operators with safety loops and photo eyes. Connection of the gate operators to the existing security system is not included. 02C-3. Card reader and cards are not included, as they are to be provided by the City’s security vendor. 02D Landscaping 02D-1. Bahia sod is included at the pond bottom, banks, and other areas as indicated on the Bid Exhibit. 02D-2. The work on Sheet 1 of 2, Landscape and Demo Plan indicating graphics for water service, force main piping, floor drains, trench drains and some type of equipment and concrete support pads at the Wash Bay, is not included. 02D-3. An irrigation tap and stub up is included for connection to the irrigation system. Any water meters or backflows required are not included, as nothing is indicated on the Drawings. 02D-4. Tree removal is included along Acrturas Avenue per Sheet 1 of 2 of the Landscape and Demo Plan. 02E Prestressed Piles 02E-1. Two test piles are included. 02E-2. Pile monitoring, Pile vibration monitoring and Pile Driving Analyzer (PDA) Testing is included. 02E-3. Only (1) mobilization is included for the pile driving operations. Additional mobilizations will be an additional cost. 02E-4. Additional footage greater than 45’ will cost $32.44 per linear foot. 02E-5. Reduced footage under the 45’ will be a credit of $0 per linear foot. 02E-6. Pre-drilling for piles is excluded. 03A Concrete 03A-1. The pile to grade beam connection is based on (2) #9 hook bars that will be grouted into a 3” x 31” deep hole cored into the 12” x 12” x 45’ prestressed pile. 03A-2. The top 4” of the slab on grade will be 8,000 psi silica flume concrete with 6x6x10/10 welded wire fabric over 12” of 4,000 psi concrete with the reinforcing shown on S-4 and S-5 in lieu of a 1’4” thick 4,000 psi slab on grade shown on S-4 and S-5. The high strength topping slab will allow for a longer life span in this high impact application. 03A-3. The North half of the building slopes to the Trench Drain at the North end of the building and the South half of the building slopes to the Trench Drain at the South end of the building. 03A-4. The curbs at both the North end of the Building and Drive-Thru Wash Out Station will contain 6” wide rounded curbs to prevent water from entering the Trench Drain inside the building. The South End of the building will also include the 6” wide rounded curb. 05A Structural & Miscellaneous Steel 05A-1. Bollards are not indicated or included. 08A Overhead Doors 08A-1. Overhead Doors are not indicated or included City of Clearwater Street Sweeping Facility at Sherwood Yard Guaranteed Maximum Price June 21, 2016 Page 4 of 5 O:\Bids 2015-2016\E045 City of Clearwater CMARCC Street Sweeping Facility Sherwood Yd\Submit\Revised GMP\03 GMP Clarifications and Assumptions.docx 09A Painting 09A-1. An Acrylic Semi-Gloss Paint for the primary steel structure is included. 09A-2. All high performance coatings or epoxy coatings are not indicated or included. 10A Fire Protection Specialties 10A-1. All Fire Protection Specialties are not indicated or included. 10B Signs 10B-1. Exterior building mounted signage, interior directional or room signage are indicated or included. 10B-2. Site pedestal or monument signage are not indicated or included. 11C Audio Visual Equipment 11C-1. Audio Visual Equipment is not indicated or included. 13A Pre-Engineered Metal Buildings 15A-1. The exterior skin is included as a Panel Rib 26 gauge with KXL (Kynar) standard color finish. 15A-2. The roof is included as a Standing Seam 24 gauge Galvalume panel. 15A-3. G90 Galvanized Zee Girts and Purlins are included. 15A Fire Sprinkler System 15A-1. Fire Sprinkler System are not indicated or included. 15A-2. Fire pumps or booster pumps are not indicated or included. 15B Plumbing 15B-1. The 1-inch hose bibs at building perimeter will be mounted 48” above grade. 15C HVAC Systems 15C-1. Two 1500 CFM roof mounted Exhaust Fans are included. Engineer of Record to review the need for fans and advise if smaller fans or no fans are needed. 16A Electrical Systems 16A-1. Primary electrical service is not included. Electrical work to begin at pad mounted transformer located in the grass island on the East side of the Building per the Bid Exhibit. 16A-2. Power to the gate operator is included. 16A-3. Nema-3R Panel will be used for Panel A which is located near the NE Exterior wall close to the transformer per the Bid Exhibit. 16A-4. Two outlets on each side of the tipping wall are included 16A-5. One outlet in the Drive-Thru Wash Out Station is included. 16A-6. Relocation, deletion or addition of all Site Lighting Fixtures and Poles are not included. 16A-7. The relocation of the existing pole mounted cameras will be performed by others. 16A-8. Fire alarm system are not indicated or included. 16A-9. Lightning Protection are not indicated or included. 17A Low Voltage Systems 17A-1. Low Voltage System are not indicated or included. City of Clearwater Street Sweeping Facility at Sherwood Yard Guaranteed Maximum Price June 21, 2016 Page 5 of 5 O:\Bids 2015-2016\E045 City of Clearwater CMARCC Street Sweeping Facility Sherwood Yd\Submit\Revised GMP\03 GMP Clarifications and Assumptions.docx Alternate Assumptions and Clarifications: Alternate #1 The work required to install the 18” RCP and (2) C Inlets in the Red Box indicated on the Bid Exhibit. The site demo, grading, landscaping and irrigation will be part of the base bid:  Includes 18” RCP, excavation, backfill, compaction, (2) Type C Inlets, TV Inspection, dewatering and stone bedding. Alternate #2 The work required to install the 18” RCP West of the C Inlet in the Brown Box on the Bid Exhibit. The site demo, grading, landscaping and irrigation will be part of the base bid East of the new Ribbon Curb. The site will need to be restored for all work West of the Ribbon Curb to the condition it was in prior to the pipe work:  Includes 18” RCP, excavation, backfill, compaction, (1) Junction Box, TV Inspection, dewatering and stone bedding, asphalt paving, tree protection, and sod restoration.  Alternate #2 must be completed by contractor or City for the storm drainage system to function properly. Alternate #3 Replace the 12” slab and pile caps with a 3’‐8” Mat Slab and eliminate the pile caps. The 4” 8,000 PSI topping will remain for base bid and alternate #3.  The 12” x 12” x 45’ prestressed piles will not be necessary if the engineer approves the design.  The reinforcing for the Mat Slab is included as the same tonnage of rebar as in the base bid. Engineer of Record to review and advise of any modifications required.  The Structural Engineer must design the Mat foundation and the design could change the pricing. Alternate #4 Increase the 2” Type S-1 Asphalt to 3” Type S-1 Asphalt.  The balance of the asphalt pavement section per detail 2/7 on Sheet 8 of 16 will remain the same. Unit Price #1 Cost for Additional Footage of 12" x 12" Prestressed Piles.  The cost per linear foot of additional pile length beyond 45’. End of Clarifications City of Clearwater Street Sweeping Facility at Sherwood Yard Guaranteed Maximum Price June 21, 2016 SECTION FOUR COMPLETION SCHEDULE Page 1 of 1 O:\Bids 2015-2016\E045 City of Clearwater CMARCC Street Sweeping Facility Sherwood Yd\Submit\Revised GMP\04 Section Four Completion Schedule.docx J. Kokolakis Contracting, Inc. Street Sweeping Facility at Sherwood Yard CGC-062093 GMP Schedule 6/21/16 Activity Duration Start Finish Days Weeks GMP Submittal 1 6/21/2016 6/22/2016 City Engineering GMP Review 8 6/23/2016 7/1/2016 City Commission Approve GMP 20 7/2/2016 7/22/2016 City Issues Site and Building Permits 14 7/23/2016 8/6/2016 Construction NTP 14 8/7/2016 8/21/2016 Subcontracts 14 8/22/2016 9/5/2016 Submittals 28 9/6/2016 10/4/2016 Site Clearing and Mobilization 14 10/5/2016 10/19/2016 Site work, utilities and paving 120 10/20/2016 2/17/2017 Pile Testing and Driving 14 10/20/2016 11/3/2016 Concrete 42 11/4/2016 12/16/2016 Pre-Engineer Building Erection 21 12/17/2016 1/7/2017 Painting Primary Steel 7 1/8/2017 1/15/2017 Plumbing Rough in 10 11/4/2016 11/14/2016 Plumbing Final 10 1/8/2017 1/18/2017 Exhaust Fans 5 1/8/2017 1/13/2017 Electrical Trim 10 1/8/2017 1/18/2017 Landscape & Sodding 14 2/18/2017 3/4/2017 Substantial Completion 1 3/5/2017 3/6/2017 211 31 AE Issue Punch List 5 3/5/2017 3/10/2017 Final Completion 30 3/11/2017 4/10/2017 246 36 O:\Bids 2015-2016\E045 City of Clearwater CMARCC Street Sweeping Facility Sherwood Yd\Schedule\Schedule Page 1 of 1 City of Clearwater Street Sweeping Facility at Sherwood Yard Guaranteed Maximum Price June 21, 2016 SECTION FIVE LIST OF DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 1 O:\Bids 2015-2016\E045 City of Clearwater CMARCC Street Sweeping Facility Sherwood Yd\Submit\Revised GMP\05 Section Five List of Documents.docx City of Clearwater Street Sweeping Facility at Sherwood Yard Guaranteed Maximum Price June 21, 2016 SECTION 5 LIST OF DOCUMENTS Section Specification Title Dated TABLE OF CONTENTS September 19, 2014 1 SCOPE OF WORK September 19, 2014 2 FIELD ENGINEERING September 19, 2014 3 DEFINITION OF TERMS September 19, 2014 4 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK September 19, 2014 5 EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK September 19, 2014 6 CONCRETE September 19, 2014 7 EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK September 19, 2014 8 REINFORCEMENT September 19, 2014 9 OBSTRUCTIONS September 19, 2014 10 RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS, CURBS, SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVEMENT September 19, 2014 11 WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS September 19, 2014 12 DEWATERING September 19, 2014 13 SANITARY MANHOLES September 19, 2014 14 BACKFILL September 19, 2014 15 STREET CROSSINGS, ETC. September 19, 2014 16 RAISING OR LOWERING OF SANITARY SEWER, STORM DRAINAGE STRUCTURES September 19, 2014 17 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL September 19, 2014 18 UNDERDRAINS September 19, 2014 19 STORM SEWERS September 19, 2014 20 SANITARY SEWERS AND FORCE MAINS September 19, 2014 21 DRAINAGE September 19, 2014 22 ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE September 19, 2014 23 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS September 19, 2014 24 ADJUSTMENT TO THE UNIT BID PRICE FOR ASPHALT September 19, 2014 25 GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS September 19, 2014 26 HDPE DEFORMED ‐ REFORMED PIPE LINING September 19, 2014 27 PLANT MIX DRIVEWAYS September 19, 2014 28 REPORTING OF TONNAGE OF RECYCLED MATERIALS September 19, 2014 29 CONCRETE CURBS September 19, 2014 30 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS September 19, 2014 31 SODDING September 19, 2014 32 SEEDING September 19, 2014 33 STORM MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS OR OTHER STORM STRUCTURES September 19, 2014 34 MATERIAL USED September 19, 2014 35 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS September 19, 2014 36 STREET SIGNS September 19, 2014 37 AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING OF WORK AREAS September 19, 2014 38 EROSION AND SILTATION CONTROL September 19, 2014 39 UTILITY TIE IN LOCATION MARKING September 19, 2014 City of Clearwater Street Sweeping Facility at Sherwood Yard Guaranteed Maximum Price June 21, 2016 SECTION 5 LIST OF DOCUMENTS Section Specification Title Dated 40 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE September 19, 2014 41 POTABLE WATERMAINS, RECLAIMED WATERMAINS AND APPURTENANCES September 19, 2014 42 GAS SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS September 19, 2014 43 TENNIS COURTS September 19, 2014 44 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL September 19, 2014 45 CURED‐IN‐PLACE PIPE LINING September 19, 2014 46 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYETHYLENE SLIPLINING September 19, 2014 47 SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYVINYL CHLORIDE RIBBED PIPE September 19, 2014 48 GUNITE SPECIFICATIONS September 19, 2014 49 SANITARY AND STORM MANHOLE LINER RESTORATION September 19, 2014 50 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS September 19, 2014 51 IN‐LINE SKATING SURFACING SYSTEM September 19, 2014 52 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION September 19, 2014 53 GABIONS AND MATTRESSES September 19, 2014 54 LAWN MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS September 19, 2014 55 MILLING OPERATIONS September 19, 2014 56 CLEARING AND GRUBBING September 19, 2014 57 RIPRAP September 19, 2014 58 TREATMENT PLANT SAFETY September 19, 2014 59 TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS September 19, 2014 60 SIGNING AND MARKING September 19, 2014 61 ROADWAY LIGHTING September 19, 2014 62 TREE PROTECTION September 19, 2014 63 PROJECT WEB PAGES September 19, 2014 64 OVERHEAD ELECTRIC LINE CLEARANCE September 19, 2014 Section IVa Supplemental Technical Specifications September 19, 2014 3300 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE September 19, 2014 11370 PIPING September 19, 2014 Sheet Supplementary Document Title Dated Paving and Grading Plan Bid Exhibit Revised 2.25.16 February 2, 2016 REPORT OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION October 16, 2013 REPORT OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION July 10, 2013 REPORT OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION December 12, 2012 BORING LOCATION PLAN July 9, 2013 JKC RFI 001 12‐17‐15 December 17, 2015 RFI Respones from the City for RFI001 January 25, 2016 Additional RFI Respones from the City for RFI001 February 23, 2016 Supplement/ Addendum 1 Clarification by J. Kokolakis Contracting, Inc. February 25, 2016 City of Clearwater Street Sweeping Facility at Sherwood Yard Guaranteed Maximum Price June 21, 2016 SECTION 5 LIST OF DOCUMENTS Sheet Drawing Title Dated 1 City of Clearwater ‐ Sherwood Yard May 21, 2015 2 Cover Sheet May 21, 2015 3 General Notes and Symbos May 21, 2015 4 Pre‐Existing Conditions and Demolition Plan May 21, 2015 5 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan May 21, 2015 6 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan Notes May 21, 2015 7 Site Development Plan and Boring Locations May 21, 2015 8 Paving and Grading Plan May 21, 2015 9 Paving and Grading Details May 21, 2015 10 Cross Section I May 21, 2015 11 Cross Section II May 21, 2015 12 Storm Wter Treatment Pond Plan May 21, 2015 13 Miscellaneous Drainage Structure and Erosion Control Details May 21, 2015 14 Utilities Layout Plan May 21, 2015 15 Lighting and Ventilation Plan May 21, 2015 16 Electrical and Single Line Diagram May 21, 2015 17 Standard Details May 21, 2015 18 Landscape Demo and Plan Page 1 May 21, 2015 19 Landscape Demo and Plan Page 2 May 21, 2015 20 Structural General Notes May 21, 2015 21 Structural Foundation Plan May 21, 2015 22 Structural Floor Plan May 21, 2015 23 Structural Elevations May 21, 2015 24 Structural Sections and Details I May 21, 2015 25 Structural Sections and Details II May 21, 2015 26 Structural Sections and Details III May 21, 2015 City of Clearwater Street Sweeping Facility at Sherwood Yard Guaranteed Maximum Price June 21, 2016 SECTION SIX EXHIBITS Page 1 of 1 O:\Bids 2015-2016\E045 City of Clearwater CMARCC Street Sweeping Facility Sherwood Yd\Submit\Revised GMP\06 Section Six Exhibits.docx E 411000 2 ASP 8 LOCKED GA (BACK UP E SF SF SF x x x I:\_CADD (PROJECTS)\S\SHERWOOD YARD\CONSTRUCTION\STREET SWEEPING FACILITY (FL2019A)\DWGS\FL2019AC070.DWG (28 September 2010) cvickers N 1326750 SF SF SF SF SF SF SF SF SF SF SF SF SF SF SF SF SF SF RECYCLED CRUSHED CONCRETE #89 SIZE GABION ROCK N 1326500 # 57 ROCK W W W N 1326250 N 1326000 9 Paving and Grading Plan Bid Exhibit BCP2015-05533 PLAN 1 1640 ARCTURAS AVE E 411250 S-1 CONSTRUCT 185 LF BEGIN SWALE EL. 68.0 A R C T U R A S A V E N U E AUTOMATED ROLL GATE WITH BADGE ACTIVATION S-3 TYPE C INLET FDOT INDEX NO. 232 GRATE EL. 67.5 15 INV. EL. 65 12 E 10 SWALE 2 5 7 LOCKED GATE TYPE C INLET 15 FDOT INDEX NO. 232 OF 18" RCP (NOTE 2) CENTERLINE 8 x Alt. #1 18" RCP Pipe 12 GRATE EL. 67 INV. EL. 64.5 (W&S) SF SF SF SF SF SF SF SF SF SF SF SF SF SF SF SF SF SF SF SF SF SF BEGIN SWALE EL. 68.0 8,000 CY SF SF SF SF SF SF SF SF SF SF SF and (2) C Inlets. Demo, grading, B landscaping is Base Bid 5 SWALE 2 8 CENTERLINE (NOTE 2) 7 x x DRAIN OUTFALL PAD B 16 9 12 Proposed Transformer Location GRATED TRENCH DRAIN W W W W W W 10.0' CLEAN STREET SWEEPINGS AND DITCH CLEANINGS 8 S S S S 6 GRAVEL PAD 8 Grass 6" CURB 6" Rounded Concrete Curb to prevent water from entering Proposed Panel "A" Location VACUUM AND STREET SWEEPINGS 1" HOSE BIB (TYP) 6" CURB CONCRETE 3 SWALE 8 WATER METER 10.0' 8,000 CY CLEAN EXCAVATION SOILS REGRADE EXISTING SWALE TO FLOW NORTH BEGIN SWALE EL. 67.5 Alt. #2 All work to FUTURE 20,000 S.F. WAREHOUSE S S S S construct the 18" RCP Pipe W of the C Inlet. Restore the site including all sod, asphalt, concrete, etc. CONSTRUCT 300 LF OF 18" RCP (BY OTHERS) S DRIVE-THRU WASH OUT STATION Ribbon Curb W S 40' W W W W M W W W W 2" PVC POTABLE WATER TO TRUCK WASH AND HOSE BIBS 22' 8' SWALE CENTERLINE 8,000 CY MILLINGS Demo, grading, landscaping is Base Bid W of Ribbon Curb. HALT PAVEMENT TE NTRANCE / EXIT) C 9 TYPE I CURB 1 8 VALLEY GUTTER CURB TYPE II 8 8 ASPHALT PIECES CONCRETE PIECES 4 SWALE 1 8 CENTERLINE C 9 RECOVERABLES FIRE REVIEW CONDITION S-2 14 JUNCTION BOX 12 TOP EL 70 INVERT EL 63.9 (E & W) E 10 NO CONTRACTOR STAGING SOUTH OF THIS CONTROL LINE 4 SWALE 1 CENTERLINE 8 CONSTRUCT 180 LF OF 18" RCP D 10 EXISTING TOP OF SLOPE (TYP) Work in Bubbled Area West of Ribbon Curb By Others ASPHALT AREAS GRASSED AREAS 12" GRAVEL AREA LEGEND 18" RCP W W WATER LINE DROP INLET S 1" HOSE BIB M WATER METER N 0 30' 60' SCALE IN FEET E 410750 CONNECT TO EXISTING TYPE D INLET INV. EL. 63.5 END SWALE REGRADING MATCH EXISTING SWALE EL. 66.80 75 SF CONCRETE PAVEMENT PROPOSED FINAL GRADE STORM WATER FLOW BENCHMARK LIMIT OF CONSTRUCTION SILT FENCE FENCE VALLEY GUTTER CURB MODIFIED CURB CONCRETE SWALE SWALE I NOTE: 1. BASE MAPPING SHOWN HEREON OBTAINED FROM THE CITY OF CLEARWATER SURVEYOR, DATED AUGUST 2012. 2. LIMIT OF DISTURBANCE AND SILT FENCE LIMIT ARE SHOWN OFF-SET FROM THE PROPERTY LINE OR RIGHT OF WAY (ROW) AREAS FOR CLARITY PURPOSES ONLY. 3. SWALE CENTERLINE IS SHOWN OFF-SET FROM THE PIPE LINE FOR CLARITY PURPOSES ONLY. CALL 811 PAVING AND GRADING PLAN FL2019AC070 NA NA NA 11-0058-EN SEP2014 CMV NA 13101 TELECOM DRIVE, SUITE 120 TEMPLE TERRACE, FLORIDA 33637 USA PH: 813.558.0990 - FX:813.558.9726 AUTHORIZATION NUMBER: 4321 STREET SWEEPING FACILITY AT SHERWOOD YARD NA RKR JWO 7 16 8 CITY OF CLEARWATER - SHERWOOD YARD 05/21/2015 City of Clearwater Street Sweeping Facility at Sherwood Yard Guaranteed Maximum Price June 21, 2016 Take-off for GMP 0 \Bids 2015-2016\£045 City ofC learwater CMARCC Street Sweeping Facility Sherwood Y d\Intemal Take-Offs\Rev ised GlviP\11x17 sketch.doex ' e 01J - Slit Fence - 2,904 LF 14 - Demo Concr,ete Slab - 802 SF .15 - Concrete Block Wa11 9' Tall by 3' Wide - 424 LF D16 - Remove Gravel - 64,38:1 SF E111 - Clear ,& Grubb - 140,108, SF [81 47 - Pond Site Area Study - 126,009 SF D 56 - Sod for Pond - 126,009 SF [81 58 - Buliding Site Area Study - 81,097 SF D 60 - Tr,ee Protecti on Fenc,e - 136 LF -c== .:: ::y--- 1 I ! " $Got _..-..rrr '"I ' I .U:Wt ()N()ktlN. un..r(;lr•CI'UfNhiO. f;A{,IIIHJ;'I'()A (Vllt;S 11'171Z. • ToQ[ • OF -CCIIITIW:IoQ....U.C.U.it.tciHo.£0tE'I "U.. "£4.?' Clt-l"llt:""''' UI'II.rf'...DIUI"''t.M tfl l l U f MIU• •.... a. l ""ll(lF I»:Jil11 :..:::f_,.,,.•• rf IMfi'Mf$.tt>.-M c>¥1fAOI,I THI ; ty I W::OA fSWAt IAC;Mi'lmf r()q(j#lltrYP\14¥10t1F8(N't CITY 01' CUAil'A'ft:ll, rt.Oil!DA HNGINBERmG DBPARTWEN1 -=7 o..:,.====!""" t -no::===::....:=!I!'I:=+------------{--1---J 100 S. loiyrt.le A'l'e. ---- lW I(Jt"{:GtPIK.,A;IC)If 811 Geosyntect> PRE EXISTlNG CONDITIONS AND DEMOLITION PLAN '"' _.U-{)WlJW flo\.._jl. ,., BID S£T 1------ 'P'=IIi::::.,:.. :-----+=+c:-::--1 Cw&rW8'-"r. n 8 '{ '::.";?'!a- MJMM.nJ"Uol......-t.m STREET SWEEPG FACI!UlY AT SHER'h'OCO VARO li&iiil! Ltil'tw - M&:Cwt5 iii W IYiiiWM!f WP11F'ri P) I •j City of Clearwater Street Sweeping Facility at Sherwood Yard Guaranteed Maximum Price June 21, 2016 Take-off for GMP 0 \Bids 2015-2016\£045 City ofC learwater CMARCC Street Sweeping Facility Sherwood Y d\Intemal Take-Offs\Rev ised GlviP\11x17 sketch.doex _.....-..0.. 1'-lf'OOil--,,,._-,. I Paving and Grading Plan Bid Exhibit I ..!.:.. - ----------=-=-= -----;do-3 = --l-=;r... , ¥- :_--::+---.------------------------- 19' - Sod - 18.289 SF I - v.alley Gutter Curb Type 1 71718 - 190 LF :02:1 -Ribbon Curb- 357 LF ':D22 - Goncr,ete Swale w 5 #6 Cont. - 178 LF '--¥·---. 23· - 2" As,p'hatl - 4.875 SY 2:7- 6'' Rounded Curb - 139 LF 28, - Drain Outfall Pad 16113112 - 133· SF r-•-----·-:'"-" 30- 6" PVC Trem:h [)rain Une- 132: LF :032: -1" Hose IBib 48" High - 10 EA 33· - 2" PVC Water- 470 LF L _ _ j045-6''' x 6' x 6" Transformer Pad - 1 EA , :046· -Automated Rolling Gate with Badge ActLvati:on -44 UF : jft : ---- · -- -ti-........ ---!Z]47- Pond Site Afiea Study - 74.,061 SF ·---- --s;.---- - -- --------- .-- ---- - ----- - ---- - ----- ------ - - I , / -.,.._......,o; ·· ! _d.'../ ·" ,/' \.1) :..:.- I " ------- W'IIII:J!! - ® G-M --'·" -=i - N- ---- I ... - Qfi ,-'14Ci'h' OQIJJ 211tR .. LLMt i i' D II.TII C tiiMDNe . ll"r T n at1 'te: .ill- - -- L.ll!riC. --a.-·- ,........,l.f.'f.iC:II .-....-.,..-.. I. :fi'iUcantiii PU!I'I:JIJIIIIO II1. ' KIIIIJfWOW-IR MallMCWI Uii£Rll.a..utfV · BID SET City of Clearwater Street Sweeping Facility at Sherwood Yard Guaranteed Maximum Price June 21, 2016 Take-off for GMP 0 \Bids 2015-2016\£045 City ofC learwater CMARCC Street Sweeping Facility Sherwood Y d\Intemal Take-Offs\Rev ised GlviP\11x17 sketch.doex INW- ',.... r ;; ( .. .z"...... tOdhlo 0.You. _.__ tft.C'IJAO: -.::1'l"'t"f <t "1' ""' oq(lll L\1! !ft.l'll' 9tl"t:tllZl li'" T -1'"' _,D., II •• ,.\,,,. .... . . 34 - 6"' p,e-,rf-o-ra-t,e-d-l PVC - 11r500 UF mP 1$ j[J....c;l k141 1 "P' " 1h''' l'! (TOK IIIO:[o) s r "· • lto $HA-2 D3.5-8'" H.P.p,fpe - 106 Lf D3.6-Connect To !ExistingJ Outfa[ll - lEA 39 - 3" Surfaoe Grav•eII - 378 SF r - t--------t---------tt--t>rtt------'c-----":-+- 040-6"C earnouts - 20 EA .,..._..,, ®' \IIIUftWilt l "iA-1 ·-- I. I ....,_, UUfBo M r.tallii.JrlftJ .....rt.- DfY QIJIWUPR,....YIWt CA-,.::.lll,ll]l.llfJ::II:IA L---T------------r---- ---- ----.----- ------4 @ SECTlot b· •I . -- 1 2 City of Clearwater Street Sweeping Facility at Sherwood Yard Guaranteed Maximum Price June 21, 2016 Take-off for GMP 0 \Bids 2015-2016\£045 City ofC learwater CMARCC Street Sweeping Facility Sherwood Y d\Intemal Take-Offs\Rev ised GlviP\11x17 sketch.doex . .......---·• -·----- - ...: .' ..7"..- ""'- •••-•••w.. •••.,.;..;..... 10 POND CAOSS SECT ON .Qo »t .. -.1;1""'-1K!.Io. l ' • BID S£T City of Clearwater Street Sweeping Facility at Sherwood Yard Guaranteed Maximum Price June 21, 2016 Take-off for GMP 0 \Bids 2015-2016\£045 City ofC learwater CMARCC Street Sweeping Facility Sherwood Y d\Intemal Take-Offs\Rev ised GlviP\11x17 sketch.doex _.. - ® ,, r I ..... -.,r, \> ....11...1 ...... -;-- e53- Walt,er' s Viburnum .3 Gal 24"' IHT,48"OC - 11.30 EA Q 54- South f'tori da P ne.5 G a ,8-110r' HT, s• OC- 49 EA • 57- Mul ch- 4,78SIF '?"' 1 LEOE:t D • - ·- 0 c NIU..aFWIIIt40J. -u.l•-.ttc (WQ'J..... ,.__.., bllll .,...,.. fT D'EI CAL L,I!ND5CAP£ 01:; I A l LANDSCAPE I.<EY I ........l,U'JIIt• ,......,......... .,.... JQ,IIl. rHI ..,.QJ( ....... t liClft w.. S.C.• • "" 1,:,1"1' 01 1;1 KAitii'Al't.W, [flll ll).l, l.&.".i ... r ar t- WCU! AliH'-"MoC.I.I l .NtiLN1:1:HJJIIG D I'AH'rMK.vt' 1DO ::' liJrt)e A'{'!. t:"o.<ell!"'!tt.l r'. P'l :!G?.:>D Street Sweeping J<'aciUt y at Sherwood Yard Landscape Demo and Plan 1U <I' t · City of Clearwater Street Sweeping Facility at Sherwood Yard Guaranteed Maximum Price June 21, 2016 Take-off for GMP 0 \Bids 2015-2016\£045 City ofC learwater CMARCC Street Sweeping Facility Sherwood Y d\Internal Take-Offs\Rev ised GlviP\11x17 sketch.doex II:N'IIII:IJo!DI!. .. i I!! ! 0 fi r , D2 - 2'4n· x 1'5"Grade Beam S-4 - 28 CY 3 - 1'8''' x 1'5"' Grade Beam S-4 - 66 CY 04 - 2'4n' X 2'0n Grade Beam S-5 - 32 CY D5 - 2'2n x 1'5"' Grade Beam 1/S-5 - 0 CY 6 - 2'2,x 2' CIP Waii1/S-5 - 1 CY 7 - 2'6n' x" Thickened Edge Slab 1/S-5, - 4 CY ! ff]10 - 12'' SOG 4,000 PSI - 348 CY 0 [SJ 11 - 4.. a.,.ooo PSITopping -116 cv D 12 - 12" x 12" x 45' Precast Pi l es - 75 EA D50- Saw Cut Joints -1,474 LF 0 0 PIU: EDUU: ;. P-I - ..,....... .-.. tV• -- -II l t=.i1 I (.I _il{... - -- - - - - 0 fOUNPAUQN NOTES 0 ,.,._ .......- --1U a- 'Ill' '<tt ""' ,...g - ;.w """ _, su s- 111> WE NCJ !PtUIDfT MIJIE« ...,... !IE ,_. p;)R 'AD: IHIJ t"' ,.......T.J,.It.K,.P.'Au:TUW SLU VIII/• 6 t• r.N:> tiA., :'LC UJt#llk .lriD (J"' ...wJC IENIII lU '1NIW '1:) ..CC-(Atl[I'I..Oila 0 ! EOUNPADOH LEGtHP ; G. !i !I! t t z: ¢• 0 0 j::: ..;· Q, z: ::::!· 0 · k.. J :r 0 e :z StGT NO. S-1 City of Clearwater Street Sweeping Facility at Sherwood Yard Guaranteed Maximum Price June 21, 2016 Take-off for GMP 0 \Bids 2015-2016\£045 City ofC learwater CMARCC Street Sweeping Facility Sherwood Y d\Intemal Take-Offs\Rev ised GlviP\11x17 sketch.doex -T 0 ® @) ® ® 0 :o1- A-re astuil"4Y93-o-sF----------: 11'-4'" 0 . ,.,..., CEll ··-- tr-rr ' ' '.I. :m s - 10" x 6' CIPWaii1JS-5- 72 CY : !q --- ! !- ·: ·--! _1_ j fLOOR PLAM HQ]'[S fil-l UT 11$-1 F:ft MD 1MK JUTr J. !{"£ •}1.-11'11' IDIWI IM> ICH'Illl! ...,...,.. .ltlnllltDlDir AT IXMJAti. IITtU1I% tI PI.N(. ·..•.'t,\".0".""..'-..:n..._ -... •tw. o ,. (110-1 .m -,.,. ,.u.-;r" .IIQ tnt,;.. .,.. t ru ...,. ru .IO:CIIIY:. a-:tn..:m. 1------ <1"1(1' - - - - - 11 fLOOR PLAN LJEGJ:Hp City of Clearwater Street Sweeping Facility at Sherwood Yard Guaranteed Maximum Price June 21, 2016 Take-off for GMP 0 \Bids 2015-2016\£045 City ofC learwater CMARCC Street Sweeping Facility Sherwood Y d\Intemal Take-Offs\Rev ised GlviP\11x17 sketch.doex 67.1 6611 66_!5 City of Clearwater Street Sweeping Facility at Sherwood Yard Guaranteed Maximum Price June 21, 2016 Take-off for GMP 0 \Bids 2015-2016\£045 City ofC learwater CMARCC Street Sweeping Facility Sherwood Y d\Intemal Take-Offs\Rev ised GlviP\11x17 sketch.doex 65.2 6L 1 630 622 62.7 62.2 612 61..9 61.7 61.6 61.4 61.3 61.1 City of Clearwater Street Sweeping Facility at Sherwood Yard Guaranteed Maximum Price June 21, 2016 Alternate #1 IPaving and Grading Plan Bid Exhibit I 0 \Bids 2015-2016\£045 City ofC learwater CMARCC Street Sweeping Facility Sherwood Y d\Intemal Take-Offs\Rev ised GlviP\11x17 sketch Alt .doex BID SET I. I .. ·- -Ill ---- - - --- LMrD ------- WNI;P 1 MR..,...• ,_.netrT'fac:ar.u.l!R. GIJII(II&C ....,. t - ' 1'- k - Uoi\'M£-COOIIl M - ·- ........ fiiiii»>'TY M OJWAV R:IIIlCIAJITYNifliJIOiai<M.'I•' & IWilU Qli!III'8Uif .ttCJ!MtCfif' tnf'IDIHNI!U4!HI\CIJII"fV at..Y, -·--= - """""'..,.,..,_ - - ·- Ci.M ---- ..es: --- _,., 100 s. ll,..U.. " CJ•u...t.or. 1'1 :l3'1F>6 PAVING AND GIW>INGPlAN S"TRFeT lio'M'FPINOFACIIITY AT 51HFR.W000 YARP City of Clearwater Street Sweeping Facility at Sherwood Yard Guaranteed Maximum Price June 21, 2016 Alternate #2 IPaving and Grading Plan Bid Exhibit I 0 \Bids 2015-2016\£045 City of Clearwater CMARCC Street Sweeping Facility Sherwood Yd\Intemal Take-Offs\Revised GlviP\11x17 sketch Alt 2.docx = •13-Si Fen -570LF r I -·.:o- •f>-IQ _l... -· -· ·- =+= . - ...,.,..,..- J:;;.-:-=-=g = 025- Junction Box - 1EA D26 - t8" RCP - 480 LF D44 -Connect To Existing Type· Dl'nlet ·- 1EA i 55 -Connect To Existing Type· Cl'nlet - 1EA ID59· - 110' W ide Asphalt & Base Patch - 32 SY "D60 - Tree· Protection Fence· -.207 LF r w-·-·-[ 63 - 15' W ide Sod -4,179 SF I 1 :: J J /, ..... I ,..-- .,. L----------------------- - _ __,._ 0 • - , ,. t. I M RI !W'RliiiO..,...I' 3 U D !i ! AMB Tte:Q'TYf7 l1:Jil . . .... &I M I- . ...)lh t. eC1TJ OT <:UolR'lATI!R. JIDRIDA. -'1'1- --- -- - -- .........TC. -• -a:- f'II!!Qj -- - Citi'IS --- - CIIII:JKIE. --- AVING AND GRADING PlAH MD DnYue Dllt,.,...mr WIH(fiQIIOM D .In.Ct.M( I'TY ll-lt!.!JIW!f I'OaO a1.':4.'!I•' a. •CI!!!IIBUI!IS -CI'I'«1, _ _ LII Riil OIILY. BID SET l-======== ==e==+======t====- =======- ++- --1 E!.'GrNEERlliG OEPARfldE}fl' Clt&Or*St.l l.<MlAr. -n a:311loe 202 East Center Street Tarpon Springs, FL 34689 (727) 942-2211•(727) 937-5708 fax www.jkokolakis.com GEOSYNTEC CONSULTANTS SUPPLEMENTAL WORK ORDER FORM for the CITY OF CLEARWATER Date: 06-29-2016 City Project Number: 11-0058-EN PROJECT TITLE: Street Sweeping Facility at Sherwood Yard Supplemental Work Order – Site Layout Modifications and Construction Support SCOPE OF SERVICES: This Supplemental Work Order supplements the existing Work Order approved by City Council to Geosyntec Consultants on November 15, 2011. Based on a meeting with the City on May 29, 2016, Geosyntec understands that the City has hired J. Kokolakis Contracting, Inc. (Contractor) to install the proposed improvements to the Street Sweepings Facility (Facility) as shown on the Facility Bid Set drawings dated September 2014. However, site layout and elevation modifications are required to the Facility Bid Set drawin gs as a result of the need to access the site with low ground clearance vehicles (e.g. semi -truck with lowboy trailer) and reduction of site area due to the proposed Sherwood Yard Master Plan concept. The City requests that Geosyntec prepare a revised set of Facility Construction drawings for the Contractor to use during construction. Geosyntec will also serve as engineer of record for this project and provide support during the submission of as-built drawings upon project completion. Geosyntec’s proposed scope of work is presented below. I. Task 1 – Site Improvement Change (To be Completed Under Existing Budget)  Since the Facility’s overall area will be reduced to only include the eastern half of the original area, a ribbon curb will be required along the new western boundary of the Facility. Geosyntec will integrate the City’s typical cross section for the ribbon curb and show the proposed alignment. II. Task 2 – Revise Site Grading (To be Completed Under Existing Budget)  Arcturas Avenue entrance to Sherwood Yard will be re-graded such that the ground elevation at the top of the driveway is lowered by one-foot from elevation 71.00 feet to 70.0 feet NGVD 29. General grading of the land surface to provide for stormwater flow towards the curb and perimeter swale is included. III. Task 3 – Facility Modifications  Finished floor elevation of the Facility tipping floor will be lowered by 1.0 foot. The tipping floor is comprised of the north half of the Facility as shown on the Bid Set drawings. Changes to the finished floor elevation will require structural engineering modifications to the building, foundation design, and site grading. Grading changes will be implemented in a manner that maintains stormwater flow direction as described in Task 2. IV. Task 4 – Plan Revisions  Geosyntec will revise the previously issued Facility Bid Set drawings to address permit reviewer comments as follows: o Sheet 2 of 16  Remove note 44 (regarding septic tank)  Add Facility square footage and building classification note o Sheet 7 of 16  Add note to use existing water meter and backflow preventer  Add gate detail, operator specifications, and note card ready by others (City to provide the information for Geosyntec to place on plan sheet)  Update curb to correspond with detail 1 (Sheet S-5)  Provide location of transformer and Panel “A”  Revise ground cover on north end of site to be grass, not 12” gravel o Sheet 8 of 16  Revised detail 2/7 to show two layers of S-1 Asphalt Pavement 1.5” thick each (total of 3”)  Add ribbon curb detail (City to provide standard) o Sheet 11 of 16  Gray back structures S-4 and S-7 to show as existing.  Revise sod locations o Sheet 13 of 16  Remove proposed water meter; add note to use existing  Update trench drain line to be 6” PVC and show cleanout location(s)  Add note that all hose bibs will be located 48” above grade o Sheet 14 of 16  Provide a specification and weight for the roof mounted exhaust fans; include flashing requirements  Add four 110-volt receptacles (two on each side of the tipping wall) (City to provide locations)  Add one 110-volt receptacle in the drive-thru wash out station (City to provide location) o Sheet 15 of 16  Provide location of Panel “A” o Sheet 1 of 2  Remove background plans showing water service, force main, floor drains, etc. as this is not required for the current design  Provide irrigation tap and meter location (City to provide)  Revise ground cover on north end of site to be grass, not 12” gravel o Sheet S-0  Remove note for the AISC approval of Fabricators o Sheet S-1  The top 4” of proposed slab will be 8,000 psi Silica Flume concrete with wire fabric installed over top of 12” of 4,000 psi concrete with reinforcing in place of a 4,000 psi slab. Revise sheet to include this detail. (Kokolakis to provide proposed section and joint detail for City’s approval prior to construction) o Sheet S-2  Revise curbing to match Sheet 7 of 16 o Sheet S-4  Provide pile connection detail (connected or not connected)  Update proposed slab detail  Update proposed elevations o Sheet S-5  Revise curbing to match Sheet 7 of 16  Provide pile connection detail  Update with new finished floor elevations (based on lowered site grade)  This task also includes production of seven (7) revised, signed and sealed drawing sets. Note this scope assumes no draft review or revisions of these plans prior to production. Any additional revisions or plan production will be considered beyond the proposed scope of work. Should the City request additional work, Geosyntec will prepare a separate scope of work and budget for the requested services to be approved by the City before commencing the additional scope of work. V. Task 5 – Limited Construction Observation and As-built Drawings  Once the construction of the Facility is underway, Geosyntec will provide limited construction oversight of the project. This will include up to 10 site visits during construction to observe current construction activities. This is not to be interpreted as a formal construction quality assurance task. This task will allow for Geosyntec to be involved with proposed deviations during construction that may need to be reflected on the as-built plans.  After completion of the Facilit y, Geosyntec will review the as-built survey (provided by the City) and conduct a site visit to confirm the surveyed conditions. Geosyntec will then prepare a signed and sealed as-built plan set for the City’s records. VI. Task 6 – Project Management and Meetings  Geosyntec will attend several meetings during the project. The following meetings are anticipated: o Kickoff meeting with the City and Contractor; o Interim meetings with the City and Contractor to discuss any substantial deviations (up to 3 meetings); and o As-built review meeting with the City and Contractor PROJECT GOALS: The goal of the project is to provide Engineer of Record services to the City for the Sherwood Yard Street Sweeping Facility located at 1640 Arcturas Ave, Clearwater, FL 33765. The deliverables will be an electronic copy of the revised drawing set, seven (7) revised, signed and sealed drawing sets, and meeting minutes from all meetings attended. BUDGET: See Attachment “A” This price includes all labor and expenses anticipated to be incurred by Geosyntec Consultants for the completion of these tasks in accordance with Professional Services Method “B” – Lump Sum – Percentage of Completion by Task, for a fee not to exceed Eighteen Thousand Four Hundred Fifteen Dollars ($18,415). SCHEDULE: The revised drawing set is anticipated to be completed within 15 business days from issuance of notice-to-proceed (and receipt of the required details/information from the City and/or Contractor). The schedule for Task 5 will be dictated by the City and Contractor, depending on the construction schedule. STAFF ASSIGNMENT (Consultant): It is anticipated that the following Geosyntec Staff will be utilized in performing the scope of services: Michael Scott, PE, PMP – Project Manager and Engineer of Record; Todd Anderson – Senior Peer QA/QC Review; Steve Hill – Senior CADD Designer; Cindy Rodriguez – Administrative Assistant / Clerical CORRESPONDENCE/REPORTING PROCEDURES: Engineer’s/Architect’s project correspondence shall be directed to: Michael Scott, PE, PMP – 813-379-4382, mscott@geosyntec.com All City project correspondence shall be directed to: Roger Johnson – 727-562-4592, roger.johnson@myclearwater.com INVOICING / FUNDING PROCEDURES: Invoices shall be submitted monthly to the City of Clearwater, Engineering Dept., Attn: Veronica Josef, Senior Staff Assistant, P. O. Box 4748, Clearwater, Florida 33758-4748, for work performed. City Invoicing Code: 0315-96180-561200-539-000-0000 SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS: The consultant named above is required to comply with Section 119.0701, Florida Statutes (2013) where applicable. None PREPARED BY: APPROVED BY: ________________________ ________________________ Michael H. Scott, P.E., PMP Michael D. Quillen, PE Senior Engineer City Engineer Geosyntec Consultants City of Clearwater ___________________ ___________________ Date Date ATTACHMENT A CITY OF CLEARWATER STREET SWEEPING FACILITY at SHERWOOD YARD SUPPLEMENTAL PROJECT BUDGET Geosyntec Consultants Task Description Total 1 Site Improvement Change 2 Revise Site Grading Task 1 & 2 Completed under Existing Budget 3 Facility Modifications $6,889 4 Plan Revisions $3,980 5 Limited Construction Observation and As-built Drawings $3,742 6 Project Management and Meetings $3,804 Grand Total $18,415 Cover Memo City of Clearwater City Hall 112 S. Osceola Avenue Clearwater, FL 33756 File Number: ID#16-2531 Agenda Date: 7/21/2016 Status: City Manager ReportVersion: 1 File Type: Action ItemIn Control: Official Records & Legislative Services Agenda Number: 9.4 SUBJECT/RECOMMENDATION: Disband the Enterprise Zone Development Agency. SUMMARY: The Florida Enterprise Zone Program expired on December 31, 2015. Since the program was not renewed, the City’s Enterprise Zone Development Agency will no longer be active. Page 1 City of Clearwater Printed on 7/19/2016